»5-^^: 


V  i   J  ,      -    >  ^ 


\ 


i 


^^■^  ,^i«^>;^**^rf 


EMBRACING  SOME 

It-EADING  FACTS  &  PRINCIPLES  OF  SCIENCEs 

AN© 

A  VARIETY  or  IkJATTEB.  ADAPTED  TO  THE  WANTS 

OF  THE 

ARTIST,  MECHANIC,  3IANUFACTURER, 

ANTD 
MERCANTILE  COMMUNITY: 

TO    VTHICH  fS  ANNEXED  AN 

ABSTRACT  OF  TONNAGE,   DUTIES,  CUSTOM- 
HOUSE   TARES,    ALLOWANCES,  AND 
USEFUL  MENSURATION  TABLES. 


Coemuerce  gnd  Mamafactijres — the  main  anchor  of  a  nation. 


SECOND  EDITION, 

\riTH  ADDITIONS    AND  IMPROVEMENTS, 

NEW-^YORKi 

PRINTED    BY    J.  C.   JOHNSON, 

1829. 


*  AV^Vt 


'•«•  ^% 


Northern  District  of  New-York,  to  wit : 

BE  IT  REMEMBERED,  That  on  the  eighth  day  of  November,  fn 
the  fifty-first  year  ot  the  independence  of  the  United  States  of  America, 
A,  D.  1827,  John  Skepard,  of  the  said  district,  hatli  deposited  in  this  of- 
fice the  title  of  a  book,  the  right  whereof  he  claims  as  proprietor,  in  the 
words  following,  to  wit. 

"  The  Artist  and  Tradesman's  Guide  ;  embracing  some  leading  facts 
and  principles  of  science,  and  a  variety  of  matter  adapted  to  the  wants 
of  the  artist,  mechanic,  manufacturer,  and  mercantile  community.  To 
which  is  annexed  an  abstract  of  tonnage,  duties,  custom-house  tares  and 
allowances.  Commerce  and  manufactures — the  main  sheet  anchor  of  a 
nation." 

In  conformity  to  the  act  of  the  Congress  of  the  United  States,  entitled 
"  An  act  for  the  encouragement  of  learning,  by  securing  the  copies  of 
maps,  charts,  and  books,  to  the  authors  and  proprietors  of  such  copies,, 
durincr  the  times  therein  mentioned  ;"  and  also  to  the  act  entitled  "  Ari 
act  supplementary  to  an  act  entitled  '  An  act  for  the  encouragement  of 
Itearning,  by  securing  the  copies  of  maps,  charts,  and  books,  to  the 
authors  and  proprietors  of  such  oopies  during  the  times  therein  men>< 
tioned,'  and  extending  the  benefits  thereof  to  the  acts  of  designing  en~ 
eravinff,  and  etchincr,  historical,  and  other  prints.'" 

R.  R.  LANSING, 
Clerk  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States, 
for  the  Northern  District  ot  New-York 


ADVERTISEMENT  TO  THE  SECOND  EDITION. 

IN  piesenling  the  American  Public  with  this  Edition, 
it  is  not  presumed,  after  the  care  and  labour  bestowed,  that  it 
is  free  from  error  or  defect,  but  it  is  hoped  that  the  errors 
are  not  material,  or  deficiencies  more  numerous,  than  works 
of  a  similar  nature  and  size,  which  do  not  admit  of  perfec- 
tion. 

As  the  work  is  designed  more  particularly  to  interest  the 
Merchant  and  Mechanic,  it  is  believed  it  will  be  found  in 
its  present  form  more  worthy  of  their  patronage. 

To  render  it  practically  useful,  rather  than  to  make  a  dis- 
play of  science  and  fine  writing,  has  been  our  greatest  object^     ■ 

The  reception  which  the  work  has  already  experienced 
calls  for  the  expression  of  the  authors  gratitude. 

Numerous  testimonials  in  its  favour  might  be  inserted,  if 
they  were  deemed  necessary  in  accelerating  the  sale,  but  in 
this  age  of  inquiry  and  improvement,  most  minds  are  capable 
of  erecting  a  standard  of  discrimination,  whereby  they  can 
determine  in  regard  to  the  merits  of  a  Work  without  the  aid 
or  recommendation  of  others.  Nevertheless,  it  may  not  be|j|. 
improper  to  advert  to  the  fact  that  the  first  edition  was  dispo- 
sed of  in  a  very  few  weeks  after  its  publication. 

Finally,  if  the  Merchant  and  Mechanic  are  benefitted  by 
our  exertions,  and  we  have  the  vanity  to  believe  that  they 
will  be,  we  have  not  "  laboured  for  nought,"  but  shall  reap 
a  rich  reward  in  the  reflection  that  we  have,  in  any  degree, 
been  useful  to  those  classes  of  community  who  are  the  bone 
and  sinews  of  our  republic.  To  them  we  commit,  without 
further  remark  this  little  manual. 

THE  AUTHOR. 
August,  1829. 


Weights  and  measures. 

1  Gallon  measure  contains  8   pint^, 

I  pints  i6  ounces, 

1  ounce,  8  drachms, 

1  drack»>^  CO  minims. 

%rEIGHT    OF    DRY    SUBSTANCES, 

I  pound  contains  12  ounces^ 

1  ounce,  8   drachms, 

1  drachm,  ,  60  grains, 

1  scruple,  20  grains. 

It  is  customary  to  distinguish  quantities  of  fluid  fron>  dry 
Jubstances,  by  prefixing  the  letter  f.  (fluid)  when  an  ounce  or 
oracbm  is  mentioned  in  medical  works  ;  bnt  in  tlie  formulas 
in  this  work,  it  was  considered  unnecessary,  as  the  slightest 
acquaintance  with  the  substances  to  be  used  will  point  out 
what  is  implied.  The  reader  will  also  understand  that  the 
letters  q.  s.  or  q.  p.  are  used  to  imply  (suflicient  or  proper 
quantity  ;)  pp.  or  ppd,  (prepared  or  previously  prepared.) 


fllE 

ARTIST  &  TRABESMAK  S  GUIDE. 

CHAPTER  I, 
INTRODUCTION. 

To  the  Manufacturer,  Chemistry  has  lately  become 
fruitful  of  instruction  and  assistance.  In  tlie  arts  of  brewingj 
tanning,  dying,  and  bleaching,  its  doctrines  are  important 
guides.  In  making  soap^  glass^  pottery,  and  atl  metallic, 
wares,  its  principles  are  daily  applied,  and  are  capable  of  a 
still  more  useful  application,  as  they  become  better  understood 
Indeed  every  mechanic  art,  in  the  different  processes  of  which 
heat,  moisture^  solution,  mixtuie  or  fermentatiou  is  necessary, 
must  ever  keep  pace  iii  improvement  with  this  branch  of  phi- 
losopli}^;  Finally,  there  is  scarcely  an  art  of  human  life, 
which  the  science  of  chemistry  is  riot  fitted  to  subserve ; 
scarcely  a  department  of  humf^n  inquiry,  either  for  health, 
pleasure,  ornament,  or  profit,  which  it  may  not  be  made  in 
in  its  present  improved  state,  eminently  to  promote.  To  il- 
lustrate the  science  fully,  in  all  its  parts,  would  require  more 
pages  than  this  work  is  designed  to  contain  ;  therefore,  wo 
shall  be  confined  to  some  of  the  leading  principles,  and  most 
useful  practical  operations,  which  it  embraces* 

CHAPTER.  IL 

GcjiO'ni  pr'mtiples    of    Chcmistri/^^-Simj^h    Substances — - 
Compound  Bodies — Attraction. 

The  science  of  Chemistry  naturally  divides  itself  into  three 
parts;  a  description  of  the  component  parts  of  bodies,  or  of 
elementary  or  simple  substances  as  they  are  called, — a  de- 
scription of  the  compound  bodies  formed  by  the  union  of  sim- 
ple substances,  and  an  account  of  the  nature  of  the  power 
which  produces  these  combinations.  This  power  is  known 
in  chemistry  by  the  name  of  affinity,  or  chemical  attraction. 
By  simple  substances  is  not  meant  what  the  ancient  philoso- 
phers called  elements  of  bodies,  as  fire,  air,  earth,  and  water, 
nor  particles  of  matter  incapable  of  farther  diminution  or  di- 
tision.  They  signify  merely,  bodies  that  have  never  been 
1* 


O  THE    ARTIST    Ax\D 

decomposed  or  formed  by  art.  The  simple  substances  of" 
which  a  body  is  composed  are  called  the  constituent  parts  of 
that  body  ;  and  in  decomposing  it,  we  separate  its  constituent 
parts.  If,  on  the  contrary  we  divide  a  body  by  cutting  it  to 
pieces,  or  even  by  grinding  it  to  the  finest  powder,  each  of 
these  small  particles  will  consist  of  a  portion  of  the  general 
constituent  parts  of  the  whole  body;  these  are  called  the  in- 
tegrant parts.  Compound  bodies  are  formed  by  the  combi- 
nation of  two  or  more  simple  substances  with  each  olher.  At- 
traction is  that  unknown  force  wliich  causes  bodies  to  ap- 
proach each  other.  Its  most  obvious  instances  are  the  grav- 
itation of  bodies  to  the  earth  ;  that  of  the  planets  towards 
each  other,  and  the  attractions  of  electricity  and  magnetism^ 
But  that  attraction  which  comes  under  the  more  immediate 
Cognizance  of  chemists,  subsists  between  particles  of  bodies; 
and  when  it  operates  between  particles  of  the  same  species, 
it  is  called  the  attraction  o^  cohesion:,  or  the  attraction  of  ag- 
gregation; but  when  between  the  particles  of  dilferent  sub- 
stances, it  is  called  the  attraction  of  coniposition,  chemical  at- 
traction, or  chemical  affinity.  The  attraction  of  cohesion, 
then,  is  the  power  which  unites  tlie  m^c^/'oni  particles  of  a 
body  :  the  attraction  of  composition,  that  which  combines 
the  constituent  particles*  When  particles  are  united  by  the 
attraction  of  cohesion^  the  result  of  such  a  union  is  a  body  of 
the  same  kind  as  the  particles  of  whicii  it  is  formed  ;  but  the 
attraction  of  composition,  by  combinipig  particles  of  a  dissim* 
ilar  nature,  produces  compound  bodies  quite  different  from 
any  of  their  constituents.  If,  for  inst^nce^  you  pour  upon  a 
piece  of  copper,  placed  in  a  glass  vessel,  some  of  the  liquid 
called  nitrous  acid,  (aqua  fortis)  for  which  it  has  a  strong  at- 
traction, every  particle  of  the  copper  will  combine  with  a  par- 
ticle of  the  acid,  and  together  they  will  form  a  new  body,  to- 
tall}'^  different  from  either  the  copper  or  nitrous  acid.  If  you 
wish  to  decompose  the  compound  which  you  have  thus  form- 
ed, presei^t  it  to  a  piece  of  iron,  for  which  the  acid  has  a 
stronger  affinity  than  for  copper,  and  the  acid  will  quit  the 
copper  to  combine  with  the  iron,  and  the  copper  will  be  then 
what  the  chemists  call  precipitated^  that  is  to  say,  it  will  be 
thrown  down  in  its  separate  state,  and  reappear  in  its  simple 
form.  In  order  to  produce  this  effect,  dip  the  blade  of  a 
knite  into  the  fluid,  and  when  you  take  it  out,  yon  will  ob- 
serve, that  instead  of  being  wetted  with   a  bluish  liquid,  like 


tradesman's  guide.  7 

that  contained  in  the  glass,  it  will  be  covered  with  a  thin  coat 
of  copper. 

It  will  be  most  conducive  to  science  to  consider  all  those 
substances  as  simple,  which  no  mode  of  decomposing  has  yet 
been  discovered.  Simple  substances  naturally  divide  them- 
selves into  two  classes.  Those  which  belong  to  the  first  class 
are  of  too  subtile  a  nature  to  be  confined  to  any  vessels  which 
we  possess.  They  do  not  seriously  affect  the  most  delicate 
balance,  and  have  received  therefore  the  name  of  impondcr- 
able  bodies.  The  second  class  of  bodies  maybe  confined  in 
proper  vessels,  may  be  exhibited  in  a  separate  state,  and  their 
weights  or  other  properties  may  be  determined.  They  have 
received  the  name  oi' jjonderable  bodies.  The  imponderable 
bodies  at  present  supposed  to  exist  are  four,  light,  heat  or  ca- 
loric, electricity,  and  magnetism.  The  first  three  are  inti- 
niatel}'  connected  with  chemistry,  but  magnetism  has  with  it 
no  known  connexion. 

CHAPTER  Iir. 

Caloric — Sensible    Heat Latent  Heat Thermometer — 

BoiVmg  Heat — Blood  Heat — Interesting  Experiments. 

Chemists  have  agreed  to  call  the  matter  of  heat  Caloric, 
m  order  to  distinguish  it  from  the  sensation  which  this  matter 
produces.  Caloric  has  a  tendency  to  dift''use  itself  equally 
among  all  substances  that  come  in  contact  with  it.  If  the 
hand  be  put  upon  a  hot  body,  part  of  the  caloric  leaves  the 
hot  body,  and  enters  the  hand  ;  this  produces  the  sensation 
of  heal.  On  the  contrary,  if  the  hand  be  put  upon  a  cold 
body,  part  of  the  caloric  contained  in  the  hand  leaves  the  hand 
to  unite  with  the  cold  body  ;  this  produces  the  sensation  of 
cold.  Cold  therefore  is  nothing  but  a  negative  quality,  sim- 
ply implying  the  absence  of  the  usual  quantity  of  caloric.  Ca- 
loric is  unifoim  in  its  nature  ;  but  there  exist  in  all  bodies, 
two  portions  very  distinct  from  each  other.  The  one  is  cal- 
led sensible  heat,  or  free  caloric  ;  the  other  latent  heat,  or 
combined  caloric.  Sensible  caloric  is  the  nature  of  heat  dis- 
engaged from  other  bodies,  or,  if  united,  not  chemically  uni- 
ted with  them.  Latent  caloric  is  that  portion  of  the  matter 
of  heat,  which  makes  no  sensible  addition  to  the  temperature 
of  the  bodies  in  which  it  exists.  Wrought  iron,  though  quite 
cold,  contains  a  large  portion  of  lutent  caloric  ;  and  if  it  b» 


3  THF.     \R^llf»T    ANI' 

briskly  liniiimered  for -some  time  on  an  anvil,  it  will  hecohiC 
rod  hot,  by  the  action  of  this  species  of  caloric,  which  by  thd 
percussion  of  hammering  is  now  evolved  and  forced  out  as 
sensible  heat.  Caloric  pervades  all  bodies  ;  and  this  is  not 
the  Case  with  any  other  substance  with  which  we  are  acquain- 
t.ed;  It  cohibihes  with  diHfereht  substances,  however,  in  very 
difierbiit  proportions  ;  and  for  this  reason  onfe  body  is  said  to 
have  a  greater  capacity  for  caloric  than  another.  When  ga- 
seous substances  become  liquid,  or  liquid  substances  solid,  by 
this  change  of  state,  they  lose  in  a  great  measure  their  capa- 
city for  caloric.  Dui'ng  the  slacking  of  quitk  lime,  the  ca- 
loric which  is  involved  escapes  from  thd  water,  in  conse- 
quence of  its  changing  from  a  liquid  to  a  solid  form,  by  its 
union  with  the  lime.  When  solid  bodies  become  liquid  or 
gaseous,  their  capacity  for  caloric  is  projiortiotiably  incrfcas* 
ed.  If  you  place  a  glass  of  water  in  a  iTiiXtur&  Of  equal 
quantities  of  snow  and  salt,  during  their  conversion  to  a  liquid, 
the  water  Will  be  frr. zen  in  consequence  of  parting  with  its 
caloric  to  supply  the  ihcfeaS(?d  capacity  of  the  mixture.  The 
portion  of  caluric  necessary  to  raise  a  body  to  any  given  tem- 
perature, is  called  specific  caloric.  The  instrument  in  com- 
mon use  for  measuring  the  temperature  of  bodies,  is  called  a 
thermometer.  Fahrenheit's  is  generally  used  in  the  United 
States.  Wheri  a  thdrnionreter  is  brought  in  contact  with  any 
substance-,  X\rQ  mercury  expands  or  contracts  till  it  acquires 
the  same  teiriperAUire  ;  and  the  height  at  which  the  mercury 
stands  in  the  tube-,  ittdicat^s  tbc  exact  temperature  of  the  sub- 
stance to  which  it  has  beien  appliccl.  It  will  not  show  the 
absolute  caloric  in  substa'iVcoS  ;  for  it  cannot  measure  that  por- 
tion which  is  latent,  or  ch'e'j^j'catly  conibined  with  any  body. 
Caloric  is  the  cause  of  fluidity  in  all  substances  capable  of 
becoming  fluids-,  from  the  heaviest  metal  to  the  lightest  gas. 
It  insinuates  hself  among  their  panicles  and  invariably  sepa- 
rates them  in  some  measure  from  each  other.  Thus  ice  is 
converted  info  water,  and  by  a  further  portion  of  caloric  into 
steam.  We  have  reason  to  believe  that  every  solid  substance 
on  the  face  of  the  earth  might  be  converted  to  a  fluid  of  a 
very  high  temperature  iu  peculiar  circumstances.  Some  bod- 
ies giye  out  their  superabundant  caloric  much  sooner  than 
others.  Iron  is  a  quicker  conductor  of  caloric  than  glass,  and 
glass  than  wood.  If  you  take  a  piece  of  iroii  in  one  hand, 
and  a  piece  of  wood  in  the  other,  the  iron  fCels  cold,  the  wood 


tuadesman's  guide.  0 

warmer,  though  I  he  thermomoler  shows  that  their  tempera- 
ture is  the  same.  Substances  usually  become  more  dense  by 
the  loss  of  caloric  ;  but  llie  freezing  of  water  is  a  striking  ex- 
ception to  this  general  law  of  nature,  and  is  a  memorable  in- 
stance of  the  wisdom  and  provident  caie  of  the  Almighty, 
when  he  established  the  laws  of  the  universe. 

Abstract  caloric  from  steam  until  but  21*2  degrees  remain,  according 
to  l-'ahrenheit's  scale,  and  it  will  become  water.  Take  away  180  de-^ 
grees  more,  leaving  but  32,  and  it  will  become  ice.  All  gases  and  liquids 
would  become  solida,  if  caloric  were  abstracted  to  a  certain  degree,  till 
at  length  all  things  would  become  permanently  solid  as  the  oldest  primi- 
tive rock?. 

Water  requires  but  212  degrees  of  heat  for  convertitig  it  into 
vapour  :  it  has  been  mode  to  boil  at  67  degrees,  which  is  31  below  blood 
heat.  Therefore  it  rP(iuires  145  degrees  of  heat  to  resist  the  pressure 
ot  the  atmosphere.  From  the  following  experiment  we  are  taught, 
that  combined  caloric  does  not  excite  the  sensation  of  heat,  nor  affect 
the  thermometer  :  Put  a  piece  of  tinder  in  the  end  of  the  piston  of  a 
fire  syringe,  made  of  cotton  cloth  dipped  in  a  very  strong  solution  of 
salt  petre.  and  well  dried — force  down  the  piston  suddenly  and  the  tin- 
der will  take  fire.  Caloric  was  combined  with  the  air  in  the  syringe 
before  it  was  compressed,  which  did  not  excite  the  sensation  of  heat 
nor  inflame  tlie  tinder.  There  is  so  much  caloric  in  the  combination  of 
air,  water  and  other  substances  about  us,  that  if  it  were  capable  of  pro' 
ducing  the  ordinary  effects  of  heat,  the  whole  human  family  would  be 
burned  in  a  day.  From  the  principle  that  caloric  expands  solids  as  well 
as  gases,  the  variation  in  length  of  pendulums  of  clocks  and  balance 
wheels  of  watches,  according  to  the  varying  temperature  of  the  weather, 
causing  them  to  run  faster  in  cold  and  slower  in  hot  weather,  can  he 
accounted  for. 

That  caloric  expands  liquids  is  clearly  demonstrated  by  the  facts, 
that  spirits  guage  more  in  warm,  and  less  in  cold  weather.  The  ex- 
periment may  easily  be  tried  by  placing  a  barrel  of  rum  in  the  sun, 
nearly  full;  if  the  thermometer  ranges  hi<i|;h,  the  liquor  will  soon  run  over. 
Then  place  it  in  a  cold  cellar,  let  it  remain  awhile,  and  the  reverse  will 
be  evident. 

An  iron  stove  quickly  gives  off  caloric  heat  into  a  room,  and  as  soon 
cools.  A  brick  Russian  stove,  must  be  heated  a  great  while  betore  it 
begins  to  give  off  caloric,  and  will  not  cool  in  a  long  time.  Clothes  made 
of  wool  and  silk  arc  slow  conductors  of  caloric  ;  those  made  of  flax  con- 
duct rapidly — stone  is  a  better  conductor  of  caloric  than  brick.  A  stone 
house  has  its  rooms  sooner  heated  in  summer  and  cooled  in  -ivinter,  than 
a  brick  house.  A  white  earthen  tea  r>ot  will  keep  tea  hot  longer  than  a 
black  one — a  bright  tip  coffee  pot  will  keep  coffee  hot  longer  than  a  jap- 
paned  one.  We  are  kept  cooler  in  summer  with  light  coloured  clothes 
and  warmer  in  winter,  than  with  those  which  are  dark  coloured  ;  for  our 
bodies  being  warmer  than  the  air  in  cold  weather,  caloric  passes  out 
through  our  clothes,  but  the  hot  rays  of  the  sun  in  summer  pass  through 
oar  clothes  inwardly. 


10  THE    ARTIST    AND 

CHAPTER  IV. 

Water — Solid  or  ice — Liquid  or  icater — Vtipour  or  Steam — - 
in  a  state  of  Solidity  in  Marble — in  Crystals — in  Spars — ■ 
in  Gems — in  Alkaline  and  lUetalic  Salts — in  Blortar — Ce- 
ments^—Plaster  of  Paris. 

Water  is  composed  of  88  parts  by  weight  of  oxygen,  and 
12  of  hydrogen  in  every  100  parts  of  the  finid.  It  is  found 
in  four  states,  namely  :  solid,  or  ice  ;  liquid,  or  water  ;  vap- 
our, or  steam  ;  and  in  a  state  of  composition  with  other  bod- 
ies. Its  most  simple  state  is  that  of  ice,  and  the  difference 
between  liquid  water  or  vapour  and  ice,  is  merely  that  the 
water  contains  a  larger  portion  of  caloric  then  ice,  and  that 
vapour  is  combined  with  still  a  greater  quantity  than  water* 
However  long  we  boil  a  fluid  in  an  open  vessel  we  cannot 
make  it  in  the  smallest  degree  hotter  than  its  boiling  point, 
for  the  vapour  absorbs  the  caloric,  and  carries  it  ofl"  as  it  is 
.  produced.  It  is  ov/ing  to  this  that  all  evaporation  produces 
cold.  An  animal  might  be  frozen  to  death  in  tlic  midst  of 
summer  by  repeatedly  sprinkling  ether  upon  him,  for  its  evap- 
oration would  shortly  carry  off  the  whole  of  his  vital  heat. 
Water  thrown  on  burning  bodies  acts  in  the  same  way — it 
becomes  in  an  instant  converted  into  vapour,  and  by  thusdc* 
priving  them  of  a  large  portion  of  their  caloric,  the  fire,  as  wo 
term  it,  is  extinguished.  Vapour  occupies  a  space  eight 
hundred  times  greater  than  it  does  when  in  tlie  form  of  water 
—and  the  expansive  force  of  steam  is  found  by  experiment  to 
be  much  greater  than  that  of  gun  powder.  There  is  no  rea- 
son to  disbelieve  that  in  time,  steam  ma}'  be  applied  to  many 
useful  purposes  of  v.hich  we  have  no  idea. 

Water  is  said  to  be  in  a  state  o{  composition  with  other 
bodies,  because  in  many  case^  it  becomes  one  of  their  com- 
ponent parts.  It  is  combined  in  a  state  of  solidity  in  marble, 
in  crystals,  in  rpars,  in  gems,  and  in  many  alkaline,  earthly, 
and  metallic  salts,  both  natural  and  artificial,  to  all  of  which 
substances  it  imparts  hardness,  and  to  most  of  them  transpar- 
ency. Near  the  poles  water  is  always  solid  ;  there,  it  is 
similar  to  the  hardest  rocks,  and  may  be  formed  by  the  chisel 
of  the  statuary,  like  stone.  It  becomes  still  more  solid  in 
the  composition  called  mortar,  and  in  cements,  having  parted 
with  more  of  its  caloric  in  that  combination  than  in  the  act  of 
freezing.       If  you  take  some  ground  plaster  of  Paris,  fresh 


11 

calcined,  and  mix  it  with  a  little  water,  tltc  affiiiity  of  the 
plaster  for  .the  water  is  so' great,  that  in  a  few  minutes  the 
whole  will  be  converted  to  a  solid. 

CHAPTER   V. 

Earths  and  Alkalies — Silcx  or  pure  Flint — Alumine — Lime 
— Potash  and  Soda-^ Ammonia — Argillaceous  and  Cal- 
careous Earth. 

Earths  are  such  incombustible  substances  as  are  not  duc- 
tile, are  mostly  insoluble  in  water  or  oil,  and  preserve  their 
constitution  in  a  strong  heat.  Psot withstanding  the  varied 
appearance  of  the  earth  under  our  feet,  and  the  mountainous 
parts  of  the  world,  whose  diversified  strata  present  to  our 
view  substances  of  every  texture  and  shade,  the  whole  is  com^ 
posed  of  only  nine  primitive  earths  ;  and  as  three  of  these 
occur  but  seldom,  the  variety  produced  by  the  other  six  be- 
comes the  more  remarkable.  One  of  the  most  valuable  earths 
■with  which  we  are  acquainted  is  silex  or  pure  flint.  It  is  the 
most  durable  article  in  the  state  of  gravel  for  the  formation 
of  roads.  It  is  a  necessary  ingredient  in  earthen  ware,  por- 
celain and  cements  ;  it  is  the  basis  of  glass,  and  of  all  nitrous 
substances.  It  is  white,  inodorous,  and  insipid,  in  its  pure 
state,  and  the  various  colours  which  it  assumes  in  different 
substance?,  proceed  from  the  diflerent  ingredients  with  which 
it  is  mixed,  Alumine  obtained  its  name  from  its  being  the 
base  of  the  salt  called  alum.  It  is  distributed  over  the  earth 
in  the  form  of  cljy,  and  on  account  of  its  aptitude  for  mould- 
ing into  different  forms  and  its  property  of  hardening  in  the 
fire,  is  emplo3'ed  for  various  useful  purposes.  In  making 
earthen  ware,  a  due  })roportion  both  of  silex  and  alumine  are 
necessary  ;  for  if  alumine  alone  were  used,  the  ware  could 
not  be  sufficiently  burnt  without  shrinking  too  much,  and  even 
cracking  ;  and  a  great  excess  of  silex  would  lessen  the  tena- 
city and  render  the  ware  brittle.  Lime  is  never  found  pure 
in  nature;  it  is  obtained  by  decomposing  calcareous  matters 
by  the  action  of  fire,  which  deprives  them  of  their  acid.  In 
its  pure  state  it  is  used  in  many  of  the  arts.  It  is  employed 
by  the  farmers  as  a  manure  ;  and  by  bleachers,  tanners,  iron- 
masters and  others  in  their  several  manufactures,  and  in  me- 
dicine. The  use  of  lir^e  in  agriculture  may  be  attributed  to 
its  property  of  hastening  the  dissolution  of  all  vegetable  and 
animal  matters,  and  of  imparting  to  the  soil  a  power  of  rer 


i.^  TtiE    ARTIST    AND 

tainiiig  a  quantity  of  moisture  necessary  for  tlie  nourishraent 
and  vigorous  growth  of  the  plants.  Magnesia,  besides  being 
the  basis  of  several  salts,  is  of  great  use  in  medicine  ;  and  is 
employed  by  the  manufacturers  of  enamels  and  porcelain. 
The  alkalies  are  distinguished  by  an  acrid  and  peculiar  taste, 
they  change  the  blue  juices  of  vegetables  to  a  green,  and  the 
yellow  to  a  brown,  and  have  the  property  of  rendering  oil 
miscible  with  water.  Tliey  form  various  salts  by  combina- 
tion with  acids,  act  as  powerful  caustics,  when  applied  to  the 
flesh  of  animals,  and  are  soluble  in  water.  Potash  and  soda 
have  been  called  fixed  alkalies,  because  they  will  endure  a 
great  heat  without  being  volatilized  5  and  yet  in  a  very  high 
temperature  they  are  dissipated  in  vapour.  They  are  com- 
pounds of  metallic  substances,  called  potassium^  sodium  and 
oxygen.  They  have  various  uses  in  surgery  and  medicine, 
and  are  employed  in  large  quantities  by  the  glassmaker,  the 
dyerj  the  soapmaker^  the  colourmaker,  and  by  many  other 
manufacturers^  Ammonia  is  so  extremely  volatile  as  to  ex- 
liale  at  all  known  temperatures^  AVhen  combined  with  car* 
bonic  acid,  it  takes  a  concrete  form,  and  a  beautiful  white 
colour,  and  is  known  in  commerce  by  the  name  of  volatile 
salts*  With  muriatic  acid  it  forms  what  is  termed  sal  am- 
monia, which  is  emplo3^ed  in  many  of  our  manufactures,  par- 
ticularly by  dyers,  to  give  a  brightness  to  certain  colours.  In 
tinning  metals  it  is  of  use  to  cleanse  the  surfaces,  ajid  prevent 
them  from  oxydizing  b}^  the  heat  which  is  given  to  them 
in  the  operation.  Ammonia  is  furnished  from  all  animal  sub- 
stances Ijy  decomposition.  The  horns  of  cattle,  especially 
those  of  deer,  yield  it  in  abundance,  and  it  is  from  this  cir- 
cumstance that  a  solution  of  ammonia  in  water  has  been 
termed  hartshorn. 

Besides  the  nine  earths  above  ennntcrated,  ^ve  have  now  thorina, 
which  is  a  raw  earthy  substance  lately  di3cover(?d.  A  new  alkali,  call- 
ed lithia,  has  recently  been  discovered,  which,  like  potash  and  soda,  is 
found  to  be  a  metallic  oxide  ;  its  base  is  called  lithium.  Three  new 
vegetable  alkalies  have  also  been  discovered,  called  morphia,  picrotox- 
ine,  and  vanqueline.  Clay,  as  it  exists  in  soils  is  commonly  called  ar- 
gillaceous carthsj  and  lime  in  soils  is  called  calcareous  earth, 

CHAPTER  VI. 

Acids  and  salts — Sulphuric^  Carbonic,  and  Muriatic  Acid — 
Crystalized  Salts —  Chalk — Limestone — 3Iarble — Plaster 
'if  Paris — Muriate  of  Lime — Magnesia  and   ^oda — Ni- 


:\ 


i'RADESMAN^a    GUIDE.  IS* 

irate  of  Pufash — Phosphate  of  Lime — Salt  ^fountains. 

The  name  acid,  in  the  language  of  chemists,  has  been  given 
to  all   substances,  whether  liquids  or   solids,  which  produce 
that  sensation  on  the  tongue  which  we  call  sour.   Most  of  the 
acids  owe  their  origin  to  the  combination  of  certain  substances 
with   oxygen  ;  and  they  have  the  property  of  changing  the 
blue,  green,  and  jnirple  vegetables  to  red,  and  of  combining 
with  alkalies,  earths,  and  metallic   oxides,  so   as  to  compose 
he  compounds  termed  saHs.     The    acids  were  formerly  di- 
V'ded  into  three  classes,  mineral,  vegetable,  and  animal ;  but 
th?   more  useful  and  scientific  way  of  dividing  them,  is  into 
tw5   classes   only.      The    undecomposible    acids,    and  those 
wh'ch  are  formed  with  two  principles,  are  comprised   iu  the 
first  class  ;   while  those  acids  which   are   formed  with  more 
than  wo  principles  compose  the  second  class.   Sulphuric  acid, 
rn  coniwerce  called  oil  of  vitriol,  is  procured  by  burning  sul- 
phur in  ".ontact  with  some  substance  containing  oxygen,  and 
becomes  iicidified.      That   peculiar   acid  which  is  called  mu- 
riatic is  usually  obtained  from  muriate  of  soda,  which  is  the 
<^heraical  rame  of  common  salt.      Carbonic  acid  is  a  cojnbina- 
tlon  of  carbon  and  oxygon,  formerly  called  fixed  air,  on  ac- 
count of  its  being  intimately  combined   in  chalk,  brimstone, 
aTid  other  sibstances.     (See  the  article  carbonic  acid  gas.) 
The  numbei  of  acids  that  are  well   known  amount  to  more 
dian  forty,  aad  their  uses  are  so  many  and   important,  that  it 
is  impossible  to  name  them.      They  are  indispensable  to  va- 
rious arts  and  manufactures  ;  they  are  employed  for  culinary 
purpos-es,  and  for  medicine;  they  act  an    important  part  in 
t^ie  great  laboratory  of  nature,  and  form  a  great  proportion 
of  the  mountainous  districts  of  the  globe  in  their  various  com- 
binations.     The  precise  number  of  the  salts  is  not  known, 
fcut  they  probably  amount  to  more  than  two  thousand.      The 
difterent  salts  are  known  from  each  other  by  the  peculiar  fi- 
gure -of  their  crystals,  by  their  taste,  and  other  distinctive  or 
specific  characters.      Their  crystalization  is  owing  to  the  ab- 
straction of  the  beat  or  water  by  which  they  were  displaced, 
Crystalized  salts  are  liable  to  changes  in  their  appearance  by 
exposure  to  the  atmosphere.      Some  have  so  great  an  affinity 
for  water,  that  they  absorb  it  with  avidity  from  the  atmos- 
phere, and  thus  becoming  moist  or  liquid  they  are  said  to  de- 
liquesce.    Others  having  less  affinity  for  water  than  atmos- 
pheric air  has,  lose  their  water  of  crystalization  by  exposure, 

/ 


14  THE    AIITJST    AN2>  ' 

and  readily  fall  into  powder.  Such  salts  are  said  to  effloresce. 
Saiis  have  not  onW  the  property  of  dissolving  i>i  water,  but 
by  exposure  to  great  heat  they  will  mylt  ;  and  they  require 
different  degrees  of  heat  to  put  them  into  a  state  of  tusion,  as 
well  as  different  quantities  of  water  for  their  solution.  Many 
of  the  salts  are  to  be  found  native,  and  the  carbonates,  sul- 
phates, and  the  muriates,  are  the  most  frequent.  Chalk,  lime- 
stone, and  marble,  are  all  included  in  the  term  carbonate  of 
lime.  Few  salts  are  more  copiously  disseminated  than  the 
sulphate  of  lime,  particularly  in  the  city  of  Paris,  and  hencj 
its  name,  plaster  of  Paris.  Of  the  native  muriates,  muriate 
of  lime  occurs  with  rock  salt,  and  muriate  of  magnesia  occ;jrs 
in  abundance  in  sea  water;  and  muriate  of  soda  not  only  ex- 
ists in  immense  quantities  in  the  ocean,  but  vast  mountair.s  in 
different  parts  of  the  world,  are  entirely  formed  of  this  salt. 
Kitrate  of  potash,  known  by  the  more  familiar  name  o/ nitre 
or  salt  petre,  is  collected  in  various  parts  of  the  globe.  Phos- 
phate of  lime  which  is  the  basis  of  animal  bones,  exi  its  niiive 
in  Hungary,  and  composes  several  entire  mountainsJn  Spain.^ 
Mountains  of  salt  were  probably  formed-  in  very  re/note  ages, 
and  by  processes  of  which  we  can  form  no  idea.  It  may  be 
supposed,  however,  that  the  changes  have  been  slow  and  gra- 
dual ;  for  several  of  the  native  salts  exiiibit  mar'ts  of  regula- 
rity and  beauty  in  their  crystaiization,  which  cajanot  be  imi- 
att^d  by  art. 

CHAPTER  VII. 

Simple     Comhust'ibles — lAght    and    Caloric — Hydrogen — 
Sulphur — Phosphorus — Carbon — Carburcitted  Hydrogen 
— Accidents  to  iMiners — Curious  Experiments — Cast  Iron 
—  Wrought  Iron — Steel — Classijication  oj'  simple  Bodies, 
Most  of   the  simple  substances    are  combi  istible,    or  bear 
some  relation  to    combustion.   Light  and    caloric  are  evolved 
during  combustion.       Oxygen    is  the    principal   agent;   and 
hydrogen,  sulphur,  phosphorus,    carbon,    and  the  metals  are 
the  subjects,   or  instruments  of  this  process.      Hydrogen  gas 
maybe  corhbined  with  water,    sulphur,  pho5;phurus    or  car- 
bon.    When  combined  with  phosphorus  it   forms  ph  osphur- 
etted  hydrogen  gas;  which  takes    fire  when  it    cojnes    in  con- 
tact with  atmospheric  air.      The  elastic  subst;iiice  calhid  car- 
buretted  hydrogen  gas,  is  carbon  dissolved  in  tiydrogen  ,  it  has 
also  been  called  heavy  inflammable  air.      I*i  is  this  g  aseous" 
compound  which  has  occasioned  so  many  dreadful  accidents 


tradesman's  guide.  15 

to  miners,  who  call  it  fire  damp.  It  is  procured  from  pi') 
coal  by  dry  distillation,  and  from  its  imflammability  and  bril 
liant  flame,  it  has  been  used  for  lighting  streets,  shops,  manu- 
factories and  light  iiouses  on  the  sea  coast.  The  rate  at 
which  it  is  obtained  is  comparatively  trifling  compared  with 
oil  aud  tallow. 

Phosphorus  is  a  solid  imflammable  substance,  which  burns 
nt  a  very  low  tem.perature  when  in  contact  with  oxygen  gas 
or  atmospheric  air.  Many  amusing  experiments  can  be  per- 
formed with  it ;  but  it  must  be  handled  with  extreme  caution. 
If  you  fix  a  piece  of  solid  phosphorus  in  a  quill,  and  write 
with  it  upon  paper,  the  writing  in  a  dark  room  will  appear 
beautifully  luminous.  If  the  face  or  hands  be  rubbed  with 
phosphuretted  ether,  they  will  appear  in  a  dark  place  as 
though  on  fire,  without  danger  or  sensation  of  heat.  Pure 
carbon  is  known  only  in  the  diamond  ;  but  carbon  in  a  state 
of  charcoal  may  be  procured  by  heating  to  redness  a  piece  of 
wood  closely  covered  with  sand  in  a  crucible,  so  as  to  pre- 
serve it  while  in  the  fire,  and  afterwards,  v/hile  cooling,  from 
the  action  of  the  atmosphere.  It  is  capable  of  forming  va- 
rious combinations,  but  charcoal  is  that  with  which  we  are 
most  familiar.  Carbon  is  not  only  a  component  part,  but  it 
forms  nearly  the  whole  of  the  solid  basis  of  all  vegetables, 
from  the  most  delicate  flov/er  in  the  garden,  to  the  huge  oak 
of  the  forest.  It  not  only  constitutes  the  basis  of  the  woody 
fibre,  but  is  a  component  part  of  sugar,  and  of  all  kinds  of 
wax,  oils,  gums,  and  resins,  and  of  these  again  how  great  is 
the  variety  !  It  is  imagined  that  most  of  the  metals  ma}'  be 
combined  with  carbon  ;  but  at  present  we  know  of  only  its 
combination  with  iron.  In  one  proportion  it  forms  cast-iron, 
in  another  steel,  and  in  a  third  plumbago,  generalh',  thougl] 
improperly  called  black  lead.  There  is  no  lead  in  its  com- 
position. Cast  iron  contains  about  one  forty-fifth  of  its  weight 
of  carbon.  Steel  is  combined  witii  about  one  part  of  carbon 
in  two  hundred  of  iron,  and  ])lumbago,  or  carburet  of  iron, 
has  been  found  to  consist  of  nearly  nine  parts  of  carbon  to 
one  of  iron.  Wrought  iron  differs  from  cast  iron,  in  being 
deprived  of  its  carbon  and  oxygen,  by  continued  heat  and  re- 
peated hammering,  which  renders  the  metal  malleable.  Steel 
is  made  of  wrought  iron,  by  various  processes,  whereby  the 
metal  resumes  a  small  portion  of  the  carbon,  and  acquires  a 
capacity  of  receiving  different  degrees  of  hardness.  The  me- 
t^s  are  generally  procured   from  beneath  the  surface    of  the 


16  THE    ARTIST    AND 

earth,  in  a  state  of  combination  either  with  other  metals,  or 
•with  sulphur,  oxygen  or  acids;  though  a  few  of  them  have 
been  found  in  a  state  of  purity.  Metals  are  the  great  agents 
by  which  we  can  examine  the  recesses  of  nature  ;  and  their 
uses  are  so  multiplied,  that  they  have  become  of  the  greatest 
importance  in  every  occupation  of  life.  They  are  the  instru- 
ments of  all  our  improvements,  of  civilization  itself,  and  are 
even  subservient  to  the  progress  of  the  human  mind  towards 
perfection.  They  differ  so  much  from  each  other,  that  na- 
ture seems  to  have  had  in  view  all  the  necessities  of  man,  in 
order  that  she  might  suit  every  possible  purpose  his  ingenuity- 
can  invent  or  his  wants  require.  We  not  only  receive  this 
great  variety  from  the  hand  of  nature,  but  these  metals  are 
rendered  infinitely  valuable  by  various  oiher  properties  which 
they  possess  ; — by  their  combustibility,  their  solubility  in  fluids 
their  combinations  with  various  substances,  and  by  their  union 
with  each  other,  whereby  compound  and  alloys  are  formed, 
extremeW  useful  in  a  variety  of  arts,  manufactures,  and  other 
requisites  of  life.  By  combining  them  with  oxygen  we  can 
invest  them  with  new  properties,  and  are  enabled  to  employ 
them  to  promote  the  progress  of  the  fine  arts,  by  imitating  the 
master  pieces  of  creation  in  the  production  of  artificial  salts, 
gems,   and  crystals,  of  every  colour  and  of  every  shade. 

The  following  is  an  enunaeration  cf  the  classification  of  the  simple 
bodies  in  general.  I.  Comprehending  the  imponderable  agents,  Heat  or 
Caloric,  Light,  and  Electricity.  II.  Comprehending  agents  capable  of 
uniting  with  inflammable  bodies,  and  in  most  instances  of  effecting  their 
combustion, — Oxygen,  Chlorine,  and  Iodine.  Many  learned  chemists 
have  doubted  wheiher  chlorine  and  iodine  were  supporters  of  combus- 
tion, any  further  than  they  cont'-'in  oxygen.  They  are  classed  among 
the  simple  bodies,  because  they  have  not  as  yet,  been  resolved  into  other 
iagredients.  The  name  chlorine  is  simply  expressive  of  its  greenish  col- 
our, and  iodine  of  its  violet  colour.  III.  Comprehending  bodies  capuble 
of  uniting  with  o.xygen,  and  forming  with  its  various  compounds, — 1. 
Hydrogen,  forming  water.  2.  Bodies  forming  acids.  Nitrogen,  form- 
ing nitric  acid.  Sulphur,  forming  sulphuric  acid,  Phosphorus,  forming 
phosphoric  acid.  Carbon,  forming  carbonic  acid,  Boron,  forming  boric 
acid.  Fluorine,  forming  fluoric  acid.  3  Metallic  bodies  which  have 
been  divided  into  the  seven  following  clases.  1st.  The  metals  which 
combine  with  oxygen  and  form  alkalies.  These  are  potassium,  sodium 
and  lithium.  The  volatile  alkali  ammonia  lias  been  found  by  Sir  Hum- 
prhey  Davy  to  be  a  triple  compound  of  nitrogen,  hydrogen  and  oxygen. 
2.  Those  metals  which  by  combining  with  oxygen  form  the  alkaline 
earths,  viz.  calcium,  magnesium,  borium  and  strontium.  Calcium  is 
the  base  of  lime,  magnesium  of  magnesia,  and  so  on.  The  metallic  sub- 
stances are  of  the  colour  of  silver.''  3.  Those  metals  which  by  combin- 
ing with  oxygen  constitute  the  remainder  of  the  earths.      These  ar^ 


TRADESMEN  S    GUIDE. 


ir 


siljcum,  alumium,  zirconium,  jjlucinum,  gitrium  and  thorinuin.  These 
arc  presumed  metals  ;  for  the  earths,  of  whicli  they  are  supposed  .to 
constitute  the  bases,  have  been  as  yet  but  partially  decomposed  ;  res- 
pecting some  of  them  but  liitle  is  known.  4t.h.  The  melals  which  ab- 
sorb oxyg-en  and  decompose  water  at  a  high  temperature.  These  are 
iron,  tin,  zinc,  cadmiuni  and  manganese.  5th.  Tliose  metals  which  ab- 
sorb oxygen  at  different  temperatures,  but  do  not  decompose  water  at 
any  teniperature.  This  class  is  composed  of  twelve  distinct  metals,  viz. 
osmium,  cerium,  tellurium,  lilanium,  uranium,  nickel,  cobalt,  copper, 
lead,  antimony,  bizmuth,  and  mercury.  6th.  Those  metals  which  do 
net  decompose  water,  but  absorb  oxyo;en  and  thcrtsby  conveit  it  into 
acids.  These  arc  arsenic,  qiolybdenum,  tungsten,  chromium,  colum- 
bium  and  selenium.  7th.  Tli.ose  metals  which  do  not  decompose  water, 
or  absorb  oxygen  from  the  atmosphere  at  aay  temperature.  These  are 
platina,  gold,  silver,  palladium,  rhodium  arid  iridium:. 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

Otidcs  and  Combustion — Gas  p'oducing  pleasurable  sensa- 
lions —  Combustion  defined — Interesting  Experimcn  ts — 
Jiefieciions. 

Any  metal  or  coaibustible  body^  which  is  combined  with 
less  oxygen  than  is  sufficient  to  render  it  acid,  is  usually  cal- 
led an  oxide.  Whenever  a  substance  is  converted  into  nh 
oxide,  V'-e  say  it  is  oxydized.  Tlie  mineral,  the  animal,  and 
vegetable  kingdom  all  furnish  matters  which  are  convertible 
into  oxides  by  an  union  with  oxygen.  Metallic  oxides  are 
formed  in  several  ways,  the  chief  of  which  are  by  theaccess 
of  atmospheric  air,  by  the  decomposition  of  water,  and  by  the 
decomposition  of  acids.  Iron  may  be  mentioned  as  a  fami- 
liar example  of  metals  becoming  oxydized  by  atmospheric 
air*  It  is  well  known,  that  when  this  metal  is  exposed  to  air 
and  moisture  it  acquires  rust,  or  in  other  words,  its  surface  is 
converted  to  an  oxid.e^  in  which  statOj  the  metal  will  bo  found 
to  have  acquired  an  increase  of  weight.  Common  red  lead, 
which  is  a  true  oxide  of  lead,  is  made  by  melting*  that  metal 
in  ovens  so  constracted  as  to  have  a  free  access  to  atmospheric 
air.  Gol(],  silver  and  platina,  cannot  be  oxydized,  unless  in 
a  very  high  temperature  ;  and  with  respect  to  other  metals,  they 
not  only  diiTer  in  their  capacity  for  oxygen,  but  also  in  their 
attraction  for  it,  so  that  one  will  often  rob  the  other,  tlius  re^ 
cjcing  the  iirst  oxide  to  its  primitive  metallic  form,  if  you 
dissolve  some  quicksilver  in  nitric  acid,  and  after  dropping  a 
little  of  the  solution  upon  a  bright  piece  of  copper,  gently 
rub  it  with  apiece  of  cloth, the  mercury  will  precipitate  itself 
upon  the  copper,  which  \vill  be  completely  silvered,     W'*^ 


18  THE    ARTIST    AND 

regard  to  oxide  of  nitrogen,  the  first  degree  of  oxydizeraent 
produces  nitrous  oxide  ;  a  further  portion  of  oxygen,  nitric 
oxide,  and  they  are  both  in  a  state  of  gas.  Nitrous  oxide  gas 
bears  the  nearest  resembhince  of  any  other  to  that  of  the  at- 
mospheric air.  It  will  support  combustion  even  better  than 
common  air  ;  it  is  respirable  for  a  short  time,  and  it  is  absorb- 
ed by  water.  Persons  who  have  inhaled  this  gas  have  felt 
sensations  similar  to  that  produced  by  intoxication.  In  some 
people  it  produces  involuntary  muscular  motion,  and  a  pro- 
pensity to  leaping  and  running;  in  others  involuntary  fits  of 
laughter;  and  in  all  high  spirits,  and  the  most  exquisitely 
pleasurable  sensations,  without  any  subsequent  feelinjrs  of  de- 
iDility.  (It  is  readily  procured  by  exposing  crystals  of  nitrate 
of  ammonia,  in  aietort,  to  the  heat  of  a  lamp,  by  which  means 
the  ammoniacal  salt  is  decomposed,  and  this  gas  is  evolved.) 
Combustion  may  be  defined  to  be  a  process  by  which  certain 
substances  decompose  oxygen  gas,  absorb  its  base,  and  suffer 
its  caloric  to  escape  in  the  state  of  sensible  heat.  The  agency 
of  oxygen  in  combustion  is  attributable  to  its  affinitv  for  co 


m- 


bustiblo  bodies.  The  combustible  having  a  greater  affinity 
to  oxygen  than  the  oxygen  has  to  caloric,  the  oxygen  gas  is 
decomposed,  and  its  oxygen  combines  with  the  ignited  bod}', 
which  is  caloric,  becoming  free,  is  diffused  among  the  sur- 
rounding bodies.  Whenever  we  burn  a  combustible  body,  a 
continued  stream  of  atmospheric  air  flows  towards  the  fire 
place,  to  occupy  the  vacancy  left  by  the  air  that  has  under- 
gone decoujposition,  and  which,  in  its  turn,  becomes  decom- 
posed also.  Hence  a  supply  of  caloric  is  furnished  without 
intermission,  till  the  whole  of  the  combustible  is  saturated 
with  oxygen.  -As  the  combustible  burns,  light  is  disengaged, 
and  the  more  subtile  parts,  v.ovv  converted  by  caloric  into 
gas,  are  dissipated  in  that  state.  When  the  combustion  is 
over,  nothing  remains  but  the  earthy  parts  of  the  combusti- 
ble, and  that  portion  which  is  conv^'rted  by  the  process,  into 
an  oxide  or  an  acid,  The  sinoke  which  arises  from  a  com- 
mon fire  is  chief]y  v/ater  in  the  state  of  vapour,  with  a  mix- 
ture of  carburetted  hydrogen  and  bituminous  substances  ;  part 
of  the  water  comes  fiom  tiie  moisture  of  the  fuel;  and  the 
other  part  is  formed  during  combustion,  by  the  union  of  the 
hydrogen  of  the  combustible  vv^ith  the  oxygen  of  the  atmos- 
phere. The  agency  of  oxygen  in  combustion  may  be  de- 
monstrated by  placing  a   lighted  candle  under  a  glass  vessel 


tradesman's    GUI  OB.  19 

inverted  upon  a  plate  of  water.  It  vill  be  seen  that  the  candle 
will  go  out  as  soon  as  it  has  consumed  all  the  oxygen  con- 
tained in  the  included  air,  and  that  the  \vater  will  rise  up  in 
the  vessel  to  fjll  the  vacancy.  In  the  decomposition  of  atmos- 
pheric air  by  combustion,  it  is  natural  to  ask,  what  becomes 
of  tlie  nitrogen  gas?  As  the  oxygen  becomes  fixed  in  the 
combustible  body,  its  caloric  is  disengaged,  a  part  of  which 
combines  with  ihe  nitrooen,  and  cn.rrics  it  off  in  the  form  of 
rarified  nitrogen  gasp'  When  bodies  are  burnt,  none  of  their 
principles  are  destroyed.  We  believe  that  every  particle  of 
?5iatter  is  indestructible,  and  thgt  the  process  of  combustion 
jnerely  decomposes  the  body,  atid  sets  its  several  component 
parts  at  liberty,  to  separate  from  each  other,  to  form  otbor 
new  and  varied  combinations.  It  was  said  of  old,  that  the 
Creator  ivcighed  the  dust  and  measured  the  waiter,  when  he 
made  t'.ie  world.  The  first  quantity  is  here  still  ;  and  .though 
man  can  gather  and  scatter,  move,  mix  and  unmix,  yet  he 
can  destroy  nothing  ;  the  dissulution  of  one  thinjr  is  a  prepa- 
ration for  the  being,  and  the  bloom,  and  the  beauty  of  an- 
other. Something  gathers  v>\i  all  the  fragments,  and  nothing 
is  lost. 

CHAPTER  IX. 
Of  the  Gases — Experiments,  useful  and  ejitcrtainmg — Vital 
Air — The  cause  of  the  vcriniUion  colour  of  the  Bloud^—t 
Gas  so  destructive  of  Life — The  cause  of  Torrents  of 
llain — Infiammahlc  Air- — The  Phenomena  of  Lights, 
such  as  arc  seen  on  damp  grounds,  accounted  for^— Fatal 
Accidents  resulting  from  Carbonic  Acid-r— Carbonated 
Waters,  called  Soda  Waters — Death  of  Pliny,  the  Na- 
turalist—  To  change  Vegetable  Colours— Contagious  Va- 
pours—  To  discharge  Vegetable  Colours — Burn  Metals-^— 
Process  of  blecuching  coloured  Goods — To  resemble  the 
fling  of  Musket}'?/ — To  produce  luminous  Appearances-i^ 
Brilliant  Sparks — Phosphorus  Bottles — Matches  for  in- 
stantaneous Light — Artificial  Volcanoes. 

Oxygen  Gas — Vital  Air.  Put  a  quantity  of  oxymuriate 
'Of  potash  into  a  small  glass  retort,  to  which  is  adapted  a  bent 
tube  to  collect  the  gas,  a,nd  wiiich  passes  beneath  a  bell^lass 
.filled  with  water  ;  the  retort  is  gradually  heated  ;  the  air  in 
'the  apparatus  is  expelle'd,  the  salt  melts,  is  decomposed,  and 
■'we  obtain  all  the  oxygen  thai  enters  into  the  composition  of 


20  THE    ARTIST    AND 

chloric  acid  and  the  potash — tliere  remains  in  the  ietort  a 
chlorulet  of  potassium.  One  hundred  grains  of  the  oxymu- 
riate,  yields  thirty-nine  grains  of  oxvgen  gas. 

The  AtmosjjJicre,  is  composed  of  two  distinct  substances, 
termed  oxygen  and  nitrogen  gas.      It  is  not  a  chemical  com- 
pound,  but  a  mere  mixture  of  these  gaseous  substances  in  the 
proportion  of  21  of  the  former  and  79  of  iiie  latter.     It  con- 
tains, dso,  about  one  part  in  every  thousand  of  carbonic  acid 
gas,  a  considerable  portion  of  water  in  a  slate  of  elastic  va- 
pour, and  several  adventitious  substances.    Oxygen  is  an  ele*- 
ment,  or  simple  substance  generally  diffused  through  naturq, 
though  like  caloric  it   does  "not  exist  byitself.      It    takes  itt 
name  from  two  Greek  words,  signifying  that  which  produces 
or  generates  acids,  because  one  of  its  general  properties  is  \o 
form  acids  by  combining  with  different  substances,  which  are 
called  the  bases  of  the  several  acids.      Its  different  combinar 
tions  are  essential  to  animal  life  and  combustion.  Acted  upon 
or  combined  with  caloric  it  becomes  oxygen  gas,  wliich  is  dis- 
tinguished from  all  other  gaseous  matter  by  several  important 
properties.      Inflammable   substances   burn    in  it,    under  ti::e 
satne  circumstances  as  in  common  air,  but  with  vastly  greater 
vividness.      If  a    taper,  the  flame  of  which  has  been  extin- 
guished, the  wick  only  remaining  ignited,  be  plunged  into  a 
bottle  filled  with  it,  the  flame  will  instantly  be  rekindled,  and 
be  very  brilliant,  and  accoirpanied  by  a  crackling  noise.      If 
a  steel  wire,  or  thin  file,  having  a   sharp  point,  armed  with  a 
bit  of  wood  in  a  state  of  inflammation  be  introduced  into  a 
jar  filled  with  the  gas,  the  steel  will  take  fire,  and  its  combus- 
tion will  continue,   producing  a  most   brilliant  phenomenon. 
Oxygen  gas  is  a  little  heavier  than  atmospheric  air,  and  from 
its  being  absolutelj^  necessary  to  the  support   of  animal  life, 
has  been  called  vital  air. 

Nitrogen  Gas.  Phosphorus  is  inflamed  in  a  given  quan- 
tity of  air-T-this  gives  up  all  its  oxygen  and  the  nitrogen  is  set 
free.  For  this  purpose  we  sor  oii  fire  a  sninll  bit  of  phospho- 
rus, placed  on  a  brick,  which  has  been  previously  fixed  oa 
the  shelf  of  a  pneumatic  trough,  and  which  ought  to  be  sry 
elevated,  that  the  phosphorus  may  be  above  the  water  in  the: 
trough,  and,  of  course,  in  contact  with  the  air.  As  soon  a? 
the  phosphorus  is  inflamed,  it  should  be  covered  with  a  large- 
bell-glass  full  of  atmospheric  air,  which  dips  into  the  water  of 
the  trough--the  phosphorus,  now  in    contact  with  the  air  ot' 


TRADESMAN  S    GUIDE.  2t 

the  vessel,  robs  it  of  all  its  oxygen,  forms  phosphoric  acid, 
which  we  see  under  the  appearance  of  a  ver}'  dense  cloud, 
and  a  great  amount  of  caloric  and  light  is  extricated  ;  the  air 
dilated  by  the  heat  which  is  produced,  partly  escapes  in  large 
bubbles:  at  the  expiration  of  one  or  two  minutes,  the  phos- 
phorus goes  out,  and  the  process  is  terminated.  The  appa- 
ratus is  left  in  the  same  situation,  and  the  water  is  seen  to 
rise  in  the  bell-glass  until  this  is  cool  ;  the  phosphoric  acid 
is  completely  dissolved,  and  the  interior  of  the  apparatus,  be- 
fore nebulous  and  very  opaque,  regains  its  transparency. 
The  nitrogen  gas,  which  remains  above  the  water,  ought  to 
be  shaken  sometimes  with  that  fluid  to  remove  any  phospho- 
ric acid  it  may  retain,  and  particularly  to  decompose  a  por- 
tion of  phosphuretted  nitrogen  gas  which  always  is  formed  in 
the  process,  and  which,  thus  agitated,  abandons  the  phospho- 
rus. Very  pure  nitrogen  gas  can  be  obtained  b}'  passing  a 
stream  of  chlorine  gas  through  liquid  ammonia  inclosed  in  a 
bottle. 

Nitrogen  is  a  substance  diffused  through  nature,  and  parti- 
cularly in  animal  bodies.  It  is  not  to  be  found  in  a  solid  or 
liquid  state  ;  but  combined  with  caloric,  it  forms  nitrogen,  or 
as  the  French  chemists  call  it  on  account  of  its  being  so  des- 
tructive of  life,  azotic  gasy  in  which  no  animal  can  breathe, 
or  any  comb'.istible  burn.  It  is  uninflammable  and  somewhat 
lighter  than  atmospheric  air,  and  though  by  itself  it  is  so  noxi- 
ous to  animals,  it  answers  an  important  end,  when  mixed  with 
oxygen  gas  in  atmospheric  air.  Were  it  not  for  this  large 
quantity  of  nitrogen  in  the  atmosphere,  the  stimulating  power 
of  the  oxygen  would  cause  the  blood  to  flow  with  too  great 
rapidity  through  the  vessels  ;  the  consequence  of  which  would 
be,  that  the  life  of  man  would  not  be  protracted  to  the  length 
it  now  is.  The  vermillion  colour  of  the  blood  is  owing  to 
the  inhalation  of  oxygen  gas.  When  the  dark  purple  blood 
of  the  veins  arrives  at  the  lungs,  it  imbibes  the  vital  air  of  the 
atmosphere,  which  changes  its  dark  colour  to  a  brilliant  red, 
rendering  it  the  spur  to  the  action  of  the  heart  and  arteries, 
the  source  of  animal  heat,  and  the  cause  of  sensibility,  irrita- 
bility and  motion.  With  regard  to  the  nitrogen  that  is  com- 
bined with  atmospheric  air,  the  greatest  part  of  it  is  thrown 
out  of  the  lungs  at  every  respiration,  and  it  rises  above  the 
head,  that  a  fresh  portion  of  air  maybe  taken  in,  and  that  the 
same  air  may  not  be  repeatedlv  breathed.  The  leaves  of  trees 


22  THE    ARTIST    ANf> 

and  o'ther  vegetables  give  out  during  the  day  a  large  portion 
of  oxygen  gas,  which,  uniting  with  the  nitrogen  thrown  off  by 
animal  respiration,  keeps  up  the  equilibrium,  and  preserves 
the  purity  of  the  atmosphere.  In  tiie  dark,  plants  absorb 
oxygen,  but  the  proportion  is  small  compared  to  what  they 
exhale  by  day. 

Hydrogen  Gas.  Put  a  quantity  of  filings  of  zinc  into  a 
vessel  which  has  a  glass  tube  adapted  to  it,  and  pour  upon 
them  sulphuric  acid,  (oil  of  vitriol)  diluted  with  six  or  eight 
times  the  quantity  of  water — an  effervescence  will  immedi- 
ately take  place — the  oxygen  of  it  will  immediately  become 
united  to  the  metal,  and  the  hj'drogen  gas  will  be  disengaged, 
and  may  be  conveyed  by  the  glass  tube  into  any  proper  re- 
ceiver. While  it  is  rusliing  ihrongh  the  tube,  it  may  be  kin- 
died  with  a  taper,  and  it  will  burn  with  a  long  llame  like  a 
andle. 

Hydrogen  gas  is  only  one  fourteenth  the  weight  of  atmos- 
pheric air,  and  occupies  a  space  1500  times  greater  than  it 
possessed  in  its  aqueous  combination.  It  is  continually  emit- 
ting from  vegetable  and  animal  matter  during  their  decay, 
and  is  evolved  from  various  mines,  volcanoes,  and  other  na- 
tural sources.  From  its  great  levity  it  has  been  used  to  fdl 
air  balloons.  In  the  burning  of  the  gas,  the  hydrogen  unites 
with  the  oxygen  of  the  atmosphere,  and  the  result  of  the  com- 
bination is  flame  and  water.  It  has  been  supposed  that  tor- 
rents of  rain,  which  generally  accompany  ihnnder  storms  may 
arise  from  a  sudden  combustion  of  hydrogen  and  oxygen  gases 
by  means  of  lightning.  Hydrogen  was  the  base  of  the  gas 
which  was  formerly  called  inflammable  air,  and  when  in  the 
aeriform  state  is  the  lightest  of  all  ponderable  things. 

Hydrogen  gas  is  procured  by  decomposing  water  by  the 
galvanic  battery  ;  in  this  casQ  it  is  extremely  pure.  It  is  also 
largely  procured  by  decomposing  the  vapour  of  water  made 
to  pass  over  iron  filings,  or  wire,  in  a  gun  barrel. 

Nitrous   Oxide   Gas.     (See  chapter  vi.) 

Phosphuretted  Hydrogen  Gas.  Take  a  tin  quart  ba- 
sin— make  an  inch  hole  through  the  bottom^have  a  tin 
quart  decanter  with  straight  sides,  let  the  mouth  be  soldered 
to  the  under  side  of  the  basin,  so  that  it  may  fit  the  hole  in 
the  basin — now  introduce  through  the  hole  in  the  decanter, 
dry  newly  slacked  lime,  two  parts  mixed  whhone  part  of  dry 
pearlashes,  occasionally  pouring  in    a    little  cold  water,  just 


tradesman's  guide.  23 

sufficient  for  a  tliiii  paste,  until  it  is  nearly  tilled  to  the  bottom 
of  the  basin — drop  in  two  inciies  of  a  stick  of  phosphorus, 
cut  into  small  pieces — stir  the  whole  so  as  to  mix  all  parts 
thoroughly — set  the  decanter  part  on  coals,  or  suspend  it  over 
a  lamp—  raise  a  moderate  heat :  before  the  mass  is  to  a  boil- 
ing heat  bubbles  of  the  gas  will  appear  in  the  neck  and  ex- 
plode ; — now  fill  the  neck  with  water,  and  lay  on  the  mouth 
a  piece  of  lead  about  two  inches  in  diameter  with  a  hole  in 
the  centre  about  the  size  of  a  pipe  stem.  Fill  up  the  basin 
with  cold  water,  which  must  be  occasionally  changed,  bj' dip- 
ping out  when  it  becomes  too  warm.  Bubbles  of  gas  will 
rise  to  the  top  of  the  water,  explode,  Tind  form  an  ascending 
corona  or  wreath,  but  they  will  sometimes  spread  over  the 
surface,  appearing  very  small.  Break  oft'  the  foot  of  a  wine- 
glass and  use  it  as  a  receiver  for  collecting  and  turning  up 
large  bubbles,  and  for  transferring  gases  into  a  cistern. 

By  this  experiment  we  are  furnisIvjcJ  with  an  exhibition  resembliu^ 
what  is  sometimes  called  Jack  o'the  lantern,  frequently  seen  in  damp 
grounds,  whore  animals  are  putrifjino;. 

Carbonic  Aciu  Gas.  This  is  more  destructive  of  life 
than  any  other,  and  it  extinguishes  liame  instantaneously. — 
Water  may  be  made  by  pressure,  to  absorb  three  limes  its 
bulk  of  this  gas,  by  which  it  acquiresan  acidulous  and  not 
unpleasant  taste.  Soda  water,  cider,  and  other  fermented 
liquors  owe  their  briskness  and  sparkling  to  the  pressure  of 
this  gas.  Fatal  accidents  often  happen  from  the  burning  of 
charcoal  in  chambers,  for  wherever  charcoal  is  burned,  this 
gas  is.always  formed.  It  so  often  occupies  the  bottom  of 
wells  that  workmen  ought  not  to  venture  into  such  places 
without  previously  letting  down  a  lighted  candle — if  the  can- 
dle burns  they  may  enter  it  vv^ith  safety;  if  not,  a  quantity  of 
quicklime  should  be  let  down  iii  buckets,  and  gradually  sprink- 
led with  water.  As  the  lime  slacks  it  will  absorb  the  gas, 
and  the  workmen  ma\'  afterwards  descend  in  safety. 

Pulverize  a  piece  of  marble — put  a  wine-glass  full  into  a 
retort — pour  on  it  a  gill  of  water — when  it  has  soaked  a  min- 
ute, pour  in  slowly  half  a  wine  glass  of  sulphuric  acid,  diluted 
with  about  five  times  as  much  v/ater:  the  carbonic  acid  will 
come  over  in  the  state  of  gas,  and  can  be  collected  in  any 
recieiver  placed  on  a  shelf  of  the  cistern.  On  this  principle 
the  carbonic  acid  for  making  acidulous  waters,  improperly 
called  soda  water,  is  obtained. 

Pass  some  of  the  gas  into  a   decanter  of  pure    cold  water, 


u 


THE    ARTIST    AND 


and  agitate  it  until  the  water  and  gas  are  well  mixed;  pour 
into  a  wiue-ohiss  of  it  some  of  the  blue  infusion  of  led  cab- 
bage, and  it  will  become  a  very  light  red  colour.  The  in- 
fusion ought  rather  to  be  greenish  when  put  in,  by  having  ad- 
ded to  it  an  extremely  small  quantity  of  an  alkali  before  it  is 
used,  otherwise  the  change  in  colour  made  by  the  acidulous 
vVater  will  hardly  be  perceived.  Carbonated  waters,  called 
soda  waters  are  made  upon  this  principle.  The  waters,  sold 
under  the  name  of  soda  waters,  as  prepared  gcuarally,  con- 
tain both  sulphurous  acid  and  muriatic  acid.  Chalk  is  com- 
monly used  which  conlains  generally  a  little  cf  the  muriate 
of  soda — this  being  decomposed,  furnishes  muriatic  acid — it 
is  impossible  to  avoid  a  little  mixture  of  sulphuric  acid,  used 
in  the  process.  To  cleanse  the  gas  from  these  deleteiious 
impurities,  prepare  the  gas  and  force  it  through  a  condenser, 
containing  a  small  quantity  of  water,  before  the  water  for  use 
is  introduced.  Carbonated  water,  containing  but  about  thrice 
its  bulk  of  the  gas,  used  with  the  syrups  commonly  employed 
makes  an  excellent  table  drink  in  hot  weather. 

Sulphurous  Acid  Gas.  Put  into  a  glass  retort,  two  parts 
of  sulphuric  acid,  and  one  of  rnercur}',  and  apply  the  heat  of 
a  lamp  ;  the  mixture  effervesces,  and  a  gass  issues  from  the 
beak  of  the  retert,  which  may  be  received  in  glass  jars  filled 
with  mercury,  and  standing  in  a  mercurial  trough.  In  this 
process,  the  mercury  in  the  retort  combines  with  the  oxygen 
of  the  sulphuric  acid  ;  and  the  sulphuric  acid,  having  lost  a 
certain  portion  of  its  oxygen,  is  converted  into  sulphurous 
acid.  This  gas  is  very  abundant  in  the  environs  of  volca- 
noes. It  was  the  vapour  of  sulphurous  acid  which  suffocated 
Pliny,  the  naturalist,  in  that  eruption  of  Vesuvius  by  which 
Herculaneum  was  swallowed  up,  in  the  year  of  Christ,  79 
— It  is  composed  of  6S  parts  sulphur  and  32  parts  oxygen. 

Sulphurous  acid  gas  is  produced  by  the  slow  combustion  of 
sulphur.  If  this  gas  be  received  in  water  the  gas  combines 
with  it,  and  sulphurous  acid  will  be  the  result.  Water  at 
40*^  absorbs  one  third  of  its  weight  of  sulphurous  acid  gas. 

Sulphurous  acid  possesses  very  slight  acid  properties.     In- 
stead of  changing  vegetable  blues  to   red,  as   acids  generally  , 
do,  it  invariably  renders    them    white.      Suspend   a  red  rose 
within  a  glass  jar,  and  in  that  situation  expose  it  to  the  con- 
fined fumes  of  a  brimstone  match  ;  this    will   soon   produce 


TllADESMAiN's    GUIDE.  25 

.1.  eiiaiige  in   its  colour,  and  ai    lonsith  the  flower  will  becoiup 
jjuitc  white. 

Muriatic  Acid  Gas.  Pour  one  part  of  siilpliuric  acid 
upon  two  parts  of  dry  muriate  of  soda,  in  a  turbulated  retort, 
and  collect  the  gas  as  it  becomes  disengaged,  over  mercury 
in  a  pneumatic  apparatus*  Or,  take  some  of  the  muriatic 
acid  of  commerce,  heat  it  in  a  glass  retort",  and  it  may  be  col- 
lected as  in  the  preceding  mctliod.  Proceed  as  in  the  first 
experiment,  but  instead  of  collecting  the  gas  over  mercury, 
receive  it  in  a  vessel  containing  a  small  portion  of  water.  By 
these  means  liquid  muriatic  acid  will  be  formed.  Take  a 
small  quantity  of  silver,  or  a  piece  of  an  ore  containing  silver, 
and  digest  it  m  some  purijied  nitric  acid,  which  will  dissolve 
the  whole  of  the  silver.  A  single  drop  of  muriatic  acid  will 
sej)aiatc  a  portion  of  the  silver  in  white  flakes,  which  will  fall 
to  the  bottom  of  the  glass  in  an  insoluble  precipitate.  Pro- 
ceed as  in  the  last  experiment,  but  instead  of  Using  muriatic 
acid  drop  in  a  portion  of  common  salt,  wliich  will  as  eflectu- 
ally  precipitate  the  silver.  By  these  means  any  ore  may  be 
tiivcsted  of  the  silver  it  contains. 

T'o  remove  Contagious  Vapours  arising  from  the  Beds  of 
the  Sick,  Remove  the  sick  and  other  persons  from  the 
room — set  a  tea-cup  or  gallipot  on  the  floor,  half  filled 
with  table  salt — pour  into  it  strong  sulphuric  acid,  and  the 
room  will  be  filled  with  muriatic  acid  gas — after  a  ^ew 
minutes  open  the  windows,  and  the  ar  of  the  room  will  be 
purified^ 

To  Neutralize  Animal  EJfiuvia  arising  from  the  Beds  of 
the  Sick.^  Pour  a  tea-spoonful  of  muriatic  acid  upon  a  red 
hot  iron  shovel,  and  then  pouring  a  wine-glass  of  water  upon 
it — the  acid  will  rise  up  in  the  state  of  a  suffocating  gas,  and 
the  water  will  follow  it  in  \\w  state  of  vapour  and  absorb  it  al- 
most instantaneously,  so  that  the  suflbcating  gas  will  wholly 
disappear. 

CiiLORixE  Gas.  Put  into  a  retort  a  little  black  oxide  of 
manganese  in  powder,  and  pour  upon  it  double  its  weight 
of  strong  muriatic  acid,  connect  the  retort  with  the  pneumatic 
trough,  and  receive  the  gas  over  water,  ^-^'hen  the  ascension 
"of  the  gas  slackens,  apply  the  heat  of  a  lamp,  and  it  will  be 
disengaged  in  abundance.  Its  specific  gravity  is  to  that  of 
hydrogen,  nearly  as  34  to  1. 

If  a  small  quantity  of  liquid  oxymuriatic  is  \<anted,  it  may 
'  3 


^5  THE  ARTIST  ANT* 

readily  be  found  with  a  little  cvchlonnCy  (a  coiiipouhct  6f 
chlorine  and  oxygen  ;  chlorous  acid,)  by  dissolving  a  fe^v 
grains  of  oxyraoriate  of  potash,  and  adding  the  solution  to  an 
btince  of  common  hiuriatic  acid.  It  is  of  a  yellowish  green 
colour,  which  was  the  cause  of  its  being  called  chlorine.  This 
gas  cannot  be  breathed  without  great  injury.  It  discharges 
vegetable  colours — burns  all  the  metals,  and  when  combined 
with  water,  will  dissolve  gold  and  platinum;  with  various  alka- 
line and  earthly  bases,  it  forms  salts,  called  chlorides.  Instead 
of  changing  blue  vegetable  colours  red,  as  is  the  case  with 
acids  generally,  chlorine  destroys  colours.  Instead  of  dis- 
tinguishing rt  as  ofife  of  the  acids,  it  would  be  raiore  proper  to 
Call  it  tin  acidifying  priricfple,  for  it  possesses -few  properties 
which  characterize  that  class  of  bodies.  Its  taste  is  astringent; 
kridi  ttnVtke  the  acids,  is  combined  very  sparingly  with  water. 
It  has  ttot  befell  decomposed  either  by  electricity  of  galvanism; 
which  is  presumptive  proof  of  its  being  a  simple  substances. 
Its  greatest  use  is  the  blfeaching.  The  following  experiment 
may  be  con&idercd  aS  a  complete  example  of  the  process  of 
bleaching  coloured  goods  :  if  a  few  pieces  of  dyed  linen  cloth, 
of  diffcrettt  coldurs  bf?  dipped  itiio  a  phial  of  oxymuriatic  acid, 
ihe  colours  will  be  quickly  discharged  ;  for  there  are  few 
colours  whith  can  resist  its  energetic  effects. 

Carhuretted  Hydrogen  Gas.  Take  some  pieces  of  coal 
from  a  coal  pit  bed,  or  some  other  place,  where  the  coal  has 
Ijeen  exposed  to  the  weather  a  long  time,  and  has  become  in- 
timately combined  with  water  ;  dry,  pulverize,  and  heat  it  in 
a  gun  barrel  ;  the  heat  must  be  raised  gradually,  for  a  slow 
heat  will  evaporate  the  water,  with  but  very  little  combination. 
Collect  the  gas  into  the  cistern,  and  put  some  into  a  glass- 
holder  and  burn  it,  when  will  be  produced  a  blue  flame  with- 
out giving  much  light. 

Carhuretted  Hi/drogcn, united  with  Oxygen  Gas.  Mix 
the  gases  in  equal  volumes,  in  a  bell  glass,  or  tumbler,  pour 
this  into  a  narrow  mouthed  bottle  or  decanter,  sink  the  bot- 
tle under  the  water  of  ihe  cistern,  holding  the  thumb  over  its 
mouth  :  wet  a  roll  of  paper  in  spirits  turpentine,  light  it  and 
hold  it  close  to  the  water  over  the  bottle  and  let  up  the  gas 
in  small  bubbles — when  they  come  in  contact  with  the  blaze 
of  the  taper  they  will  explode,  which  produces  a  noise  like 
the  firing  of  musketry  under  the  water. 

Heavy   Carhuretted   Hydrogen^  or    White    Gas.       Take 


TRA«ESMAN^«   «UtD&.  ^7 

haJf  a  gill  of  alcohol,  put  it  into  a  deep  turbulated  retort,  pour 
upon  it  in  a  small  steady  stream,  about  twice  as  much  by 
measure,  of  strong  sulphuric  acid — put  in  the  stopper,  and 
apply  the  candle  to  the  retort,  approaching  it  gradually'.  Let 
a  littl'e  of  the  iirst  escape,  which  consists  of  atmospheric  air 
and  ether,  collect  the  gas  over  water ;  if  it  contains  consid- 
erable sulphuric  acid,  it  will  generally  disappear  soon,  whiio 
standing  over  water;  but  lime  water  will  purify  it  if  necessar}^ 
Mix  it  with  double  its  volume  of  oxygen  and  explode  it,  as 
directed  with  tho  cnrburetted  hydrogen.  Burn  it  pure  in  a 
stream,  and  it  will  give  a  very  luminous  blaze.  Fill  a  glass 
cylinder,  or  eight  ounce  ph«al  with  liquid  chlorine,  pass  this 
gas  up  into  it,  until  about  two-thirds  of  the  liquid  chlorine, 
is  displaced.  The  volume  of  the  gas  will  be  diminished  on 
standing  a  feiv  seconds,  and  water  will  ascend.  On  the  sur- 
fuce  of  the  water  will  be  seen  oily  masses  resembling  small 
drops  of  tallow. 

A  Gas  which  will  produce  a  luminous  appearance.  Take 
an  ounce  phial — fill  it  two-thirds  full  of  svveet  oil ;  now  in- 
sert shavings  of  phosphorus,  half  an  inch  of  a  common  stick 
will  answer — hold  the  phial  near  the  fire,  until  nearly  as  hot 
as  can  be  borne  by  the  Ijaud  ;  keep  it  at  this  temperature  till 
the  phosphorus  is  melted,  then  take  out  tho  cork,  the  upper 
part  of  the  phial  will  become  luminous  in  the  dark;  let  every 
light  be  extinguished  in  the  room,  and  pour  two  or  three 
teaspoonfuls  of  it  in  you  hand — rub  it  thoroughly  over  your 
fa-cc  and  hair — t!ie  face  will  become  exceedingly  luminous — 
the  hair  exhibiting  undulating  flames.  The  phial  must  ]i§ 
warm,  not  hot,  that  the  oil  may  have  a  temperature  equal  to 
bl^od  heat  when  applied. 

Phosphorus^  is  obtained  from  animal  bones.  The  pro- 
cess is  too  lengthy  to  show  in  this  work;  a  very  small  quantity 
is  5uffijcient  for  experiments — which  is  easily  procured  at  the 
driijrg  shops. 

To  obtain  the  Oxide  of  Phosphorus.     Let  a  stick  of  phos 
phorus  he  exposed  in  water,  for  severals  days  in  a  phial:  the 
outside  will  be  covered  with  a  white  substances — this  is  th© 
oxide,   which  is  more  inflammable  than  that  which  is  free. 

Application.  1.  Scrape  a  little  off',  and  expose  it  to  the 
rays  of  the  sun,  and  in  a  short  time  it  will  take  fire. 

2.  By  heating  a  phial  moderately,  with  a  pice  of  phosphorus 
atljached  to  iha  end  of  a  wire,  and  rubbing  it  about  the  inslcl^ 


28  THE    AUTIST    AXC 

in  a  half  meltqd  slate,  so  as  to  coat  it,  wo  obtain  the  ox'idc^ 
or  as  it  is  sometimes  called  "  Phosphoric  coat  match  phial.*' 
If  it  is  not  very  cold  weather,  by  taking  a  little  out  and  ex- 
posing it  to  the  air,  it  wiirtake  fire  and  burn  spontanenusly. 
In  preparing  it  there  is  datiger  of  its  taking  fire,  in  which 
case  the  phial  must  be  stopped  until  the  flame  is  extinguished. 

3.  Rub  a  stick  of  phosphorus  lightly  on  a  board,  and  it  will 
appear  luminous  in  the  dark.  Blow  on  it,  and  undulating 
waves  will  be  exhibited  and  vanish  alternately. 

4.  To  produce  brilliant  sparks.  Place  on  a  table,  a  per- 
fectly dry  eaithcn~plate,  in  the  centre  of  v/hich  lay  a  small 
piece  of  phosphorus  ;  set  it  on  fire  and  invert  over  it  a  half 
gallon  turbulated  bell  glass,  perfecily  dry  :  raise  one  side  a 
little,  or  place  a  chip  under  it  ;  start  the  stopper  of  the  tur- 
bulature  a  little,  so  as  to  permit  the  nitrogen  gas  to  escape, 
as  the  ox3'gen  of  air  in  the  glass  becomes  exhaustcfd.  We 
are  thus  furnished  with  the  exhibition  of  a  snow  storm.  Dry 
white  phosphoric  acid  will  fall  on  the  plate  ;  it  strongly  at- 
tracts water,  like  the  other  acids  ;  it  will  become  liquid, 
though  corked  very  tight  in  a  phial ;  therefore,  much  care  is 
necessary  to  keep  it  perfectly  tight  in  a  phial.  While  the 
powder  remains  dry  and  undisturbed  on  the  plate,  dip  a  fine 
shaving  brush  into  some  cold  water,  and  strike  it  a  cross  3'our 
finger,  so  as  to  sprinkle  very  fine  drops  of  water  on  the  pow-- 
der,  and  very  brilliant  sparks  will  be  exhibited. 

Phosphorus  bottles.  Phosphorus  two  drachms,  lime  one 
drachm,  mixed  together,  put  into  a  closely  stopped  piiial,  and 
heat  it  before  the  fire,  or  in  a  ladle  of  sand  for  about  half  an 
hour. 

2.  Phosphorus  one  drachm,  cera  alba  fifteen  grains,  pat  it 
into  a  bottle  under  water,  and  melt  them  together  ;  let  the 
water  cool,  and  as  it  begins  to  grow  solid,  turn  the  bott'e 
round  that  the  sides  may  be  coated  ;  then  pour  oul  the  water 
and  dry  it  in  a  cool  place. 

Matches  for  instantaneous  light.  Oxyniuriate  of  potash, 
flour  of  sulphur,  each  half  a  scrupel,  vermillion  two  grains,  a 
sufficient  quantity  of  oil  of  turpentine  to  make  a  paste,  with 
which  coat  the  ends  of  slips  of  v/ood,  previously  dipped 
in  oil  of  turpentine  and  dried  ;  when  these  matches  are 
plunged  in  oil  of  vitriol,  and  immediately  withdrawn,  they 
take  fire  instantaneousl3^  To  prevent  the  oil  of  vitriol  from 
»piliing,  if  the  bottle  should  nccidentiv  fall  on  one  ^']f\  poiin- 


TRADEBMAN'iB    GUDlE.  5$ 

dctl  asbestos,  or  sand,  is  put  in  the  bottle  to  soak  up  the 
acid. 

2.  Oxymuriafe  of  potash  nine  grains,  sugar  three  grains,- 
flour  of  sulpliur  two  grains,  a  sufficient  quantity  of  spirits  of 
wine  ;  the  wood  to  be  previously  primed  willi  calnphire  dis- 
solved in  spirits  of  wine. 

Artificial  Volcanoes,  Ram  with  force  into  a  largfe  pot;  a 
paste,  made  of  109  pounds  of  iron  filings,  intimately  mixed 
with  100  pounds  of  pulverized  sulphur,  and  just  water  enough 
to  make  a  dense  paste.  This  paste  is  then  buried  to  a  consid- 
erable dcptli  in  the  earthy  and  between  ten  and  twenty  hours 
afterwards  it  bursts  and  burns  with  great  forte.  .  It  is  presu- 
med this  experiment  was  never  tried  in  America.  It  requires 
a  great  quantity  of  the  mixture  to  produce  any  effect.  Lem- 
ery  produced  it  with  the  quantity  above  specified; 

CHAPTER  X: 

Electricity — Peculiar  and  Surprising  Phenomena — CoriduC' 
tors— Ley  den  Phial — The  cause  af  Lightning-Galvanism 
—  Voltf^ic  Pile — Experiments. 

The  surface  of  the  earth,  and  of  all  the  bodies  with  ivKicH 
we  are  acquainted,  is  supposed  to  contain  or  possess  a  power 
of  exhiting  Or  exhibiting  ^  certain  quantity  of  an  exceedibgly 
subtile  agent,  called  the  electric  fluid  or  power.  The  quantity 
usually  belonging  to  any  surface,  is  called  its  natural  share, 
arid  then  it  produces  no  sensible  eflects  ;  but  when  any  sur- 
face becomes  possessed  of  more,  or  of  less  than  its  natural 
quantitVj  it  is  electrified,  and  it  then  exhibits  a  variety  of  pe-^ 
culiar  and  surprising  phenomena,  ascribed  to  the  power  cal- 
led electric.  All  those  bodies  which  transmit  or  conduct 
electricity  from  one  surface  to  another,  are  called  conductors^ 
and  those  surfaces  which  will  not  transmit  the  electric  power^ 
arfe  called  electrics  or  non-conductors.  The  general  class  of 
cdnductors  comprehends  jnetals,  ores,  and  fluids,  in  their  na- 
iiral  slate,  except  air  and  oils.  Vitrified  and  resinous  sub- 
stances, amber,  sulphur,  wax,  silk,  cotton,  and  feathers  are 
electrics  or  non-conductors.  Many  of  these,  such  as  glass, 
resin  and  air,  become  conductors  by  being  heated.  Wher^ 
a  surface  is  supposed  to  have  more  than  its  natwrul  quantity 
of  this  fluid,  it  is  said  to  be />r)Si7iveZ?/ electrified,  and  when 
less  than  its  natural  share,  to  bo  negatively  electrifif^d.  When 
anj'    electrified  conductor    is    wholly   surrounded    by    non- 

3* 


30  THE    ARTfST    A^'D 

conductors,  so  that  tho  electric  fluid  can  not  pass  from  k 
along  conductors  to  the  earth,  it  is  said  to  be  insulated. 
The  human  body  is  a  good  conductor  of  electricity  ;  but  if  a 
person  stand  on  a  cake  of  resin,  or  on  a  stool  supported  by 
glass  legs,  the  electric  fluid  cannot  pass  from  him  to  the  earth, 
and  if  he  is  touched  by  another  person  standing  on  the 
ground,  a  sparkling  appearance  and  noise  will  be  exhibited. 
Two  surfaces,  both  positively  or  both  negatively  electrihed, 
i'epel  each  other;  and  two  substances,  of  which  one  is  posi- 
tively and  the  ether  negatively  electrified,  attract  each  other. 
Opposite  electricities  always  accompany  each  other,  for  if 
any  surface  become  positive,  the  surface  with  which  it  is  rub- 
bed becomes  negative  ;  and  if  any  surface  he  rendered  posi- 
tive, the  nearest  conducting  surface  will  become  negative. 
When  one  side  of  a  conductor  receives  tiie  electric  fluid  its 
whole  surface  is  instantly  pervaded  ;  but  when  an  electric  or 
non-conductor  is  presented  to  an  electrific-d  body,  it  becomes 
electrified  on  a  small  spot  only.  If  to  one  side  of  a  pane  of 
glass  you  communicate  positive  electricity,  the  opposite  side 
will  become  negatively  electrified,  and  tlie  plate  is  then  said 
to  be  charged.  These  electricities  cannot  come  together, 
unless  a  communication,  by  means  of  conductors,  is  made  be- 
tween the  sides  of  the  glass;  and  if  their  union  be  made 
through  the  human  body,  it  produces  an.  aflection  of  the  nerves 
called  an  electric  shock.  As  the  excitation  which  is  produ- 
ced by  rubbing  with  the  hand  on  a  tube  or  plate  of  glass,  is 
not  only  very  laborious,  but  inadequate  to  ihe  production  of 
any  material  quantity  of  electric  fluid,  machines  have  been 
constructed  of  various  forms  for  this  pur[>ose. — Some  of  the 
experiments  which  may  be  made  with  an  electrical  machine 
are  necessary  for  illustrating  the  laws  of  electricity,  and  oth- 
ers are  merel}'  entertaining.  .If  the  inside  of  a  glass  tumbler 
be  electrified  by  presenting  it  to  a  pointed  wire,  extending 
from  the  prime  conductor,  and  then  placed  over  a  few  pitch 
balls  laid  upon  a  table,  the  balls  will  immediately  begin  to  leap 
up  along  the  sides  of  the  glass,  and  then  back  on  the  table  ; 
. — they  are  attracted  and  repelled  bj'  the  electrified  inside  sur- 
face of  the  glass,  the  electricity  of  which  they  gradually  con- 
duct to  the  table.  If  a  person  having  long  hair,  not  tied  up, 
be  placed  upon  an  insulated  stand,  and,  by  means  of  a  chain, 
be  connected  with  the  prime  conductor,  when  the  machine  is 
put  ia  motion,  the  hairs  on  his  head,  by  repelling  each  other. 


TRADESMAN  S    GUIDE.  31 

will  stand  out  in  a  most  surprising  manner.  A  jjiece  of  sponge, 
filled  with  wator/and  hung  to  the  conductor,  when  electrified 
in  a  dark  room,  exhibits  a  most  beautiful  appearance.  If  a 
piece  cf  seeding  wax  be  fastened  to  a  wire,  and  the  wire  be 
fixed  into  the  end  of  the  conductor,  and  the  wax  lighted,  the 
moment  the  machine  is  worked,  the  wax  will  fly  off  in  the  fi- 
nest threads  imaginable.  Take  a  two  ounce  phial,  half  full 
of  olive  oil,  pass  a  slender  wire  through  the  cork,  and  let  the 
end  of  it  bo  so  bent  as  to  touch  the  glass  just  below  the  sur- 
I  face  of  the  oil  ;  then  place  your  thumb  opposite  to  the  point 
of  the  wire  in  the  phial,  and,  if  in  that  position,  3'ou  take  a 
spark  from  the  charged  conductor,  the  spark,  in  order  to  reach 
your  thumb,  will  actually  perforate  the  glass.  In  this  way 
holes  may  be  made  all  around  the  phial.  Substai^ces  should 
be  warmed  and  experiments  made  when  the  wind  is  northerly, 
and  the  atmosphere  dry,  to  produce  the  best  efiect. 

By  means  of  the  Leyden  Phial,  a  hundred  persons  may  re- 
ceive a  shock  at  the  same  instant,  and  electric  fluid,  on  the 
same  principle,  might  be  conveyed  many  miles  in  a  moment 
of  time.  The  electric  fluid  may  be  made  to  appear  in  the 
form  of  a  vivid  flash,  accompanied  with  a  loud  report,  with 
this  phial.  But  the  greatc^st  discovery  that  was  ever  made  in 
electricity,  was  reserved  for  Dr.  Franklin,  of  Philadelphia. 
Franklin  brought  tlie  supposition  that  a  similarity  existed  be- 
tween lightning  and  the  electric  fluid  to  the  test,  and  proved 
the  truth  of  it  by  means  of  a  boy's  kite  covered  with  a  silk 
haudkerchfef  instead  of  paper,  and  some  wire  fastened  in  the 
npper  part,  which  served  to  collect  and  conduct  the  fluid. 
When  he  raised  this  machine  into  the  atmosphere,  he  drew 
electric  fluid  from  tlie  passing  clouds,  whicli  descended  through 
the  flaxen  string  of  the  kite,  as  a  conductor,  and  was  after- 
wards drawn  from  an  i;  on  key,  which  he  tied  to  the  line  at  a 
small  distance  from  his  hand  ;  from  this  experiment  origina- 
ted the  formation  of  a  conductor  to  secure  buildings  from  the 
effects  of  lightning. 

When  aqueous  vapour  is  condensed,  the  clouds  formed  are 
usually  more  or  less  electrical,  and  the  earth  belov/  them  be- 
ing brought  into  an  opposite  state,  a  discharge  takes  place, 
when  the  clouds  approach  within  a  certain  distance,  constitu- 
ting lightning,  and  the  collapsing  of  the  air,  which  is  rarified 
in  the  electric  circuit,  is  the  cause  of  the  thunder,  which  is 
more  or  less  intense,  and  of  longer    or  shorter  duration,  ac- 


32  THE    ARTIST    ANb 

cording  to  the  quantity  of  the  air  acted  upon,  and  the  dis- 
tance of  the  place  where  the  report  is  heard  from  the  point 
of  the  discharge. 

Galvanism.  Galvanism  is  another  mode  of  exciting  elec- 
tricity. In  electricitj'  ibe  effects  are  chiefly  produced  by 
mechanical  action,  but  the  etiects  of  Galvanism  are  produced 
by  the  chemical  action  of  bodies  upon  each  other.  When 
it  was  observed,  that  common  electricity,  even  tiiat  of  light- 
ning, produced  vivid  convulsions  in  the  limbs  of  recently  kil- 
led animals,  it  was  ascertained  that  metallic  substances,  by 
mere  contact,  under  particular  circumstances,  excited  similar 
cdmmotions.  It  was  found  essential  that  the  forces  of  metals 
employed  should  be  of  different  kinds.  Apply  one  piece  of 
metal  to  the  nerve  of  the  part,  and  the  other  to  the  muscle,- 
and  afterwards  connect  the  metals,  either  by  bringing  thenl 
together,  or  connecting  them  by  an  arch  of  metallic  sub- 
stance ;  every  time  this  connexion  is  formed,  a  Convulsion 
takes  place.  The  greatest  muscular  contractions  are  found 
to  be  produced  by  zinc,  silver^  and  gold.  A  person  may  be 
made  sensible  of  this  kind  of  electric  action  by  the  following 
experiments;  If  he  places  a  piece  of  one  metal,  as  a  half 
crown  above,  and  a  piece  of  some  other  metal,  as  zinc,  below 
his  tongue,  by  bringing  the  outer  edge  of  these  pieces  in  con- 
tact, he  will  perceive  a  peculiar  taste,  and  in  the  dark  will 
see  a  flash  of  light.  If  he  puts  a  slip  of  tin  foil  upon  the  ball 
of  one  of  his  e3^ps,  and  a  piece  of  silver  in  his  mouth,  by 
causing  these  pieces  to  communicate,  in  a  dark  plate  a  faint 
flash  will  appear  before  his  eyes.  Galvahi  supposed  that  the 
virtues  of  this  new  agent  resided  in  the  nerves  of  the  animal,- 
but  Volta  sliowed  that  the  phenomena  did  not  depend  on  the 
organs  of  the  animal,  but  upon  the  electrical  agency  of  the 
metals,  which  is  excited  by  the  moisture  of  the  animal,  whose 
organs  were  only  a  delicate  test  of  the  presence  of  electric 
influence.  The  conductors  of  the  galvanic  fluid  are  divided 
into  the  perfect,  which  consist  of  mctalic  substances  and  char- 
coal, and  imperfect,  which  are  water  and  oxydated  fluids,  as 
the  acids,  and  all  the  substances  that  contain  these  fluids.  To" 
render  the  Galvanic,  or  more  properly,  the  \  oltaic  power 
sensible,  the  combination  must  consist  of  three  conductors  of 
the  different  classes.  When  two  of  the  three  conductors  are 
of  the  first  class,  the  combination  is  said  to  be  of  the  first  or- 
der; when  otherwise,  it  is  said  to  be  of  the  second  order.  If 


[  TRADE S MAIS  S    GUIDE.  33 

'  ,  .  . 

a  piece  of  zinc  be  laid  upon  a  piece  of  flannel,  moisted  with 
a  solution  of  salt  water,  a  circle  of  the  first  class  is  formed  ; 
and  then,  if  three  other  pieces  be  laid  on  these  in  the  same 
order,  and  repeated  several  times,  the  whole  will  form  a  pile 
or  battery  of  the  first  order.  T^e  effects  may  be  increased 
to  any  degree  by  a  repetition  of  the  same  simple  combina- 
tion. The  following  is  a  cheap  rnd  easy  method  of  con- 
structing a  Voltaic  pile.  Cast  20  or  30  pieces  of  zinc,  of  the 
size  of  a  cent;  take  as  many  cents  and  as  many  pieces  of 
paper  or  woollen  cloth  cut  in  tlie  same  shape,  and  d'p  in  a 
solution  of  salt  and  water.  In  building  the  pile,  place  a  piece 
of  zinc,  then  wet  paper,  the  superabundant  water  being  pressed 
out,  after  which  the  copper;  then  zinc,  paper,  and  copper, 
and  so  on,  until  the  whole  is  finished.  The  sides  of  the  pile 
may  be  sunporied  with  rods  of  glass,  or  varnished  wood  fixed 
in  the  board  on  which  it  is  built.  Having  wet  both  hands, 
touch  the  lower  part  of*the  pile  with  one  hand,  and  the  up- 
per part  with  the  other,  constant  little  shocks  of  electricity 
will  be  felt  until  one  hand  be  removed.  If  the  hand  be 
brought  back,  a  similar  repetition  of  shocks  will  be  experi" 
rnced.  Hold  a  silver  spoon  in  one  hand,  and  touch  with  it 
the  battery  in  the  lower  part,  then  touch  the  upper  part  with 
the  tongue  ;  the  bitter  taste  is  extreme.  If  the  end  of  the 
spoon  bo  put  under  the  eyebrow,  close  to  the  ball  of  the  ej^e, 
a  sensation  will  be  felt  like  the  burning  of  red  hot  iron,  but 
which  ceases  the  instant  the  spoon  is  removed.  The  plates 
will  soon  become  oxydated,  and  require  cleaning  in  order  to 
aiiakc  them  act. 

CHAPTER  XI. 

Z-ight — Bodies  rejlectlvg  light — Colours  changed  hy  the  ap- 
plication of  the  laws  of  chemical <iffinity — Experiments. 

Light  i:^  derived  frofn  the  sun  in  the  solar  s}'Stem.  This  is 
called  solar  or  celestial  light.  It  is  also  derived  from  terres- 
trial objects  ;  as  from  combustion,  friction,  chemical  attrac- 
tion, S^c.  whieh  is  called  terrestrial.  It  is  generally  accom- 
panied with  caloric.  Every  ray  of  com.mon  light  contains  in 
itself  seven  different  kinds  ;  these  may. be  best  separated  by 
a  triangular  glass  prism,  but  the  same  operation  may  by  per- 
formed with  a  tumbler  of  water.  The  seven  kinds  of  light 
di^tbr  in  two  rennrkable  characteristics  ;   they  are  of  different 


34  THE    ARTIST    AND 

colours,  and  degrees  of  refrangibility  ;  viz.  red,  orange,  yel- 
low, green,  blue,  indigo  and  violet.  The  red  is  least  refrang- 
ible ;  the  violet  most ;  and  the  intermediates  vary  in  their 
degree  of  refrangibility  according  to  this  order  of  succession. 
The  different  colouring  of  bodies  depends  on  the  different 
kinds  of  light  which  they  reflect  to  the  eye.  White  bodies 
reflects  all  kinds  of  liglit  ;  black,  reflect  none  :  the  difierent 
kinds,  according  to  the  arrangement  of  the  constituent  atoms 
of  bodies  reflecting  them,  not  according  to  the  nature  of  those 
bodies. 

Example  1.  Prepare  the  following  solutions  :  1.  Sug^r  of 
lead  dissolved,  1  to  .50of  water  per  weight.  2.  Pearlash,  1 
to  4  of  water,  3.  Corrosive  sublimate,  1  to  30  water.  4. 
Copperas,  1  to  6  of  water.  5.  Sulphuric  acid,  1  to  12  of 
water,  6,  1  to  100  of  water.  7.  Strong  liquid  of  ammonia. 
8.  Tincture  of  red  cabbage.  9,  Tincture  of  galls.  10. 
Prusiate  of  potash.  11.  Nitrate  of  mercury,  made  of  1  of 
mercury  to  4  of  nitric  acid,  to  which  add  twice  as  much  water. 
By  mixing  these  liquids  we  make  red — 1  of  5  with  1  of  8, 
Orange,  4  of  3  with  1  of  2;  limpid  with  1  of  5.  Yellow,  4 
of  11  with  1  of  2.  Grr.en,  3  of  8  with  1  of  2  ;  ruby  red, 
with  1  of  5.  Blue,  3  of  6  with  I  oT  7  ;  limpid  with  1  of  5. 
Indigo,  1  of  4  with  1  of  10,  Violet,  add  the  red  to  the  indigo. 
White,  mix  3  of  1  with  1  of  I,  Black,  3  of  9  with  1  of  4  ; 
limpid  with  1  of  5. 

These  liquids  either  reflect  different  colours  before  they  are  mixed, 
from  those  which  they  reflect  afterwards,  or  reflect  no  colour  as  some 
of  them  are  limpid.  It  follows  as  a  necessary  conclusion,  that  colour- 
ing is  not  inherent  in  matter,  but  depends  on  the  peculiar  arrangement 
of  the  constituent  atoms.  As  colours  are  changed  by  the  various  ap- 
plications of  the  laws  of  chemical  affinity,  dyers,  limners,  &c.  ought  to 
be  well  acquainted  with  them. 

Examjile  2.   Rub  two  pieces  of  white  quartz  slightly  to- 
gether in  the  dark,  nnd  they  will  become  luminous. 

There  aro  other  bodies  which  absorb  and  give  oft' light,  as 
rotten  wood, putrid  fish,  some  artificial  preparations,  &c. 
Snow  absobrs  light  by  day,  which  it  gives  off  at  night — thus 
light  is  radiated  from  many  substances,  which  seem  not  to  be- 
long to  the  class  of  luminous  bodies.  The  particles  of  light 
are  so  extremly  minute,  that  although  they  are  projected  in 
dirTerent  directions,  aad  cross  each  other,  yet  they  are  nerer 
known  to  interfere,  or  impede  each  other's  course.  It  is  still 
a  disputed  point,  however,  whether  light  bo  a  ^ubstarjce  cora'» 


TRADESMAX  S  GVtbE.  S5 

posed  of  particles  like  otiier  bodies.  In  some  respects  it  is 
obedient  to  the  laws  which  govern  bodies;  in  others  it  appeals 
independent  of  them  :  thus,  though  its  course  is  guided  by  the 
laws  of  motion,  it  does  not  seem  to  be  influenced  by  the  laws 
of  gravity.  It  has  never  been  discovered  to  have  wfeight^ 
though  a  variety  of  interesting  experiments  have  been  made 
in  order  to  ascertain  tliat  point.  Some  have  supposed  that 
the  rays  of  light,  instead  of  being  particles,  consist  of  the  iiti- 
dulations  of  an  elastic  mediuti],  \vhich  fills  all  space,  and 
^which  produces  the  seiisation  of  light  iti  the  eye,  just  as  the 
vibrations  of  the  air  produce  the  sensation  of  sound  to  the  ear* 
Most  of  the  phenomena  may  be  acCbunted  for  by  feither 
hypothesis  ;  but  that  of  their  being  paltitles  applies  morfe 
happily  to  some  of  the  facts  respecting  the  modifications  of 
light  by  refraction  and  reflection*  Twilight  is  occasioned 
partly  by  refraction,  but  chiefly  by  reflection  of  the  sun's  rays 
by  the  atmosphere,  and  it  lasts  till  the  sun  iS  eighteeti  degrees 
belovV  the  horizon.  Were  no  atmospltere  to  reflect  atid  re- 
fract the  Sun's  rays,  only  thiit  part  of  the  heavens  would  be 
luminoiis  in  which  the  sun  is  placed  ;  and  if  we  could  live 
without  air,  and  should  turn  our  backs  to  the  sun,  the  whole 
heavens  would  appear  as  dark  as  in  the  niglit*  In  this  casfe 
also,  a  sudden  transition  from  the  brightest  sunshine  to  dark 
uight,  would  immediatelp  take  place  upon  the  setting  of  the 
sun. 

CHAPTER  XII. 

Miscettdnenus— Elective  Affinity — Salt  used  in  Bronzing^>^ 
Peroxide  of  Tin  used  for  various  purposes — Important 
Mordant  for  Dyihg- — To  resemble  the  irregular  discharge 
of  Musketry — Powder — To  detect  the  Carbonate  of  Lime 
—  Clay  unfit  for  Pottery — Alkaline  Salts- — To  purify 
Meat — Sal  Ammonia — Double  elective  Affinity. 

Glauber  Salts.  Put  a  tea  spoonful  of  table  salt  into  a 
wine  glass,  which  has  been  previously  dried  on  a  plate  ;  pour 
upon  it  a  tea  spoonful  of  sulphuric  acid.  Muriatic  gas  will 
escape  into  the  atmosphere,  and  glauber  salts  will  be  formed 
in  the  wine  glass.  By  this  experiment  elective  affinity  is  il- 
lustrated. 

Put  some  sulphuric  acid  into  a  tumbler,  diluted  with  six 
times  as  much  water  ;  drop  in  some  carbonate  of  soda  until 
effervescence  ceases;  and  the  nauseous  taste  of  glauber  salts 


•16  rilK    ARTIST    AXb 

will  be  recogtiizod.  By  slow  cviiporaiion  jt  miy  be  crvs- 
talized. 

Silver  Boiling  Powde.r.  V/hite  argol,  common  salt,  of 
each  a  sufficicier.t  quantity  ;  a  small  quantity  of  this  powder 
is  put  into  water,  and  plate  is  boiled  in  it,  to  which  it  gives  u 
brilliant  brightness. 

Borax.  Common  borax. dissolved  in  about  sixteen  times 
its  bulk  of  hot  water  in  a  gallipot  ;  then  ponr  into  it  nearly 
half  its  weight  of  sulphuric  acid  ;  stir  it  on  fjot  coals  five  or 
six  minutes,  then  set  it  by  to  cool.  Decomposition  takes 
place  ;  sulpliate  of  soda  is  formed,  which  remHiris  in  solution  : 
the  boracic  acid  is  disengaged,  and  appears  as  shining  solid 
scales;  pour  offthe.solution  and  rinse  the  scales  several  times 
in  cold  water  :  each  time  wait  for  them  to  separate  from  the 
water  ;  when  well  washed,  they  are  nearly  tasteless.  Now 
dissolve  some  of  the  scales  in  alcohol  on  an  earthen  plate  ; 
set  the  alcohol  on  fire  with  a  lighted  roll  of  pnpcr  ;  as  it  burns 
the  sides  off,  the  flame  will  be  tinged  with  a  beautiful   green. 

The  salt  wliicli  this  acid  forms  in  combustion  wilh  soda  is  mucl)  used 
in  bronzing,  under  the  name  of  borax.  It  briijcps  brass  to  the  liquid 
state,  vvljen  thrown  upon  it  at  a  temperature  considerably  lower  than 
•  Is  fusing  point. 

.Epsom  Baits,  Put  sulphuric  acid  into  a  tumbler,  diluted 
wilh  about  six  times  as  much  watei  t  drop  in  carbonate  of 
magnesia  until  effervescence  ceases;  tlius  cpsom  salts  are 
formed  in  solution. 

Pure  Silex  Powder.  Heat  a  gun  fiint  red  liGt  and  throw 
it  into  cold  water  in  order  to  render  it  brittle  ;  pulverize  it 
very  fine  and  mhs  the  pov.'der  with  about  five  times  its  bulk 
ofpearlash,  melt  the  mixture,  and  keep  it  in  a  state  effusion 
fifteen  minutes  :  now  dissolve  it  in  two  or  three  times  its 
bulk  of  water  ;  pour  in  diluted  sulphuric  acid^  a  little  at  a 
time,  as  long  as  it  continues  to  canse  a  precipitation.  After  it 
stands  a  little  while  to  settle,  pour  oft  the  liqjiid  part,  and 
wash  or  rinse  the  precipitate  in  hot  water  several  times,  until 
the  water  poured  off  is  tasteless. 

This  substance  is  the  principal  ingrndicntin  gun  flints,  rock  crystals, 
cornelian,  &c.     On  this  principle  glass  is  manufactured. 

Oxydated  Tin.  Put  some  tin  in  an  iron  ladle  and  heat  it 
no  higher  than  to  melt  it  ;  the  surface  will  immediately  ab- 
sorb oxv;gen  from  the  atmosphere,  sufficient  to  form  the  pro- 
ioxid  of  tin,  called  the  yellow  oxide.     This  may  be  scraped 


tradesman's  guide.  2T 

oft*  with  an  iron  poker,  when  another  similar  pellicle  will  be 
formed  ;  and  the  succession  may  be  continued  until  the  whele 
mass  is  an  oxide. 

If  the  protoxid  of  tin  be  put  into  a  crucible,  heated  to  red- 
ness, and  continually  stirred  with  an  iron  rod  for  some  time, 
it  will  absorb  another  definite  proportion  of  oxygen.  It  then 
becomes peroxid  of  tin^  called  the  white  oxide,"or  putty  of  tin. 

The  white  oxide  of  tin  is  an  excellent  material  for  sharpen- 
ing edge  tools,  as  knives,  razors,  &c. — for  polishing  burn- 
ishers, glass  lenses,  &c.  When  melted  with  glass  it  forms  the 
white  enamel  used  for  clock  and  watch  faces,  &.c. 

Acetate,  of  Alumine,  Dissolve  equal  parts  of  alum  and 
sugar  of  lead  in  water,  in  separate  wine  glasses,  and  mix  these 
solutions.  The  acids  exchange  ba«;es ;  and  the  sulphate  of 
lead  falls  down  while  the  acetate  of  alumine  remains  over  it 
in  a  liquid  sfate.      This  liquid  may  be  poured  off  for  use. 

It  is  an  important  mordant  much  used  in  dying-,  and  it  is  manufac- 
tured in  this  way  by  caUeo  printers. 

Ezplos'we  Powder.  Scatter  some  thin  shavings  of  phos- 
phorus over  the  bottom  of  a  broad  iron  mortar;  sprinkle 
crystals  of  oxymuriate  of  potash  among  them.  ISow,  putting 
a  leather  glove  upon  the  hand,  rub  the  iron  pestle  smartly 
around  among  the  shavings  and  the  phosphorus,  and  a  suc- 
cession of  explosions  will  be  made,  resembling  the  irregular 
ilischarge  of  musketry. 

Al!  explosive  powders  are  indebted  for  their  powers  to  the  same  prin- 
eiple.  Gun  powder  is  composed  of  75  per  cent,  of  nitrate  of  potash, 
15  per  cent,  of  charcoal,  and  10  per  cent,  of  sulphur. 

Lime.  Put  a  little  potter's  clay  paste  into  a  crucible,  and 
heat  it  it  in  the  forge  as  high  as  white  heat  of  iron  :  now  pour 
it  out  upon  a  brick  on  a  table,  and  it  will  be  perceived  that 
it  is  not  melted  ;  mix  some  of  the  same  kind  of  clay  inti- 
mately wilh  about  an  equal  quantity  of  pulverized  marble  or 
chalk,  and  heat  it  again  as  hot  as  before  ;  pour  it  out  and  the 
whole  mass  will  spread  on  the  brick  in  the  state  of  melted 
cinder. 

On  this  principle  potters  reject  all  clay  which  contains  lime.  When 
clay  contains  a  very  small  per  centum  of  carbonate  of  lime,  it  would 
be  sufficient  to  cause  a  kiln  of  potter's  ware  to  melt.  Tiie  carbonate 
of  lime  can  always  be  detected  by  pouring  a  few  drops  of  diluted  mu- 
riatic acid.  Ever  so  small  a  quantity  of  lime  will  caues  an  effervescence 
and  prove  the  mass  to  be  clay-marl,  unfit  for  pottery. 


38  T {IE    ARTIST    AKt< 

Alkaline  Salts.  Dissolve  in  separate  wine  glasses  a  iittk' 
cop|)8ras,  blue'  vitriol,  ^vlifte  vitriol  and  sugar  of  lead  ;  pour 
into  each  a  small  quaiitity  of  the  solutions  of  either  potash,, 
soda,  or  ammorna,  and  the  metallic  oxide  of  the  salt  will  be 
precipitated,  and  an  alkaline  salt  formed  in  each  glass. 

This  pnaoiple  is  ofmuch  use  in  the  manufacture  of  trrticles  used  ir* 
medicine  and  the  artS;  as  will  be  evident  by  attending  the  daily  business 
of  the  laboratory ^^ 

-  .Liver  of  SuljjJiur.  Take  some  dry  pearlash,  and  half  as 
iiiuch  sulphur,  mix  them  and  rub  them  well  together:  melt 
them  in  a  crucible,  covered  wit!i  another.  As  soon  as  mel- 
ted it  must  be  poured  out,  and  corked  up  tight  in  a  phial  ta 
prevent  its  deliquencing.  Sulphuretted  hydrogen  gas  may  he- 
made  with  this  equally  as  well  as  the  sulphate  of  iron. 

Magnesia^  is  found  pure,  or  merely  combined  with  water  :; 
sometimes  it  fonns  one  of  th-e  constituents  of  4he  soap  stone 
or  talcose  rocks,  of  asbestos,  and  some  other  minerals.  It.i» 
<]fenera]l3^  obtained  from  seii  watet;V  after  it  is  separated  from 
the  common  salt:  it  exists  in  the  state  of  a  muriate  and  sul- 
f)hate  in  sea  water,  from  which  it  is  obtained  by  mixing  witli 
it  a  solution  of  common  pearhrsh.  A  double  decomposition; 
takes  place  ;  and  while  the  sulphate  of  potash  remains  in  sol- 
ution, the  carbonate  of  magnesia  fails  down.  This  is  the  car- 
btDnated,  or  white  magnesia  of  the  shops. 

Valcined  3Iagnesia.  Drop  diluted  sulphuric  acid  upon 
carbonate  of  magnesia  of  the  shops,  and  it  will  eflervesce  vio- 
lently ;  that  is,  a  bubbling  will  be  c;uised  by  the  escape  of 
carbonic  acid  in  the  state  of  gas  :  put  a  little  of  the  same  car- 
bonate of  magnesia  into  a  crucible,  and  keep  it  about  the  white 
heat  of  iron  hfteen  minutes  :  now  after  it  caols,  drop  on  it 
diluted  sulphuric  acid,  and  it  will  scarcely  eflervesce  because- 
the  carbonic  acid  is  driven  out.  If  a  little  of  it  be  dissolved 
in  water  it  will  give  the  alkaline  test  with  red  cabbage,  much, 
stronger  than  before  heating. 

It  is  difficult  to  drive  ofFall  the  carbonic  acid  by  heat,  ro  that  no  cf- 
fervscenco  can  be  produced  by  the  application  of  sulphuric  acid. 

Tooth  Powder.  Heat  finely  pulverized  charcoal  to  red- 
ness in  an  iron  skillet,  and  pouring  it  while  hot  into  a  bowl  of 
clean  water,  is  the  best  of  all  substances  to  preserve  the  teeth 
from  decay,  aft^er  it  has  commenced.  If  kept  in  a  bottle,  it 
will  remain  under  water,  defended  from  gases,  and  if  shaken 
np  and  a  tea  spoonful  taken  occasionally  in    the   mouth,  and 


the  \Ciiih  ruhhcd  witii  it,  evevy  thing  impure  will  be  absorbed* 

Putrid  meat  will  become  purilied  by  immersing  it  in  a  simikr  mari- 
Mer:  putrid  water  is  purified  by  pouring  into  it  heated  charcoal  powder. 

2.  Rad.  irid,  fior.  four  ounces  ;  oss,  sepicC,  two  ounces; 
crcni.  tart,  one  ounce  ;  ol.  caryoph.  sixteen  drops  ;  lake  16 
orops. 

3.  Cateciiu,  one  ounce;  cort,  peruv.  flav.,  crem.  tart,  cassia^ 
l)ol.  armen.,  of  each  4  drachms;  sang,  dracon.  myrrh,  of  each 
two  (irachms. 

4.  Rose  pink,  20  ounces;  bol.  armen.  oss.  sepise,  crem.  tart, 
of  each  8  ounces;  tiij^rrh  4  ounces  ;  rad.  irid.  ilor.  2  ounces; 
ess.  bergam.  half  a  drachm. 

5.  Oss.  sepice,  four  ounces  ;  crem.  tart.  rad.  irid.  fior  of 
(eacli  two  ounces  ;   alum,  ustri,  rose  pink,  of  each  one  ounce. 

6.  Magnesia,  rad.  irid.  floj.,  rose  pink,  cretse  ppse,  of 
«aclK  two  ounces  :  natr.  ppi,  six  dracJims  ;  oi.  rhodii,  tv/o 
^rops. 

{.ringer' B^er  Powders.  White  sugar^  one  drachm  two 
:&cruples  ;  ginger^  five  grains  ;  natn  pp,  twenty-six  grains  in 
«ac1i  blue  paper  :  acid  of  tartar^  one  scruple  and  -a.  half  in 
«ach  white  pa])er.  These  quctntities  are  for  half  a  pint  of 
water. 

Spruce  Beer  Powders.  White  sugar,  1  drachm  2  scruples; 
2iatr.  pp.  26  grains;  essence  of  spruce,  10  grains,  in  each  blue 
paper,  acid  of  tartar  ,!ialf  a  drachm  in  each  while  paper;  for 
%alf  a  pint  of  water. 

Soda,  Powders.  Carbonate  of  soda,  half  a  draclim  in  each 
i>lue  paper :  acid  of  tartar,  twenty-five  grains,  in  each  white 
paper;  for  half  a  pint  of  v/ater — a  very  pleasant  and  cooling 
Leverage  in  summer  :  sugar,  if  desirable,  may  be  added  to  the 
paper  containing  the  acid  of  tartar. 

Portable  Lemonade.       Acid  oftarlar,  one   ounce  ;  sugar, 
•six   ounces;   essence    of  lemon,  one  drachm:   rub    together, 
divide  into  twenty-four  papers,  for  a  tumbler  of  water  each. 

Copperas^  Sulphate  of  Iron.  Put  diluted  sulphuric  acid 
into  a  Florence  flask,  consisting  of  about  five  times  as  much 
water  as  acid.  Apply  a  v«ry  little  heat,  so  as  rather  to  warm 
t-han  heat  the  acid.  Drop  in  iron  filings  uiitil  they  will  fall  to 
the  bottom  quietly  ;  pour  ofi  the  limpid  liquid  into  earthen 
plates.  Tills  is  copperas  in  solution;  and  by  a  slow  evapor- 
ation it  may  be  crystallized.  On  this  principle  the  copperas 
i,4  comracrcQ  is  manuhi.ctured  ;  but  the   process   is  different. 


40  t*llE   ARtiSt   A5?]^ 

Iron  pyrites  is  moistened  and  exposed  to  the  atmospfjcre  a 
considerable  time  in  a  shallow  vat  or  box  ;  after  it  becomes 
covered  with  a  crust  it  is  dissolved  in  water  or  leached,  and 
evaporated,. 

Blue  Vitriol,  Boil  copper  filings  in  sulphuric  acid,  and 
the  salt  will  be  formed  in  the  liquid  state  *  this  may  be  eyap* 
Orated  in  the  usual  way. 

On  this  principle  the  blue  vitriol  of  the  shops  is  made, 
though  the  operation  is  not  similar  ;  the  native  sulphuret  i» 
heated  and  exposed  to  air  and  moisture,  and  thereby  the  per- 
oxide is  obtained  ;  then  the  salt  is  readily  formed  by  pour- 
ing sulphuric  acid  upon  it, 

Oxt/muriatc  of  Potash.  Mix  common  salt  three  pounds, 
manganese  two  pounds,  and  add  oil  of  vitrei  two  pounds,  pre- 
viously diluted  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  water,  distil  into  a 
receiver  containing  prepared  kali,  six  ounces  :  dissolved  in 
water,  three  pounds:  when  the  distillation  is  finished,  evap- 
orate the  liquid  in  the  receiver  slowly  in  the  dark  ;  the  oxy- 
muriate  will  crystallize  first  in  flakes  ;  stimulant,  from  one  to 
two  grains  ;  explodes  when  struck,  or  dropped  into  acid. 

Salt  of  SorreL  From  the  leaves  of  wood  sorrel  bruised 
and  expressed  ;  the  juice  is  then  left  to  settle,  poured  off 
clear,  and  crystallized  by  slow  evaporation  ;  one  hundred 
weight  of  wood  sorrel  yields  five  or  six  ounces. 

2.  By  dropping  aqua  kali  into  a  saturated  solution  of  ox- 
alic acid  in  water,  it  will  precipitate,  and  may  be  separated 
by  filtration,  if  too  much  alkali  is  added,  it  is  taken  uo,  and 
will  require  an  addition  of  the  acid  to  throw  it  down  again  ; 
cooling — -used  to  make  lemonade,  and  whey,  as  also  salt  of 
lemons. 

Amtnonia,  Ammonia  is  serviceable  rn  dying,  and  in  stain- 
ing ivory  ;  but  its  principal  use  is  in  making  the  murrate  of 
ammonia,  of  which  it  is  the  bases.  It  is  formed  by  combin- 
ing ammonia  with  muriatic  acid.  It  is  known  in  commerce 
by  the  uame  of  Sal  Ammoniac. 

Convey  some  muriatic  acid  gas  into  a  glass  jar  containing 
a  portion  of  aramoniacal  gas.  From  the  mixture  of  these 
two  invisible  gases  a  solid  substance  will  be  produced  ;  viz. 
lhe  common  sal  ammoniac. 

Sal  ammoniac  is  used  by  some  dyers  in  what  they  call  com- 
position, to  prevent  the  tin  from  precipitating.  In  tinning 
metals  it  is  of  use  to  cleanse  the  surfaces,  and  to  prevent  them 


iTiADESMAN^S    GUIUE.  4i 

from  oxydiziiig  by  tlie  heat  which  is  given  to  them  in  the  op- 
oraiion.  It  is  also  employed  ia  the  uss^y  of  metals,  to  disco- 
-vor  the  presence  of  iron.  '  Aiiimoniacal  gas  maybe  procured 
by  heating  strong  liquid  anunonia;  this  gas^  will  be  disenga- 
ged in  abundance.  On  account  of  its  jiffiuity  for  water,  it 
K3ust  be  received  oyer  mercury,  when  it  is  intended  to  exhibit 
it  in  i\^  state  of  gas.  Pour  a  little  caustic-  ammonia  into  a 
cUar  solution  of  sulphate  of  zinc.  Tills  will  precipitate  the 
metal  in  a  white  powder.  If  the  pliial  be  now  shaken,  the 
zinc  will  bo  immediately  re-dissolved,  thus  servhig  as  a  test 
to  distinguish  zinc  from  iron  and  various  metals.  Drop  as 
much  nitrate  of  copper  into  vv'ater  as  will  form  a  colourless 
solution  ;  then  add  a  little  ammonia,  equally  colourless,  and 
an  intense  blue  color  v» ill  arise  i\'om  the  mixture.  Take  the 
blue  solution  formed  by  the  last  experiment,  add  a  little  sul- 
phuric acid,  and  the  color  will  disappear  ;  pour  in  a  little  so- 
lution of  caustic  ammonia,  and  the  blue  colour  will  be  resto- 
red. Thus  ma^'  the  liquor  be  alternately  changed  at  pleas- 
ure. Dissolve  some  oxFde  of  cobalt  iri  caustic  ammonia  ; 
tiiis  v^'ili  produce  a  red  solution,  different  in  color  from  that 
of  all  otijer  metallic  solutions. 

1.  Double  elective  a^niiy.  Take  about  four  parts  of  rau- 
nate  of  lime,  and  .  five  parts  of  sulphate. of  soda,  weighing 
l-iiem  after  being  v/ell  dried  over  coals,  on  plates.  Dissolvo 
tliem  in  water  separately,  Np'f/  mix  them  in  a  wiu.e-glass, 
and  a  prccipitaJje  of  lime  (sfvpsum)  will  soon  setile  at  the  bot- 
tom, and  a  solution  of  the  muriate  of  soda  will  stand  over  it. 
On  testing  the  new  compounds  with  red  'cabbage,  they  will 
be.=foand  to  be  neutral  salts,  exhibiti-ng  neither  the  acid  or  al- 
kaline, tejt.  On  tasting  the  liquid,  it  w;lL  be  found  a  solution 
of  table  salt. 

Corrosive  sablimate  of  ihe  shops  is  madeupoii  this  principle,  by  sul« 
phtite  of  mercury,  and  muriate  of  soda. 

Dr.  V/allaston  constructed  a  scale,  by  which  the  artist  of 
cliemlst  can  at  sight  determine  what  proportions  of  any  com- 
pounds are  required  for  decomposing  each  other  wiihout  loss. 
For  example,  Vf  a  given  quantity  of  sulphuric  acid  and  muri- 
atic a'cid  would  require  three  times  as  nmch  potash  as  nlu- 
mine  for  saturation  :  though  all  these  acids  would  ditio'-  ■■ 
iiach  other  in  [he  absolute  quantity  required. 

2.   Put   into  two  wine-glasses,  half  a  spoonful  of  muiiatic 
«-4 


4t  THE    ARTIST    AN© 

acid  to  each  ;  weigh  two  equal  parcels  of  carbonate  of  soda, 
about  a  teaspoouful  to  each  glass.  Drop  the  carbonate  of  so- 
da from  each  parcel  into  its  respective  glass,  till  effervescence 
ceases.  Now  weigh  what  remains  of  each  parcel,  and  they 
will  be  found  equal.  Try  the  two  liquids  with  tasting  rods, 
(pine  sticks  are  as  good  for  the  purpose  as  tasting  rods,)  and 
the  taste  of  common  table  salt  will  be  recognized.  From  this 
experiment  will  be  learned  that  the  law  of  definite  propor- 
tions, is  of  great  importance  in  the  arts.  It  regulates  the  uni- 
formity of  compound  bodies,  and  prevents  the  evils  which 
might  arise  from  carelessness  or  mistake  in  the  manufacture 
of  many  articles.  For  example,  in  the  manufacture  of  cop- 
peras, 36  parts  of  protoxyde  of  iron  will  unite  with  precisely 
40  parts  of  sulphuric  acid.  And  in  the  manufacture  of  white 
vitriol,  42  parts  of  oxide  of  zinc  will  unite  with  40  parts  of 
sulphuric  acid.  These  are  the  uniform  proportions  in  the 
dry  state,  and  each  take  ^3-parts  of  water  for  crystallization. 
3.  Mix  alcohol  and  water,  or  sulphuric  acid  and  water. 
The  qualities  and  sensible  proportions  of  both  these  liquids 
will  remain  unchanged,  being  diffused  among  the  water,  there 
will  be  less  of  them  in  a  given  measure,  but  they  will  remain 
unchanged.  Thus,  by  affinity,  some  substances  unite  in  in- 
definite proportions,  and  their  properties  and  sensible  quali- 
ties are  not  changed, 

CHAPTER  Xni. 

Simple  Affihiiy-^^Soaps — Pomades. 

ltd  make  ^ddp.  Melt  a  little  common  potash  in  an  iron 
ladle,  then  put  into  it  small  bits  of  fresh  meat  and  woollen 
ragS)  and  boil  them  in  a  short  time.  The  rags  and  meat  will 
be  dissolved  and  soap  formed.  On  this  principle  soap  is  made 
by  boiling  any  animal  substance  with  lye.  It  requires  very 
strong  lye,  or  rather  potash,  to  convert  rags  and  some  other 
animal  substances  into  soap. 

White  Soap.  Into  half  a  wineglass  of  water,  pour  a  tea- 
spoonful  of  olive  oil— no  combination  takes  place— drop  in  a 
piece  of  pearlash  of  the  size  of  half  a  pigeon's  egg  :  let  it 
dissolve  and  stir  the  mixture,  which  effects  a  chemical  com- 
bination, and  produces  white  soap. 

This  experiment  illustrates  simple  affinity. 

Tj^^fr   ''n   a  clean  tin  basin,  good  soft  soap, 


tradesman's  guide.  43 

until  dissolved,  with  <ibout  twice  its  measure  of  rain  or  river 
water — then  put  in  about  half  a  gill  of  fine  common  salt,  to 
a  quart  of  this  solution.  The  muriatic  acid  of  the  salt  will 
unite  with  the  potash  of  the  soap,  and  leave  the  soda  of  the 
salt  to  unite  with  the  oil  of  the  soap;  this  latter  compound, 
after  aTttle  boiling,  will  become  somewhat  dense  and  float  on 
the  surface  of  the  liquid.  On  draining  off  the  liquid,  which 
is  chiefly  muriate  of  potash,  and  drying  the  floating  compoun  d 
we  obtain  common  hard  soap. 

Soap  boilers  make  common  liard  soap  on  this  principle.  The  liquid 
muriate  of  potash,  they  call  waste  lye,  or  dead  lye.  The  fine  hard  soap 
is  made  directly  from  the  barilla  or  kelp,  which  is  a  rough  sub-carbon" 
ate  of  soda,  made  from  the  leached  ashes  of  sea-weeds. 

White  Wash  Balls.  One  pound  sap.  alb.  hisp. ;  3  pts. 
aqua  rosar.  album.  OYor  no.  ij.  ;  one  ounce  aq.  kali  ppi.  :  boil 
till  hard  again,  add  one  scruple  ol.  lign.,  rhod.,  ten  drops  ol. 
caryoph.  one.drachm  ess.  jasmin,  half  a  drachm  of  ess.  iie- 
roli,  and  form  into  squares. 

2.  Five  pounds  of  white  soap,  four  ounces  rad.  irid.  flor  ; 
three  ounc.  amyli  ;   one  ounce,  styrse  calum.  aq.  rosar.  q.  s. 

3.  One  pound  sap.  alb.  hisp.  almonds  blanched,  beat  up 
into  a  paste  with  rose  water  and  orange  flower  water,  three 
ounces ;  one  ounce  magister.  marcasitae  ;  two  draclims  of 
kali  ppi.  ;  six  grains  of  musk  ;  three  grains  of  cive  ;  one 
scruple  ol.  lign.  rhodi  ;   one  drachm  ess.  jasnjin. 

Cream  Balls.  Seven  pounds  white  curd  soap  ;  one  pound 
amjdi  ;  water  a  sufficient  quantity  ;  beat  it  together,  weigh  it 
into  ounce  balls,  and  roll  in  pulverized  amyli. 

White  soap,  starch,  of  each  one  pound  ;  ess.  lemon  four 
drachms  ;  aq.  rosar.  eight  ounces  ;  make  into  balls  of  three 
ounces  and  a  half  each. 

Red  Mottled  Wash  Balls.  Cut  white  soap  into  small 
square  pieces,  roll  them  in  vermilion,  and  squeeze  the  pieces 
together  into  balls  without  mixing  them  more  than  is  neces- 
sary. 

Blue  Mottled  Wash  Balls.  In  like  manner  rr.lling  the 
pieces   in  powder  blue. 

Windsor  Soap.  Hard  curd  soap,  melted  and  scented  with 
ol.  carui  and  ess.  bergam.  ;  an  inferior  sort  is  made  with  ol. 
carui  only. 

Starkey's  Soap.  Made  by  rubbing  warm  kali  ppi.  with 
ol.  turpentine,  adding  a  little  water. 


44  Tire    AilTIST    AXD 

3Iacqiiicr''s  Acid  Soap.  Four  ounces  sapon.  von.;  oi. 
vitriol,  q.  s.  add  the  acid  by  de^.rccs  to  the  soaj),  i-endcr6>d 
soft  by  a  little  water,  conti4rnal{y  ruhbiho-  the  mass  in  a  luor- 
tar — determent,  used  when  alkalies  would  be  prejadiciaj. 

Shaving  Liquid — Shnving  Oil.  Sap.  Moll,  four  pouiids; 
spirits  of  wine  rectified  five  pints. 

Essence  Roy  ale  pour  fair  la  harhe.  Sap.  cast,  eight  oz.^ 
proof  spirits  one  pint.     . 

Pomade  dc  la  jeunesse.  Pop.ratiim  niixed  with  pearl  wliite, 
or  niagestery  of  bismuth,  turns  tlie  hair  black. 

Pomade  Divine.  One  pound  eight  ounces  of  beef's  mar- 
row ;  cinnamon,  one  ounce  and  a  half;  stor.  calnm.  bonzoi- 
ni,  rad.'irid  flor.  of  each  onco  ounce;  caryoph.  nuc.  m3"rist. 
of  oach  one  drachm. 

^.  Sevi,  ovilii,  one  pound  ei'jlit  ounces  ;  stor.  calrim,  hon- 
2:>>itii-,  rad.  irid.  l-or.,  rad  cj/pr-M'i,  cinnaiu,-  caryoph;  arom.  f)uc. 
rnosch.,  of  each  niiie  drachms  ;  lieep  melted  in  a  gentle  heat 
for  some  time,  then  strain. 

•3.  Sevi.  ovilii  four  pounds  ;  cera  alb.  fuie  pound  ;  ess^ 
bergam.  ess.  lemon,  of  each  ono  ounce  a:; J  a  half;  ol.  lav- 
end.,  ol.  origani,  of  each  four  drachms. 

CHAPTER  aIV. 

The  infucnce  of  Premiums  in  Scotland  -and  Ireland— Ba* 
lance  of  Trade  in  favour  of  Great  Britain-^ Middle  and 
Eastern  States. 

It  is  well  undc/rsfocd  that  arllncers,  or  artisan?,  or  mecha- 
nics, are  those  who  carry  ori  any  iuechanical  trade  ;  thattliey 
are  very  numerous  in  all  great  trading  coar.tries  ;  still,  per- 
haps, their  importance,  in  socieiy  is  not  generally  considered 
by  those,  "wlio  move  (in  what  is  said  to  he)  a  njorO  exalted 
sphere  ol  life  ;  or  more  likely,  by  those  who  fatter  themselres 
that  they  have  been  cast  in  finer  moulds.  It  is  not  expected, 
that  this  essay  will  be  very  pdeasing  to  theursie  oi' those  gen-- 
ilemcn,  who  me;isure  tholr  consequence  eitiicr  by  their  ca.sh 
or  garb;  but  we  hope  it  v/:ll  contribute  in  some  measi\re  to 
])roduce  a  hotter  feeling  tow'ards  so  imp6rta,nt  a  class  of  conj- 
munitv,  the  mechanics,  and  lead  all  to  examine,  if  they  aro 
not  alloyed  with  move  human  vanity  tban  ordinarily  becomes 
them.  As  things  are  constituted  at  present  among  the  trad- 
ing countries  (f^the  world,  those  whicli  subsist  upon  their  na- 
tural productions,  or  merely  by  barteiing  or  exchanging  such 


tradeSxMEn's  guide.  -  ^ 

Commoclilies,  for  those  of  other  countries,  have  never  distin- 
guished themselves  as  a  tradintr  people.  The  Indians  in 
North  America,  as  well  as  the  Negroes  in  Africa,  are  plain 
instances  of  the  fact.  If  the  Chinese  were  deprived  of  their 
useful  artificers,  (or,  if  you  please,  manufacturers,  for,  they 
may  as  reasonably  be  called  the  one  as  the  other,  though  cus- 
tom among  us  has  made  a  distinction,)  they  would  very  pro- 
bably degenerate  into  the  like  savage  dispositions  with  the 
wildest  Africans,  or  American  Indians.  And  this  we  pre- 
sume, also,  might  be  the  case  with  the  people  of  the  United 
States.  It  is  the  arts  which  keep  the  mass  of  people  in  use- 
ful action,  and  which  keep  their  minds  also  on  useful  inven- 
tion, beneficial  to  the  whole  community;  consequently,  this 
is  the  grand  preservative  against  that  barbarism,  brutality  and 
a  slothfulness  in  trade,  which  ever  attend  an  indolent  and  in- 
active stupidity.  The  due  cultivation  of  practical  manual  arts 
in  a  nation,  has  a  greater  tendency  to  polish,  and  humanize 
mankind,  than  mere  speculative  science,  however  refined  and 
sublime  it  may  be  ;  and  these  arts  are  not  only  the  most  na- 
turally adapted  to  the  bulk  of  the  people,  but  by  giving  real 
existence  to  their  ideas,  by  their  practical  inventions,  improve 
their  minds  more  sensibly  and  feelingly,  than  any  ideal  con- 
templation could  do,  which  ma>  have  no  other  being,  but  in 
the  mind  of  the  speculator.  Moreover,  it  is  observable,  that 
those  who  are  fruitful  in  useful  inventions  and  discoveries,  in 
the  practical  mechanical  arts,  are  men,  not  onl}'  of  the  great- 
est utility,  but  possess  an  understanding,  which  should  be 
most  highly  estimated.  Whether  this  may  be  attributed  to 
the  constant  exercise  oi"  their  intellectual  faculties  in  those 
things  which  they  see  and  feel,  may  deserve  the  consideration 
of  those  who  contemplate  on  the  most  natural  way  of  improv- 
ing the  mind; 

The  delicate  mechanism  of  a  watch,  by  those  great  artists, 
a  Graham,  or  an  Ellicot,  demonstrate  the  utility  of  such  arti- 
sans to  a  trading  country,  as  their  workmanship  has  been  ad- 
I  mired  throughout  the  civilized  world.  It  is  the  same  by  other 
artificers  who  excel  in  their  peculiar  branch.  This  not  only 
brings  credit  and  honour,  but  treasures  into  a  nation,  in  pro- 
portion as  they  are  stocked  with  such  celebrated  mechanics 
or  artificers.  An  English  writer  says,  "  nothing  is  more  ob- 
vious than  that  the  commerce  and  navigation  of  the  nation, 
principally  depends  on  the  daily  iinprovcmont  made  by  our 


4G  THE    ARTIST    AND 

artificers,  in  the  infinite  and  amazing  variety  in  our  mcclianlc 
and  manufactural  arts  ;  whoreiore,  artists,  who  strike  out^new 
inventions,  or  who  improve  the  old  njecljanics  and  niannfac- 
ttjres,  are  deserving  of  sonje  regard  and  encouragenieiit,  more 
than  they  acquire  to  themselves,  by  dint  of  their  own  pecu- 
liar profession  only."  Experience  has  manifested  the  ex- 
traordinary effect  of  those  small  rewards  given  in  Scotland 
and  Irelaitd,  for  the  improvement  of  their  manufactures  ; 
though  it  is  not  always  the  cafee,  that  piemiums  operate  so 
powerfully,  as  the  n}otive  of  emulation  ;  for  that  credit  and 
r-eputation,  which  attends  a  man's  excelling  in  his  employ- 
ment, has,  sometincs,  a  far  greater  influence  upon  the  indus- 
trious and  ingenious  mind,  than  pecuniar\'^  rewards  only.  Yet 
these  are  not  to  he  neglected  in  trading  countries  ;  as  it  is 
most  coramonly  the  case,  ti)at  new  inventions  or  iuiprove-i 
ments,  made  by  one  for  the  benefit  of  trade,  are  soon  enjoy- 
ed equally  by  all  ;  the  inventors,  very  rarely,  being  able  to 
preserve  the  beiiefit  to  tiiemselves,  scarcely  long  enough,  to 
recompense  for  the  time  and  expense  they  have  generally 
been  obliged  to  bestow  upon  tiiem. 

If  it  was  fashionable  for  persons  of  leisure  to  devote  a  pro-^ 
portion  of  tlieir  rural  retirements  to  practical  or  experimental 
philosophy,  it  might  not  only  prove  a  salubrious  bodily  exer- 
cise to  them,  but  a  great  benefit  and  advantage  to  our  arti- 
ficers in  general,  and  consequently  to  the  general  trade  and 
tarftic  of  the  country. 

The  mechanic  inventions  are  improved  by  others,  besides 
the  common  artificers  themselves.  Tins  will  undeniable  ap-. 
pear,  if  we  will  be  convinced  by  instances  ;  for  it  is  evident, 
that  various  manufactures  have  been  given  us  by  men, 
who  were  not  bred  up  in  trades  that  .resembled  those  which 
they  discovered.  The  admirable  art  of  composing  letters,  so 
fjar  from  being  started  by  a  man  of  learning,  was  the  device 
of  a  soldier  ;  and  powder,  to  make  recompense,  was  invented 
by  a  monk,  whose  course  of  life  was  most  averse  from  hand- 
ling the  materials  of  war.  The  ancient  Tyrian  purple  was 
brought  to  light  by  a  fisher  ;  and  if  ever  it  can  be  recovered, 
it  is  likely  to  be  done  by  some  such  accident.  The  scarlet 
of  the  moderns  is  a  very  beautiful  colour,  and  it  was  the  pro- 
duction of  a  chomist  and  not  of  a  dyer.  The  warmth  and 
vigour  which  attend  new  discoveries,  is  seldom  confined  to  its 
^ivfl  sphere  :  but  is  generally  extended  to  the  ornaipent  of  its 


tiIadksman's  guide.  47 

iiciglibour.  The  ordinary  method  in  which  this  happens,  is 
the  introduction  of  new  arts.  It  is  true,  indeed,  the  increase 
of  tradesmen  is  an  injury  to  others  that  are  bred  up  in  parti- 
cular trades,  if  they  are  enabled  to  supply  all  demands  in  their 
various  branches  ;  but  there  can  never  be  too  great  a  surplus 
of  trades.  Tiiat  country  is  still  the  richest,  and  most  power- 
ful, which  produces  and  employs  the  greatest  number  of  arti- 
ficers and  manufucturers. 

The  hands  of  men  employed,  are  true  riches  ;  the  saving 
of  those  hands  by  invention  of  arts,  and  applying  them  to 
other  works,  will  increase  those  riches.  Where  this  is  done, 
there  will  never  a  sufficient  subject  for, profit  be  wanting  ; 
for^  if  there  is  not  vent  for  the  productions  at  home,  a  market 
will  be  opened  abroad.  Tims,  in  tliose  districts  where  com- 
merce and  manufactures  do  not  flourish  to  any  degree,  exchange 
is  against  them,  and  in  favour  of  those  places,  where  they  are 
more  extended  ;  hence  welearn  the  balance  of  trade  is  against 
ns,  and  in  favour  of  Great  Britain  ;  but  we  need  not  cross  the 
Ailantic  to  maintain  oar  position,  for  the  argument  is  appli- 
cable to  the  western  and  southern  in  favour  of  the  middle  and 
New-England  states;  to  those  who  negotiate  in  bills  of  ex- 
change, this  subject  cannot  be  new.  Vv^here  the  ways  of  life 
are  few,  ih.e  fountains  of  proik  w-ll  bo  possessed  by  few  ; 
whence  it  is  raa-nifest  that  poverty  among  a  people  is  caused 
l)y  a  small  number,  not  by  having  a  multitude  engaged  in  a 
variety  of  trades.  An  English  writer  asserts,  that,  "  by  the 
increase  of  artificers  and  manufacturers,  all  things  will  bo 
dearer,  because  more  must  be  maintained  ;  for  the  liigh  rate 
of  things  is  an  argument  of  the  flourishing,  and  tlie  cheapness, 

;    of  the  scarcity  of  money,  and    ill-peopling   of  all    countries. 

■  The  first  is  a  sign  of  many  inhabitants,  which  is  true  great- 
ness, the  second  is  only  a  fit  subject  for  poets  to  describe,  and 
to  compare  to  their  golden  age;  for,  where  all  things  are 
without  price  or  value,  they  will  be  without  arts,  or  empire, 
or  strength."  From  the  sentiments  of  this  zealous  promoter 
of  the  useful  art«,  for  the  benefit  of  commerce,  it  is  evident 
that  he  makes  the  prosperity  of  a  trading  nation  to  consist  in 
the  multiplying  of  tlie  number  of  new  trades  ;  that  Js  to  sny, 
in  multiplying  the  different  species  of  mechanics,  artificers 
and  manufacture!  s  ;   it  is  for  want  of  this,  that  all  the  old  ways 

Iof  gain  become  overstocked,  and  then  people  complain  for 
y/ani  of  trade,  when  the"  true    cause  is  owing  to  the  want 


48  THE    ARTIST    AND 

art,  or  to  the  want  of  the  invention  of  a  number  of  new  trades, 
and  new  arts,  in  proportion  to  the  increase  of  population,  and 
in  proportion  as  other  rival  states  strike  into  the  like  trades 
and  arts,  with  similar  advantages.  Finally,  if  our  labourers 
are  as  diligent  as  our  lawgivers,  we  shall  prove  the  most  la- 
bourious,  if  not  the  most  wealthy  nation  under  heaven.  But 
the  true  nieihodof  increasing  industry,  and  improvement,  and 
wealth,  and  respectability,  is  that  which  was  recommended 
by  the  Royal  Society  of  London,  "  by  works  and  endeavours, 
and  not  by  the  prescriptions  of  words,  or  pajjer  com- 
mands.^'' 

CHAPTER  XV. 

Mineralogy — characters  of  Minerals — classification  of  Min- 
erals— Salt  Springs — Platina — Gold — Silver — Mercury 
Copper — Lead — Iron — Tin — Zinc Manganese — Anti- 
mony— Arsenic, 

MINERALOGY. 

The  whole  science  of  mineralogy  has  been  created  since 
the  year  1770.  All  the  solid  materials  of  which  this  globe 
of  ours  is  composed  have  received  the  name  of  minerals.  But 
it  is  only  very  lately  that  the  method  of  ascertaining  the  com- 
ponent parts  of  these  suhstances  was  discovered,  or  that  it 
was  possible  to  describe  them  so  as  to  be  intelligible  to  oth- 
ers. Nothing  at  first  appears  easier  to  describe  than  a  min- 
eral, but  in  reality  it  is  attended  with  a  great  deal  of  difficul- 
ty. The  properties  of  minerals  must  be  describeJ  in  terms 
rigidly  accurate,  which  convey  precise  ideas  of  the  very  pro- 
perties intended,  and  of  no  other.  The  smallest  deviation 
would  lead  to  confusion  and  uncertainty.  Mineralogy  there- 
fore must  have  a  language  of  its  own,  that  is  to  say,  it  must 
have  a  term  to  denote  every  mineralogical  property,  and  each 
of  these  terms  must  be  accurately  defined.  The  language  of 
mineralogy  was  invented  by  the  celebrated  Werner,  of  Fry- 
burg,  and  first  made  known  to  the  world  by  the  publication 
of  his  treatise  on  the  External  Characters  of  Minerals.  The 
object  of  this  philosopher  was  to  invent  a  method  of  descri- 
bing minerals  with  such  precision,  that  every  species  could 
readily  be  recognized  by  those  who  were  unacquainted  with 
the  terms  cmplo3X'd.  For  this  purpose,  it  was  necessary  to 
make  use  of  those  properties  only,  winch  presented  them- 
selves to  our  senses  on  inspecting  the  mineral.     These  wore 


tradesmen's  guide.  49 

called  by  Werner,  external  characters,  because  llicy  may  be 
ascertained  without  destroying  the  mineral  examined.  These 
constitute  the  first  division  of  the  characters  of  minerals.  To 
the  second  belong  those  which  are  derived  from  a  chemical 
composition,  or  discovered  by  any  chemical  change  which  tiie 
mineral  sufiers ;  to  the  third,  are  refered  those  properties 
which  are  afforded  by  certain  physical  characters,  derived 
from  circumstances  frequently  observed  with  regard  to  a  min- 
eral, as  to  the  place  where  it  is  found,  or  the  minerals  by 
which  it  is  usually  accompanied. 

Werner  divides  the  external  characters  of  minerals  into  two 
kinds,  viz.  general  and  particular.  The  general  characters 
are  the  following  :  1.  Colour.  2.  Cohesion.  2.  Unctuos- 
ity.  4.  ^Coldness.  5.  Weight.  6.  Smell.  7.  Taste. — 
The  particular  characters  are  :  1.  Asjject  of  surface.  2.  As- 
pect of  the  fracture.  3.  Aspect  of  the  distinct  concretions. 
4.  General  aspect.  5.  Hardness.  6.  Tenacity.  7.  Fran- 
gibility.  8.  Flexib'lity.  9.  Adhesion  to  the  tongue.  10. 
sound. 

Genera!  Characters.  1,  Tlie  colours  of  minerals  are  ex- 
tremely various.  Werner  conceives  eight  fundamental  col- 
ours, and  describes  all  the  rest  as  compounds  of  various  pro- 
portions of  these,  The  fundamental  colours  are,  1.  Snow 
white.  2.  Ash  Grey.  3.'  Velvet  black.  4.  Berlin  or  Pru- 
sian  blue.  5.  Emerald  green.  6.  Lemon  yellow.  7.  Car- 
mine red.  8.  Cl;esnut  brown.  H.  With  respect  to  coJie- 
sion,  minerals  are  either,  solid,  friable,  or  fiuid.  III.  With 
\ Q?.pect  lo  imctuosif}/,  minernh  are  distinguished  into  greasy 
and  meagre  ;  the  first  have  a  certain  degree  of  greasiness  in 
feeling  ;  the  second  not.  The  other  four  general  characters 
require  no  particular  description. 

Particular  CJiaractcrs.  I.  In  the  aspect  of  the  surface  of 
the  mineral,  tin-ee  things  claim  attention.  1.  The  shape  of 
the  mineral.  2.  The  kind  of  sMr/<7Cf.  3.  The  lustre  o^ the 
surface,  which  is  eitlier  splendent,  shining,  glistening,  glim- 
mering, or  dull.  II.  When  a  mineral  is  broken,  the. new 
surface  exposed  is  called  the  fracture.  Three  things  claim 
attention:  1.  The  lustre  of  the  fracture.  2.  The  kind  of 
fracture.  3.  The  shape  of  the  fragments.  III.  Distinct 
co7?crc?ions  are,  distinct  masses,  which  may  be  separated  from 
each  other,  without  breaking  through  the  solid  part  of  the 
mineral,  by  natural  scams.     Three  particulars    in    respect  to 


50  THE   AUTIST    AND 

them  are,  1  Their  shape.  2.  Their  surface.  S.  Their 
lustre.  IV.  Under  the  head  of  general  aspect,  three  parti- 
culars are  comprehended.  1.  The  transpurenry.  2.  The 
streak.  3.  Tlie  soiling,  or  stain  left  '.vheii  rubbed.  V.  Min 
erals  arc  either,  1.  Hard.  2.  Semi-hard,  or  3.  Soft.  VI. 
With  respect  to  tenacity,  minerals  are,  1.  BrittU,  when  on 
being  cut  with  a  knife  the  particles  fl}'^  away  with  a  noise.  2. 
i^ectile,  when  the  particles  do  not  fly  otf  but  remain.  3. 
Ductile^  when  the  mineral  can  be  cut  into  slices.  VII.  By 
frangibility  is  meant  the  resistance  which  minerals  make 
when  we  attempt  to  break  them.  The  degrees  are  five,  1. 
Very  tough.  2.  Tough.  3.  Moderately  tough.  4.  Fra- 
gile. 5.  Very  fragile.  YIH.  With  respect  Xo  flexibility, 
some  are,  1.  Elastic.  Others,  2.  Common.  Othe«s,  3.  /«-' 
flexible.  IX.  Sonie  minerals  <7^y//ere  to  the  tongue,!.  Very 
strongly.  2.  Others,  moderately.  3.  Others,  slightly.  4. 
And  others,  very  slightly.  X.  iSome  minerals  give  a  ringing 
sound,  others  a  grating  sound,  and  others  a  creaking  sound, 
as  tin.  With  respect  to  electricity,  some  minerals  become 
electric  wiien  heated,  others  when  rubbed,  others  cannot  b& 
renderofl  electric.  The  electricity  of  some  \s  positive,  of  oth- 
ers negative. 

CLASSTFf CATION  OF    jMIXERALS. 

Minerals  are  usually  arranged  under  four  classes  ;  earth}'' 
saline,  inflammable  and  metalic.  The  earthy  contain  all  such 
as  derive  their  qualities'fro'm  the  earths;  and  they  are  divided 
into  genera,  according  to  the  particular  earth,  which  pre- 
dominates in  each,  or  more  properly  into  families,  according 
to  their  reseniblance,  in  external  characters,  as  the  diamond 
family,  the  ruby  family,  tale  family,  and  others.  The  dia- 
mond, of  which  there  is  only  a  single  species,  is  the  hardest 
and  most  beautiful  of  all  the  mineral  productions.  When 
heated  to  the  temperature  of  melting  copper,  and  exposed  to 
a  current  of  air,  it  is  gradually  but  completely  combustible. 
It  is  wholly  converted  into  carbonic  acid,  and  therefore  con- 
sists of  pure  carbon.  By  means  of  diamond  power,  this  sub- 
stance can  be  cut  and  polished  on  a  wheel,  in  the  same  way  as 
orher  gems  are  wrought  by  emery.  It  is  manufactured  by 
jewellers  into  brilliants  and  rose  diamonds;  employed  by 
glaziers  for  tutting  glass,  by  lapidaries  for  cutting  and  engra- 
ving on  the  hardest  gems,  and  in  the  tiner  kinds  of  clock  Avork 


tuadesiMAn's  guide.  51 

The  rubv  family  is  composed  of  sev.en  species.  They  are 
all  extremely  hard,  and  several  of  them  highly  valued  on  ac- 
count of  their  beauty.  The  saline  minerals  comprehend  all 
the  combinations  of  alkalies  with  acids,  which  exist  in  the 
mineral  kingdom;  such  as  ^alt  petre  or  nitrate  of  potash, 
common  rock  salt,  or  muriate  of  soda,  and  sal  ammoniac,  or 
the  muriate  of  ammonia. 

The  salt  springs  in  some  parts  of  the  United  States,  owe 
their  origin  to  beds  of  fossil  salt.  The  rain  water  which  pen- 
etrates to  tlieir  surface,  effects  the  solution  of  a  certain  por- 
tion of  them,  with  which  it  comes  in  contact,  and  thus  be- 
comes in  some  cases,  it  is  said,  ten  times  salter  than  the  water 
of  the  sea.  The  iiijlammable  minerals,  comprehend  all  com- 
bustible bodies,  except  metals  and  the  diamond,  and  include 
sulphur,  resins,  bitumens,  and  graphite.  Among  the  bitumen 
are  found  the  several  varieties  of  mineral  coal,  that  are  used 
for  fuel,  gas  lights,  4'c. 

The  metalic  minerals  comprehend  all  the  mineral  bodies 
that  are  composed  either  entirely  of  metals,  or  of  whicli  me- 
tals constitute  tlie  most  considerable  and  important  part.  It 
is  from  the  minerals  of  this  class  that  all  metals  are  extracted. 
The  ores  are  found  in  a  native  state,  either  simple,  consisting 
of  only  one  substance,  or  compound,  \vhen  composed  of  two 
or  more  substances.  Of  the  metals,  the  first  is  piatlna, 
which  is  the  heaviest.  Platina  is  found  among  the  gold  ores 
of  South  America^  in  the  form  of  small  grains  or  scales.  Its 
colour  is  between  steel  grey  and  silver  white,  and  its  ductility 
and  malleability  is  very  great.  Gold  is  never  found  in  a  min- 
eralized state,  but  it  occurs  native  in  many  parts  of  the  world 
generally  allov'ed  with  a  little  silver  or  copper,  and  common-' 
ly  in  the  form  of  grains.  It  is  the  heaviest  metal  of  all  me- 
tals except  platina,  and  although  its  tenacity  is  such  that  a 
wire  of  one  tenth  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  will  support  a 
weight  of  five  hundred  pounds  without  breaking,  yet  it  pos- 
sesses less  tenacity  than  iron,  copper,  platina  or  silver.  It 
is  ductile  and  malleable  beyond  any  known  limits.  The 
gold  beaters  extend  it  by  hammering  a  number  of  thin  rolled 
plates  between  skins  or  animal  membranes,  upon  blocks  of 
marble  fixed  in  wooden  frames.  A  grain  of  gold  has  been 
extended  to  more  than  forty  two  square  inches  of  leaf,  and  an 
ounce,  wl.ich  in  the  form  of  a  cube,  is  not  half  an  inch  either 
higii,  broad,  or  long,  is  beaten  undor  the  hammer  int-o  a  sur- 


52  THE    ARTIST    AND 

face  of  146  1-2  square  ieet.  There  are  gold  leaves,  not 
thicker  in  some  parts,  than  the  three  hundred  and  sixty  thou- 
sandth part  of  an  inch  ;  but  on  wire  used  hy  lace  makers  it  is 
still  thinner.  An  ingot  of  silver,  usually  about  thirty  pounds 
weight,  is  rounded  into  an  inch  and  a  half  in  diameter,  and 
22  inches  long.  Two  ounces  of  gold  leaf  are  sufficient  to 
cover  this  cylinder,  and  frequently  effected  with  a  little  more 
than  one.  The  ingot  is  repeated  drawn  through  the  holes  of 
several  irons,  each  smaller  than  the  other,  till  it  becomes  finer  - 
than  a  hair  ;  and  yet  the  gold  covers  it,  and  does  not  leave 
the  minutest  part  of  the  silver  bare,  even  to  the  microscope. 
It  has  been  calculated  that  it  would  take  14  millions  of  filings 
of  gold,  such  as  are  on  some  gilt  wire,  to  make  up  the  thick- 
ness of  one  inch.  The  ductility  of  it  is  such,  that  one  ounce 
is  sufifiicient  to  gild  a  silver  wire  more  than  thirteen  hundred 
miles  long. 

Gold  niay  be  dissolved  in  nitro-muriatic  acid  and  it  thus 
becomes  muriate  of  gold,  which  is  obtained  in  small  crystals, 
and  is  very  soluble  in  water.  If  white  satin  ribbon,  or  silk, 
be  moistened  with  a  diluted  solution  of  gold,  and,  while  moist 
exposed  to  hydrogen,  or  sulpb.uiic  acid  gas,  the  metal  will 
be  immediately  reduced  and  the  silk  become  gilt  with  a  re- 
gular coat  of  gold.  The  potters  dissolve  gold  to  be  applied 
to  the  common  porcelain  ;  and  it  is  used  in  a  state  of  solution 
for  staining  ivory  and  ornamental  feathers.  Jt  gives  a  beau- 
tiful purple  red  ;   even  marble  may  be  stained  with  it. 

SUve?',  is  the  most    brilliant    of  metals.     You  may    know 
when  silver  is  pure,  by  heating  it  in  a  common  fire,  or  in  the; 
flame  of  a  candle;   if  it  is  alloyed  it    will  become    tarnished 
but  if  it  be  pure  silver,  it  will  remain    perfectly    white.     It  is 
exceedingly  ductile,  of  great  malleability  and  tenacit3\ 

Of  the  salts  of  silver,  the  nitrate  is  best  known,  and  when 
melted  and  run  into  moulds,  it  forms  the  lunar  caustic  of  the 
apothecar}^ 

Mejxurif,  in  the  temperature  of  our  atmosphere,  is  a  white 
fluid  metal,  having  the  appearance  of  melted  silver.  When 
submitted  to  a  sufficient  degree  of  cold  it  is  similar  in  appear- 
ance to  other  metals,  and  may  be  beaten  into  plates;  at  the 
poles  it  would  probably  be  always  solid. 

The  quicksilver  mine  of  Guanea  Velica,  in  Peru,  is  170 
fathoms  in  circumference,  and  480  deep.  In  this  profound 
abyss  are   seen  streets,  squares  and   a  chapel  :  thousands   of 


55 

flambeaux  are  continually  burning  to  enlighten  it.  Those 
who  work  in  the  mine  are  generally  afflicted  with  convulsions. 
Notwithstanding  this  the  unfortunate  victims  of  insatiaVjle 
avarice  are  crowded  together,  and  plunged  naked  into  these 
abysses.  Tyrann\-  has  invented  this  refinement  in  cruelt}^ 
to  render  it  impossible  for  an}'  thing  to  escape  its  restless  vi- 
gilance. 

Copper,  is  the  most  ductile  of  all  the  metals  except  gold. 
The  salts  of  copper  are  numerous  and  much  used  in  the  arts 
connected  with  chemistry.  All  the  salts  are  poisonous  ;  there- 
forOj  great  care  should  be  taken  noc  to  taste  wantonly  the 
solutions^ 

Lead,  is  malleable  and  ductile,  but  possesses  very  litle  ten- 
aeityi  It  may  be  mixed  with  gold  and  silver  in  a  moderate 
heat;  but  when  the  heat  is  much  increased,  the  lead  rises  to 
the  surface,  combined  with  all  heterogeneous  matters.  The 
ore  of  lead  is  so  poisonous,  that  the  steam  arising  from  the 
furnaces  where  it  is  worked,  infects  the  grass,  in  all  the 
neighboring  places,  and  kills  the  animals  whicli  feed  on  it. 
Culinary  vessels,  lined  with  a  mixture  of  tin  and  lead,  which 
is  the  usual  tinning,  are  apt  to  communicate  to  acid  food,  per- 
riicious  qualities,  and  require  to  he  used  with  great  caution.- 
The  same  may  be  said  of  liquors,  and  other  acid  substances 
kept  in  glazed  ware,  and  of  wines  adulterated  with  litharge,- 
and  such  other  preparations  of  lead  as  are  sometimes  used,' 
for  the  purpose  of  rendering  them  sweet. 

Iron,  If  utility  were  made  the  standard  of  estimation,- 
iron  would  hold  the  first  place  in  the  class  of  n)etals,  and* 
would  be  counted  more  valuable  than  gold,  as  it  appears  in- 
dispensabl}'  necessary  to  the  carrying  on  of  every  manufac- 
ture. There  has  never  been  an  instance  of  a  nation,  ac- 
quainted with  tlie  an  of  manufacturing  iron,  which  did  not  lit 
time  attain  to  a  degree  of  civilization,  greatly  be3'Ond  the  in- 
habitants of  those  countries  where  this  metal  was  wanting,  or 
its  use  unknown.  It  is  plentifully  and  universaily  diiTusecl 
throughout  nature,  pervading  almost  every  things  and  is  the" 
chief  cause  of  colour  in  earths  and  stones.  It  may  be  detect- 
ed  in  plants  and  animal  fluids. 

Tin,  must  have  been  known  very  early,  as  it  is  mentioned 
b}'  Homer,  and  also  in  the  books  of  Moses.  Tin  enters  into 
combination  with  many  of  the  metals,  and  forms  alloys  with 
them,  some  of  which  are  of  grca-  importance.     It  is  not  very 

5* 


54  THE    ARTIST    ^N© 

ductile,  but  so  nialloable,  that  it  mn}^  be  beaten  into  leaves 
thinner  than  paper.  Tin  foil,  as  it  is  usually  termed,  is  about 
one  thousandth  part  of  anincii  tliick.  It  is  employed  to  give 
brightness  to  several  articles  ;  used  in  forming  reds  and  scar- 
lets. Substances  which  produced  to  the  ancients  only  faint 
and  fleeting  colours,  give  us  such  as  are  brilliant  and  durable, 
by  the  use  of  a  solution  of  this  metal. 

Zinc,  is  one  of  the  most  abundant  metals  in  nature,  except 
iron.  It  is  used  in  China  for  the  current  coin,  and  for  that 
purpose  it  is  employed  in  its  utmost  parity.  Until  recently 
it  was  used  in  Wales  for  mending  roads.  When  zinc  is  heat- 
ed, it  readily  attracts  ox3'gen  ;  and  at  a  white  heat  the  absorb- 
tioii  of  oxygen  is  so  rapid  and  violent,  that  the  oxide  imme- 
diately sublimes,  and  for  this  reason  it  has  acquired  the  name 
of  flowers  of  zinc.  Combined  with  copper  and  tin,  the  mix- 
tures constitute  some  of  the  most  useful  compound  metals.  It 
is  used  in  medicine,  is  the  hasp  of- white  vitriol,  and  its  carbo- 
nate or  oxide  may  be  advantageousl}^  substituted  for  while  lead 
in  painting. 

JFanganesc.  is  a  brilliant  metal,  of  a  darkish  v/hite  colour, 
inclining  to  grey,  of  considerable  hardness,  and  of  diflicult 
fusibility.  When  exposed  to  the  air  it  absorbs  oxyocn  with 
rapidity,  and  falls  into  powder.  Its  oxides  are  used  in  pre- 
paring the  bleaching  liquor,  in  purifying  glass,  and  in  glazing 
black  earthen  ware.  By  the  application  of  a  red  heat  the 
black  oxide  produces  oxygen  gas  in  great  abundance. 

Antimony^  is  a  brilliant,  brittle  metal,  of  a  silvery    colour, 
which  has  not   much  tenacity,  and  entirely  destitute  of   duc- 
tility.     It  is  wholly  volatilized  by  heat  ;   is  susceptible  of  vit 
rification.      Its  oxides  are  employed   in  medicine,  and  in  col- 
ouring glass. 

Arsenic,  is  generally  found  in  combinatio.n  with  sulphur, 
ox3'gen  and  many  of  the  metals.  Its  colour  is  bluish,  or 
greenish  white,  becoming  on  exposure  to  the  air,  dark,  almost 
black  ;  it  is  extremely  brittle,  and  the  softest  of  all  metals  ; 
and  is  one  of  the  most  active  of  mineral  poisons.  Beautiful 
shades  of  diflerent  colours  may  be  given  to  different  substances 
b}"-  solutions  of  arsenic  ;  so  that  the  substances  which  are  most 
injurious  to  the  animal  economy,  appear  to  be  endowed  with 
properties  for  embellishing  the  works  of  creation,  and  by  im- 
parting colour  to  other  bodies,  is  niade  to  minister  in  various 
Wovs  to  our   crrsiificHiior!.       How  diversified    are  the   means 


which  the  Creator  iias  adopted  for  the  promotion  of  his  bou- 
evolf;i:t  designs  ! 

CHAPTER  XVI. 

The  cert  of  assaying  Grcs — Fluxes — in  the  humid  way — in 
the  soft  icay — by  cupellation — to  assay  plated  metals — par' 
ting  of  gold  and  silver — by  aqua  fortis — by  cementation — * 
dry  parting — to  determine  the  qualify  of  gold — to  obtain 
siluer  pure  from  alloy — iveight  of  metals — specific  grav- 
ity of  bodies. 

Before  metallic  ores  are  worked  in  the  large  way,  we 
sliould  know  what  sort  of  metal,  and  what  portion  of  it,  is  to 
be  found  in  a  determined  quaniity  of  the  ore,  in  order  to  as- 
certain whether  it  will  be  profitable  to  extract  largely,  and  in 
what  manner  the  process  is  to  be  performed. 

Tlie  assaying  may  be  performed  in  the  dr}'  or  moist  way; 
the  first  is  the  most  ancient,  and  in  many  respects  the  most 
advantageous,  and  consequently  continues  to  be  mostly 
used.  Assays  are  made  either  in  crucibles  with  the  blast 
of  tiie  bellows,  or  in  tests,  under  a  muffle.  The  assay 
weigiits  are  always  imaginary.  Sometimes  an  ounce  repre- 
senis  an  hundred  weight  on  tiie  large  scale,  and  is  subdivided 
in  the  same, number  of  parts,  as  that  hundred  weight  is  in  the 
great;  so  that  the  contents  of  the  ore  obtained  by  the  assa}', 
shall  accurately  determine  by  such  relative  proportions,  the 
quantity  to  be  expected  from  any  weiglit  of  the  ore  on  a  larger 
scale.  In  the  lotting  of  the  ore,  care  should  be  taken  to  have 
small  portions,  from  different  specimens,  which  should  be 
pulverized  and  well  mixed  in  an  iron  or  brass  mortar.  The 
proper  quantity  of  the  ore  is  now  taken,  and  if  it  contains  ei- 
ther sulphur  or  arsenic,  it  is  put  into  a  crucible  or  test  and 
exposed  to  a  moderate  degree  of  heat,  till  no  vapour  arises 
from  it  ;  to  assist  this  volatilization,  some  add  a  small  quan- 
tity of  powdered  charcoal. 

Fluxes.  To  assist  the  fusion  of  the  ores,  and  to  convert 
the  extraneous  matters  connected  with  them  into  scoria,  as- 
sayers  use  different  kinds  of  fluxes.  The  most  usual  and  ef- 
ficacious materials  for  the  composition  are  borax*  tartar,  ni-i> 
tre,  sal  ammoniac,  common  salt,  glass,  flour-spar,  eharcoal 
powder,  pitch,  lime,  litharge,  <^'c.  in  difTcrent  proportions. 

Crude  of  White  Flux.  This  consists  of  one  part  of  nilr© 
and  two  of  tartar,  well  mixed. 


56  THE    ARTIST    ANC 

Black  Flux.  The  above  crude  flux  detonates  by  means 
of  kindled  charcoal  ;  and  if  it  be  effected  in  a  mortar  slightly 
covered,  the  smoke  that  rises  unites  with  the  alkalized  nitre 
und  the  tartnr,  and  renders  it  black. 

Cornish  Reducing  Flux.  Ten  ounces  of  tartar,  three  oz. 
and  six  drachms  of  nitre,  three  ounces  and  one  drachm  of  bo- 
rax ;   well  mixed. 

Cornish  Refining  Flux.  Deftlagrate,  then  pulverize,  two 
parts  of  nitre,  and  one  part  of  tartar. 

In  working  at  large^  such  expensive  means  cannot  be  ap- 
plied to  effect  our  purpose,  as  the  inferior  metals  would  be 
too  much  enhanced  in  value  ;  consequently,  where  the  object 
is  the  production  of  metals  in  the  great  way,  in  smelting 
works,  cheaper  additions  are  used  ;  such  as  lime  stone,  felted- 
spar,  flour-spar,  cpjartz,  sand,  slate,  and  slugs,  which  are  to 
be  chosen  according  to  the  different  views  of  the  operator. 
The  iron  ores  on  account  of  the  argillaceous  earth  they  con- 
tain, require  calcareous  additions,  and  the  copper  ones,  ra- 
ther slugs,  or  vitresccnt  stones,  than  calcareous  earth. 

Humid  assay  of  3Ietallic  Ores.  The  mode  of  assaying 
ores  for  their  particular  metals  by  the  dry  wa}',  is  deficient, 
so  far  as  i elates  to  pointing  out  the  different  substances  con- 
nected with  them,  because  they  are  always  destroyed  by  the 
process  for  obtaining  the  assay  metal.  The  assay  by  the 
moist  way  is  more  correct,  because  the  different  substances 
can  be  accurately  ascertained.  The  late  celebrated  Bergman 
first  communicated  this  method.  It  depends  upon  a  knowl- 
edge of  the  chemical  aflinities  of  different  bodies  for  each 
other  ;  an^l  must  be  varied  according  to  the  nature  of  the  ore 
— it  is  very  extensive  in  its  application,  and  requires  great 
patience  and  address  in  its  execution.  To  describe  the  treat- 
ment of  each  variety  of  msiallic  ores  would  take  too  much  of 
our  room  ;  but  to  give  a  general  idea,  we  shall  describe  the 
procedure,  both  in  the  dry  and  humid  way,  on  one  species  of 
all  the  different  ores. 

To  assay  Iron  ores.  No.  1.  The  ore  must  be  roasted  till 
the  vapour  ceases  to  rise.  Take  two  assay  quintals  of  it,  and 
triturate  them  with  one  of  flour-spar;  three-fourths  of  a 
quintal  of  powilered  charco^il,  and  four  quintals  decrepitated 
sea-salt  ;  this  mixture  is  to  be  put  into  a  crucible,  and  the 
crucible  itself  exposed  to  a  violent  fire  for  an  hour,  and  when 
it  is  cool,  broken.      If  the  o[)eration    be  well  conducted,  the 


tradesman's  guide.  57 

iron  will  be  found  at  the  bottom  of  the  crucible,  to  which 
must  be  added  those  metallic  particles,  which  may  adhere  to 
the  scoria.  The  metallic  particles  so  adhering  may  be  sepa- 
rated by  pulveriziug  it  in  a  paper,  and  then  attracting  them 
with  a  magnet. 

No.  2.  If  the  ore  should  be  in  a  calciform  state,  mixed 
with  earths,  the  roasting  of  it  previous  to  assaying,  if  not  det- 
rimental,' is  at  least  superfluous  ;  if  the  earths  should  be  of 
the  argillaceous  and  silicious  kind,  to  half  a  quintal  of  them, 
add  of  dry  quicklime  and  flour-spar,  of  each  one-fourth  of  a 
quintal,  reduced  to  powder,  and  mix  them  with  one-fourth  of 
a  quintal  of  powdered  charcoal,  covering  the  whole  with  one 
ounce  of  decrepitated  common  salt  ;  and  expose  the  luted 
crucible  to  a  strong  forge  fire  for  an  hour  and  a  quarter,  then 
let  it  gradually  cool,  and  let  the  regulus  be  struck  oft'  and 
weighed.  If  the  ore  contain  calcareous  earth  there  will  be 
no  occasion  to  add  quicklime  ;  the  preparations  of  the  ingre- 
dients may  be  as  follows  :  viz.  one  assay  quinial  of  ore,  one 
of  decrepidated  sea-salt,  one  half  of  powdered  charcoal  ;  and 
one  of  flour-spar,  and  the  process  conducted  as  above. 

There  is  a  great  difference  in  the  reguli  of  iron  ;  when  the  cold  reg-. 
ulus  is  struck  witli  a  hammer,  and  breaks,  the  iron  is  called  cold  short; 
when  struck  red  hot,  it  is  called  red  short,  but  if  it  resist  the  hammer, 
both  in  its  cold  and  ignited  state,  it  is  good  iron. 

Humid  assay  of  Iron  Ore.  To  assay  the  calciform  ores, 
which  do  not  contain  much  earthy  or  stony  matter,  they  must 
be^reduced  to  a  fine  powder  ;  dissolved  in  marine  acid,  and 
precipitated  with  the  Prussian  alkali,  A  determinate  quan- 
tity of  the  alkali  must  be  previously  tried,  to  ascertain  the 
portion  of  iron  which  it  will  precipitate,  and  the  estimate 
made  accordingly.  If  the  iron  contains  a  considerable  por- 
tion of  zinc  or  manganese,  the  precipitate  must  be  calcined 
to  redness,  and  the  calx  of  the  zinc;  when  this  is  separated, 
the  calx  should  again  be  treated  either  with  nitrous  acid,  with 
the  addition  of  sugar,  or  with  the  acetous  acid,  which  will 
dissolve  the  manganese,  if  any  ;  the  renriining  calx  of  iron 
may  then  be  dissolved  by  the  marine  acid,  and  precipitated 
by  the  mineral  alkali,  or  it  may  be  further  calcined,  and  then 
w^eighed. 

Zinc  Ores.  Take  the  assay  weight  of  roasted  ore,  and 
mix  it  well  with  one-eighth  part  of  charcoal  dust,  put  it  into 
a  strong  luted  earthen  retort,  to  which  must  be  fitted  a  recei^ 


58 


THE    ARTIST    AND 


ver  ;  place  the  retort  in  a  furnace  and  raise  the  fire,  and  con- 
tinue it  in  a  violent  heat  tor  two  hours  ;  then  cool  gradually, 
and  the  zinc  will  be  found  hanging  to  the  neck  of  tlie  retort 
in  its  metallic  form. 

In  the  hvmid  way.  D'stil  vitiii  lie  acid  over  calamine  to 
dryness  the  lesidiuni  must  be  lixiviated  in  hot  water;  what 
remains  utidissolved  is  silicious  earths  ;  to  the  solution  udd 
caustic  volatile  alkali,  which  precipitates  the  iron  and  argil, 
but  keep  the  zinc  in  solut.on.  The  precipitr.te  mn^t  be  re- 
dissolved  in  vitriolic  acid,  and  the  iron  and  argil  separated. 

Tin  Ores.  Mix  a  quintal  of  tin  ore,  previously  washed 
and  pulverized,  roast  till  no  arsenical  vapours  arise,  with  half 
a  quintal  of  calcined  borax,  and  the  same  quantity  of 'pitch, 
pu[Aerized  ;•  put  the  whole  into  a  crucible  moistened  with 
charcoal  dust  and  water,  and  the  crucible  placed  in  an  air 
furnace.  After  the  pitch  is  burnt,  give  a  violent  heat  for 
a  quarter  of  an  hour;  and  on  wiihdrawing  the  crucible,  the 
regulus  will  be  found  at  the  bottom. 

If  the  ore  be  not  well  washed  from  earthy  matters,  a  larger  quan- 
tity of  borax  will  be  requisite,  with  some  powdered  glass;  and  if  the 
ore  contains  iron,  some  alkaline  saliS  may  be  added. 

In  the  humid  way.  Let  the  tin  ore  be  well  separated  from 
its  stony  matrix,  by  well  washing,  and  reduced  to  the  most 
snbtile  powder  ;  digest  in  concentrated  oil  of  vitriol,  in  a 
strcmg  heat  for  several  hours;  when  cooled,  add  a  small  por- 
tion of  concentrated  marine  acid,  and  let  it  stand  one  or  two 
hours  ;  then  add  water;  and  when  the  solution  is  clear,  pour 
it  off  and  precipitate  it  by  fixed  alkali. 

One  hundred  grains  of  this  precipitate,  well  wished  and  dried,  are 
equivalent  to  one  hundred  of  tin  in  its  regnline  state,  if  the  precipitate 
consists  of  [)ure  tin  ;  bul  if  it  contain  copper  or  iron,  it  must  be  calcined 
in  a  red  heat  for  an  hour,  and  then  digested  in  nitrous  acid,  which  w  ill 
take  up  the  copper  ;  and  afterwards  m  marine  acid,  which  will  separate 
the  iron. 

Lead  Ores.  As  most  of  the  leads  ores  contain  either  sul- 
phur or  arsenic,  tlu>y  should  be  well  roasted.  Take  a  quintal 
of  roasted  ore,  and  the  same  quantity  of  calcined  borax;  half 
a  quintal  of  five  powdered  glass  ;  a  quarter  of  a  quintal  of 
pitch,  and  asniu".!!  clear  iron  filin.frs.  Line  the  crucible  with 
wet  charcoal  dust,  and  put  the  mixture  into  the  crucible  ; 
place  it  before  the  bellows  of  a  forge  fire.  When  it  is  red 
hot,  raise  the  fire  for  twenty  minutes,  withdraw  the  crucible; 
when  cold,  break  it. 


TnAUESJrAN  ."«    OllDE.  '      59 

hi  the  humid  way..  Dissolve  tho  ore  by  boiling  it  in  dilu- 
ted nitrous  acid  ;  the  sulphur,  insoluble  stony  parts,  and  calx 
of  iron  will  remain.  The  iron  may  be  separated  by  digestion 
in  caustic  fixed  alUali.  The  nitrous  solution  contains  the  lead 
and  silver,  which  should  be  precipitated  by  the  mineral  fixed 
alkali,  and  the  precipitate  well  washed  in  cold  water,  dried, 
and  weighed.  Digest  it  in  caustic  volatile  alkali,  which  will 
take  up  the  calx  of  silver  ;  the  residuum  being  again  dried 
and  weighed,  gives  the  proportion  of  the  calx  of  lead,  132 
grains  of  wiiich,  are  equal  to  100  of  leid  in  its  metallic  state. 
The  diilerence  of  weight  before  and  after  the  application  of 
the  volatile  alkali,  gives  the  quantity  of  silver  ;  129  grains  of 
which  are  equal  to  100  of  silver  in  the  metallic  state. 

Copper  Ores.  Take  an  exact  ounce  troy  of  the  ore  pre- 
viously pulverized,  and  calcine  it  well;  stir  it  all  the  time  wiih 
an  iron  rod,  without  removing  it  from  the  crucible  :  after  the 
calcination  add  an  equal  quantity  of  borax  ;  half  the  quantity 
of  fusible  glass,  one-fourih  tlie  quantity  of  pilch,  and  a  little 
charcoal  dust  ;  rub  the  inner  surface  of  the  crucible  with  a 
paste  composed  of  charcoal  dust,  a  little  fine  powdered  clay 
and  water  ;  cover  tiie  mass  with  common  salt,  and  put  a  lid 
on  the  crucible,  which  place  in  a  furnace;  raise  the  fire  grad- 
;  uall}',  till  it  burns  briskly,  and  the  crucible  kept  in  it  for  half 
an  hour  ;  stir  the  metal  often  with  an  iron  rod  ,  and  when 
the  scoria  adhering  to  tho  rod  appears  clear,  take  the  crucible 
out  and  suffer  it  to  cool,*whcn  it  must  be  broken,  and  the  re- 
gulus  separted  and  weighed  ;  this  is  called  black  copper,  to 
refine  which,  equal  parts  of  common  salt  and  nitre  are  to  be 
well  mixed  together.  The  black  copper  is  brought  into  fusion, 
and  a  teaspoonful  of  flux  is  thrown  on  it,  which  repeat  three 
or  four  times  ;  then  pour  the  metal  into  an  ingot  mould,  and 
tho  button  is  found  to  be  fine  copper. 

In  the  humid  icay.  Make  a  solution  of  viti-eous  copper  ore, 
in  fice  times  its  weight  of  concentrated  vitreous  acid,  and  boil 
it  to  dryness  ;  add  as  miich  water  as  will  dissolve  the  vitriol 
thus  formed  ;  to  this  solution  pdd  a  clean  bar  of  iron,  which 
will  precipiifite  the  whole  of  the  copper  in  its  metallic  form. 
If  the  solution  be  contaminated  with  ir(m,the  copper  must  be 
redissolved  in  the  same  Uianne  ,and  precipitated  again.  The 
sulphur  may  be  separated  by  filtration. 

Bismuth  Ores.  Jf  it  be  mi?ierali:^ed  by  sulphur,  or  sulphur 
and  iron,  a  previons  roasting  will  be  necessar}'.      The  stngro 


Cv)  THE    ARTIST    Ai\r> 

ores  require  no  roasting  only  to  be  reduced  to  fine  po^vden 
Take  the  assay  weight  and  mix  it  with  half  the  quantity  of 
calcined  borax,  and  the  same. of  pounded  glass  ;  line  the  cru- 
cible with  charcoal  ;  melt  it  as  quickly  as  possible;  when  vv'ell 
done,  take  out  the  crucible,  and  let  it  cool  gradually.  The 
regulus  will  be  found  at  the  bottom. 

In  the  humid  way.  Bismuth  is  easily  soluble  in  nitrous 
acid,  or  aqua-regia.  The  solution  is  colourless,  and  is  pre- 
cipitable  by  the  addition  of  pure  water;  118  grains  of  the 
precipitate  from  nitrous  acid,  well  washed  and  dried,  are 
equal  to  100  of  bismuth  in  its  metallic  form. 

-Antimonial  Ores.  Bore  a  number  of  small  holes  in  the 
bottom  of  a  small  crucible,  place  it  in  another,  a  size  larger. 
Jute  them  well  together  ;  then  put  the  proper  quantity  of  ore 
in  small  iunijigjn  the  upper  crucible,  lute  thereon  a  cover  ; 
place  the-fk;^^eli^n  a  hearth  ;  surround  them  with  stones  six 
inches  distZnt'*^ll  with  ashes  the  intermediate  space,  that 
the  under  crucible  may  be.  covered  with  them  ;  but  upon  the 
upper,  charcoal  must  be  laid  :  the  whole  made  red  hot  by 
the  assistance  of  the  hand  bellows.  The  antitnony  runs  thro' 
the  holes  of  the  upper  vessel,  being  easy  effusion,  into  the 
other,  where  it  is  collected. 

Humid  assay  of  arseniated  antimony.  Dissolved  the  ore 
in  aqua-regia,  botli  the  regulus  and  the  arsenic  remain  in  solu- 
tion ;  the  sulphur  is  separated  by  filtration.  If  the  solution 
be  boiled  with  twice  its  v/eight  of  strong  nitrous  acid  ;  the 
regulus  of  antimony  will  be  precipitated,  and  the  arsenic  con- 
verted into  an  acid,  which  may  be  obtained  by  evaporation  to 
drj^ness. 

Manganese  Ore.  To  obtain  the  regulus,  mix  the  calx  or 
ore  of  manganese  with  pitch,  made  into  a  ball  ;  put  it  into  a 
crucible,  lined  with  powdered  charcoal,  one-tenth  of  an  inch 
on  the  sides,  and  one-fourth  at  the  bottom  ;  then  fill  the  empty 
space  with  charcoal  dust;  cover  the  crucible  with  another  in- 
verted and  luted  on,  and  expose  it  to  the  strongest  heat  of  a 
forge  for  an  hour  or  more. 

In  the  humid  loay.  Roast  the  ore  well  to  dephlogistigate 
the  calx  of  manganese  and  iron,  if  anv,  and  then  treat  with 
nitrous  acid  to  dissolve  the  earths.  Treat  the  residuum  with 
nitrous  acid  and  sugar,  when  a  colorless  solution  of  manganese 
is  procured,  and  also  of  the  iron,  if  any.  Precipitate  with 
Prussian  alkali,  digest  the  precipitate  in  pure  water;  the  Prus- 


tradesman's  guide.  w     6i 

smle  of  manganese  will  be  dissolved,  whilst  the  Prussiate  of 
iron  will  remain   undissolved. 

Arsenical  Ores.  Made  by  sublimation  in  close  vessels. 
Beat  the  ore  into  small  pieces  ;  put  them  into  a  matrass, 
which  place  in  a  sand  pot,  with  a  proper  degree  of  heat  ;  the 
arsenic  sublimes,  and  adheres  to  the  upper  part  of  the  vessel; 
collect  it  carefully,  and  ascertain  its  weight.  A  single  subli- 
mation will  not  be  sufficient  ;  sometimes,  as  in  many  cases, 
the  arsenic  will  melt  Vvith  the  ore,  and  prevent  its  total  vola- 
tilization ;  in  which  case,  perform  the  first  sublimation  with 
a  moderate  heat;  than  bruise  the  remainder  again,  and  expose 
it  to  a  strong  heat. 

In  the  humid  way.  Digest  the  ore  in  marine  acid,  add  the 
nitrous  by  degrees,  to  help  the  solution.  The  sulphur  will 
be  found  on  the  filter;  the  arsenic  will  remain  in  the  solution, 
and  ma}'^  be  precipitated  in  its  metallic  form  by  zinc,  adding 
spirits  of  wine  to  the  solution. 

Nickel  Ore.  Roast  the  ores  well,  to  expel  the  sulphur  and 
arsenic  ;  the  greener  the  calx  proves  during  this  torrefaction, 
the  more  it  abounds  in  the  nickel  ;  but  the  redder  it  is,  the 
more  iron  it  contains.  Fuse  in  an  open  crucible,  a  proper 
quantity,  with  twice  or  thrice  its  weight  of  black  flux,  the 
whole  covered  with  common  salt.  Expose  the  crucible  to 
the  strongest  heat  of  a  forge  fire  ;  make  the  fusion  complete, 
and  it  will  produce  a  regulus,  though  not  pure.  It  contains  a 
portion  of  arsenic,  cobalt,  and  iron.  Deprive  the  first  by 
fresh  calcination,  adding  powdered  charcoal  ;  the  second,  by 
scorlfication   but  it   is  difficult  to  free  it  entirely   from   iron. 

In  the  humid  way.  By  solution  in  nitrous  acid,  it  is  freed 
from  its  sulphur  ;  and  by  adding  water  to  the  solution,  bis- 
muth, if  any,  may  be  precipitated  ;  silver,  also,  if  contained 
in  it,  by  the  marine  acid  ;  and  copper,  when  any,  by  iron. 

To  separate  cobalt  from  nickel,  when  the  cobalt  is  in  considerable 
quantity,  drop  a  saturated  solulion  of  the  roasted  ore  in  nitrous  acid  into 
liquid  volatile  alkali  ;  the  cobaltic  part  is  instantly  redissclved,  and  as- 
sumes  a  garnet  colonr,  when  filtered,  a  grey  powder  remains  on  the  fil- 
ter, which  is  the  nickel.  The  cobalt  may  be  precipitated  from  the  Volatile 
alkali,  by  any  acid. 

Cobalt  Ores.  Free  them  as  much  as  possible  from  earthy 
matters,  by  washinir,  and  from  sulphur  and  arsenic  by  roj^sting, 
AVhen  prepared  mix  the  ore  with  three  parts  of  black  flux. 
and  a  little  decrepitated  sea  salt  ;  put  the  mixture  in  a  lined 


iyl  TUE    ARTIST  AN© 

crucible,  cover  ii,  an<i  place  it  in  a  forge  fne,or  hot  farr.ace'^ 
fur  it  is  difficult  effusion.  When  well  fused,  a  metallic  re- 
gulirs  will  be  fouiid  at  the  bottom,  covex'^d  with  a  scoria,  of  a 
deep  blue  colour  :  as  almost  all  cobalt  ores  contain  bismutb, 
this  is  reduced  by  the  same  operation  as  the  regulus  of  cobalt; 
they  are  incapable  of  chemically  uniting  together,  and  are  al-* 
ivays  found  distinct  from  each  other  in  the  crucible.  The 
Regulus  of  bismuth  having  a  greater  specific  gravity,  is  always 
ai  the  bottom,  and  may  be  separated  by  a  blaw  with  a  ham* 
mer. 

fn  the  humid  way.  Make  a  solution  of  the  ore  in  nitrous 
acid,  or  aqu  i-reojia,  and  ev^^porate  to  dryness  ;  the  residuum, 
treated  with  the  acetous  acid  will  yield  to  it  the  cobaltic  part; 
the  arsenic  should  be  first  precipitated,  by  the  addition  of 
water* 

Mercurial  Ores.  The  calcii^'ornT  ores  of  mercury  are  easily 
reduced  wiihout  any  addition.  E^jJt  into  the  retort  a  quintal 
of  ore,  and  a  receiver  luted  on,  containing  some  water — 'place 
the  retort  in  a  sand  bath,  give  a  sufficient  degree  of  heat  to 
force  over  the  mercury  whicli  is  condensed  in  the  water  of 
the  receiver. 

Sulpliurated  Mercurial  Ores.  They  are  assayed  as  above^ 
by  distillation  ;  only,  these  ores  require  an  equal  weight  of 
rlean  iron  filings  to  be  mixed  with  them  ;  to  disengage  the 
sulpliur,  while  the  heat  volatilizes  the  mercury,  and  forces  it 
into  the  receiver.  These  ores  should  be  tried  for  cinnabar, 
to  know  whether  it  will  answer  the  purpose  of  extracting  it 
from  them  ;  for  this,  take  a  determinate  quantity  finely  pow- 
dered, put  it  into  a  glass  vessel,  expose  to  a  gentle  jjeat  at 
first,  gradually  increased  till  nothing  more  is  sublimed.  By 
the  quantity  thus  obtained,  we  may  know  whether  the  process 
will  answer. 

Sometimes  th'?  cinnabar  is  not  of  so  lively  a  colour,  as  that  which  is 
used  in  commerce  ;  it  may  be  refined  by  a  second  sublimation,  and  it 
then  too  dark,  it  may  be  brightened  by  the  addition  of  mercury,  and 
sublimed  again. 

Humid  assay  of  Cinnahar.  Dissolve  the  stony  matrix  in 
nitrous  acid,  the  cinnabar  being  discnc:aged,  should  be  boiled 
in  eight  or  ten  times  its  weight  of  aqua-regia,  composed  of 
three  {)arts  nitrous,  and  one  of  marine  acid.  The  mercury 
may  he  precipitated  in  its  running  form  by  zinc. 

^iU^   Ore.     Take  the  assay  quantity  finely  pulverized; 


f 


TP.ADLbM.\N  S  GUIDE.  03 

Toast  it  vvt'U  ill  a  proper  degree  of  licat ;  stir  it  often  with  an 
iron  rod^   then  add   abovit  double  the  quantity  of  granviiated 
lead,  put  it  in  a  covered  crucible,  place  it  in  a  furnace,  raise 
the  fire  gently  at  first,  gradually  increasing  it,  till  the  metal 
begins  to   woriv.      If  it  appears    too  thick,  add  a  litile  moro 
lead  ;   if  it  should  boil  too  rapid,  diminish  the  fire.      By  de- 
grees the  surface  wiil  he  covereJ  with  a  ma.ss  of  scoria  ;'  then 
carefully  stir  it  wiih  an  iron  liook  lieated,  especiallj^  towards 
the  border"  lest  any  of  the    ore   should    KMiurin  undissolved  ; 
aod  if  what  is  adherent  to  the  hook,  when   raised  from  the 
crucibl^e,  melts  cpiickly  again,  and  The  extremity  of  the  hook, 
<if:er  it  is  grown  cold.,  is  covered  with  a  thin,  shining,  sni«oth 
crust,  the  scorification    is   perfect  ;   but,    on  the   coxiirary,  if 
while  stirring  it,  any  considerable  clamrainess  is  })erceive'd  in 
tlie  scoria,  and  wiien  it  adheres  to  the  hook,  though  red  hot, 
and  appears  unequally  ting^^d,    and    seems  dusty,   orrougi), 
with  grains  interspersed  iiere   and   iJiere,  the  scorification    is 
incomplete  ;   i^i  consequence  of  which,  tlie  fire  should  be  in- 
creased a  little,  and  what  adheres  to  the  hook  should  be  gently 
beaten  off,  and  returned  with   a   small  ladle  into  the  crucible. 
When  the  scorification  is  perfect,  the  metal  should  be  poured 
into  a  cone,  previously  rubbed  with  a  little  tallow,  and  when 
it  becomes  co.ld,  the  scoria  may  be  separated  by  a  lew  strokes 
■o-f  a  hammer. 

In  the  humid  way.  Boil  vitreous  silver  ore  in  diluted  ni- 
trous acid,  usiiig  about  twenty-five  times  its  weight,  until  the 
sulphur  is  quite  exhausted.  Precipitate  the  silver  from  the 
solution  by  marine  acid,  or  common  salt ;  one  hundred  grains 
o-f  this  precipitate,  contains  seventy-five  of  real  silver;  if  if 
contains  an}'  gold,  it  will  remain  undissolved.  Fixed  alkalies 
precipitate  the  earthy  matters,  and  the  Prussian  alkali  will 
show  if  any  other  metal  is  contained  in  the  solution. 

By  cuptllation.  Take  the  assay  quantitj/  of  ore,  roast  and 
grind  it  with  an  equal  portion  of  litharge,  divide  it  into  two 
or  three  parts,  and  wrap  each  up  in  a  small  piece  of  paper  ; 
put  a  cupel  previously  seasoned  under  a  muffle,  with  about 
six  times  the  quan;iry  of  lead  upon  it.  When  the  learl  be- 
gins to  work,  carefully  put  one  of  the  papers  upon  it,  and  af- 
ter this  is  absorbed,  put  on  a  second,  and  so  on  till  the  whole 
js  introduced  ;  then  raise  the  fire,  and  as  the  scoria  is  formed 
it  will  be  taken  up  by  the  cupel,  and  at  last  the  silver  will 
remmn  alone.      This  will  be  the  produce  of  the  assay,  unless 


64  THE    ARTIST  AND    - 

the  load  contains  a  small  quantity  of  silver  which  maybe  dis* 
covered  by  putting  an  equal  quantity  of  the  same  lead  on  an- 
other ctipel,  and  wording  it  ofit"  at  the  same  time  ;  if  any  silver 
be  produced  it  must  be  deducted  from  the  assay. 

To  assay  the  value  of  Silver.  Te  ascertain  the  purity  of 
silver,  mix  it  with  a  quantity  of  lead  proportionate  to  the 
supposed  portion  of  alio}'  :  test  this  mixture,  and  afterwards 
weigh  the  remaining  button  of  silver.  This  is  the  same  pro- 
cess as  refining  silver  by  cupellation. 

Suppose  the  mass  of  silver  to  be  examined,  consists  of 
tweiVe  equal  parts,  called  pennyweights  ;  so  that  if  an  ingot 
weights  an  ounce,  each  of  the  parts  will  be  one-twelfth  of  ans 
ounce.  Thus,  if  the  mass  of  silver  be  pure,  it  is  called  sil- 
ver of  twelve  pennyweights;  if  it  contains  one-twelfth  part 
of  its  weight  of  alloy,  it  is  called  silver  of  eleven  penny- 
weights ;  if  two-twelfths  alloy,  it  is  called  ten  pennyweights; 
w^TJch  parts  of  pure  silver  are  called  fine  pennyweights.  As- 
sayers  give  the  name  pennyweights,  to  a  weight  equal  to 
twenty  real  grains,  which  must  not  be  confounded  with  the 
ideal  weights.  Assayer's  grains  are  called  fine.  An  ingot  of 
fine  silver,  or  silver  of  twelve  pennyweights,  contains,  then 
two  hundred  and  eighty-eight  fine  grains;  if  this  ingot  con- 
■lins  one  two  hundred  eigiity-eighth  of  allo}^,  it  is  silver  of 
leven  penny-weighis,  twenty-three  grains;  if  four-two  hun- 
dred eisihty-eights  of  alloy,  eleven  pennyweights,  twenty 
grains,  &c.  A  certain  real  weight  must  be  taken  to  repre- 
sent the  assay  weights  :  for  example,  thirty-six  real  grains 
repiesent  twelve  fine  pennyweights,  this  subdivided  into  a 
number  of  other  smaller  weights,  represent  fractions  of  fine 
pennyweights  and  grains.  Thus,  eighteen  real  grains  repre- 
sent six  fine  pennyweights,  three  real  grains,  one  fine  penny- 
weight, or  twenty-four  grains;  a  real  grain  and  a  half,  repre- 
sents twelve  fine  grains  :  one-thirty  second  of  a  real  grain, 
represents  a  quarter  of  a  fine  grain,  which  is  only  one-seven 
hundred  and  fifty-second  part  of  a  mass  of  twelve  penny- 
weights. 

Double  assay  of  Silver.  The  silver  for  the  assay,  .should 
be  taken  from  opposite  sides  of  the  ingot,  and  tried  on  a 
touchstone,  Assayers  know  very  nearly  the  value  of  silver 
by  the  look  of  the  ingot  ;  much  better,  by  the  test  of  the 
touchstone.  The  quantity  of  lead  to  be  added  is  regulated 
by  the  portion  of  alloy,  which  is  in  general,  copper  :  heat  the 
€upel  red  hot  for  half  an  hour,  before  anjr  metal  is  put  upou 


tHADESMAN^S    (SLIDE.  65 

h,  whicli  expels  all  moisture.  When  it  is  almost  white  by 
?ieat,  put  in  the  lead,  increase  the  heat  till  the  lead  becomes 
r*;d  hot,  smoking  and  agitated  by  a  motion  of  all  its  parts, 
■called  its  circulation..  Then,  put  the  silver  on  the  cupel, 
^nd  continue  the  fire,  till  the  silver  enters  the  lead.  Wlven 
the  mass  circulates  well,  diminish  the  heat  by  closing  more' 
or  less  the  door  of  the  assay  furnace.  Regulate  the  heat, 
that  the  metal  on  its  surface  may  appear  convex  and  ardent, 
while  \he  cupel  is  less  red,  that  the  smoke  sliail  rise  to  the 
roof  of  the  mufflo,  that  undulations  shall  be  made  in  all  di- 
re-ctions,  and  that  the  middle  of  ilie  metal  shall  appear  smootii, 
with  a  small  circle  of  litljarge,  which  is  coniiimally  imbibed 
by  the  cupel.  When  the  lead  and  alloy  is  e«iir*-3y  absorbed 
by  the  cupel,  the  silver  becomes  bright  and  shining,  wiien  it 
is  said  K<  lighten  ;  when,  if  the  operation  has  been  well  per- 
formed, the  silver  will  be  covered  with  rainbow  colours, 
which  quickly  undulate  and  cross  each  other,  and  then  the 
i)uttGn  becomes  fixed    and  solid* 

The  diminution  of  weight  shows  the  qiiantity  of  alloy.  As  all  lead 
contains  a  small  portion  of  silver,  an  equal  weight  with  that  assay,  is 
tested  off,  and  the  product  deducted  from  the  assay  weight.  This  por*- 
tion  ji  called  the  wJtiirrss. 

To  assay  plated  metals.  Take  a  determinate  quantity  of 
the  plated  «5t^tal;  put  ir  into  an  earthen  vessel,  with  a  suffi- 
cient quantity  of  the  above  menstruum,  and  place  it  in  a  gen- 
tle heat.  When  the  silver  is  s{rip})ed,  it  must  be  collecied 
with  common  salt  ;  the  calx  tested  with  lead,  and  the  esti- 
mate made  according  to  the  prf  duct  of  the  silver. 

Ores  and  Earths  containing  Gold.  The  general  method 
is  by  amalgamation.  Take  a  proper  quantity,  reduce  it  to 
powder,  add  about  one-tenth  of  its  weight  of  pure  quicksil- 
ver, and  triturate  the  whole  in  an  iron  mortar.  1  he  attrac- 
tion which  subsists  between  the  gold  nnd  quicksilve-,  quickly 
unites  them  in  the  form  of  an  amalgam,  which  is  pressed 
through  chamois  leather;  the  goU  is  easily  separated  from 
this  a^nalgam  by  exposure  to  a  proper  degree  of  heat,  which 
evaporates  the  quicksilv  r  and  leaves  the  gold. 

This  evaooration  should  be  mada  with  if^d  vessels;  and  this  Is  the 
foundationof  all  operations  by  whicN^^Id    is   cbta.ned    from    the  rica 

mines  of  Peru. 

2.  Heat  red  hot,  a  qu-'tity  of  gold  sand,  quench  it  in  wa- 
ter* repeat  tuo  or  tJ-«ee  times,  and  the  colour  of  the  sand  will 


^  THE    ARTIST    AN'D 

become  a  reddish  brown.  Now  mix  it  witli  twice  its  weight 
of  litharge,  and  revive  the  litharge  into  lead,  by  adding  a  small 
portion  of  charcoal  dust,  exposing  it  to  a  proper  degree  of 
heat;  when  the  lead  revives,  the  gold  is  separated  from  the 
sand,  and  the  freeing  of  the  gold  from  the  lead  must  after- 
wards be  performed  by  cuppellation. 

Metallic  ores  containing  gold  are  Bometimes  assayed  as  follows  : — 
mix  two  parts  of  the  ore,  well  poiinded  and  washed,  with  one  and  a  half 
of  litharge,  and  three  of  glass:  Cover  the  whole  wiih  comnaon  silt  \ 
melt  it  in*'a  smith's  torge,  in  a  covered  crucible  ;  then  open  the  crucible, 
put  a  nail  into  it.  and  continue  to  do  so  till  the  iron  is  no  longer  at- 
tacked. The  lead  is  thus  piecipitated  which  contains  the  gold,  and  is 
then  separated  by  cuppellation. 

Humid  assay  of  Gold  mixed  with  martial  pyrites  Ore 
dissolved  in  twelve  times  its  weight  of  diluted  nitrous  acid, 
gradually  added  :  place  it  in  a  proper  degree  of  heat  ;  the 
soluble  parts  are  taken  up,  and  leaves  the  gold  untouched, 
with  the  insoluble  matrix,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  aqua- 
regia.  The  gold  is  again  separated  from  the  aqua-regia  by 
Dour'ng  etlier  upon  it  ;  the  ether  takes  up  the  gold,  and  by 
bein;j  burni  cfi',  leaves  it  in  its  metallic  state.  The  solution 
yy  coni;iifj  iron,  copper,  manganese,  calcareous  earth,  or  ar- 
l;  if  evaporated  to  dryness,  and  the  residuum  heated  to  redness 
for  half  an  hour,  volatile  alkali  will  extract  the  copper  ;  de- 
phlogisticated  nitrous  acid,  the  earths  ;  acetous  acid,  the  man- 
ganese ;  and  marine  acid,  the  calx  of  iron.  The  sulphur 
iioa-s  oti  the  lirst  solution,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  fil- 
tration. 

Parting  of  Gold  and  Silver.  Gold  and  silver  equally  re- 
sisting the  action  office  and  lead,  must  therefore  be  seppraied 
by  other  means,  which  is  effected  by  different  menstrua.  Ni- 
trous acid,  marine  acid,  and  sulphur,  which  cannot  attack 
gold,  operate  upon  silver,  and  these  are  the  principal  agents 
employed  in  the  process  o^ parting.  Parting  by  nitrous  acid 
is  the  most  convenient  ^  this  is  called  simple  parting,  and  is 
generally  the  method  preferred  by  goldsmiths.  That  made 
by  the  marine  acid  is  by  cementation,  and  called  concentrated 
parting;  that  by  sulphur,  is  made  by  fusion,  and  called  dry 
parting. 

Parting  by  Aqua-Fortis.  The  following  directions  are 
to  be  regarded  ;  first,  must  be  i..  ^  proper  proportion,  viz. 
three  parts  of  silver  to  one  of  gold,  Uiough  a  mass  of  silver 
containing  two  parts  of  silver  to  one  of  g^ld  may  be  parted. 


n) 


tradesman's  guide.  67 

The  quality  of  the  metal  is  determined  by  assayers,  who  make 
a  comparison  upon  a  touchstone,  between  it  and  needles  com- 
posed of  gold  and  silver  in  graduated  proportions,  and  pro- 
perly marked,  which  are  called  proo/  needles.  If  the  silver 
is  not  to  the  gold,  as  three  to  one,  the  mass  is  improper  for 
the  operation,  unless  more  silver  is  added  ;  besides,  the  aqua- 
fortis must  be  very  pure,  containing  neither  vitriolic  or  marine 
acid.  Granulate  the  metal  previous  to  parting,  by  melting  it 
in  a  crucible  ;  then  pour  it  into  a  vessel  of  water,  giving  the 
water  a  rapid  circular  motion  with  a  stick.  The  vessels  used 
are  called  parting  glasses,  free  from  flaws,  and  well  annealed. 
The  glasses  are  apt  to  crack  on  exposure  to  cold,  or  when 
even  touched  by  the  hand.  The  bottoms  are  secured  by  some 
operators,  by  a  coatmg  made  of  new  slacked  lime,  with  beer 
and  white  of  eggs  spread  on  a  cloth,  and  wrapped  round  the 
bottom,  over  which  they  apply  a  composition  of  clay  and 
hair.  The  glasses  are  placed  in  vessels  containing  water, 
supported  by  trivets,  with  a  fire  under  them  :  thus,  if  a  glass 
breaks,  the  contents  are  caught  in  the  vessel  of  water.  If  the 
heat  communicated  to  the  water  is  too  great,  regulate  it  by 
pouring  cold  water  carefully  down  the  side  of  the  vessel  into 
a  parting  glass  fifteen  indies  high,  and  ten  or  twelve  inches 
wide  at  the  bottom,  placed  in  a  copper  pan  twelve  inches  wide 
at  bottom,  fifteen  inches  wide  at  top,  and  ten  inches  high  ;  as- 
sayers generally  operate  with  about  eighty  ounces  of  metal, 
with  twice  as  much  aqua-fortis. 

The  aque-fortis  should  be  so  strong  as  to  act  sensii)ly  on 
silver,  when  cold,  hut  not  violently.  Apply  bu*  little  heat  at 
first,  as  the  liquor  is  apt  to  swell  and  rise  over  the  vessel  : 
when  the  acid  is  nearly  saturated,  increase  the  heat.  When 
the  solution  ceases  f  which  is  known  by  the  effervescence  dis- 
continuing) pour  the  liquor  off;  if  any  grains  appear  entire, 
add  more  aquv-fortis,  till  al!  the  silver  is  dissolved.  If  the 
operation  is  performed  slowly,  the  remaining  gold  will  have 
distinct  masses.  The  gold  apporirs  black  after  parting ;  its 
parts  have  no  adhesion  together;  because  the  silver  dissolved 
from  it  has  left  many  interstices  :  to  give  them  more  solidity, 
and  improve  their  colour,  they  are  put  into  a  test  under 'a 
muffle,  and  made  red  hot  ;  after  which  they  contract  and  be- 
come more  solid,  and  the  eold  resumes  its  colour  and  lustre. 
It  is  then  called  grain  gold.     If  the  operation  has  been  has- 


68 


THE    ARTIST    A.M5 


tily  performed,   the  gold  will  have  ihe  appearance  of  black 
mud  or  powder,  which  must  be  melted  after  well  washino- 

Recover  the  silver  bv  precipitating  it  from  aqua-fortis  by  means  of 
pure  -opper.  No  precipitation  will  take  place,  if  the  soluiion  is  per- 
fectly saturated,  till  a  few  drops  of  aqua-tortis  are  added.  Wash  the 
preoipitate  of  silver  well  with  boiling  water,  fuse  with  nitre  and  test  off 
with  lead. 

Parting  hij  Ccmentat'iGn,  Bricks  powdered  and  sifted, 
four  parts  ;  one  ptut  green  vitriol,  calcined  till  it  becomes  red, 
and  one  part  of  common  salt,  made  into  a  fine  paste  with  a  little 
water. 

Reduce  the  gold  to  be  cemented  into  plates  as  thin  as  mo^ 
ney.  Put  at  the  bottom  of  the  cementing  pot,  a  stratum  of 
the  above  paste,  half  an  inch  thick;  cover  with  plates  of  gold, 
and  so  the  strata  are  placed  alternately  :  cover  the  whole  with 
a  lid,  which  is  luted  with  a  mixture  of  clay  and  Scuid.  Place 
the  pot  in  a  furjiace  or  oveii,  heat  gradually,  till  it  bectmies 
red  hot ;  keep  it  in  the  oven  twenty-four  hours;  the  heat 
must  not  melt  the  gold  ;  then  sulfer  the  crucible  to  cool  ;  se- 
parate carefully  the  gold  from  the  cement,  and  boil  at  dilfer-' 
ent  times  in  a  large  qua^uity  of  pure  water.  Then  assay  upon 
a  touchstone  or  otherwise  ;  if  not  sufficiently  pure,  cement  a 
second  time* 

In  this  process  the  vitriolic  acid  of  the  bricks,  and  the  calcined  vitriol, 
decomposes  the  common  salt,  during  the  cementation,  hy  uniring  to  its 
alkaline  base,  while  the  marine  acid  bf  comes  concentrated  by  the  heat  ; 
and  dissolves  the  silver  alloyed  with  the  cfold.  This  is  a  very  trouble- 
some process,  though  it  succeeds,  when  the  portion  of  silver  is  so  small, 
that  it  would  be  defended  from  the  action  of  aqua-fortis  by  the  supt;r- 
abundant  orold;  but  is  little  used,  e.xcept  to  extract  silver,  or  base  metals, 
from  the  surtace  of  gold,  and  thus  giving  to  an  alloyed  metal  the  colour 
and  appearance  of  pure  gold. 

Dry  Parting.  As  the  dry  j)arting  is  ever  troublesome  as 
well  as  expensive,  it  ought  not  to  be  undertaken,  but  on  a 
considerable' quantity  of  silver  alloyed  v^'ith  gold.  Granulate 
the  metal  ;  from  one-eighth  to  one-fifth  (as  it  is  rich  or  poor 
in  gold)  reserve;  mingle  well  the  rest  with  an  eighth  of  pow- 
dered sulphur  ;  put  into  a  crucible  ;  keep  a  gentle  fire,  that 
the  silver,  before  meltino,  may  be  thoroughly  penetrated  by 
the  sulphur;  the  sulphur  will  dissipate,  if  the  fire  is  hastily 
urged.  If  to  sulphuretted  silver  in  fusion  pure  silver  isadried^ 
the  latter  falls  to  the  bottom,  and  forms  there  a  distinct  fluid, 
not  miscible  with  the  other.    The  particles  of  gold  havirg  no 


tradesman's  guide.  69 

affinity  with  the  sulphuretted  silver,  are  joined  to  the  pure 
silver  whenever  they  come  in  contact,  and  are  thus  transferred 
from  the  former  into  the  latter,  more  or  less  perfectly,  as  the 
puresilver  is  more  or  less  thoroughly  diffused  through  the  mix- 
ture. For  this  use  a  part  of  the  granulated  silver  is  reserved. 
Bring  tiie  sulphuretted  mass  into  fiision,  keep  melting  for 
nearly  an  hour  in  a  covered  crucible,  throw  in  one-third  of 
the  reserved  grains,  which,  when  melted,  stir  the  whole  well, 
that  the  fresh  silver  may  be  distributed  through  the  mixed,  to 
collect  the  gold  from  it,  which  is  performed  by  a  wooden  rod  ; 
which  repeat,  till  the  whole  reserved  metal  is  introduced. 
The  sulphuretted  silver  appears  in  fusion  of  a  dark  brown  co- 
lour; after  it  has  been  in  fusion  for  some  time,  a  part  of  the 
sulphur  having  escaped  from  the  top,  the  surface  becomes 
while,  and  some  bright  drops  of  silver,  about  the  size  of  a  pea, 
are  perceived  on  it.  When  this  takes  place,  the  fire  must  be 
immediately  discontinued,  or  more  and  more  ot  the  silver, 
thus  losing  its  sulphur,  would  subside  and  mingle  with  the 
part  at  the  bottom,  (perhaps  as  much  as  was  unsulphurelted 
from  the  mass,)  by  a  chisel  or  hammer,  or  more  perfectly  by 
placing  the  whole  mass  witli  its  bottom  upwards  in  a  crucible, 
the  sulphuretted  part  quic'dy  melts,  leaving  un melted  that 
which  contains  the  gold.  The  sulphuretted  silver  is  assayed 
by  keeping  a  portion  of  it  in  fusion,  till  the  sulphur  is  dissi- 
pated, and  then  by  dissolving  it  in  aqua-fortis. 

If  it  should  still  be  found  to  contain  ffold,  it  most  be  subjected  to  the 
same  treatmf;nt  as  before.  The  gold  thus  collected  may  be  concentra- 
ted into  a  smaller  part,  by  repeating-  the  whole  process,  when  it  may  be 
parted  by  aqua-fortis  without  too  much  expense. 

To  determine  the  quantity  of  Gold.  If  its  specific  gravity 
is  17,157,  it  is  lawful  coin.  The  specific  quality  of  pure  gold 
is  19,3.  Copper,  silver,  and  most  other  metals  which  are  al- 
loyed with  gold,  may  be  easily  separated  from  gold  by  nitric 
acid  :  for  if  the  alloy  be  in  fine  filings,  the  nitric  acid  will  dis- 
solve the  other  metals,  and  leave  the  gold  in  a  black  powder. 
This  powder  may  be  separated  and  melted  down  in  a  pure 
mass  ;  but  the  common  method  adopted  by  artists  is,  to  melt 
the  alloy  with  sulphuri^t  of  antimony.  The  other  metals  be- 
come suiphurets,  and  the  gold  will  unite  with  the  antimony, 
and  all  fall  to  the  bottom  of  the  crucible.  After  cooling 'it 
may  be  separated.  Now  melt  the  alloy  of  gold  and  antimony, 
boil  it  at  a  white  heat,  and  the  antimony  will  become  vo!a.- 
tiliz^ed  and  flv  off. 


70 


THE    ARTIST    AND 


To  obtain  Silver  pure  from  Alloy.  Put  some  nitric  acid 
in  a  wine  glass  diluted  with  an  equal  bulk  of  water  ;  drop  into 
it  a  six  cent  piece,  and  let  it  remain  till  action  ceases.  Now 
take  out  the  undissolved  silver,  and  put  in  a  plate,  or  a  coat 
of  perfectly  clean  bright  copper.  The  silver  will  be  precip> 
tated  after  a  short  time.  Wash  the  powder  several  times; 
and  put  a  little  liquid  ammonia  into  the  water  for  the  lirst 
washings.  Now  melt  down  the  powder  into  a  solid  mass, 
which   will  be    pure  silver. 

Silver  coin  is  alloyed  with  copperas  12    13  to  1. 
Weight  of  metals.     Phitina  is  twenty-three    times  heavier 
than  water.       Gold,    nineteen;   silver,    eleven;   quicksilver, 
fourteen;   copper,  nine;  iron,  eight;  tin,  seven  ;  lead,  eleven; 
nickel,  nine  ;   zinc,  seven. 

Method  of  ascertaining  the  specific  gravity  of  bodies. — 
The  instrument  generally  used  for  obtaining  the  specific  gra- 
vities, is  called  the  hydrostatical  b-ilance;  it  does  not  differ 
much  from  the  common  balance.  The  way  to  find  the  speci- 
fic gravity  of  a  solid  heavier  than  water,  as  a  piece  of  metal  is 
this:  weigh  the  body  first  in  air,  in  the  usual  way,  then  v^eigli 
it  when  it  is  plunged  in  water,  and  observe  how  much  it  loses 
of  its  weight  in  this  fluid,  and  dividing  the  former  weight  by 
the  loss  sustained,  the  quotient  is  the  specific  jrravity  of  the 
body,  compared  with  that  of  water.  A  piece  of  gold  may  be 
tried  by  weighing  it  first  in  air,  and  then  in  water,  and,  if  up- 
on dividing  the  weight  in  air,  by  the  loss  in  water,  the  quo- 
tient comes  to  be  about  seventeen,  the  gold  is  good  ;  if  eigh- 
teen, or  nearly  nineteen^  the  gold  is  very  fine  ;  if  loss  than 
seventeen,  it  is  too  much  alloyed  with  other  metal.  The 
same  principle  is  universal.  Hence  we  see  the  reason  why 
boats  or  other  vessels  float  on  water;  they  sink  just  so  low, 
that  the  weight  of  the  vessel,  with  its  contents,  is  equal  to  the 
quantity  of  water  which  it  displaces. 

The  mothod  of  ascertaining  the  specific  gravity  of  bodies,  was  disco- 
vered by  Arehimedes.  Hiero,  king  of  Sicily,  having;  given  a  workman 
a  quantity  of  pure  gold,  to  make  a  crown,  suspected  tliat  the  artist  had 
kept  part  of  the  goid,  and  adulterated  the  crown  with  a  base  m«'tal. 
The  king  applies  to  Archimedes,  to  discover  the  fraud.  The  philoso-- 
pher  long  studied  in  vain,  but  at  length  he  accide  i»ally  Jiit  upon  a 
method  of  verifying  the  king's  sn5,nicion.  Going  one  day  into  a  bath, 
he  took  notice  that  trie  water  rose  in  the  bath,  and  immediately  reflec- 
ted that  any  body  ot  equal  bulk  with  himself,  would  have  raised  the 
iV*ter  just  as  miich  :  thougi)  a  body  of  ecjual  weight,  but  not  of  equal 


TltAOEdfMAN'H    iiVlBtl.  71 

bulk,  would  not  raise  it  so  much.  From  this  idea  he  conceived  a  mode 
tit"  finding  out  what  he  so  much  wished,  and  was  so  transported  with 
joy,  that  he  ran  out  of  the  bath  crying  out  in  the  Greek  tongue,  "1 
have  found  it,  I  liave  found  it."  .As  gold  was  the  heaviest  of  all  metals 
then  known,  he  therefore  desired  a  mass  of  pure  gold,  equally  heavy 
with  the  crown  when  weighed  in  air,  should  be  weighed  against  it  in 
water,  conjecturing  that  if  the  crown  was  not  alloyed  it  would  counter- 
poise the  mass  of  gold  when  they  were  both  immersed  in  water,  as  '.veil 
as  it  did  when  they  were  weighed  in  air.  On  making  trial,  the  ma&s  of 
gold  weighed  mud)  heavier  in  water  than  the  crown  did,  nor  was  this 
all;  when  the  mass  and  erown  were  immersed  separately  in  the  same 
vessel  of  water,  the  crown  raised  the  water  much  liigher  than  tiie  mass 
did,  which  showed  it  was  alloyed  with  some  other  lighter  metal  which 
increased  its  bulk. 

On  this  principle  is  founded  the  doctrine  of  the  specific  gravities  of 
bodies. 

Half  of  the  civilized  employment?  of  man,  consists  in  work- 
ing the  metals,  and  minerals  ;  civilization  depends  so  much 
on  the  discovery  of  the  useful  metals,  that  little  progress  can 
be  made  from  a  savage  stale,  without  the  useful  trade  of  a 
blacksmith. 

To  avoid  the  inconveniences  of  exchanging  or  bartering, 
men,  in  earlier  ages  fixed  on  metals  ;  as  on  gold,  silver,  cop- 
per or  iron,  for  a  medium  of  value,  so  tltat  if  one  man  had 
too  much  corn  and  wanted  wine,  he  was  obliged  to  give  corn 
for  WMie,  hut  he  might  sell  his  corn  for  metal,  and  buy  the 
wine. with  the  metal,  at  his  convenience.  Hence  the  ori  gi 
of  money  ;  as  it  was  found  inconvenient  to  weigh  metal  in 
every  transaction,  (as  Abraham  did  when  he  bought  the  bu- 
rying place  for  Sarah,)  stamps  were  put  on  pieces  of  metal  to 
indicate  that  they  might  be  safely  received  for  a  settled  weight 
or  value. 

Viewing  the  metals  in  ordinary  use,  we  consider  them  com- 
mon productions;  but  no  art  is  so  curious  as  that  of  extract- 
ing metals  from  the  earth,  or  ore,  in  which  they  are  buried  or 
concealed  ;  and  no  discovery  or  iru'enlion  was  ever  more 
V'onderful.  Workers  of  metal  imitate  nature,  when  they  beat 
and  wash  their  ores.  No  one  on  looking  at  most  of  the  me- 
talic  ores,  would  suspect  them  to  contain  metals,  as  they  are 
apparently  the  roughest,  coaisest,  and  least  desirable  stones 
on  earth.  Research  is  on  the  wing  of  activity,  and  discove- 
ries of  minerals  of  the  greatest  utility  are  daily  making.  We 
are  willing  to  believe  there  are  stiH  in  reserve^  beneath  the 
surface  of  the  earth,  in  our  own  country,  golden  treasures 
for  the  enterprising  ;  if  not  near  our  most  frequent  walks,  yet 


72  THE     ARTIST    AND 

in  very  many  places  which  liave  never  experienced  the 
probing  effects  of  a  crowbar,  or  the  pressure  of  the  foot  of 
man. 

CHAPTER  XVII. 

The  art  of  Working  Metals — -Compounds  of  Metals — Use- 
ful Alloys — Conversion  of  Iron  into  Steel — to  colour  Me- 
tals— to  burn  Metals — to  refine  pewter — Sohlers — bronze 
of  temporary  edge  tools — test  for  metals — to  tin  iron  and 
copper  vessels. 

Method  of  reducing  Iron  Ore  into  malleable  Iron.  We 
proceed  by  stamping,  washing,  &c.  the  calcine  and  materials, 
to  separate  the  ore  from  extraneous  matter;  then  fifsing  the 
prepared  ore  in  an  open  furnace,  and  instead  o^  casting  it,  to 
suffer  it  to  remain  at  the  bottom  of  the  furnace  till  it  becomes 
cold. 

New  method  of  shingling  and  manufacturing  Iron.  The 
ore  being  fused  in  a  reverberating  furnace,  is  conveyed, 
whilst  fluid,  into  an  air  furnace,  where  it  is  exposed  to  a 
strong  heat,  tiil  a  bluish  flame  is  observed  on  the  surface;  it 
is  then  agitated  on  the  surface,  till  it  looses  its  fusibility,  and 
is  collected  into  lumps  called  loops.  These  loops  are  then 
put  into  another  air  furnace,  brought  to  a  white  or  welding 
heat,  and  then  shingled  into  half-blooms  or  slabs.  They  are 
again  exposed  to  the  air  furnace,  and  the  half-blooms  taken 
out  and  forged  into  anconies,  bars,  half-fats,  and  rods  for 
wire  ;  While  the  slabs  are  passed,  when  of  a  welding-  heat, 
through  the  grooved  rollers.  In  this  way  of  proceeding,  it 
matters  not,  whether  the  iron  is  prepared  from  cold  or  hot 
short  metal,  nor  is  there  any  occasion  for  the  use  of  finery, - 
charcoal,  coke,  chafery,  or  hollow  fire,  or  any  blast  by  bel- 
lows, or  otherwise:  or  the  use  effluxes  in  any  part  of  the 
process. 

To  weld  Iron  ;  an  improved  ?nefhnd.  This  consists  in  the 
skilful  bundling  of  the  iron  to  be  welded  ;  in  the  use  of  anex- 
traordinar}'-  large  for^ie  hammer;  in  employing  a  balling  fw- 
nace,  instead  of  a  hoUoio-fire  or  chafery,  and  in  passing  the 
iron,  reduced  to  a  meltinsf  heat,  through  grooved  mill-rollers 
of  different  shapes  and  sizes,  as  required. 

Common  ha' dening.  Iron  by  being  lieated  red  hot,  and 
plunged  into  cold  water,  acquires  a  great  degree  of  hardness. 
This  proceeds  from  the  coldness  of  the  water  which  con-ract« 
the  particles  of  the  iron  into  less  space. 


t-ilADEiSMAxN^S    GUIDE*.  7S 

Vase  hardening.  Is  a  superficial  conversion  of  iron  into 
steel,  by  cementation.  It  is  performed  on  small  pieces  of 
iron,  by  enclosing  them  in  an  iron  box,  containing  burnt  lea- 
ther, bone  dust,  or  any  other  carbonic  material,  and  exposing 
them  for  some  time  to  a  red  heat.  The  surface  of  the  iron 
thus  becomes  porfecth'  metalized.  Iron  thus  treated  is  sus- 
ceptible of  the  finest  polish. 

7^0  convert  Iron  into  Steel  hy  Cementation.  The  iron  is 
formed  into  bars  of  convenient  size,  and  then  placed  in  a  ce- 
menting furnace,  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  cement  which 
is  composed  of  coals  of  animal  or  vegetable  substances,  mixed 
with  calcined  bones,  &c.  The  following  are  very  excellent 
cements;  1.  One  part  of  powdered  cliarcoal,  one  half  a  part 
of  wood  ashes,  well  mixed  together.  2.  Two  parts  charcoal 
moderately  powdered,  one  part  of  bones,  horn,  hair  or  skins 
of  animals,  burnt  in  close  vessels  to  blackness  and  powdered; 
and  half  a  part  of  wood  ashes  ;  mix  them  well  together. — 
The  bars  of  iron  to  be  converted  into  steel,  are  placed  upon 
a  stratum  of  cement,  and  covered  all  over  with  the  same; 
and  the  vessel  which  contains  them,  closely  luted,  must  be 
exposed  to  a  red  heat  for  eight  or  ten  hours,  when  the  iron 
will  be  converted  into  steel. 

Steel  is  prepared  from  bar  iron  bj  fusion  ;  which  consists  in  plung- 
ing a  bar  into  naelted  iron,  and  keeping  it  there,  for  some  time,  by 
which  process  it  is  converted  into  good  steel.  AM  iron  which  becomes 
harder  by  suddenly  quenching  in  cold  water,  is  called  steel  ;  and  that 
steel  which  in  quenching  acquires  thegriatest  degree  of  hardness  in 
the  lowest  degree  of  heat,  and  retains  the  greatest  strength  in  and  atter 
iaduration,  ought  to  be  considered  as  the  best. 

Inproved  prx)ccss  of  hardening  Steel.  Articles  manufac- 
tured of  steel,  for  the  purpose  of  cutting,  are,  almost  without 
an  exception  hardened  from  the  anvil  ;  in  other  words,  they 
are  taken  from  the  forger  to  the  hardener,  withot  undurgoing 
any  intermediate  process;  and  such  is  the  accustomed  routine, 
that  the  mischief  arising  has  escaped  observation.  The  act 
of  forging  produces  a  strong  scale  or  coating,  which  is  spread 
over  the  whole  of  the  blade  ;  and  to  make  the  evil  still  more 
formidable  this  scale  or  coating  is' unequal  in  substance,  vary- 
ing in  proportion  to  the  degree  of-heat  communicated  to  the 
steel  in  forging  ;  it  is,  partially,  almost  impenetrable  to  the 
action  of  water  when  immersed  for  the  purpose  of  hardening; 
Hence  it  is  that  different  degrees  of  hardness  prevail  in  every 
razor  manufactured  ;  this  is  evidently  a  postive  defect  ;  and 

7 


^4  TWE    AUTIST    AN* 


SO  long  as  it  continues  to  exist,  great  difference  of  tempera- 
ture niudt  f^xist  likewise,  Rasor  blades  not  unlVequentVy  ex- 
hibit ihu  fact  bere  slated  in  a  very  suiking  manner  ;  wliat 
are  termed  clouds,  or  parts  of  unequal  polish,  derive  their 
origin  from  this  cause  ♦,  and  clearly  and  distinctly,,  of*  rather 
distinctly,  though  not  charJy  show  Im)W  far  this  partial  coat- 
ing has  extended,  and  wli«n  the  action  of  water  has  Ueeii 
yielded  to,  and  when  resisted.  It  cannot  be  matter  of  aston- 
jshmeni,  that  so  few  imprcrvements  luive  been  made  in  the 
hardening  of  steel,  when  ibe  evil  here  complained  of,  so  un- 
iversnlly  obtains,  as  almost  to  warrant  the  supposition  that  no 
attempt  has  ever  been  made  to  remove  it.  The  remedy, 
however,  is  easy  and  simple  in  the  extreme,  and  so  evidently 
efficient  in  its  application,  thai  it  cannot  but  excite  surprise^ 
that  in  the  present  highly  improved  state  of  oqf  manufactures, 
such  a  communication  slvould  be  made  a* a  discovery  entirely, 
new.  Instead,  thereiore,  of  the  customary  mode  of  harden- 
ing the  blade  from  the  unvil,  let  it  be  passed  immediately 
from  the  hands  of  the  forger  to  the  grinder  ;  a  slight  applica- 
tion of 'he  stone  will  remove  the  whole  of  the  scale  or  coat- 
in"-  and  the  razor  will  then  be  properly  prepared  to  undergo 
the  operation  of  hardening  with  advantage.  It  will  be  easily 
ascertained,  that  steel  in  this  state,  heats  in  the  fire  with 
greater  regularity,  and  that  when  immersed,  the  obstacles  be- 
ing removed  to  the  immediate  action  of  the  water  on  the  body 
of  the  steel,  the  latter  becomes  equally  hard,  from  one  ex- 
tremity to  the  other.  To  this  ma\^  be  added,  that  asthe  low- 
est pqssible  heat  at  which  steel  becomes  hard,  is  induhitahlif 
the  bestj^the  mode  here  recommended  will  be  found  the  only 
one  by  which  the  process  of  hardening  can  be  effected  with 
a  less  portion  of  fire  than  is  or  can  be  required  in  anj'^  other 
way.  These  observations  are  decisive,  and  will  in  all  pro- 
babilit)',  tend  to  establish  in  general  use,  what  cannot  but  be 
regarded  as  a  "very  important  improvement  in  the  manufac- 
turing of  edged  steel  instruments. 

English  Cast  Steel.  The  finest  kind  of  steel,  called  Eng- 
lish cast  steel,  is  prepared  by  breaking  to  pieces  blistred  steel, 
and  then  meltinjr  it  in  a  crucible  with  a  flnx  composed  of  car- 
bonaceous and  vitrifij»ble  inofredients.  The  vitrifiable  ingre- 
dient is  used  only  inasmuch  as  a  fusible  body,  which  flows 
over  tl  e  surface  of  them^tal  in  the  crucible,  and  prevents  the 
access  of  the  oxygen  of  the  atmostphere.  Broken  glass  is 
»oraetimes  used  for  this  purpose. 


t1ftADESMAN''«    •CflDE.  75 

^  When  thoroughly  fusei\  jt  is  cast  into  ingots,  which  by  gen 
?le  heating  and  careful  hammering,  are  tilled  inio  bars.  By 
this  process!  the  steel  becowies  more  highly  carbunizf-d  m  pro- 
portion to  the  quantity  fo  flux,  and  in  consequence  is  more 
brittle  and  fusible  than  before.  Hence,  it  surpasses  all  other 
steel  in  uniformity  of  texture,  hardness^  and  closeness  ofgrajn, 
and  is  the  maTer.iaicmplo3'=€d  in  all  she  fniest  articles  ol  English 
cutler^--. 

To  make  edge  tools  f rum  Cad  S feci  and  Iron.  This  nie^ 
tliod  consists  in  fixing  a  clean  piece  of  wrought  iron,  brouj^ht 
to  a  welding  heal,  in  the  cenue  of  a  mould,  zmd  then  pouring 
m  melted  steel,  so  as  entirely  to  envelop  the  iron  ;  and  then 
forgmg  the  mass  into  the  sisape  required. 

To  colour  Steel  Blue.      Th«  5'ecd  juust  b,-  findy  polisiied  . 
on  its  surface,  and  then  exposed  l^  an  iJuiform  deLnoe  of  heat. 
There  are  tiaree  ways  ef  colouring  :   first,  by  a  flame  produc- 
ing  no  soot,   as  spirit  of  wine  ;   secondly,    by  a  hot    plate    of 
iron  ;   and  thirdl.y.,  by  wood  ashes. 

As  a  very  regular  ('egree  of  heat  is  necessary,  wood  .ashes 
for  fire  vjtn\  bears  the  preference.  The  work  must  be 
covered  over  with  them,  and  carefully  watcheJ  ;  when  the 
•colour  is  sufficiently  heightened,  the  work  is  perfect.  This 
<caloxiT  Is  occasionally  takeii  ofl'  with  a  very  diluted  marine 
acid. 

Useful  alloy  of  Gold  and  Platinum.  Seven  and  a  half  dr. 
pyre  gold,  and  half  dr.  plHtinum.  The  platinum  n»ust  he  added 
when  the  gold  is  prefecily  melted.  The  two  metals  will  com- 
bine intimately,  forming  an  alloy  rather  whiter  than  pure 
gold,  but  remarkably  ductile  and  elastic  ,  it  is  also  less  per- 
isliable  iban  pure  gold,  o=r  jeweller's  gold,  but  more  readily 
lusible  than  that  naetal. 

Theiie  qualities  must  render  this  alloy  an  object  of  great 
Interest  to  workers  in  metals.  For  sjrings  when  steel  cannot 
be  used,  it  will  prove  exceedingly  advaniageous. 

It  is  a  curious  cirA^urostance,  that  the  alloy  of  gold  and  pla- 
tina  is  soluble  in  nitric  acid,  which  does  not  act  on  either  of 
the  metals  in  a  separate  state.  It  is  remarkable,  too,  that  the 
alloy  has  very  nearly  the  color  of  platinum,  even  when  com- 
posed of  eleven  parts  of  gold  to  one  of  the  former  metal. 

Ring  Gold.  Six  dwts.  twelve  grs.  Spanish  copper,  three 
dvvts.  rixteen  grs.  fine  silver,  and  one  ounces  five  dwts.  gold 
coin. 


f4  THE    AliftSt   AN£J 

Tomhack.  Sixteen  lbs.  copper,  one  lb,  tin,  and  6he  pound 
zinc. 

lied  Tombaclc.  Five  and  a  half  pounds  copper,  »nd  half 
a  pound  zinc.  The  copper  must  be  fused  in  a  crucible  be- 
foie  the  zinc  is  added.  This  alloy  is  of  a  reddish  colour  and 
possesses  more  lustre  and  is  of  greater  durability  than  cop- 
per. 

WhiU  Tomhack,  Copper  and  arsenic  put  together  in  a 
crucible,  and  melted,  covering  the  surfece  with  morsat©  of 
soda,  to  prevent  oxydation,  will  form  a  white  bright  alloy. 

Gun  Metal.  1.  One  hundred  twelve  pounds  Bristol  brass, 
fourteen  pounds  blocktin.  2.  ISine  parts  copper,  and  one 
part  tin.  The  above  compounds  are  those  used  in  the  man- 
ufacture of  small  aud  great  brass  guns,  swivels,  &c. 

Specula  of  Telescopes.  Seven  pounds  copper,  and  when 
fused,  add  three  pounds  of  zinc,  and  four  lbs.  of  tin.  These 
metals  will  combine  and  form  a  beautiful  alloy  of  great  lus- 
tre, and  of  a  light  yellow  colour,  fitted  to  be  made  into  spe- 
cula for  telescopes.  Some  use  only  copper  and  grain  tin  m 
the  proportion  of  two  lbs.  to  14  2-2  oz. 

To  distinguish  Steel  from  Iron.  Let  fall  one  drop  of  ni- 
tric acid  upon  a  piece  of  polished  iron,  and  another  upon  a 
piece  of  polished  steel.  The  acid  on  the  iron,  will  be  limpid 
or  whitish,  that  on  the  steel  will  become  dark  brown  or 
black. 

It  is  not  necessary  to  polish  the  iron  or  steel  to  try  its  Iiard- 
ening  qualities — if  a  spot  on  a  coarse  bar  af  Iron  or  steeF  be 
filed  bright  it  will  be  sufficient. 

Compounds  of  Metals.  1 'our  ounces  of  bismuth  ;  two  oz. 
and  a  half  lead  ;  and  one  ounce  and  a  half  tin.  Put  the  bis- 
muth into  a  crucible,  and  when  it  is  melted,  add  the  lead  and 
tin.  This  will  form  an  alloy  fusible  at  the  temperature  o-f 
boiling  water. 

2.  Zinc,  bismuth,  lead;  of  each  one  ounce. 

This  alloy  is  so  very  fusible,  that  it  will  remain  in  a  state 
of  fusion  if  put  on  a  sheet  of  paper  and  held  over  the  flame 
of  a  candle  or  lamp. 

3.  Lead,  three  parts  ;  tin,  two  parts  ;  bisniuth,  fivo  parts  ; 
will  form  an  alloy  fusible  at  3,97  deg..  Fahrenheit,,  peculiarly 
applicable  to  casting,,  or  the  taking  of  impressions  from  ge-ms^^ 
seals,  &c.  In  making  casts  with  this  and  sinxilar  alloys,  it  is 
necessary  to  use  the  metal  at  as  low  a  temperature  as  possi* 


ft 

ble  ;  olherwlso  the  water  adhering  to  the  things  from  which 
the  casts  are  to  be  taken,  forms  vapour,  and  produces  bub- 
bles. The  fused'metal  should  be  poured  into  a  teacup,  and 
allowed  to -cool,  till  just  read}'  to  set  ar  the  edges,  when  it 
must  be  poured  into  the  mould.  In  taking  impressions  from 
gems,  seals,  Sc(^.  the  fused  alloy  should  be  placed  on  paper  or 
pasteboard,  and  stirred  about  till  it  has,  by  cooling,  attained 
t'he  consistep.ee  of  paste,  at  which  moment  the  die,  gem,  or 
seal  should  be  stamped  on  it,  and  a  very  sharp  impression 
v/ill  be  obtained. 

JBath  Mc'tal^  is.  a  mixture  of  four  ounces  and  a  half  of  zincj 
iiml  one  pound  of  brass, 

.  3rass,  is  composed  of  4  1-2  pounds  copper:  1  1-2  pounds 
of  zinc. 

Brass  that  is  to  be  cast  into  plates  from  which  pans  and 
kettles  are  to  be  made  and  wire  is  to  be  drawn,  must,  instead 
of  using  the  zinc  in  a  pure  sfate,  be  composed  of  fifty-six 
pounds  of  the  finest  calamine,  or  ore  of  zinc  ;  and  thirty-four 
pounds  of  copper.  Old  brass  which  has  been  frequently  ex- 
posed to  the  action  of  fire,,  when  mixed  with  copper  and  cal- 
amine, renders  the  brass  far  more  ductile,  arid  fitter  for  nia- 
king  fine  wiip,  than  it  would  be  without  it  ;  but  the  German 
brass,  particularly  that  of  Nuremburgh,  is,  when  drawn  into 
wire,  ScHd  to  be  'far  pj^eforable  to  any  made  hi  England,  for 
tifo  strings  of  musical  instruments. 

Pinchbeck.  Tluee  ounces  of  pure  copper,  and  one  ounce 
'of  zinc.  Tiie  zinc  must  not  he  added  till  the  copper  is  in  a 
state  of  fusion.  Some  use  ody  half  this  quantity  of  zinCj  irl 
which  proportion  the  alloy  is  more  easily  worked,  especially 
in  the  making  of  jewelry. 

2.  One  ounce  of  brass:  and  two  c^-.uces  of  copjper,  fused 
together  under  a  coat  of  charcoal  dust. 

Princess  AFctal.  1.  Three  ounces  of  copper,  and  one  oz. 
■-of  zinc;   or  8  oz.  of  brass,  and  1  of  zinc. 

2.  Four  oz.  of  copper,  and  2  oz.  of  zinc.  In  this  last  the 
copper  must  be  fused  before  the  zinc  is  added  ;  whetl  they 
have  comldned,  a  very  beautiful  and  useful  alloy  is  formed 
called  Prince  Rupert's  RIetal. 

Jiell  Metal.      Six  parts  of  copper  and  two  parts  of  tin. 

These  preparations  are  the  most  approved  for  bells,  thro'- 
ought  Europe  and  in  China.  In  the  union  of  the  two  metals 
the  combination  is  so  complete,  that  the  specific  gravity  of  the 

7* 


f^  THE    ARTIST    AND 

alloy  IS  greater  than  that  of  thetwo  metals  in  an  uncorabined 
state. 

2.  Ten  parts  of  copper,  and  two  parts  of  tin.  It  may  in 
general  be  observed,  that  a  less  proportion  of  tin  is  used  for 
making  churchbells,  than  clockbells  ;  and  that  a  little  zinc  is 
added  for  the  bells  of  repeating  watches,  and  other  small 
bells. 

Tutaiiia^  or  Britannia  Metal.  Four  oz.  of  plate  brass, 
and  four  oz.  of  tin  ;  when  in  fusion,  add  four  ounces  bismuth 
and  four  ounces  regulus  of  antimony.  This  is  the  composi- 
tion, or  hardening  that  is  to  be  added  at  discretion,  to  melted 
tin,  until  it  has  acquired  the  requisite  degree  of  colour  and 
hardness. 

2.  Melt  together,  two  pounds  of  plate  brass  ;  two  pounds 
of  tin  5  two  pounds  of  bismuth  ;  two  pounds  of  regulus  of  an- 
timony ;  two  pounds  of  a  mixture  of  copper  and  arsenic,  ei- 
ther by  cementation  or  melting  This  composition  is  to  be 
added  to  melted  tin. 

3.  One  pound  copper,  1  do.  tin,  and  2  do.  regulus  of  an- 
timony with  or  without  a  little  bismuth, 

4.  Eight  oz.  of  shryff  brass  ;  2  lbs*  regulus  of  antimony  • 
and  12  oz.  of  tin. 

German  Tuiania,  T*  wo  drachms  of  copper  ;  one  oz.  rc~ 
gulus  of  antimony  ;   and  twelve  oz.  of  tin. 

Spanish  Tutania.  Eight  ounces  scrap  iron,  or  steel;  one 
pound  antimony  ;  and  three  ounces  nitre.  The  iron  or  steel 
must  be  heated  to  a  white  heat,  and  the  antimony  and  nitre 
must  be  added  in  small  portions.  Melt  and  harden  1  pound 
tin  with  2  oz.  of  this  compound. 

2.  Melt  together  4  -z.  antimony,  1  oz.  of  arsenic  and  2  lbs. 
tin.  The  first  of  the^.i  Spanish  alloys  would  be  a  beau.tifui 
metal,  if  arsenic  were  added. 

Engestroom  Tutania.  Four  parts  copper,  eight  pnrts  regu- 
lus of  antimony,  and  one  part  bismuth  :  when  added  to  one 
hundred  parts  1^  in,  this  compound  will  be  ready  for  use. 

Queen's  MIctal.  Four  aiid  a  half  pounds  lin,^  half  a  pound 
bismuth,  half  a  pound  antimony,  Ijalf  a  pound  lead.  This  al- 
loy is  used  for  making  tea-pots  and  other  vessels  which  are 
required  to  imitate  silver.      It  retains  its  lustre  to  the  last. 

2.  One  hundred  pounds  tin,  8  pounds  regulus  of  antimony, 
1  pound  bismuth,  and  4  do.  copper. 

White  Metal.  Ten  oz.  lead,  G  oz.  bismuth,  and  4  drachms 
regulus  of  antimony. 


tradesman's  guide-  79 

2.  Two  pounds  regulus  of  antimony  ;  8  o«.  of  brass  ;  and 
10  oz.  tin. 

Common  Hard  White  Metal.  One  pound  brass,  1  1-2 
oz.  zinc,  and  half  an  ounce  of  tin. 

Metal  for  Tinning.  To  one  pound  malleable  iron,  at 
white  heat,  add  five  ounces  regulus  of  antimony  ;  and  twen- 
ty-four pounds  of  the  purest  Molucca  tin.  This  alloy  pol- 
ishes wiihout  the  blue  tint,  and  is  free  from  lead  or  arsenic 

Mttalfor  Flute  Key  Valves.  Four  ounces  lead,  and  two 
ounces  antimony,  fused  in  a  crucible  and  cast  into  a  bar.  It 
is  used  by  flute  manufacturers  (when  turned  into  small  but- 
tons in  a  lathe)  for  making  valves  to  stop  the  key  holes  of 
flutes. 

To  Burn  Metals.  Procure  a  glass  jar,  such  as  is  generally 
used  for  defflagrating  the  gases,  and  fill  it  with  oxy muriatic 
acid  gas.  If  nickel,  arsenic,  or  bismuth  in  powder,  be  thrown 
into  tiiis  gas,  and  the  temperature  of  the  atmospiiere  be  not 
lower  than  70  deg.  the  metal  will  inflame,  and  continue  to* 
burn  with  the  most  brilliant  combustion. 

Prepare  a  jar  of  chlorine,  (oxymuriatic  gas)  and  suspend 
in  it  a  piece  of  copper  foil  ;  it  will  immediately  inflaaie,  and 
afford  a  very  striking  spectacle.  When  subsided,  it  will  form 
a  substance  exactly  similar  to  the  native  muriate  of  copper, 
brought  from  Pern. 

2.  Make  a  hole  in  the  side  of  a  large  piece  of  charcoal; 
put  into  it  some  iron  filings,  iron  wire,  zinc  shavings,  lead  sha- 
vings, •.Vc.;  fill  a  glass-holder  with  oxygen,  provided  with  a 
tin  or  lead  tube,  terminating  in  a  pipe  stem  ;  hold  the  char- 
coal in  a  suitable  position  to  receive  the  current  of  ox3'gen 
upon  the  metals.  Let  an  assistant  hold  the  flame  of  a  candle 
between  the  metals  and  the  pipe,  till  the  current  of  oxygen 
drives  thf*  flame  into  the  coal  ;  then  remove  the  candle  and 
continue  the  current  of  oxygen,  enlarging  or  contracting  it  at 
])leasure,  by  turning  the  stop.  The  n  etwls  will  burn  very 
brilliantly;  each  exhibiting  its  own  peculiar  flame. 

3.  Coil  up  a  piece  of  fine  iron  wire  about  the  siKo  of  sow- 
ing thread  ;  wind  it  spirally  and  closel}'^  around  a  pipe  stem  ; 
let  the  coil  be  three  or  four  inches  long  ;  the  upper  end  fitted 
into  a  cork,  which  suits  the  mouth  of  an  eight  ounce  pliiaL 
Fill  the  phial  nearly  with  oxygen,  leaving  water  in  it  to  cover 
the  bottom  an  inch  thiak,  in  order  to  defend  it  from  being 
broken  with  the  globules  of  hot  oxide  of  iron  wliich  fall  upon 


So  "riit:  AtitisT   ANii 

it  :  set  the  pliial  on  the  tabic,  well  stopped  with  nnotlier 
cork:  now  tie  a  sniall  knot  of  silk  thread  on  the  lower  end 
of  the  coil  ;  hold  a  piece  of  briinstonc  in  a  candle  till  it  melts 
a  s'nal!  spot  ;  blow  out  the  blaze  of  brimstone,  and  dip  in  the 
knot  of  thread.  Be  certain  that  the  thread  and  melted  brim- 
stone which  adheres  to  it,  do  not  exceed  in  size  a  large  pin 
head.  Now  pull  out  the  cork;  hold  the  thumb  over  the 
mouth,  and  let  an  assistant  steady  the  phial;  light  the  brim- 
stone match  ;  put  the  coil  of  wire  quickly  into  the  phial,  fit- 
ting in  the  cork  to  which  it  is  attached  :  the  metal  will  soon 
send  off  brilliant  sparks,  and  make  a  beautiful  exhibition. 
.  4.  If  a  piece  of  wire,  about  twice  as  large  as  the  wire  of 
the  coil,  be  llattened  with  a  hammer,  and  fiited  into  the  cork, 
so  as  to  extend  down  through  the  centre  of  the  coil,  and  set 
on  fire  at  the  same  time,  in  the  same  manner  with  the  coil; 
it  will  present  ii  very  curious  appearance  :  the  central  wire 
will  burn  with  a  lar^e  globular, flame,  while  a  smaller  globu- 
lar flame  will  j)erform  evolutions  around  it,  resembling  the 
motion  of  a  planet  while  revolving  around  the  sun. 

We  are  taught  by  the  fore^oinor  experiment,  if  the  oxygen  of  tlie  air 
was  not  reduced  in  power  by  liydrogcn,  iron  itself  would  not  resist 
combustion. 

To  Refine  Pewter.  Take  fine  pewter,  melt  it  in  a  cruci- 
ble. When  done,  project  over  it  at  several  times  some  nitre-j 
till  3^ou  see  it  calcined.  Then  pound  it  into-  powdf'r,  and 
mix  it  witii  an  equal  quantity  of  charcoal  pulverized  very  fine! 
If  in  this  condition  you  raelt  it  again,  it  will  resume  its  form 
of  pewter,  only  refined  in  a  much  superior  degree. 

Common  Pewter.  Seven  pounds  tin,  one  pound  lead,  six 
oz.  copper,  and  two  oz.  zinc.  The  copper  must  be  fused  be- 
fore the  other  ingredients  are  added. 

Best  Pewter.  One  hundred  parts  tin,  and  17  parts  regu- 
lus  of  antimoiiy. 

Hard  Pewter.  Tv/clve  j)ounds  tin^  1  do.  regulus  of  anti- 
mony, and  four  ounces  copper. 

Common  Solder.  Two  ])ounds  lead,  and  one  pound  tin: 
The  lead  must  bo  melted  before  the  tin  is  added. 

This  alloy,  when  heated  by  a  hot  iron,  and  fipplied  to  tinned  iron 
*viih  powdered  rosin,  acts  as  a  cement  or  solder  ;  it  is  algq  used  to  joii^ 
leaden  pipes. 


Soft   Solder.      Two  pounds  tin,  and  one  pound  lead. 
Solder   far  Steel   Joinis,     Nijiet^in    pennyweights  fit 


OUIDE. 


81 


silver,  one  pennyweight  copper,  and  two  pennyweigl'.ts  brass, 
melted  together  under  a  coat  of  charcoal  dust. 

This  solder  has  several  advantages  over  the  usual  zinc  solder,  or 
brass,  when  employed  in  soldering  cast  steel,  &c.  as  it  fuses  with  less 
heat,  and  its  whiteness  has  a  better  appearance  than  brass. 

Silver  Solder  for  Jewellers.  Nineteen  pennyweights  of 
fine  silver,  one  pennyweight  copper,  and  ten  pennyweights 
brass. 

Silver  Solder  for  Plating.  Ten  pennyweights  brass, 
and  one  ounce  pure  silver. 

Gold  Solder.  Twelve  pennyweights  pure  gol.j,  two  dwts. 
pure  silver,  and  four  dwts.  copper. 

Brass  Solder  for  Iron.  Thin  plates  of  brass  are  to  be 
melted  between  the  pieces  that  are  to  be  joined.  If  the  work 
be  very  fine,  as  when  leaves  of  a  broken  saw  are  to  be  bra- 
zed together,  cover  it  with  pulverized  borax,  melted  with  wa- 
ter, that  it  may  incorporate  with  the  brass  powder,  which  is 
added  to  it ;  the  piece  must  then  be  exposed  to  the  fire, 
without  touching  the  coals,  and  heat  it  till  the  brass  is  seen 
to  run. 

Bronze.  Seven  pounds  pure  copper,  three  pounds  zinc, 
and  two  pounds  tin.  The  copper  must  be  fused  before  the 
other  ingredients  are  added.  These  metals,  when  combined, 
form  the  bronze  so  much  used,  both  in  ancient  and  modern 
times. 

Mock  Platina.  Melt  togetler, eight  ounces  brass,  and  five 
ounces  zinc. 

Potoder  Gold.  Verdigris,  eight  ounces,  tutty,  four  ounces, 
bt)rax,  nitre,  of  each  two  ounces,  corrosive  sublimate,  two 
drachms,  miide  into  a  paste  with  oil,  and  melted  together  : 
used  in  japan  work,  as  a  gold  colour. 

True  Gold  Powder.  Grain  gold,  one  ounce,  quicksilver 
nearly  boiling,  six  ounces  ;  rub  together  ;  then  either  distil  off 
the  quicksilver,  or  corrode  it  away  witli  spirits  of  nitre,  and 
heat  the  black  powder  that  is  left  red  hot. 

2.  Grain  gold,  one  ounces,  dissolve  in  a  mixture  of  spirit  of 
nitre,  sixteen  ounces,  with  common  salt,  four  ounces  ;  add  to 
the  clear  solution,  green  vitriol,  four  ounces  ;  dissolve  in 
water  ;   wash  the  precipitate,  and  heat  it  red  hot. 

3.  Dissolve  gold  in  aqua-regia,  and  draw  ofl"  the  acid  by 
distillation  ;  used  in  painting,  gilding,  S(q. 


S2  TRE    ARTIST    ANJ» 

Tntcnag,  Bisrautli,  one  pound,  tin,  two  pounds  ;  rneit  to-* 
g-ether  :    used  for  buttons  and  vessels. 

Tin  and  Copper,  Scrape  a  piece  of  copper  well  wiih  a 
knife^  and  rub  it  over  witii  sal  ammoniac;  then  heat  ib.e  cop- 
per over  clean  coals,  which  will  not  emit  any  smoke  ;  at  tlie 
same  time  rubbing  it  ever  with  rosin.  V/hile  hot  and  thus 
cleansed  with  the  sal  ammoniac  and  rosin,  rub  tin  upon  it  in 
its  solid  state,  which  being  melted  to  the  lieat  of  the  copper, 
will  adhere  to  it,  giving  it  a  silvery  white  surfiice. 

Copper  vessel  are  tian-ed  inside  by  a  shnilnr  process;  and  any  ingfn- 
jous  person  may  repair  tliein  in  this  way  when  the  tin  has  rubbed  off. 

Method  ^f  tempering  edge  tools  that  are  of  tox)  brittle  a 
qualify.  Plunge  them  into  boiling  fat  for  two  hours,  then 
take  tliem  out,  and  let  them  cool  gradually.  They  will  retain 
their  hardness  without  being  brittle. 

Transrmitatien  of  Iron  into  the  finest  German  Steel.  Take 
clean  soot,  one  pound,  oak  wood  ashes,  twelve  ounces,  and 
four  ounces  of  pounded  garlics.  Boil  all  together  in  twelve 
pounds  common  water,  till  reduced  to  four  pounds.  Strain 
tJnis,  and  dip  in  it  the  iron  pigs,  which  you  will  afterwards 
stratify  with  the  following  cement,  viz  :  Take  burnt  wood 
coals,  otherwise  called  cokes,  and  quick  lime  of  each  three 
pounds,  soot  dried  and  calcinated  in  an  iron  pan,  one  pound, 
decripitate  salt,  four  ounces.  Make  of  this  and  your  iron 
several  beds  alternately,  one  over  another  ;  and  having  well 
luted  the  vessel  in  which  j-ou  shall  have  made  those  beds  of 
iron  and  cement,  give  them  a  reverberating  fire,  for  three 
times  twenty-four  hours,  and  the  operation  is  done. 

Of  Zinc  or  Spelter,  and  its  carious  uses.  Zinc  combined 
with  gold  in  equa?  proportions,  forms  a  hard  white  compound 
metal,  that  admits  of  a  fine  polish,  and  may  be  advantageously 
manufictured  into  specula  for  optical  instruments. 

Zinc  and  tin  melted  together  form  a  kind  of  pewter. 

Spelter  and  copper  readily  unite  in  the  fire,  provided  the 
combustion  of  the  former  be  carefully  prevented  during  the 
process.  In  this  state  it  forms  a  metal  distinquished  by  the 
name  of  yellow  copper  ;  but  which  is  divided  into  several 
sorts  according  to  the  respective  proportions  contained  in  the 
alloy.  Thus  three  parts  of  copper  and  one  of  zinc,  constitute 
brass,  five  or  six  of  copper  and  one  of  zinc,  form  pinch- 
back.  Tombac  is  composinl  of  a  still  larger  proportion  of 
copper  than  pinchback;  is  of  a  deep  red.  and  bears  the  name 


GiriDE, 


of  sit  inventor.  Prince's  metal  requires  a  still  larger  propor- 
tion of  zinc  than  either  of  the  preceding  compositions. 

Test  for  Metals.  Let  a  stream  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
gas  pass  into  a  phial  of  liquid  ammonia  ;  the  best  meihod  is 
to  put  the  ammonia  into  a  broad  mouthed  pbial,  filling  it  about 
half  full  ;  turn  the  phial  in  an  oblique  position,  and  extend 
the  beak  of  the  retort  to  the  bottom  of  it.  Wet  tow  may  be 
wound  about  the  neck  of  the  retort  when  it  enters  the  mouth 
of  the  phial  to  prevent  the  escape  of  the  gas  ;  or  if  a  little 
does  escape  it  is  immaterial,  for  we  should  become  sufficien- 
tly acquainted  with  this  gas  to  detect  it  by  its  smell  ;  now 
pour  some  of  (he  liquid  into  a  solution  of  copperas  and  ano- 
ther of  blue   vitriol. 

For  many  metals  this  is  a  perfect  test;  precipitates  all  me- 
tallic solutions  with  such  different  colours,  when  applied  as  a 
test,  that,  with  collateral  tests,  almost  any  metal  may  be  de- 
tected. 

To  give  tools  such  a  temper  as  will  enable  them  to  saw  mar- 
hie.  Make  the  tool  hot  in  the  fire,  and  wh(;n  red  cherry  col- 
our, take  it  off  from  the  fire,  rub  it  with  a  piece  of  candle, 
and  steep  it  immediately  in  good  strong  vinegar,  in  M'hieh 
some  soot  must  be  diluted. 

The  transmutation  of  Iron  into  Damask  Steel.  You  must 
at  first  purge  it  of  irs  usual  brittleness  ;  and  after  having  re- 
duced it  into  filings,  make  it  red  hot  in  to  crucible  ;  steep  it 
several  times  in  oil  of  olives,  in  which  you  shall  have  before 
thrown  melted  lead..  Take  care  to  cover  the  vessel  in  which 
the  oil  is  conta'ned,  every  time  you  throw  the  steel  into  it,  f«,r 
fear  the  oil  should  catch  fire. 

To  whiten  Brass.  Barss,  copper,  iron,  or  sleel  may  be 
easily  whitened,  by  means  of  the  Cornwall  tin,  or  pewter, 
prepared  with  sublimate,  proceeding  as  follows  :  Take  Corn- 
wall pewter,  about  one  pound,  add  to  it  half  that  quantity  of 
sublimate.  Set  it  on  a  strong  fire  and  sublime.  Throw  away 
the  first  water  ;  the  secdod  is  good,  which  you  know  by  its 
.white  colour.  Now  if  you  make  a  piece  of  copper,  brass, 
;  steel  or  iron,  it  is  not  material  which,  red  hot  and  steep  it  in 
that  water  it  will  become  as  white  as  silver. 

To  calcine  Peicter^  and  render  it  as  white  and  as  hard  as 
silver.  Melt  well  your  pewter  in  a  crucible,  so  thai  it  may 
be  very  fine  and  clear  ;  pour  it  afterwards  into  a  very  sirong 
vinegar,  then  into  mercurial  water  ;  repeat  that  operation  as 


84  THE    ARTIST    AND 

many  times  as  you  please,  you  will  each  time  give  it  an  ad- 
ditional degree  of  hardness  and  whiteness  drawing  near  to 
silver,  so  much  that  it  will  at  last  be  very  difficult  to  distinguish 
from  silver. 

2'o  render  Iran  as  lohite  and  as  beauft/id  as  Silver.  Take 
ammoniac  salt  ii>  powder,  and  mix  it  with  an  equal  quantity 
of  quicklime.  Put  them  all  together  in  cold  water  and  mix 
well  ;  when  done,  any  iron  piece  which  you  shall  have  made 
hot,  will  if  you  steep  it  in  that  prepared  water,  become  as 
white  as  silver. 

To  prevent  Iron  from  rusting.  Warm  your  iron  till  you 
cannot  touch  it  without  burning  yourself.  Then  rub  it  with 
new  and  clean  white  wax.  Put  it  again  to  the  fire  till  it  has 
soaked  'm  the  wax.  When  done,  rub  it  over  with  a  piece  of 
serge,  and  the  iron  will  never  rust. 

To  Soften  Iron  and  harden  it  more  than  it  was  before. 
Make  a  little  chink  lengthwaj^s  in  an  iron  bar,  in  which  pour 
melted  lead.  Then  make  it  evaporate  by  a  strong  fire,  as 
that  of  copelling  ;  renew  this  operation  four  or  five  times, 
and  the  bar  will  become  very  soft.  You  harden  it  afterwards 
by  steeping  it,  when  red  hot,  in  mere  forge  water,  and  it  will 
be  of  so  good  a  temper  as  to  be  fit  for  lancets,  razors  and 
knives,  with  which  3'ou  will  be  able  to  cut  other  iron  without 
its  splitting  or  denting. 

It  has  been  found  by  experience  that  an  armour  can  never 
be  good  proof  against  fire  arms,  if  it  has  not  first  been  soften- 
ed with  oils,  gums,  wax,  and  other  increative  things,  and  af- 
terwards hardened  by  steeping  them  several  times  over  in 
binding  waters. 

To  preserve  the  brightness  of  Ar77is.  Rub  them  with  harts 
marrow,  or  else  dissolve  some  alum  powder,  with  the  strong- 
est vinegar  you  can  find,  and  rub  your  arms  with  it.  By  this 
means  they  keep  for  ever  bright. 

Tin  alloyed  with  Copper.  Scour  a  very  thin  slip  of  iron 
bright,  which  while  doing,  dip  it  several  times  in  very  dilute 
sulphuric  acid  ;  bend  one  end  of  it  so  that  it  will  fit  the  bot- 
tom of  a  crucible.  Melt  some  tin  in  the  crucible  and  dip  the 
bent  end  of  the  slip  of  iron  into  it ;  the  tin  will  combine  with 
the  surface  of  the  iron,  and  if  very  thin  will  penetrate  entire- 
l}''  through  it. 

On  this  principle  sheet  tin  is  manufactured. 

Chinese    Sheet  Lead.      The   operation' is  carried  on  by 


TRADESMAN'S    StlfDE.  85 

two  men  ;  the  one    is   seated  on   the  floor,  with  a   large  flat 
stoue  before  him,  and  with  a  moveable  flat  stone    standing  at 
his  side.   His  fellow  workman  stands  by  his  side  with  a  crucible 
filled  with  melted  lead  ;   and  having  poured  a  certain  quantity 
•  upon  the  stone,  the  other  lifts  ihe  moveable  stone,  and  dash- 
'ing  it  on  the  fluid  lead,  presses  it  out  into  a  flat  and  thin  plate 
Vhich  he  instantly  removes  from  the  stone.     A  second  quan- 
tity of  lead  is  poured  in  a  similar  manner,  and  a  similar  plate 
formed,  the  process    being  carried  on  with    singular  rapidity. 
.  The  rough  edges  of  the  plates  are  then  cut  ofi\   and  are  sol- 
dered together  for  use. 

This  method  has  been  applied  with  great  success  to  the 
formation  of  thin  plates  of  zinc,  for  galvanic  pui  poses. 

To  cover  bars  of  Copper^  S^c.  with  Gold,  so  as  to  be  rol- 
led out  into  shcp-ts.  Prepare  ingots  or  pieces  of  copper  or 
brass,  in  convenient  lengths  and  sizes — clean  them  from  im- 
purity, making  their  surfaces  level  :  now  prepare  plates  of 
pure  gold,  or  gold  mixed  with  a  portion  of  alloy,  of  the  same 
size  of  the  ingots  of  metal,  and  of  suitable  thickness.  Having 
placed  a  piece  of  gold  upon  an  ingot  intended  to  be  plated, 
hammer  and  compress  them  together,  so  that  they  may  have 
their  surfVices  as  nearl}^  equal  to  each  other  as  possible  :  now 
bind  them  together  with  wire,  in  order  to  keep  them  in  the 
same  position  during  the  process  required  to  attach  them; 
now  take  silver  filings,  and  mix  with  borax,  to  assist  the  fu- 
sion of  silver ;  lay  the  mixture  upon  the  edge  of  the  plate  of 
gold,  and  next  to  the  ignot  of  metal.  Having  thus  prepared 
the  two  bodies,  place  them  on  a  fire  in  a  stove  or  furnace,  and 
let  them  remain  until  the  silver  and  borax  [daced  along  the 
edges  of  the  metals  melt,  and  until  the  adhesion  of  the  gold 
with  the  metal  is  perfect  ;  then  take  the  ingot  carefully  out 
of  the  stove,  and  by  tiiis  process  it  is  plated  with  gold,  and 
prepared  ready  for  rolling  into  sheets. 

To  jjlcite  Iron.  1.  Polish  the  surface  very  clean  and  level 
with  a  burnisher  ;  and  afterwards  by  exposing  it  to  a  bluing 
heat,  a  silver  leaf  is  properly  placed,  and  carefull}^  burtiished 
down.  This  is  repeated  till  a  sutFicient  number  of  leaves  are 
applied  to  give  the  silver  a  proper  body. 

2.  By  the  use  of  solder:  slips  of  thin  solder  are  placed  be- 
tween the  iron  and  silver,  with  a  little  flux,  and  secured  to- 
gether by  binding  wire.  It  is  then  placed  in  a  clean  vessel, 
and  continued  in  it  till  the  solder  melts  ;  when  it  is  taken  out; 
and  on  cooling;  is  found  to  adhere  firmlv.  8 


86  THE    ARTIST    AND 

3.  By  tinning  the  iron  first,  and  uniting  the  silver  hy  the 
intermediate  slips  of  rolled  tin,  brought  into  fusion  in  a  gen- 
tle heat. 

To  Tin  Copper  and  Brass.  Boil  six  pounds  cream  tartar 
four  gallons  water,  and  eight  pounds  grain  tin,  or  tin  sha- 
vings. After  they  have  boiled  a  sufficient  time,  the  substance 
to  be  tinned  is  put  therein,  and  the  boiling  continued,  when 
the  tin  is  precipitated  in  its  metalic  form. 

To  Tin  fron  and  Copper  Vessels.  The  iron  to  be  tinned 
must  be  previously  steeped  in  acid  materials,  such  as  sour 
whey,  distiller's  wash,  6fc.  then  scoured  and  dipped  in  melt- 
ed tin,  having  been  first  rubbed  over  with  a  solution  of  sal 
ammoniac.  The  surface  of  the  tin  is  prevented  trom  calcin- 
ing, by  covering  it  with  a  coat  of  far.  Copper  vessels  must 
be  well  cleansed  ;  and  then  a  sufficient  quantity  of  tin,  with 
sal  ammoniac,  is  put  therein,  and  brought  into  fusion,  and  the 
copper  vessel  moved  about.  A  little  resin  is  sonvetimes  ad- 
ded. The  sal  ammoniac  prevents  the  copper  from  scalding, 
and  causes  the  tin  to  be  fixed  wherever  it  touches.  Lately, 
zinc  has  been  proposed  for  lining  vessels,  instead  of  tin,  to 
avoid  the  consequences  which  are  unjustly  apprehended. 

White.  Metal.  Ten  oz.  lead,  six  oz.  bismuth,  and  four  oz. 
regulus  of  antimony. 

2.  Two  lbs.  regulus  of  antimony,  eight  oz.  brass,  and  ten 
oz.  tin. 

Common  hard  White  Metal.  Eight  oz.  copper,  and  half 
an  oz.  neutral  arsenical  salt,  fused  together,  under  a  flux  com- 
posed of  calcined  borax,  charcoal  dust,  and  fine  powdered 
glass. 

Manheim  Gold.  Three  and  a  half  oz.  copper,  one  and  a 
half  oz.  brass,  and  fifteen  grs.  pure  tin. 

Imitation  of  Silver.  Three  fourths  oz.  tin,  and  one  lb 
copper,  will  make  a  pale  bell  metal  which  will  roll  and  ring 
very  near  to  Stirling  silver. 

Yellow  dipping  Metal.  Two  parts  Cheadle  brass,  one 
part  copper,  with  a  little  Bristol  old  brass,  and  one-fourth  of 
an  ox.  of  tin  to  every  pound  of  copper.  This  alloy  is  almost 
3f  the  colour  of  gold  coin.  Cheadle  brass  is  the  darkest,  and 
lives  the  metal  a  greenish  hue.  Old  Bristol  brass,  is  pale 
and  yellow. 

Common  Jewelry.  Three  parts  copper,  one  part  Bristol 
'5ld  brass,  and  four  oz.  of  tin   to  every  pound  of  copper. 


TBADESMAiVs    GUIDE.  S7 

If  this  alloy  is  for  fine   polishing,    the  tin  may  be  omitted 
and  a  mixture  of    lead  and  antimony  substituted.     Paler  pol- 
ishing metal,  by  reducing  the  copper  to  two,  or   to  one  part. 

CHAPTER  XVIII. 

Glass — Discovery — Process  of  Blanufacturc — Gilding — 
Silvering — To  separate  Gold  jrom  gilt  Copper  or  Silver 
— Oil-gilding  on  Wood — To  gild  by  burnishing — By 
Amalgamation — To  siver  by  heat — In  the  cold  way — To 
plate  Looking- Glasses — Gold  and  Silver  Inks — To  pre- 
pare  mefallic  Trees — To  whiten  Foils — To  colour  Foils — 
To  give  Foils  a  lustre  like  Diamonds — Laquers. 

It  is  controverted  among  naturalists,  to  what  class  of  bo- 
dies glass  should  be  referred  ;  some  make  it  a  concrete  juice, 
others  a  stone,  and  others  again  rank  it  among  semi-metals  ; 
but  Dr.  Merret  observes,  that  these  are  all  natural  produc- 
tions ;  whereas  glass  is  a  factitious  compound,  produced  by 
fire,  and  never  found  in  the  earth,  but  only  the  sand  and 
stones  that  form  it ;  but  metals  are  perfectly  formed  by  na- 
ture into  certain  species,  and  fire  only  produces  them  by  its 
faculty  of  separating  heterogeneous,  and  uniting  homogene- 
ous bodies  ;  whereas  it  produces  glass  by  uniting  heterogene- 
ous matters,  viz.  salt  and  sand,  of  which  it  evidently  con- 
sists. The  chief  characters  or  properties  of  glass  are,  that  it 
fuses  in  a  vehement  fire  ;  when  fused,  adheres  to  iron  ;  does 
not  waste  in  the  fire,  is  ductile,  but  not  malleable  ;  and  while 
red  hot  can  be  cast  into  any  shape.  It  is  friable  when  cold  ; 
diaphanous,  either  hot  or  cold  ;  flexil^le  and  elastic  ;  disun- 
hed  and  broke  by  cold  and  moisture,  and  especially  by 
saline  liquors  ;  is  only  cut  by  the  diamond  or  emery  ;  acid 
or  other  juices  extract  no  quality  from  it  ;  it  does  not  wear 
by  the  longest  use,  nor  will  any  liquor  make  it  musty,  change 
its  colour,  or  rust ;  it  softens  metals  and  makes  them  fusible  ; 
receives  all  metallic  colours  externall/  and  internally  ;  will 
not  calcine,  and  may  be  cemented  like  stones  and  metals.  It 
is  said  100  weight  of  sand  in  the  composition  yields  150  of 
glass.  The  salt  is  procured  from  the  ashes  of  a  water  plant 
called  kali. 

There  are  many  other  plants  besides  kali,  which  produces 
a  salt  fit  for  glass.  The  sand  or  stones  is  the  second  ingre- 
dient, and  what  gives  it  the  body  ;  they  must  be  such  as  will 
fuse^  the  whitest   are   the  best,  consequently,  crystals  are 


88  THE    ARTiriT    AND 

preferred  to  all  others.  Sometimes  manufacturers  use  a  sort 
of  pebble  resembling  white  marble.  Flints  make  a  pure  crys- 
taline  metal.  When  stones  cannot  be  had  conveniently,  sand 
is  used.  The  glass  houses  in  England  are  furnished  with  a 
fine  whit«  sand,  as  is  frequently  used  for  sand  boxes,  with  a 
coarsei-  kind  for  green  glas«.  For  cr3^stal  glass,  200  pounds 
saiid  or  stone  are  mixed,  finely  pulverized,  with  130  of  salt  ; 
they  are  then  calcined  in  a  reveiberatory  furnace  for  several 
hours.  When  the  process  is  completed,  it  is  called  frit  or 
hallito.  This  frit  is  set  off  in  melting  pots  in  the  working 
furnace,  with  some  manganese  added,  which  destroys  the 
greenish  cast  natural  to  all  glass.  While  it  is  in  fusion  the 
workman  mixes  tbe  metal  well  together  ;  skimming  off  the 
sand,  over  which  is  a  white  salt,  called  sandiver,  which,  if 
suffered  to  remain,  would  render  the  glass  brittle  and  unfit  to 
work,-  When  the  vitrification  is  completed,  and  the  metal 
sufficiently  clear,  it  is  formed  into  the  articles  required,  by 
dipping  a  hollow  iron  into  the  melting  jiot,  with*  which  a  suf- 
licicnt  quantity  is  taken  out  for  the  intended  work  :  while  red 
hot,  it  is  'rolled  on  a  marble  to  unite  its  parts  more  firmly, 
then  blowing  moderately,  swells  it,  repeating  it  until  of  suf- 
ficient size,  then  the  artist,  by  whirling  it  about,  lengthens  and 
cools  the  glass;  moulds  it  in  the  stamp  irons,  and  flats  the 
bottom,  by  pressing  it  on  the  marble  ;  after  which  it  is  fash- 
ioned as  occasion  requires,  after  being  broken  from  tbe  blow- 
ing iron.  As  the  workman  finishes  them,  another  takes  them 
up  with  an  iron  fork,  atid  places  them  in  a  tower  over  the 
melting  furnace  to  anneal,  where,  after  remaining  some  time, 
the}^  are  put  into  pans,  which  are  gradually  v/ithdrawn  to 
cool.  There  is  scarcely  a  branch  of  manufacture,  which  de- 
serves more  attention  than  that  of  glass  ;  and  although  the 
an  has  excited  the  astonishment  of  the  world,  still  it  is  highly 
probable,  that  in  order  to  bring  it  to  the  highest  state  of  per- 
ieciion,  there  is  abundant  room  for  much  improvement. 

Pliny  relates  that  "  gla.ss  was  first  discovered  by  accident 
in  Syria,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  Belus,  by  certain  merchants 
driven  thither  by  the  fortune  of  the  sea,  and  obliged  to  conti- 
nue there,  and  dress  their  victuals  by  making  a  fire  on  the 
ground,  where  there  was  an  abundance  of  the  herb  kali  :  the 
plant  burning  to  ashes,  its  salt  incorporating  with  the  sand  and 
stones,  became  vitrified." 

,Son)c  writers  assert  that  the  discovery  of  dass  is  as  ancient 


TUADEfeiMAN'b    GllDE.  89 

&s  the  art  of  pottery  or  makin?  brick  ;  for  tlip.t  a  kiln  of  brick 
cannot  be  burnt,  or  a  batcli  of  [)ottery  made,  but  some  of  the 
brick  or  ware  vv'iU  be  at  least  superficially  turned  to  glass  ;  so 
that  it  must  have  been  known  at  the  building  of  Bal^el,  and 
likewise  by  the  Egyptians,  among  whom  ihc  Israelites  were 
many  years  employed  in  making  bricks.  Of  this  kind,  no 
doubt,  was  that  fossil  glass,  uientioned  by  Forrant,  Impcrat. 
to  be  found  under  ground  in  many  places,  where  there  great 
fires  had  been. 

A  writer  of  eminence,  niakts  a  distinction  between  glass 
contained  in  its  own  mine  or  slone,  and  true  glass  that  is  ex- 
tracted from  the  same  ;  that  the  latter  is  more  artificial  than 
a  metal  is,  when  extracted  from  the  ore  ;  and  as  to  the  for- 
mer, he  urges,  that  as  metal,  b}^  having  its  existence  in  the 
ore,  so  glass,  by  having  it  in  the  stone  out  of  which  it  is  pro- 
'duced,  is  a  natural  production.  After  what  has  been  advan- 
ced, the  supposition  arises,  if  glass  is  procured  from  stone 
alone,  the  weight  of  the  metal  must  be  less  than  the  subslance 
from  which  it  is  extracted,  whereas  it  far  exceeds,  as  100 
pounds  of  sand  yield  150  pounds  of  glass.  Considering  also, 
that  the  salts  made  use  of  are  of  the  mos^  (ixed  kind,  there- 
fore we  cannot  sup.pose  them  to  be  carried  off  by  tlie  fire  ; 
besides,  as  a  proof,  iti  the  coarser  J^lasses  one  may  discern,  or 
even  pick  T)Ut  pieces  of  salt,  furnishing  a  test  by  ihe  tast*^'.- 
Flint,  sand  and  stone  afi'ord  different  species  of  glass,  and  the 
ashes,  as  tliey  are  variable  in  qualiiy,  will  proporiinnately  al- 
ter tlio  glass,  A  fixed  alkaline  salt,  sharp  and  well  p.nrihedj 
mixed  v/ith  a  pure  c^lx  of  flinty -fields  a  glass  clearer  than 
amber  ilself.  Our  representation  o-f  tlie  manufacture  of  glass, 
no  doubt,  is  imperfect,  though  we  are  flattered  it  may  not  be 
wholl}^  uninteresting. 

Grecian  Gilding.  Equal  parts  of  sal  ammoniac  and  cor- 
rosive sublimate  are  dissolved  in  spirit  of  nitre,  and  a  solution 
of  gold  made  with  this  menstruum.  The  silver  is  brushed 
over  with  it,  which  is  turned  black,  but  on  exposure  to  a  red 
heat,  it  assumes  the  colour  of  gold. 

Gilding  Metal.  Four  parts  copper,  one  part  Bristol  old 
brass,  and  four  oz.  of  tin,  to  every  pound  of  copper. 

To  dissolve  Gold  in  Aqva-i\egia.  Take  an  aqna-regia, 
composed  of  two  parts  of  nitrous  acid,  and  one  of  marine  acid, 
or  of  one  j)ait  of  sal  ainmi>niac  and  four  parts  of  aqua-fortis  ; 
let  ll:c  gold    be   granulated,  put   into   a  suffcicnt  quantity  of 


90  ^  TitE    ARTIST    AND 

this  menstruum,  and  expose  to  a  moclerate  degree  of  heat. 
During  the  solution  an  eflervescence  takes  place,  and  it  ac- 
quires a  beatiful  yellow  colour,  which  becomes  more  and 
raore  intense,  till  it  has  a  golden  or  even  orange  colour. 
When  the  menstruum  is  saturated,  it  is  very  clear  and  trans- 
parent. 

To  gild  Iron  or  Steel  with  a  solution  of  Gold.  Make  a 
solution  of  eight  ounces  of  nitre  and  common  salt,  with  five 
ounces  crude  alum,  in  a  sufficient  quantity  of  water  ;  dissolve 
half  an  ounce  of  gold,  thinly  plated  and  cut;  and  afterwards 
evaporate  the  dr^mess,  digest  the  residuum  in  rectified  spirit 
of  wine  or  ether,  which  will  perfectly  abstract  the  gold.  The 
iron  is  brushed  over  with  this  solution,  and  becomes  immedi- 
ately gilt. 

2.  Pour  into  a  saturated  solution  of  muriate  of  gold  (that 
is,  when  there  is  no  excess  of  acid)  about  twice  as  much  sul- 
phuric ether  :  now*  brush  upon  a  clear  polished  surface  of  iron 
or  steel  some  of  this  liquid.  The  ether  will  soon  evaporate, 
and  leave  the  gold  covering  the  surface.  To  gild  silver  or 
copper,  heat  gold  and  mercury,  together  in  a  crucible,  one 
part  of  gold  to  about  eight  of  mcrcur}',  until  they  are  com- 
pletely alloyed  :  then  throw  the  hot  alloy  into  cold  water.  Hav- 
ing wet  the  silver  or  copper  with  diluted  nitric  acid,  brush  on 
the  alloy  with  a  fine  brush  (a  wire  brush  is  best)  as  uniformly 
as  possible.  Then  drive  off  the  mercury  with  heat,  placing 
the  gilded  metal  over  the  hot  coals  :  afterwards  the  surface 
must  be  polished  with  a  burnisher.  The  onl}'  objection  made 
to  this  method  by  artists  is,  that  it  is  very  difficult  to  lay  on 
the  alloy  evenl}'.  But  old  artists  learn  to  brush  over  the  bare 
spots  while  it  is  heating,  being  careful  to  avoid  inhaling  the 
mercurial  fumes. 

This  method  of  gilding  iron  is  undoubtedly  very  perfect  ; 
but  it  is  desirable  soma  better  method  should  be  discovered 
for  gilding  the  other  metals. 

To  coat  Copper  iclth  Silrer.  Take  a  few  grains  of  silver 
in  powder  as  precipitated  by  cojjper  in  a  preceding  experi- 
ment, after  it  is  washed  and  before  melting  ;  about  an  equal 
weight  of  alum  or  a  little  more  ;  six  times  as  much  table  salt  ; 
also  six  times  as  much  tartrite  of  potasii  ;  pulverize  all  these 
articles  and  rub  them  well  together  ;  rub  the  clean  bright 
surface  of  a  piece  of  copper  with  this  powder,  and  it  will  be 
silvered. 


tradesman's  guide.  9 1 

This  silvering  is  not  very  durable,  though  it  niay  be  easily 
renewed.  Plating  copper  is  much  preferable.  This  is  done 
by  brazing  on  a  thin  bar  of  silver  upon  a  tliicii  bar  of  copper. 
Then  both  are  rolled  out  into  the  proper  tliickness  for  use. 

To  gild  by  dissolving  Gold  in  Aqua-Regia.  Fine  linen 
rags  are  soaked  in  a  saturated  solution  of  gold  in  aqua-regia; 
gently  dried^  and  afterwards  burnt  to  tinder.  The  substance 
to  be  gilt  must  be  well  polished  ;  a  piece  of  cork  is  first  dip- 
ped into  a  solution  of  coninion  salt  in  v^ater,  and  afterwards 
into  the  tinder,  which  is  well  rubbed  on  the  surface  of  the 
metal  to  be  gilt,  and  the  gold  appears  in  all  its  metallic  lustre; 

To  gild  Ivor  I/,  Silk,  ^c.  with  Hydrogen  Gas,  Immerse 
a  piece  of  white  silk  or  ivory  into  a  solution  of  nitro-muriate 
of  gold,  in  the  proportion  of  one  part  of  the  acid,  three  of  dis- 
tilled  water;  whilst  the  substance  to  be  gilded  is  still  wet, 
iumerse  it  in  ajar  of  hydrogen  gas  J  it  will  soon  be  covered 
by  a  complete  coat  of  gold.  The  foreg^oing  experiment  may 
be  advantageously  varied* as  follows  :  Paint  flowers  or  other 
ornaments  with  a  very  fine  camel's  hair  pencil,  dipped  in  the 
above  mentioned  solution,  on  pieces  of  si!k,  satin,  &c;  hold 
them  over  a  Florence  flask,  from  which  hydrogen  gas  is  evol^ 
ved,  during  the  composition  of  the  water  by  sulphuric  acid 
and  iron  filings;  The  painted  flowers;  in  a  few  minutes,  will 
shine  in  all  the  splendour  of  the  purest  gold,  w^hich  will  not 
tarnish  on  exposure  to  the  air  pr  in  washing: 

Oil  gilding  on  Wood.  Cover  and  prime  the  wood  with 
two  or  three  coatings  of  boiled  linseed  oil  and  carbonate  of 
lead,  in  order  to  fill  up  the  pores,  and  conceal  the  irregulari- 
ties of  the  surface  occasioned  by  the  veins  in  the  wood.  When 
dry,  lay  on  a  thin  coat  of  gold  size,  which  is  prepared  by- 
grinding  some  of  the  red  oxide  of  lead  with  the  thickest  dry- 
ing oil  procurable,  and  mixed  previously  to  using  with  a  little 
oil  of  turpentine,  till  brought  to  a  proper  consistence;  If  the 
gold  size  is  good,  it  will  dry  in  twelve  hours,  more  or  less,- 
Then  spread  a  leaf  of  gold  oh  a  cushion,  formed  by  a  few 
folds  of  flannel,  secured  on  a  piece  of  wood,  eight  inched 
square,  by  a  tigiit  covering  of  leather,  and  cut  into  strips  of 
a  proper  size  by  a  blunt  pallet  knife  ;  then  take  each  strip 
upon  the  point  of  a  fine  brush,  and  apply  it  to  thfe  part  inten^" 
ded  to  be  gilded,  which  gently  press  down  with  a  ball  of  soft 
cotton  ;  in  a  few  minutes  sweep  away  the  loose  particles  with 


92  TilE    ARTIST  ANi> 

a  large  earners  hair  brush.      In  a  driy  or  two  the  she  will  bd- 
completely  dried,  and  the  operation  finished. 

To  gild  by  Bunilshmg.  Tliis  operatioii  h  chieiiy  perfor- 
med on  picture  frames,  mouldings,  &c.  Cover  the  surface 
to  be  gilt  corefnllj  wi{h  a  strong  size,  made  by  boiling  down 
pieces  of  white  leather,  or  clippings  of  parchment,  till  they 
become  a  stiff  jelly  ;  this  coating  being  dr}',  eight  or  ten  more 
must  be  applied,  consisting  of  the  same  size,  mixed  with  fine 
plaster  of  Paris,  or  washed  chalk.  When  a  sufficient  num- 
ber of  layers  are  put  on,  as  the  nature  c»f  the  work  requires, 
and  become  quite  dry,  apply  a  moderately  thich  layer,  com- 
posed of  size  and  armenia  b(  le  or  yellow  oxide  of  lead.  While 
this  last  is  yet  m(»ist,  put  on  the  gol J  leaf  in  the  usual  man- 
ner ;  i)ressing  it  with  the  cotton  ball  ;  and  before  the  size  is 
become  perfectly  dry,  the  parts  intended  to  be  most  brilliant, 
should  be  carcfidly  burnished  by  an  agale  or  dog's  tooth  fixed 
ill  a  handle. 

It  is  somethncs  common,  in  order  fo  saVe  labour,  bat  a  bad  practice, 
slightly  to  burnish  the  bailliant  parts,  and  to  deadeji  the  rust,  by  draw- 
ing a  briisli  ovor  tliuui  dipped  in  size.  This  kind  of  oilding  can  only  be 
applied  on  in-door\vork,  as  rain,  or  even  a  considerable  degree  of  damp- 
ness will  occasion  the  gold  to  peel  off.  When  dirly,  it  may  be  cleansed 
by  a  soft  brush,  with  hot  spirit  of  wine,  or  oil  of  turpentine. 

To  Dijc  in  Gold.,  Silver  3Icdah  through.  Take  some  salt 
petre,  pour  over  it  a  sufncient  quantity  of  oil  of  vitriol,  to 
swim  over.  When  the  ebulitiohs  arising  from  tliat  mixture 
sh;di  be  ended,  distil  to  dryness — there  remains  a  white  salr. 
Dissolve  in  wliat  quantity  of  warm  water  ^-ovj  think  proper, 
or  inay  be  in  need  of,  v/hioh  you  know  when  you  see  the  wa- 
ter can  dissolve  no  more  of  it — put  into  this  a  drachm  of  calx 
or  magister  of  gold.  Then  put  in  digestion,  in  it,  laminas  cut 
small  and  thin,  for  twenlN-four  jiours,  over  a  very  gentle  fire. 
At  the  end  of  that  time,  you  will  find  them  tiioroughly  dyed 
gold  colour,  inside  and  out. 

Silvering  Powder.  Silver  dust  from  fifteen  to  twenty 
grains,  cream  tartar,  common  salt,  each  two  drachms,  alum 
half  a  drachm. 

2.  Silver  dust,  half  an  ounce,  common  salt,  sal  ammoniac, 
of  each  two  ounces,  corrosive'subJimatc,  one  drachm;  make 
into  a  j)aste  wth  water,  uisod  to  silver  copper,  which  is  to  be 
cleaned  by  boiling  with  argol  and  alum,  then  rub  it  with  cither 
of  these  powders,  and  polish  with  soft  leather. 


tradesmen's  guide.  93 

T^X)  gild  Copper^  S^^c.  by  Amalgamation.  Immerse  a  very 
clean  bripbt  piece  of  copper  in  a  tlilated  solution  of  nitrate  of 
mercury.  By  the  affinity  of  copper  for  the  nitric  acid,  the 
mercury  will  be  precipitated  ;  now  spread  the  amalgam  of 
gold  rather  thinly  over  the  coat  of  copper  just  given  to  the 
mercury.  This  coat  unites  \>  ith  the  amalgam,  but  will  re- 
main on  the  copper.  Now  place  the  piece  thus  operated 
upon,  in  a  clean  oven  or  furnace,  where  there  is  no  smoke. 
If  the  heat  is  a  little  greater  than  600  deg.  the  mercury  of  the 
amalgam  will  be  volatilized,  and  the  copper  will  be  beauti- 
fully gilt. 

In  the  lar^c  way  of  gilding,  tho  furnaces  are  so  constructed,  that  the 
volatilized  mercury  is  again  condensed,  and  preserved  for  further  use, 
so  that  there  is  no  loss  in  the  operation.  There  is  also  a  contrivance 
by  which  the  volatile  particles  of  mercury  are  prevented  from  injuring 
the  gilders. 

To  Gild  Steel.  Pour  some  of  the  etherial  solution  of  gold 
into  a  wine  glass,  and  slip  therein  the  blade  of  a  now  pen- 
knife, lancet  or  razor  ;  withdrav/  the  instrument  and  allow  the 
ether  to  evaporate.  The  blace  will  be  found  to  be  covered 
I  with  a  very  thin  coat  of  gold.  A  clean  rag,  or  a  small  piece 
of  very  dry  sponge  ma}'  be  dipped  in  the  ether,  and  used  to 
moisten  the  blade,  and  used  witli  the  same  result.  In  ihis 
case  there  is  no  occasion  to  pour  the  liquid  into  a  glass,  which 
would  lose  by  evaporation;  but  the  rag  or  sponge  may  moist- 
ened with  ii  by  applying  either  to  the  mouth  of  the  phial. 
This  coating  of  gold  will  remain  in  the  steel  for  a  great  length 
of  time,  and  will  preserve  it  from  rusting.  This  is  the  way 
in  which  s\v*erds  and  other  cutlery  are  ornamented.  Lancets 
too  are  in  this  way  gilded  with  great  advantage,  to  secure 
them  from  rust. 

To  heighten  the  color  of  Yellow  Gold.  Six  ounces  salt- 
petre, two  ounces  copperas,  one  ounce  white  vitriol  and  one 
ounce  alum.  If  it  be  wanted  redder,  a  small  portion  of  blue 
vitriol  must  be  added.  Tii^se  are  to  be  well  mixed  and  dis- 
solved in  water  as  the  colour  is  v>'anted. 

To  heighteen  the  colour  of  Green  Gold.  One  ounce  ten 
pennyweights  saltpetre,  one  oz.  four  pennyweights  sal  ammo- 
niac, one  oz.  four  pennyweights  Roman  vitriol,  and  eighteen 
pennyweights  verdigris.  Mix  them  well  togetlier,  an-d  dis- 
solve a  portion  in  watOi,as  occasion  requires.  The  work. 
omst  then  be  dipped  in  these  compositions,  applied  to  a  pru- 


•94  THE    ARTIST    AND 

per  heat  to  burn  them  off,  and  then  quenched  in  water  or 
vinegar. 

To  heighten  the  colour  of  Red  Gold.  Four  oz.  yellow 
melted  wax  ;  add  1  1-2  oz.  red  ochre,  in  fine  powder,  1  i-2 
oz.  verdigris,  calciued  till  it  yields  no  fumes,  and  half  an  oz. 
calc'ned  borax.  It  is  necessary  to  calcine  the  verdigris,  or 
else,  by  the  heat  applied  in  burning  the  wax,  the  vinegar  be- 
"comes  so  concentrated  as  to  corrode  the  surfaces  and  make  it 
appear  speckled. 

To  separate '.Gold  from  gilt  Copper  or  Silver.  Apply  a 
solution  of  borax,  in  water,  to  the  gilt  surface  with  a  fine 
brush,  and  sprinkle  over  it  some  fine  powdered  sulphur.  Make 
the  piece  red  hot,  and  quench  it  in  water.  The  gold  may 
be  easily  wiped  off  with  a  scratch  brush,  and  recovered  by 
testing  it  with  lead.  Gold  is  taken  from  the  surface  of  the 
silver,  by  spreading  it  over  a  paste,  made  of  powdered  sal 
ammoniac,  with  aqua-fortis,  and  boating  it  till  the  matter 
smokes,  and  is  nearly  dry,  when  the  gold  may  be  separated 
by  rubbing  it  with  a  scratch  brush. 

To  Silver  with  Heat.  Dissolve  an  ounce  of  pure  silver 
in  aqua-fortis,  and  prec-pitate  it  witlv  common  salt ;  to  Vv'hich 
add  one  pound  of  sal  ammoniac,  sandiver,  and  white  vitriol, 
and  one  ounce  of  sublimate.  2.  Dissolve  an  ounce  of  pure 
silver  in  aqua-fortis,  precipitate  it  with  common  salt,  and  add 
after  washing,  six  oz.  common  salt,  three  oz.  each  of  sandiver 
and  white  vitriol,  and  one  fourth  of  an  ounce  of  sublimate. 
These  are  to  be  ground  into  a  paste  upon  a  fine  stone  with  a 
muller ;  the  substance  to  be  silvered  must  be  rubbed  over 
with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  the  paste,  and  exposed  to  a  pro- 
per degree  of  heat.  When  the  silver  runs,  it  is  taken  from 
the  fire,  and  dipped  into  a  weak  spirit  of  salt  to  clean  it. 

Silvering  on  Gilt  loork  hy  Amalgamation.  Silver  will  not 
attach  itself  to  any  metal  by  amalgamation,  unless  it  be  first 
gilt ;  the  process  is  the  same  as  gilding  in  colours,  only  no 
acid  should  be  used. 

To  Silver  in  the  Cold  Way.  Two  drachms  tartar,  two 
drachms  common  salt,  one-half  drachm  alum  and  20  grains 
silver,  precipitated  from  tliejiitrous  acid  by  copper.  Make 
them  into  a  paste  with  a  little  water.  This  is  to  be  rubbed 
on  the  surface  to  be  silvered  with  a  cork,  &.c.  2.  Dissolve 
pure  silver  in  aqua-fortis,  and  precipitate  the  silver  with  com- 
mon salt ;  make  this  precipitate  into  a  paste,  by  adding  a  lit- 
let  more  salt  and  cream  of  tartar. 


tradesman's  guide.  05 

To  Silver  Copper  Ingots.  The  surface  of  the  copper  on 
which  the  silver  is  to  be  fixed  must  be  made  flat  by  foiling, 
and  sliould  be  left  rough.  The  silver  is  first  annealed,  and 
aftei  wards  pickled  in  weak  spirit  of  salt  ;  it  is  planished,  and 
then  scraped  on  the  surface  to  be  fitted  on  the  copper.  These 
prepared  surfaces  are  anointed  with  a  solution  of  borax,  or 
strewed  with  fine  powdered  borax  itself,  and  then  confined  in 
contact  with  each  other,  by  binding  wire.  When  they  are 
exposed  to  ti  sufficient  degree  of  heat,  the  flux  causes  the  sur- 
faces to  fuse  at  the  same  time,  and  after  they  become  cold, 
they  arc  found  finely  united.  Coppear  may  likewise  be  pla- 
ted b}'  heatijig  it,  and  burnishing  leaf  silver  upon  it;  so  may 
iron  and  brass. 

The  principal  difficulties  in  plating  copper  are  to  bring  the  surfaces 
of  the  copper  and  silver  into  fusion  at  the  same  time,  and  to  prevent 
the  copper  from  scaling  ;  for  which  purpose  fluxes  are  used. 

To  separate  Silver  from  Plated  Copper,  This  process  is 
applied  to  recover  the  silver  from  the  plated  metal,  which  has 
been  rolled  down  for  buttons,  toys,  ^c.  without  destroying 
any  large  proportion  of  the  copper.  For  this  purpose  a  men- 
struum is  composed  of  three  pounds  oil  vitriol,  one  and  a 
half  ounces  nitre,  and  a  pound  of  water.  The  plated  metal 
is  boiled  in  it,  till  the  silver  is  dissolved,  and  then  the  silver 
is  dissolved,  and  then  the  silver  is  recovered  by  throwing 
common  salt  into  the  solution. 

Amalgam  of  Gold  in  the  large  way.  A  quantity  of  quick- 
silver is  put  into  a  crucible  or  iron  ladle  which  is  lined  with 
€lay,  and  exposed  to  heat  till  it  begins  to  smoke.  The  gold 
to  be  mixed  should  be  previously  granulated,  and  heated  red 
hot  ,  when  it  should  be  added  to  the  quicksilver,  and  stirred 
about  with  an  iron  rod,  till  it  is  perfectly  dissolved.  J f  there 
should  be  any  supeifluous  mercury,  it  may  be  separated  by 
passing  it  through  clean  soft  leather,  and  the  remaining  amal- 
gam vvill  have  the  consistence  of  butter,  and  contain  about 
three  parts  of  mercury  to  one  of  g^old. 

To  gild  hy  Amalgamation.  The  metal  to  be  gilt  is  to  be 
previously  cleansed  on  its  surface, by  boiling  in  a  weak  pickle, 
which  is  a  very  dilute  nitrous  acid.  A  quantity  of  aqua-fortis 
is  poured  into  an  earthen  vessel,  and  quicksilver  put  therein, 
when  a  sufficient  quantit}^  of  mercury  is  dissolved,  the  articles 
to  be  gilt  are  put  into  the  solution,  and  stirred  about  with  a 
brush  till  they  become  white.     This  is  called  quicking  ;  b  ut 


96  filE    ARTIST    A.VD 

as  during  quicken  by  this  mode,  a  noxious  vapour  continually 
arises,  wliich  proves  very  injurious  to  the  health  of  the  work- 
men, they  have  adopted  another  method,  by  which  they  in  a 
great  measure,  avoid  that  danger.  They  now  dissolve  the 
quicksilver  in  a  bo'ule  containing  aqua-fortis,  and  leave  it  in 
the  open  air  during  the  solution,  so  that  the  noxious  vapours 
escape  into  the  air.  Then  a  little  of  this  solution  is  poured 
into  a  basin,  and  v/itli  a  brush  dipped  therein,  they  stroke 
over  the  surface  of  the  metal  to  be  gilt,  which  immediately 
becomes  quickened.  The  amalgam  is  now  applied  by  one  uf 
the  following  methods: 

1.  B}^  proportioning  if  to  the  quantity  of  articles  to  be  gilt, 
and  })uiting  them  in}o  a  white  heat  iogethcr,  v/orking  them 
about  with  a  soft  brush,  till  the  amalgam  is  unilormly  spread. 
Or,  2.  By  applying  a  portion  of  the  amalgam  upon  ond  part, 
and  spreading  it  on  the  surface,  if  flat,  by  working  it 
about  with  a  harder  brush.  The  work  thus  managed  is  put  * 
into  a  pan,  and  exposed  to  a  gentle  degree  of  heat  ;  when  it 
becomes  hot,  it  is  frequently  put  into  a  heat  and  worked  about 
v/ith  a  painter's  large  brush,  to  prevent  an  irregular  dissipation 
of  the  mercury,  till,  at  last,  the  quicksilver  is  entirely  dissi- 
pated, by  a  repetition  of  heat,  and  the  gold  is  attached  to  the 
surface  of  the  metal.  This  gilt  surface  is  well  cleansed  by  a 
wire  drush,  and  the  artists  heighten  the  colour  of  the  gold  by 
the  application  ot  various  compositions  ;  this  part  of  the  pro- 
cess is  called  colour:ng. 

To  Gild  Glass  and  Procelain.  Drinking  and  other  glas- 
ses are  sometimes  gilt  on  their  edges.  This  is  done,  either 
by  an  adhesive  varnish,  or  by  heat.  The  varnish  is  prepared 
by  dissolving  in  boiled  linseed  oil  an  equal  weight,  either  of 
copal  or  amber.  This  is  to  be  diluted  by  a  proper  quantity 
of  oil  of  turpentine,  so  as  to  be  applied  as  thin  as  possible  to 
the  part  of  the  glass,  intended  to  be  gilt.  When  this  is  done, 
which  will  be  in  about  twenty-four  hours,  the  glass  must  be 
placed  in  a  stove,  till  so  warm  as  almost  to  burn  the  fingers 
when  handled.  At  this  temperature  the  varnish  will  become 
adhesive,  and  a  piece  of  leaf  gold  applied  in  the  usual  way, 
will  immediately  stick.  Sweep  off  the  superfluous  portions 
of  the' leaf,  and  when  quite  cold  it  may  be  burnished,  taking 
care  to  interpose  a  piece  of  very  thin  paper,  between  the  gold 
and  burnisher.  If  the  varnish  is  very  good,  this  is  the  best 
method  of  gilding  glass,  as  the  gold  is  thus  fixed  on  more 
evcnlv. 


TllADESMAN^S    GUIDE.  "Ot 

,  It  often  happens  that  the  varnish  is  but  indifferent,  and 
tha'tby  repeated  washing  the  gold  wears  off':  on  this  account 
the  practice  of  te'urning  it,  is  sometimes  had  recourse  to. 
For  this  purpose,  some  gold  powder  is  ground  with  borax, 
and  applied  to  clean  glass,  by  a  va«iel's  iiair  pencil  ;  when 
quite  dry,  the  glass  i«  put  into  a  stove  ■h-eated  to  about  the 
temperature  of  an  annealing  oven  :  the  gum  tj'irrns  off,  and 
the  borax,  by  vitrifying,  cements  the  gold  with  great  firraness 
to  the  glass;  when  it  maybe  burnished.  Porcelain  and 
other  \vares  may  be  platinized,  silvered,  tinned,  and  bronzed, 
i-h  ^  similar  ^"1  ail  per-.         .  .  , 

To  Gild  Leather^  Dust  the  leather  over  with  very  fine 
powdered  yellow  resin  or  mastic  gum.  The  iron  tools 
should  be  arranged  (if  letters  alphabetically)  on  a  rack  be*- 
fore  a  clear  fire  ;  to  be  well  heated  without  becoming  red 
rioU  Eac^  ^-etfer  or  stamp  must  be  tried  as  to  its  heat,  oii 
the  raw  side  '^f  a  piece  of  waste  leatlier.  Now,  press  the 
tool  downwa't^d  oil  th«  teaf,  if  it  has  acquired  a  proper  Weat ; 
whTc'i  will  become  iVi^xjVifed  and  show  the  figure  imprinted 
on  it — the  next  letter  is  taken  and  stamped  in  like  manner  ; 
and  so  on  with  the  others  :  the  superfl«ious  gold  may  be  riib- 
h<b^  off  by  a  cloth.  The  cloth  should  be  slightly  greased,  to 
retain  t'lie  gold  ^i^ed  off.  The  cloth  will  soon  become  satu- 
rated with  gold,  an4  is  generally  sold  to  refiners  to  recover 
the  gold.  Some  afford  as  much  gold  by  burning  as  to  be 
worth  a  guinea  and  a  half. 

Gold  powder  for  Gilding.  Gold  powder  may  bo  prepared 
in  ttiree  different  ways  :  1.  Put  into  an  earthen  mortar  some 
gold  leaf,  with  a  little  honey,  or  thick  gum  water,  and  grind 
the  mixture  till  the  gold  is  reduced  to  extremely  minute  par- 
ticles. When  this  is  done,  H  little  warm  water  will  wash  out 
the  honey  or  gum  leaving  the  gold  behind  in  a  pulverulent 
^tate. ., 

2.  Dissolve  pure  gold,  (or  the  leaf,)  in  hitro-muriatic  acid, 
and  then  precipitate  it  by  a  piece  of  copper,  or  by  a  solution 
pf  sulphate  of  iron.  The  precipitate,  (if  by  copper,)  must 
he  digested  in  distilled  vinegar,  and  then  ^Vashed,  (by  pour- 
ing water  over  it  repeatedly,)  and  dried.  This  precipitate 
Will  be  in  the  form  of  a  very  fine  powder;  it  works  better, 
and  is  more  easily  burnished  than  gold  leaf  ground  with  honey 
ias  above.  .  > 

3,  Or  the  best  method  is,  by  heating  a  prepared  amalgam 

9 


j*§  THE    AllTlbf    A.VD 

of  gold,  ill  an  open  clean  crucible,  and  continuing  the  strong 
heat  until  the  whole  of  the  mercury  is  evaporated;  at  the  same 
time  constantly  stirring  tho  amalgam  with  a  glass  rod.  When 
the  mercury  has  completely  left  the  gold,  the  remaining  pow- 
der is  to  be  ground  in  a  wedgewood  mortar,  with  a  little 
water,  and  afterwards  dried.  It  is  then  fit  for  use.  Although 
the  last  mode  of  operating  has  been  here  given,  the  operator 
cannot  be  too  much  reminded  of  the  danger  attending  the 
sublimation  of  mercury.  In  the  small  way  here  described  it 
is  impossible  to  operate  without  danger;  it  is  therefore  better 
to  prepare  it  according  to  the  former  directions,  than  to  risk 
the  health  by  the  latter. 

To  Gild  Writings,  Drawings,  S^c.  Letters  written  on 
vellum  or  paper  are  gilded  in  three  ways;  for  the  first,  mix 
size  with  the  ink,  and  the  letters  are  written  as  usual;  when 
dry  a  slight  degree  of  stickiness  is  produced,  by  breathing  oq 
them;  then  apply  the  gold  leaf,  making  a  little  pressure,  that 
it  may  adhere  with  firmness.  The  second  method  is,  some 
white  lead  or  chalk  is  ground  up  with  strong  size,  and  the  let- 
ters are  made  by  this  means  with  a  brush;  when  dry^the  gold 
leaf  may  be  laid  on,  and  afterwards  burnished.  The  last  pro- 
cess is  to  mix  up  some  gold  powder  with  size,  and  to  form  the 
letters  by  means  of  a  brush.  It  is  supposed  this  last  method 
was  used  by  the  monks  in  illuminating  their  oiissals,  psalters^ 
and  rubrics. 

To  Gild  on  the  Edges  of  Paper.  Leaves  of  books  and 
letter  paper  should  be  gilded  while  in  a  horizontal  position  in 
the  book  binder's  press.  Apply  a  composition  formed  of 
four  parts  of  Armenian  bole,  and  one  of  candied  sugar,  ground 
to  a  proper  consistence  in  water,  and  laid  on  by  a  brush  with 
the  white  of  an  egg:.  When  nearly  dry,  smooth  the  coating 
by  a  burnisher;  which  is  generally  a  crooked  piece  of  sghie, 
very  smooth,  and  fixed  in  a  handle.  Then  slightly  moisten 
it  by  a  sponge  dipped  in  clean  water,  and  squeezed  in  the 
hand.  Take  up  the  leaf  on  a  piece  of  cotton,  from  the  lea- 
ther cushion,  and  apply  it  to  the  moistened  surface.  When 
dry,  burnish  it  by  rubbing  over  it  the  agate  repeatedly  from 
end  to  end,  taking  care  not  to  wound  the  surface  by  the  point 
of  the  burnisher.  A  piece  of  silk  or  India  paper  is  usually 
interposed  between  the  gold  and  burnisher. 

2*0  Gild  i7i  Colours,  The  principal  colours  of  gold  for 
gilding  are  red,  green,  and  ycllo^^%     These  should  be  k?pt  in 


tradesman's  «uide.  99 

different  amalgams.  The  part  wliich  is  to  remain  of  the  first 
colour  is  to  be  stopped  ofl'  with  a  composition  of  chalk  and 
glue;  the  variety  required  is  produced  by  gilding  the  unstop- 
ped parts  with  the  proper  amalgam,  according  to  the  asual 
mode  of  gilding.  Sometimes  the  amalgam  is  applied  to  the 
surface  to  be  gilt  without  any  quicking,  by  spreading  it  with 
aqua-fortis;  but  this  depends  on  the  same  principle  as  a  pre- 
vious quicking. 

To  Plate  L<fofcing-glas$£S>,  On  tin  foil  fitly  disposed  on 
a  flat  table,  mercury  is  to  bo  rubbed  with  a'  hare's  foot;  it 
-soon  unites  itself  willi  the  tin.  A  plate  of  glass  is  then  cau- 
tiously to  be  slid  upon  the  tin  leaf,  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
sweep  off  the  redundant  mercurj^,  not  incorporated  with  the 
tin.  Lead  weights  are  then  placed  on  the  glass,  and  in  a  lit- 
tle time,  the  quicksilver  tin  foil,  adheres  so  firmly  to  the  glass, 
that  the  weights  may  be  removed  without  danger  of  its  falling 
off.  About  two  ounces  of  mercury  is  sufficient  for  covering 
three  square  feet  of  glass.  The  glass  should  be  perfectly 
clean;  the  least  dirt  or  dust  on  the  surface  will  prevent  the 
adhesion  of  the  amalgam. 

Put  a  drop  of  mercury  into  a  Vv'iiie  glass,  and  drop  into  It 
small  pieces  of  tin  foil,  which  will  become  liquified  and  unite 
with  the  mercury.  Continue  these  additions  until  the  amal- 
gam contains  about  half  as  much  tin  as  mercury.  Next  spread 
a  small  piece  of  tin  foil  very  evenly  on  the  face  of  a  smooth- 
ing iron  or  a  piece  of  polished  marble;  pour  the  amalgam  upon 
it  and  rub  it  over  the  tin  foil  with  the  finger  for  about  two 
minutes.  Now  press  upon  it  a  piece  of  dry  clean  glass;  press 
it  down  with  such  force  as  to  press  out  all  the  uncorabined 
Baercury;  lay  a  weight  upon  the  glass  and  leave  it  half  an 
Jjiour,  whep  it  may  be  taken  up,  and  it  will  be  found  to  be  a 
mirror. 

All  looking  glasses  are  made  in  this  way,  upon  a  large  scale;  , 
the  slab  is  placed  in  an  inclined  position,  so  that  the  excess  of 
mercury  runs,  and  is  saved  for  the  next,  «fec. 

To  silver  Glass  Globes.  One  ounce  clean  lead,  one  ounce 
fine  tin,  one  ounce  bismuth,  and  ten  oances  of  quicksilver. 
Put  the  tin  and  lead  into  the  ladle  first;  when  melted,  add  the 
bismuth.  Skim  off  the  dross,  remove  the  ladle  from  the  fire, 
and  before  it  sets,  add  the  iquicksilver;  stir  the  whole  care- 
fully together,  taking  care  not  to  breathe  over  it  as  the  fumes 
of  the   mercury   are  very  pernicions.       Pour  this  through  an 


100  TUE    ARTIST    Alg& 

earthen  pipe,  into  the  glass  globe,  which  turn  repeatedfy 
round.  2.  Two  part*  mercury,  one  part  tin,  one  part  lead, 
and  one  part  bismuth;  or  fmrr  04j«ices  of  quicksliver  and  tin 
foil.  Tho  quantity  fo  tin  foil  to  be  added,  is  so  much  as  will 
become  barely  liuid  when  niixed.  Let  the  globe  be  cleas 
and  warm,  and  inject  the  quicksilver  by  means  of  a  pipe  at 
the  apertme^  turmng  it  about  till  it  is  silvered  all  oyer.  Let 
the  remainder  run  out,  and  bang  the  globe  op^ 

A  GoM  coloured  Ink,  Pulverise  very  £ne  one  oiwice'  of 
orpine,  aad  as  much  crystal;  put  this  powder  in  five  or  six 
whites  of  eggs,  well  beaten,,  then  turned  into  water.  Mix  ali 
^ell,  and  it  v/ill  be  prepared  to  write  or  paint,  producing  a 
gold  colour. 

A  Silver  coloured  InJc.  Finest  of  pewter,  one  ounce^ 
quickstlvei',  tv/o  ounces.  They  should  be  roij^ed  Uin^tii  quite 
fluid.  Then  grind  it  on  porphyry  with  somje  gu«i  water,,  w'heo 
It  is  lit  to  use.  The  writing  wiH  appear  as  if  it  had  beeu 
done  with  silver. 

To  prepare  the  Silver  Tree.  Pour  into  a  glass  globe  or 
decanter,  four  drachms  nitrate  of  silver,  dissolved  in  a  pourwl. 
or  more  of  distilled  water,,  and  lay  the  vessel  on  the  cbimjiejf 
piece  ;  or  vv'here  it  may  not  be  disturbed  Now  poor  in  four 
drachms  of  mercury.  The  silvei-  v/ill  become  precipitated  in 
the  most  beautiful  arborescent  form-;  resembling  real  vegeta- 
tion ► 

Tb  prepare  the  Tin  Tree.  Into  a  vessel  similar  to  that 
used  in  the  last  experiment,  with  the  same  quantity  of  water 
put  inth  ree  drachms  of  npuriate  of  tin,^  adjding  ten  drops  mtriie 
acid.  Shake  the  vessel  until  the  salt  be  contpletely  dissolved. 
Replace  the  zinc  (which  nrtust  be  cleared  of  the  eifeets  ofthe 
former  experiment,)  as  before,,  an^d  set  the  whole  aside  to  pre- 
cipitate without  disturbance^  In  a  few  hou-rs.  tlie  effects  will 
be  similar  to  the  last,  only  that  the  tree  will  have  more  lustre. 
In  these  experiments  it  is  surprising  to  observe  the  laminae 
shootout  as  it  were  from  nothing;  but  this  phenomenon 
seems  to  proceed  from  a  galvanic  action  of  the  motals  and  the 
water. 

To  prepare  the  Lead  Tree.  Put  one  half  an  ounce  of  the 
superacetate  of  lead  in  powder,  into  a  clear  glass  globe  or  de-- 
canter,  filled  to  the  bottom  of  the  neck,  with  distilled  w^ter, 
and  ten  drops  nitric  acid,  and  shake  the  mixture  well.  Pre- 
pare a  rod  of  zinc  with   a  hammer  and  file,  a  quarter  of  ac^ 


tradesman's  guide.  lot 

inch  thick  and  one  inch  long.  Form  notches  in  each  side 
for  a  thread,  by  which  it  is  to  be  suspended;  tie  the  thread 
so  that  the  knot  may  be  uppermost,  when  the  meiai  han-^s 
quite  perpendicular.  When  tied,  pass  the  two  ends  of  •!;. 
thread  throus^h  a  perforation  in  the  cork  and  ler  the;-!  be  .igniu- 
tied  over  a  small  splinter  of  wood,  wiiich  may  pass  between 
them  and  the  cork.  When  the  string  is  tied,  let  the  length 
between  the  cork  and  zinc  be  such  that  the  zinc  may 
be  at  equal  distances  from  the  side,  bottom  and  top  of  the  ves- 
sel when  immersed  in  it.  Now  put  the  vessel  in  a  place 
where  it  may  be  undisturbed  ;  introduce  the  zinc,  at  the  same 
time  fitting  in  the  cork.  The  zinc  will  assume  the  form  of  a 
tree  or  bush,  whose  leaves  and  branches  are  laminal,  or  plates 
of  a  metallic  lustre. 

Glazing  the  Clay  Cake,  Lay  a  sun  dried  plastic  or  re- 
fractory clay  cake  obliquely  across  a  crucible  of  such  a  length 
as  to  go  entirely  into  the  crucible,  but  not  let  it  reach  the 
bottom.  Heat  the  crucible  until  the  clay  cake  is  at  a  white 
Jieat,  then  throw  a  little  common  salt,  (muriate  of  soda)  into 
the  crucible  and  continue  to  raise  the  heat.  On  taking  out 
the  clay  cake,  its  surface  will  be  found  covered  with  a  glaz- 
ing, made  of  the  soda  and  alumine  fused  together.  Dip  a 
dried  cake  into  mortar,  sufficiently  diluted  with  water  to  be- 
come a  free  liquid,  which  is  made  of  marled  clay.  Then  heat 
it  as  before,  and  it  will  become  glazed.  Upon  this  principle 
potter  bakers  glaze  their  wares. 

To  prepare  Copper  Foils.  When  coloured  foils  are  wan- 
ted, copper  may  therefore  be  best  used,  and  may  be  prepared 
for  the  purpose  as  follows.  Take  copper  plates,  beaten  to  a 
proper  thickness,  and  pass  ihem  between  a  pair  of  fine  steel 
rollers,  very  close  set,  and  draw  them  as  thin  as  is  possible 
to  retain  a  proper  tenacity.  Polish  them  with  very  fine  whi- 
ting or  rotten  stone,  till  they  shine,  and  have  as  much  bright- 
ness as  can  be  given  them,  and  they  will  then  be  fit  to  re- 
ceive the  colour. 

To  whiten  Foils,  When  the  yellow,  or  rather  orange  col- 
our of  the  ground  would  be  injurious  to  the  effect,  as  in  the 
case  of  purple  or  crimson  red,  the  foils  should  be  wjiitened, 
which  may  be  done  in  the  following  manner.         ^ 

Take  a  small  quantity  of  silver  and  dissolve  in  aqua-fortis-, 
then  put  bits  of  copper  into  the  solution,  and  prec"'pitfite  the 
silver  ;  which  being  done,  the  fluid    must  be  poured  oft',  and 


jy2  't'^-    ARTTST    ANI^ 

fteEii  water  added  to  it,  to  wash  away  all  the  remainder  of  tlie 
first  lluid  ;  after  which  the  silver  must  be  dried,  and  equal 
weif^ht  of  cream  of  tartar  and  common  salt  must  then  be 
grouud  with  it,  till  the  \vhi)lc  is  reduced  to  a  fine  powder  ; 
and  with  this  mixture  the  foils,  being  first  slightly  moistened, 
must  be  rubbed  by  the  finger  or  a  bit  of  linen  rag,  till  they  bo 
of  the  degree  of  whiteness  desired  ;  after  which,  if  it  appear 
to  be  wanting,  the  polish  must  be  refreshed.  Tin  foils  are 
onlv  used  in  tlie  case  of  colourless  stones,  when  quicksilver  is 
employed  ;  and  they  may  be  drawn  out  by  the  same  rollers, 
but  need  not  be  further  polished,  so  that  the  effect  is  produced 
by  other  means  in  this  case. 

Poils  for   Crystals^  Pthhles^  or  Paste^  to  give    the  lustre 
of  Diamonds,    The  manner  of  preparing  foils  to  give  colour- 
less stones  the  greatest  degree  of  play  and  lustre,    is  by  i-ais- 
ing  so  high   a  polish  or  smoothness  on  the  surface^  as  to  give- 
them  the  effect  of  a  mirror,  which  can  only  be  done,  m  a  per- 
feet  manner,    by  the  use  of  quicksilver,    applied  in  the  same 
general  way  as  in  the  case  of  looking-glasses.      The   method 
is  as  follows  :   Take  leaves  of  tin,  prepared  in  the  same  man- 
ner  as  for  silvering  looking-glasses,  and  cut   them  mto  sn)all 
pieces  of  such  size  as  to  cover  the  surface   of  the  sockets  of 
the  stones  that  arc  to  be  set.      Lay  three  of  these,  then,  one 
upon  another,  and  having  moistened  the  inside  of  the  socket 
with  this  gum  water,  and  suffered  it    to  become  again  so  dry, 
that  only  a  slight   stickiness   remains,  put  the  three  pieces  of 
leaves,  lying    on  each    other,  into  it,   and  ad'^ipt    them  to  the 
surface  in  as  even  a  manner  as  possible.      When  this  is  done» 
heat  the  socket,  and  fill  it  with  warm  quicksilver,  which  must 
be  suffered  to  continue  in  it    three    or  four  minutes  and  then 
gently  poured  out.        Then  thrust  the  stone  into  the  socket, 
which  must  be  closed  with  it,  care  having  been  taken  to  give 
such  room  for    it,  that   it  may   enter  without  stripping  oft'  the 
tin  and  quicksilver  from  any  part  of  the  surface.      The  work 
should  be  well  closed  round  the  stone  to  prevent  the  tin   and 
quicksilver  contained  in  the  socket  from  being  shaken  out  by 
any  violence. 

Tho  lustre  of  stones,  set  in  this  wa}'',  will  continue  long^er,  than  when 
they  are  set  in  the  common  way,  as  the  cavity,  round  them  being  filled, 
there  will  be  no  passao-c  found  for  moisture,  which  is  so  injurious  to  the 
wear  of  stoncp  treated  in  any  other  way.  This  kind  of  foil  gives  some 
lustre. 


tradesman's  tiiior:.  103 

CHAPTER  XTX. 

Art  of  eugyaving — etching — directions — to  make  blue  letters 
on  Sword  Blades — to  detect  false  gems. 

En^rrdxin^  Is  the  art  of  cutting  metals  and  precious  stones? 
and  representing  on  them  whatever  device  the  artist  pleases? 
and  that  great  numbers  of  an  impression  from  the  same 
engraving  may  be  taken,  in  a  short  time,  and  at  a  small 
price. 

The  French  divide  the  art  into  several  branches,  accor- 
ding to  the  different  materials  wrought  upon,  and  the  manner 
of  execution. 

Among  us,  the  first  method  is  distinguished,  as  cutting  in 
wood  ;  that  on  mel;ils,  with  aqua-fortis,  is  named  etching; 
that  by  tb.e  knife,  burnisher,  or  scraper,  mezzotinto  ;  that  on 
stones^  carving,  or  stone  cutting  ;  and  that  performed  with  a 
graver  on  metals  or  precious  stones,  which  we  shall  now  at- 
tempt more  immediately  to  illustrate.  The  principle  on 
which  this  art  is  gounded,  are. the  same  with  those  of  paint- 
ing, viz.  design,  which  an  engraver  ought  to  make  his  pecu- 
liar stud}',  for  without  that  he  will  neither  be  able  to  imitate 
the  performances  of  the  greatest  masters  in  painting,  or  de- 
sign any  thing  beautiful  of  his  own.  In  imitating  the  paint- 
ings of  eminent  masters,  tiie  engraver  should  studiously  con- 
form himself  to  the  taste  and  beauty  of  the  copy,  in  order  to 
preserve  that  elegance  of  character  which  distinguishes  the 
style  of  one  master  from  another:  and  in  doing  which  to  any 
tolerable  degree  of  perfection,  it  is  necessary  that  an  engra- 
ver should  understand  perspective,  and  architecture.  The 
former  enables  him  with  ease  to  throw  backwards,  by  the 
natural  degradations  of  strong  and  faint,  the  figures  and  other 
objects  of  the  picture,  or  design  he  would  execute  ;  the  lat- 
ter will  capacitate  him  to  preserve  the  due  proportion  of  its 
order.  To  execute  in  this  art,  as  well  as  every  other,  the 
materials  which  are  used  should  be  duly  regarded.  The  best 
workmen  prefer  the  red  copper,  which  is  the  toughest.  His 
plates  should  be  well  polished  when  he  commences  to  trace 
any  thing  on  them  ;  his  graver  should  be  of  the  purest  steel, 
well  tempered  and  never  blunt. 

In  conducting  the  strokes  of  the  graver,  care  ought  always 
to  be  taken  that  they  flow  freely  and  naturally.  The  graver 
should  be  conducted  according  to  the  various  risings  and  cavi- 


104  THE    AKTIST    AND 

tics  of  the  nuiscics,  which  in  some  measure  depends  upon  a 
knowledge  in  anatomy,  as  well  as  design.  In  sculpture  the 
work  sliould  never  be  made  dark  ;  as  statues,  <&c.  are  com- 
raonly  made  of  white  marble,  or  stone,  the  colour  reflecting 
on  all  sides,  does  not  produce  dark  shades.  In  regard  to 
drapery  of  every  kind,  if  the  diversity  of  stuffs  can  be  repre- 
sented, it  generally  adds  to  the  beauty  of  the  piece  ;  when 
there  is  a  necessitj^  of  crossing  the  strokes,  it  must  be  obser- 
ved'that  the  first  should  be  finer  than  the  second  and  the 
third  than  the  second  which  makes  the  work  appear  more 
soft  and  mellov>'.  Stuffs  that  have  a  lustre  should  be  imitated 
by  striking  with  stronger  and  straighter  strokes  than  others; 
bein§  generally  silk,  producing  flat  and  broken  folds,  should 
be  expressed  by  one  or  two  strokes,  as  their  colours  vary, 
with  finer  ones  between  them.  Velvet  and  plush  are  repre- 
sented in  the  L^ame  manner,  by  fine  strokes  between  others, 
with  this  difference  ;  the  first  strokes  should  be  much  stron- 
ger than  for  stuffs,  and  the  finer  ones  proportionate.  Metals 
or  vessels  of  gold  and  copper,  or  armour  of  polished  steel, 
are  to  be  engraved  Vviih  fine  strokes,  between  the  strong 
ones,  it  being  the  opposition  of  light  and  shade,  that  occa- 
sions the  lustre.  With  respect  to  architecture,  perspective 
shows  us  the  strokes  which  form  receding  objects  tend  to  the 
point  of  view;  when  the  piece  is  to  contain  entire  columns, 
they  are  to  be  re])resented  by  perpendicular  lines;  for  in 
crossing  them  according  to  tludr  roundness,  those  strokes 
which  are  near  their  capitals,  being  opposed  to  those  near 
their  base,  produce  a  disagreeable  effect;  unless  supposed 
to  be  at  a  great  distance,  which  renders  the  object  near 
parallel. 

For  landscapes,  tlie  practicers  of  etching  ma}^  form  the  out- 
lines by  it,  particularly  of  the  leaves  of  trees,  which  is  more 
expeditious  than  engraving,  and  does  as  well.  In  this  case, 
care  should  be  taken  in  finishing  it  well  with  the  graver,  that 
the  etching  be  imperceptible,  because  it  has  not  the  softness 
of  engraving.  In  representing  steep  objects,  the  first  strokes 
should  be  frequently  interrupted  and  broken  of!',  the  second 
straight,  cutting  the  others  with  acute  angles,  accompanied 
with  long  points.  To  represent  rocks,  the  second  strokes 
should  not  form  the  angles  so  acute  as  in  representing  other 
objects.  Objects  receding  towards  the  horizon  should  be 
touched  very  lightly,  and  charged    with  little  shade,  though 


tradesman's  guide.,  10^ 

iho  mass  should  appear  dark,  as  from  some  shade  supposed 
to  proceed  from  the  clouds  intercepting  the  rays  of  the  sun. 
Ccdms  are  rej^iesented  by  straight  strokes,  running  parallel 
with  the  horizon,  with  finer  ones  between  them,  and  are  to  be 
omitted  in  some  places,  to  make  their  shining  reflection  whkh 
proceeds  from  the  water.  By  the  second  strokes  also,  made 
more  or  less  strong,  and  sometimes  by  perpendicular  ones^ 
the  forms  of  objects,  either  reflected  on  the  surface  of  the 
v^ater,  or  advaned  at  a  distance  on  its  banks,  are  repre- 
sented. 

The  waves  of  th3  sea,  are  represented  by  strokes,  bending 
according  to  the  agitation  of  the  water,  with  finer  ones  be- 
tween them,  cutting  them  with  very  acute  angles.  To  repre-. 
.^ent  water  falling  with  rapidity  from  rocks  or  precipices, 
must  be  expressed  by  first  strokes  according  to  the  nature  of 
their  fall,  with  finer  ones  between  them,  leaving  the  lights^ 
formed  by  the  beams  of  the  sun,  falling  directly  on  them  very 
bright,  and  ti^e  more  so  as  they  approach  the  fore  part  of  the 
piece.  When  the  clouds  appear  thiTjk  and  agitated,  the  gra- 
ver should  be  turned  about  a(;cording  to  their  form  and  agita- 
tion;  and  if  they  produce  dark  shades,  which  require  double 
strokes,  the  second  should  cut  the  first  in  more  acute  angles 
than  in  figures.  Flat  clouds,  losing  themselves  insensibly 
with  the  sky,  niust  be  formed  by  strokes  parallel  with  the 
horizon,  waved  a  little,  as  they  appear  more  or  less  thick.  A 
calm  serene  sky  should  be  expressed  by  parallel  strokes  very 
straight  without  any  winding.  Though  all  the  parts  of  a 
piece  of  engraving  may  be  executed  according  to  the  rules  of 
9rt,  yet,  unless  there  be  a  general  proportion  and  harmony 
diff'used  throughout  it  will  not  appear  beautiful.  The  princi- 
pal objects  of  a  ])iece  should  be  wholly  sketched  out  before 
any  part  of  them  are  finislied.  Engraving  seems  to  be  i^ 
one  respect,  the  same  in  relation  to  printing,  as  painting  is  to 
hnnd  writing;  this  art  being  capable  of  multiplying  copies 
ad  infinitum. 

No  art,  perhaps,  can  have  a  happier  or  more  influential 
tendency  to  the  advancement  of  virtue,  religion  and  industry; 
nothing  has  a  more  familiar  eflicac}' to  form  an  universal  good 
taste  than  prints,  though  it  may  be  prostituted  to  the  vilest, 
most  debauched  and  detestable  purposes.  When  this  admi- 
rable art  is  thus  abused,  we  see  no  reason  why  the  authors 
§hould  not  he  as  liable  to  ^Dunishment  by  the  laws,  as  others ^ 


10b  THE    ARTIST    aKd 

who  aro   the  promoters  and  perpetrators  of  vice  and   immo* 
rality. 

As  this  art  is  applicable  to  most  others,  so,  to  arrive  at  any 
excellence  in  it,  requires  a  knowledge    in  various   other  arts, 
as  georaetry,  perspective,  anatomy,  drawing,  painting,  sculp- 
ture, and  above,  all  things,  designing.     What  is  ordinarily  cal- 
led   genius,  is  tortainly  an    innate  discernment,  and  a  strong 
impulse  and  propensity  to  excel  in  any  peculiar  art;   without 
which,  nature  soems  to  be  ujinalurally  constrained  ;   and  when 
that  is  the  case,    the    performances   of  such  persons  will  also 
appear  forced,  uncouth,  and  unnatural  also,  like  the  disposi- 
tion of  the  performer  ;  for  as  some  poet  says, — 
No  art  v'ithout  a  genius  can  prevail. 
And  parts  without  the  help  of  an  will  fail. 
When  Marius,  being  driven  from  Rome  by  Sylla,  and  was 
a   prisoner  at  Minturna?,    a  soldier  was  sent  'to    murder  him. 
Upon  his  coming  into  the  room  with  his  sword  drawn  for  the 
purpose,  Marius  said  aloud,  "durst  thou,  man,  kill  Caiu«  Ma- 
rius?"  which  so  terrified^the  ruffian  that    he    retired  without 
effecting  his  purpose.    "  This  story,  or  one  glance  of  the  eye 
upon    his    statue    that  I   have  seen,"  says  an  English  writer, 
*'  gives  me  a  greater  idea  of  him  than  all  Plutarch  has  wrote." 
And    further  remarks,    "  the    Odyssey   cannot  give  a  greater 
idea  of  Ulysses,  than  a   drawing   I   have  of  Polydore,  when 
he  is    discovering  himself  to  Penelope    and  Telemachus,  by 
bending  the  bow.      And  I  conceive  as  highly  of  St.  Paul,  by 
once  walking    through    the    gallery  of  Raphael   at   Hampton 
Court,  as  by  reading  the  whole  book  of  the  Acts  of  the  Apos- 
tles, though  written  by  divine  inspiration.      Finally,  in  regard 
to  history,  nothing  can  be  more  useful  than  an  attemjit  to  ex- 
cel in  this  art,    in    order  to   fix  in    remembrance    memorable 
events.      And  as  it  is  considered   to  be  but  in   its   infancy,   it 
is  to  be  greatly  desired,    that  every  meritorious  performance, 
made  in  this  country,  will  meet  with   public  encour-igement, 
not  only  for  the  honour  of  the   nation,  and  rising  artists,  but 
for  the  benefit  of  traffic;   so  thai,   instead    of  iniporting  im- 
mense quantities  of  foreign    prints,  we  may  not    only  supply 
ourselves,  but  become  exporters  of  a  commodity  that  is  uni- 
versally vendible. 

Floric  Acid,  loith  ivhich  etchings  of  any  device,  name  or 
stanza,  c^*c.  on  glass,  common  flint,  cornelian,  ^^c.  can  be 
^erfonncd.      Put  into  the   etching  box    a    tea    spoonful  of 


thAI)ESM-\x\'s    GUIDE.  107 

Coarsely  pnlveiizetl  Hour  spar,  and  set  the  box  into  a  pan  of 
coals,  placed  on  bricks  upon  a  table  ;  pour  in  strong  sulphu- 
ric acid,  sufficiently  to  moisten  or  moderately  uet  it  ;  the 
iacid  will  immediately  rise  up  out  of  the  cup,  which  may  be 
known  by  its  attracting  so  much  vapour  from  the  air  as  to  ex- 
hibit the  appearance  of  common  steam.  As  soon  as  it  be- 
gins to  appear,  which  will  be  in  a  few  seconds,  lay  over  the 
cup  a  piece  of  common  window  glass,  large  enough  to  cover 
its  mouth,  which  had  been  previously  waxed  and  written  up- 
on ;  let  an  assistant  immediately  apply  snow,  ice,  or  cold  wa- 
ter to  the  upper  side  of  the  glass,  in  order  to  keep  it  so  cool 
as  to  prevent  the  wax  which  is  on  the  under  side  from  melt- 
ing; take  ofi'the  glass  in  ten  seconds,  and  apply  another  and 
so  on  ;  two  or  three  may  be  applied  before  the  flour-spar  and 
sulphuric  acid  are  renewed.  The  writing  made  in  wax  will 
appear  beautifully  etched  upon  the  glass,  on  scraping  off  tlie 
wax.  The  best  method  of  preparing  the  glass  is  to  warm,  or 
rather  heat  moderately,  the  face  of  a  smoothing  iron  or  piece 
of  polished  marble;  so  that  white  wax  or  very  fine  beeswax 
will  melt  on  being  applied  to  it.  Lay  the  glass  flint  upon  the 
melted  wax,  and  on  sliding  it  oft' it  will  be  very  evenly  waxed; 
a  dozen  pieces  may  be  prepared  in  succession;  the  writing 
may  be  raat^e  with  the  end  of  a  hard  stick,  &:c.  Care  must  Le 
taken  to  lay  the  glass  pci  fectly  bare  through  all  the  strokes, 
or  there  will  be  interruptions  in  the  etchincr. 

A  Wax  to  lay  on  Iron  and  Steel.  Take  the  bulk  of  a  nut 
of  white  wax,  melt  it,  and  add  the  size  of  a  musket  ball  of 
ceruse  of  Venice.  When  both  are  incorporated,  form  this 
composition  into  small  sticks.  With  them  rub  your  piece  of 
iron  or  steel,  after  having  previously  warmed  it  sufl^ciently  to 
melt  the  wax,  which  spread  well  over  it  with  a  feather.  When 
tlie  wax  is  cold,  trace  whatever  you  will  on  if,  and  pass  after- 
wards on  the  lines  you  have  drawn,  the  following  water. 

A  Mordant  Water  to  engrave  on  Steel.  Take  the  strong- 
est verjuice  you  can  find;  alum  in  powder,  and  a  little  dried 
salt,  pulverized:  mix  until  poifectly  dissolved:  then  pass  some 
of  that  water  on  the  lines  of  your  drawing,  repeatingthc  same 
till  it  is  engraved.  Or  else  take  verdigris,  strong  vinegar, 
ammoniac  and  common  salts,  and  copperas,  ecjual  parts.  Set 
the  compound  a  bojling  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour;  then  strain 
it  through  a  rag,  and  run  some  of  that  water  on  your  plate. 
In  about  half  an  hour  afterwards  it  will  he  perfectly  enirra- 
ved.  *  ^      ^ 


10  3  tttk  AktisT  Aki3 

See  Collect's  varnish,  which  is  an  admirable  compb'sitiDh  i6 
lay  on  the  plate  you  propose  to  engrave. 

To  engrave  with  aqua-fortis.  so  that  the  work  may  appear 
tike  basso  relievo.  Take  equal  parts  of  vermilion  and  black 
lead,  two  or  three  grains  of  mastic  in  drops,  mix  and  grind 
them  on  marble,  with  linseed  oil:  then  put  the  composition 
into  a  shell  i  then  cut  some  soft  quills,  and  let  your  steel  or 
iron  be  well  polislfed  ;  try  first  whether  your  colour  runs  suf^ 
liciently  with  your  pens;  and  if  it  should  not,  you  must  add 
"a  little  more  oil  to  it,  so  as  to  have  your  pen  mark  freely,  as 
if  you  intended  writing  with  ink  on  paper*,  then  rub  well 
your  plate  of  steel  wiih  wood  ashes,  to  clean  it  \  after  which 
wipe  it  with  a  cl»^ah  i-ag",  and  draw  your  design  upon  it  wiih 
•Vour  pen,  prepared  as  before.  If  you  wish  to  dralv  birds  or 
other  animals',  you  must  on!y  draVV  the  outlines  of  them  with 
Vour  pen,  then  fill  up  the  inside  of  those  lines  with  a  hair  pen- 
cil; that  is,  you  must  cover  all  the  space  contained  between 
the  first  outlines  dra\vn  with  the  pen',  the  same  colour,  which 
you  must  lay  With  a  brush  to  preserve  all  that  part  against 
the  mord,acity  of  the  aqUa-fortis.  Wheh  that  is  done,  let 
your  work  dry  for  a  da}'  or  two',  and  when  dried,  take  somn 
fire  made  with  charcoal  into  a  chafing  dish,  and  bakn  over  it 
your  coioUr  by  degrees,  till  it  bebomes  quite  brown.  Take 
care  notwithstanding;  not  to  burn  itj  for  fear  you  sliould  scale 
it,  when  you  come  to  scratch,  with  the  point  of  a  needle; 
iihose  etchings  or  places  which  you  wish  to  engrave  with  thb 
aqua-fortis. 

Aqua-Fortis  for  Engraving.  Take  verdigris;  alurii;  romi 
vitriol,  and  common  salt,  each,  three  ounces,  pounded  finelyj 
put  little  more  than  a  quart  of  water  into  a  new  pipkin,  and 
the  articles  mentioned ;  infuse  two  hours,  then  place  theni 
bvibi  a  charcoal  fire,  and  when  the  water  has  in  some  degree 
fevapi^rated,  take  the  pipkin  from  the  fire,  let  it  cool  so  as  td 
bear  your  hand  without  scalding.  Then  take  an  earthen  cupi 
and  pour  over  the  work  intended  to  be  engraven,  the  liquid;" 
^ind  continue  to  do,  so  for  nearly  three  quarters  of  ah  hour 
Then  pour  on  it  clean  water,  to  wash  ofi' every  impurity; 
Try  the  debtli  of  the  lines  of  your  engraving  with  a  needl^i 
and  if  not  sufficiiently  prepared,  the  process  of  wetting  it  witH 
the  mixture,  must  be  again  repeated;  care  should  be  takieii} 
that,    the    liquid  is  not  too  warm,  as  it  will  spoil  the  work;, 

To  engrave  on  Brass  ro  Copper  with  Aqua-Fortis,     Add 


tradesman's  guide.  109 

more  mastic  in  drops  to  your  colour,  and  bake  the  plate  until 
it  beconaes  nearly  black;  if  a  flat  work,  raise  round  it  a  bor- 
der of  wax,  to  prevent  the  aqua-fortis  from  running  off,  which 
is  to  be  a  separating  aqua-fortis,  with  which,  cover  the  plate 
to  the  thickness  or  a  crown;  after  it  has  been  thus  covered 
for  a  little  while,  it  becomes  green;  then  tiircw  it  away,  and 
pour  in  its  place  some  clear  water,  now  examine  the  lines; 
if  not  of  sufficient  depth,  put  on  some   more  aqua-fortis. 

To  engrave  prints  by  Aqua-Fortis.  Grind  some  ceruse 
with  clear  water;  size  with  isinglass.  Lay  this  on  the  plate 
with  a  coarse  brush,  or  pencil.  When  dry,  draw  on  it  your 
design.  Or,  if  you  wish  to  counterproof  a  copperplate  print, 
blacken  the  back  of  the  print,  and  place  that  part  on  the  plate, 
prepared  as  before;  go  over  all  the  strokes  of  the  print,  with 
a  smooth  ivory  or  wooden  point,  which  stamps  the  back  of 
the  print,in  all  those  places,  on  the  plate;  then  go  over  the 
black  strokes  on  the  plate,  with  a  pen  and  ink;  afterwards 
take  a  steel  point,  very  fine  and  well  tempered,  etch  the  plate 
with  it,  in  follov.ing  all  the  strokes  marked  on  it,  and  pour 
aqua-fortis  as  heretofore  directed. 

Directions  to  be  observed  in  engraving  ivith  Aqua-Fortis, 
The  plate  must  be  well  polished  and  perfectly  clean;  warm  it 
over  a  chafing  dish,  in  which  there  is  a  charcoal  fire.  While 
over  the  firc,*cover  it  with  varnisht  then  blacken  it  with  the 
smoke  of  a  candle,-  then  chalk  yoi?r  design.  The  artists  gen- 
eralJy  prefer  drawing  the  outlines  of  their  work,  that  the  spirit 
and  beautj-  of  the  desii^^^  may  be  preserved.  And  for  this 
purpose  aqua-forti?  is  often  employed  to  sketch  lightly  the 
o\ytimes  of  tho  ilguers,  and  to  have  them  more  correct'.  It 
IS  necessp-^y  ^o  touch  a  little  occasionally  with  the  graver, 
.  certairp^r^s  where  the  aqua-fortis  has  not  eaten  in  sufficiently. 
Ij,  putting  the  aqua-fortis  on  the  plate,  care  should  be  taken, 
/<hat  it  does  not  eat  too  much:  to  prevent  which,  oil  and  tal- 
low mixed,  must  be  dropped  on  the  work  from  the  blaze  of  a 
candle.  The  artist  should  have  ^  framed  wooden  board, 
overlaid  with  wax,  on  which  the  plate  should  be  fixed  a  little 
slanting,  that  the  aqua-fortis  may  pass  over,  and  run  into  a 
pan  placed  there  to  receive  it. 

Thus  covering  at  several  times,  and  as  much  as  is  neces- 
sary, such  places  of  the  plate,  as  should  not  be  kept  so  strong 
as  otherS;  rendering  the  figures  which  are  forward  in  the  pic- 

10 


no  THE    AllTIST    A^^- 

lure,  Constantly  every  timc^  washed  with  the  aqua-fortis  whicli 
eats  in  thera,  till  they  are  sufficiently  engraved,  and  accord- 
ing to  the  strength  which  is  necessary  to  give  them. 

To  engrave  on  wood,  prepare  a  board,  of  the  size  and 
thickness  wanted,  and  polish  it  on  the  side  to  be  engraved. 
Pear  tree  or  box-wood  is  generally  preferred.  Draw^  first 
your  design,  as  you  wish  to  have  it  appear  after  printing.  Care 
should  be  taken,  that  all  the  strokes  of  the  drawing  should 
touch  well,  and  stick  on  the  wood  ;  and  when  the  paper  is 
very  dry,  (whlcl)  is  pasted  on  the  board^  by  its  right  side,  with 
a  paste  made  of  good  flour,  water,  and  a  little  vinegar,  in 
case  there  is  vv'anting  a  talent  of  drawing  extemporaneously,) 
wet  it  gently,  and  with  the  top  of  your  finger,  rub  it  off  by 
degrees,  leaving  only  the  strokes  of  the  drawing  on  the  board, 
as  if  it  had  been  drawn  with  pen  and  ink.  These  strokes  or 
lines  show  a^k  that  are  to  be  spared  or  preserved  ;  the  rest 
should  be  cut  olT,  and  sunk  down  with  delicacy,  by  means  of 
a  sharp  and  well  pointed  penknife,  small  chisel,  &c.  accord- 
ing to  the  size  and  delicacy  of  the  work. 

To  engrave  on  Copper  with  the  graver.     The  plate  should 
bo  red  copper,  well    polished  ;   then  draw    your  design  on   it 
with  either  the  black  lead  stone,  or  a  sioel  point.   When  that 
is  done,  you  must  be  furnished  with  a  sharp  and  well  temper- 
ed graver  to   cut,  in  order  to  give    more    or  less   strength  ta 
certain  parts,  (as  has  heretofore  been  observed,)  accordtna  to 
the  subject;  a  tool  of  six    inches  in   length   is  necessary,  one: 
end  of  which,  is  called  a  scraper,  Is  made  m  the  form'of  a 
triangle,  sharp  on  each  edge,  for  the  pur^vuso  of  sGra^iing  ou 
the  copper,  when  necessary  ;  the  other  end  is  called  a  L-n-- 
nisher,  nearly  the  shape  of  a  fowPs  heart,  a  litiV  prolonged 
by  the  point,  round  and  slender.      This  serves  to  pUigl^  the 
copper,  to  mend  the  faults,  and  soften  the  strokes.     In  ov.^^p 
to  form  a  better  judgment  of  your  work,  you  must  occasion- 
ally,  make  use  of  a  stunu),  made  with  the  piece  of  an  old  hat 
rolled  up  and  blackened  to    rub  the  plate,  which  fills  the 
strokes  with  black,  and  which  enables  you  to  discover  imper- 
fections.    A  leather  cushion  is  also  necessary  to  be  provided 
with,  to  lay  the  plate  on  while  engraving. 

Etching'  may  be  performed  by  dipping  a  clean  copper  cent  into  mel- 
ted white  wax.  On  taking  il  out,  the  wax  will  immediately  harden 
upon  it.  Mark  out  the  form  of  a  letter  or  figure  upon  it.  Then  im- 
inyrse  the  cent  iai  nitric  atid,  and  let  it  remain  fifteen  minutes.     Now 


tftAI»E831A.\'s    nUIDE.  ill 

lake  it  out,  scrape  off  the  wax,  and  wash  the  whole  cluari;  aird  the  let* 
t«r  will  be  etched  upon  the  cent. 

On  this  principle  the  etching  upon  razors,  sword  blades,  &c.  is  per- 
formed. Arsists  have  various  methods  lor  prei>ariiig  compariitious  lor 
applying  to  the  nielali  before  the  acid  is  apjiliod  ;  they  generally  make 
use  of  something  tor  writing  the  letters,  which  wili  flovv  from  the  pen 
like  ink.  Then  lliey  surround  the  whole  space  to  be  acted  up^n,  by  aft 
edging  to  confine  the  acid,  and  pour  on  the  acid,  instead  of  immersing 
the  metal  in  it,  as  is  more  particularly  described  in  this  chapter.  This 
is  called  etching  in  basso-relievo. 

To  make  Blue  Letters  on  Sword  JBlades,  Take  a  well 
^lolished  sword  blade  and  hold  it  over  a  charcoal  fire^  till  it 
is  blue,  then  wilh  oil  colour^  write  such  letters,  (or  make  such 
figures)  as  you  wish  should  appear  and  remain,  and  let  iliem 
dry  ;  then  warm  some  strong  vinegar,  and  pour  all  over  iho 
-blade,  which  will  iiiiallibly  take  off  the  blue  colour.  Afeer 
'this  process,  a  little  coaimon  warm  water  will  take  off  tha 
«il  colour,  and  tiie  letters  or  figures  will  appear  and  remam 
of  a  curious  and  indelible  blue;  the  same  may  be  done  oa 
any  polished  steel. 

CHAPTER    XX. 

Sculpture — the  process  of  casting  In  Plaster — Composition 
of  Aficient  Statutes — Printing — Printers  types. 

To  ascertain  when  the  art  of  sculpture  was  first  practised 
and  by  what  nation,  is  bcN'onl  human  research  ;  we  may 
safely  conjecture,  however  that  it  was  one  of  the  original 
propensities  of  man.  This  wiU  still  appear  in  the  an-'enc  and 
irresistible  impulse  of  youth  to  make  representations  of  ob- 
jects in  wood  ;  and  the  attempts  of  savages  to  embody  their 
conceptions  of  their  idols  ;  a  command  from  the  Author  o' 
our  being,  was  necessary  to  prevent  the  ancient  Israelites 
from  making  graven  images:  and  the  inhabitants  of  the  rest 
of  the  earth  possessed  similar  propensities.  The  descriptions 
in  the  Scriptures  demonstrate  that  the  art  had  been  brought 
to  great  perfection  at  the  period  of  which  they  treat.  It  is 
necessary  to  make  a  distinction  between  carving  and  sculp- 
ture;  the  former  belongs  exclusively  to  wood,  and  the  latter 
to  stone  or  marbel.  The  acknowledged  masters  of  this  sub- 
lime art  were  the  ancient  Greeks.  Such  have  been  the  excel- 
lence and  correctness  of  their  imitations  of  nature,  and  the 
refined  elegance  of  their  taste,  that  many  of  their  works  ara 
mentioned,  as  effoits  never  to  be  exceeded  or  perhTps  imita- 


112  THE    ARTIST    ANr» 

ted.  Statuary  is  a  branch  of  sculpture,  employed  in  the  ma- 
king of  statues.  The  term  is  also  used  for  the  artificer  him- 
self Phidias  was  the  greatest  statuary  among  the  ancients, 
and  Michael  Angelo,  among  the  moderns.  Statutes  are  not 
only  formed  with  the  chisel  from  marble,  and  carved  in  wood 
but  they  are  cast  in  plaster  of  Paris,  or  othei  matters  of  the 
same  nature,  and  in  several  metals,  as  lead,  brass,  silver,  and 
gold. 

The  process  of  Casting  in  Plaster  of  Paris.  Mix  the 
plaster  with  water,  and  stir  it  until  it  attains  a  proper  con- 
sistence ;  then  pour  on  any  figure,  for  instance,  a  human 
liand  or  foot,  previously  oiled  in  the  slightest  manner  possible 
which  prevents  the  adhesion  of  the  plaster  ;  in  a  few  minutes 
the  plaster  will  be  dry  to  the  hardness  of  soft  stone,  taking 
the  exact  impression  of  every  part,  even  the  minutest  pores  of 
the  skin.  This  impression  is  called  the  mould.  When  ta- 
ken from  the  figure  that  produced  it,  and  slightly  oiled,  plas- 
ter mixed  with  water  as  before,  may  be  poured  into  it,  where 
it  must  remain  until  hardened  ;  if  it  be  then  taken  from  the 
mould,  it  will  be  an  exeict  image  of  thp  on'g^Jnal  figure.  '\Tnen 
the  figure  is  liat,  having  uo  h'bllows,  or  high  projections,  it 
may  be  moulded  in  one  piece,  but  when  its  surface  is  varied, 
it  must  be  moulded  in  many  pieces  fitted  together,  and  held 
in  one  or  more  outside  or  containing  piece. 

This  useful  art  supplies  the  painter  and  sculptor  with  exact  repre- 
sentations from  nature,  and  multiplies  models  of  ail  kinds.  It  is  ])rac- 
ticed  in  snch  perfection,  that  casts  of  the  antique  statutes  are  made  so 
precisely  like  the  originals  in  proportioh,  outline,  and  surface,  that  no 
difference  is  discoverable,  excepting  in  colour,  and  materials. 

Composition  of  Ancient  Statues.  According  to  Pliny,  the 
metal  used  by  the  Romans,  for  their  statues,  and  for  the 
plates  on  which  they  engraved  inscriptions,  was  composed  in 
the  following  manner.  They  first  melted  a  quantity  of  cop- 
per, into  which  they  put  one-third  of  its  weight  of  old  copper 
which  had  been  long  in  use — to  every  hundred  lbs.  weight 
of  this  mixture,  they  added  twelve  and  a  half  lbs.  of  alloy 
composed  of  equal  parts  of  lead  and  tin. 

Metallic  Casts  from  Engravings  on  Copper.  A  most  im- 
portant discovery  has  lately  been  made,  which  promises  to 
be  of  considerable  utility  in  the  fine  arts  ;  some  beautiful 
specimens  ofmetalic  plates  of  a  peculiar  composition,  have 
lately  appeared — under  the  name  of"  cast  engravings."  This 


T^RADESMAX'S    GUIDE.  11$ 

invention  consists  in  taking  moulds  from  everj  kind  of  en- 
gravings, with  lime,  mezzotinto,  or  aqiia-tinta,  and  pouring 
on  this  mould  an  alloy,  in  a  state  of  fusion,  capable  of  taking 
the  finest  impression.  The  obvious  utility  of  this  invention", 
as  applicable  to  engravings,  which  meet  with  a  ready  sile, 
and  of  which  great  nunsbois  are  required,  will  be  incalcula- 
-ble,  as  it  will  whollj'-  prevent  the  expense  of  retracing,  which 
forms  so  prominent  a  charge  in  all  works  of  an  extended  sale. 
No  sooner  is  one  cast  worn  out  tiian  anoihor  may  be  imme- 
diately procured  from  the  original  plate,  so  that  every  im- 
pression, will  be  a  proof.  Thus  iho  works  of  our  most  cele- 
brated ar.'ists,  may  be  handed  down,  ad  injinitum^  for  tha 
improvement  and  delight  of  future  ages  and  will  afford  at  th© 
same  time,  the  greatest  saliisfaction  to  every  lover  of  the  fins 
arts. 

The  art  of  Printing,  deserves  to  be  considered  with  atten- 
tion and  respect.  From  the  ingenuity  of  its  contrivance,  it 
lias  ever  excited  mechanical  curiosiiy  ;  from  its  intimate  con- 
nexion with  learning,  it  has  justly  claimed  historical  notice; 
^nd  from  its  extensive  iiitiuence  on  morality,  politics,  and  re- 
ligion, is  now  become  a  very  important  speculation.  Coin- 
itigand  taking  impressions  in  wax,  are  of  great  antiqiiily,  and 
the  principle  is  precisely  iliat  of  printing.  Tiie  application 
of  this  principle  to  the  multiplication  of  books,  cunsiituted 
the  discovery  of  the  art  of  printing.  The  Chinese  have  for 
many  ages,  printed  with  blocks,  or  whole  pages  engraved  on 
wood.  Cut  the  application  of  single  letters  or  nioveabh* 
types  fo-^^^  the  merit  of  the  European  art.  The  honor  of 
oiviug  li^t  to  this  method  has  been  claimed  by  the  cities  of 
Harlaem,"*Ientz,  and  Strasburg;  and  to  each  of  these  it  may 
be  ascribed  in  some  degree,  as  printers  resident  in  each,  made 
successive  improveraen  s  in  the  art.  It  is  recorded  by  a  re- 
putable author,  that  Laurens  Faustus,  of  Harlse.m,  walking  in 
a  wood  near  that  city,  cut  some  letters  upon  the  rind  of  a 
beech  tree,  whi  h  for  fancy's  sake,  being  impressed  upon  pa» 
per  he  printed  one  or  two  lines  for  his  grandchildren  ;  and 
having  thus  succeeded,  he  invented  a  raoie  glutinous  ink  be- 
cause he  found  that  ihe  common  ink  sunk  and  spread  ;  and 
then  formed  whole  pages  of  wood,  with  letters  cut  upon  theni 
and,  (as  nothing  is  complete,  in  its  first  invention,)  the  back- 
sides of  the  pages  were  pasted  together,  that  they  might  have 
the  appearance  of  manuscript^:,    written  on  both  sides  of  the 


ii4  THE    ARTIST    AND 

paper.  These  bcechen  letters,  he  afterwards  exchanged  for 
leaden  ones,  and  these  again  for  tin  and  lead,  as  a  flexible, 
and  more  solid  and  durable  substance.  He  died  in  1440,  and 
by  some,  his  first  attempt  is  supposed  to  have  been  made 
about  1430,  but  by  others,  as  early  as  1423. 

From  this  period,  printing  has  made  a  rapid  progress  in 
most  of  the  principal  towns  of  Europe,  superceded  the  trade 
of  copying,  which,  till  that  time,  was  very  considerable,  and 
was  in  many  places  considered  as  a  species  of  magic.  In 
1490,  it  reached  Constantinople,  and  was  extended  by  the 
middle  of  the  following  century  to  Africa  and  America. 

During  the  period  since  its  invention,  what  has  not  the  art 
of  printing  effected"?  It  has  blunted  the  edge  of  persecution's 
sword,  laid  open  to  man  his  own  heart,  struck  the  sceptre 
from  the  hand  of  tyranny,  and  awakened  from  its  slumbers, 
a  spirit  of  knowledge,  cultivation  and  liberty.  It  has  gone 
forth  like  an  angel,  scattering  blessings  in  its  path,  solacing 
the  wounded  mind,  and  silently  pointing  out  the  triumphs  of 
morality  and  the  truths  of  revelation  to  the  gaze  of  those, 
whom  the  want  of  precept  or  good  example  had  debased,  and 
whom  ignorance  had  made  sceptical. 

The  fourth  centennial  anniversary  of  the  invention  of  printing,  was 
observed  at  Harlaem  in  Holland,  on  tho  10th  and  11th  July,  1823,  with 
great  rejoicing  and  a  splendid  festival. 

Printer's  Types.  Ten  pounds  of  lead,  and  two  pounds  of 
antimony.  The  antimony  must  be  thrown  into  the  crucible, 
when  the  lead  is  in  a  state  of  fusion.  The  antimony  gives  a 
hardness  to  the  lead,  without  which,  the  type  would  speedily 
be  rendered  useless,  in  a  printing  press;  Difllerent  propor- 
tions of  lead;  copper,  brass  and  antimony,  frequently  consti- 
tute this  metal.  Every  artist  has  his  own  proportions,  so 
that  the  same  composition  cannot  be  obtained  from  different 
foundries  ;  each  boasts  of  the  superiority  of  his  own  mix- 
ture. 

Small  Types  and  Stereotype  Plates.  Nine  pounds  of 
lead,  and  when  melted,  add  two  pounds  of  antimony,  and  one 
pound  of  bismuth. 

This  alloy  expands  as  it  cools,  and  is  therefore,  well  suited 
for  the  formation  of  small  printing  tj'pes  (particularly,  wheii 
many  are  cast  together,  to  form  stereotype  plates,)  as  the 
whole  of  the  mould  is  accurately  filled  with  alloy ;  conse- 
quently, there  can  be  no    blemish    in    the  letters.     2.    Eight 


tradesman's  guide.  il5 

^)arts  of  lead,  two  parts  of  antimony,  and  onc-tbird  part  of 
tin.  For  the  manufacture  of  stereotype  plates,  plaster  of 
Paris,  of  the  consistence  of  a  batter  pudding  before  baking,  is 
poured  over  the  letter-press  page  and  worked  into  the  inter- 
stices of  the  types,  with  a  brush.  It  is  then  collected  from 
the  sides,  by  a  slip  of  iron  or  wood,  so  as  to  lie  smooth  and 
compact.  In  about  two  minutes,  the  whole  mass,  is  harden- 
ed into  a  solid  cake.  This  cake,  which  is  to  serve  as  the  ma- 
trix of  the  stereotypy  plate,  is  now  put  upon  a  rack  in  an 
oven,  where  it  undergoes  great  heat,  so  as  to  drive  off  the  su- 
perfluous moisture.  When  ready  for  use,  these  moulds,  ac- 
cording to  tlieir  size,  are  placed  in  flat  cast  iron  pots,  and  are 
covered  over  with  another  piece  of  cast  iron,  perforated  at 
each  end,  to  admit  the  raetalic  composition  intended  for  the 
preparation  of  stereotype  plates.  The  flat  cast  iron  pots 
are  now  fastened  in  a  crane,  which  carries  t^iem  steadily  to 
the  metalic  bath,  or  melting  pot,  where  they  are  immersed, 
and  kept  for  a  considerable  time,  until  all  the  pores  and  cre- 
vices of  the  mould  are  completely  and  accurately  filled. 
When  this  has  taken  place,  the  pots  are  elevated  from  the 
bath,  by  working  the  crane,  and  are  placed  over  a  water 
trough,  to  cool  graduall}'.  When  cold,  the  whole  is  turned 
out  cf  the  pots,  and  the  plaster  being  separated,  by  hammer- 
ing, and  washing,  the  plates  are  ready  for  use,  having  recei- 
ved the  most  exact  and  perfect  impression. 

CHAPTER  XXI. 

Painting — historical — laiidscajje  or  portrait — cartoon  of  Ra» 
phael — of  Paul  preaching  at  Athens — as  applied  to  pur- 
poses of  building — practical  operations — distemper ,  or 
painting  in  water  colours — in  oil — colouring  prints — mix- 
ing colours. 

The  art  of  painting  gives  the  most  direct  and  expressive 
representation  of  objects;  and  it  was  doubtless,  for  this  rea- 
son employed  by  many  nations,  before  the  art  of  writing  was 
invented,  to  communicate  their  thoughts,  and  to  convey  in- 
telligence to  distant  places.  The  pencil  may  be  said  to  write 
a  universal  language;  for  ever}^  one  can  instantly  understand 
the  meaning  of  a  painter,  provided  he  be  faUhful  to  the  rules 
ot  his  art.  His  skill  enables  him  to  display  the  various  scenes 
of  nature  at  one  view;  and  by  his  delineation  of  the  striking 
effects  of  passion,   he  instantaneously  effects  the  soul  of  the 


lib 


rUE    ARTlsr    AND 


spectator.       Silent  and  uniform   as  is  tire  adddress   wliicii  a 
good  picture  makes  to  us,  yet  it  penetrates  so  deeply  into  our 
affections,  as  to  appear  to  exceed   the   power   of  eloquence. 
Painting  is  the  most  imiiative  of  all  the  arts.       It  uives  to  us 
the  very  forms  of  those,   v/hose  works  of  genius   and  virtu; 
have  commanded  or  won  our  admiration,  and  transmits  them 
from  age  to  age,  as  if  not  life  merely,  but  immortality  flovvedi 
in  the  colours  of  the  artist's  pencil;  or  to  speak  of  its  still  hap 
pier  use,  it  preserves  to  us  the  linear^ents  of  those  whom  we 
love,  when  separated  from  us  cither  by  distance  or  the  tomb. 
How  many  of  the  feelings,   which  we  should  most  regret  to 
lose,   would  be  lost,  but  for  this  delightful  art, — feelings  tbatl 
ennoble,   by  giving  us  the  wish  to  imitate  what  was  noble  ini 
the  moral  hero  or  sage,  on  whom  we  gaze,  or  that  comfort  us| 
by  the  imaginary  presence  of  those  whose  afiection  is  the  onl5' 
thing  dearer  to   us,   than   even  our  admiration  of  heroism  orl 
wisdom.      The  value  of  painting  will,  indeed,  be  best  felt  by 
those  who  have  lost  by  death  a  parent  or  much  loved  friendjj 
arid   who   feel   that  they  should  not  have  lost  every    thing,   it 
some  pictured  memorial  had  still  remained. 

Paintings,  in  regard  to  tlieir  subjects,  are  called  historical, 
landscape  or  portrait;  and  in  regard  to  the  painteis,  they  are 
divided  into  schools  or  countries;  as  the  Italian,  G<jrman, 
French,  Fnglish,  and  other  schools.  Each  of  the  schools  has 
treated  the  practice  of  painting  in  its  peculiar  manner,  and! 
each  with  exquisite  beauty  and  admirable  etiect.  The  grealj 
component  parts  of  painting  are,  invention,  or  the  power  oil 
conceiving  the  materials  proper  to  be  introduced  into  a  picturej 
composition,  or  the  power  of  arranging  thenj;  design,  or  thcj 
power  of  delineating  them;  the  management  of  lights  ancj 
shades-,  and  the  colourip.g.  Invention  consists  principally  ir] 
three  things,  the  choice  of  a  subject  properly  witinn  the  scopil 
of  the  art;^he  seizure  of  the  most  striking  and  energetic  mo-f 
ment  of  time  for  representation,  and  the  discovery  and  selecj 
iion  of  such  objects,  and  suchprobable  incidental  ci.  cumstance?! 
as,  combined"  together,  may  best  tend  to  devolope  the  stor3J 
or  augment  the  interest  of  the  piece.  In  this  part  of  the  art! 
there  is  a  cartoon  of  Raphadl,  which  furnishes  an  example  cj 
genius  and  sagacitv.  It  represents  the  inhabitants  of  Lystrf 
about  to  offer  sacrl'fice  to  Paul  and  Barnabas.  Tt  was  necesj 
sary  to  let  us  into  all  the  cause  and  hurry  before  us;  accorl 
dingly,  the  cripple,  whom  they  had  miraculously  healed,  apj 


tradesman's  guide.  117 

pears  in  llio  crowd:  observes  the  means  which  the  painter  has 
.  used  to  distinguish  this  object,  and  of  course  to  open  the  sul- 
!  ject  of  iiis  piece.        His  crutches,  now  useless,  are  thrown  to 
*j  the  ground;   his   attitude  is   that  of  one   accustomed  to  such 
■[  support  and  still  doubtful  of  ins  limbs:  the  .eagerness,  the  im- 
iij  petucsity,  with  which  he  solicits  his  benefactors  to  accept  tiie 
honours  destined  for  them,  points  out  his  gratitude   and  the 
occasion  of  it.     During  the. time  he  is  thus  busied,  an  elderly 
citizen  of  some  consequence,  by  his  appearance,  draws  near, 
and   lifting  up   the  corner  of  his  vest,  surveys  with  astonish- 
ment, the   limb  newly   restored;    whilst  a  man  of  middle  age, 
and  a  3'outh,  looking  over  the  shoulder  of  the  cripple,  are  in- 
tent on   the   same  object.      The  wit  of  man  coald  not  devise 
means  more  certain  of  the  end  proposed.      In  the  cartoon  of 
Paul  preaching  at  Atheiis,  the  elevated  situation,  and  energe- 
tic action  of  the  apostle,  instanily  denote  him  the  hero  of  the 
iijpiece,    whilst    the   attentive    but    astonislied    circle    gathered 
ii'ttpround  him,  receive  ss  it  were,  light  from  him,  their   centre, 
i([ind    unequivocally  declare  him  the  resistless  organ  of  divine 
;:rutl). 
.^jv^  Painting,  as  applied  to  purpose  of  building,  is  the  applica- 
j^j;iion  of  artificial  colours,  compounded  either  with  oil  or  water,, 
■jjtu  embellishing  and  preserving  wood,   &c.       This  branch  of 
l,,,^)ainting  is  termed  ccou;?}iical,  and  applies  more  immediately 
j)io  the  power   which  oil   and  varnishes  possess  of  preventing 
Jpe  action  of  the  atmosphere  upon  v/ood,  iron  and  stucco,  by 
,,. I  interposing  an  artificial  surface.      But  it   is  here  intended   to 
,,^p,'  se  the  term^  more  generally,   in   allusion  to    the    decorative 
j,aart,   and  as  is  employed  by  the  architect,  throughout  every 
Jcirt  of  his  work.       In  every    branch  of  painting  in  oil,  the 
l^i||eneral  processes   are   very  similar,    and  with  such  v^iriation 

illy,  as  readily  occur  to  the  workiuan. 
The'first  coatings,  or  layers,  if  on  wood  or  iron,  ought  al- 
lys  to  be  of  white  lead  of  the  best  quality,  previously  ground 
ry  fine  in  nut  or  linseed  oil,  either  over  a  stone,  with  a 
uller,  or  passed  through  a  mill.  If  used  on  shutters,  doors, 
^g^ti  •  wainscoting,  made  of  fir  or  deal,  it  is  very  requisite  to  des- 
,.,!ei  oy  the  effects  of  the  knots;  which  generally,  are  so  com- 
tpD  etely  saturated  with  turpentine,  as  to  render  it  perhaps,  one 
.,eoei  the  most  difficulf,  processes  in  this  business.  The  best  mode, 
accK  common  cases,  is,  to  pass  a  brush  over  the  knots,  with 
EJ,a|  id  ground  m  water,  bound  by  a  size  made  of  parchment  or 


US  THE    ARTIST  AND 

glue;  when  that  is  dry,  paint  the  knots  with  white  lead  ground 
in  oil,  to  wliich  add  'some  powerful  drier,  as  red  lead,  or 
litharge  of  lead;  about  one  fourth  part  of  the  latter.  These 
must  be  laid  very  smoothly  in  the  direction  of  the  grain  of  i 
the  wood.  When  the  last  coat  is  dry,  smooth  it  with  pumice 
stone,  or  give  it  the  first  coat  of  paint,  prepared  with  nut  or 
linseed  oil;  when  dry,  all  nail  holes  or  other  irregularities 
must  be  stopped  with  a  composition  of  oil  and  Spanish  White, 
The  work  must  then  be  again  painted  with  white  lead  and 
oil,  somewhat  diluted  with  the  essence  of  turpentine,  which 
process  should  be  repeated  not  less  than  three  or  four  times^ 
if  a  plain  white  or  stone  colour  is  intended;  and  if  the  latter 
colour,  a  small  quantity  of  ivory  or  lamp  black  should  be  ad- 
ded. But  if  the  work  is  to  be  finished  of  any  other  colourj 
either  grey,  green,  &-c.  it  will  be  requisiie  to  provide  for  sucli 
color,  after  the  third  operation,  particularly  if  it  is  to  be 
finished  flat,  or  as  the  painters  style  it,  dead  white,  fawn, 
grey,  «fcc.  To  finish  a  work  flatted  or  dead,  which  is  prefer 
able  mode  for  all  superior  works,  one  coat  of  the  flatted 
colour,  or  colour  mixed  with  a  considerable  quantity  ('1  tur- 
pentine will  be  found  sufficient,  although  it  will  be  frequently 
requisite  to  give  large  surfaces  two  coats  of  the  flatting  colour. 
For  stucco  it  will  be  almost  a  general  rule.  In  all  these 
operations,  some  sort  of  drier  is  necessary;  a  very  general 
and  useful  one  is  made,  by  grinding  in  linseed,  (or,  perheps' 
preparde  oils  boiled,  are  better,)  about  two  parts  of  the  best 
white  copperas,  well  dried  with  one  part  of  litharge.  | 

The  best  drier  for  all  fine  whites,  and  other  delicate  tints 
is  sugar  of  lead,  ground  in  nut  oil :  about  the  size  of  a  walnu- 
will  be  sufficient  for  20  lbs.  of  colour,  when  the  basis  is  whit( 
lead.  Painter's  utensils  should  be  always  kept  very  clean 
If  the  colour  should  become  foul,  it  musf  be  passed  througl 
a  fine  sieve  or  canvass,  and  the  surface  of  the  work  carefull; 
rubbed  down  with  sand  paper  or  pumice  stone.  The  latte 
should  be  ground  in  water,  if  the  paint  is  tender.  In  genera 
cases,  perhaps  two  or  throe  years  are  not  too  long  to  suflej 
stucco  to  remain  unpainterl.  When  it  is  on  battened  work  i 
may  be  painted  much  sooner  than  when  prepared  on  briCK 
For  priming  and  laying  on  the  first  coat  on  stucco,  take  hn 
seed  or  nut  oil,  boiled  with  driers  as  before  m.entioned  ;  tf 
king  care  in  all  cases  not  to  lay  on  so  much,  as  to  render  th 
surface  rougrh,  and  no   more  than  the  stucco  will  absorb. 


tradesmen's  guide.  "  119 

slioulti  be  covered  with  three  or  four  coats  of  white  lead,  pre- 

'  pared  as  described  for  painting  on   wainscoting,   letting   each 

'  coat  dry  hard.      If  it  is  wished  to   give  the  work  a  grey  tint, 

[light  green,   &c.  about  the  third   coat  prepare  the  ground  for 

I  such  tint,  by  a  slight  advance  towards  it.      Grey  is  made  with 

[white  lead,  Prussian  blue,  ivoiy  black,  and  lake  ;  sage  green, 

ipea  and  sea  greens,  with  wliite,  Prussian  blue,   and  fine  yel- 

jlow;   apricot   and  peach,  with  lake,  white,   and  Chinese  ver- 

ifmiliun  :   fine  yellow  fawn  colour,  with   burnt  terra  sienna,   or 

^* umber  and  white  ;  and  olive  greens  wiih  fine  Prussian  blues 

and  Oxfordshire  ochre. 

Distemper,  or  painting  in  water  colour,  mixed  with  size, 
slucco  or  plaster,  if  not  sufficiently  dry  to  receive  oil,  may 
have  a  coating  in  water  colours,  of  any  given  tint  required. 
Straw  colours,  may  be  made  with  French  white  and  ceruse, 
or  while  lead  and  massicot,  or  Dutch  pink.  Greys  full,  with 
some  whites  and  refiner's  verditure.  An  inferior  grey  may 
be  made  with  blue  black,  or  bone  black  and  indigo;  pea 
grecms,  with  French  green,  Olympian  green,  ^'c.  Fawn 
colour  with  burnt  terra  de  sienna,  or  burnt  umber  and  white, 
and  so  of  any  intermediate  tint.  Grind  all  the  colours  very 
fine,  and  mix  with  whiting  and  a  size  made  with  parchment, 
or  some  similar  substance.  Less  than  two  coats  will  not  be 
sufficient  to  cover  the  plaster,  and  present  a  uniform  appear- 
|ance.  If  it  should  be  desirable  to  have  the  stucco  painted  in 
loil,  the  whole  of  the  water  colour  should  be  removed,  which 
which  can  be  easily  done  by  washing,  and  when  quite  dry, 
proceed  with  it  after  the  directions  given  in  paining  on  stucco. 
If  old  plastering  has  become  disfigured  by  stains,  or  other 
blemishes,  and  if  it  is  desirable  to  paint  in  distemper,  in  this 
:ase,  it  is  advisable  to  give  the  old  plastering,  when  properly 
:leaiied  and  prepared,  one  coat  at  least,  of  white  lead  ground 
noil,  and  used  with  spirits  of  turpentine,  which  will  gen- 
erally fix   old  stains,  and    when  quite   dry,   will   take  water 


ours  very  kindlj. 

Dirrcfions  for  Painting  in  oil  on  Canvass.  After  your 
rloth  IS  nailed  on  the  frame,  pass  over  it  a  coat  of  size;  when 
»ry,  rub  it  over  with  a  pounce  stone,  to  eat  ofi"  all  the  knobs: 
n>.firsl  size  is  intended  to  lay  down  all  the  threads,  and  fill 
bronah  ^^ru  ''^^''  ^^  P''^''^"^  t^^^  ^^^o^^'  ^'''^  passing 
I  toluuf  ;vh- J  '"  *^^  /^^^^^  ^^  ^'y  ^^y  «"  ^  ^««t  of  simple 
lia    joiom  ,  whicK  may  not  destroy  the  others;  for  example,  brown 


120  THE    ARTIST  AND 

red,  vvhicli  is  a  natural  earth,  full  of  substance  and  lasting.  If 
mixed  with  a  little  white  load  it  will  dry  sooner.  In  grinding  i 
this  colour,  use  nut  or  linseed  oil,  and  it  sliould  be  prepared 
to  lay  on  as  tliin  as  possible.  When  this  colour  is  dry,  rub  it 
again  with  the  pounce  stone,  which  renders  it  smoother:  la}' 
another  coat  of  white  lead  and  charcoal  black,  to  render  the  ! 
ground  greyish,  having  care  in  putting  on  as  little  colour  as  ! 
possible,  to  prevent  the  cloth  trom  cracking,  and  for  the  bet- 
ter preservation  of  the  colours  to  be  laid  afterwards.  We 
will  observe,  that  if  there  was  no  ground  laid  on  the  canvass 
of  a  picture,  previous  to  painting  it,  and  if  painted  directly 
on  the  bare  cloth  without  any  preparation,  the  colours  won  Id 
appear  much  more  to  their  advantage,  and  preserve  their 
brightness  much  longer.  Some  of  the  first  mastess  impreg- 
nate their  canvass  v/iih  water  colours  only,  and  paint  after- 
wards in  oil  over  the  ground.  This  method  renders  pieces 
more  lively  and  bright,  because  the  ground  in  water  colours  ! 
draws  and  soaks  the  oil  from  the  colours,  rendering  them  finer; 
wheieas,  on  the  contrary,  oil  is  the  cause  of  this  dulness,  by 
its  detention  in  their  colours.  It  is  desirable  therefoie,  to 
use  as  little  oil  as  possible;  and  in  order  to  keep  tlie  colours 
siiff,  mix  with  them  a  little  of  the  oil  of  spike,  which  will 
evaporate  very  soon,  hut  renders  them  more  fluid  and  trac- 
table in  working.  We  cannot  recommend  too  much  care  in 
keeping  the  colours  (for  the  least  tint  might  destroy  the  best 
design)  unmixed,  either  with  brush  or  pencil.  W^hen  there 
is  occasion  to  give  more  strong; h  to  some  parts  of  the  pic- 
ture, let  it  be  well  dried  before  it  is  interrutped  again.  The 
custom  prevails  of  grounding  the  canvass  with  oil  colours; 
but  when  the  canvass  is  good  and  very  fine,  the  less  colour 
which  can  be  laid  on  for  that  purpose  is  preferable.  Care  is 
also  requisite,  that  the  colours  and  oils  are  good.  The  leadj 
which  some  painters  use  to  dry  the  sooner,  soon  destroysi 
their  brightness  and  beauty.  In  short,  he  shows  his  judg- 
ment in  painting,  who  is  not  hasty  in  laying  his  colours,  ^ut 
lays  them  thick  enough,  and  covers,  at  several  times  his  car- 
nations, which,  in  terms  of  art  is  called  empater. 

Directions  f 07'  Colouring  Prints.    All  the  colours  used  foj 
this  purpose  are  ground  with  gum   water,  excepting  calc"i 
green.     For  complexions,  a  mixture  of  white  and  ver^nlion. 


For  the  lips,  lake  and  vermilion. 

For  the  shades,  white  and  vermilion,  and  considerame  um 


bor. 


tradesman's  glide,  121 

For  the  hair,  white  with  very  little  umber;  if  a  carroty  co- 
lour, yellow  ochre  and  brown  red  ;  the  shade  \^ith  bistre  and 
lake,  'mixed  together;  if  light,  mix  black,  white,  and  umber 
together. 

^For  the  clothes,  if  linen,  white  lead  and  a  little  blue  ;  if 
stufis,  white  lead  alone,  and  the  shades  with  a  grey  colour, 
made  by  means  ofti  mixture  of  black  and  white  lead  togeth- 
er. If  a  white  cloth,  a  mixture  of  wliite  and  umber  together, 
and  shade  with  a  compound  of  umber  and  black.  If  a  red 
cloth,  use  vennilion  in  the  lighter  parts  of  tlie  folds  ;  lake 
and  vermilion,  for  the  clear  shades  ;  lake  alone  laid  on  the 
vermilion,  will  form  the  dark  shades. 

Directions  for  mixing  of  Colours.  Pale  yellow  for  lights 
— white  massicot.  The  chiaro  ascuro,  with  the  massicot  and 
umber.     The  dark  shade,  with  umber  alone. 

Orange.  Black  lead,  for  the  lights;  shade  with  the  lake. 
The  lake  is  used  very  clear  for  the  lights,  m  drapery,  and 
thicker  for  the  shades. 

Purple.  Blue,  white,  and  lake,  for  lights;  blue,  and  lake, 
onb',  for  the  clear  shades;  and  indigo  and  blue  for  the  darker 
ones.  The  pale  blue  is  used  for  the  lights  ;  and  for  the  clear 
shades,  a  little  thicker;  but  for  the  darker  shades,  mix  the  in- 
digo and  blue  together. 

The  gold  like  yellow  is  made  with  yellow  massicot  for  the 
lights — clear  shades,  a  mixture  of  black  lead  and  massicot — 
dark  shade,  lake,  yellow  ochre,  and  a  very  little  black  lead: 
and  darkest  of  all,  cologne  earth  and  lake. 

The  green  is  of  two  sorts.  The  first — massicot  and  blue, 
or  blue  and  white;  for  the  shade,  make  the  blue  predominate 
in  the  mixture.  The  other  is  made  with  calcined  green,  and 
their  shades  may  he  formed   by  the  addition  of  indigo. 

For  trees,  mix  green  and    umber  together.      The    grounds 

are  made  in  the  same  way.     For  the  distance,  mix  blue  and 

reen  together.    Mountains  are  always  made  with  blue.   The 

ies  are  made  with  blue,  but  add  a  little  yellow  when  you 
'Ome  near  tlie  mountains,  and  to  make  the  transition  between 
.*  nat  and  the  blue,  mix  a  little  lake  and  blue  together  to  spft- 
%i  it. 

't-  Clouds  are    made  witli   purple  ;  if  they  be    obscure,   mix 
ike  and  indigo  together.      Stones  are   made  with  white  and 
'fellow  mixed  fogether;  and  their  shades  with  black. 

;^  ■  11 


122  THE   -ARTIST    A^'D 


CHAPTER    XXII. 

Paints — Cosmetics — to  imitate  3£arblc, — to  dye  Bones — Co- 
lours for  shoic  Boitles — -for  31aps — to  imitate  Ebony — to 
imitate  Gold,  Silver,  or  Copper — to  ivhitcn  Bones- -Co- 
louring principles  of  Blood — -Meialic  Watering. 

Patent  Yelloic.  Pulverise  coniuion  table  salt  very  finely; 
put  it  into  Wedgwood's  mortar;  add  to  it  twice  as  much  red 
lead,  pulverised  :  rub  them  v/cll  together  first ;  llien  add  wa- 
ter a  very  Utile  at  a  time,  and  continue  rubbing  until  a  paste 
is  formed.  The  muriate  of  lead  will  now  be  formed,  and 
the  soda  disengaged;  pour  in  a  large  quantity  of  water  and 
wash  it  seveial  times  ;  the  soda  will  v  ash  out  aixl  leave  a 
white  mass;  dry  this  mass  and  then  melt  it  in  a  crucible,  and 
a  beautiful  substance- will  be  formed,  called  patent  yellow, 
which  is  one  of  the  most  durable  pigments. 

2.  Common  salt  100  lbs.  litharge  400  lbs.  ground  together 
with  water;  keep  for  some  time  in  a  gentle  heat,  water  being 
added  to  stipply  the  loss  by  evaporation,  the  natron  then  wash- 
ed out  with  more  water,  and  the  white  residuum  heated  till  it 
acquires  a  fine  yellow  colour.   ^ 

Flake  IVhite.  Made  .by  suspending  rolls  of  thin  sheet 
lead  over  vinegar  in  close  vessels';  the  evaporation  from  the 
vinegar  being  kept  up  by  the  vessels  being  placed  in  a  heap 
of  manure,  or  a  steam  bath. 

2.   By  dissolving  litharge  in  diluted  nitrous  acid,  and  adding-  • 
prepared  chal'^    to    the.  solution  ;  astringent,    cooling;  used 
externally  :   also  employed  as  paint,  mixed  v/ith  nut  oil. 

Protoxid  of  Lead.  Melt  some  lead  in  a  ladle,  and  scrape 
off  the  pellicle  which  forms  on  its  surfiice  several  times,  or 
until  a  sufficient  quantity  is  obtained  ;  part  of  this  is  oxidated  - 
and  part  is  not  ;.now  put  this  into  a  ladle  by  itself:  and  expose 
it  to  a  low  red  heat,  continuallj^  stirring  it  with  a  rod  until  it 
becomes  of  a  yellow  colour.  •', 

This  is  the  massicot  used  in  the  arts ;  also  for  setting  a  fine 
edge  to  razors,  for  polishing  burnishers,  &c. 

J^ed  Lead.     Put  some  massicot'mto  a  iadle  ;   cov^er  it  ovej, 
loosely  with  an  earthen  or    iron   plate,   and    raise    the  heat  ;- 
raise  up  one  side  in  llrb    plate,  and    stir  it    often,  until  it  be- 
comes of  a  bright  red  ;   care   nlust  be    taken  not   to  raise  the  ' 
heat  so  high  as  to  drive  off  the  oxygen,  previously  acquired  ; 


tradesman's  guide.  123 

thereby  bringing  it  again  to  a  state  of  pure  melted  lead  ;  it 
is  very  difficult  to  succeed  in  this  operation  with  small  quan- 
tities. 

This  is  the  7-CfZZe«r/ used  by  painters;  and  it  is  on  this 
principle,  but  with  a  different  apparatus,  the  lead  of  the  shops 
is  manufactured  ;   but  it  is  genaially  very  impure. 

Florence  Lake.  Pearl  "ashes  ojie  ounce  four  drachms,  wa- 
ter a  sufficient  quantity,  dissolve;  alum  two  ounces  four 
drachms,  water,  q.  }).  dissolve;  filter  both  solutions  and  add  the 
first  to  the  alum  solution  while  warm  ;  strain  :  mix  the  sedi- 
ment upon  the  strained  with  the  first  coarse  residuum  obtain- 
ed in  boiling  cochineal  with  alum,  for  making  carmine,  and 
dry  it. 

Common  Lake,  Make  a  magestcry  of  alum,  as  in  making- 
Florence  lake  ;"  boil  o|ie  ounce  four  drachms  Brazil  dust  in 
three  pints 'of  water,  strain  ;  add  the  magestery,  or  sediment 
of  alum,  to  the  strained  liquor;  stir  it  v>'ell ;  let  it  settle,  and 
dry  the  sediment  in   small  lumps. 

Fine  Madder  Lake.  Dutch  grappe  madder  (that  is,  mad- 
der root  ground  between  two  mill  stones,  a  small  distance 
apart  as  in  grinding  pearl  or  French  barley,  so  that  only  the 
bark,  which  contains  the  moist  colour  is  reduced  to  powder, 
and  the  central  woody  part  of  the  wood  left)  two  ounces,  tie 
it  up  in  a  cloth,  -beat  it  up  in  a  pint  of  water  in  a  stone 
mortar,  repeat  it  wifh  fresh  water  :  in  general  five  points  will 
take  out  all  the  colour;  boil,  add  one  ounce  of  alum,  dissol- 
ved in  a  pint  of  watei,  then  add  one  ounce  and  a  half  of 
oil  of  tartar  ;  wash  the  sediment,  and  dry; — produces  half  an 
ounce. 

Hose  Phik.  Whiting  coloured  with  a  decoction  of  brazil 
wood  and  akim. 

Dutch  Pink.      Whiting  coloured  with  a  decoction  of  birch 
leaves,  dyer's  weed,  or  French  berries,  with  alum. 
»       &tone  Blue.     Starch  coloured  with  indigo. 

Litharge.  Put  some  red  lead  into  a  ladle  and  heat  it  un- 
til it  is  partly  melted,  so  that  it  begins  to  be  agglutinated  in  a 
kind  of  scales.  If  not  so  bright  a  red  it  is  a  more  durable 
colour. 

White  Lead.  Mako  nitrate  of  lead  as  before  directed,  and 
dissolve  it  in  water  in  a  wine  glass;  pour  into  it  a  solution  of 
pearlash  and  a  white  insoluble  precipitate  will  fall  down.  Let 
the  liquid  be  poured  off,    and   the   powder  washed   several 


124  THE    ARTIST    AND 

times.     This  is  the  white  lead  of  painters  in  its  purest  state* 

It  is  generally  made  by  applying  the  vapour  of  vinegar  to 
sheet  lead,  and  contains  some  acetate  of  lead  and  other  im- 
purities. 

Sv gar  of  Lead.  Put  some  white  lead  into  a  Florence 
flask;  put  in  about  ten  times  as  much  good  sharp  vinegar(dis- 
tilled  vinegar  is  best;)  shake  up  several  times  and  let  it  stand 
until  the  vinegar  tastes  sweet.  Add  more  vinegar,  and  con- 
tinue adding  by  littles,  until  it  will  remain  sour;  evaporate 
and  crystallize  in  the  usual  way.  This  is  the  acetate  or  sugar 
of  lead  used  in  medicire. 

White  Vitriol,  Pour  diluted  sulphuric  acid  upon  zinc; 
leaving  the  zinc  in  escess:  after  the  action  ceases,  pour  off  the 
clear  liquids,  which  is  the  white  vitriol  in  solution.  If  this 
be  evaporated  slowly,  crystal  will  be  formed. 

^y  a  similar  process  the  vitriol  of  the  shops  is  manufac- 
tured. 

Chrome.  Chrome  is  found  in  the  state  of  an  acid,  com- 
bined with  iron,  called  chromate  of  iri)n,  it  is  sometimes 
found  in  granular  lime  rocks.  When  chromate  of  iron  is 
pnlverized  and  mixed  with  nitrate  of  potish  and  heated  to 
redness,  a  double  decomposition  takes  place,  and  the  chrom- 
ate of  potash  is  produced. 

Dissolve  chromate  of  potash  in  pure  water,  pour  some  of 
it  in  a  solution  of  sugar  of  lead,  and  the  beautiful  yellow  pig- 
ment, chromate  of  lead,  will  be  precipitatedj  pour  it  into  nit- 
rate of  mercury,  cinnabar  red  is  produced;  into  nitrate  of 
silver,  and  common  red  is  produced. 

The  chromate  of  lead  is  now  in  general  use  as  a  yellow 
paint;  a  very  small  quantity  mixed  with  white  lead,  gives  the 
whole  a  beautiful  yellow  colour. 

Almond  Bloom.  Brazil  dust  one  ounce,  water  three  pints, 
boil,  strain;  add  of  isinglass,  six  drachms;  (or  cochineal,  two 
drachms;)  alum  one  ounce;  borax  three  drachms;  boil  again, 
and  strain  through  a  fine  cloth;   used  as  a  liquid  cosmetic. 

Blue  Vitriol.  Boil  copper  filings  in  sulphuric  acid,  and 
the  salt  will  be  formed  in  the  liquid  state;  this  may  be  evap- 
orated in  the  usual  v^^y. 

On  this  principle  the  blue  vitriol  of  the  shops  is  made, 
though  the  operation  is  not  similar;  the  native  sulphuret  is 
heated  and  exposed  to  air  and  moisture,  and  thereby  the 
peroxyde  is  obtained;  then  the  salt  is  readily  formed  by 
pouring  sulphuric  acid  upon  it. 


TRADESMAN  S    GLIDE.  12 J 

X''erdig7'is.  Cover  a  gallipot  of  boiling  -vinegar  with  a 
^iece  of  polished  sheet  cojiper;  after  a  short  time  it  will  be 
Covered  wirh  a  thin  crust  of  verdigris.  Upon  this  principle, 
though  with  a  very  different  apparatus,  the  verdigris  of  the 
shops  is  made. 

Colours  for  Show  Bottles.  Yellow.  Dissolve  iron  in  spt. 
of  salt,  and  dilute. 

Red.  Spts.  of  hartshorn  q.  p.  dilute  with  water  and  tinge 
with  cochineal. 

2.  Dissolve  sal.  ammoniac  in  water  and  tinge  with  cochin- 
eal. 

Blue.  Blue  Vitriol  and  alum,  of  each  2  oz.  water  24  oz, 
spts;  of  vitriol  q.  p. 

2.   Blue  vitriol,  4  oz.  water  36  oz. 

Green.  Rough  verdigris  3  oz.  dissolve  in  spts.  vitriol,  and 
add  48  oz.  water. 

Add  distilled  verdigris  and  blue  vitriol  to  a  strong  decoc- 
tion of  turmeric; 

Purple.  Verdigris  two  drachms;  spts.  hartshorn  4  oz.  water 
18  ozi 

2.  Sugar  of  lead  one  ounce;  cochineal  one  scruple;  water 
K    q;  p. 

3.  Add  a  little  spirits  hartshorn  to  an  infussion  ot  log- 
wood. 

Wash    Colours  for  Maps    or    Writing.     Yellow.      Gam* 
\P'   boge  dissolved  in  water  q.  p.   French  berries  steeped   in  wa- 
ter, the  liquid   strained,-  and  gum  Arabic  added. 

2.  Red.     Brazil  dust  steeped  in  vinegar    and  alum  added; 
Litmus  dissolved  in   water,  and  spirits  of  wine  added. 

3.  Cochineal  steeped  in  water,  strained,  and  gum  added. 

4.  -Blue;    Saxon  blue  dilluted  with  water  q.  p. 
Litmus  rendered  blue  by  adding  distilled  vinegar  to  its  so- 
lution. 

5i  Green.  Distilled  verdigris  dissolved  In  water,  and  guni 
added.- 

6.   Sap  green  dissolved  in  water,  and  alum  added. 

Litmus  rendered  green  by  adding  kali  ppm.  to  its  solu- 
tion^ 

English  Verdigris.  Blue  vitriol  24  lbs.  white  vitriol  l6 
lbs.  sugar  of  lead  12  Ibs;  alum  2  lbs.  all  coarsely  powdered, 
put  in  a  pot  over  the  fire  and  stirred  till  they  are  united  into 
a  mass, 

••^11 


126  THE    AUTIST    AND 

Venetian  Crruss.     Flake  vvliite,  cawk  equal  parts. 

Hamburg  White  Lead.  Fiako  \yhite  100  lbs.  cawk 
200  Ib's. 

Best  Dutch  White  Lead.  Flake  White  100  lbs.  ca^yk 
700  lbs. 

English  White  Lead.  Flake  Vv'hite  reduced  in  price  by 
chalk,  inferior  to  the  preceding. 

Rouge.  French  chalk  ppd.  4  oz.  ol.  amygd.  2  drachms, 
carmine  one  drachm. 

2.  Safflower,  previously  washed  in  water,  until  it  no  lon- 
ger gives  out  any  colour,  and  dried,  4  drachms,  kali  pp.  one 
drachm,  ^Vater  one  pint;  infuse,  strain  ;  add  French  chcdk, 
scraped  fine  with  Dutch  rushes  four  ounces,'  and  precipitate 
the  colour  upon  it  Vv'ith  loiiion  juice  a  sufficient.quantit}'. 

Cologne  Earthy  Umber.  Black  or  blackish. brown,  mixed 
with  brownish  red,  fine  grained,  earthy,-  smooth  4o  tlie  touch, 
becomes  polished  by  scraping,  very  light,  burns  with  a  disa- 
greeable smell  found  near  Cologne  ;  used  in  painting  both  in 
water  colours  or  in  oil,  wsed  alsg  hi  liolland,  to  render  snuff 
fine  and  smooth  :  very  drtlerent  from. the  brown  oclire — v.'hich 
is  also  called  iimber,-and  is- noKconibustible. 

Carmine.  Boil  one  bunce'-of  cQchincal,  finely  powdered, 
in  twelve  or  fourteen  pounds  of,  fain  or.- cfistiiled  .water,  in  a 
tinned  copper  vc"ss;cl,  far  ttirco  minutes,  then  add  twenty-five 
grains  of  alum  and  continue  ^he*  boilinj^  fbr-two  minutes, 
then  add  twenty-five  grains  of  alum  and  continue  tJic  boiling 
for  two  minutes  longer,  and  let  it  cool  ;-draw  off  the  clear 
liqaoV  as  soon  as  it  is  only  blood  waitn,  very  carefully,  into 
shallow  vessels,  and  put  thsm  by,  laying  a  sheet-of  paper  over 
them  to  keep  out  the  dust  for  a  couple  of  davs,  b}'  which  time 
the  carmine  will  have  settled.  |n  case  the  carmine  does  not 
settle  properly,  a  {qw  drops  of  a  solution  of  tin,  i»  e.  dyej's 
spirit,  or  asolution  of  green  vitriol  vv'ill  throv/  it  down  imme- 
diately :  the  water  being  then  drawn  off,  the  carmine  is  dried 
in  a  warm  stove.  The  first  coarse  sediment  serves  to  make 
Florence  lake  ;  ths  v/ater  drawn  off  is  liquid  rouge. 

2.  Boil  12  oz.  of  Cochineal  powdered,  six  drachms  of  alum 
in  30  lbs.  of  water,  strain  the  decoction,  add  Imlf  an  ounce  of 
dyer's  spirit,  and  after  the  carmine  has  settled,  decant  the 
liquid  and  dry  the  carmine — yields  about  one  and  a  half 
ounces,  used  as  a  paint  by  the  ladies  and  by  miniature  pain- 
ters. 


TRADESMAN  S    GUIDE.  127 

Whiting.  Prepared  from  the  soft  variety  of  chalk,  by 
diflusion  in  water,  letting  the  water  settle  for  two  hours,  that 
the  impurities  and  coarser  particles  may  subside  ;  then  draw- 
-ing  otV  the  still  milky  water,  letting  it  deposite  the  finer  sed- 
iment; is  much  finer  than  the  pi*e])ared  chalk  of  the  apothe- 
tarics;   but  is  principally  used  as  a  cheap  paint. 

Ultramarine  Blue.  Lnpis  lazuli — one  pound  is  heated  to 
redness,  quenched  in  water,  and  ground  to  fine  powder  :  to 
this  is  added  yellow  rosin  six  ounces  ;  turpentine,  beeswax; 
Knseed  oil,  of  each  two  ounces,  previously  melted  together; 
and  the  whole  made  into  a  mass  :  this  is  kneaded  in  success- 
ive po'rtions  of  warm  water,  which  it  colours  blue,  and  from 
whence  it  is  deposited  by  standing,  and  sorted  according  to 
its  qualities.  It  is  a  fine  blue  colour  in  oil. 
y  Naples  Yellow.  Lead,  one  pound  and  a  half;  crude  anti- 
'mony,  enc  pound  ;  alimi  and  common  salt,  of  each  one  ounce; 
calcined  together, 

2.  Flake  white,  t.«^elve  ounces  ;  diaphoretic  antimony,  two 
ounces;  calcined  alum,  haWan  cz.  sal  ammoniac,  one  ouncej 
calcine  in.  a  cov^ered  crucible  'with  a  moderate  hoctt  for  three 
hours, 'SO  thart  at  thd  e«d  of  that  time  it  may  be  barely  red 
hot:  with  a  Large  poi'tion  of  dicrphore-tic  antimon)'  and  sal  am- 
-p:it>niac,  it  verges  to  a  gold  eal,o«r..>  , 

''Si:ticeh^s   Green.  ~    P'rt^cipitate  a  solution  of  two  pounds  of 
blue  Vitriol  iua  sufFident  quantity  of  cold  water,   by  a  solu- 
;ti»n  of  eleyen  ouiices  of  while  arsei.ic,  and  two  ounces  of  kali 
ppm.  in  two  gallons  of  boiling  watch,  and  wash  the  precipi- 
tate—used  as  a  paint. 

Verditer  Blue.  I\Iade  by  the  renners  from  the  solution  of 
copper  obtained  in  precipitating  silver  from  nitric  acid,  by 
heating  it  in  copper  pans;  this  solution  they  heat  and  pour 
upon  v/hiting  moistCMied  with  Avater,  stirring  the  mixture 
every  dny,  till  tlie  liquor  loses  its  colour,  when  it  is  poured 
off,'  and  a  fresh  portion  of  the  solution  poured  on  until  the 
proper  colour  is  obtained  : — an  uncertain  process  ;  the  col- 
our sometimes  turning  out  a  dirt}'  green,  instead  of  a  {me 
blue. 

French  Verdigris.  Blue  vitriol,  twenty-four  ounces,  dis- 
solved in  a  sufficient  quantitj'  of  water  ;  sugar  of  lead,  thirty 
ounces  and  a  half,  also  dissolved  in  water  ;  mix  the  solution  ; 
filter,  and  .crystallize  by  evaporation.  It  yields  about  ten 
ounces  of  crystals; — ^^a  superior  paint   to    common   verdigris,- 


128  THE    ARTIST    AM) 

and  certainly  onght  to  be    used  in   medicine,   instead  oF  the 
common.. 

Pearl poiDcler.      Magestry  of  bismuih  ;   French  challc,  scra- 
ped fine  by  Dutch  rushes;    of  each  a  sufficient  quantity-— i 
i^osmetic. 

Smalt — powder  Blue.     Is  made  from  roasted  cobalt,  mel- 
ted  with  twice  or  thrice    its  weight  of  sand,    and    an  equalii 
weight  of  potash:  the  glass  is  poured  out  into  cold  water,- 
ground  to  powder,  washed   over,  and  sorted   by  its  fineness 
and  the  richness  of  ils    colour.      It  is   used   in    painting  and 
getting  up  linen. 

Blap.hjiiaTi* s  oil  colour  Cakes.     Grind  the  colours  first  with 
oil  of  turpentine  and  a  varnish  made  of  gum  mastic  in  pow- 
der, four  ounces,  dissolved  without  heat  in   a  pint  of  oil  of' 
turpentine  :   let  them  dry  ;   then  heat  a  grinding  stone  by  put-, 
ting  a  charcoal  fire  under  it  ;   grind   the   colours  upon  it,  and 
add  an   ointment,   made  by  adding  melted  spermaceti,   3   lbs.  i 
to  a'pint  of  poppy  oil  ;  take  a  piece  of  the  proper  size,  make 
it  into  a  ball;  put  this  into    a   mould    and    press    it.      When 
these  cakes  are  used,  rub  them  down    with  poppy  oil,   or  oil! 
of  turpentine. 

JBroicji  Red.  By  recalcining  green  vitriol,  previously  cal- 
cine'd  to  whiteness,  hy  an  intense  heat  until  rt  becomes  very 
red,  and  washing  the  residuum. 

Blackman' s  Colours  in  Bladders.  Are  prepared  with  tiie 
spermaceti  mixture,  like  his  oil  colour  'cakes,  but  the  propor- 
tion of  oil  is  larger* 

Kemp\s  White,  for  Water'Colours.      Ccckscomb  spar,  q. ;; 
p.  spirits  of  salt,  a    sufficient  quantity  ;   dissolve — add    carbo- 
nate of  ammonia  to  precipitate  the  white;    and  dry  in  cakes 
for  use. 

Crayons.      Spermaceti,  three  ounces,   boiling  water,  on^ 
pint;    add   bone  ashes  finely  ground,   one   pound,   colouring  1 
matter,  as  ochre,   &c.  q.  p.  roll  out  tlio  paste,  and  when  half 
dry,  cut  it  in  pipes. 

2.  Pipe  clay,  coloured  with  ochre,  &cc.  q.  p. — make  it  a 
paste  with  alewort. 

English  Verdigris.  Blue  vitriol,  24  pounds,  white  vitriol, 
16  pounds,  sugar  of  lead,  12  pounds,  alum,  2  lbs.,  all  coarsely 
powdered,  put  into  a  pot  over  the  fire  and  stirred  till  they  are 
united  into  a  mass. 

VanhermaiCs  Fish  Oil  Faints.  The  oil  for  ininding  white 


trauesman's  guide.  129 

Is  made  by  puttihg  litharge,  and  white  vitriol,  of  each  twelve 
pounds,  into  32  gallons  vinegar,  adding  after  some  time,  a  ton 
of  whale,  seal  or  cod  oil  ;  the  next  day  the  clear  part  is  poured 
off,  and  32  gallons  of  linseed  oil,  and  Iwo   gallons  of  oil  of 
.  turpentine,  are  added. 

2.  The  sediment,  left  when  the  clear  oil  is  poured  off,  mixed 
with'half  its  qnantit}^  of  lime  wa;er,  is  also  used  under  the 
name  of  prepared  residue  oil,  for  common  colours. 

3.  Pale  Green,     Six  gallons   of  lime  water,   whiting,  and 
I  road  dast,  of  each  one  hundred  weight,  thirty  pounds  of  blue 

black,  24  pounds  of  yellow  ochre,  wet  blue  (previously  ground 
[  in  prepared  residue  oil)  twenty  pounds — thin  with  a  qurtppd. 
I  residue  oil  to  each  8  pounds,  and  the  same  quantity  linseed 
i  oil. 

i  4.  Bright  Green.  100  lbs.  yellow  ochre,  150  lbs.  of  road 
Idust,  100  lbs.  of  wet  blue,  10  lbs.  blue  black,  6  galls.  Wnre 
I  water,  4  galls,  ppd.  residue  and  linseed  oil,  seven  and  a  half 
t  galls,  of  each. 

\i.  5.  Lead  Cotonr.  100  lbs.  whiting,  5  lbs.  blue  black,  28 
:  lbs.  white  lead,  ground  in  oil,  56  lbs.  road  dust,  5  galls,  lime 
I  water,  2  1-2  galN.  ppd.  residue  oil. 

'  6.  Brown  Red.  8  galls,  lime  water,  100  lbs.  Spanish 
I  brow^n,  200  lbs.  dust,  4  galls,  ppd.  fish  oil,  ppd.  residue  and 

linseed   oil,  of  each  four  gallons, 

7.  YclloiD.  Put  in  yellow  ochre,  instead  of  Spanish 
brown,  as  in  the  last. 

8.  Black.  Put  in  lamp  black  or  blue  black. 

9.  Stone  Colour.     4  galls,   lime  water.    100  lbs.   whiting, 
28  lbs.  white  lead,  ground  in    oil,   56  lbs.  road  dust,  2  galls. 
ppd.  fish  oil,  ppe.  residue,  and  linseed  oil,  of  each,  3  1-2  gal- 
lons. 

The  cheapness  of  these  paints,  and  the  hardness  and  durability  given 
to  them  by  the  road  dust,  or  ground  gravel,  has  brought  them  into 
great  use,  for  common  out  door  painting. 

Prussian  Blue.  Red  argol  and  salt  pctre  of  each  two  lbs. 
throw  the  powder  by  degrees  into  a  red  hot  crucible  ;  dry- 
bullock's    blood  over  the  fire,  and  mix  three  pounds  of  this 

rlol  3ry  blood  with  the  prepared  salt,  aed  calcine  it  in  a  crucible, 
till  it  no  longer  emits  a  flame  ;  then  dissolve  6  lbs.  of  common 
alum  in  26  lbs.  of  water,  and  strain  the  solution  ;  dissolve 
also  2  1  2  oz.  of  dried  green  vitriol  in  2  lbs.  water,  and  strain 

i,ii{|wlnle  hot;  mix  the  two  solutions  together,  while  boiling  hot; 


It  J 


130  THE    ARTIST    AND  _ 

dissolve  the  alkaline  salt,  calcined  with  blood,  in  27  lbs.  of 
water,  and  filter  tliroiigh  paper,  supported  upon  linen  ;  mix 
this  with  the  other  solution,  and  strain  through  linen  ;  put  the 
sediment  left  upon  linen,  while  moist,  into  an  earthen  pan, 
and  add  one  pound  and  a  half  of  spirit  of  salt, — stir  the  mass 
and  when  the  effervescence  is  over,  dilute  with  plenty  of  wa- 
ter, and  strain  again- — lastly,  dry  the  sediment. 

2.  Mix  oneponnd  of  kali  ppd.  with  two  pounds  dried  blood 
put  it  into  a  crucible,  or  long  pot,  and  keep  it  in  a  red  heat 
till  it  no  longer  flames  ar  smokes,  then  take  out  a  small  por* 
tion,  dissolve  it  in  water,  and  observe  its  colour  and  effects 
upon  a  solution  of  silver  in  aqua-fortis,  for  when  sufficiently 
calcined,  it  will  neither  look  yellowish.,  nor  precipitate  silver 
of  a  brownish  or  blackish  colour.  It  is  then  to  be  taken  out 
of  th3  fire  ;  and  when  cool,  dissolved  in  u  pint  and  a  half  of 
water.  Take  green  vitriol,  one  part,  common  alum,  one  to" 
three  parts  ;  mix,  and  dissolve  them  in  a  good  quantity  of 
water,  by  boiling,  atul  filter  while  hot :  precipitate  this  solu- 
tion by  adding  a  sufficient  quantity  of  thf  solution  of  ppd.^ 
alkali  ;  and  filter — the  precipitate  v/ill  be  darker  the  less  alum- 
is  added,  but  it  will  be  greener  from  the  greater  a.dmixture  of 
the  oxide  of  iron,  which  is  precipitated,  and  which  must  be 
got  rid  of,  by  adding  while  moist,  spirit  of  salt,  diluting  the 
mixture  with  water,  and  straining. 

3.  Precipitate  a  solution  of  green  vitriol,  with  a  solution  of* 
ppd.  alkali,  and  purify  the  precipitate  v/ith  spirits  of  salt — - 
precipitate  a  solution  of  common  alum,  with  a  solution  of 
kali  ppd. — mix  the  two  sediments  together,  while  diffused  in 
warm  water;  strain  and  dry. 

Vermilion.  Cinnahar.  Put  quicksilver  in  a  glazed  dish, 
set  it  on  a  sand  bath,  let  it  be  well  surrounded  with  sand 
every  wa'y  ;  pour  some  melted  brimstone  over  it,  and  with 
an  iron  spatula  keep  constantly  stirring  till  the  whole  is  con* 
verted  into  a  black  powder.  With  this  powder  fill  the  quar- 
ter part  of  a  retort,  with  a  short  'and  wide  neck.  Place  it 
first  on  a  fire  of  cinders, — increase  it  by  degrens,  and  con- 
tinue it  for  ten  hours  ;  after  which,  make  a  blasting  one 
twelve  hourF. 

By  the  first  fire  there  wiil  arise  a  black  flnme — hy  the  second,  a  yel- 
low,— and  by  the  last,  a  red.     As  soon  as  tijis  is  the  case  let  the  vessel 
cool,  and  you  will  find  in  the  receiver,  aiid  in  the  nock  of  the  retort,  a 
very  fine  cinnabar.     Some,  instead  of  a  glass  retort,  use  an  earthen, ; 
or  stone. 


tradesman's  guide.  131 

A  Fine  Azure.  Boil  and  siiim  well,  sixteen  pounds  of 
chamber  lye  ;  then,  add  one  pound  fine  shellac,  and  five 
ounces  of  alum,  in  powder.  Boil  all  together,  till  you  ob- 
serve the  chamber  lye  is  well  changed  with  the  colour,  which 
is  determined  by.  steopuig  a  white  mg  in  it — -if  the  colour 
does  not  please,  boil  it  longer,  ijnuergoing  a  repetrtion  until 
satisfied.  Now,  put  the  iiqtior  into  a  tlannel  bag — without 
sutl'ering  what  runs  into  the  pan  under,  to  settle  ;  re-pour  it 
into  the.  bag,  and  continue  the  process,  till  the  liquor  is  quite 
clear  and  not  tinged  ;  then  with  a  wooden  spatnla  take  off 
the  lake,  which  is  in  the  form  of  curd  ;  make  it  into  small 
cakes,  and  dry  them  in  a  slxidc  on  new  tiles;  then  they  are 
in  a  stale  to  be  kept  for  use. 

To  3Iarhle  Wood.  Give  it  a  coat  of  blacking  varnish  ; 
repeat  it  as  many  times  as'youthink  necessary;  then  polish 

if- 

2.  Dilute  some  white  vainish,  lay  it  on  the  black  ground, 
tracing  with  it, -such  invitations  as  you  like  ;  when  dry,  rub  it 
lightly  with  rushes,  then  wipe  it, "and  give  a  last  coat  of 
transparent  white  varnish,  when  dry,  polish  it. 

To. imitate  White  Marjdc.  Break  and  calcine  the  finest 
white  marble,  gnnd  it  fine  and  dilute  it  with  size;  lay  two 
coats  of  this  o-n  the  v.ood,  v.iiich,  when  drv,  jjolish  and 
varnish  asJicTore  directed. 

To  imiintc  Block  Tdarble.  Burn  lamp  black  in  a  ladle, 
red  liot,  then  grind  it  with  l>randy.  For  the  bulk  of 
an  egg  of  black,  put' the  size  of  a  pea  in  lead,  in  drops, 
as  much  of  tallow,  and  the  Srime  quantity  of  soap — grind 
and  mix";  then  dilute  it  v/ith  a  very  weak  size  water.  Give 
four  coats  of  this,- and  then  polish. 

To  make  Lamp  Black  for  limning.  Burn  some  nut  shells 
Nin  an  iron  pan,  and  throw  them  into  another  full  of  water  ; 
'then  ^rind  them  on  marble  with  ^either  oil  or  varnish. 

Blue.     Wh.iling  ground    v.ilh  verdigris  will   make  a  very 
good   blue. 

.^  A  Fine  Gj'ccn.  Grind  verdigris  with  vinegar,  and  a  very 
small  quantity  of  tartar  ;  then  add  a  liitle*quicklime  and  sap 
green,  which  grind,  with  tiie  rest,  and  put  it  into  shells  for 
ieoping.      If  it.  becomes  too  hard,  dilate  \x  with  vinegar. 

2.   Grind  on  a  marble  stone,  verdigris,  and  a  third  as  much 
jf  tartar,  with  white  v/ine  vinegar. 

Sap  green.     Express  thiChlarkbeiry  juice,  when  full  ripe; 


132  THE    ARTIST    ANG 

add  some  alum  to  it;  put  it  in  a  bladder,  and  hang  it  In  some    ; 
place  to  dry. 

To  make  Lake.  Take  three  parts  of  an  ounce  of  Brazil 
wood,  a  pint  of  clear  water,  one  and  a  half  drachms  alum, 
eighteen  grains  salt  of  tartar  ;  the  bulk  of  two  filberts  of 
mineral  ct3'stal ;  three  quarters  of  a  pound  of  the  whitest 
sound  fish  bones,  rasped  ;  mix,  bo.il  till  reduced  to  one  third; 
strain  three  times  through  a  coarse  cloth;  then  set  it  in  the 
sun  under  cO'ver  to  dry. 

A  Liquid  Lake.  On  a  quantity  of  alum  and  cochineal 
pounded  and  boiled  together,  pour  drops  of  oil  of  tartar, 
until  it  becomes  a  fine  colour. 

A  Good  Azure.  Two  ounces  of  quicksilver;  sulphur  and 
sal  ammoniac,  of  each  one  ounce:  grind  all  together,  and  put 
it  to  digest  in  a  matrass  over  a  slow  heat;  increase  the  fire  a 
little;  and  svhen  you  see  an  azured  fume  arising,  take  the  ma- 
tarss  ofi'.  When  cool,  as  beautiful  an  azure  is  produced  as 
ultramarine. 

To  dije  Bones  black.  Litharge  and  quicklime,  of  each  six 
ounces;  boil  in  common,  water,  with  the  bones;  stirring  them 
till  the  water  begins  to  boil;  then  take  it  from  the  fire,  and 
continue  stirring  the  mixture  till  the  water  is  cold,  when  the 
bones  will  become  dyed  black. 

To  Di/e  Bones  green.  Pound  well  together  in  a  quart  of 
strong  vinegar,  three  ounces  of  verdigris,  as  much  of  brass 
filings  and  a  handful  of  rue.  When  done  put  all  in  a  glass 
vessel  along  with  the  bones  you  wish  to  dj'e,  and  stop  it  v/ell. 
Place  this  in  a  cold  cellar;  in  a  fortnight,  the  bones  will  be 
dyed  green. 

To  dye  Bones  and  Ivory  a  fine  red.  Boil  scarlet  flocks 
in  clear  water,  assisted  with  pearlashes  to  draw  the  colour; 
then  clarify  it  with  alum,  and  strain  the  tincture  through  a 
piece  of  linen.  To  dye  bones  or  ivory  in  red,  you  must  first 
rub  them  with  aqua  fortis  and  then  immediately  with  the 
tincture. 

To  whiten  Bones.  Put  a  handful  of  bran  and  quick  lime 
together  into  a  new  pipkin,  with  sufficient  quantity  of  water^ 
and  boil  it.  Boil  the  bones  in  this  until  freed  from  greasy 
particles. 

To  Dye  Wood  red.  Soak  chopped  Brazil  wood  in  oil  of 
tartar;  (or  boil  it  in  common  water  ;)  give  the  wood  a  coat 
of  yellow,  made    of  saflron,   diluted   in   water;  when    dry, 


TRADESMAN  a;    GUIDE.  ISS 

give  it  several  coats  of  the  first  preparation,  till  the  hue  be- 
comes pleasing.  When  dry  hurriish  it,  and  lay  on  a  coat  of 
drying  varnish  with  the  palm  of  your  hand.  If  a  very  deep 
red  Is  wanted,  boil  the  brazil  wood  in  water,  by  adding  a 
small  quantity  of  alum  or  quick  lime. 

To  Dye  Wood  W/iiie  and  to  produce  a  fine  Polish.  ¥\- 
ne:.t  English  white  chalk  ground  in  subtile  powder  on  marble; 
then  let  it  dry  ;  set  it  in  a  pipkin  on  the  fire,  with  a  weak  si- 
zed water,  having  great  care  not  to  let  it  turn  brown, — when 
hor,  give  nrst  a  coat  of  size  to  your  wood  ;  lei  it  dry  ;  then 
give  one  or  two  coats  of  the  while  over  it.  These  being  dry 
also,  polish  with  the  rushes,  and  burnish. 

To  Dye  in  Polished  Black.  Grind  lamp  black  on  marble 
witii  gum  water  ;  ihen  put  it  into  a  jiipkm,  and  wiih  a  brush 
give  the  wood  a  coat  of  this;   when  diy,  jjulish. 

To  imifa/c  Ebony.  Infuse  nui  galls  in  vinegar,  in  which 
you  have  soaked  rusty  nails  :  rub  the  wood  vv-th  this,  let  it 
dry,  polish  and  burnish. 

To  imitate  Gold^  Silver^  or  Copper.  Rodv  crystal  pul- 
verised very  fine,  put  into  water,  warm  it  in  a  new  pipkin, 
with  a  little  size  ;  then  give  a  coat  of  it  on  the  wood  with  a 
brush.  When  dry,  rub  a  pie<;e  of  gold,  silver,  or  copper  on 
the  wood  thus  prepared,  .md  it  will  assume  the  colour  of  the 
metal  which  you  rub  it  v/ith  ;   afier  which  burnish. 

Ivory  Black.  Is  made  by  burning  ivory  till  it  is  qvife  black, 
which  is  usually  done  between  two  crucibles,  well  luted  to- 
gether ;   used  either  as  an  oil  or  water  colour. 

Bone  Black.  From  bones  burnt  in  the  sanie  manner  as 
ivory  black  ;  used  by  pa  nters,  cf-c.  Burnt  cork  is  also  used. 
Of  the  Colouring  principle  of  Blood.  After  having  drain- 
ed the  clots  of  blood  through  a  hair  sieve,  tincture  it  in  an 
earthen  vessel,  with  four  parts  of  sulpliuric  acid,  previously 
diluted  wiih  eight  parts  of  water,  and  heat  the  mixture  at  70" 
(cent. — 158  deg.  Fahrenheit.)  for  five  or  six  hours:  filter  the 
liquor  while  hof,  wliich  contains  the  colouring  principles  of 
the  blood,  albumen,  and  probably  some  fibrin  ;  wash  the  resi- 
duum with  water,  equal  in  quantity  to  that  (f  the  acid  em- 
ployed ;  evaporate  the  solutions  to  one  half  their  bulk,  then 
pour  in  ammonia  suflicient  to  leave  only  a  slight  excess  of 
acid  ;  stir  it,  and  we  obtain  a  deposite  of  a  purple  rv.d  colour 
principally  consisting  of  the  colouring  matter,  and  couiaining 
neither  albumen,  nor  fibrin  ;  wash  this  deposite  until  the  wa» 

12 


.5-i 


THE    ARTIST    A^iV 


tcr  contains  no  more  sulphuric  acid,  or  does  not  preetpifafe^ 
any  longer  the  nitrtite  of  barytes  ;  it  is  then  put  on  -a  tiher^ 
anJ  dropped  on  blotting  paper,  from  which  it  is  taken  by 
naeans  of  an  ivory  knife  and  dried  on  a  capsule. 

Prtpared  Ox,  Gall.  The  fresh  gall  is  left  for  the  night  to- 
settle;  the  clear  iiuid  poured  ollVand  evaporated  in  a  water 
bath,  to  a  proper  consis'.ence  ;  used  by  painters  in  water  col- 
ours, and  thus  enables  them  to  form  an  even  surface  of  colour; 
and  also  instead  of  soap  to  wasit  greasy  cloth. 

Cobalt^  is  sold  in  tlie  shops  in  the  state  of  an  imperfect 
oxide,  called  Zciffre,      The  pure  metal  is  reddish  gre\-. 

iMiX  finely  pulverized  flint  and  borax,  and  put  in  a  small- 
quantity  of  za tire.  Melt  this  mixture  with  pretty  strong  heat 
in  a  crucible,  and  a  strong  blue  glass  will  he  produced.  Or,, 
put  a  little- zatiVe  in  borax  alone,  or  in  pcarlash,  and  melt  the 
mixture. 

The  smalt  sold  in  shops  in  powder  i^  merely  pulverized  glass  prepa- 
red as  a-bove. 

Metallic  Watcr'mg,  or  for  Blanc  Moire.  This  article  of 
Parisian  invention,  whicli  is  much  employed  to  cover  cabinet 
ornametjtal  work,  dressing  boxes,  telescopes,  &c.  is  prepared' 
as  follows  :  dilute  sulphuric,  acid,  with  from  7  to  9  parts  of 
water  ;  then  dip  a  sponge  or  rag  into  it,,  and  wash  the  surface' 
of  a  siieet  of  tin  ;  this  will  speedily  exhibit  the  appearance  of 
crj'stallization,  which  is  th(!  moire.  This  eQbct  is  not  easily 
produced  upon  every  sort  of  sheet  tin  ;  for  if  much  hardened 
by  hammering  and  rolling,  then  the  moire  cannot  be  effected 
until  the  sheet  has  beert  heated  so  as  to  produce  an  incipient 
fusion  on  the  surface,  after  which  the  acid  will  act  upon  it, 
and  produce  en  incipient  fusion  on  the  surface,  after  which 
the  acid  Vrill  act  upon  it,  and  produce  the  moire.  Almost  any 
acid  will  do  as  well  as  the  sulphuric,  and  it  is  said  the  nitric 
acid,  dissolved  in  a  sufhcient  quantity  of  water,  arswers  bet- 
ter than  any  oth^r.  The  moire  can  be  much  improved  by 
employing  the  blow-pipe,  to  form  small  and  beautiful  specks 
on  the  surface  of  the  tin,  previous  to  the  application  of  tiie 
acid.  When  the  moire  has  been  formed,  the  plate  is  to  be 
varnislied  and  polished,  the  varnish  being  tinted  with  any  gla- 
zing colour,  and  thus  the  red,  green,  yellow,  and  pearl  col- 
oured moires/are  manufactured. 

Zaffre.  One  part  of  roasted  cobalt,  ground  with  two  or 
three  parts  of  very  pure  quartzose   sand  ;  is  either  in  a  cake 


niADES.MAX's    GUIDE.  135 

'€.r  teduced  to  powder  :  used  as  a  blue  colour  fur  painting 
glass. 

Purjtle  Precipitate;  Cassin's  Purple.  Solution  of  gold  in 
Trqun-rogia,  1  oz.  di:.tiUed  water,  I  1-2  Jb.  ;  hang  it  in  the  li- 
quid slips  of  tm-. 

2.  By  precipitating  the  diUited  solution  of  gold,  by  dyer's 
spirit,  will  communicate  a  purple  colour  to  glass,  when  melted 
in  an  open  vcssgL  In  a  close  vessel  the  glass  receives  no  co» 
lour,    ' 

CHAPTER  XXIII. 

^^arnishes — to  give  a  Dri/ing  Quality  to  Oils — Oils — Japans 
— Bronzing  Liquor— Incisibh  Inks. 

To  7ijake  White  Copal  Varnish.  1.  White  oxide  of  lead, 
■cerused,  Spanish, white,  white  claj'.  Such  of  these  snbstan- 
=ces  as  are  preferred  ought  to  be  carefully  dried.  Ceruse  and 
claj's  obstinately  retain  a  sjreat  deal  of  humidity,  whii^h\vould 
oppose  their  adhesion  to  drying  oil  or  varnish,  Tiie  ce- 
ment then  crumbles  under  the  fingers,  and  does  not  assume  a 
body. 

2.  On  iG  ounces  melted  copal,  pour  4,  6,  or  8  ounces  of 
linseed  oil,  boiled  and  quite  ^i:v.e  from  grease  ;  when  well 
mixed  by  repeated  stirrings,  and  after  they  are  pretty  cool, 
.pour  on  JG  ounces  of  the  essence  of  Venice  turpentine.  Pass 
jhe  varnish  through  a  cloth. 

Amber  Varnish,  is  made  in  the  same  way. 

Black.  Lampblack  made  of  burnt  vine  tv.'igs,  and  black 
<of  peach  stones.  The  lampblack  must  be  carefully  washed, 
snd  afterwards  dried.  Washing  carries  off  a  great  many  of 
its  in?purities. 

YelloiB.  Yellow  oxide  of  lead  of  Naples  and  Montpelier, 
Ijoth  reduced  to  impalpable  powder.  These  yellows  are  hurt 
by  the  contact  of  iion  and  steel  ;  in  mixing  them  up,  tliere- 
fore,  a  horn  spatula,  with  a  glass  mortar  and  pestle  m-jst  be 
<3mployed.  Gum  guttgs,  yellow  ochre,  or  Dutch  pink,  accor- 
din?  to  the  nature  and  tone  of  the  colour  to  be  imitated. 

Blue.  Indigo,  Prijssian  blue,  blue  verditure,  and  ultra- 
marine.     All  these  substances  must  be  very  much  divided. 

Green.  Verdigris,  crystalized  verdigris,  compound  green, 
^a  mixture  of  blue  and  yellow.)  The  first  two  require  a  mix- 
ture  ofwL-ilt?   in  proper  proportion.-,  from  a  fourth  to  two- 


116  THE    ARTIST    AiNt> 

thirds,  according  to  the  tint  intended  to  be  given.-  The  white 
used  for  this  purpose  is  the  ceruse,  or  the  white  oxide  of  lead, 
or  Spanish  white,  which  is  less  solid. 

Red.:  Red  sulphuretted  ox'sde  of  mercury,  (cinnabar  ver- 
milion,) red  oxide  of  lead,  (aiiniuni)  dilTerenl  red  ochres,  or 
Prussian  reds,  <^'c. 

Purple.  Cochineal,  carmine,  and  carminated  lakes,  with 
ceruse,  and  boiled  oil. 

Brick.      Dragon's  blood. 

Chamois  Colour.  Dragon's  blood,  with  ^i  paste  c^Tiposed 
of  flowers  of  zinc;  or,  what  is  still  better,  a  little  re*  vermil- 
ion. 

Violet.  Red  sulphuretted  oxide  of  mercury,  n)i<ed  with 
lampblack,  washed  very  dry,  or  with  the  blark  of  bunt  vine 
twigs  ;  and  to  render  it  more  mellow,  a  proper  mixt-.e  of  red, 
blue  and  white. 

Pearl  Grey.  Vvh'te  and  black,  white  and  blue  ;  for  exam^ 
pie,  ceruse  and  lampblack  ;   ceruse  and  indigo. 

Flaxen  Grey.  Ceruse,  which  forms  the  ground  of  the 
paste,  mixed  with  a  small  quantity  of  Cologne  earth,  as  much 
English  red.  or  carminated  lake,  which  is  not  so  durable,  and 
a  particle  of  Prussiate  of  iron.      (Prussian  blue.) 

For  ViolinSy  ^■'C.  To  a  gallon  of  rectified  spirit  of  wine, 
add  six  ounces  of  gum  sandarac,  three  ounces  of  gum  mastic, 
and  half  a  pint  turpentine  varnish.  Put  ihe  whole  into  a  tin 
can,  which  keep  in  a  warm  place,  frequently  shaking  it,  for 
twelve  days,  until  it  is  dissolved.  Then  strain  and  keep  it 
for  use. 

To  make  a  colourless  Copal  Varnish.  In  selecting  such 
pieces  as  are  good,  as  all  copal  is  not  fit  for  this  purpose,  each 
piece  must  be  taken  separately  ; — let  fall  on  it,  a  drop  of  pure 
essential  oil  of  rosemary,  not  altered  by  keeping.  The  pieces 
which  soften  at  the  part  that  imbibes  the  oil  are  good  :  reduce 
them  to  pov/der,  which  sift  through  a  very  fine  hair  sieve,  and 
put  it  into  a  glass,  on  the  bottom  of  which  it  must  not  lie  more 
than  a  finger's  breadth  thick.  Pour  upon  it  essence  of  rose- 
mary to  a  s'.mllar  height;  stir  the  whole  for  a  few  minutes, 
when  the  copal  will  dissolve  into  a  viscous  fluid  ;  let  it  stand 
for  two  hours,  then  pour  on  to  it  gently,  two  or  three  drops 
of  very  pure  alc()liol,  which  distribute  over  the  oily  mass  by 
inclining  the  bottle  in  different  directions  with  a  very  gentle 
]f8»tion  :  repeat  this  operation  by  little  and   little   till  the  in- 


YftAE)ESMAN''s    auiDE.  137 

Corporation  is  effected,  and  the  varnisli  reduced  to  a  proper 
degree  of  flaidity.  It  must  til  en  be  left  to  stand  a  few  days, 
and  when  very  clear,  be  decanted  off. 

This  varnish  thus  made  without  b'eat,  may  be  applied  with  equal  sue- 
'C3SS,  to  pasteboard,  wood,,  au  i  inotals,  and  takes  a  better  poiirfh  than  any 
othf'.r.  It  may  be  used  on  paintings,  th©  beauty  of  which  it  greatly 
ijeightens.  .    -  .  . 

Gold  coloured  Copal  Varnhli.  One  ounce  copal  in  pow- 
•der,  two  ounces  essential  oil  of  lavender,  and  six  ounces  es- 
sence of  turpentine.  Put  the  oil  of  lavender  into  a  matrass 
of  proper  size,  placed  on  a  sand  bath,  heated  by  a  lamp,  or 
over  a  moderate  coal  fire;  add  to  the  oil  while  very  warm, 
«nd  at  several  times,  the  copal  powder,  stir  the  mixture  with 
«  stick  of  white  wood,  rounded  at  th«  end  ;  when  the  copal 
lias  entirely  disappeared,  add  at  three  diflerent  times,  the  es- 
sence almost  in  a  stnte  of  ebullition,  and  keep  continually 
stirring  the  niixtiue.  When  the  solution  is  completed,  the  re- 
■sult  will  be  a  varnish  of  gold  colour,  exceedingly  durable 
and  brilliant,  but  less  drying  th-^n  the  preceding. 

2.  To  obtain  thi.-^  varnish  colourfess,  it  will  be  proper  to 
rectify  the  essence  of  t!ie  shops, which  is  often  h'jihly  coloured, 
and  to  give  it  the  necessary  density  by  exposure  to  the  sun  in 
■bottles  closed  with  cork  sio.ppers,  le,  ving  an  interval  of  soma 
inches  between  the  stopper  h\\(\  the  surface  of  tlie  liquid  ;  a 
iow  months  are  tlius  sufiicient  to  Ciiminunicate  to  it  the  re- 
f^uircd  qualities;  besides,  the  essence  of  the  shops  is  rarely 
5)ossessed  of  that  slate  of  consistence,  wiili^ut  having  at  the 
same  time  a  strong  amber  colour, 

The  varni?k  resulting  finm  the  solution  of  copal  in  oil  of  turpentine 
brouffht  to  such  a  state  as  to  produce  a  niasiiTiuni  of  solution,  is  ex 
ceeduigiy  durable  and  brilliant.  It  resists  the  sliock '  of  hard  bodies 
much  belter  tiian  the  ename'l  of  toys,  which  oftef^  becomes  scratched  and 
<vhitened  by  the  impression  ot  repeated  friction  ;  it  is  a])piied  with 
greater  success  to  philosophical  iRstrum*nts;  and  the  paintings  with 
whicii  vessels  and  other  utensils  of  metal  are  decorated. 

2.  Four  ounces  copal,  and  one  ounce  clear  turpentine.  Put 
the  copal,  coarsely  pulverized,  into  a  varnish  pot,  and  give  it 
the  form  of  a  pyramid,  which  niust  be  covered  with  turpen- 
tine. Shut  the' vessel  closely,  and  placinJ^  it  over  a  gentle 
fire,  increase  the  heat  gradually,  that  it  may  not  attack  the 
copal  ;  as  soon  as  the  matter  i;^  well  liquitied,  pour  it  upon  a 
plate  of  copper,  and  when  it  has  resumed  its  consistence  re- 
duce it  to  powder.      Put  half  an  ounce  of  this  powder  into  a 

"12 


laf*  THE    ARTIST    AKB 

malrass  with  four  ounces  of  the  essence  of  turpentine,  and 
s'ir  the  luixiure  till   ibe  solid  matter  is  entirely  dissolved. 

Camphorated  Copal  Varnish,  is  designed  for  articles 
whicii  require  durabiiiiy,  pliableness,  and  transparency.  Two 
ounces  pulverized  copal,  six  ounces  essential  oil  of  lavender, 
one-eighth  of  an  ounce  camphor,  and  essence  of  turpentine, 
a  sufficient  quantity,  according  to  the  consistence  required  to 
be  given  to  the  varnish.  Put  into  a  phial  of  thin  glass,  or  in- 
to a  small  matrass,  the  oil  of  lavender  and  the  camphor,  and 
place  the  mixture  on  a  moderately  open  frre,  to  bring  tnem  to 
a  slight  state  of  ebullition  ;  then  add  the  copal  powder  in 
small  quantities,  which  must  be  renewed  as  ihey  disappear  in 
the  liquid.  Favour  the  solution  by  continually  stirring  it  with 
a  stick  of  white  wood  ;  and  when  the  copal  is  incorporated 
wiih  the  oil,  add  the  turpentine  boiling  ;  but  care  musi  be  ta- 
ken to  pour  in,  at  first,  only  a  small  portion. 

Thi*  varnish  is  little  Cfiloured,  and  by  rrst  it  acquires  a  transparency 
uhich,  united  to  the  solidi'.y  observed  in  almost  evt-ry  kind  of  copal  var- 
nish, renders  it  fit  to  be  applied  with  great  success  in  rniny  cases,  and 
jjarticularly  in  the  invention  substituting  varnished  metallic  gauze,  used 
for  the  cabin  windows  of  ships,  as  piesenting  more  resistance  to  tho 
concussion  of  air,  during  the  tiring  of  guns,  in  the  room  of  Muscovy 
tale,  a  kind  of  mica,  in  large  laminae.    . 

I^at  Amber  or  Copal  Varnish.  Four  ounces  of  amber  or 
cojial  of  one  fusion,  fourteen  ounces  essence  of  turpentine, 
and  ten  ounces  of  drying  linseed  oil.  Put  the  whole  into  a 
pretU'  large  malrass,  and  expose  to  the  heat  of  balneum  maiiae, 
or  move  ii  over  the  surlace  of  an  uncovered  chafiing  dish,  but 
without  fl<inie,  and  at  the  distance  from  it  to  two  or  three  in- 
ches. When  the  solution  is  completed;  add  still  a  liitld  copal 
or  amber  to  saturate  the  liquid:  then  pour  the  whole  on  a  filter 
prepared  with  cotton;  and  leave  it  to  charify  by  rest.  If  the 
varnish  is  too  thick,  add  a  little  warm  essence  to  prevent  the 
separation  of  any  of  the  amber* 

This  varnish  is  coloured,  but  far  less  so  than  those  com* 
posed  by  the  usual  meihods.  When  spread  over  white  wood, 
witiiout  any  prejtaralion,  it  forms  a  st>lid  glazing,  and  com* 
muiiicates  a  slight  tint  to  the  wood. 

If  it  be  required  to  change  this  varnish  wi:h  more  copal,  or 
prepared  amber,  the  liquid  must  be  composed  of  two  parts 
of  essence  for  one  of  od. 

Compound  Mastic  Varnish.  Thirty-two  ounces  of  pure 
alrohol,  six  ounces  of  purified  mastic,  three  ounces   of  gum 


TllADESMAiN  «  «Lli)E.  13^ 

^andarac,   ounces   of  very  clear  Veuice  turpentine,  and  four 
ounces  of  glass,  coarsely  pounded. 

Reduce  the  mastic  and  sandarac  of  fine  powder;  mix  with 
white  glass,  from  which  the  finest  parts  have  been  separated 
by  a  hair  sieve;  put  all  the  ingredients,  with  alcohol,  into  a 
short  necked  matrass,  adapted  to  a  stick  of  white  wood  rounded 
at  the  end,  the  length  proportioned  to  the  height  of  the  ma- 
trass, that  it  may  be  put  in  motion.  Expose  the  matrass  in 
a  vessel  filled  with  water,  made  at  firct  a  little  warm,  and 
which  must  afterwards  be  maintained  in  a  state  of  ebullition 
for  one  or  two  hours.  The  matrass  may  bo  made  fast  to  a 
ring  of  straw. 

When  the  solution  is  sufticiently  extended,  add  the  turpen^ 
'tine,  which  must  be  kept  separately  in  a  phial,  or  pot,  and 
which  must  be  melted,  by  immersing  it  in  a  bainucm  marias 
for  a  moment;  the  matrass  must  be  still  left  in  the  water  for 
lialf  an  hour,  when  it  may  be  taken  off,  and  the  varnish  stir- 
red till  somewhat  cool.  Next  day  draw  off  and  filtei  through 
cotton.  By  these  means  it  will  become  exceediiigly  limpid. 
The  addition  of  glass  may  appear  extraordinary;  but  it  divides 
the  parts  of  the  mixture,  which  has  been  made  with  the  dry 
ingredients,  and  the  same  quality  is  retained  when  placed  over 
the  fire.  It  obviates  uiih  success  two  inconveniences  very 
tVoublesome  to  those  who  compose  varnishes.  First,  by 
dividing  the  matters,  it  facilitates  the  action  of  the  alcohol, 
and  in  the  second,  its  weight,  which  surpasses  that  of  resins; 
prevents  these  resins  from  adhering  to  the  bottom  of  the  ma- 
trass, and  also  the  coloration  acquired  by  the  varnish,  where 
a  sand  bath  is  employed,  as  is  commonly  the  case.  The  ap- 
plication of  this  varnish  is  suited  to  articles  belonging  to  the 
toilette;  such  as  dressing  boxes,  cut  paper  work  &c.  The 
following  possesses  the  same  brilliancy  and  lustre,  but  have 
more  solidity,  and  are  very  drying. 

Camphorated  Mastic  Varnish  for  Paintings.  Tw^i\ve 
-t>unces  mastic,  cleaned  and  v/ashed,  one  and  a  hfdf  ounces 
pure  turpentine,  and  a  half  ounce  of  camphor,  five  ounces 
white  glass,  pounded,  and  thirty-six  ounces  ethereous  essence 
of  turpentine.  Make  it  according  to  the  method  indicated 
for  that  of  the  first  genus.  The  campiior  is  employed  in 
pieces;  the  turpentine  added,  when  the  solution  of  resin  is 
completed.  If  the  varnish  is  to  be  appli«'d  to  old  paintings, 
or  those  which  have  been    already  varnished,  the  turpentine 


140  THE    ARTIST  AND 

may  be  suppressed,  as  it  is  recommended  here,  only  in  cas^S 
of  a  first  application  to  painiings,  and  just  freed  from  white 
of  egg  varnish.  Tlie  ethereoiis  essence  recommended,  is  t'cat 
distilled  "slowly,  without  any  intermediate  substance,  according 
to  the  second  process  already  given  for  its  rectification. 

The  question  by  able  masters  lias  never  yet  been  determined  respect- 
ing the  kind  of  varnish  proper  to  be  employed  for  paintintrs.  Some 
artists  have  paid  particular  attention  to  this  object,  am!  make  a  mystery^ 
of  the  means  they  employ.  The  real  end.  may  be  obtained  by  giving 
the  varnish,  d'islined  for  painting,  pliability  and  softness,  without  being 
too  solicitous  in  regard  to  what  may  add  to  its  consistence  or  durability. 
The  latter  quality  is  particularly  requisite  m  those  which  are  to  be 
applied  to  articles  much  exposed  to  friction,  as  boxes,  furnitu'*e,  &G. 

To  make  Painter''s  Cream.  Painters  who  have  long  in- 
tervals between  their  periods  of  labour,  are  accustomed  to 
cover  the  parts  they  have  priinted  with  a  preparation  which- 
preserves  the  freshness  of  the  Colours,  and  which  they  can 
remove  w!iea  they  resume  their  work.  The  preparation  is  ag 
follows: 

Three  ounces  very  clean  nut  oil,  half  ori  ounce  mastic  iri 
tears;  pulverized,  and  one-third  of  an  ounce  s,h\  saturni,  iti 
powder.  Dissolve  the  mastic  oil  over  a  gentle  fire,  and  [>our 
the  mixture  into  a  njarble  mortar,  oVer  the  pounded  salt  of 
lead;  stir  it  with  a  wooden  pestle,  and  add  \yater  in  small 
qumtities,  till  the  matter  assumes  the  appearance  and  consis- 
'tence  of  cream,, and  refuses  to  admit  more  water. 

Saadarac  Varnish.  Eight  ounces  gum  sandarac,  two  ounce^ 
pounded  mastic,  four  ounces  clear  turpentine,  four  ounces 
pounded  glass,  and  thirty-. wo  ounces  alcohol;  mix  and  dis- 
s"olve  as  before. 

Compound  Sandarac  Varnish.  Three  ounces  pounded 
copal,  of  an  amber  colour;  once  liquified,  six  ounces  gum. 
■sandarac,  tiiree  ounces  mastic,  cleaned,  two  and  a  half  ounces 
clear  turpentine,  four  ounces  pounded  glass,  and  thirty-tsvo 
ounces  pure  alcohol.  Mix  these  ingredients;  pursuing  the 
^anje  method  as  above. 

This  varnish  is  destined  for  articles  subject  to  friction,  sucli  as  furni"^ 
lure,  chairs,  fan  sticks,  mouldings,  <^-c.  and  even  metals,  to  wliich  it  may 
be  applied  with  success.     The  sandarac  gives  it  great  durability. 

Camphorated  Sandarac  Varnish  for  Cut  Paper  Work, 
Dressing  Boxes,  S^c.  1.  Six  ounces  sandarac,  four  ounces 
gum  clemi,  one  ounce  gum  anima,  half  an  ounce  camphor, 
four   ounces  pounded   glass   and    thirty-two   ounces  alcohol. 


tradssjian's   etflDE.  141 

Make  the  varnish  according  to  directions  already  given.  The 
soft  resins  must  be  pounded  with  the  dry  bodies;  camphor  to 
be  added  in  small  pieces. 

2.  Six  ounces  gallipot  or  white  incense,  two  ounces  gum  ani- 
ma,  two  ounces  pounded  glass,  and  thirty-two  ounces  alcohol. 
Make  the  varnish  with  the  precautions  indicated  for  the  com- 
pound mastic  varnish.  The  two  last  varnishes  are  to  be  used 
for  ceilings  and  wainscoats,  coloured  or  otherwise  :  they  may. 
be  employed  as  a  covering  to  parts  painted  with  strong  col- 
ours. 

Spirituous  Sandarac  Varnish /or  IVainscotting,  Small  Ar- 
ticles oj  Furniture^  Balustrades,  and  Inside  Railing.  Six 
ounces  of  gum  sandarac,  two  ounces  of  shell-lac,  four  ounces 
of  cojophoniuni  or  resin,  four  ounces  white  pounded  glass, 
four  ounces  of  clear  turpentine  and  ihirty-two  ounces  of  pure 
alcohol.  Dissolve  the  varnish  as  before  directed  for  com- 
pound mastic  varnisb.  This  varnish  is  sufficiently  durable  to 
be  applied  to  articles  destined  to  daily  and  continual  use. — • 
Those  composed  with  c(  pal,  in  these  cases  ought  to  be  pre- 
ferred. 

2.  There  is  another  composition,  which  without  forming 
"part  of  the  compound  varnishes  is  employed  with  success  for 
■giving  a  polish  and  lustre  to  furniture  made  of  wood  :  wax 
forms  the  basis  of  it.  Many  cabinet  makers  are  contented  to 
wax  common  furniture.  This  covering  by  means  of  repeated 
friction,  soon  acquires  a  polish  and  transparency  which  re- 
sembles those  of  varnisii.  Waxing  seems  to  possess  quali- 
ties peculiar  to  itself:  but  like  varnish  is  attended  with  in- 
conveniences as  well  as  advantages.  Varnish  supplies  better 
the  part  of  glazing;  it  gives  a  lustre  to  the  wood  which  it 
covers,  and  heightens  the  colours  of  that  destmed  in  particu- 
lar, for  delicate  articles.  These  real  and  valuable  advantages 
are  counterbalanced  by  its  want  of  consistence  ;  it  yields  too 
easily  on  the  shrinking  or  swelling  of  the  wood,  and  rises  in 
scales  or  slits,  on  being  exposed  to  the  slightest  shock.  These 
accidents  can  be  repaired  only  by  a  new  strata  of  varnish. 
Waxing  stands  shocks,  but  has  not  the  property  of  giving 
lustre  to  the  bodies  on  which  it  is  applied,  in  the  same  de- 
gree as  varnish,  and  of  heighieiiing  their  tint?.  The  lustre  it 
communicates  is  dull,  but  the  inconvenience  is  compensated, 
by  the  facility  which  any  accident  that  may  have  altered  its 
polish  can  be  repaired,  by  rubbing  it  with  a  piece  of  fine  cork. 


142  THE    AP.TIST  AND 

The  application  of  wax  under  some  circumstances,  tlierefo;*© 
outrlit  to  be  preferred  to  that  of  varnish.  This  seems  to  b© 
the  case  in  particular  with  tables,  exposed  to  daily  use,  and 
all  articles  subject  to  constant  en)ployment.  The  stratum  of 
wax  should  be  made  as  thin  as  possible,  that  the  veins  of  the 
wood  may  be  more  apparent  ;  tiierefore  the  following  process 
may  be  acceptable  to  ihe  reader.  Melt  over  a  moderate  fire, 
in  a  very  clean  vessel,  two  ounces  of  white  or  yellow  wax  ; 
when  liquified,  add  four  ounces  good  essence  of  turpentine  ; 
stir  the  whole,  until  entirely  cool,  and  a  kind  of  pomade  is 
produced,  which  must  be  rubbed  over  furniture  ^according  to 
the  usual  methods  The  essence  of  turpentine  is  soon  dissi-- 
pated,  but  the  wax  by  which  its  mixture  is  reduced  to  a  state 
of  very  great  division,  may  be  extended  with  more  ease,  and 
IB  a  more  uniform  manner.  The  essence  soon  penetrates  the 
pores  of  the  wood,  calls  forth  the  colour  of  it,  causes  the  wax 
to  adhere  better,  aad  the  lustre  which  then  results  is  equal  to 
that  of  varnish. 

Coloured  Var/iish  fo-'  Violin,  and  other  stringed  Instru- 
ments^ also  for  Plumb  Tree^  Mahogany  and  Rose  Wcod.—^ 
Four  ounces  of  gum  sandarac,  two  ounces  of  seed-lac,  two 
ounces  of  mastic,  one  ounce  of  Benjamin  in  tears,  four  oun- 
ces of  poinded  glass,  two  ounces  of  Venice  turpentine,  and 
thirty-two  ounces  of  pure  alcohol. 

The   gum  sandarac  anJ  seedlac  render  this  varnish  durable  ;  it  may 
be  coloured  with  a  litile  dragon's  blood  or  saffron. 

Fat  Varnish  of  a  Gold  Colour.  Eight  ounces  of  amber,  fi 
two  ounces  of  gum  lac,  eight  ounces  of  drying  .linseed  oil, 
and  sixteen  ounces  essence  of  turpentine.  Dissolve  separ- 
ately the  gum  lac,  and  then  add  the  amber,  prepared  and  pul- 
verized with  the  linseed  oil  and  essence  very  warm.  When 
the  mixture  has  lost  part  of  its  heat,  mix  in  relative  propor- 
tions, tinctures  of  arnotto,  terra  merita,  gum  guttse  and  dra- 
gon's hlood.  This  varnish  when  applied  to  white  metals, 
gives  them  a  go^d. colour. 

Fat  Turpentine,  or  Gold  Varnish,  being  a  mordant  to 
gold  and  dark  colours.  Sixteen  ounces  boiled  linseed  oil, 
eight  ounces  Venice  turpentine,  and  five  ounces  Naples  yel- 
low. Heat  the  oil  with  the  turpentine,  and  mix  the  Naples 
yellow  pulverized.  Naples  yellow  is  an  oxide  of  lead;  it  is 
itibslituted  here  for  rcsius  on  account  of  its  drying  qualities, 


145- 

aiul  in  jiarticukr,  of  its  color,  wlilcli  resembles  that  of  gold  ; 
great  use  is  made  of  the  varnish  in  applying  gold  leaf. 

The  yellow  may  be  omitted  Avhen  this  species  of  varnish  is  to  be  solid. 
and  ustd  on  coloured  coverino-s  ;  in  this  case  an  ounce  of  lilharge  it> 
t;ir;h  pound  of  composition  n.ay  be  substituted,  without  this  mixture 
doing  an  injury  to  liie  colour  of  which  it  is  to  constitute  the  ground, 

Tuiner''s  Varnish  for  Boxwood,  Five  ounces  seed-lac, 
T^vo  ounces  fium  sandarac,  one  ounce  and -a  half  gum  elemi, 
two  ounces  Venice  turpentine,  five  ounces  pounded  glass,  and 
twenty-four  ounces  pure  alcohol.  Tiie  artists  of  St.  Claude 
do  not  all  employ  this  formula,  which  reciuried  to  be  corrected 
un  account  of  its  too  great  dryness,  which  is  here  lessened 
by  the  turpentine  and  elemi. 

This  composition  is  secured  from  cracking,  which  disfigures  these 
boxes  after  having  been  used  for  some  months. 

2.  Other  turners  use  gum  lac  united  to  a  little  elemi  and 
turpentine  digested  sonn;  months  in  pure  alcohol  exposed  to 
the  sun,  Jn  pursuing  this  method,  substitute  for  the  sandarac, 
the  same  quantity  of  gum  lac  reduced  to  powder,  and  not  to 
add  the  turpentine  to  the  alcohol  (which  ought  to  be  very 
pure)  till  towards  the  end  of  the  fusion.  Solar  infusion  re- 
quires care  and  attention;  vessels  of  sulljcient  size  to  allow 
the  spirituous  vapours  to  circulate  ficely,  ought  to  be  em- 
ployed, because  it  is  necessary  that  the  vessel  should  be 
closel}'  shut.  VV^ithout  this  precaution  the  spirits  would  be- 
come weakened,  and  abandon  the  resin  which  they  laid  hold 
of  during  the  first  days  of  exposure.  This  periect  obiiura- 
tion  will  not  admit  of  the  vessels  being  too  full.  In  general, 
the  varnishes  applied  to  articles  which  may  be  put  in  the 
lathe  acfjuire  a  great  deal  of  brilliancy  by  polishing;  a  piece 
of  woollen  cloth  is  sufficient  for  the  opeiation.  If  turpentine 
predominates  too  much  in  these  compositions,  the  polish  does 
not  retain  its  lustre,  because  the  heat  of  the  hands  is  capable 
ot  softening  tlie  surface  ol  the  varnish,  and  in  this  state  it 
readily  tarnishes. 

To  varnish  Dressing  Boxes.  The  most  of  spirrt  of  wine 
varnishes  are  destined  for  covering  preliminary  preparations, 
which  have  a  ceitain  degree  of  lustre.  They  consist  of 
cement  coloured  or  otherwise,  charged  witii  landscapes  and 
•figures  cut  into  paper,  which  produces  au  effect  under  the 
transparent  varnish;   most  of  the    dressing  boxes,  and   other 


144  THE    ARTIST    ANJ9 

small  articles  of  the  same  kind,  are  covered  with  this  partic- 
ular compositon,  which,  in  general,  consists  of  three  or  four 
coatings  of  Spanish  white,  poured  in  water  and  mixed  with 
parchment  glue.  The  first  coating  is  smoothed  with  pumice 
stone,  and  tiien  polished  with  a  piece  of  new  linen  and  water. 
The  coating  in  this  state  is  fit  to  receive  the  destined  colour, 
after  it  has  been  ground  with  water.  The  cut  figures  with 
which  it  is  to  be  embellished,  are  then  applied,  and  a  coating 
of  gum,  or  fish  glue  is  spread  over  them,  to  prevent  the  var- 
nish from  penetrating  to  the  preparation,  and  from  spoiling 
the  figures.  The  operation  is  finished  by  applying  three  or 
four  coatings  of  varnish,  wliich,  when  dry  are  polished  with 
tripoli  and  water  by  means  of  a  piece  of  cloth.  A  lustre  is 
then  given  to  the  surface,  with  starch  and  a  bit  of  doe  skin,  or 
very  soft  cloth. 

Gallipot  Varnish.  Twelve  ounces  gallipot  o-r  white  in- 
cense, five  ounces  glass  pounde.J,  two  ounces  Venice  turpen- 
tine, and  thirtj^-two  ounces  essence  of  turpentine.  Make^ 
the  varnish  after  the  white  incense  has  been  pounded  with 
glass.  Some  recommend  mastic  or  sandarac  in  the  room  of 
gallipot;  but  it  is  neither  more  bedutjful  nor  durable;  when 
the  colour  is  ground  wirh  the  preceding  varnish  and  mixed  up 
with  the  latter,  which,  if  too  thick,  is  thinned  wiih  a  little 
essence,  and  which  if  applied  imnjediately,  without  any  siz- 
ing to  boxes  and  other  articles,  the  coalings  acquire  sufficient 
strength  to  resist  the  blows  of  a  mallet.  But  if  the  varnish 
bo  applied  to  a  sized  colnur,  it  must  bo  covered  with  a  var- 
nish of  the  first  or  second  genus. 

Mastic  Gallipot  Varnish^  for  Grinding  Colours.  Four 
ounces  new  gallipot  or  white  incense,  two  ounc  os  mastic,  six 
ounces  Venice  turpentine,  four  ounces  pounded  glass,  and 
thirty-two  ounces  essence  turpentine.  With  the  precautions 
already  indicated,  add  prepared  nut  oil,  or  linseed  oil,  two 
ounces.  The  matteis  ground  with  this  varnish  dry  more 
slowly  ;  they  are  then  mixed  up  with  the  following  varnish,  if 
it  be  for  common  painting,  or  with  particular  varnishes  des- 
tined for  colours  and  for  grounds. 

Mordant  Varnish  for  Gilding.  One  ounce  mastic,  one 
ounce  gum  sandarac,  half  an  ounce  gum  guttse,  quarter  of  an 
ounce  turpentine,  and  six  ounces  essence  turpentine.  Some 
artists  who  make  use  of  mordants,  substitute  for  the  turpen- 
tine, an  ounce  of  the  essence  of  lavender,  which  renders  this 


l]^ADi:SATA\"s    GUIDE.  '  145 

voni'jositlon  less  drying.  In  general  tlio  composition  of 
-^-jQj.^aats  admi«  of  niod'Tications,  accoiding  to  the  work 
lor  wl)^<^^i  they  are  destined.  The  application  of  them, 
',jQ5^-ever,  is  chieiiy  confined  to  gold.  W4ien  it  is  required  to 
ijll  up  a  desjg^n  with  gold  leaf  on  any  ground  whatever,  the 
composition  wliich  is  to  serve  as  the  means  of  union  hetvveen 
the  metal  and  the  ground.;  ought  neither  to  be  too  thick  or 
^luid  ;  because  botli  these  circumstances  are  equally  injurious 
to  delicacy  in  the  strokes  ;  it  will  be  reqasite,  also,  that  the 
composition  should  not  drj'  till  the  artist  has  completed  his 
design. 

Other  Mo7Ylants,  1.  Some  prepare  their  mordants  with 
Jew's  pitch  and  drj'ing  oil  dilated  v/it!i  essence  of  turpentine. 
They  employ  it  for  gilding  pale  gold,  or  for, bronzing.  Oth- 
ers imitate  tJie  Chinese,  and  mix  with  their  mordants  colours 
proper  for  assisting  the  tone  which  they  are  desirous  of  giv- 
ing to  the  gold,  such  as  yellow,  red,  «fec.  Others  employ  fat 
varnish,  to  which  they  add  a  little  red  oxide  of  lead.  Others 
use  thick  glne,  in  which  they  dissolve  a  little  honey.  This 
is  what  they  call  batfuze.  When  they  wish  to  heighten  the 
colour  of  the  gold,  this  glue  is  employed,  to  which  the  gold 
leaf  adheres  extremely  well.  * 

2.  The  qualities  of  the  foll()\nng  are  fit  for  any  kind  of 
application,  and  particularly  to  metals.  Expose  boiled  oil 
to  a  strong  heat  in  a  pan  ;  v/hen  a  black  smoke  is  disengaged 
from  it,  sot  it  on  fire,  and  extinguish  it  in  a  few  minutes  after 
by  putting  on  the  cover  of  the  pan.  Then  ])our  the  matter 
still  waim,  into  a  heated  bottle,  and  add  to  it  a  little  essence 
of  turpentine. 

This  mordant  dries  very  speedily;  it  has  body,  and  adheres  to.  an, I 
strongly  retains,  gold  leaf,  when  ap[>!i-  J  to  wood;  metal,  and  other  .sub- 
stances. 

Varnish  for  Pails  and  other  toarscWo^jd  icork.  Take 
arty  quantity  of  tar,  and  grind  it  with  as  nuich  Spankli  faf-own 
as  it  will  bear,  without  rendering  it  too  thick  {6  bo  used' as  'a 
paint  or  varnisli,  and  then- spread  it  on  the  pails,  or  bthei' 
wood,  soon  as  convenient,  for  it  quickly  hardens  by  keeping. 
This  mixture  should  be  laid  on  by  a  large  brush,  the  woVk  to 
be  kept  free  from  dust  and  insects  as  possible,  till  the  vai-nish. 
is  perfectly  dry.  On  wood  it  will  have  a  very  good  gloss,  is 
an  excellent  preservative  against  moisture,  on  which  account, 


146  THE    ARTIST    AKB 

as  well  as  its  being  cheaper,  it  is  far  preferable  to  painting 
not  only  for  pails,  but  for  weather-boardiTg  and  aH  other 
kinds  of  wood  work  for  gross  purposes. 

When  the  glossy  brown  colour  is  not  liked,  the  work  may  bb^iade 
of  a  greyish  brown,  by  mixing  a  small  proportion  of  white  lead, ., 
whiting  and  ivory  black,  with  the  Spanish  brown. 

A  Black  Varnish  for  old  Straw  or  Chip  Hats.  Half  an 
ounce  of  the  best  black  sealing  wax,  two  ounces  of  rectified 
spirits  of  wine.  Powder  the  wax,  put  it  with  the  spirits  into 
a  four  ounce  phial;  digest  them  in  a  sand  heat,  or  near  the 
fire  till  the  wax  is  dissolved;  lay  it  on  warm  with  a  fine  soft 
hair  brush,  before  a  fire  or  in  the  sun.  It  prodtfces  a  stiff-, 
ness  to  old  straw  hats,  and  gives  a  beautiful  gloss,  and  resists 
wet. 

To  make  Varnish  for  Colored  Drawings.  One  ounce 
Canada  balsam,  two  ounces  spirits  of  turpentine  :  mix  them 
together.  Before  th-s  compositon  is  applied,  the  drawing  or 
print  should  be  sized  with  a  solution  of  isinglass  in  water  ; 
and  when  dry,  apply  the  varnish  with  a  camel's  hair  brush. 

To  make  a  Varnish  for  JVood  ivhich  resists  the  action  of 
boiling  water.  One  and  a  half  pounds  of  linseed  oil,  boil 
it  in  a  red  copper  vessel,  not  tinned.  Suspend  ovef  it  in  a 
small  linen  basf,  five  ounces  litharge,  and  three  ounces  pul- 
verized minium,  taking  care  that  the  bag  does  not  touch  the 
bottom  of  th«  vessel  ;  continue  the  ebullition  till  the  oil  ac- 
quires a  dark  brown  col(;ur,  then  take  away  the  bag  and  sub- 
stitute another  in  its  place,  containing  a  clove  or  garlic  ;  con-_ 
tinue  the  ebullition,  and  renew  the  clove  or  garlic  seven  or 
eight  times,  or  rather  put  them  all  in  at  once.  Then  ilirow 
into  the  vessel  a  pound  of  yellow  amber,  when  it  is  melted  in 
the  following  manner  ;  add  t«>  the  pound  of  amber,  well  pul- 
verized, two  ounces  linseed  oil  ;  place  the  whole  on  a  strong 
fire.  When  the  fusion  is  complete,  pour  it  boiling  into  the 
prepared  linseed  oil,  and  continue  to  leave  it  boiling  for  two 
or  three  minutes,  stirring  the  .whole  up  well.  It  is  then  left 
to  settle  ;  the  composition  is  decanted  and  preserved,  when 
it  becomes  cold,  in  well  corked  bottles.  After  polishing 
the  wood  on  which  this  varnish  is  to  be  applied,  give  the 
wood  the  colour  required.  When  the  colour  is  perfectly  dry, 
apply  the  varnish  with  a  fine  sponge  ;  repeat  three  or  four 
times,  taking  care  the  preceding  coat  is  well  dried. 


tradesman's  guide.  l-^T 

To  varnish  Drawing  and  Card  Work.  Boil  some  clean 
P'cirehment  cuttings  in  water,  in  a  glazed  pipkin,  till  they  pro- 
duce a  very  clear  size.  Strain  itand  keep  it  lor  use.  Give 
the  work  two  coats  of  the  size,  passing  the  buish  quickly  over 
the  work,  not  to  disturb  the  colours.  j  r>  • 

A  Composition  for  making  Coloured  Drawings  and  Prints 
rasembk  Faintings  in  Oil.  One  ounce  Canada  balsam,  two 
ounces  spirhs  of  turpentine  ;  mix  together.  Before  the  com- 
poj.uion  is  applied,  the  drawing  or  print  should  be  sized  with 
a  solution  of  ialuglass  irr  water.  When  dry,  apply  the  varnish 
with  a  camel's  hair  brush. 

To  varnish  Harps' and  Dulcimers.  Prepare  the  ,  work 
with  size  and  red  ochre,  then  taice  ochre,  burnt  umber,  and 
red  lead,  well  ground,  and  mix  up  a  dark  brown  colour  in  tur- 
pentine varnish,  adding  so  much  oil  of  turpentine  that  the 
brush  may  just  be  able  to  pass  over  the  work  fair  and  even. 
While  yet  wet,  take  a  muslin  sieve,  and  sift  as  much  Dutch 
metal,  previously  powdered  upon  it,  as  is  requisite  to  produce 
the  effect,  after  which  varnish,  and  polish  it. 

To  varnish  Glass.  Pulverize  a  quantity  of  gum  adragant; 
let  it  dissolve  for  twenty-f'^ur  hours  in  the  white  of  eggs  beat 
up  ;   then  rub  it  gently  on  the  glass  with  a  brush. 

To  varnish  Balloons.  Dissolve  elastic  gum,  cut  small,  in 
five  times  its  weight  of  rectified  essential  oil  of  turpentine,  by 
keeping  them  together;  then  boil  one  ounce  of  this  solution 
in  eight  ounces  drying  linseed  oil  for  a  few  minutes  ;  strain 
the  solution  and  use  it  warm.  The  elastic  resin,  known  by 
the  name  of  India  rubber  has  been  much  extolled  for  a  var- 
nish. Tlie  foregoing  method  as  practised  by  M.  Blanchard 
may  not  prove  unacceptable. 

To  varnish  rarijied  Air  Balloons.  M.  Cavallp),  recom- 
mends first  to  soak  the  cloth  in  a  solution  of  sal  ammonia  and 
common  size,  using  one  pound  of  each  hd  every  pound  of  wa- 
ter:  and  when  quite  dry,  to  paint  over  the  inside  with  some 
earthy  colour,  and  strong  size  or  glue,  when  this  paint  has 
dried  thoroughlj',  it  will  then  be  proper  to  cover  it  with  oily 
varnish,  which  might  dry  before  it  could  penetrate  quite 
through  the  cloth.  Simple  drying  linseed  ail  will  answer  the 
-purpose  as  well  as  any,  provided  it  be  not  very  fluid. 

'To paint  Sail  Cloth,  ^^c.  so  as  to  be  pliant,  durable,  and 
impervious  to  water.  Grind  ninety-six  pounds  English  ochre, 
^ith  boiled  oilj  add  sixteen  pounds  black  paint,  which  mix's 


tare  forms  an    indiircrent    black.     A  poiiad  of  vcUow  so-ao' 
dissolved  in  six  pints  of  water  over  the  fire,  is   mixed  while 
liot  with  the  paint.      This  composition  is   then  laid  upon  the^ 
canvass,  (without  being  wetted,  as  in  the  usual  way,)  as  stiff 
as  can  be  conveniently  done  with  the  brush,  so  as  to  form  a 
smooth   surflice;   the  next  day,  or  still  better,  on  the  second 
day,  a  second  coat  of  ochre  and  black,  (without  any,  or  but 
a  very   small    portion    of  soap,)  is  laid  on  and  allowing  thl^ 
coat  an  intermediate  day  for  drying  the  canvass  is  tlien  finj«J*<^^» 
with  black  paint  as  usual.      Three    thiye  is  allo^rcd  for  it   to 
dry  and  harden  ;   it  will  not  stick  tog&ther  when  taken  down,, 
and  folded  in  cloth,  containing  sixty  or    seventy  yards  each  : 
and  canvass  finished  entirely  with  the  composition,  leaving  it 
to  dry  one  day  between  each  coat,  will  not  stick    together  if 
laid  in  quantities.      It  has  been  ascertained  from  actual  trials, 
that  the  solution  of  yellow  soap  is  a  preservative  to  red,  yel- 
low and  black  paints,  when   ground  in  oil  and  put  into  casks, 
as  they  acquire  no  improper  hardness  and  dry  in  a  remarka- 
ble manner  when  laid  on  with  a  brush,  without  the  use  of  the 
usual  drying  articles. 

It  is  surprising  that  the  adaption  of  soap,  v\-hich  is  so  well  known  to 
be  miscible  witli  oily  substances,  or,  at  least,  tho  alkali  of  which  it  is 
composed,  has  not  been  brought  into,  use,  in  the  composition  of  all 
colours. 

Colouring  Compositions  far  rendering  Linen  and  Cloth 
impenetrable  to  watir.  Begin  by  washing  the  stuff  with  hot 
water,  then  dry  and  rub  it  between  the  hands  until  it  becomes 
perfectly  supple;  afterwards  spread  it  out,  by  drav.'ing  it  into 
a  frame,  and  give  it  with  tiioaid  of  a  brush,  a  first  eoat,  com- 
posed of  a  mixture  of  eight  quarts  of  boiling  linseed  oil,  cal- 
cined amber  and  acetate  of  lead  seven  and  a  half  grammes, 
TO  which  add  ninety  grammes  of  lampblack.  Use  the  same 
ingredients  for  the  secimd  coat,  except  the  calx  of  lead.  This 
coat  will  give  a  few  hours,  according  to  the  season,  after- 
wards take  a  dry  plasterer*s  brush  aad  rub  the  stuff  strongly 
with  it,  when  the  hair,  by  this  operation  will  become  extrcmely 
smooth.  The  third  and  last  coat  will  give  a  perfect  and  dura- 
ble jet  black.  Or  rather  take  twelve  quarts  boiling  linseed 
oil,  ihirt}'  grammes  of  amber,  fifteen  grammes  of  acetate  of 
lead,  seven  and  a  half  sulphate  of  zinc,  fifteen  Prussian  blue, 
and  120  graaimes  of  lampblack.  These  coats  are  used  o.l 
discretion  as  is  done  with  r>aintiny. 


TRADESMAN  ;j    GUIDE.  149 

To  tMclien  Linen  Cloth  for  Screens  and  Bed  Testers, 
Grind  whiting  with  zinc  ;  to  prevent  cracking,  add  a  little 
honey;  then  take  a  soft  brash  and  lay  it  upon  the  cloth  ;  re- 
peat this  two  or  three  tiraes,  but  letting  it  dry  between  the 
layings  ;  and  lor  the  last  laying  smooth  it  over  with  Spanish 
white,  ground  with  linseed  oil,  the  oil  being  first  heated,  and 
mixed  with  a  small  quantity  of  litharge,  the  better  to  endure 
the  weather,  and  to  be  more  lasting. 

Common  Wax  or  Vas-nished  Cloth.  Common  canvass  of 
an  open  and  coarse  texture,  is  stretched  on  frames,  placed 
under  sheds,  v/ith  the  sides  open,  to  afford  a  free  passage  to 
the  external  air.  fThe  cloth  is  fastened  to  these  frames,  by 
hooks,  which  catch  the  edge  of  the  cloth,  and  by  strong  pack- 
threads passing  through  holes  at  the  other  extremity  of  the 
hooks,  which  are  tied  round  moveable  pegs  at  the  lower  edge 
of  the  frame.  The  mechanism  by  which  the  strings  of  a 
violin  are  stretched  or  unstretched  will  give  an  idea  of  the 
arrangement  of  the  pegs  emploved  for  extending  the  cloth  in 
this  apparatus.  By  this  means  the  cloth  can  be  easily  stretch- 
ed or  relaxed,  when  the  oily  varnish  has  exercised  an  action 
on  its  texture  in  the  course  of  the  operation.  The  whole  be- 
ing thus  arranged,  a  liquid  paste  m^de  with  drying  oil,  which 
may  be  varied  at  pleasure,  is  applied  to  the  clotii. 

To  make  liquid  Paste  and  Drying  Oil.  Mix  Spanish 
white,  or  tobacco  pipe  clay  with  water,  and  leave  at  rest  for 
some  hours,  to  separate  the  aigillacpous  pa^is  and  to  produce 
-a  sediment.  Stir  the  sediment  with  -•»  broom,  to  complete 
the  division  of  earth.  After  it  has  ^ested  some  seconds,  de- 
cant the  turbid  water  into  an  c-  ^^en  or  wooden  vessel.  By 
this  process  the  earth  wiH  ^^'  separated  from  the  sand  and 
other  foreign  bodies,  w^^ch  are  precipitated,  and  which  must 
be  thrown  away.  '^  washed  by  the  same  process  on  a  large 
scale,  it  is  div'-^^  '^  ^^  kneading  it.  The  supernatant  water  is 
thrown  a?"'^'.  ^^^  ?^^^  sediment  placed  in  sieves  on  pieces  of 
clot^'  vv^tiere  it  drains  ;  it  is  then  mixed  up  with  oil  rendered 
„^ying,  by  a  large  dose  of  litharge,  about  a  foui  th  of  the 
weight  ofthe  oil.  The  consistence  of  thin  paste  being  given 
to  the  mixture,  it  i^  spread  oyer  the  cloth,  by  means  of  an 
iron  spatula,  the  length  of  which  is  equal  to  the  breadth  of 
the  cloth.  The  spatula  performs  the  part  of  a  knife,  and 
pushes  forward  the  excess  of  matter,  above  tlie  quantity  suf- 
ficient to   cover  the  cloth.      The  inequalities  of  the   cloth 


<50  '^'^'^   Airrts'i    A^i> 

pioduccd  by  its  coarseness,  arc.  smoollied  down  by  ptimic^ 
stone.  The  stone  is  reduced  to  powder,  and  rubbed  over  the? 
cloth  with  a  piece  ol  soft  &erge  or  cork  dipped  iu  water.  The 
cloth  must  tl:icn  be  well  washed  in  water  to  clean  it ;  and  af- 
ter it  is  dried  a-van;ish  of  gum  lac  dissolved  in  linseed  oil 
boiled  with  turpentine  must  he  applied  to  it.  This  prepara- 
tion produces  yellowish  vainished  cloth.  "IVlien  wanted 
black,  mix  lampblack  with  the  Spanish  white,  or  tobacco  pip© 
clay,  which  forms  the  basis  of  the  liquid  paste  ;  various  shades. 
may  be  obtained  according  to  the  quantity  of  the  lampblack 
which  is  added.  Umber,  Cologne  earth, 's^c.  may  be  used  to 
vary  the  tints,  whhout  causing  any  addition  to  the  expense. 

To  prepare  fine  Printed  Varnished  Cloth.  The  process 
above  described  may  serve  to  give  some  idea  of  that  employed 
for  making  fine  cloths  oi  the  same  kind,  decorated  with  a 
coloured  impressipn.  The  manufactories  of  German;y  have 
varnished  cloths  embellished  with  large  and  small  subjects^ 
figures  and  landscape's,  well  executed,  and  which  are  destined 
lor  covering  furniture  subject  to  daily  use, 

TITis  process,  which  is  only  an  iiuprovement  of  the  former,, 
requires  a  finer  paste,  and  cloth  of  a  mure  delicate  texture: 
the  stratum  of  past*  is  applied  in  the  same  manner,  and  when 
dry  and  polished,  the  cloth  is  taken   from  the  frame,  and  re- 
moved to  tho  painter's  table,  vdiere   the  art  of  the  colourist 
and  designer  is  (iWylaycd  under  a  thousand  forms,  and  as  that 
in  printed  cottons,  CAhibits  a  richness  of  tints  and  a  distribu- 
tion of  subjects,  which  cfi=.oover  taste,  and  ensure  a  ready  sale 
for  the  article  manufactured.     The  processes,  however,  em- 
ployed in  these  tv/o   arts,  to^  exu.^^t  the  colourincr  parts,  are 
not  the  same.      In  the  art  of  coiton  .rinting,  the  ^colours  are 
extracted  by  the  bath,  as  jn  that  of  dymj,        j^^  printing  var- 
nished cloths,  the  colouring  parts  are  tbe  re    ,       ^  ^j^^  ^^^j^j^ 
of  drying  oil,   mixed  with  varnish;   and  the  difiei.^^  colours 
employed  in  oil  painting  and  painting  in  varnish.      i  ..,  ^^^_ 
nish  applied  to  common  oil  cloth  is  composed  of  gum  lac  an, 
dryin^  linseed  oil ;  but  that   destined   for    printed   varnished 
cloth^ requires  some  choice,  both  in  regard  to  the  oil  and  the 
resinous  matter  which  gives  it  consistence.       Prepared  oil  of 
pinks  and   copal  form  a  varnish  very  little  coloured,  pliable 

and  solid.  i     ,    -n     .• 

To  prepare  Varnished  Silk.      1.   \  arnished  silk  for   urn-? 
brcllas,  4"c.  is  prepared  in  the  same  manner  as  tho  cloths  al- 


TRADESMAN**    GlflDl:.  t&i 

voatly  described  ;  but  with  some  variation  in  the  paste  or  Tar- 
nish, 

The  cloth  is  placed  on  a  frame  as  before  described  ;  a  soft 
J  -iste  composed  of  linseed  oil,  boiled  with  a  fourth  part  litharge; 
tobacco  pipe  clay,  dried  and  sifted  tiirough  a  silk  sieve,  six- 
teen parts,  litharge,  ground  on  porphyry  .with  water,  dried 
and  sifted  in  the  same  manner,  three  parts,  and  lampblack, 
one  part.  This  paste  is  then  spread  in  an  uniform  manner 
over  the  surface  of  the  silk  by  means  of  a  long  knife,  having 
a  handle,  at  the  extremity.  in  summer,  twenty-four  hours 
are  sufficient  for  its  desiccation.  When  dry,  the  knots  pro- 
duced by  the  inequalities  of  the  silk,  are  smoothed  by  a  pum- 
ice stone.  This  operation  is  performed  with  water.  When 
finished,  the  surfcjce.  of  the  silk  is  washed  ;  when  dry,  fat 
copal  varnish  is  applied. 

If  it  is  intended  to  polish  the  varnish,  apply  a  second  stra- 
tum ;  after  uhich  polish  it  with  a  ball  of  cloth  and  very  fine 
Tripoli.  The  varnished  silk,  tiuis  niade  is  very  black,  ex- 
ceedingfy  pliable,  and  has  a  fine  polish. 

2.  A  kind  of  varnislied  silk  which  has  only  a  yellowish 
colour,  and  which  suffers  the  texture  of  the  sturf  to  appear,  is 
prepared  with  a  mixture  of  three  parts  boiled  oil  of  pinks, 
and  one  part  fat  copal  varnish,  which  is  extended  with  a 
coarse  brush  or  a  knife.  Two  strata  are  sufficient  when  oil 
has  been  freed  from  its  greasy  particles  over  a  slow  fire,  or 
v.hen  boiled  with  a  fourth  part  of  its  weight  of  litharge. 

The  inequalities  are  removed  b}'  pumice  stone  and  water, 
after  which  the  copal  varnish  is  applied. 

To  recover  Varnish.  Clean  off  the  filth  with  a  lye  made 
of  potash,  and  tho  ashes  of  lees  of  wine  ;  then  take  forty-eight 
ounces  of  potash,  and  sixteen  of  the  above  mentioned  ashes, 
and  put  them  into  six  quarts  of  water,  and  thla  complotoc  the 

lye. 

To  polish  Varnish.  This  is  effected  with  pumice  stone 
and  Tripoli  earth.  Reduce  the  pumice  stone  to  an  impalpa- 
ble powder,  and  put  it  upon  a  piece  of  serge  moistened  with 
water  ;  with  this  rub  lightly  and  equall3f  the  varnished  sub- 
stances. The  Tripoli  must  also  be  reduced  to  a  fine  powder, 
anD^,^j.  ypo„  ?a  clean  woollen  cloth,  moistened  with  olive  oil, 
Jvitli  whicv  the  polishing  is  to  be  performed.  The  varnish 
Ihen  is  to  be  wiped  off  wiih  soft  linen,  and  when  quite  dry, 
cleansed  with  starch,  or  Spanish  white,  and  rubbed  with  the 
palm  of  the  hand. 


152  Tilt    ARTIST    AND 

Amber  Varnish  icitli  Essence  Turpentine,  Six  or  sevett 
ounces  of  liquefied  amber,  and  separated  from  the  oily  por- 
tions which  alter  its  consistence.  Reduce  the  amber  to  pow- 
der, and  if  the  operation  of  pounding  forms  it  into  a  paste, 
break  it  with  j^our  fingers  ;  then  mix  it  with  the  essence,  and 
heat  the  whole  in  a  balneum  maricC.  It  will  speedily  dis- 
solve, and  the  essence  will  take  op,  at  least,  a  fourth  part  of 
its  weight  of  the  prepared  amber.  When  owq  coating  of  it  is 
applied  to  white  smooth  wood,  but  without  any  preparation, 
it  forms  a  very  pure  and  durable  glazing,  which  speedily  dries, 
but  slower  than  cop^dl  varnish. 

Ethereal  Cojjal  Varnish.  Half  an  ounce  of  ambery  copal 
and  two  ounces  of  ether.  Reduce  the  copal  to  a  very  fine 
powder,  and  introduce  it  by  small  portions  into  the  flask- 
which  contains  the  ether  ;  close  the  flask  with  a  glass  or  cork 
stopper,  and  having  shaken  the  mixture  for  half  an  hour,,  let 
it  rest  till  the  next  morning.  In  shaking  the  flask,  if  the 
sides  become  covered  wnth  small  undulations,  and  if  the  liquor 
be  not  exceedingly  clear,  the  solution  is  not  complete.  In 
this  case,  add  a  little  ether,,  and  leave  the  mixture  at  rest» 
The  varnish  is  of  a  light  lemon  colour.  The  largest  quantity 
of  copal  united  to  ether,  ma}'  be  a  fourth,  and  at  least  a  fifth. 
The  use  of  copal  varnish  made  with  ether,  seems,  by  the  ex- 
pense attending  it,  to  be  confined  to  repairing  those  accidents 
which  frequently  happen  to  the  enamel  of  toys,  as  it  will  sup- 
ply the  place  of  glass  to  the  coloured  varnishes,  employed  for 
mending  fractures,  or  to  restoring  the  smooth  surface  of  paint- 
ings which  have  been  cracked  and  shattered.  The  great 
volatility  of  ether,  and  in  particular  its  high  price,  do  not  al- 
low the  application  of  tl.'is  varnish  to  be  recommended,  but 
for  the  purpose  here  indicated.  It  h/is  been  applied  to  wood 
with  complete  success,  and  the  glazing  it  produced,  united 
lustre  to  solidity.  In  consequence  of  the  too  speedy  evap- 
oration of  the  liquid,  it  often  boils  under  the  brush.  Its 
evaporation,  however,  may  be  retarded,  by  spreading  over 
the  wood  a  slight  stratum  of-essential  oil  of  rosemary  or  lav- 
ender, or  even  of  turpentine,  which  may  afterwards  be  re- 
moved by  a  piece  of  linen  rag;  vrhat  reraaius  is  suflicicnt  to 
retard  the   ether. 

Turpentine  Copal  Varnish.  One  and  a  half  ounces  --'P^** 
of  an  amber  colour,  and  in  powder,  and  eight  o-^^c^^  of  the 
best  oil  of  turpentine.       Expose   tho   essence   to   a  balneum 


tradesman's  r.uiiJE.  153 

mari^i?,  in  a  wide  mouthed  matrass,  with  a  short  neck  ;  j^s 
soon  as  the  water  of  the  hath  begins  to  boil,  throw  into  the 
essence  a  large  pinch  of  copal  powder,  and  keep  the  matrass 
in  a  circular  motion.  When  the  powder  is  incorporated  with 
the  essence,  add  new  doses  of  it;  and  continue  in  this  man- 
U(!r  till  \^ou  observe  there  is  formed  an  insoluble  ^deposite. 
Then  lake  the  matrass  from  the  bath,  and  leave  it  at  rest  for 
som©  days.  Draw  ofi^  the  clear  varnish,  and  filter  it  through 
cotton.  At  the  moment  when  the  portion  of  the  copal  is 
thrown  into  the  essence,  if  the  powder  precipitates  itself  un- 
der the  form  of  lumps,  it  is  needless  to  proceed  any  further. 
This  effect  arises  from  two  causes  ;  either  the  essence  does 
not  contain  the  proper  degree  of  concentration,  or  it  has  not 
been  sufficiently  deprived  of  water.  Exposure  to  the  sun, 
oaiploj^ing  the  same  matrass  to  which  a  cork  stopper  ought  to 
be  added,  will  give  it  the  qualtities  requisite  for  the  soliitioii 
of  the  copal.  This  eftect  will  be  announced  by  the  disap- 
pearance of  the  portion  of  copal  ahxady  put  into  it. 

2.  Three  ounces  of  copal  liquefied,  and  tv/enty  ounces  es- 
sence of  turpentine.  Place  the  matrass  containing  the  oil  in 
a  balneum  mariae,  and  when  the  water  boils,  add  the  pulver- 
ized copal  in  small  doses.  Keep  stirring  the  mixture,  and  add 
no  more  copal  till  the  forrx^er  is  incorporated  with  the  oil.  If 
the  oil,  in  consequence  of  its  particular  disposition  can  take 
iip  three  ounces  of  it,  add  a  little  more  ;  but  stop  if  the  liquid 
becomes  nebulous,  then  leave  the  varnish  at  rest.  If  it  be 
too  thick,  dilute  it  with  ^  little  warm  essence  after  having 
heated  it  in  the  balneum  mariae.  When  cold,  filter  it  through 
cotton,  and  preserve  it  in  a  bottle.  This  varnish  has  a  good 
eonsistcncc,  and  5s  as  free  fiom  colour  as  the  best  alcohol 
varnish.  When  extended  in  one  stratum  over  smooth  wood, 
which  has  undergone  no  preparation,  it  forms  a  very  brilliant 
glazing,  which,  in  the  course  of  two  days,  in  summer,  acquires 
all  the  solidity  that  may  be  required. 

The  facility  which  attends  the  preparation  of  this  varnish,  by  the 
new  method  here  indicated,  will  admit  of  its  being  applied  to  all  col- 
oured  grounds  whicli  require  solidity,  pure  whites  alone  excepted;  pain- 
ted boxes,  therefore,  and  all  small  articles,  coloured  or  otherwise,  when- 
ever it  is  required  to  make  the  veins  appear  in  all  the  richness  of  their 
tones,  call  lor  the  application  of  this  varnish,  which  produces  a  most 
beautiful  effect,  and  which  is  more  durable  than  turpentine  varnishes 
With  other  r-isinou^mibstances. 

VamisJifGr  Watch  Cases  in  imitation  of  Tortoise  SJielL 


154  THB    ARTIST    AND 

Six  ounces  copal,  of  an  amber  colour,  one  and  a  half  ounce? 
Venic«  turpentine,  twenty-four  ounces  piepared  linseed  oil, 
and  six  ounces  essence  of  turpentine.  It  is  customary  to 
place  the  turpentine  over  the  copal,  reduced  to  sraaU  frag- 
ments, in  the  bottom  of  an  earthen  or  metal  vessel,  or  in  a 
matrass  exposed  to  such  a  heat  as  lo  liquefy  the  copal  •  but  it" 
is  more  advantageous  to  liquefy  the  latter  alone,  to  add  ih© 
oil  in  a  state  of  ebullition,  then  the  turpentine  liquefied,  and 
in  the  last  place  the  essence.  If  the  varnish  is  too  thick, 
some  essence  may  be  added,  The  latter  liquor  is  a  regula- 
tor for  the  consistence  in  the  hands  of  an  artist. 

Resinous  Drying  Oil.  Ten  pounds  of  drying  nut  oil,  if 
the  paint  is  destined  for  external,  or  ten  pounds  drying  lin- 
seed oil,  if  for  internal  articles.  Three  pounds  of  resin,  and 
six  ounces  of  turpentine.  Cause  the  resin  to  dissd'lve  in  the 
oil  by  means  of  a  gentle  heat.  When  dissolved  and  incorpo- 
rated with  the  oil,  add  the  turpentine  ;  leave  the  varnish  at 
rest,  by  which  means  it  will  often  deposit  portions  of  resin 
and  other  impurities;  and  then  preserve  it  in  wide  mouthed 
bottles.  It  must  be  used  fresh  ;  when  suffered  to  grow  old, 
it  abandons  some  of  its  resin.  If  this  resinous  oil  assumes  too 
much  consistence,  dilute  it  with  a  little  essence,  if  intended 
for  articles  sheltered  from  the  sun,  or  with  oil  of  poppies. 

In  Switzerland,  where  the  princi[)al  part  of  the  mason's  work  consists 
of  stonefc  subject  to  crumble  to  pieces,  it  is  often  found  necessary  to 
give  them  a  coating  of  oil  paint,  to  stop  the  effect  of  this  decoraposH 
tion.  This  painting  has  a  great  deal  of  lustre,  and  when  the  last  coat- 
ing is  applied  with  resinous  oil,  it  has  the  effect  of  varnish.  To  give  it 
more  durability,  the  first  ought  to  be  applied  exceedingly  warm,  and 
with  plain  oil/ or  oil  very  little  charged  with  the  grey  colour  which  is 
added  to  fat  copal  varnish  and  the  varnish  to  watch  cases,  &c. 

Fat  Copal  Varnish.  Sixteen  ounces  picked  copal,  eight 
ounces  prepared  linseed  oil,  or  oil  of  poppies,  and  sixteen 
ounces  turpentine.  Liquefy  (he  copal  in  a  matrass  over  a 
common  fire,  and  then  add  the  linseed  oil,  or  oil  of  poppies, 
in  a  state  of  ebullition  ;  when  these  matters  are  incorporated, 
take  the  matrass  from  the  fire,  stir  the  matter  till  the  greatest 
heat  has  subsided,  and  then  add  the  essence  of  turpentine 
when  warm.  Strain  the  whole,  while  still,  warm,  through  a 
piece  of  linen,  and  put  the  varnish  into  a  ^wide  mouthed  bot- 
tle. Time  contributes  towards  its  clarific^on ;  and  in  this 
planner  it  acquires  a  better  quality. 

To  give  a  drying  quality  to  Fat  Oil.     Eight   pounds  nut 


TRADESMAN  S    GUIDE. 


155 


X)r  Unseed   oil,  one   ounce  white   lead,  slightly  calcined,  one 

ounce  yellow  acetate  of  lead,  (sal  saturni)  also  calcined,   one 

ounce  sulphate  of  zinc,  (while  vitriol)  twelve  ounces  vitreous 

oxide  Mend,  (litharge)  and  a  head  of  garl*  or  a  small  onion. 

When  ^he  dry  substances  arc  pulverized,  mix  them  with  the 

garlic  and  oil,  over  a  fire  capable  of  maintaining  the   oil  in   a 

slight  state   of  ebullition;   continue  it  until  the  oil  ceases  to 

iWow  up  scum,  "till  it  assumes  a  reddish  colour,  and  till  the 

head  of  the  garlic   becomes  brown.      A  pellicle  will  then  be 

soon  formed  on  the  oil,  which  indicates  that  the  operation  is 

Cwipletod.      Tako  xhe  vessel  from  the  fire,  and  the  pellicle^ 

being  .prec'ipitated  by  rest,  will  carry  with  it   all  the  unctuous 

parts  whi^h.   rei.^ered  the   oil    fat.      When    the   oil   becomes 

clear,    separax^    it  fvom  the  deposite,    and    put  it    into   wide 

mouthed  oottles,  where  It  will  completely  clarify  itself  in  time 

and  improve  In  quality. 

2.  One  and  aV^alf  ounc<^s  viticous  oxide  of  lead,  3-8  of  an 
ounce  sulphate  of  zWc^  and  sUteen  ounces  linseed  or  nut  oiL 
This  operation  must  bt  conducted  as  in  the  preceding  case. 
The  choice  of  the  oil  is  not  a  matter  of  indifference.  If  it  be 
destined  for  painting  articles  exposed  to  the  impression  of  the 
external  air,  or  for  more  delicate  painting,  imt  oil  or  poppy 
oil  will  be  reqtiired.  Linseed  oil  is  used  for  coarse  painting, 
and  that  sheltered  from  the  effects  of  the  rain  and  the. sun. 
A  little  negligence  in  the  management  of  the  fire,  has  often 
"an  influence  on  the  colour  of  the  oil,  to  which  a  drying  qual- 
ity is  communicated;  in  this  case  it  is  not  proper  for  delicate 
painting. 

This  inconvenience  may  be  avoided  by  tying  up  the  drjdng 
matters  in  a  small  bag  :  but  the  dose  of  litharge  must  then  be 
do'ubled.  The  bag  must  then  be  suspended  by  a  piece  of* 
packthread;  fastened  to  a  stick,  which  is  made  to  rest  on  the 
edge  of  the  vessel  in  such  a  manner  as  to  keep  the  bag  at 
the  distance  of  an  inch  from  the  bottom  of  the  vessel.  A  pel- 
licle will  be  formed,  as  in  the  first  operation,  but  it  will  be 
|i  slower  in  making  its  appearance. 

3.  A  drying  quality  may  be  communicated  to  oil  by  treat- 
ing, in  a  heat  caoable  of  niaintaing  a  slight  ebullition,  linseed 
or  nut  oil,  to  each  pound  of  which  is  added  three  ounces  of 
vitreous  oxide  of  lead,  reduced  to  fine  powder.      The  prepa- 

|l  ration  of  floor  cloth,  and  all  paintings   of  large  figures  or  or- 
naments, in  v.hich  argillaceous  colours,  such   as  yellow  and 


156  HIE    ARTIST    ANt> 

red  boles,  Dutch  pink,.  &c.  are  employed,  require  this  kind 
ct'  preparation,  that  the  desiccation  ma}'  not  be  too  slow  ;  but 
painting  for  which  metallic  oxides  are  used,  such  as  prepara- 
tions of  lead,  coj^er,  &c.  require  only  the  doses  befpre  indi- 
cated ;  because  these  oxides  contain  a  great  deal  of  oxygen, 
and  the  oil  by  their  contact,  acquires  more  of  a  dryinsr  qual- 
ity. 

4.  Two  pounds  of  nut  oil,  three  pounds  co'mmon  water,  and 
two  ounces  sulphate  of  zinc.  Mix  these  matters  an^?  subject 
them  to  a  slight  ebullitionj  until  little  water  rer^dins.  Deca^ 
the  oil,  which  will  pass  over  with  a  smsJi  quantity  at  v-'j^i*? 
and  separate  the  latter,  by  a  funnel.  The  oil  r^mn=^^s  nebu- 
lous for  some  time,  after  which  it  become*'  cie;?^  j«nd  seems 
to  be  very  little  coloured, 

5.  Six  pounds  nut  or  linseed  oil  rour  pounds  common  wa- 
ter, one  ounce  sulphate  of  zin^  and  one  he^^J  of  garlic  or 
a  small  onion.  Mix  tiiese  ^natters  in  a  co'^imon  iron  or  cop- 
per pan,  then  place  them  over  the  fire,  and  maintain  the  mix- 
ture in  a  state  of  ebullition  during  the  whole  day  ;  boiling 
water  must  be  added  from  time  to  time,  to  make  up  the  loss 
from  that  by  evaporation.  The  garlic  will  assume  a  brown 
appearance^  Take  the  j.an  from  the  fire,  and  having  suffered 
a  deposite  to  be  formed,  decant  the  oil,  which  will  clarify  it- 
self in  the  vessels  ;  by  this  process  the  drying  oil  is  rendered 
somewhat  more  coloured ;  it  is  reserved  for  delicate  col- 
ours. 

To  give  a  drying  quality  to  Poppy  Oil.  Three  pounds 
of  pure  water,  one  ounce  of  sulphate  of  zinc,  tvv'o  pounds  oil 
of  pinks,  or  popp}^  oil.  Expose  this  mixture  in  an  earthen 
vessel,  capable  of  standing  the  fire,  to  a  degree  of  heat  suffi- 
cient to  maintain  it  in  a  slight  state  of  ebullition.  When  one 
half  or  two-thirds  of  the  water  has  evaporated,  pour  the  whole 
into  a  large  glass  bottle  or  jar,  and  let  it  rest,  till  the  oil  be- 
comes clear.  Decant  the  clearest  part  by  means  of  a  glass 
funnel,  the  beak  of  which  is  stopped  with  a  piece  of  cork; 
When  the  separation  of  the  oil  from  the  water  is  completely 
effected,  remove  the  cork  stopper,  and  supply  its  place  by  the 
fore  finger,  which  must  be  applied  in  such  a  manner  as  to  suf- 
fer the  water  to  escape,  and  to  retain  only  the  oil.  Poppy 
oil  when  prepared  in  this  manner,  becomes  after  some  weeks 
exceedingly  limpid  and  colourless. 

To  77iale  Varnish  for  -Silk,  ^c.     To   one  quart  of  cold 


tradesman's  guide.  15? 

drawn  linseed  oil,  poured  off  from  the  lees,  (produced  on  the 
addition  of  unslacked  lime,  on  which  the  oi!  has  stood  eight 
or  ten  days  at  the  least,  in  order  to  communicate  a  drying 
quality,  or  brown  umber  burnt  and  powdered  which  will  have 
the  like  effect,)  and  half  an  ounce  of  litharge  ;  boil  them  for 
half  an  hour,  then  add  half  an  ounce  copal  varnish.  While 
the  ingredients  are  on  the  fire  in  a  copper  vessel,  put  in  one 
ounce  Ciiios  turpentine,  or  common  resin,  and  a  few  drops 
neat's  foot  oil,  and  stir  the  whole  with  a  knife  ;  when  cool,  it 
is  ready  for  use.  The  neat's  foot  oil  prevents  the  varnish 
from  being  sticky  or  adhesive,  and  may  be  put  into  linseed 
oi^  at  the  same  time  with  the  lime,  or  burnt  umber.  Resin  or 
Chios  turpentine  may  be  added,  till  the  varnish  has  attained 
the  desired  thickness. 

The  longer  the  raw  linseed  oil  remains  on  the  unslacked  lime  or  um- 
t)er,  the  sooner  will  the  oil  dry  after  it  is  used;  if  some  monhls  so  much 
the  better  ;  such  varnish  will  set,  that  is  to  say  not  run,  but  keep  its 
ij>lace  on  the  silk  in  four  hours;  the  stick  may  then  be  turned,  and  var- 
tiished  on  the  other  side. 

To  make  pliable  Varnish  for  Umbrellas.  Take  any  quan^ 
tity  of  caoutchouc,  as  ten  or  twelve  ounce's,  cut  into  small 
fcits,  and  put  into  a  ladle,  such  as  plumbers,  glaziers,  &c.  melt 
their  lead  in,  over  a  common  pit  coal  or  other  fire,  which 
must  be  gentle,  glowing,  and  without  smoke.  When  the  la- 
dle is  hot,  put  a  single  bit  into  it;  if  black  smoke  issues,  it 
will  flame  and  disappear,  or  it  will  evaporate  without  flame  ; 
the  ladle  is  then  too  hot.  When  the  the  ladle  is  less  hot,  pat 
in  a  second  bit,  which  will  produce  a  white  smoke  ;  this  while 
smoke  will  continue  during  the  operation,  and  evaporate  the 
caoutchouc  ;  therefore,  no  time  is  to  be  lost,  but  little  bits 
^re  to  be  put  in,  a  few  at  a  time,  till  the  whole  are  melted  • 
It  should  be  continually  and  gently  stirred  with  an  iron  or 
brass  spoon.  The  instant  the  smoke  changes  from  white  to 
hlack,  take  off  the  ladle,  or  the  whole  will  break  out  into  a 
Violent  flame,  or  be  spoiled,  or  lost.  Care  must  be  taken 
that  no  water  is  added,  a  ^e\v  drops  of  which,  on  account  of 
Jts  expansibility,  makes  it  boil  over  furiously  and  with  a  great 
noise  ;  at  this  period  of  the  process,  one  quart  of  the  best 
drying  oil  is  to  be  put  into  the  melted  cautchouc,  and  stirred 
till  hot,  and  the  whole  poured  into  a  glazed  vessel  through  a 
coarse  gauze,  or  wire  sieve.  When  settled  and  clear,  which 
will  be  in  a  few  minutes,  it  is  fit  for  use.     The  silk  should  aK 

14 


158  THE    ARTIST  AND 

ways  be  stretched  horizontall}'  by  pins  or  tenter  hooks  on 
frames,  and  the  varnish  poured  on  cold  in  hot  weather,  and 
hot  if  cold  weather.  The  art  of  laying  it  on  properly,  con- 
sists in  making  no  intense  motion  in  the  varnish,  which  would 
create  minute  bubbles,  therefore,  brushes  of  every  kind  are 
improper,  as  each  bubble  breaks  in  drying,  and  forms  a  small 
hole;  through  which  the  air  will  transpire.  This  varnish  is 
pliant,  unadhesive,  and  unalterable  by  weather. 

Transparent  Japan  for  Tin  Ware.  Oil  of  turpentine, 
eight  ounces,  oil  of  lavender,  six  ounces  copal,  two  ounces, 
camphor,  one  drachm. 

Di-ying  Oil.  Linseed  oil,  two  pints,  litharge  or  ceruse, 
one  ounce  ;  dissolve  with  heat  ;  added  lo  paints  to  make 
them  dry  sooner. 

Le  Blond's  Varnish  for  Prints.  Balsam  copaiva  four 
pounds,  copal  in  powder,  one  pound;  add  by  single  ounces 
every  day  to  the  balsam,  keeping^it  in  a  warm  place,  or  iu  the 
sun,  stirring  it  frequently  ;  when  all  is  dissolved,  add  Chios 
turpentine,  q.  p. 

Sheldrake's  Copal  Varnish.  Oil  turpentine,  ret.  veri. 
one  pint,  sal  ammoniac  two  ounces  :  mix  ;  add  copal  in  small 
pieces,  two  ounces  ;  stop  the  vessel  with  a  cork  cut  in  grooves  ; 
bring  it  quickly  to  boil,  that  the  bubbles  may  be  counted  as 
they  rise  ;  and  keep  it  at  that ;  if  the  least  stoppage  or  over- 
heating takes  place,  it  is  in  vain  to  proceed.  -Then  leave  the 
vessel  till  quite  cold,  before  you  open  it  ;  otherwise  the  var- 
nish will  be  thrown  out  with  violence. 

Sheldrake'' s  Oil  for  Painting.  Nut  or  poppy  oil,  one 
pint,  boil  ;  add  ceruse,  two  ounces,  when  dissolved,  add  a  pint 
of  copal  varnish,  previously  warmed,  and  stir  it  till  the  oil  of 
turpentine  is  evaporated;  gives  more  brightness  than  com- 
mon drying  oil,  but  less  than  varnish  only  ;  loses  its  dry 
quality  in  time,  therefoie,  only  so'  much  as  is  sufficient  for 
a  month  or  six  weeks'  consumption  should  be  prepared  at 
once. 

Varnish  to  be  laid  on  Gilding  and  Silvering.  Grind  ver- 
digris, on  marble  w^ith  common  v/ater,  in  which  saffron  has 
been  infused  for  eight  hours. 

A  Common  Varnish.  Saiidarac  eight  ounces,  tercb.  Venit; 
six  ounces,  spirits  wine,  rectified,  two  pints. 

White  Varnish.  Gum  juniper,  one  pound,  Slrasburg 
turpentine,  six  ounces^  spirits  wine,  rectified,  two  pint5,  used, 
upon  paper,  wood,  and  linen. 


tradesman'js  guide.  159 

White  Hard  Varnish.  _ Mastic,  four  ounces,  gum  juniper, 
ter«b.  Venit.  of  each  ihreo  ounces  (to  prevent  the  gums 
forming  an  impenetrable  mass,)  add  four  ounces  pounded 
glass, spirits  wine  rectified, two  pints, used  upon  cards,  sheaths, 
&c. 

White  Polishing  Varnish.  Mastic  in  tears,  two  ounces, 
gum  juniper,  eight  ounces,  gum  elerni,  one  ounce,  tereb.  ar- 
gent, four  ounces,  spijits  wine  rectified,  two  pints;  used  upon 
metals,  polished  with  pumice  stone. 

Transparent  Copal  Varnish.  Spirits  wine  fully  charged 
with  camphor,  four  ounce^s,  copal  in  fine  powder,  one  ounce  ; 
dissolve,  filter;  add  the  filtered  liquor  to  spirits  of  wine,  one 
part,  in  which  gum  elemi  one  ounce,  has  been  jjreviously  dis- 
solved. 

2.  Spirits  wine  rectified,  one  pint,  camphor,  half  an  ounce; 
dissolve  ;  pour  it  upon  copal  in  small  pieces',  four  ounces  ; 
heat  it  so  that  the  bubbles  which  rise  may  be  counted  ;  when 
cold,  pour  it  oft'  and  add  more  spirts  to  the  residuum  :  used  for 
pictures. 

3.  Copal,  melted  and  poured  into  water,  three  ounces, 
gum  sandarac  six  ounces,  mftstic  throe  ounces,  terib.  argent, 
two  ounces  and  a  half,  pounded  glass,  four  ounces,  spirits  wine 
rectified,  two  pints  ;  used  for  metals,  ciiairs,  &c. 

Soft  Brilliant  Varnish.  Gum  sandarac,  six  ounces,  gum 
elemi,  fouc.  ounces,  camphor,  four  djachms,  spirits  wine  recti- 
fied, two  pints  ;   used  upon  wood  work  and  pasteboard. 

Reddish  Varnish.  Gum  sandarac,  eight  ounces,  lava  in 
tabulis,  two  ounces,  resina  nigri,  four  ounces,  tereb.  Venit. 
six  ounces,  spirits  wine  rectified,  two  pints  ;  used  on  wood 
and  metals. 

Red  Varnish.  Sandarac,  four  ounces,  seed-lac,  two  oun* 
ces,  mastic,  choice  Benjamin,  of  each  one  ounce  ;  turpentine 
two  ounces,  spirits  wine  rectified  two  pints  ;  used  for  violins 
and   cabinet  work. 

Nut  Oil.  From  the  kernel  of  the  hazel  nut,  very  fine  ; 
substituted  for  oil  of  Benjamin,  as  it  will  keep  better  than  that 
of  almonds  ;  it  has  been  proposed  in  the  collage  lists,  to  be 
substituted  for  that  oil,  being  nearly  equal  to  it  ;  is  drank  with 
tea  in  China,  probably  in  lieu  of  cream  ;  used  by  painters  as 
a  superior  article  for  their  colours. 

Hemp  Oil,  From  hemp  seed,  used  by  painters  as  a  dry- 
ing oil, 


160  THE   ARTIST    AND 

Walnut  Oil.  Makes  good  plasters,  but  will  not  keep  ; 
used  by  painters;  is  very  drying;  they  yield  about  half  their 
weight  of  oil. 

Picture  Varnish.  Mastic  twelve  ounces,  Venit.  turpen- 
tine, two  ounces  four  drachms,  camphor,  thirty  grains,  pound- 
ed glass,  four  ounces,  oil  turpentine,  three  pints  and  a  half; 
pour  off  the  clear;   used  to  oil  paintings. 

Gold  Varnish  for  Leather.  Tumeric,  gamboge,  of  each 
one  scruple  and  a  half,  oil  turpentine  two  pints  ;  add  seed- 
lac,  gum  sandarac,  of  each  four  ounces,  dragon's  blood  four 
drachms,  Venit.  turpentine,  two  ounces,  pounded  glass,  four 
ounces  ;   pour  off  the  clear. 

Copal  Varnish.  Oil  turpentine,  tliickened  by  keeping," 
eight  ounces,  copal,  two  ounces  and  a  half. 

2.  Oil  turpentine,  six  ounces^  oil  lavender,  two  ounces, 
copal,  one  ounce. 

Common  Turpentine  Varnish.  Resin  flav.  three  pounds, 
eight  ounces,  oil  terebinth,  one  gallon. 

Varnish  for  Coloured  Drawings.  Canada  balsam,  one 
ounce,  oil  turpentine  two  ounces:  size  the  drawing  first  with 
a  jelly  of  isinglass,  and  when  dry,  apply  the  varnish  ;  which 
will  make  them  resemble  oil  paintings. 

Black  Japan  Leather.  Boiled  linseed  oil,  one  gallon, 
burnt  umber  eight  ounces,  asphaltum,  three  ounces,  boil  and 
add  oil  terebinth,  q.  s. 

This  varnish  perhaps  is  the  best  in  use  for  iron — for  which  purpose 
the  oil  should  be  reduced  by  boiling  with  a  well  directed  heat,  one  half. 
The  umber  should  be  finely  pulverised  on  porphyry  (a  kind  of  red  and 
white  marble,  such  as  painters  generally  use)  and  put  into  the  oil,  before 
boiling  and  add  the  other  ingredients,  when  nearly  cool,  after  boiling — 
when  asphaltum  (or  mineral  tar)  cannot  be  procured,  for  one  gallon  of 
linseed,  put  into  the  spirits  of  turpentine,  a  paper  of  lampblack  which 
after  having  stood  a  few  hours  should  be  strained  through  coarse  flan- 
nel and  then  blended,  with  the  oil  after  having  been  boiled  and  cooled, 
as  beiore  directed — for  a  polishing  varnish  .idd  to  the  oil,  when  at  its 
boiling  point  a  quarter  of  a  pound  of  Gum  Shellac — this  also  furnishes 
a  brilliant  coating  for  iron— particularly  for  rough  castings  ;  but  the  as- 
phaltum, renders  it  more  durable  ;  in  boiling  oil  in  every  case  great' 
care  is  requsite  to  prevent  its  burning  ;  and  in  general  varnishes 
would  be  infinitely  better,,  to  boil  the  oil  to  the  consistence  of  one  half 
or  nearly. 

Samring  Drops.  Oil  terebinth,  sented  with  essence  le- 
mon. 

Fiirnitv.re  Oil.     Oil  lini,  coloured  with  rad  anchusae. 


l6l 

Furniture  Var7iisk,  White  wax,  eight  ounces,  oil  tere- 
binth, one  pint. 

Bronzing  Liquor.  It  is  blup  vitriol,  dissolved  in  water  ; 
used  to  bronze  tea  urns,  &.c.  the  surface  being  previously 
well  cleaned. 

Bine  or  Green  Sympathetic  Ink.  Drop  a  tea  spoonful  of 
zaflre  into  a  third  of  a  wine  glass  of  nitro-murialic  acid. 
After  standing  awhile,  write  on  paper  ;  the  writing  will  be 
blue,  unless  there  is  a  little  iron  in  the  zafire,  which  will  give 
it  a  green  hue.  If  a  little  common  salt  in  solution  had  been 
added,  the  writing  would  disappear  on  removing  from  the 
fire. 

Invisible  Ink.  Whittle  off  a  little  bismuth  into  a  wine 
glass.  Drop  in  a  little  common  nitric  acid  diluted  with  h^lf 
as  much  water.  Violent  action  will  commence  ;  when  it 
ceases  the  nitrate  will  be  formed  in  the  liquid  state.  Dip  a 
clean  pen  into  it  and  write  as  with  ink  ;  hold  the  paper  near 
a  fire,  but  not  so  near  as  to  heat  it,  the  letters  will  become 
invisible  ;  now  dip  it  into  water  or  hold  it  in  a  steam  over 
boiling  water,  and  on  taking  it  out,  the  letters  will  become 
visible,  and  appear  as  if  written  with  pale  ink. 

After  a  short  time  the  writing  will  disappear  and  leave  not 
a  vestige  to  prove  a  forgotten   promise. 

CalloVs  Varnish.  Two  ounces  finest  linseed  oil,  Benja- 
min in  drops,  two  drachm'',  white  wax  the  bulk  of  a  filbert, 
boil  all  together,  till  it  is  redu.ed  to  one-third,  stirring  it  con- 
stantly. Wiien  done,  put  it  into  a  large  mouthed  phial.  Warm 
the  plate  intended  to  be  engraven,  and  for  which  this  varnish 
is  designed,  and  with  the  finger  pass  it  over  he  place,  leav- 
ing it  slightly  coated,  and  smooth;  after  whidh  smoke  the 
plate  on  the  varnished  side,  with  a  caudle,  until  it  is  black  in 
every  part.  Place  the  plate  over  a  chafing  dish,  with  char- 
coal fire,  and  when  it  has  done  fuming,  the  varnish  has  be- 
come sufficiently  hardened,  when  it  is  prepared  to  chalk, 
draw  and  etch,  whatever  is  desired.  This  varnish  was  used 
by  Callot,  to  engrave   his  most  admired  subjects. 

To  colour  Foils.  For  colouring  foils  two  methods  have 
been  invented.  The  first  by  tinging  the  surface  of  the  cop- 
per with  the  colour  required,  by  means  of  smoks,  the  other 
fey  staining  or  painting  it  with  some  pigment,  or  other  colour- 
ing substance.  The  colours  used  for  painting  foils  may  be 
.tempered  with  either  oil,  water  rendered  duly  viscid  by  gum 

*14 


1(J2  THE    ARTIST    AND 

Arabic,  size,  or  vanish.  If  deep  colours  are  wanted,  oil  is 
most  proper,  as  some  nigraents  become  wholly  transparent  in 
it,  as  lake  or  Prussian  blue;  the  yellow  and  green  may  be  laid 
on  in  varnish,  as  these  coloras  may  bo  had  in  perfection,  from 
a  tinge  wholly  dissolved  in  spirit  of  wine,  in  the  same  manner 
as  in  the  case  of  lacquers;  and  the  most  beautiful  green  is  to 
be  produced  by  distilled  verdigris,  which  is  apt  to  lose  its  col- 
our and  turn  black  with  oil.  In  common  cases,  any  of  the 
colours  may  be  laid  on  with  the  least  trouble,  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  glazmg  colours  used  in  miniature  painting. 

Ruhy  Colours.  For  red,  where  the  ruby  is  to  be  imitated, 
a  little  lake  is  used  with  isinglass  size;  carmine,  or  sliell-lac 
varnish,  should  be  used  if  the  glass  or  jjaste,  is  of  a  full  crim- 
son, verging  towards  the  purple  ;  but  if  the  glass  incline  to  the 
scarlet  or  orange,  very  bright  lake,  that  is,  not  purple,  may 
be  used  alone  in  oil. 

Garnet  Red,  Dragon's  blood  dissolved  in  seed-lac  var- 
nish, may  be  used  ;  for  the  vinegar  garnet,  tlie  orange  lake 
tempered  with  shell-lac  varnisii  willbe  found  excellent. 

Amethyst.  Lake,  with  a  little  Prussian  blue,  used  with  oil, 
and  thinly  spread  on  the  foil. 

Blue.  '  When  a  deep  colour  or  the  effect  of  the  sapphire  is 
wanted,  Prussian  blue,  that  is  not  too  deep,  used  in  oil,  and 
spread  more  or  less  tliinly  on  the  foil,  according  to  the  light- 
ness or  deepness  of  the  colour  required. 

Eagle  Marine.  Common  verdigris,  with  a  little  Prussian 
blue,  tempered  in  shall-lac  varnish. 

Yellow.  Colour  the  foil  with  a  yellow  lacquer;  if  a  full 
yellow  is  desired,  lay  it  on  as  for  other  purposes.  For  the 
slighter  colour  of  topV.zes,  the  burnish  and  foil  itself  will  be 
sufficiently  strong  v/ithout  any  addition. 

Green.  If  a  deep  hue  is  required,  the  crystals  of  verdigris, 
tempered  in  shell-lac  sliould  be  used.  But  if  the  emerald  is 
to  be  imitated,  a  little  yellow  lacquer  should  be  added,  to  pro- 
duce a  truer  green,  less  verging  to  the  blue. 

Other  Colours.  Stones  of  more  diluted  colour,  such  as 
the  amethyst,  topaz,  vinegar  garnet,  &c.  maybe  very  cheaply 
imitated  by  transparent  v.hite  glass  or  paste,  even  witbout 
foils.  This  is  done  by  tempering  the  colours  above  enume- 
rated with  turpentine  and  mastic,  and  painting  the  socket  m 
which  the  counterfeit  stone  is  to  be  set  with  the  mixture,  the 
socket  and  stone  being  previously  heated.      The  ^tone  should 


tradesman's'  guise.  i6$ 

be  Immediately  set,  and  the  socket  closed  upon  it  before  the 
mixture  cools  and  grows  hard.  The  orange  lake  was  inven- 
I  ted  for  this  purpose.  The  colour  it  produces  is  that  of  the 
\  vinegar  garnet,  and  has  been  used  with  great  success  by  a 
i  manufacturer.  The  colour  before  directed  to  be  used  in  oil 
should  be  extremely  well  ground  in  oil  of  turpentine,  and  tem- 
pered with  old  nut  or  popp}^  oil ;  or,  if  time  can  be  given  to 
dry,  with  stronsfat  oil  diluted  with  spirits  of  turpentine,  which 
f  gives  a  fine  polish  of  iiself.  The  colours  used  in  varnish, 
I  should  also  be  well  ground  and  mixed — when  dragon's  blood 
I  in  the  seed-lac  varnish  and  tlie  lacquer,  the  foils  should  be 
j  warmed  before  they  are  laid  out.  All  the  mixtures  should 
j  be  laid  on  the  foil  with  a  broad  soft  brush,  passed  from  one 
i  end  to  the  other  ;  no  part  crossed  or  gone  over  twice,  or  at 
i  least,  until  the  first  coat  is  dry.  When  the  colours  are  not 
i  strong  enough  another  coat  may  be  given. 

I       Lacquer  f 07'  Brass.      Six  ounces  of  secd-lac,  tw^o  ounces  of 

j  amber  or   copal,   ground    on   porphyr}^  iorty   grains  dragon's 

blood,  thirty  grains  extract  of  rod  sandal  wood,  obtained  by 

water,  thirty-six  grains  oriential  saffron,  four  ounces  pounded 

j  glass,  and  forty  ounces  very  pure  alcohol. 

To  apply  this  varnish  to  articles  or  ornaments  of  brass,  ex- 
pose them  to  a  gentle  beat,  and  dip  them  into  varnish.  Two 
or  three  coatings  may  be  applied  in  this  manner,  if  necessar}^ 
I  The  varnish  is  durable,  and  has  a  beautiful  colour.  Articles 
varnished  in  this  manner,  may  be  cleaned  with  v/ater,  and  a 
bit  (>f  dry  rag. 

Lacquer  for  Philosophical  Instruments.  This  lacquer  is 
destined  to  change,  or  to  modify  the  colour  of  those  bodies 
to  which  it  is  applied.  Three-fourths  of  an  ounce  of  gum 
guttse,  two  ounces  of  gum  sandarac,  two  ounces  of  gum  elerai, 
one  ounce  of  dragon's  blood,  opt.  one  ounce  of  seed  lac, 
three-fourths  of  an  ounce  terra  merita,  tv/o  grains^oriental 
saffron,  tliree  ounces  of  pounded  glass,  and  twenty  ounces  of 
pure  alcohol.  The  tincture  of  saflVon  and  terra  merita,  is 
first  obtained  by  infusing  them  in  alcohol  for  twenty-four 
hours,  or  exposing  them  to  the  heat  of  the  sun  in  summer. 
The  tincture  must  be  strained  throught  a  piece  of  clean  linen 
cloth,  and  ought  to  be  strongly  squeezed.  This  tincture  is 
poured  over  the  articles  which  do  not  compose  tincture,  all 
pounded  and  mixed  with  the  glass.  The  varnish  is  then  made 
according  to  the  directions  before  given.      It  may  be  applied 


164  THE    ARTIST  AND 

with  great  advantage  to  philosophical  instruments :  the  use  of 
it  might  be  extended  also,  to  various,  or  moulded  articles  with 
which  furniture  is  ornamented.  If  the  dragon's  blood  be  of 
the  best  quality,  it  may  give  too  high  a  colour;  in  this  case 
the  dose  may  be  lessened  at  pleasure,  as  well  as  that  of  the 
other  colouring  matters. 

Il  is  with  similar  varnish  that  the  artists  of  Geneva,  give  a  golden 
orange  colour,  produced  by  certain  compositions,  the  preparation  of 
which  has  no  relation  to  that  of  varnish,  and  which  has  been  success-* 
fulJy  imitated  by  sahne  mixtures,  in  which  orpiment  is  a  principal  in^ 
gredient.  The  nails  are  heated  before  they  are  immersed  m  the  var* 
nish,  and  they  are  then  spread  out  on  sheets  of  4ry  paper. 

Gold  Coloured  Lacquer  Jar  Brass  Watch  Cases,  Watch 
Keys,  S^c.  Six  ounces  of  seed-lac,  two  ounces  of  amber,  two 
ounces  of  gum  guttse,  twenty-four  grains  extract  of  red  san- 
dal wood  in  water,  sixty  grains  of  dragon's  blood,  thirty-six 
grains  of  oriental  saffron,  four  ounces  of  pounded  glass  and 
thirty-six  ounces  of  pure  alcohol,  grind  the  three  first  articles 
and  the  dragon's  blood  on  a  piece  of  porphyry  ;  then  mix 
them  with  the  pounded  glass,  and  add  the  alcohol,  after  for- 
ming it  with  an  infusion  of  the  saffron,  and  the  extract  of  the 
sandal  wood.  The  varnish  must  he  completed  as  before. 
The  metal  articles  destined  to  be  covered  by  this  varnish,  are 
heated,  and  those  which  will  admit  of  it  are  immersed  in 
.packets.  The  tint  of  the  varnish  may  be  varied,  by  modify- 
ing the  doses  ol  the  colouring  substances. 

Lacquer  of  a.  less  dry'nig  quality.  Four  ounces  of  seed- 
lac,  four  ounces  of  sandarac  or  mastic,  one-half  an  ounce  of 
dragon's  blood,  thirty-six  grains  of  terra  merita,  thirtj'-six 
grains  of  gum  guttae,  three  ounces  of  pounded  glass,  two  oun- 
ces of  clear  turpentine,  thirty-two  ounces  of  essence  of  tur- 
pentine. 

Extract  b}'  infusion  tlie  tincture  of  the  colouring  substances, 
and  then  add  the  resinous  bodies  according  to  the  directions 
for  compound  mastic  varnish.  Lacquer  or  varnishes  of  this 
kind  are  called  changing,  because,  when  applied  to  metals, 
such  as  copper,  brass,  or  hammered  tin,  or  to  wooden  boxes 
and  other  furniture,  they  communicata  to  them  a  more  agree- 
able colour.  Besides,  by  their  contact  with  the  common 
metals,  they  acquire  a  lustre  which  approaches  that  of  the 
precious  metals,  and  to  which,  in  consequence  of  peculiar 
intrinsic  qualities  or  certain  laws  of  convention,  a  much  greater 


GUIDE.  l65 

value  is  attached.  It  is  by  means  of  these  changing  varnishes, 
that  artists  .re  able  to  communicate  to  their  leaves  of  silver 
and  copper,  those  shining  colours  observed  in  foils.  The 
product  of  industry  becomes  a  source  of  prosperity  to  the 
manufacturers  of  buttons  and  works  formed  with  foils,  which 
in  the  liands  of  the  jeweller,  contributes  with  so  much  success 
to  produce  that  reflection  of  the  rays  of  the  light,  which 
doubles  the  lustre  and  sparkling  quantity  of  precious  stones. 

It  is  to  varnish  of  this  kind  that  we  are  indebted  for  the 
manufacture  of  gilt  leather,  which,  taking  refuge  in  England, 
has  given  place  to  that  of  papier  mache,  which  is  employed 
for  the  ^'ecoration  of  palaces,  theatres,  &c. 

In  the  last  place  it  is  by  the  efitect  of  a  foreign  tint  obtained 
from  the  colouring  part  of  saffron,  that  the  scales  of  silver 
disseminated  in  confection  de  hyacynth^  reflect  a  beautiful 
gold  colour.  The  colours  transmitted  by  diflerent  colouring 
substences,  require  tones  suited  to  the  objects  for  which  they 
are  destined.  The  artist  has  it  in  his  own  power  to  vary 
them  at  pleasure.  The  addition  of  arnotto  to  the  mixture  of 
dragon's  blood,  saffron,  &c.  or  some  changes  in  the  doses  of 
the  mode  intended  to  be  made  in  colours.  It  is  therefore 
impossible  to  give  limited  formulae. 

To  made  Lacquer  of  various  Tints.  Four  ounces  gum 
guttae  in  thirty-two  ounces  of  essence  of  turpentine,  one  ounce 
arnotto,  and  four  ounces  dragon's  blood  ;  also  in  separate 
doses  of  essence. 

These  infusions  may  be  easily  made  in  the  sun.  After  fif- 
teen days  exposure,  pour  a  certain  quantity  of  these  liquors 
into  a  flask,  and  by  varying  the  doses,  different  shades  of  col- 
ours will  be  obtained.  These  infusions  may  also  be  employed 
for  changing  alcoholic  varnishes  ;  but  in  this  case,  the  use  of 
saffron,  as  well  as  that  of  red  sandal  wood,  which  does  not 
succeed  with  essence,  will  soon  give  the  tone  necessary*  for 
imitating,  with  other  tinctures,  the  colour  of  gold. 

To  brown  Gun  Barrels.  After  the  barrel  is  finished,  rub 
it  over  with  aqua-fortis,  or  spirit  of  salt  diluted  with  water, 
then  lay  it  by  for  a  week,  till  a  complete  coat  of  rust  is  for- 
med. A  little  oil  is  then  to  be  applied,  and  after  rubbing  the 
surface  dry,  polish  it  with  a  hard  brush  and  a  Httle  beeswax. 


166  THE    ARTIST    AN15 

CHAPTER  XXIX. 

Glue,  Pastes,   S^^c. 

Glue  is  made  in  Europe,  of  ears,  feet,  trimmings,  sinews 
and  scrapings  of  the  skins  of  oxen,  calves,  slie«p,  &.c.  old 
leather,  and  fresh  or  raw  hides  mixed  and  manufactured  to- 
gether; and  this  mixture  is  said-  to  yield  one  third  of  its 
weight  in  good  strong  glue.  The  best  glue  is  from  the  hides 
of  old  animals;  whole  skins  are  seldom  used,  unless  they  are 
injured  by  the  worm,  rotted^  or  otherwise  rendered  unfit  to 
make  leather;  but  the  smallest  pieces  are  saved  for  that  pur- 
pose? In  making  glue  of  fresh  pieces  of  skin,  let  them  be 
steeped  in  water  for  two  or  three  days  ;  dried  iiides  may  re- 
quire longer  time  ;  and  bits  of  leather  much  longer.  While 
soaking  they  should  be  stirred  occasionally,  then  put  them  to 
drain  in  hand  barrows,  with  grated  bottoms,  or  in  boxes  with 
sloping  sides  and  grated  bottoms;  when  drained  let  them  he 
well  washed  in  several  waters.  The  ears  and  other  dirty 
parts  should  be  steeped  and  washed  by  themselves;  after 
they  arc  washed  clean,  put  them  in  a  weak  limewater,  in  iron 
hooped  tubs.  Leather  will  require  to  be  kept  in  weak  lime- 
water  a  considerable  time,  and  a  little  fresh  lime  should  be 
added  occasionally;  ajumed  skins,  tallowed,  greasy,  bloody, 
ar  hairy  skins,  should  bo  put  into  a  stronger  limewater,  and 
kept  longer  in  it.  They  sometimes  require  to  be  taken  out, 
so  as  to  permit  the  lime  to  dry  on  them,  and  to  remain  for  a 
considerable  time;  after  which  the}'  must  be  soaked  and  well 
stirred;  then  press  them  out- as  dry  as  possible,  and  put  them, 
in  a  copper  kettle  for  boiling,  at  the  bottom  of  which  kettle 
should  be  a  vV'ooden  grate.  The  copper  should  be-  fillod  with 
the  material  pressed  close^  and  as  much  water  poured  on  as 
will  run  among  the  pieces:  make  a  moderate  fire,  which  in- 
crease by  degrees  till  it  boils.  As  the  materials  melt  into 
glue,  some  decrease  the  fire  without  stirring  them,  others  stir 
them  as  they  dissolve.  When  the  glue,  on  cooling,  forms  a 
pretty  thick  jelly,  it  is  done  :  after  this  a  box  is  made  with 
wooden  gratings  for  the  bottom  ;  the  inside  of  the  grating 
bottom  is  to  be  lined  with  horsehair  cloth,  and  the  box  to  be 
placed  over  a  large  tub.  The  glue  is  to  be  passed  through 
the  horsehair  cloth,  or  strainer,  quickly,  while  it  is  very  hot. 
The  dregs  are  left  to  drain  some  time,  aiid  are  called  by  the 
itvorkmen  glue-dreg;  they  make  an  excellent  fuel  mixed  with. 


tradesman's  guide.  167 

wood.  The  room  should  be  kept  warm  while  the'glue  Is  set- 
^  tling.  In  the  tubs  there  should  be  cocks  to  draw  off  the  hot 
liquid  glue:  the  first  glue  will  be  the  brightest,  but  the  last 
will  be  equally  good.  Through  the  cocks  it  must  run  into 
flat  moulds,  previously  wet.  When  cool,  cut  it  out  with  a  wet 
knife  into  squares,  and  hang  it  on  a  line  to  dry  and  harden  in 
a  draught  of  air  ; — some  place  it  on  a  net  hung  on  four  posts, 
turning  it  occasionally  :  ten  days  of  dry  weather,  or  fifteen 
days  of  wet  (under  cover)  are  required  in  Europe,  but  less 
time  in  America.  To  polish  the  cakes,  v/et  them  and  rub 
tliem  \^ith  new  lime.  Tlie  best  glue  has  few  dark  spots,  and 
no  bad  snneli ;  and  shines  w^ien  broken.  To  try  glue,  put  it 
into  cool  water  for  three  or  four  days,  where  it  must  not  dis- 
solve, but  when  dried  must  preserve  its  weight. 

The  time  of  boiling  is  from  twelve  to  fifteen  hours,  accord- 
ing to  the  fire.      Violent  heat  is  to  be  avoided. 

2.  If  bones  are  digested  for  seven  or  eight  days,  with  weak 
hydrochloric  acid,  this  acid  dissolves  all  the  salts  that  enter 
into  their  comj)osition  ;  the  bones  are  softened,  become  very 
lloxible,  and  at  length  contain  only  animal  niaitcr.  If,  in  this 
state,  they  are  put  for  some  moments  into  boiling  water,  and 
after  wiping  them  dry  vhey  are  subjected  to  a  stream  of  cold 
and  fresh  water,. they  may  be  regarded  as  pure  gelatin,  or  at 
least,  as  a  substance,  which,  being  dissolved  in  boiling  water, 
atfords  the  handsomest  size. 

In  order  to  prepare  glue  from  the  clippings  of  skins  of 
parchment,  or  gloves;  from  the  hoofs,  the  ears  of  oxen, 
horses,  sheep,  calves,  ^c.  after  taking  off  the  hair  and  remo- 
ving the  fat  from  these  substances,  we  boil  them  for  a  long 
time  in  a  large  quantity  of  water  ;  the  scum  is  separated,  its 
formation  being  favoured  by  adding  a  little  alum  or  lime;  the 
liquor  is  strained,  and  suffered  to  rest;  it  is  then  poured  off, 
and  skimmed  again,  and  then  heated  to  concentrate  it.  When 
sufficiently  so,  it  is  poured  into  moulds  previously  wetted, 
^  where,  by  cooling,  it  forms  into  soft  plates  ;  whicli  at  the  end 
of  twenty-four  hours,  are  cat  into  tablets,  and  dried  in  a  warm 
.and  airy  situation. 

A  very  stro^ig  Glue.  Soak  the  finest  isinglass  twenty-four 
hours  in  spirits  of  v/ine  or  strong  brandy,  then  boil  all  very 
gently  together,  continually  stirring  it,  that  it  may  not  burn, 
until  it  becomes  one  liquor.  Then  strain  it  while  hot  through 
a  coarse  linen  cloth  into  a  vessel,  when  it  should  be  close 
.stopped  ;  a  gentle  heat  will  melt  this  glue  to  use. 


168  THE    AkTfST    AND 

A  Parchment  Glue.  Put  two  or  tnree  pounds  of  scrapings 
or  cuttings  of  parchinent  into  a  bucket  of  water,  boil  th^" 
whole  till  it  be  reduced  to  half,  pass  it  through  an  open  linen, 
and  then  let  the  liqaor  cool,  when  it  will  be  a  parchment 
glue. 

A  Strong  Paste.  Common  paste  is  made  of  wiieat  flour 
boiled  in  water,  till  it  be  of  a  viscid  consistence,  but  when 
tised  by  book  binders  and  paper  hangers,  it  is  requisite  to 
mix  a  fourth,  fifth,  or  sixth  of  the  weight  of  flour  of  powdered 
resin  or  rosin  ;  and  when  it  is  wanted  still  more  tenacious, 
gum  Arabic,  or  any  kind  of  size  ma}-^  be  added.  I^iprder  to 
prevent  the  paste  used  in  papering  rooms,  t^c.  from  being 
gnawed  by  rats  «fcc.  powdered  glass  is  sometimes  mixed  with 
it ;  but  the  most  effectual  and  easy  remedy  is  to  dissolve  a 
little  sublimate  say  one  drachm  to  a  water,  which  not  only 
prevents  rats  and  mice,  but  all  kinds  of  vermin  being  trouble*' 
some. 

Of  Fibrin.  If  blood  is  agitated  with  a  handful  of  rods/ 
immediately  after  having  been  drawn  from  the  veins,  the  fibrid 
adheres  to  them;  it  is  then  only  necessary  to  wash  it  repeat- 
edly, in  order  to  discolour  it  and  obtain  it  pure. 

Liquid  Albumen.  This  constitutes  the  white  of  the  (^gg'f 
in  truth  this  last,  besides  albumen,  contains  several  salts,  and 
some  sub-carbonate  of  soda,  of  which  it  is  impossible  to  divesfr 
it. 

Solid  Albumen.  Pour  alcohol  on  the  white  of  an  egg,  dis- 
solved in  water,  and  filtered  ;  the  albumen  immediately  pre-J 
cipitates,  and  is  to  be  washed. 

Pish  Glue — Isinglass.  To  procure  this,  the  inner  mem-i 
brane  of  the  swimming  bladders  of  some  kinds  of  sturgeotj 
are  washed  ;  they  are  then  slightly  dried  and  rolled  and  af-- 
terwards  dried  in  the  air.  An  inferior  kind  is  prepared  by 
digesting  in  boiling  water,  the  head,  the  tail,  and  the  jaws  or' 
certain  whales,  and  abnost  all  fish  without  scales. 

Potatoe  Starch — common  Arrow  Root:  may  be  mad 
from  frozen  potatoes  in  as  large  a  quantity  and  as  good,  a 
those  which  have  not  been  spoiled  by  the  frost ;  very  whit 
crimp  to  the  fingers,  and  colours  them;  friable,  heavy,  sink 
ing  in  water  ;  when  held  to  the  light,  it  has  shining  particle 
in  it :  dissolves  in  boiling  water  as  easily  as  the  true  arro\v^ 
root:   100  pounds  of  potatoes  yield  10  pounds  of  starclK 


IftXDfiSMAN  S    GUIDE. 


io^ 


CHAPTER  XXV. 

The  Art  of  ^Dying — Cotton — Linen— Wo ol^-Silk—Wool^ 
ien  Goods — Mordants— E feds  of  Salts  on  Mordants^-to 
render  Colours  holding— Solution  of  Tin  in  Aqaa-Regia 
— Muriate  of  Tin — Acetate  of  Alumine — Effects  if  va- 
rinus  Waters  on  different  .Colours — to  He-dye  or  change 
Colon  s — Drying  Bath — Sulphate  of  Arsenic — to  Dye 
Compound  Colours— to  Dye  Straw  and  Chip  Bonnets — 
Basis  fer  many  Colours, 

DyixXg  is  a  chemical  process,  and  consists  in  combining  a 
certain  colouring  matter  vvith  fibres  of  cloth.  The  facility 
uith  which  cloth  imbibes  a  dye,  depends  upon  two  circum- 
stances ;  the  union  of  the  cloth  and  the  dyestufT  or  dying 
material,  and  the  fiuid  in  which  it  is  dissolved.  Wool  unites 
with  almost  all  celouring  matters,  silk  in  ihe  next  degree,  cot- 
ton considerabl}'^  less,  and  linen  the  least  of  all.  To  dye  cot- 
ton or  linen,  the  dyestuff  or  colouring  material,  should,  in 
many  cases,  be  dissolved  in  a  substance  for  wnich  it  has  a 
weaker  connexion,  than  vviih  ihe  solvent  employed  in  the  dy- 
ing oi  wool  or  silk.  Thus  we  may  use  the  colour  called  o<- 
ide  of  iron,  dissolved  in  sulphuric  acid,  to  die  wool  ;  but  to 
<]yo  cotton  and  linen,  it  is  necessary  to  dissolve  it  in  acetous 
acid.  Were  it  possible  to  procure  a  sufficient  number  of  col- 
ouring substances,  having  a  strong  affinity  for  clotlis,  to  an- 
swer all  the  purpose  the  art  of  dying  would  be  extremely  sim- 
ple and  easy.  But  this  is  by  no  means  the  case.  This  diffii- 
culiy  has,  however,  been  obviated  by  A  very  ingenious  con- 
trivance. Some  othen  substance  is  employed  which  strongly 
'unites  with  the  cloth  and  the  rolouring  matter.  This  sub- 
stance, therefore,  is  previously  combined  with  the  cloth,  which 
is  then  dipped  into  a  solution  containing  the  colour.  The 
colour  then  combines  with  the  intermediate  substances,  whicb 
being  firmly  combined  with  the  clorii,  secures  the  permanence 
■ofthedve.  Substances  employed  for  this  purpose  aro/«e- 
nominated  mordants.  / 

The  method  oi  colouring  a  scarlet  dye,  was  discovered  by 
Cornelius  Drebble,  a  citizen  of  Alemaar,  a  man  extremely 
well  skilled  in  cheinistry.  Among  other  exuerimB^^s,  he  left 
an  account  of  one,  concernino  the  method  of  dyiv?  wool  with 
3brii:hrfl)me  col  ;ur  ;  whi^-h  Ins  s.^ri-ln-I vv  K/ffla-ir,  ni^'-r- 
f^yards  put  in  practice,  and  by  which  mcdus  bqmrtut;  a  foriun^. 

15 


ifO  THE    ARTiST   At^if. 

Spirit  of  nitre  has  been  found  to  improve  the  rich  colour  of 
cochinedl,  into  the  brightness  of  burning  fire;  Imt  its  acrimony 
corrodes  and  damages  the  wool,  which  is  prevented  by  dul° 
cifying  it  with  tin,  after  which,  it  neither  hurts  wood  or  silk. 
Chemistry  is  likewise  obvious  in  another  point  of  view.  "  I 
once  showed,"  says  the  learned  Boerbaave,  "  colours  which 
I  had  prepared  from  solutions  of  copper,  to  some  skilful  raas-' 
ter  dyers,  who  were  surprised  with  the  beauty  of  them,  and 
would  have  given  any  money  to  have  been  able  to  give  col- 
ours of  such  brightness  to  their  stuffs,  &,c.  ;  and  no  wonder, 
since  the  blue,  violet  and  green  of  copper,  which  may  be  raised 
and  weakened  at  pleasure,  afford  such  a  variety,  that  a  person 
who  can  dye  silk,  woollen,  cotton  or  linen  cloths  therewith 
will  gain  an  immense  estate."  It  has  been  said  by  a  Spanish 
patriot,  that  "  good  dyers  in  silk  and  wool  are  few  every 
where,  and  it  should  be  considered,"  in  regard  to  this  art, 
"  we  depend  upon  it  as  one  of  the  most  essential  recommen- 
dations of  our  manufactured  goods,  and  what  procures  them 
the  readiest  sale,  both  at  home  and  abroad  ;  for  it  will  turn  to 
small  account  that  the  materials  are  good,  and  well  wrought 
up,  unless  the  mixture  and  colours  be  answerable  and  grate- 
ful to  the  eye  of  the  purchaser. 

The  most  important  part  of  dying  is  the  choice  and  apph'- 
cation  of  mordants  ;  as  upon  them  the  permanency  of  almost 
every  dye  depends.  Mordants  must  be  previously  dissolved 
in  some  liquid,  which  has  a  weaker  union  with  the  mordant 
than  the  cloth  has  ;  and  the  cloth  must  then  be  steeped  in 
this  solution,  so  as  to  saturate  itself  with  the  mordant.  The 
most  important  and  most  generally  used  mordant  is  alumine  ; 
it  is  used  in  the  state  of  common  alum,  in  which  it  is  combined 
■with  sulphuric  acid,  or  in  that  state  called  acecate  of  alumine. 
Alum  to  make  a  mordant  is  dissolved  in  water,  and  very 
frequently,  a  quantity  of  tartrite  of  potash  is  dissolved  with  it, 
into  this  solu-ion  the  woollen  cloth  is  put  and  kept  till  it  has 
absorbed  as  much  alumine  as  Jiecessary.  It  is  then  taken  out, 
was'aed  and  dried. 

Acitate  of  Alumine^  is  prepared  as  a  mordant  by  pouring 
acetate  of  lead  into  a  solution  of  alum,  (see  page  37,  acetate 
of  alumiie.)  This  mordant  is  emplojM^d  for  cotton  and  I'men^ 
It  answers  much  better  for  these  than  alum;  the  stuff  is  more 
easily  saturated  with  alumine,  and  takes  in  consequence,  a 
richer  and  mote  permanent  colour.      The  white  oxide  of  tin 


rSADESMAN^S    GUIDE.  1^1 

has  enabled  the  niodorns  greatly  to  surpass  many  of  the 
.ancients,  in  the  iineness  of  their  colours  ;  and  even  to  equal 
the  famous  Tyrian  purple  ;  and  by  means  of  its  scarlet,  the 
brightness  of  all  colours  is  produced.  It  is  the  white  oxide 
of  tin  alone  that  is  the  real  moidant.  Tin  is  used  as  a  mor- 
dant in  three  states :  dissolved  in  nitro-muriatic  acid,  in  ace- 
tous acid,  a«d  in  a  mixture  of  sulphuric  and  muriatic  acids  ; 
but  nitro-muriate  of  tin  is  the  common  mordant  used  by  dy- 
ers. It  is  prepared  by  dissolving  tin  in  diluted  nitric  acid,  to 
which  a  certain  proportion  of  common  salt,  or  sal  anamoniac 
is  added.  When  the  nitro-muriate  of  tin  is  to  be  used  as  a 
mordant,  it  is  dissolved  in  a  large  quantity  of  water,  and  the 
cloth  is  dipped  in  the  solution,  and  allowed  to  remain  until 
sufficiently  saturated.  Ft  is  then  taken  out,  washed  and  dried. 
Tartar  is  usually  dissolved  in  water,  along  with  the  nitro- 
muriate. 

Red  Oxide  of  Iron,  is  also  used  as  as  a  mordant  in  dying  j 
it  has  a  v«ry  strong  affinity  for  all  kinds  of  cloth,  of  which 
the  permaaency  of  rbd  iron  spots,  or  iron  moulds  on  linen  and 
cotton  is  a  sufficient  proof.  As  a  mordant  it  is  used  in  two 
states  ;  in  that  of  sulphate  of  iron,  or  copperas,  and  that  of 
acetate  of  iron.  The  first,  or  copperas,  is  commonly  used 
i(^r  wool.  The  copperas  is  dissolved  in  water,  and  the  cloth 
dipped  iisto  it.  It  may  be  used,  also  for  cotton,  but  in  most 
cases  acetate  of  iron  is  preferred,  which  is  prepared  by  dis- 
solving iron  or  its  oxide  in  vinegar,  sour  beer,  or  pyroligne- 
ous  acid,  and  the  longer  it  is  kept  the  better.  Tan  is  very 
frequently  employedas  a  mordant-  An  infusion  of  nutgalls,  or 
of  sumack,  or  any  other  substances  containing  tan,  is  made  in 
water  ;  and  the  cloth  is  dipped  in  this  infusion,  and  allowed 
to  remain  tial  it  has  absorbed  a  sufficient  quantity.  Tan  is 
also  emplo^'ed  along  v/ith  other  mordants,  to  produce  a  com- 
porind  mordant.  Oil  is  also  used  for  the  same  purpose,  in 
dying  cotton  and  linen.  The  mordants  with  which  it  is  most 
frequently  combined,  are  alumine  and  oxide  of  iron.  Besides 
these  mordants,  there  are  several  other  substances  frequently 
used  as  auxiliaries,  either  to  facilitate  the  combination  of  the 
tnordant  with  the  cloth,  or  to  alter  the  shade  of  colour;  the 
chief  of  these  are,  tartar,  acetate  of  lead,  common  salt,  sal 
ammoniac,  sulphur  of  copper,  &:c.  Mordants  not  only  ren- 
der the  dye  perfect,  but  also  have  considerable  influence  on 
the  coioyr  produced..     The  sapie  colouring  matter  produceji 


Jf^  THE    APvTiJiT    AXtr 

Yery'dlfferent  dyes,  according  as  the  mordant  is  changed.  Sup- 
pose, for  instance,  that  the  colouring  matter  is  cochineal ;  if 
we  use  the  aluminous  mordant,  the  cloth  will  acquire  a  crim-- 
son  colour  ;  but  the  oxide  ol  iron  produces,  wiih  it,  a  black. 
In  dying  then,  it  is  not  only  necessary  to  produce  a  mordant, 
and  a  colouring  matter  of  such  a  nature,  that  when  combined 
togetlior,  they  shall  produce  the  wished  for  colour  in  perlec-. 
lion.  But  we  must  procure  a  mordant  and  a,  colouring  mat- 
ter, of  such  a  nature,  that  when  combined  together,  they 
should  possess  the  wished  for  colour  ;  even  a  great  variety  of 
colours  may  be  produced  with  a  single  dye  stuff,  provided  we 
change  the  mordajf^t  sufficiently. 

To  determine  the  effects  of  various  salts  or  mordants  on- 
colours:  1.  27je  di/e  of  Madder.  For  a  madder  red  on 
woollens,  tbe-best  quantity  of  u  adder  is  one  half,  for  the  wool- 
lens that  are  ro  be  dyed  ;  the  best  proportion  of  salts  to  be 
used  in  tive  parts  of  alum  and  one  of  if:'d  tartar,  for  sixteen 
parts  of  -he  siuff.  A  viiriation  in  ihe  proportions  of  the  salts 
wholly  ahers  ihe  colour  that  the  madder  naturally  gives.  If 
ihe  aiuMi  is  lessened,  and  the  tartar  increased,  the  dyes  prove  ^ 
a  red  cinnamon.  If  the  alum  be  entirely  omitted,  the  red 
wholly  disappears,  and  a  durable  tawny  cinnamon  is  produ- 
ced. If  woollei.s  are  boiled  in  weak  pearlash  and  water,  the 
greater  part  of  the  colour  is  destroyed.  A  solution  of  soap 
discharges  a  part  of  the  colour,  and  leaves  the  remaining  more 
beautiful.  Volatile  alkalies  heighten  the  red  colour  of  the 
madder,  but  they  make  the  dye  fugitive. 

2.  The  Dye  of  Logwood,  Volatile  alkaline  salts  or  acids 
incline  this  to  purple  ;  the  vegetable  and  nitrous  acids,  reiw 
der  it  pale  ;  the  vitriolic  and  marine  acids  deepen  it. 

3.  Lime  Water.  In  dying  brov.-ns  or  blacks,  especially 
browns,  lime  water  is  found  to  be  a  very  good  corrective,  an 
mlso,  an  alternative  when  the  goods  have  not  come  io  the 
shades  required  ;  but  practice  alone  can  shew  its  utilit}'  ;  it 
answers  well  for  either  woolleiis,  silks,  or  cottons, 

4.  To  render  Colours  holding.  Brown  or  blues,  or  shades 
from  them,  require  no  preparation  to  make  them  receive  the 
dye,  and  hold  it  fast  when  they  have  received  it.  Aluirr  and 
tartar,  boiled  together,  when  cold,  form  a  mastic,  within  ihe 
pores  of  the  substance,  that  serves  to  retain  the  dye,  and  re- 
flect th(^  colour  in  a  manner  transpajentiy.  Almost  all  browns 
^re  deemed  fast  and  holding  colour?,  without  any  preparation  j 


TRADESMAN'S    GUIDE.  ITS 

the  d^'ing  materials  containing  in  tliemselves  a  suflicient  de- 
gree of  astringent  quality  to  retain  their  own  colours.  Manv 
reds,  are  also,  equally  holding,  but  none  more  so  than  ihose 
made  with  ni;idder  on  woullens  prt-paroff  wiih  ainni  and  tar- 
tar. A  very  fast  red  is  also  nuide  with  brazil' wood,  by  boil- 
ing the  woollen  in  alum  and  tartar,  an  J  sufi'ering  the  cloth  to 
remain  several  da}  s  in  a  bag,  kept  moist  by  the  preparation 
liquor.  The  cause  of  the  solidity  of  the  ^colour  from  Brazil 
wood,  dyed  after  this  method,  arises  from  the  alum  and  tar- 
tar masticating  itself  within  the  pores  of  the  wool  in  quite  a 
solid  state. 

TheiG  is  not  a  drug  used  in  the  whole  art  of  dying,  but  may  bo  made 
a  permanent  d^e,  by  finding  out  a  salt  or  solution  of  some  metal,  that, 
when  once  dissolved  by  acids,  or  bv  boiling  water,  will  neither  be  allcc- 
ted  by  the  air,  nor  be  dissolved  by  moisture.  Such  are  alum  and  tar- 
tar, the  solution  of  tin,  &c.  But  thfse  salts  and  solutions  do  not  an- 
swer with  all  ingredients  that  arc  used  in  dying. 

To  Dye  Wool  and  Woollen  Cloths  of  a  Blue  Colour. — 
One  part  of  indigo  in  four  parts  concentrated  sidpburic  acid, 
dissolved  ;  then  add  one  part  of  dry  carbonate  of  potas'j,  and 
dilute  with  eight  times  its  weight  of  water.  The  cloth  must 
be  boiled  for  an  hour  in  a  solution,  containing  five  parts  of 
alum,  and  three  of  tartar,  for  every  thirty-two  parts  of  cloth, 
then  throw  it  into  a  wat^r  bath,  previously  prepared,  contain- 
ing a  greatei  or  smaller  pi  oportion  of  diluted  sulphate  of  in- 
digo, according  to  the  shade  which  the  clotli  is  inten- 
ded to  receive.  Boil  it  in  the  bath  until  the  colour  desi- 
red is  obtained.  The  only  colouring  matters  employed  in 
xlying  blue  are  indigo  and  woad.  Indigo  has  a  very  strong 
affinity  for  wool,  silk,  cotton  and  linen.  Every  doth,  there- 
fore may  be  d^^ed  with  it  without  the  assistance  of  any  mor- 
dant whatever.  The  colour  thus  induced  is  very  porn>«nent. 
But  indigo  can  only  be  applied- to  cloth  in  a  state  of --^lotion, 
and  the  only  known  solvent  is  sulphuric  acid;  TK' sulphate 
of  indigo  is  often  used  to  dye  wool  and  silk  blue.^^nd  jsknown 
by  the  name  of  Saxon  blue. 

It  is  not  the  orly  solution  of  that  pigme"^^  employed  in  dy- 
ing. By  far  the  most  commot)  method  ^s  to  deprive  the  in- 
digo of  its  blue  colour,  and  reduce  hi^gracn,  and  then  fo  dis- 
solve it  in  water  bv  means  of  alka>«'S-  T^vo  diO'ercnt  meth- 
ods are  employed  for  this  purnr"^^-  "P'-®  ^  ^^^  's,  to  mix  iho 
iodigo  in  a  solutioji  of  grecp^'^^^'^^  ^^  ^ron   and  difierent  roe- 


174  1'HE    ARTIST    AiVD 

tallic  sulphurefs.  If,  therefore,  indigo  lime,  and  green  snU. 
phate  of  iron  are  mixed  together  in  water,  the  indigo  gradu- 
ally hjses  its  blue  colour,  becomes  green,  and  is,  dissolved. 
The  second  method  is,  to  mix  the  indigo,  in  water,  with  ccr- 
tain  vegetable  substances,  which  readily  undergo  fermenta- 
tion ;  th«  indigo  is  dissolved  by  means  of  quicklime  or  alka- 
li, whch  is  added  to  the  solution.  The  first  of  these  meth- 
ods is  usually  followed  in  dying  cotton  and  linen  j  the  second 
in  dying  silk  and  woollen.  In  the  dying  of  wool,  woad  and 
bran  are  commonly  employed,  as  vegetable  ferments,  and 
lime  as  the  solvent  of  the  green  base  of  the  indigo  ;  and  by 
following  the  common  process,  indigo  may  be  extracted  from 
it.  In  the  usual  state  of  woad,  when  purchased  by  the  (Iyer, 
the  indigo  which  it  C(mtains,  is  probably  not  far  from  the 
state  of  green  pollen.  Its  quantity  in  woad  is  but  small,  and 
it  is  mixed  with  a  great  proportion  of  other  vegetable  matter 
When  the  cloth  is  first  taken  out  of  tbe  vat,  it  is  of  a  green, 
colour,  but  it  soon  becomes  blue.  It  ought  to  be  carefully 
washed  to  carry  off  the  uncombined  particles.  Tiiis  solution 
of  indigo  is  liable  to  two  inconveniences  :  1st,  It  is  some-? 
times  apt  to  run  too  fast,  into  the  putrid  fermentation  ;  this 
may  be  known  by  the  j)Utrid  vapours  which  it  exhales,  and  by 
the  disappearing  of  the  green  colour.  In  this  state  it  would 
soon  destroy  the  indigo  altogether.  The  inconvenience  is 
remedied  by  adding  more  lime,  which  has  the  property  of 
moderating  the  putrescent  "tendency.  2dly,  SonTCtimes  the 
fermentation  goes  on  too  languidly.  This  def(»ct  is  remedied 
b}'  adding  more  bran  or  woad,  in  order  to  diminish  the  pro-, 
portion  of  thick  lime. 

To  make  Clicmic  Blue  and  Green.  Chemir,  for  light 
blues  a-iid  greens  on  silk,  cotton,  or  woollen,  and  for  cleaning 
and  whitening  cotton,  is  made  as  follows.  One  pound  of  the 
best  oil  of  'itriol,  poured  on  one  ounce  of  the  best  indigo, 
well  poundea  and  sifted;  add  to  this,  after  it  has  been  \\ ell 
stirred,  a  small  K,^^p  of  common  pearlash,  as  big  as  a  pea,  or 
from  that  to  doub^  the  quantity.  When  the  fermentation 
which  is  produced,  cuges,  put  it  it  into  a  bottle  tightly  coi li- 
ed, and  It  may  he  used  r.^.  next  day.  Observe,  if  more  than 
the  quantity  prescribed  oi  ..earlash  should  be  used,  it  will 
deaden  and  sully  the  colour.  r;|iemic  for  green  as  above  for 
blue,  is  made  by  only  addmg  o...f^,,,,j^  more  of  the  oil  c  f 
vitriol. 


tradesman's  gcidc.  173 

To  maJce  a  Solution  of  Tin  in  Aqua-Uegia.  Eight  oun- 
ces filtered  river  water,  and  eight  ounces  double  aqua-fortis  ; 
mix;  add  gradually  half  an  ounce  of  sal  ammoniac,  dissolved, 
piece  by  piece,  and  two  Hrachms  saltpetre.  Then  take  one 
ounce  of  refined  block  tin  ;  put  it  into  an  iron  pan,  and  set 
It  over  the  fire:  when  melted,  hold  it  four  or  five  feet  over 
the  vessel,  and  drop  it  into  vs^ater,  so  as  to  let  it  fall  to  pie- 
ces. Tlien  put  a  small  piece  of  this-granulated  tin  into  the 
above  aqua-regia,  and  when  the  last  piece  disappears,  add 
more  gradually  till  tiie  whole  is  mixed  ;  mind  and  keep  it 
firmly  corked.  When  finished  it  will  produce  a  most  excel- 
lent'yeliow,  though  should  it  fail  ill  that  respect,  it  will  not 
be  the  worse  for  use  ;  keep  it  cool,  as  heat  will  injure  it,  and 
even  spoil  it. 

To  make  Muriaie  of  Tin.  Take  eight  ounces  muriatic 
acid,  and  dissolve  in  it,  by  slow  degrees,  half  an  ounce  gran- 
ulated tin  ;  when  this  is  done,  pour  of  the  clear  liquid  into  a 
bottle,  and  weaken  if  if  required,  wiih  pure  river  water. 

To  fhtermine  the  effect  cf  vai'iciis  V/aiei^s  on  different 
Colours.  Snow  water  contains  a  little  muriate  of  lime,  and 
seme  slight  traces  cf  nitrate  of  lime;  rain  water  has  the 
same  salts  in  a  laigcr  quantity,  and  also  carbonate  of  lime, 
muriate  of  lime,  muriaie  of  soda,  f)r  carbonate  ofscda.  River 
water  has  the  same  substances,  but  in  less  abundance.  Well 
water  contains  sulphate  of  Irnie,  or  nitrate  of  potash,  besides 
the  above  mentioned  sails.  Should  the  water  contain  a  salt 
or  a  mineral  acid,  in  the  first  instance  no  acid  will  be  required 
to  neutralize  it  :  or  in  the  second,  an  alkali.  Thus  waters  of 
any  quality  may  be  saturated  by  their  opposites,  and  rendered 
neutral. 

To  discharge  rnlonrs.  Tlie  dyers  generallj'  put  all  col- 
oured silks  which  are  to  be  discharged,  into  a  copper,  in 
which  half  a  pound  or  a  pound  of  white  soap  is  dissolved. 
They  are  then  boiled  off,  and  when  the  copper  begins  to  be 
loo  full  of  colour,  the  silks  are  taken  out  and  rinsed  in  warm 
water.  In  the  interim  a  fresh  solution  of  soap  is  to  be 
added  to  the  copper,  and  then  proceed  as  before  till  all  the 
colours  are  discharged.  For  those  colours  which  are  wanted 
i  to  be  eflectually  discharged,  such  as  greys,  cinnamon,  &-c. 
I  when  soap  does  not  do,  tartar  must  be  used.  For  slate  col- 
ours, greenish  drabs,  61ive  drab,  &c.  oil  of  vitriol,  in  warm 
water    must    be   used  ;  if  other  colours,  rock  alum  miUst    be 


176  THE    ARTIST    AN'P 

boiled  in  the  copper,  then  cooled  down,  and  the  silks  entered 
and  boiled  off,  recollecting  to  rinse  them  before  they  are 
again  dyed.  A  small  quantity  of  muriaic  acid,  (filuted  in 
warm  w^ater,  must  be  used  to  discharged  some  fast  colours; 
the  goods  must  be  afterwards  well  rinsed  in  warm  and  cold 
water  to  prevent  any  injury  to  the  stalk. 

To  discka-^e  Cinnamons^  Grtens,  S^^c.  when  dyed  too 
fully,  take  some  tartar  poimded  in  a  mortar,  sifi  it  into  a 
bucket,  then  pour  over  it  some  boiling  water.  The  silks, 
&c.  may  then  be  run  through  the  clearest  of  this  liquor, 
which  will  discharge  the  calour,  but  if  the  dj'e  does  not  take 
on  again  evenly,  more  tartar  ma}'  be  added,  and  the  goods 
run  through  as  before. 

7g  Re-Dye^  or  change  the  colour  of  Garments,  Sfc.  de- 
pends upon  Jje  rngredients  by-  which  ihey  have  been  dyed. 
Sometimes  when  these  have  been  well  cleansed,  more  dyo 
stufl^  must  be  added,  which  will  afford  the  colour  intended, 
and  sometimes  the  colour  already  on  tlie  cloth  must  be  dis- 
charged and  the  articles  re-dyed. 

Every  colour  in  nature  will  dye  black,  whether  blue,  yellow,  brown, 
or  red  ;  and  black   will  always  dye  black,   again.     All  colours   will  take 
the  same  colour   again,  which  they  already  possess;  and  blues  can  be   |i 
ma<?e  green    or    black;  green  n;ay  be  made  brown    and_  brovvn  green;    |j 
and  every  colour  on  r'^'->dying  will  lake  a  darker  hue  ihan  at  first.  Yel-    \i 
lows,   browns,  and  blues  are  not   easily  disengaged;  maroons,  reds,    of 
some  kinds,  olives,  Sec.  may  be  discharged. 

Olive  Greys,  Sfc.  are  discharged  by  putting  in  two  or  thre« 
table  spoonfuls  more  or  less,  of  oil  of  vitriol,  then  put  in  the 
garments,  &c.  and  boil,  and  it  will  become  wb/ik?.  If  chemic 
green,  either  alum,  pearlash,  or  soap,  will  discharge  it  off  to 
the  yiellow  ;  this  yellow  may  be  mostly  boiled  off  with  soap, 
if  it  has  received  a  preparation  for  taking  the  chemic  blue. 
Muriatic  acid  used  at  hard  heat,  will  discharge  most  colours. 
A  black  ma}'  be  dyed  maroon,  claret  green,  or  a  dark  brown, 
but  green  is  the  principal  colour  into  which  black  is  changed. 

To  alum  Silks.  Silks  should  be  alumed,  when  cold,  for 
when  they  are  alumed  hot,  they  ari  deprived  of  a  great  part 
of  their  lustre.  The  alum  liquor  should  always  be  strong 
for  silks,  as  they  take  the  dye  more  readily  afterwards. 

To  dye  Silks  Blue.  Silk  is  dyed  light  blue,  by  a  ferment 
of  six  parts,  six  of  indicfo,  six  of  potasli,  and  on®  of  madder. 
For  a  dark  blue,  it  must  previously  receive  what  is  called  a 


TRADESMAN  S    GUIDE.  1/7 

ground  colour  ;  a  red  die  stufl',  called  archil,  is  used  for  this 
purpose. 

To  dye  Cotton  and  Linen  Blue.  Take  a  solution  cf  one 
part  indigo,  one  part  green  sulphate  of  iron,  and  two  parts 
quicklime. 

Yellow  Di/es.  Oxide  of  tin  is  sometimes  used  when  very 
fine  veilovvs  are  wanting.  Tan  is  often  employed  as  subsidia- 
ry to  alumine,  and  in  order  to  fix  it  more  copiously  on  cotton 
and  linen.  Tartar  is  also  used  as  an  auxiliary,  to  brighten 
the  colour  ;  and  muriate  of  soda,  sulphate  of  lime  and  even 
the  sulphate  of  iron,  to  render  the  shade  deeper.  The  yel- 
low dye,  by  means  of  fustic  is  more  permanent,  but  not  so 
beautiful  as  that  given  by  weld  or  quercitron.  As  it  is  per- 
manent, and  not  much  injured  by  acids,  it  is  often  used  in 
dyin^-  compound  colours,  where  a  yellow  is  required.  The 
mordant  is  ahimine.  Wiien  it  is  oxide  of  iron,  fustic  dies  a 
good  permanent  drab  colour.  Weld  and  quercitron  bark 
yield  nearly  the  same  colour  ;  but  the  bark  yields  colouring 
matter  in  ijreater  abundance,  and  is  cheaper  than  weld.  The 
method  of  using  each  of  these  dye  stuffs  is  nearly  the  same. 

Yellow  colouring  niatlers  have  too  weak  an  affinity  for  cloth,  to  pro- 
duce permanent  colours  wilhout  the  use  of  mordants.  Cloth,  therefore, 
bctore  it  is  dyed  yellow,  isnlwaj-s  prepared  by  soaking  it  in  alumine. 

To  Dye  Woollens  Yellow.  Let  them  he  boiled  for  an  hour 
or  more,  with  one  sixth  of  its  vveighr  of  alum,  dissolved  in  a 
sufficient  quantity  of  water  as  a  mordant.  Then  plunge  it 
v.'ithout  rinsing,  into  a  bath  of  warm  water,  containing  as 
much  quercitron  bark  as  equals  the  weight  of  the  alum  em- 
ployed as  a  mordant.  The  cloth  is  to  be  turned  through  the 
boiling  liquid,  till  it  has  acquired  the  intended  colour.  Then 
a  quantity  of  clean  powdered  chalk,  equal  to  the  hundredth 
part  of  the  weight  of  the  cloth,  is  to  be  stirred  in,  and  the 
operation  of  dying  contined  for  eight  or  ten  minutes  longer. 
This  method  produces  a  pretty  deep  and  lively  yellow.  For  a 
very  bright.,orange,  or  golden  yellov  ,  it  is  necessary  to  use 
the  oxide  of  tin  as  a  mordant.  For  producing  bright  golden 
yellows,  some  alum  must  be  used  along  with  the  tin.  To 
give  ilie  yellow  a  delicate  green  sliade,  tartar  must  be  added 
in  difierent  propornons,  according  to  the  shade, 

T-o  dye  Silks  Yelloto.      They  may  be  dyed  different  shades; 
'pf  yellow,  either  by  weld  or  quercitron  bark^  but  the  last  is 


178  THE    ARTIST    AND 

the  cheapest.  The  proportion  is  from  one  to  two  parts  of 
bark,  to  twelve  parts  of  silk,  according  to  the  shade.  Tie 
the  bark  up  in  a  bag,  and  put  it  into  the  dying  vessel  ^vhile 
the  water  is  cold.  When  it  acquires  the  heat  of  about  100° 
the  silk  having  been  previously  alumed,  should  be  dipped  in, 
and  continued,  till  it  assumes  the  v/ished  for  colour.  When 
the  shade  is  required  to  be  deep,  a  little  chalk,  or  pearlash 
should  be  added  towards  the  end  of  the  operation. 

2'rt  di/e  Linens  and  Cottons  Yellow.  The  mordant  should 
be  acetate  of  alumine,  prepared  by  dissolving  one  part  of  ace- 
tate of  lead,  and  three  parts  of  alum,  in  a  sufficient  quantity 
of  water.  Heat  the  solution  to  the  temperature  of  100'^, 
soak  the  cloth  in  it  for  two  hours  ;  then  wring  out  and  dry  it. 
This  may  be  again  repeated,  and  if  the  shade  of  yellow  is  re- 
quired to  be  very  bright  and  durable,  the  alternate  wetting 
with  limestone  and  soaking  in  tlie  mordant  may  be  repeated 
three  or  four  times. 

The  drying  bath  is  prepared  by  putting  twelve  or  eighteen 
parts  of  quercitron  bark,  (according  to  the  depth  of  the  shade 
required)  tied  up  in  a  bag,  into  a  sufficient  quantity  of  cold 
water.  Into  this  bath  the  cloth  is  to  be  put,  and  turned  in  it 
for  an  hour,  while  its  temperature  is  gradually  raised  to  about 
120°.  It  is  then  to  be  brought  to  a  boiling  heat,  and  the 
cloth  allowed  to  remain  in  ti  for  only  a  few  minutes.  If  kept 
long  at  a  boiling  heat,  the  yellow  acquires  a  shade  of  brov.'n. 

To  fix,  a  fine  Mineral  Colour  on  JVool,  Silk,  Cotton,  ^*c. 
Mix  one  lb.  sulphur,  tr/o  lbs.  white  oxide  of  arsenic,  and  five 
parts  pearlash;  and  melt  in  a  crucible  at  a  little  short  of  red 
heat.  The  result  is  a  yellow  mass,  to  be  dissolved  in  hot  water, 
and  the  liquor  filtrated,  to  separate  from  a  sediment  formed 
cheifly  of  metallic  arsenic,  in  shining  plates,  and  in  a  small 
part  of  a  chocolate  coloured  matter,  which  appears  to  be  a 
sub-sulphuric  acid,  which  produces  a  ilacculent  precipitate  of 
a  most  brilliant  yellow  colour.  This  precipitate,  washed  upon 
a  cloth  filter,  dissolves  with  the  utmost  ease  in  liquid  ammonia, 
giving  a  yellow  solution,  v/hich  colour  is  to  be  rem(*ved  by  an 
excess  of  the  same  alkali. 

To  prepare  tlie  Sidphurat  of  Arsenic.  This  produces  a 
very  brilliant  and  permanent  yellow.  Dip  into  a  solution  of 
this  more  or  less  dilated,  according  to  the  depth  of  tint  re- 
g^uired,  wool,  silk,  cotton  or  linen.  All  metallic  utensils 
must  be  carefully  avoided.     V/hen  the  stuffs  come  out  of  this 


TUADESiMAn's    GUIDii  170 

batbj  they  are  colourless,  but  they  insensibly  take  on  a  yel- 
low iuie  as  the  ammonia  evaporates.  They  are  to  be  exposed 
as  equally  as  possible  to  a  current  of  open  air  ;  and  when  the 
colour  is  well  como  out,  and  no  lunger  heightens,  they  are  to 
be  waslied  ajid  dried.  Wool  should  be  fulled  in  the  ammon- 
iacal  solution,  and  should  remain  in  it,  until  it  is  thoroughly 
soaked  ;  then  very  slightly  and  uniformly  pressed,  or  else 
merely  set  to  to  drain  of  itself.  Silk,  cotton,  hemp,  and  flax, 
are  only  to  be  dipped  in  tlie  dying  liquid,  which  they  easily 
take.  They  must  be  then  well  pressed.  The  sulphurot 
arsenic  will  give  every  imaginable  tint  to  stuffs,  from  the  deep 
golden  yellow,  which  has  the  invariable  advantage  of  never 
fading,  of  lasting  even  longer  than  the  stuffs  themselves,  and 
of  resisting  all  re-agents,  except  alkalies.  lience  it  is  pecu- 
liarly fitted  for  costly  tapesiry,  velvets  and  other  articles  of 
furniture  wl'ich  are  not  in  danger  of  bemg  washed  with  alka- 
lyes  or  soap  ;  and  to  which  the  durability  of  colour  is  a  most 
importrnt  object.  It  may  also  be  used  with  advantage  in 
paper  staining. 

To  (lye  Woollens  Red,  Crimson  and  Scarlet.  Coarse 
woollen  stufls  are  dyed  rod  willj  madder,  or  archill  ;  but  fine 
cloth  is  almost  exclusively  dyed  with  cochineal,  though  the 
colour  it  receives  from  kermes  is  more  durable.  Brazil  wood 
is  scarcely  used,  excepting  as  an  auxiliary,  because  the  colour 
vi^hich  it  imparts  to  the  wool  is  not  permanent.  Wool  is  dyed 
crimson,  by  first  impret^nating  it  with  alumine,  by  means  of 
an  alum  bath,  and  then  boiling  in  a  decoction  of  cochineal, 
till  it  has  acquired  the  wished  for  colour.  The  crimson  will 
be  finer  if  the  tin  mordant  is  substituted  for  alum  ;  indeed,  it 
is  usual  with  dyers  to  add  a  little  nitro-muriate  of  tin,  when 
they  want  fine  crimsons  ;  the  addition  of  archil  and  potash  to 
the  cochineal  both  render  the  crimson  darker,  and  gives  it 
the  more  bloom.  But  the  bloom  very  soon  vanishes.  For 
the  paler  crimsons,  only  one  half  of  the  cocljineal  is  withdrawn, 
and  madder  substituted  in  its  place.  Wool  may  be  dyed  scar- 
let, b}'  first  boiling  it  in  a  solution  of  murio-sulphate  of  tin, 
then  dying  it  pale  yellow  with  queacitron  bark,  and  afterwards 
crimson  with  cochineal,  for  scarlet  is  a  compound  colour,  con- 
sisting of  crimson  mixed  with  a  little  3^ellow. 

To  carry  the  Colour  into  the  body  of  the  Cloth.  Make 
the  moistened  cloth  pass  through  between  rollers  placed  within 
and  at  the  bottom  of  the  dye  vat,   so  that  the  web,  passing 


180  THE    ARTIST    AM) 

from  one  windlass  through  the  dye  vat,  and  being  strongly 
compiesssd  by  the  rollers  in  its  passage  to  another  windlassj 
qH  the  remain'ng  water  is  drawn  out,  and  is  replaced  by  the 
colouring  liquid,  so  as  to  receive  colour  .to  its  very  centre. 
The  winding  should  be  continued  backwards  and  forwards 
from  one  windlass  to  the  other,  and  through  the  roiling  pressj 
till  the  dye  is  t)f  sufficient  inleusit3\ 

To  dye  Silks  Keel,  Crimson,  ^'c.  Silk  is  usually  dyed  red 
with  cochineal,  or  carthamus,  and  someiinies  with  Brazil  woodi 
Kermes  does  not  answer  for  silk.  Madder  is  scarcely  ever 
used  for  that  purpose,  because  it  does  not  yield  a  colour 
bright  enough.  Archil  is  employed  to  give  silk  a  bloom;  but 
it  is  scarcely  ever  used  by  itself,  unless  when  the  colour  wan- 
ted is  lilac.  Silk  may  be  dyed  crimson  by  steeping  it  in  a 
solution  of  alum,  and  then  dying  it  in  the  usual  way,  in  cochi- 
neal bath.  The  colours  known  by  the  name  of  poppy,  cherry, 
rose,  and  ilesh  colour  are  given  to  siiks  by  means  of  cartha- 
mus. The  process  consists  merely  in  keeping  the  silk,  as  long 
as  it  extracts  any  colour  in  an  alkaline  solution  oi" carthamus^ 
into  which  as  much  loraan  juice  as  gives  it  a  fine  cherry  red 
colour,  has  been  poured.  Silk  cannot  be  dyed  A  full  scarlet; 
but  a  colour  approaching  to  scarlet  may  be  given  to  it,  by  first 
impregiiating  the  stuff  with  murio-sulphate  of  tin,  and  afier- 
wards  dying  it  in  a  bath,  composed  of  four  parts  of  cochinealj 
and  four  parts  of  quercitron  bark.  .  To  give  the  colour  more 
body,  both  the  mordant  and  the  dye  m?.y  be  repeated.  A  col- 
our approaching  scarlet  may  be  given  to  silk,  Idv  first  dying  it 
in  crimson,  then  dying  it  wiih  carthimns  ;  and  lastly,  yellow 
without  heat. 

To  dye  Linens  aiifLCottons  Red,  6fc.  Cotton  and  linen 
are  dyed  red  with  madder.  The  piocess  was  borrowed  from 
the  east ;  hence  the  colour  is  ofien  called  Adrianople,  or  Tur- 
key red.  The"*cloth  is  first  inipregnated  with  oil,  then  with 
galls,  and  lastly  with  alum.  It  is  then  boiled  for  an  hour  in 
a  decoction  of  madder,  which  is  commonly  mixed  with  a 
quantity  of  blood.  After  the  cloth  is  dyed,  it  is  plunged  into 
a  soda  lye,  in  order  to  heighten  the  colour.  The  red  given 
by  this  process  is  very  permanent,  and  when  properly  con- 
ducted, it  is  exceedingly  beautiful.  The  whole  difficulty 
consists  in  the  application  of  the  mordant,  which  is  by  frir  the 
most  complicated  in  the  whole  art  ofdying.  Cotton  aiay  be 
dyed   scarlet,  by  means  of  murio-sulphate   of  tin,  cochineal^; 


Hxid   (quercitron   bark,  used  as  for  silk,   but   the  colour  is  t^o 
fading  to  be  of  any  vulue. 

Black  Dije.  The  substances  employed  to  give  a  black 
colour  to  cloth,  are  red  oxyde  of  iron,  and  tan.  These  two 
substances  have  k  strong  affinity  for  ea^h  other,  and  when 
combined,  assume  a  deep  black  colour,  not  liable  to  be  de- 
stro3'ed  by  the  action  of  air  or  light.  Logwood  is  usually 
employed  as  an  auxiliary,  bocanse  it  communicates  lustre,  and 
adds  considerably  to  the  fuhiess  of  the  black.  The  decoc- 
tion is  at  first  a  tine  red,  bordering  on  violet  4  but  if  left  to 
itself,  it  gradually  assumes  a  black  colour.  Acids  give  it  a 
deep  red  colour,  alkalies,  a  deep  violet,  inclining  to  brown  ; 
snlphat'e  of  iron  renders  it  as  black  as  ink,  and  occasions  a 
precipitate  of  the  same  colour,  cloth  before  it  receives  black 
colour,  is  usually  died  blue  ;  this  renders  the  colour  much  ful" 
Jer  and  finer  than  it  would  otherwise  bo.  If  the  cloth  is 
hoarse,  the  blue  dye  may  be  too  expensive  ;  in  that  case,  u 
brown  cqleur  is  given,  by  means  of  walnut  peels* 

Tc  dye  Woollens  Black,  Wool  is  dyed  black  by  the  fol- 
lowing process.  It  is  boiled  for  two  hours  in  a  decoction  of 
nutgalls,  and  afterwards  kept,   for  two  hours  more,  in  a  bath, 

-  composeil  of  logwood  and  sulj)hate  of  iron  ;  kept  during  the 
whole  time,  at  a  scalding  heat,  but  not  boiling.  During  tbo 
operation,  it  must  be  frequently  exposed  to  the  air  ;  because 
tlie  green  oxide  of  iron,  of  wliich  the  sulphate  is  composed, 
)nust  bo  converted  into  led  oxide,  by  absorbing  oxygen,  he* 
fore  the  cloth  can  acquire  a  proper  colour.  The  common 
proportions,  are  fjve  parts  galls;  five  sulphate  of  iron,  and  30 
of  logwood  for  every  lOO  of  cloth.  A  little  acetate  of  copper 
is  commonly  added  to  th»^  sulphate  of  iron,  because  it  is 
tliouirht  to  improve  the  colour. 

To  Dijc  Silks  Black.   Silk  is  dyed  nearly  in  the  same  man- 
ner.     It  is  capable  of  combinirlg  with  a  great  deal  of  tan  ;  the 
quantity  is  varied  at  t'ne  pleasuie  of  the  artist,  by  allowing  the 
silk  to  remain  a  longer  or  a  shorter  time  in  ihe  decoction. 
To  TJTjdr  Cottoils   and   Lintns  Black.     The  cloth  previ- 

^^  ously  dyed  blue,  is  steeped  for  tv/enty-four  hours  in  a  decoc- 
tion of  nutgalls;  A  batli  is  prepared,  containing  acetate  of 
iron,  formed  by  saturating  acetous  acid  with  br:>wn  oxide  of 
irdii  ;  into  this  bath  the  cloth  is  put,    in  small  quantities  at  a 

'  time,  wrought  with  the  hand  for  a  qiiarter  of  an  hour  ;  th(ni 
wrung  out  and  dvcd  again;   wrought  in  a  fresh  quantity  of  the 


iSi  THE    ARTIST    ANU 

bath,  and  5iftcrT«'ards  airnd.  These  alternate  prorossc*:  are 
re|.edted  till  ihe  coli-ur  waiiicd  is  giverj  ;  ;i  dec  ciiou  of  alder 
baik  is  usually  mixed  ^^iih  ilie  liquor  ctMiiaininij  ihe  i  ul- 
galls. 

To  Dt/e  Wool,  Sfc.  Broicn.  Brown  or  fawn  colour,  lliough 
in  fact,  a  compound,  is  usually  ranked  anioui;  ilie  simph;  c«d- 
ours,  bi'cause  |t  is  applied  t«)  cloth  b\  a  sinijle  process.  Va- 
ri  JUS  ^ubs;anc^i'S  are  used  for  brown  d\es.  Walnut  p»  els,  or 
ihe  green  covi'ring  of  ihe  w.dnut,  wnen  first  sepnra;ed,  are 
will  e  internally,  but  soon  Hssunie  a  brown,  or  eveji  i  bl  ick 
colour,  on  exposure  to  the  air.  They  readily  yield  ilieir  co- 
louring noUer  to  water.  They  are  usunlly  kepi  in  b^rge  casks, 
covered  wi.h  water,  for  aI)ove  a  year  beft^re  iliey  are  used. 
To  die  w»).(d  brown  wi.h  thesu,  noihing  more  is  necessary, 
ihin  to  s!«'ep  the  cloth  in  a  d«*ci  c.ion  of  them,  (ill  it  has  ac- 
quired the  Wislied  lor  C(d  nr.  TIk?  depth  of  ihe  shade  is  pro- 
portioned t'>  the  slreniiih  of  iho  dec<)^ti(»n.  The  root  of  ihe 
walnut  tree  C(;n  a  iis  he  sairsi'  colouriiig  matter,  but  in  a  smal- 
ler qiiiuiiity.  Tie  bark  of  iho  biich  also,  and  many  other 
irees?,  may  be  used  l^r  tlu;  sin  e  p'r  pose. 

To  Dye  dompfiund  Colours.  Compound  colours  are  pro- 
duced by  m  xint:  tojii'  her  two  s'lUj  le  ones;  or  which  is  the 
sjme  ilruL'  by  living  do; h  fi  st^of  die  sMuph;  colour,  aiul  then 
hy  ano  iier.  These  coloirrs  vary  to  infini  y,  "r'rcfudinfr  to  the 
pr<»ponions  <»f  the  ingred  en  s  enjpioyed.  Fr«ini  blue,  red 
and  vellow,  red  >  tivcs^  and  trri'fn.sh  grcifs  nre  mine. 

Frt)ni  bliio,  lel  and  \y.o\\\\^  nliius  are  nrsde  Irtiin  the  liiih'- 
est  to  the  darkest  sU  id<"* ;  and  hv  giving  a  greater  shade  of 
red,  the  slated  and  laiwndrr  grct/s  are  made. 

From  blue,  ;ed  and  bl  ick,  gi'tys  of  all  shades  are  made, 
such  as  sagfy  jngi'on^  slate  uiu\  lead  gnys. 

From  yelb)w,  blue  an  I  brown,  a  e  m  ide  olircs  of  all  kinds. 

From  br  wn,  blue  a:'d  black,  are  j)i educed  brown  olives, 
and  their  shades. 

Fion)  red,  \elli»w  and  brown,  are  derived  the  orange^  gold 
col'iiir^  dead  carnations^  cinnamon,  fawn  and  tobacco,  by 
usine  two  or  three  of  the  crd<»urs  required. 

From  yellow,  red  and  black,  browns  t.f  every  shade  are 
made. 

From  blue  and  yellow,  grvpvs  of  all  shades. 

From  reH  and  bhu'.   jwrphs  of  all  kinc's  are  foi  med. 

2  «  Dye  different  shades  of  Oreai,     Weol,  silk  and  linen 


tradesman's  glide.  183 

Rrc'n^inll;'  dycj  ^roor^  by  fi'v'ng  ij-^ni  firs'  n  I)l;o  olo-"-;  iwl 
;it  Ci  \v  ir..s  liy.iii  ii  -in  ,fli.,\v;  vvii  m  .ii.>  y<  .!  ,\v  .s  .i.st  ^  ven 
sewi'.il  inco.ivcn.ojH  cj  ii)l  jmv  :  lu-  y«  ii*  v.  j;  ;»•  !j  t,i';-;!!.-  •  s 
ji^'^iiM  ill  .llj  l)hj<?  v.i.,  ;ii(J  rtMii  ii  ...to  I  .*.>  a  ini'u  rui  n.  ..,  r, 
i:ieji  rfii.Kfii.i^  i:  ii.>.'iv!..>  i  >.  <vv';,y  .»,iU'i  |>ii))%»',  vxc.A  iiy- 
injf  ir.{;- I.  A  ly  «'f  Jij  usi  il  }).  v)j(j.i-;cs  j'iij-  <lyiu ;  iil;ie  and 
y('ll;)w  111  '  y  bvi  fullaw*;  I,  lakiMLj  c  ire  ro  j)roj»Oit()a  .he  ik'p  !i 
of  the  s.i.uitis  to  I'mTof  iin?  gi«'ea  :fq:»iiCNl.  W  Ikmi  sulpliito 
of  ituligi)  is  emi)taye(i,  it  is  usual  to  mix  all  {he  i!!gn?(J:(Mit> 
togc;li(u-,  atui  lo  dye  il;e  clo.h  ai  Ofice  ;  this  produces  w  li-t  is 
kuown  by  the  n  inn^  of  S  ixou,  or  English  green. 

To  J)jc  Violet^  /*u/'/jk  ami  Lilac,  Wool  is  g(»nendly  first 
fl'eJ  blue,  aud  alurvvinds  scarlet,  iu  the  usual  jnaurter.  By 
nieiiiA  of  c;)c!r:ne:d  mixed  with  sulphate  of  indigo,  the  pro- 
cess ma}'^  be  performed  at  once. 

Sdk  is  first  d  (.'d  crinis(»n  by  moans  of  cochineal,  and  then 
flipped  into  ;be  indij:<»  val.  ( ot'on  ;;nd  li::en  are  first  died 
blue,  an,'!  iIk'u  dipped  iu  a  dec(»ciion  of  logwood,  but  a  more 
perm/iieut  colour  is  uiveu  by  means  of  oxide  <d' ir'^n. 

To  Dye.  Olive,  Orangi',  and  Cinnamon.  When  blue  is 
combined  nidi  red  aud  ytdlow  on  cloth^  the  resuliiug  c<do  r 
is  (»live.  Wool  mav  be  dyed  orange,  b^'  tirst  dyijig  it  scnilct, 
and  iUen  yellow.  Wiii  n  it  is  dyed  lirst  witii  ma jidcr,  the  le- 
suli  is  a  cimramon  coluu..  Silk  is  lU'i^d  oransje  by  nieans  of 
earth  imus  ;  a  cinnamon  colour  by  loiiwood,  Brazil  wood,  and 
Aisric,  mixed  toi^e  her.  Cotton  ami  linen  receive  a  cinnamon 
c<dour  by  meae.s  of  weld  aud  m  idder;  and  nu  olive  colon;- 
by  b"ing  passed  through  a  blue,  veliow,  and  then  a  njaddcr 
bath. 

To  Dye  Grey,  Dra^j,  a>il  dark  Brown.  Ifclith  is  prr- 
vii'us'y  cfim'iiued  wth  b/owi  ox  de  of  iri>n,  and  aferward^ 
<*y  dye  I  w  wiili  q  uTciiron  Inrk,  the  result  h  11  be  a  drnb  of 
ditfertMit  sli  ide-,  according  to  tlie  p-».  tio  i  of  m  ir«l mt  employ-^ 
od.  When  the  pr*;)  ortioa  is  smill,  th;;  colour  incTne*  to  ol- 
ive, or  veil  >w  ;  on  the  ct)utrtry,  tht!  drdi  m  ly  be  deepened, 
or  sad  hnad  as  the  dyers  tc.ni  ir,  by  mixing  a  litile  sum'tch 
with  the  bsrk. 

To  Djf-  O/incs,  naff  la  Greens,  Purpirs,  Brow^ts,  Cinna^ 
irnnx,  or  Sn  tjfi,  T  ike  Cv);nni  »u  iron  1  quor,  or  alum  dissol- 
\Oi\  ill  it,  a  qi'Miti'y  of  cnclj  act  (Wfling  to  die  shade  wan!edj 
undo  inro  a  pas:c  or  liquid  by  adding  flour,  gum,  glue,  lin- 
seed,  or  one   or  more   of  them.     Then  put  the  composition 


IS  4  THE    ^RTfsT    ANS>^ 

into  a  tub  Gonnecled  with  a  machine  used  for  such  purposesj 
lake  them  from  the  machine,  and  hang  them  up  in  a  very 
cool  room  :.  where  they  shourd  remaii>  until  dr}'.  Take  cow's 
manure,  put  it  into  a  large  copper  of  hot  water,  and  mix  well 
together  ;  througli  which  pass  tlie  cloth,  until  thoroughly  sof- 
tened. After  th's  process,  cleanse  the  goods;  then  take  a 
liquor  made  of  nuiclder,  logwood,  sumach,  fustic,  Brazil  wood, 
quercitron  bark,  poach,  or  other  woods,  to  produce  the  colour 
wanted,  or  more  of  them;  and  if  necessary  dilute  this  liquor 
with  water,  according  to  the  shade  or  fidness  of  the  colour 
wanted  to  be  died.  Then  work  the  goods  through  this  li-» 
qiior ;  after  which  pass  ihem  through  cold  or  warm  water, 
according  to  colour,  the  proper  application  of  which  is  well 
known  to  dyers,  adding  a  little  alum,  copperas,  or  Roman 
vitriol,  or  two  or  more  of  ther^i  first  dissolved  in  water.  Thew 
wash  them  off  in  warm  water,  and  dry  them.  But  if  the  co- 
lour is  not  sufficiently  full,  repeat  the  same  operation  tiU  it  rs 
brought  to  the  colour  required. 

To  Dye  a  Black  upon  Cotton,  Linen,  and  mired  Goods, as 
effected  by  tar  and  iron  liquor  of  the  best  quality,  adding  to 
each  gallon  of  the  mixture,  a  pound  of  fine  flour.  Some  take 
common  iron  liquor,  and  add  three  quarters  of  fine  flour,  and 
by  boiling,  bring  it  to  the  consistence  of  a  thin  paste,  or  in- 
stead of  ilour,  add  glue  or  linseed,  or  gum,  or  all  af  theiw 
mixed  together,  and  brought  to  a  proper  thickness.  Theresa 
of  the    process   is    conducted  in  a  similar  manner  to  tlie  last. 

To  Dye  Crimson,  Red,  Orange,  or  Yellow.  Take  red  li-^ 
quor,  such  as  is  ge-aerally  made  i'rom  alum^,  and  dilute  it  with 
water  according  to  the  strength  or  shade  of  colour  wanted  t» 
dye,  bringing  it  to  the  eo<nsistency  of  a  paste  or  liquid,  as  be- 
fore described  ;  then  pass  the  cloth  through  the  maehine-, 
which,  being  dried  in  a  eonl  room,  pass  it  through  the  opera- 
tion as  described  in  the  article  on  olives,  bottle  greens,  &,c- 
then  take  a  quantity  of  liquor  made  of  cochineal,  madder, 
peach  wood,  Brazil,  logwood,  woad,  fustic,  sumach,  or  any 
two  or  more  of  them,  proportioned  in  strength,  to  the  shade 
or  colour  wanted'to  dye,  and  work  the  goods  through  this  li- 
quor, till  they  arc  brought  to  the  shade  of  colour  required  ; 
then  wash  them  in  cold  or  waini  water  and  dry  them. 

7'o  Dye  Cotton,  Wool,  and  Silk  with  J^rh'ssian  Blue.  Im- 
iweisethe  cotton  in  a  large  tub  of  water  slightly  acidulatea 
aud  charged  with  ^russiate   of  potash..     These  sorts  5jf  stuCi& 


TUADf.SMAX  S    GUIDK.  185 

cfyed  in  Prussian  blue,  autl  then  in  olive  translbrmcd  into 
green,  nre  particularly  sought  afler  in  trade.  By  processes 
analogous  to  those  euipioyed  for  common  stuffs,  the  inventor 
has  nbtained  the  same  shades  and  colours,  on  samples  of  silk, 
and  for  many  years  he  has  succeeded  in  fixing  Prussian  blue 
on  wool  ;  arid  in  producing  on  cloth  the  same  shades,  as  on 
cotton  and  silk. 

To  precipitate  Acetates  of  Lead  and  Copper  on  Wool^ 
Silk,  and  Cotton.  Soak  the  stuff  to  be  dyed,  in  a  solution  of 
acetate,  or  rather  sub-acetate,  of  lead,  wring  it  when  taken 
out  of  the  bath,  dry  in  the  shade  ;  then  wash  it  and  inini«rse 
it  in  water  charged  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen  gas.  Tills 
process  produces  in  a  few  minutes,  rich  and  well  laid  shades, 
which  vary  from  the  clear  vigone  colour,  to  the  deep  brown, 
according  to  the  forcc^  of  the  mordant,  and  the  number  of  the 
immersions  "of  the  stuffs  in  the  two  bathing  vessels.  Frofn 
the  order  of  affinities,  it  is  the  wool  which  takes  colour  the 
best,  afterwards  the  silk,  then  the  cotton,  and  lastly  the  thread 
which  appears  little  apt  to  combine  v/ith  tlie  mordaiit.  Tb.o 
different  colours  above  indicfhed  resist  the  air  well,  likewise 
feeble  acids,  alkalies,  and  boiling  sonp,  which  qiodily  tiicir 
shades  in  an  imperceptible  manner,  jaid  these  shades  are  so 
striking,  that  it  will  appear  difficu^'t  to  obtain  them  in  any 
other  way. 

This  DRW  kind  of  dye  is  very  p-ionomical;  the  sulphuretted  hydroo-en 
gas js  x>btaiiied  Irom  a  mixtiir-of  two  parts  of  iron  filings  and  one  of* 
brimstone,  niehed  in  a  pot/  the  brimstone  is  bruisf;d,  introduced  into  a 
matrass,  and  the  gas  is  rr>noved  by  siilpliuric  acid,  extended  in  water  to 
a  mild  heat.     The  ga?  absorbs  abuiidajitly  in  cold  water. 

To  Dije  Cotf-jn  Clo/h  Black.  Take  a  quantity  of  Mo- 
lacca  nuts,  a'id  boil  them  in  water,  in  close  earthen  vessels, 
with  the  leaves  of  the  tree.-  During  the  boiling,  a  whitish 
substan<^,  formed  from  the  mucilage  and  oil  of  the  nuts,  will 
rise  f^  the  surface;  this  must  be  taken  off  and"  preserved. 
TJ-"t3  cloth  intended  to  be  black  must  be  printed  with  this 
?cum,  and  then  died,  after  which,  let  it  be  passed  through 
limc-wattr,  wiien  the  painted  figures  will  be  changed  to  a  full 
and  permanent  black. 

To  Di/e  Wool  a  permanent  Blue  Colour.  Take  four 
ounces  of  the  best  indigo,  reduce  it  to  a  fine  powder  and  add 
twelve  pounds  of  wool,  in  the  grease;  put  the  whole  into  a 
co})per  large  enough  to  contain  all  the  wool  to  be  died.     As 

*i6 


156  Ti?£    Altti^f    &n^ 

-soon  as  the  rrqMisite  ro)o«r  is  ohtninod,  let  the  wool  ha  w?fl 
tVHs-lieti  ait. I  (Umd.  Tl.e  l.qui.r  ir-mcjinit.g,  may  be  ;i^hiu  ustc, 
to  piuJuce  ligii.e.  biu^s.  'I  hir  G«l«.wr  vViH  l«r  \f, _v  bf-amiiul, 
Mriii  j.«;rTi  t{i»'!i.  as  iiife  fuvest  l.liu'  jjiuduced  by  wo;.»j  ;  and  ibtr 
wuul,  by  ib;S  nieibud  will  lohe  ie>s  in  wcijbi,  ibuH  it  it  batl 
ht}tii\  pr«?vlonsh'  seciriea^ 

To  produce  the  f-wiss  deep  and  jpoie  Red  iopical  Mordant, 
When  \\\e  cloth  has  beei>  ir^'vu  by  s.c»,'ping  and  boiling  in  soap 
niuj  wutcr,  fViin  ;hif  (Jas(e  nscid  by  ibe  weaver,  and  any  other 
jniptiniies  it  iiiny  hi\e  acquired,  injnier.se  it  tb«»rtjui:hly,  or  a^ 
it  «-  ri'llt^il,  jiHiUj)  or  p:?d  SI  in  ,\  s».}ii.i(»n  of  any  Hlknli,  and 
o  i  Mj  gic  i^<^  U  .::i:ng  ^m  linjx'ifett  si>;f|)  diss  Ivt-d  in  waif;r,  or 
in  a  svilu  i<,;.  of  s.stia  ai.d  ,«i;illij:oii  oil,  in  \\xv  proporlion  of 
o'-.o  u  i!  n  t  To  i  ;<)  .ws^n.y  ji.:Uo:js  rf  s^txia  le«^s,  a-:  ilii' strengih 
o(  Ui  iv  t;<'<.i<i-.*  .if>d  a  hiif  ;  ihen  6iy  u;e  cloili  in  the  stove, 
and  M  ju'ii  ;!u'  (.rorcss  several  times,  which  may  he  varied  at 
plcis'je,  ccoMliMji  to  .he  histie  and  duiab.li.y  of  the  colmir 
Win  ed,  s  ove  di\ln«i  jlie  cIimIi  bciueen  every  iri.inersion.  To 
ilie  fibi  ve  solu  ions  a  l;;.le  shrep's  niMJJUje  for  the  first  ihree 
in!m»'5S:on^ ;  iifer  the  clo.h  hits  been  inmseised  in  iliese  li- 
qiti! -,  8.ee|>  it  in  a  q-mitity  «»f  \va  er,  ior  uvehe  houis,  at 
llOfiep.  F.hreiihei;;  d.e  cloth  being  again  stove  dried  is 
ii)mers(d  in  a  soUitic.n  o(  «<lkal-i  ai-.d  o.L  or  grease,  or  boiled 
in  prrfect  soap  «1  ssolved  ;  wVirh  proctss  must  be  iej.eai<*d, 
according  w  the  biillianry  of  ih*  colours  waned  ;  s'one  diy- 
\\\<y  as  before  between  every  immei.-on  ;  ibe>e  aie  cnllid  the 
white  liquors,  Sreep  iho  cloth  lor  twelve  hoars,  at  I'i.i  ilvg. 
Fahrenheit,  which  forms  what  is  called  iV»o  whi;e  steeo,  The 
ei'ith  be-ng  now  thoroaghly  was!i;'d  in  c-.la  wa-.er,  an  1  dried, 
is  ready  to  receive,  firsr,  the  pink  mtiidant,  Ci-mposed  as  f d- 
Inws  :  eqnal  quantities  by  measniemeni  tf  a  cer<'C!ion  of 
jralls,  at  the  strength  of  four  to  six,  and  a  S(  Inlion  i>.f  alnm  at 
one  half  degree,  the  alum  beinij  previously  saturated  vviih 
whiten'ng,  or  any  other  alkali,  in  the  propor.ic'U  of  one  fj-nice 
to  the  pound  weight  of  aljm  ;  ni'X  them  together,  and  ra'me 
the  ten^perat  ire  to  140  deg.  of  Fahrenheit,  or  as  hot  as  can 
be  handled.  By  immersion,  as  formerly  mentioned  in  this 
mixture,  the  clo.h  when  died  and  cleared,  exhibits  a  beauti- 
ful pink,  equal,  if  not  superior  to  that  produced  by  cochi- 
neal. 

jTo  dye  Silks  and  Satins  Drntcn^  in  the  small  tray.  Fill 
the  copi>er  with  river  water ;  when  it  gently  boils,  put  in  a 


TRADBSMAxN  5    UUIDS.  IS* 

^  qn-irtcr  ofa  Dound  of  chipped  fustic,  two  ounces  of  maddor, 
una  ounce  of  suniarh,  ai»d  haifaii  ounce  of  cauiwood,  but  if  it 
is  not  required  to  be  so  red,  the  camwood  may  be  omitied. 
These  sljould  boil  at  least,  from  half  an  hour  to  two  houis, 
that  the  iugredienis  may  be  well  iucorporaied.  The  copper 
must  then  be  cooled  down  by  pouring  in  cold  water;  ihe 
goods  may  then  bo  put  in  and  simmered  gently  from  half  to 
an  hour. 

If  this  colour  should  n|>pear  to  want  darkening,  it  may  be  done  by 
taking  out  liie  goods  ;  and  adding  a  small  qiianlily  of  old  black  liqiior  ; 
a  small  piece  of  green  copperas  may  be  used;  rinse  in  two  or  lljiee 
walers,  and  liang  up  lo  dry. 

To  dye  Silk  Fawn  Colour  Drabs.  Boil  one  ounce  fis'.ic, 
half  an  ounce  of  alder  bark,  and  two  diaclims  of  arthd.  Fiom 
one  to  four  drachms  of  ilie  bosi  madder  must  be  adced  to 
a  very  small  quantity  of  old  black  liquor,  if  it  required 
daiker. 

To  (lit  a  Silk  Shawl  Scat  hi.  Dissolve  two  ounces  of 
.white  soap  in  bt)iling  water,  handle  lh(^  shawl  ihri*u^h  ihe 
liquor,  »ubbing  such  jdaces  With  the  hands  as  may  a|  j;i!ar 
djny.  A  srcond  or  third  l.quor  may  be  used,  if  icquiu'd  ; 
af.er  wh  cli  rinse  out  ihe  shawl  in  warm  waier.  Then  take 
Irall'an  ounce  of  the  besi  Spanish  arnotto,  dissolve  it  in  h«>t 
Wa^er;  pour  the  solution  into  a  pan  of  warm  water,  handle 
the  sImwI  in  it  a  quarter  of  an  hour,  then  nnse  it  in  clean 
water.  In  ihe  nit-anw  h  le  d;ssi.l\e  a  p.ece  of  i  h.ni,  ot  .he 
size  of  a  horse  beiiu  in  warm  water,  lei  the  .^hawl  lelnain  in 
this  half  an  hour,  then  rinse  it  in  cleaii  water.  Now  l)oil  a 
quarter  of  an  ounce  o^'ihe  best  cocliMieal  fur  twenty  minutes, 
dii  it  out  of  the  cfi()|  er  iiui>  a  pan,  let  the  •■hawl  remain  in 
this  from  tweniy  minutes  tt»  half  an  h«»ur,  when  it  w.ll  Lect  me 
u  bhud  red  ;  thcMi  take  i'  out  and  add  to  the  liquor  in  the 
pan,  a  quart  njore  otj»  of  the  copper,  if  theie  is  as  nujch  le- 
maiuing,  aod  about  half  a  small  wme  glass  full  <;f  the  solution 
of  tin  ;   when  ctdd,  rinse  it  out  slightly  in  cold  water. 

To  dijz  a  Silk  Shawl  Crimson.  Take  about  a  tah'e- 
jpoonful  <if  cudbear,  pur  it  in;o  a  small  pftn,  pour  Lolling  wa- 
ter upon  it,  sMr  and  let  it  stand  a  few  minu:es,  ihen  put  in  the 
silk,  and  turn  it  over  a  short  time,  and  wrien  the  coloui  is  full 
enough,  take  it  ou: ;  but  if  it  should  n  qiire  more  violet  or 
crimstm,  add  a  spoonful  or  two  of  purple  archil  to  some  waim 
^ater,  and  dry  it  within  doors.  To  finish,  it  must  be  calen- 
f^e/ed,  and  thet^  pressed. 


188  Tll£    ARTIST    AXn 

To  dye  tJiick  Silks ,  Satins,  Silk  Stockings^  ^c.  FUsU 
Colour.  Wash  the  stockings  clean  in  soap  and  water,  and 
rinse  in  hot  'vater  ;  if  they  should  not  appear  (Derfectly  clear, 
cut  half  an  ounce  of  white  soap  into  slices,  put  it  into  a  sauce 
pan  half  full  of  boiling  water;  when  it  is  dissolved,  cool  the 
water  in  the  pan,  then  put  in  stockings,  and  simmer  twenty 
minutes,  when  they  should  be  rinsed  in  hut  water;  in  the  in- 
terim pour  three  table  spoonfuls  of  purple  archil  into  a  wash 
basin  half  full  af  hot  water  ;  dye  the  stockings  in  this  liquor, 
and  when  nearly  of  the  shade  of  half  violet  or  lilac,  slightly 
rinse  them  in  cold  water;  when  dry,  hang  them  up  in  a  close 
room,  in  which  sulphur  is  burnt ;  when  they  arc  evenly 
yeac4ied  to  the  shade  required,  finish  by  rubbing  the  right 
side  with  a  flannel.  Some  prefer  calendering  them  afterwards. 
Satins  and  silks  are  done  in  the  same  way. 

To  dye  Silk  Stockings  Black.  These  arc  dyed  like  other 
silks,  excepting  they  must  be  steeped  a  day  or  two  in  black 
liquor,  before  they  are  put  into  the  black  silk  dye.  At  first 
they  will  look  like  an  iron  grey,  but  to  finish  and  black  them, 
they  must  be  put  on  woodv^n  legs,  laid  on  a  table  and  rubbed' 
with  the  oily  rubber  or  flannel,  upon  which  is  oil  of  olives. 
For  each  pair  it  will  require  half  a  tablespoonful  of  oil,  and 
half  an  hour's  rubbing,  to  finish  them  well. 

To  dye  Straw  and  Chip  Bonnets  Black.  Chip  hats  are 
stained  black  in  various  ways.  1st.  By  being  boiled  in  strong 
logwood  liquor  three  or  four  hours  ;  they  must  be  often  taken 
out  to  cool  in  the  air,  and  occasionally  a  small  quantity  of 
copperas  must  be  added.  Tlui  bonnets  maybe  kept  in  the 
vessel  containing  the  liquor  one  night,  and  in  the  morning 
dried  in  the  air,  and  brushed  with  a  soft  brush.  Lastly,  a 
sponge  is  dipped  in  oil,  and  squeezed  almost  to  dryness;  with 
this  rub  them  all  over.  Some  boil  them  on  logwood,  and  in- 
stead of  copperas,  use  steel  filings  steeped  in  vinegar;  when, 
they  are  finished  as  above. 

To  dye  Black  Cloth  Green.  Clean  the  cloth  well  withf 
bullock's  ffall  and  water;  rinse  in  warm  water;  make  a  cop- 
per full  of  rivei  water  boiling  hot,  and  take  from  one  to  one 
pound  and  a  half  of  fustic;  add  to  the  water,  and  boil  twenty 
minutes  ;  put  in  a  lump  of  alum  of  the  size  of  a  walnut ;  when 
dissolved,  put  in  the  article  to  be  dyed,  and  boil  twenty  min- 
utes ;  then  take  it  out,  and  add  a  small  wine  glass  three  parts  } 
full  of  chemic  bluo,  and  boil  again  from  half  to  an  hour,  whea 


tradesman's  ^uij)E.      *  189 

the  cloth  will  become  a  beautiful  green  ;  then  wash  out  and 
dry. 

Saxo?i  Blue,  ScoWs  Liquid  Blue.     Indigo,  one  pound,  oil 
*  of  viiriol  four  pounds — dissolve  by  keeping  the  botte  in  boil- 
ing water  ;  then  add  twelve  pounds  of  WHter,  or  q.  p. 

An  excellent  dye,  the  basis  of  many  colours.     A  decoction 

of  the  seeds  of  red   Frefoil   is  mixed    with  different    mineral 

substances;   the   dyes  produced  are   very  beautiful,  and   of  a 

[great  variety.     Among  them  are  yellow   and  green  ofdifler- 

I  ent  shades,  as  also   citron  and  orai.'ge  colours.       These  dyes 

are  well  adapted  to   woollen  and   cotton   manufactures:   they 

I  resist   the   action    of  the  substances,    with    which    trials   are 

i  usually  made,  much  better  tlian  the  common  dyes. 

Pink  Dye.  Tie  saliiower  in  a  bag  and  wash  it  in  water, 
until  it  no  longer  colours  the  water;  then  dry  it : — of  this 
take  two  drachms,  salt  of  tartar,  eigliteen  grains,  spirits  of 
wine,  seven  drachms  ;  digest  for  two  hours,  add  two  ounces 
of  distilled  water,  digest  for  two  hours  moie,  and  add  a  suf- 
ficient quantity  of  distilled  vinegar  or  lemon  juice,  to  render 
it  a  line  rose  colour,  used  as  a  cosmetic  and  to  make  French 
rousfe. 

Nankeen  Dye.  Arnotto,  prepared  kali,  of  each  equal 
parts,  boiled  in  water; — the  proportion  of  the  kali  is  altered 
as  the  colour  is  required  to  be  deeper  or  lighter  ;  used  to  res- 
tore the  colour  oj" faded  nankeen. 

Scarlet  Colour — Muriate  of  Tin.  Prepare  the  nitro- 
muriatic  acid  by  mixing  one  part  of  muriatic  acid  with  two  of 
nitric  acid,  and  put  a  very  small  quantity  into  a  Florence  flask. 
Drop  tin -into  it  by  small  quantities,  that  it  may  not  become 
ton  hot  by  the  rapid  union  of  the  tin  and  acid.  After  the^ 
acid  is  saturated,  dissolve  some  of  it  in  water.  Dissolve. in 
water  in  a  wine-glass,  a  single  cocliineal  insect  of  the  shops, 
and  drop  in  a  little  muriate  of  tin,  and  it  will  becorne  a  bright 
scarlet. 

CHAPTER  XXVI. 

The    art    of  Calico  printini^,  to  prepare  dying  materials — - 
Litmus — Saffron — Woad — Indigo — Potatoe   tops,  (^c. 

\\  This  art  consists  in  dying  cloth  with  certain  colours  and 
ifigures  upon  aground  of  a  ditferent  hue:  the  colours,  when 
ihey  will   not  take   hold    of  the  cloth  readily^  being  fixe^  iq 


190  rilE    AKTIST    ANi» 

thf'in  by  nnt?ins   of  ir»')rd  »n*<5,  as  a  prop  iration  of  al  m  mule 
by  *liss.)l.^  n  ^  ih.'n;  p  i.Ti  U   «lii  *.i  .s.ii  oiu*  p  tu:i  J  of  .ice..i;ii  i,\' 
liMil,  in  ei^lii  pi)  mis  oi    w  uiu    vv  iie.\       i'lUijr   an;   iui.u.'d   nt 
thf  s  i:ul;  i.ih  ',  i\v.)  umhCv's  oi' pji.is.i,  ;iii;i  iu' >  u.itict's  i?}"  c.)t:ik, 
Acct  I  c  (if  i!>t:i,   is    iiKs.)  a  i)i  .iJ  dk    in    f"i\K|Hmi  n.5(' ;    Imi  pne 
s.ni.ile  ni  xrurc  of  al.un  an  I    aci-  a  o   of  lo  »«l,  .s  founii  so  iiu- 
S'VdT  bost  as  a  mardan  .      TIk^    nio.danis  an;    apjJiiMl   to  ihi; 
cliiili,  eitluM'  With  a  pcMci',  or  by  means  ol'  block;,   on  vvh.chi 
tbo  pirtorn,  accordinti:  lo  whch  Ino  coUon  is  to  be  prinicd  is 
nppLed,  is  cut.      As  tliey   an?  applii-d  to  only  particnl  ir  parts; 
oi  the  cloth,  caro  mast  hn  taken  tirat  n<)n{,'  of  thcMii  spread  to 
ll»o  jj.art  of  the;  cloth  which  is  to  hi',   left   white,  and  iliit  they 
do  not    in:erf<TO    wi.h  another,  when   several  arc  applied  ;'  it; 
is  necessary,  therefv)re,  that  the  mordants  shonid  bo  ot'snch  a 
degree  of  consistence,  tint  tiiey  will  not  spread  b'-yond  those' 
paris  of  the  do  h,  on  which  .hey  are  applied,      '['ids  is  denoi 
by  thickening  ihen>  wiih  flonr  or  staJch,  when  they  are   to  bej 
put  on  wiih  ih;^    penc  I.      The    thicken'ng  should    nev(?r    be\ 
greater  than  is  safficienr  to  prevent  tin.'  spreading  of  th'^  morH 
dan's;   when  carri(?d  too  i'lv,  the  cotton  is  apt  not  to  be  saffi-' 
ciently  satnr;«red  with  the    m  )rdan;s,  and    of  course    the  dye', 
takes  bjit    imperlecily.      In  order  that  the  parts  of  the    cloih! 
impregnated    with    nionlants    may  be  d  stingnislied  by    their 
coloar,  it  i^  nsn  d  to  tinsre  them  with  some   colouring   m  ttlor. 
A  decociioii    of  B-az  1  wood  i-  generally    used    for  this   pur- 
pose.     Af;er  the  in.ardants  have  heen  apjdied,  the  cloih  must 
be  completely  dried.      It  is  piop?  r  for  this  pur|)'»se  to  enjploy 
b.eat,  which    will    contribute    towards  the  separation    of  tho 
acetous  .  acid   fiom  its  base,  and  towards  its  evaporation;   by 
which  means  th-e  mordani  will  combine  in  a  u:reat(!r    prt>por 
tion,  and  more  intim  Kely  with  the  cloih.      When  the  clo;h  is 
sufficiently   drie.I,  it  is  to    be  wis'aed   wiih    wirm   wa^or    and 
cowdnno-,  till   the  fi()ur  or  gum  employed  to  t hi. -ken  the  mor- 
il  mts   which   are  uncomb*ne:l    v>'i:h   the  clotli,   are   remr»ved. 
Afior  this  the  clo  h  is  tf>  be  thoroujhly  riast'd  in  clear  water. 
Indigo   not   requiris^ji  any    mordant  is    ccnnnoniy  a[){J  e  i   ni 
once,  eilher  by  a  black  or   pencil.      Ii  is  prepared  by  boiling' 
it  wi;h  potas'n,  m  tde  cair^iic  by  q  licklinw  and  orpi'iien'  ;   the 
s  >lati an  is   if  «mw  irds  thickeae  1  with  iram.      Ir  muJt  be  care-' " 
f  diy  sccln  led  f.oiij  the    ai',  othe;w  sj*  the  and  go  woul  1  soon 
becoai*    regenera;ed,    thus    rendering    the    solution    useles«.^i 
Sonic  have  used  coarse  brown  sugar  irtstcad  of  orpiment.    It 


I 


■ 


tradesman's  guide.  191 

is  pqually  offirncions  in    flrromprs'iig  the  inrlico,  pnd  loiu'ci- 
:   iiig   ii   solublr,  wli.le   it    I.kewnf    scixcs  a  1  il:e   j  nr|,<.ies    of 

j        To  paint     Yr/fmr,      For  y<'ll«>\v,  tlie    l.lock    is    l;(\smenr<  d 

\  vviiJi  a<:eiriie  «it"  HlLimliie.      'Jlic  clo'.li  at';«'r  rccc'vng  litis  iiior- 

i  dun',  is  dyed  vvih  fiiit'jciiioi!  buik,  and  is  I'lcn  blea(  lit^:!. 

I       JSonknn    VcUou'^  is  one    ot"  ilio   niosr   rominon    t'«  li  u  s  on 

i  prinis,  is  a  kind  oT  nankcon  \ <•!!(. w,  «.j   vaiions  ^ilat!t's    ut  uii 

J  lo  a  deep  ycUcw'^li  bi<  \vn    or  diab.      Ii  is  penally   in   strip*  s 

\  or  sjio;s.      To  |)ro(!uce  it,  beyn)car  a  I  Uk  k,  rut  in:o  tie  lljiuie 

t[  of  a  print,  witb  acetaie  (iliron,  tliicktncU  ui  i;  ^j  ni  ax  fin  r  ; 

r.nd  J'pply  to  the  cotton,  w  liicb  af"cr  lein^«lrird  «  n(f  deai  sjd 

ill    ll:e   ii>nal    manner;   is     Iui'|:r  d    iiuo  a   po1;:^h   }\e.      The 

:  qiian.jiy    of  aceiaie    ol"  iion   is    always    pioj  r.nioi.ed   to    li.e 

deptli  of  ilie  siiade. 

/?t'r/,  is  c«  nununiratrd  by  tbc  srme  prcce-fs,  oi:!y  maccer 
-is  subs  isuted  lor  iiie  baik. 

Illin'.  Tbe  fine  I  «iJit  iifues  wli'cb  a[)p,ear  so  freqneii'ly  on 
prill  el  c«»ttoiis,  are  produced  by  applyi!j<»  to  ihc  cI-kIi  a  Idock 
b  smC'iied  \v  t!i  a  c<  nij  osili*  n,  <  01  s  st  liiJ  jja'sily  <  i' w  \,  ulii<li 
cove.s  all  tlio.i'  p  iris  of  tbe  cl-*ili  vju'cli  r<?ni  in  uliit^-.  Tbe 
i  cloili  is  iben  dyed  in  a  c<dd  indigo  va*  ;  and  af.er  it  is  (!iy, 
the  \v;»x  composition  is  renio\ed  ly  bot  wafer. 

Lilac  and  Brown.   Lilac,  fleece  brown,  and  bhitkisb  brown, 

are  <riven  by  means  ol'j.ceta.ie  ol   iron  ;  ihe  quai'.ti:y  e.l"  which 

,is  always  piojiortioned  10  the  depth  of  shade.      For  very  deep 

clouis  a   little  sumach    is  added.      The   co'.ton   is  afierwaids 

dyed  i!i  ihe  nsnal  manner  with  madder,  and  then  bleached. 

Green.  To  twelve  quarts  of  tmiria:ic  acid,  add  by  degrees 
one  quirt  of  nitrous  acid  ;  saturate  the  whvde  with  grain  tip, 
i:ind  boil  it  in  a  proper  vessel,  till  two  thirds  are  evaporated. 
To  prepare  the  indiL'o  for  mixing  v.'i^.h  the  solution,  take  nine 
pounds  of  indigo,  half  a  pound  of  or^niie  orp'menr,  and  grind 
^it  in  about  four  quarts  of  u-ater  ;  mix  it  well  wiiii  the  indigo, 
and  srind  the  whole  in  the  UMial  v/ay. 

To  mil  the  fohition  of  Tin  with  prepared  Indigo.  Take 
two  jxailons  of  the  *ndii>o  prepared  as  above,  tin  n  s;ir  in!o  it 
by  degrees,  one  gallon  of  the  sohi-ioii  of  tin,  neniralzed  ly 
3S  much  caustic  alkali  as  can  be  added  '  without  |)recipitaiing 
ihe  tin  from  the  acids.  I'oi  a  lighter  sha('e  of  g;  een,  less 
indigo  will  lie  necessary.  Tbe  goods  are  to  be  dipped  in  the 
way  of  dippiug  China  blues  ;  they  must  not  however  be  al- 


ly2  TMl^    ARTIST    A\D 

lowed  to  drain,  but  moved  from  one  vat  to  another  as  quickly 
as  possible.  They  are  lo  be  cleansed  in  the  usual  way:  in  a 
sour  vat  of  about  orie  hundred  and  tifiy  gallons  ol  water  to 
one  gallon  of  sulphuric  acid  ;  they  are  then  to  be  \a  ell  wash- 
ed in  decoctions  of  weld,  and  olher  yellow  colouring  drugs, 
then  brannod  or  bleahcod  till  they  become  white  in  those  parts 
which  are  required   colourless. 

To  print  Dove  Colour  and  Drab.  Dove  colour  and  drab 
are  given  by  acetate  of  iron,  and  quercitron  bark,  the  cloth 
is  afterwards  prepared  in  the  usual  manner. 

To  print  difcrent  Colours.  When  diff>.'rent  colour?  are 
to  appear  in  the  same  urint,  a  greater  number  of  cperations 
are  necessary.  Two  or  more  blocks  are  employed  :  upon 
each  of  which,  that  part  of  the  print  only  is  cut,  wliich  is  to 
be  of  some  particular  colour.  These  are  besmeared  with 
different  mordants,  and  applied  to  the  cloth,  which  is  after- 
wards dyed  as  usual.  Let  us  suppose  for  instance,  that  those 
blocks  are  apphed  to  cotton,  one  with  acetate  of  alumine, 
another  with  acetate  of  iron,  a  third  with  a  mixture  of  those 
two  mordants,  and  that  the  cotton  is  then  dyed  with  quercit- 
ron bark,  and  bleached.  The  parts  impregnated  with  the 
niordants,  would  have  the  following  colours  t 

Acetate  of  alumine,  Yelh  w. 

"  iron,  Olive,  drab,  dove. 

The  mixture,  Olive  green,  olive. 

If  thd  part  of  the  3'ellow  is  covered  over  with  the  indigo 
liquor,  applied  With  a  pencil,  it  will  be  converted  into  green. 
By  the  same  liquid,  blue  may  be  given"  to  such  parts  of  th«3 
print  as  require  it.  If  the  cotton  is  dyed  with  madder,  in- 
stead of  quercitron  bani  ;  the  print  will  exhibit  the  following 
colours : 

Acetate  of  alumine.  Red. 

"         .  iron,  Brown,  black. 

The  mixture,  Purpli. 

When  a  grc^ater  number  of  colours  are  to  appear  ;  for  in- 
stance, when  those  communicated  by  bark,  and  those  by  mad- 
der are  wanted  at  the  same  time,  mordants  for  i)arts  of  thd 
pattern  are  to  be  applied,  the  cotton  then  is  to  be  dyed  in  the 
madder  bath,  and  bleached  ;  then  the  rest  of  the  mordanis, 
fo  fill  up  the  patterns,  are  ^dded,  and  the  cloth  is  again  dyed 
with  quercitron  bark,  and  bleached. 

The  second  dying  does  not  so  mnch  affect  the  madder  col- 


TRADirSMAN  g    ©VIDE. 


19S 


ours  ;  because  the  mordants,  which  render  them  permanent^ 
are  aheady  saturated.  The  yellow  tinge  is  already  removed, 
by  the  subsequent  bleaching.  Sometimes  a  nevV  mordant  is 
applied  to  some  of  thfe  madder  colours,  in  conseqiienco  of 
which,  they  receive  a  new  permanent  colour  from  the  bark; 
After  the  last  bleaching,  new  colours  may  be  added,  by  means 
of  the  indigo  liquor.  The  following  taljle  will  give  an  idea 
hich   ma}'  be  given  to  cotton  by  these  pro- 


of the  colours    w 
cesses. 

I.  Madder  Dye 


II.  Blaclz  Dye 


III.  Indigo  Dye. 


Acetate  of  alumine,  Red; 

"  iron,  Brown,   black. 

"  diluted,  Lilac. 

Both  mixed,  Purple; 

Acetate  of  alumine^  Yellow. 

'*  iron.  Dove,  drab; 

Lilac  and  acetate  of  alum.    Olive; 
Red  and  a<-,etate  of  alum.     Orange. 
Indigo,  Blue. 

Indigo  and  yellow.  Green. 

To  prepare  a  Substitute  for  Gum.,  used  iii  Calico  Print- 
ing. Collect  half  aton  weight  of  pelts  or  skins,  or  pieces  of. 
rabbit  or  sheep  skirs,  and  boil  them  for  seven  or  eight  hours, 
in  350  gallons  of  water,  or  until  it  becomes  a  stong  size. 
Then  draw  it  off,  and  when  cold  weigh  it.  Warm  it  again, 
"and  to  every  hundred  weight,  add  the  strongest  sweetwort^ 
that  can  be  made  from  malt,  or  twenty  pounds  weight  of  su- 
gar. When  incorporated,  take  it  off,  and  put  it  into  a  cask, 
for  use.  This  substitute  for  gum  may  be  used  by  calico  prin- 
ters in  mixing  up  nearly  all  kinds  of  colours.  By  using  only 
a  sixth  part  of  gum  with  it,  it  will  also  improve  tiie  gum,  and 
be  a  saving  of  200  per  cenf.^and  without  gum,  of  400  per 
cent.  It  will  also  improve  and  preserve  the  paste  so  much 
used  bj'  printers. 

To  prepare  Arnotto  for  Dying.  Arnotto  is  a  colouring 
fecula  of  a  resinous  natine,  extracted  from  the  seeds  of  a  tree 
very  common  in  the  West  Indies,  and  which  in  height  never^ 
exceed.s  fifteen  fef!t.  The  Indians  employ  two  processes 
to  obtain  the  red  fecula  of  these  seeds.  They  first 
pound  them,  and  mix  them  with  a  certain  quantity  of  water, 
which  in  the  course  of  five  or  six  days,  favours  the  progress 
of  fermentation.  The  liquid  then  becomes  charged  with  the 
colourine  part,  and   tlve   superfluous  moistui-e  is    afterwards 

17 


194  THE    ARTIST    AND 

separated  by  slow  evaporation  over  the  fire,  or  by  the  heat  of 
the  sun.  The  second  process  consists  in  rubbiijg  the  seeds 
between  the  hands  in  a  vessel  filled  with  vv'ater.  The  colour-, 
ing  part  is  precipitated,  and  fo»nis  itself  into  a  mass  like  a 
cake  of  wax  ;  but  it"  the  red  fecuia,  thus  detached,  is  much 
more  beautiful  than  in  the  first  process,  n  is  less  in  qnaniisy. 
Besides  as  the  splendour  of  it  is  too  bright,  .'he  Indians  are 
accustomed  to  weaken  it  b^   a  mixture  of  red  sandal  wood. 

The  natives  of  the  East  India  islands  used  formerly  to  employ  ar- 
notlo  tor  painting  their  bodies,  die.  At  j)resent  in  Europe  il  is  only 
(•mployed  to  give  the  tii  st  tints  to  woollen  stuffs,  intended  to  be  dved 
red,  blue,  yellow,  green,  &c.  In  the  art  of  the  varnisher,  it  forms  part 
of  the  Composition  of  changing  varnishes,  to  givo  a  gold  colour  to  the 
melals  on  which  these  varnishes  are  applied, 

To  prepare  Dying  Materials,  6fc.  Arnotto  ought  to  be  chosen 
of  a  flame  colour  brighter  in  the  interior  part  than  on  the 
outside  ;  soft  to  the  touch,  and  of  a  good  consistence.  The 
paste  of  arnotto  becomes  soft  in  Europe  ;  and  it  loses  some 
(Jf  its  odour,  which  approaches  near  to  that  of  violets. 

Of  Litmus.  The  Cape  de  Verd  islands  produce  a  kind 
of  lichen  or  moss,  which  yields  a  violet  colouring  part,  when 
exposed  to  the  contact  of  ammonia  disengaged  from  urine,  in 
a  state  of  putref iction,  by  a  mixture  of  lime.  When  the 
processes  are  finished,  it  is  known  by  tiie  name  of  litmus. 
This  ariicle  is  prepared  on  a  large  scale  at  London,  Paris, 
and  Lyons.  In  the  latter  city,  another  kind  of  lichen,  which 
grows  on  the  rocks  is  prepared. 

Tlie  ammonia  joins  the  resinous  purt  of  the  plant,  developes  its  colour' 
ing  part,  and  combines  with  it.  lo  this  state  the  lichen  forms  a  paste  of 
a  violet  rcil  colour,  interspersed  with  whitish  spots,  which  give  it  a 
luarbled  appearance.  Litmus  is  employed  in  dying,  to  communicate  a 
viulbt  colour  to  silk  and  woollen. 

OF  Saffron.  The  flowers  of  this  plant  contain  two  col" 
curing  jjarts,  one  soluble  in  water,  which  is  thrown  away  ' 
the  other  soluble  in  alkaline  liquors.  The  laller  colouring 
l)arts  becomes  the  basis  of  v^arious  beatitiful  "shades  of  cherry 
colour,  rose  colour,  &/C.  It  is  employed  for  dying  feathers, 
and  constitutes  tiie  vegetable  red,  or  Spanish  vermixlion,  em- 
ployed by  ladies  to  heighten  their  complexion.  Carthamus 
cannot  furnish  its  resinous  colouring-  part,  provided  with  all 
its  qualities,  until  it  has  been  deprived  of  that  which  is  soluble 
in  water.  For  this  purpose,  the  dried  flowers  of  the  carthar- 
mus  arc  enclosed  in  a  lined  bag,  and  the   bag  is  placed  in  a 


19:> 

stream  of  running  Wtitcr.  A  man  with  wooden  slices  gets 
\:noii  .he -bag  every  eight  or  tei)  liours,  and  treads  \\  on  the 
b;.nk  until  the  w a '.er  .expressed  from  it  is- colourless.  Those 
nu'Ui  flowers,  afie,  bejng  strongly  squeezed  in  the  bag,  are 
spread  out  on  a  piece  of  canvass,  exiended  on  a  frame,  placed 
over  a  wooden  box,  and  covered  wiih  five  or  six  per  cent,  of 
their  weight  of  carbonate  of  soda.  Pure  wa  or  is  then  poured 
over  ihem  ;  and  this  process  is  repeated  several  times,  that 
the  alkali  may  h>!ve  leisure  to  become  charged  wijh  the  col- 
ouring pari,  which  it  dissolves.  The  liquor  when  filiered  is 
a  dirty  red,  and  almost  brown  colour.  The  colouring  part 
thus  held  in  solution,  cannot  be  em-ployedjor  colouring  bodies 
until  it  is  [ree  ;  and  to  set  it  at  liberty,  tha  soda  must  be 
brought  into  contact  with  a  body  which  has  more  affinity  for 
it. 

It  is  on  this  precipitation,  by  an  intermt^diate  substance,  that  the 
process  for  making  Spanisji  vermilion  is  founded,  as  well  as  all  the  re- 
sults arising  from  the  direct  application  of  this  colou'^ing  part  in  the 
art  of  dyi,ng. 

Of  Woad.  The  prepai-ation  for  colouring  1s  effecled  from 
the  leaves  of  the  plant,  by  grinding  them  to  a  paste,  of  which 
balls  are  ma<^e,  [>laced  in  heaps,  and  occasionally  sprinkled 
with  water  to  promote  the  fermention  ;  when  this  is  finished, 
the  woad  is  allowed  to  fall  into  a  coarse  powder  ;  used  as  a 
blue  dye  stuff. 

Of  Indigo.  This  dye  is  derived  from  the  leaves  of  the 
young  shoots  of  several  species  of  the  plant,  by  soaking  them 
either  in  cold  water,  or  still  better,  in  water  kept  warm,  and 
at  about  I6O0  Fahrenheit,  till  the  liquor  becomes  a  deep  green; 
it  is  then  drawn  off,  and  the  blue  sediment  dried,  and  formed 
into  lumps. 

Of  Potatoe  Tops,  dfc.  Cut  off  the  tops  when  they  are  in 
flower,  and  extract  the  juice,  by  bruising  and  pressing  them. 
Linen  or  woollen  imbued  in  this  liquor  .fort3'-e>ght  hours,  "~ 
will  take  a  brilliant,  solid  and  permanent  yellow.  If  the  cloth 
be  afierwards  f)lunged  in  a  blue  dye,  in  will  acquire  a  beauti- 
ful permanent  green  colour.  As  to  the  mode  of  execution, 
^it  should  pass  through  the  bands  of  a  chemist  or  skilful  dyer, 
to  derive  all  the  advantages  it  is  capable  of  furnishii  g.  To 
prepare  cotton  and  linen  to  receive  certain  colours,  parfci<:u- 
larly  the  red  madder,  atid  cross  wort,  the  article  of  sheep's 
inanure  is  made  use  of,  as  it  forms,  by  impregnating  the  stuffs 


196  THE    ARTIST    AND      • 

with  an  animal  mucilage,  of  which  it  contains  a  large  quantity, 
and  thus  assimilating  them  to  wool  and  silk. 

To  Print  Carpets.  These  carpets  are  made  of  knitted 
wool,  by  means  of  a  machine  ;  they  are  afterwards  pressed 
aiKl  receive  all  the  colours  and  designs  wished  for.  These 
designs  printed  on  the  tissue,  by  raeai^  of  wooden  boards, 
are  extremel}'-  neat  ;  the  colours  are  very  brilliant,  and  resist 
rubbing  extremely  well,  provided  they  traverse  the  tissue  from 
one  part  to  another.  They  are  warm,  and  have  the  advan- 
tage of  being  cheaper  than  others.  Tiiey  are  also  as  durable, 
and  are  not  crossed  by  seams  disagreeable  to  the  eye. 

CHAPTER  XXVIl. 

Bleaching — by  Oxy muriatic  Acid — bleach  Jield  ni  Ireland 
— improved  bleaching  Liquor — by  Alkalized  Steam — to 
bleach  Wool^  Cotton  and  Straw — to  lohiten  Wax — of 
purifying  Tallow — imitation  of  Wax    Candles — to   extin- 

guish     Vegetable    colours bicaching     Salts- — bleaching 

JJquid, 

The  mode  of  bleaching  which  least  injures  the  texture  of 
the  cloth  formed  of  vegetable  substances,  is  that  effected  by 
merely  exposing  it  in  a  moistened  state  to  the  atmosphere^ 
having  been  steeped  in  a  solution  of  potash  or  soda,  but  the 
length  of  time  and  other  inconveniences  attending  this  pro- 
cess, led  to  more  active  chemical  processes.  It  is  by  the 
combination  of  oxygen  with  the  colouring  matter  of  the  cloth, 
that  it  is  deprived  of  its  hue,  and  the  difierent  processes  em- 
ployed must  be  adapted  to  prepare  it  for  this  combination, 
and  render  it  as  perfect  as  possible,  without  destroying  its  tex- 
ture, an  effect  which,  however,  must  necessarily  ensue  in  a 
greater  or  less  degree,  Irom  the  union  of  oxygen  with  all 
bodies. 

To  bleach  linen,  &.c.  by  oxymuriatic  acid,  it  is  necessary  to 
ascertain  its  strength,  in  which  a  solution  of  indigo  in  the  acid 
is  employed.  The  colour  of  this  is  destroyed  by  the  oxy- 
genated muriatic  acid  ;  according  to  the  quantity  of  it  that  can 
be  discoloured  by  a  given  quantity  of  the  liquor  its  strength 
is  known.  In  this  country,  machinery  is  employed  for  rin- 
sing and  beating ;  the  apparatus  must  be  arranged  according 
to  the  objects  to  be  bleached  ;  the  skeins  of  thread  must  bf 
suspeudeci  in  the  tub  destined  for  them,  and  the  c.loih  niUo^ 


TRADESMAN'S    QVWE.  197 

be  rolled  upon  reels  in  the  npparatiis.  When  every  thing- 
is  thus  disposed,  the  tubs  are  tilled  with  oxygenated  muriatic 
acid  ;  by  introducing  a  funnel,  which  descends  to  the  bottom 
of  the  tub,  in  order  to  prevent  the  dispersion  of  gas.  The 
cloth  is  wound  en  the  frame  work,  on  which  the  skeins  are 
suspended,  is  turned  several  times,  until  it  is  judged,  by 
taking  out  a  small  quantity  of  the  liquor  from  time  to  time, 
and  trying  it  by  the  test  of  the  solution  of  indigo,  that  it  is 
suflicientiy  exhausted. 

Tbe  weakened  liquor  is  then  drawn  off,  and  may  be  again 
used  for  a  new  saturation.  In  bleaching  with  the  oxymuriate 
of  lime,  a  large  quantity  of  lime  is  combined  with  the  oxy- 
muriatic  acid  gas,  to  effect  which,  the  lime  is  meclianicrill}^ 
suspended  in  water,  into  winch  the  gas  is  made  to  p;iss,  and 
agitated  ;  so  as  to  present  fresh  matter  to  the  gas.  By  this 
means  the  ox3^muriate  of  lime  is  formed  in  a  very  convenient 
manner  ;  it  is  dissolved  in  water,  and  used  as  a  blenching 
liquor.  This  liquor  is  preferable  to  the  oxygenated  muriatic 
acid  and  potash. 

At  the  great  bleach  field  in  Ireland,  four  lyes  of  potash 
are  applied  alternately,  with  four  weeks  exposure  on  the 
grass,  two  immersions  in  the  oxymuriate  of  lime,  a  lye  of 
potash  between  the  two,  and  the  exposure  of  a  week  en  the 
grass,  between  each  lye  and  the  immersion.  During  summer 
two  13'es  and  fifteen  days  exposure  are  sufficient  to  prepare 
cloth  for  tlie  oxygenated  muriate;  the  three  alternate  lyes, 
with  immersions  in  the  liquor,  will  be  sufficient  10  ccmj-lete 
the  I'leaching  ;  nothing  then  w^ill  be  necessar>,  but  to  wind 
the  cloth  tlirough  the  sulphuric  acid. 

The  oxygenated  muriatic  gas  may  also  be  combined  v.'iih  lime  in  a 
dry  state,  or  the  water  may  be  evaporated,  when  it  is  employed  for 
the  formation  of  oxyniuriates,  which  may  then  be  very  conveniently 
transported  to  any  distance  without  injur\  vo  its  detersive  power. 

To  prepare  the  sulphate  of  lime,  take  subphwr  or  brimstone 
in  fine  powder,  four  pounds;  lime  well  slacked  and  sifted, 
twenty  pounds;  water  sixteen  gallons;  these  are  to  be  well 
mixed,  and  boiled  for  half  an  hour  in  an  iron  vessel,  siiring 
them  briskly  from  time  to  time.  Soon  after  the  agitation  of 
the  boiling  is  over,  the  solution  of  the  suiphuret  of  linie  clears, 
and  may  be  drawn  off  free  from  the  insoluble  matter,  which 
is  considerable,  and  which  rests  upon  the  bottom  of  the  boil- 
er.     The    liquor  in  this  stale,  is  nearly  the  colour    of  small 


19S  THE    ARTIST    AND 

l)eer,  but  not  so  transparent.  Sixteen  gallons  of  fresh  water 
are  afterwarvds  j3oureci  on  the  insokible  dregs  in  tb«  boiler,  in 
order  to  separate  the  whole  of  the  sulphuret  from  them. 
When  this  clears,  being  previously  agitated,  it  is  drawn  olf 
and  mixed  with  the  first  liquor,  'i'hirtj'-three'gailons  more 
of  water  may  be  added  to  ihe  liquor,  thus  reducmg'it  to  a 
proper  standard  for  sleeping  the  cloth  ;  and  which  furnishes 
sixty  gallons  of  liquor  fiom  four  pounds  of  brimsione,  mak- 
•ing  allowance  for  evaporation.  When  linen  is  freed  from 
the  weaver's  dressing,  it  is  to  be  steeped  in  the  solution  of 
sulphuret  of  lime  (prepared  as  above)  for  about  twelve  or 
more  hours,  and  then  washed  and  dried.  This  process  is  to 
be  repeated  six  rimes,  that  is,  by  six  alternate  immersions  in 
each  liquor,  which  has  been  found  to  whiten  the  linen. 

Steam  has  lately  been  employed  with  great  success.  The 
process  was  brought  from  the  Levant.  Chapel  first  make  it 
known  to  the  public.  The  cloth  is  fust  immersed  in  a  slight 
alkaline  caustic  liquor,  and  placed  in  a  chamber  constructed 
over  a  boiler,  into  which  is  put  the  alkaline  lye,  which  is  to 
be  raised  into  steam,  after  the  fire  has  been  lighted,  and  the 
cloth  has  remained  exposed  to  the  action  of  the  steam  for  a 
sufiicient  length  of  time,  it  is  taken  out  and  immersed  in  the 
oxygenated  muriate  of  lime,  ^.nd  then  exposed  foj  two  or  three 
da3's  on  the  grass,  This  operation,  which  is  very  expeditious, 
will  be  sufficient  for  cotton;  but  if  linen  cloth  should  retain  a 
yellov\  tint,  a  second  alkaline  caustic  vaponr  bath,  and  two  or 
three  days  on  the  grass,  will  be  sufficient  to  give  ii  the  nece;- 
sary  whiteness. 

To  bleach  b}^  alkalized  steam,  the  high  temperature  swells 
up  the  fibres  of  the  cloth;  the  pure  alkali  which  rises  with 
the  elastic  fluid,  seizes  with  avidity  on  the  colouring  matter  ; 
and  seldom  does  the  tisssue  of  the  flax  or  hemp  resist  the  pen- 
etrating effect  of  this  vapour  bath.  -    ' 

The  alkali  appears  to  have  .a  much  livelier  and  more  cau- 
stic action,  when  it  is  combined  with  caloric,  than  in  ordinary^ 
l3'es,  where  the  temperature  never  rises  above  162°  Fahren- 
heit. By  making  the  cloth  pass  through  the  Ij^e  of  OA3'gen- 
'ated  muriate  of  lime,  an  union  is  effected  between  the  solution 
and  the  carbon,  arising  from  the  extractomucous  matter  of 
the  flux  ;  carbonic  acid  is  formed  ;  the  water,  even,  in  which 
this  new  compound  is  diluted,  concurs  to  promote  the  com- 
bination ;  if  the  cloth  is  then  exposed  on  the  grass,  the  car- 
bonic acid  is  dissipated,  and  the  cloth  is  bleached. 


tradesman's    ttUIDE.  199 

To  Bleach  Cotton.  The  first  operation  consist  in  scour- 
ing it  in  a  slight  alkaline  solution  ;  or  what  is  better,  b>  ex- 
posure to  steam.  It  is  then  put  into  a  basket,  and  rinsed  in 
ruoning  water.  The  immersion  of  cotton  in  an  alkaline  lye, 
however  it  nity  be  rinsed,  always  leaves  -with  it  an  earthy 
ileposite.  It  is  well  known  that  cotton  bears  the  action  of 
ticius  better  then  hemp  or  fl.-ix ;  that  time  is  even  necessary 
hetore  the  action  of  then  can  be  prejudicial  to  it,  and  by  ta- 
king advantage  of  this  valuable  propejty  in  regard  to  bleach- 
ing, means  have  been  found  to  free  it  from  the  earthy  depo- 
site,  by  pressing  down  the  cotton  in  a  very  weak  solution  of 
bulpiiuric  acid,  and  afterwards  removing  the  acid  by  washing, 
leal  too  long  remaining  in  it  should  destory  tiie  cotton. 

To  eztiiigaish  Vegetable  Colours.  Obtain  chlorine  as  fol- 
lows: fill  a  strong  quart  decanter  one  third  full  of  water,  put 
in  a  pulverized  mixiure,  consisting  of  half  a^^gill  of  red  lead, 
and  a  gill  of  common  table  salt,  well  rubbed  together;  shake 
it  up,  ihen  put  in  two  thirds  of  a  wine  glass  of  sulphuric  acid  ; 
pat  u\  the  ground  stopper  loosely  ;  shake  the  decanter  half  a 
niinutej  the  atmospheric  air  and  some  gas  will  escape;  now 
lix  your  stopper  pe.-fectly  tight,  then  plunge  the  decanter  into 
a  lub  or  cistern  of  cold  water,  keeping  the  mouth  a  little 
above  the  water;  briskly  agitate  it,  keeping  it  under  the  wa- 
ter, once  each  -niiuite  for  lifteen  minutes.  Now  take  it  out 
and  let  ihe""excess  of  red  lead  and  salt  settle;  a  yellowish 
green  liquid  is  produced,  nearly  pure,  but  containing  some 
muriatic  acid  ;  pour  a  little  into  a  wine  glass,  and  it  is  ready 
for  use  to  wash  out  writing  from  paper,  or  extinguish  the  co- 
Jour  from  calico. 

The  liquid  chlorine  obtained  in  this  Vv'ay,  should  be  kept  in 
a  dark  and  coo!  place.  It  is  used  for  taking  spots  out  of  lin- 
en, &/C.  It  has  been  used  for  fraudulent  purpose,  to  oblite- 
rate   writing,  that  something  different  might  be  substituted. 

Bleacliing  Liquid — Kau  cle  Javelle.  Common  salt,  two 
pounds;  manganese,  one  pound;  water,  , two  pounds;  put 
into  a  retort;  and  add  gradually,  oil  of  vitri(  1,  two  pounds  : 
pass  the  vapour  through  a  solution  of  prepared  kali,  four  oun- 
ces, in  twenty-nine  ounces  of  water,  applying  heat  towards 
the  last.  Specific  gravity  is  1,087.  Stimulant,  antisypilitic  ; 
used  to  bleach  linen  and  take  out  spots,  and  to  clean  books 
from  what  has  been  scribbled  on  their  margins. 


200  THE    ARTIST    AND 

To  Bleach  Wool.  The  first-kind  of  bleaching  to  which 
wool  is  subjected,  is  to  free  it  from  grease.  This  operation 
is  called  scouring.  In  Kiannfactones  it  is  generally  perfor-  j 
med  by  ammoniacal  lye,  formed  of  five  measures  of  river 
water,  and  one  of  stale  urine  ;  the  wool  is  imnimersed  for 
about  twenty  minutes,  in  a  bath  of  this  mixture,  heated  to 
fifty-six  degrees  ;  it  is  then  taken  out,  suffered  to  drain,  an4 
then  rinsed  in  running  water;  this  minipulation  softens  the 
wool,  and  gives  it  the  first  degree  of  whiteness  ;  it  is  then 
repeated  a  second,  and  even  a  third  time,  after  which  the 
wool  is  fit  t(»  be  employed.  In  some  places  scouring  is  per- 
formed with  water  slightly  impregnated  w'th  soap  ;  and,  in- 
deed, for  valuable  articles,  this  process  is  preferable,  but  too 
expensive  for  articles  of  less  value.  Sulphurous  acid  gass 
unites  very  easily  with  water,  and  in  this  conbination  it  may 
be  employed  for  bleaching  wool  or  silk. 

The  most  economical  way  of  preparing  sulphurous  acid,  is 
by  decomposing  the  acid,  by  the  mixture  of  an}'  combustible 
matter,  capable  of  taking  from  it  any  part  of  its  oxygen. 
When  the  chemist  is  desirous  to  have  it  in  great  purity,  it  is 
obtained  b}'  means  of  metallic  substances,  and  particularly  by 
mercury,  but  for  the  purpose  of  which  we  are  treating,  where 
great  economy  is  required  we  should  recommend  most  com- 
mon substances.  Take  chopped  straw,  or  saw  dust,  and  in- 
troduce it  into  a  matrass  ;  pour  over  it  suljihuric  acid,  apply- 
ing at  the  same  time  heat,  and  there  will  be  disengaged  sul- 
phurous acid  gas,  whicli  may  be  combined  with  water  in  an 
apparatus.  The  pieces  are  rolled  upon  reels,  and  are  drawn 
through  the  acid  by  turning  them  until  sufficiently  white. 
They  are  then  taken  out  and  left  to  drain  on  a  bench  covered 
with  cloth,  lest  they  should  be  stained  in  consequence  of  the 
decomposition  of  the  wo»d  by  the  sulphurous  acid;  they  are 
then  w^aslied  in  river  Vv^ater,  and  Spanish  white  is  emploj^ed, 
if  it  shoidd  be  judged  necessary.  This  operation  is  performed 
by  passing  the  pieces  through  a  tub  of  clean  water,  in  which 
about  eight  pounds  of  Spanish  white  has  been  dissolved.  To 
obtain  a  fine  whiteness,  the  stuffs  are  generally  twice  sul- 
phured. According  to  this  process,  one  immersion,  and  reel- 
ing two  or  three  hours,  are  sufficient.  Azuring  or  bluing  is 
performed  by  throwing  into  the  Spanish  white  liquor,  a  solu- 
tion of  one  part  Prussian  blue  to  four  hundred  of  water  ;  shak- 
ing the  clpth  in  the  liquid  and  reeling  rapidly.     The  opera- 


tradesman's  guide.  201 

tion  is  terminated  by  a  slight  washing  witli  soap,  to  give  soft- 
ness and  pliability  to  tlie  stufis. 

A  preparation  of  an  improved  bleaching  liquor  is  ]irepared 
as  follows:  by  a  uissoluiion  in  water  of  the.oxygenaied  nmri- 
ates  of  calcareous  earths,  baryies,  sa-ontiies,  or  magnesia. 
The  earth  should  be  prepared  in  the  dry  way,  by  bringing 
them  in  a  solid  form,  in  powder,  or  in  paste,  in  contact  vvith 
the  oxygenated  muriatic  acid  gas.  So  prepared,  dissolve 
them  in  water,  and  apply  them  to  the  substances  required  to 
be  bleaciied.  By  this  mode,  colours  may  be  removed  from 
linen,  cotton,  vegetable  and  otber-snbstances. 

Bleaching  Salts,  used  in  Manufactories.  Pass  into  water, 
in  which  finely  pulverized  and  newly  slacked  lime  is  suspen- 
ded by  continual  agitation — a  stream  of  oxymuriatic  acid  gas 
will  come  over.  In  the  large  way,  a  dry  powder  of  newly 
slacked  lime  is  agitated  in  a  strong  cask,  which  is  absorbed 
by  lime.  Some  prefer  passing  the  gas  into  hogsheads  of  wa- 
ter, in  which  the  lime  is  suspended  by  agitation  ;  for  an  ex- 
periment it  may  be  pressed  from  a  bladder  may  be  held  in 
the  hand,  and  the  receiver  siiaken  continually. 

2^0  bleach  Straw,  Sfc.  Cover  the  bottom  of  a  small  plate 
a  quarter  of  an  inch  deep  with  water.  Put  a  small  piece  of 
common  brimstone  upon  a  sheet  iron  bench  set  in  the  plate, 
which  is  sufficiently  heated  to  inflame  the  brimstome,  and 
shut  it  over  a  tubulated  bell  glass,  or  a  tumbler  with  a  liole  in 
the  bottom.  This  vessel  must  be  of  a  size  just  to  shut  down 
within  the  rim  of  the  plate.  At  first  take  tlie  stopper  out  and 
raise  the  bell  glass  a  little  above  the  water,  to  give  passage 
to  a  current  of  air.  Regulate  this  by  the  progress  of  the 
burning  sulphur.  After  the  bell  glass  appears  well  filled  with 
a  white  vapour,  shut  it  down  close  and  tighten  the  stopper. 
The  water  in  the  plate  will  absorb  the  sulphurous  acid  gas  in 
about  five  minutes.  Pour  part  of  this  water  into  wine  glasses, 
and  you  will  perceive  the  nauseous,  sulphurous,  astringent 
taste,  peculiar  to  this  acid.  In  the  mean  time  wet  several 
substances,  coloured  with  vegetable  colouring  matter,  and  it 
will  extinguish  many  of  them  if  not  all.  A  yellow  straw 
braid  becomes  whitened  in  it  ;  and  some  colours  on  calico 
will  be  extingviished.  The  liquid  sulphurous  acid  loses  this 
property  b}^  keeping. 

It  is  used  by  milliners  both  in  the  liquid  and  in  the  gaseous 
state  for  bleaching  straw  bonnets.     If  the   old  straw  braid  is 


202  THE    ARTIST    AND 

soaked  a  while  in  water  and  then  suspended  inside  of  a  hocr^-- 
head  or  barrel  wiihont  a  head,  and  brimstone  is  intlated  at  {\r. 
bottom  of"  a  c  isk,  and  sMiFered^t-o  cmnmence  buMiin^^  thro- 
ougldy,  then  the  top  covereii  over,  the  siraw  will  soon  be- 
come whitened  by  the  action  of  this  acid. 

To  White7i  Wax.  Melt  it  in  a  pipkin  without  boilinir. 
Then  take  a  wooden  pestle,  which  steep  in  the  wax  two  in- 
ches deep  and  plunge  immediately  in  cold  water,  to  b)oseii 
the  wax  from  it,  which  will  co'.ue  off  like  sheet  of  pape:. 
When  3'ou  have  got  all  of  your  wax  out  of  the  pipkin,  aiiii 
make  into  flakes,  put  it  on  a  clean  towel,  and  expose  it  in 
air,  on  the  grass,  till  it  is  white.  Then  melt  it  and  strain  it 
through  a  muslin,  to  take  all  the  dust  out  of  it,  if  there  he 
any. 

3Iethocl  of  purify  mg  Tallow  to  make  Candles.  Take  five- 
eights  of  tallow  and  three  eights  of  mutton  suet;  melt  thoin 
in  a  copper  caldron  \vith  half  a  pound  of  grease  ;  as  soon  ;is 
they  are  melted,  mix  eight  ounces  of  brandy,  ojne  salts  of  tar- 
tar, one  cream  of  tartar,  one  sal  ammoniac,  and  two  of  pure 
dry  potash  :  throw  the  mixture  into  the  caldron  and  make 
the  ingredients,  boil  a  quarter  of  an  hour;  then  let  the  whole 
cool.  The  next  day  the  tallow  will  be  found  upon  the  sii:- 
face  of  the  water  in  a  pure  cake.  Take  it  out  and  expose  it 
to  the  action  of  the  air,  on  canvass  for  several  days.  It  will 
becom%  white,  and  almost  as  hard  as  wax.  The  dew  is  vei  y 
favourable  to  bleaching;  make  your  wick  of  fine  even  cotton, 
give  them  a  coat  of  welted  wax;  then  cast  your  mould  can- 
dles. They  will  have  much  the  appearance  of  wax,  and  on; 
of  six  to  the  pound,  will  burn  fourteen  hours  and  never  run. 

To  make  Mutton  Suet  Candles  in  imitation  of  Wax  Can- 
dles. 1.  Throw  quicklime  in  raelted  mutton  suet;  the  lime 
will  fall  to  the  bottom,  and  carrj'^^  with  it  every  impurit}',  so  as 
to  leave  it  pure  and  fine  as  wax  itself. 

2.  Now  if  v*'ith  one  pari  of  that  suet  you  mix  three  of  real 
wax,  you  will  be  unable  to  distino^uish  the  mixture  ;  even  in 
the  casting  and  moulding  wax  figures  or  ornaments. 

CHAPTER  XXVIII. 

Distillation — to  produce  hiflammnhlc  Spirits — of  3Ialt — of 
Hops — of  ibater  for  Brcicing — Brewi?7(r  Vessels — what  is 
procured  by  distillation — Bodies  proper  for  distillation. 

J?y  tb(J  distillation  of  spirits  is  to  be  understood  the  art  by 


tuAdesman's  GuUii:.  20$ 

which  all  inflamuicible  spirits,  brandies,  rum,  arracs,  and  tho 
like,  are  procured  from  vegeUible  substances,  by  the  n)eans  of 
a  previous  fermentatiun,  and  a  subsequent  treatment  of  llie 
feinienfed"  liquor  by  the  alenib.c  or  iioi  still,  with  its  proper 
uorm  and  refrigeratory.  Bui  as  ills  im|jossilile4u  fXiT'ict 
\iiious  spirits  from  any  vegetable  subject  Avi'lioui  feinienta- 
tion,  and  previous  to  this,  brewing  is  ofien  necessary,  it  will 
!)c  requisite  to  consider  these  operations. 

To  extract  spirits  is  to  cause  such  an  action  by  heat,  as  to 
Criuse  them  to  ascend  in  vapour  from  the  bodies  which  detaiii 
them.  If  this  he  it  be  natural  to  bodif^s,  so  that  the  opera- 
tion be  made  without  any  adventitious  means,  it  is  called  fer- 
n)entation,  which  will  be  hereafter  explained  ;  if  it  be  pro- 
duced by  fire  or  other  heating  power  in  which  the  alembic  is 
placed,  it  is  called -digestion,  or  distillation;  digestion,  if  the 
heat  only  prepares  the  materials  for  distillation  of  their  spirits  ; 
and  distillation  when  tiie  action  "is  of  sumcient  efficacy  to 
cause  them  to  ascend  in  yapoiir  and  distil.  This  heat  i«  that 
which  puts  the  insensible  parts  of  a  body,  whatever  it  be,  into 
moti6n,  divides  then),  and  causes  a  passage  for  the  spirits  en- 
closed herein,  by  disengaging  them  from  the  phlegm,  and  the 
earthy  particles  by  which  they  are  enclos(;d.  Distillation 
considered  in  tbi^.  point  is  not  unworthy  the  attention  and 
countenance  of  the  learsied.  This  art  is  of  infinite  extent: 
v.'hatever  the  whole  earth  produces,  flowers,  fruits,  seeds, 
spices,  aromatic  and  vulnerary  plants,  odoriferous  drugs,  &,c. 
are  its  objects,  and  come  under  its  cognizance  ;  but  it  is  gen- 
arally  confined  to  liquids  of  taste  and  smell,  and  to  the  sim- 
ple and  spirituous  waters  of  aromatic  and  vulnerary  plants  : 
with  regard  to  its  utilit}',  we  sHuili  omit  saying  any  thing  here, 
as  sufficient  proofs  of  it  will  be  given  in  some  of  the  articles 
respecting  it. 

Of  Breicing  in  order  to  the  Pioduction  of  Tnfammable 
Spirits.  By  brewing  is  meant  the  extracting  a  tincture  from 
sotne  vegetable  substance,  or  dissolving  it  in  hot  water,  by 
which  means  it  becomes  proper  for  a  vinous  fer«)entation  ;  a 
solution  or  fermentable  tincture  of  this  kind  may  be  procured, 
with  proper  nianagement,  from  any  vegetable  substance,  but 
the  more  readily  and  totally  it  dissolves  in'  the  fluid,  the  bet- 
ter it  is  fitted  for  fermentation,  and  the  larger  its  produce  of 
spirits.  All  inspissated  vegetable  juices  therefore,  as  sugar, 
Injucy,  treacle,  manna,  &c.  arc  very   proper  for  this  use,  as 


>04  THE    ARTrST    ANB 


they  totally  dissolve  in  wa'ter,  forming  a  clear  and  uniform  so- 
lution; but  malt,  from  its  clieapness,  is  generally  preferred 
in  England  ;  though  it  but  imperfectly  dis:%olves  in  hot  water. 
The  worst  sort  is  contmonly  chosen  for  this  purpose,  and  the 
tincture  without  the  addition  of  hops,  or  the  trouble  of  boil- 
ing it,  is  directly  cooled  and  fermented.  But  in  order  to 
brew  with  malt  to  the  greatest  advantage,  the  three  following 
particulars  -should  be  carefully  attended  to:  1.  The  subject 
should  be  well  prepared,  that  is,  it  should  be  jnstl3/;^rnalted 
and  well  ground:  for  if  it  be  too  little  malted,  it  will  prove 
hard  aijd  flinty,  and  consequently,  only  a  small  part  of  it  dis- 
solve in  the  water,  and  on  the  other  hand,  if  too  much  malted 
a  great  part  of  the  finer  particles  or  fermentable  matter  will 
be  lost  in  the  operation.  With  regard  to  grinding,  the  malt 
should  be  reduced  to  a  kind  of  coarse  meal,  for  experience 
has  shown,  that  by  this  means  the  whole  substance  of  the  nialt 
may,  through  the  whole  process,  ccnitinue  mixed  with  the 
tincturp,  and  be  distilled  with  it  ;  whereby  a  larger  quantity 
of  spirit  will  be  obtained,  and  also  great  part  of  the  trouble, 
time  and  expense  in  brewing  saved.  This  secret  depends 
upon  thorouglily  mixing  or  briskly  agitating  the  meal,  first  in 
cold  water,  and  then  in  hot,  and  repeating  the  agitation  after 
the  fermentation  is  finished,  when  t!ie  thick  turbid  wasli  must 
be  immediately  committed  to  the  still.  And  thus  the  two 
operations  of  brewing  and  fermenting  may  very  commodiously 
be  reducid  to  one,  to  the  great  advantage  of  t!ie  distiller* 
The  second  particular  to  be  attended  to,  is  that  the  water  be 
good,  and  properly  applied.  Rain  water  is  the  best  adapted 
to  brewing,  for  it  not  only  e<tracts  this  tincture  of  the  malt 
better  than  any  other,  but  it  also  abounds  in  fermentable  parts 
whereb3'  the  operation  is  quickened,  and  the  yield  o%  the 
spirit  increased.  The  next  to  that  of  rain,  is  the  water  of 
rivers  and  lakes,  particularly  such  as  wash  any  large  tract  of  a 
fertile  country,  or  receive  the  sullage  of  populous  towns.  But 
what  ever  water  is  used,  it  must  stand  in  a  hot  state  upon  the 
prepared  malt,  especi;illy  if  judicious  distillers,  should  always 
take  care  to  have  their  wash  sufficiently  dilluted,  they  would 
find  theirspirits  the   purer  for  it. 

With  regard  to  the  fire,  it  may  be -easily  kept  regular,  by  a 
constant  attendance,  and  observing  never  to  stir  it  hastil3^  or 
throw  on  fresh  fuel  ;  and  the  stirring  the  liquor  in  the  still  is 
to  be  effected  by  moans  of  a  paddle,  or  bar  kept  in  the  liquor, 


lUADESMA.N  S    CUIDE.  ^^Od 

lUl  It  just  begins  (o  boH,  which  is  the  time  for  luting  on  the 
liead,  and  alter  whicii  there  is  no  great  danger,  but  iVcm  the 
improper  man  age  silent  of  the  tire  ;  this  is  the  common  Way  \ 
hut  it  is  no  easy  matter  to  hit  the  exact  time  ;  and  ihe  doing  of 
it,  either  too  hite  or  t«)  soon,  is  attended  with  great  incon- 
venience, so  that    several    have    discovered    other   methods 

.vSX)me  put  more  solid  bodies  into  the  still,  with  the  wash;  oth- 
ers place  some  proper  matter  at  the  bottom  and  sides  of  the 
still,  whicii  are  the  places  where  the  fire  acts  with  the  great- 
est force.  The  use  of  the  paddle,  would  however,  answer 
better  than  either  of  these  methods,  could  it  be  continued 
during  the  who'e  time  the  stiii  is  working;  and  this  may  be 
done  by  the  following  method  ;  let  a  short  tube  of  iron  or 
cojjper  be  soldered  in  the  centre  of  tlie  still  head,  and  let  a 
cross  bar  be  placed  belov/  in  the  same  head,  with  a  hole  in 
the  middle  corresponding  to  that  at  the  top;  through  both 
these,  let  an  iron  pipe  be  carried  down  in  the  still, 
and  let  an  iron  rod  be  passed  through  this,  with  wooden 
sweeps  at  its  end  ;  this  red  may  be  continuall}'^  worked  by  a 
wrench  at  the  st'dl  head,  and  the  sweeps  wiil  continuallv  keep 
the  bottom  and  sides  scraped  clean,  the  inteistices  of  the  tube 
being  all  the  time  well  crammed  with  tow,  to  prevent  any 
evaporation  of  tlie  spirit.  The  same  eft'ect  may  in  a  great 
measure  be  produced,  by  a  less  laborious  method,  namely,  by 
placing  a  parcel  of  cylindrical  sticks  lengthvvise,  so  as  to  cov- 
er the  whole  bottom  of  the  still,  or  by  throwing  in  a  loose 
parcel  of  faggot  sticks  at  a-venture,  for  the  action  of  the  fire 

jt below  moving  the  liquor,  at  the  same-  time  gives  motion  to 
the  sticks,  making  them  act  continually  like  a  parcel  of  stir- 
rers upon  the  bottom  and  sides  of  the  siill,  which  might  if 
necessary  be  furnished  with  buttons  and  loops,  to  prevent 
them  from  starting.  Some  also  use  a  parcel  of  fine  hay  laid 
upoft.the  loose  sticks,  and  secured  down  by  two  cross  poles, 
laid  from  side  to  side,  and  in  the  same  manner  fastened  down 
with  loops.  Care  is  to  be  taken  in  this  case  not  to  press  the 
hay  against  the  sides  6f  the  still,  for  that  would  scratch  nearly 
as  soon  as  the  wash  itself;  but  the  sticks  never  will;  these 
are  simple  but  effectual  contrivatices,  and  in  point  of  ele- 
gance, they  may  be  improved  at  leisure. 

There  is  another  inconvenince  attending  the  distillation  of 
malt  spirit,  which  is,  when  all  the  bottoms  or  gross  mealy  fe- 
culence is  put  into  the  still  along  with  the  liquor,  the  thinner 

18 


iO^  ttlE    Ar.TlSr    AN£5 

part  of  the  wash  going  off  in  the  form  of  spirit,  the  moaiy 
mass  grows  by  degrees,  won.'  and  more  stif^',  so  as  to  scorch 
towards  ihe  hiUer  part  of  tiie  operaiiyn  ;  ihe  best  meihud  .f 
remedying  this,  is  lo  have  a  pipe,  wish  a  sfp  cock,  leading 
from  the  upper  part  of  the  worm  lub  iftio  ih(v  still,  so  ihii 
upon  a  half  or  a  quarter  turn^  it  fnay  cori,inually  sdpply  a  f  - 
tie  stream  of  hot  water,  in  llie  same  proportion  as  the  spin. 
luns  off,  by  which  means  ihe  d  uiger  of  scorrh-if.g  is  avoided^ 
and  the  (»peration  at  ihe  same  iinie,  not  iri  the  leasJ  letarded. 

In  Holland,  the  malt  distilleis  work  all  their  wash  thick, 
with  the  whole  body  of  meal  among  it,  yet  they  are  so  care- 
ful in  keeping  their  stills-  clean,  and  so  regidar  and  nice  in  the 
management  of  their  fires,  that  though  they  use  no  artifice  at 
all  on  this  head,  only  to  charge  the  still,  while  it  is  hot  and 
moist,  they  very  rarely  have  the  misfortune  to  scorch,  except 
now  and  then  in  the  depth  of  wmter.  When  such  an  acci 
dent  has  once  happened  in  a  still,  they  are  very  car>'ful  to 
scrape,  scrub  and  sccnr  oO'  the  rcnjirins  of  the  burnt  matter, 
otherwise  they  find  the  same  accident  liable  to  happen  again 
in  the  same  place.  But  beyond  Jill  other  methods  in  use  on 
this  occasion,  would  be  the  woi king  the  stills,  not  by  a  dry 
heat,  hut  in  a  balneum  mariae,  winch  mi(>ht  be  possibly  con- 
trived by  the  basin  beirjg  large  and  capableof  woi  king  a  great 
many  stills  at  once,  so  as  to  be  extremely  worth  the  proprie* 
tor's  attention  in  all  respects.  Another  requisite  u  be  ol* 
served  is,  ihat  the  water  in  the  worm  tub  be  kept  cool;  this 
may  be  effected  by  j>lacinfj  in  the  middle  of  the  tub  a  wood- 
en pipe  or  gutter,  about  tiiree  inches  square  within,  re'iching 
from  the  top  nearly  to  the  botion?.  By  this  contrivance  cold 
water  may,  as  of;en  as  necessary,  be  conveyed  to  the  bottom 
of  the  warm  tub,  and  the  hot  water  at  the  top  forced  either 
over  the  sides  of  the  tub,  or,  what  is  better,  through  a  leaden 
pipe  of  a  moderate  size,  called  a  waste  pipe,  soldered  into 
the  top  of  the  tub,  and  extf  nd(  d  to  the  gutter  formed  to  carry 
away  th(!  water. 

To  choose  good  Malt.  Malt  is  chosen  by  its  sweet  smell, 
mellow  taste,  full  flower,  round  body  and  thin  skin  ;  there  are 
two  sorts  in  general  use,  the  pile  and 'the  brovvn.  The  for- 
mer is  more  generally  used  in  gentlemen's  houses  and  private 
families,  the  latter  in  public  brew  houses,  as  seeming  to  go 
further,  and  make  ll^^  liquor  higher  coloured.  Others  again 
mix  one  third  |)rown  with  two  thirds  pale;   but  \\\is   depends 


TRVDiS9MA.\\    UUrDK.  SO? 

npon  the  liking  of  the  drinkers.  The  s\vee(est  malt  ig  that 
which  i>  dried  with  coak  or  cintieis.  In  grinding  it,  see  that 
ihe  ijiili  be  clean  from  dust,  cobwebs,  &c.  Set  it  so  as  to 
cr»!sh  every  grain,  Wiihout  grinding  it  to  powder;  fur  you  had 
better  hcive  -some  small  grains  bip  tiirough  untouched,  than  to 
have  ihe  whi>!e  ground  lou  small,  which  will  causo  it  to  take 
loge.her,  so  ihat  you  cannot  get  the  goodness  out  of  it. 

Hops.  Hops  are  chos^'n  by  their  bright  green  colour, 
sweet  smell  anri  clamminess  wiien  rubbed  between  tlie  hands. 

Water  for  Brewing,  Water  out  of  rivers  or  rivulets  is 
bes!,  except  pidlnied  by  the  nieliing  of  snow  or  land  water 
from  clay  on  ploui{hed  hinds.  Snow  water  will  take  near 
one-fifih  part  more  of  mrth  to  ni.ike  the  beer  ^ood.  If  you 
have  no  river  waJer,  a  [)ond  th;U  his  a  bottom  n(jt  over  mud- 
dy, and  is  fed  by  a  sjning,  will  do  ;  for  the  sun  will  sofieu 
and  rarity  it.  Yery  hard  water  drawn  from  a  deep  well  into 
a  vide  cistern  or  reservoir,  and  exposed  to  the  air  or  sun,  in 
two  or  three  days  has  been  brewed  with  success,  by  the  addi-. 
tion  of  malt.  Rain  water  comes  next  to  river  for  brewing. 
In  short,  all  water  that  will  rai.se  a  lather  with  soan,  is  good 
for  brewing. 

Brewing  Vessels.  To  a  copper  that  holds  ihiity-slx  gal- 
ions,  the  mash  tun  ought  to  be  at  least  large  enough  to  con- 
tain six  bushels  of  m,dr,  and  the  copper  of  liquor,  and  room 
for  mashing  or  stir-ing  it.  The  undo:  back  co'olers  anid 
working  tuns,  may  he  rather  fitted  lo  the  convenience  of  the 
room,  than  to  a  particular  size,  for  if  one  vessel  be  not  suffi- 
cient to  hold  your  liqnor,  you  may  lake  a  second. 

Of  ichat  is  procured  bij  Distillatiori.  By  distillation  aio 
procured  spirits,  essence,  sim;j!e  waters,  and  phlegm.  Spirits 
are  very  difficult  to  be  defined,  We  consider  them  as  the 
most  subiile  and  volatile  pans  of  a  body.  All  bodies,  with- 
out exception  have  mo-e  or  less  spiriis.  These  twrts  are  an 
igniied  sul'SiHi.ce,  and  consequonly  by  their  own  Ufittne  dis- 
posed to  violent  motion.  These  vohiiile  r.articlcs  are  more 
or  less  disposed  to  separate  their^^elvcs  as  the  bodies  are  more 
or  less  porous,  or  ab<»und  wiih  a  greater  or  less  quantity  of 
oil.  By  the  term  essence,  we  understand  tiie  oleaginous 
parts  of  a  body.  An  e-sential  oil  is  found  in  all  bodies  being 
one  (d"  their  constitu^-nt  principle?.  We  have  observed  in  all 
disiillations,  spirits  of  wine  excepted,  a  aoft  unctuous  sub- 
stance floating    on    the   phlejm  ;  and  this    sitbstance    is  erJl, 


50S  TMl    ARTIST    A.VP 

iv-hich  we  call  essence,  and  this  is  what  wM  endeavour  to  ex- 
tract. Simple  waters  are  those  distilled  from  plants,  flow- 
ers, See.  without  the  help  of  water,  brandy,  or  spirits  of  wine. 
These  waters  are  commonly  odoriferous,  containing  the  odour 
of  the  body  from  whence  it  is  extracted,  aiwi  eveii  exceeds  in 
smell  the  body  itself.  Phlegm  is  the  aqueous  pafticles  of 
bodies,  but  whether  an  active  or  passive  principle,  we  shail 
leave  to  the  decision  of  chemists.  It  is  of  the  last  impur- 
taivce  to  a  distiller  to  be  well  acquainted  with  its  nature. 
Many  mistaking  for  phlegm,  several  white  and  coloured 
drops,  which  first  fall  into  tiie  receiver,  when  the  still  begins 
to  work.  These  however  are  often  the  most  spirituous  par- 
ticles of  the  matter  in  the  alembic,  and  consequently  ought  to 
6e  preserved.  What  has  given  occasion  to  this  mistake,  is 
»ome  humidity  remaining  in  the  head,  &.c.  of  the  alembic. 
And  had  it  been  tliorougly  wiped,  the  first  drops  would  have 
been  equally  bright  with  any,  during  the  whole  ojieration. 

The  following,'  remark  deserves  attention.  In  bodies  that 
have  been  digested,  the  spirits  ascend  first.  Whercnis  in 
charges  not  digested,  the  phlegm  ascends  before. the  spirits. 
The  reason  of  this  is  very  plain  and  naturaL  In  substances 
previously  digested,  the  action  o-f  fire  no  sooner  causes  the- 
matter  In  the  alembic  to  boil,  than  the  spirits,  being  the  most 
volatile  parts,  detach  themselves,  and  ascend  into  the  head  of 
the  alembic.  But  when  the  matter  to  be  distilled  has  not  un- 
dergone a  proper  digestion,  the  spirits  being  entangled  in  tlie 
phlegm,  are  less  disposed  to  ascend  till  the  phlegm  itself  sep- 
arates and  gives  them  room  to  Qy  upwards.  The  phlegm  be- 
ing aqueous,  rises  fiist — this  is  more  particularly  abservable 
ia  spices.  We  are,  hov/ever,  inclined  to  believe,  that  v/eie 
the  operation  performed  in  an  alembic,  when  the  head  was  at 
a  great  distance  from  the  surface  of  the  charge,  ibey  woald 
not  ascend  high  enough  to  come  over  the  helm,  but  fall  back 
again  by  their  own  gravity,  "and  by  that  means  leave  the  so!- 
rits  at  liberty  to  ascend.  But  in  tlic  common  refrigeratt/ry 
alembic  this  always  happens.  If  this  observation  be  not 
readily  admitted,  we  appeal  to  experience^  which  we  desire 
may  be  the  test  of  every  thing  we  advance.  Another  obser- 
vation which  has  verified  the  above  assertion  by  innumerable 
instances  is,  that  when  we  have  not  time  sufficient  to  digest 
the  substances,  we  should  bruise  them  in  a  mortar  ;  bnt  nol- 
•\Yithstanding  the  trituration,  the  phlegm  will  first  come  over 


md  after trards  the  spirits.  But  wo  desire  to  be  unj  stood, 
thctt  we  speak  here  only  of  tlie  vulitile  parts  of  the  plants] 
not  drawn  with  vinous  spiriis,  but  contained  in  a  simple  wa- 
ter. 

Anoth<^r  remark  we  must  add,  and  which  we  hope  will  be 
acceptable  ic.  the  curic^us,  as  ii  has  not  yei  been  made  public, 
though  doubtless  ihe  observation  has  ofieii  occurred  to  oth- 
ers ;  it  is  this:  that  iij,  mixed  charges,  consisting  of  flowers, 
fruits,  and  aromatic  plants  put  into  ihe  alembic,  wiihout  any 
previous  digestion,  the  spirits  of  ihejlowers  ascend  tirst;  and 
siotvviihstandiMg  the  mixture,  they  contracteii  nothing  of  the 
smeii  or  taste  of  the  fruits  and  pi;ints.  IN'ext  after  the  soirits 
of  the  flowers,  those  of  the  fruits  ascend,  not  in  the  least  im- 
pregnated with  the  smell  or  taste  of  either  of  the  flowers  or 
pi  itits.  And  in  the  last  place  the  spirits  of  the  plants  distil 
no  less  neat  than  the  fortner.  S'lould  this  appear  stranire  to 
any  one,  experience  will  cotivince  him  oi  the  truth.  Another 
observation  we  have  made  on  aromr.tic  herbs,  is,  that  whether 
they  are  or  me  not  digested,  or  il'  the  spirits  or  p'llegni  as- 
cend first,  the  spirits  contain  very  little  of  the  taste  or  smell 
of  the  pdants  from  whence  they  were  extracted  ;  and  wo  have 
always  been  obliged  to  put  to  these  spirits  a  greater  or  less 
quantity  of  the  phlegm,  in  order  to  give  the  spirits  we  had 
drawn,  the  taste  of  an  aromatic  odour  of  the  plants,  the 
phlegm  containing  the  greatest  quantity  of  both.  This  ob- 
servation we  insert  as  of  great  use  to  those  who  practice  dis- 
tillation. 

As  the  term  digestion  often  occurs  in  this  essay,  wo  can- 
not avoid  pointing  out  its  advantages,  and  even  show  the 
iipcessitx  of  using  it  in  several  circumstances.  Substances 
are  said  to  be  in  d  gestion  when  triey  are  infused  in  a  nien- 
stiuum  over  a  very  slow  fire.  This  preparation  is  often  ne- 
cessary in  distillation,  for  it  tends  to  open  the  bodies,  and 
thereby  free  the  spirits  from  their  confinements,  whereby 
they  are  better  enabled  to  ascend.  Ccid  digestions  are  the 
best  ;  those  made  by  fire,  or  in  hot  materials,  diminish  the 
quality  of  the  goods,  or  some  [jart,  as  the  m(;st  volatile  will 
be  lost.  In  order  to  procure  essences,  the  bodies  must  bQ 
prepared  by  digestion.  It  is  even  of  absolute  Decessitv  for 
extrricting  the  spirits  and  essenrrs  of  spices. 

Bodies  proper  for  Distillation.  Tliis  article  ah:  ne  misht 
make  a  v-olurae,  wero  a  panicuhir  enumeration  of  all  its  parti 

IS* 


2ia  Tm:  AttTisT  Afi^ 

made  ;  but  as  it  has  been  already  observed,  we  shall  confine? 
ourselves  to  the  distillation  of  simple  and  compound  waters. 
If  we  acquit  ourselves  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  public,  we 
shall  enjoy  the  pleasure  of  having  treated  on  one  part  entirely 
new  i  and  the  only  one,  indeed  that  has  been  overlooked. 
The  bodies  proper  for  distillation,  are  flowers,  fruits,  seeds, 
spices  and  aromatic  plants.  By  distillation  and  digestion,  we 
extract  the  colour  and  smell  of  flov»ers,  in  simple  v/aters  and 
essences.  We  extract  from  iruits,  at  least  from  some,  colour, 
taste,  &c.  From  aromatic  plants  ihe  distiller  draws  spirits, 
essences,  simple  and  compound  waters.  From  spires  are 
procured  essences,  or  in  the  language  of  the  chemist,  oils 
and  perfumes,  and  also  pure  spirits.  From  seeds  or  berries 
are  drawn  simple  waters,  pure  spirits,  and  from  some,  as 
those  of  anise,  fennel  and  juniper,  oil.  The  colour  of  llow- 
ers  is  extracted  by  infusion  and  likewise  by  digestion  in 
brandy  or  spirits  of  wine  ;  the  smell  is  extracted  by  distilla- 
tion; the  simple  water  with  brandy  or  spirits  of  wine.  What 
is  extracted  of  the  colour  of  flowers  by  infusion  in  water,  by 
a  gentle  heat  or  by  digestion  in  brandy  or  spirits  of  wine,  is 
called,  in  the  distiller's  phrase,  tincture  of  flowers.  The  co- 
lour of  fruits  is  extracted  in  the  same  manner,  either  by  in- 
fusion or  digestion,  their  taste  is  also  procured  by  the  same 
processes.  But  let  it  be  observed  that  the  time  of  these  ope- 
rations must  be  limited;  for  otherwise  the  fruit,  after  fermen- 
tation, would  render  it  acid.  The  t'\s!e  is  also  extracted  by 
the  alembic,  pure  spirits,  odours,  simple  waters,  but  these  re- 
quire different  nieihods  of  distillaiion.  The  first  by  water  or 
brandy  only,  the  second  by  rectified  spiri!,  which  will  give 
them  the  greatest  excellency  they  are  capable  of  receiving. 

The  plants  themselves  with  their  flowers  nuiy  also  he  dis- 
tilled, which  is  still  better.  From  spices  are  drawn  spirits 
and  oily  or  spirituous  quintescences.  The  spirits  are  drawn 
by  brandy,  or  spiiits  of  wine,  with  very  little  waier  ;  tiie  oils 
are  distilled  per  descensum:  and  the  spirituous  quintesences 
by  pounding  the  spices,  and  after  infusing  them  in  spirits  of 
wine,  decanting  it  gently  by  inclination.  From  seeds  are 
extracted  simple  waters,  spirits  and  oils.  Very  few  of  the 
first  and  last  soirits  being  what  is  generally  extracted  fi-om 
seeds  and  berries.  Some  distillers,  through  a  notion  of  fru- 
gality, distil  seeds  with  water,  but  their  liquors  are  not  to  be 
ompared  with  those  which  are  distilled  with  spirits.     When 


tradesman's   «uide.  211 

oils  arc  drawn  frorn  seed,   the  operation  is  performed  either 
by  the  balneum  niariae,  or  vapour  bath. 

CHAPTER  XXIX 

Fermentation — Rectification — Filtration, 

Fermentation.  The  tincture,  or  the  wash,  as  distillers  call 
it,  being,  prepared  as  you  will  find  desciibed  under  the  head 
Oi"  Brewing  in  order  to  the  production  oj  injianimablc  spirits, 
it  is  next  to  be  fermented  ;  for  without  the  operation  no  vinous 
spirit  can  be  produced.  By  fermentation  is  meant  that  intes- 
tine motion  performed  by  the  instiumental  eiiicacy  of  water, 
whereby  the  salt,  oil,  and  earth  of  a  fermentable  subject  are 
separated,  attenuated,  transposed,  and  again  collected,  and 
recomposed  in  a  pr.rticular  manner.  The  doctrine  of  fermen- 
tation is  of  the  greatest  use,  and  should  be  well  understood  by 
every  distiller,  as  it  is  the  very  basis  of  the  art,  and  perhaps, 
if  more  attended  to,  a  much  purer  spirit,  as  well  as  a  greater 
quantity  of  it  niiglit  be  procured,  from  the  same  materials  than 
at  present.  We  shall  therefore  lay  down  a  concise  theory  of 
fermentation,  before  we  proceed  to  deliver  the  practice. 

Every  fermentable  subject  is  composed  of  salt,  oil,  and  a 
subtile  earth  ;  but  these  particles  are  so  small,  that  when 
asunder,  they  are  imperceptible  to  the  senses  ;  and  therefore, 
when  mixed  with  an  aqueous  fluid,  they  leave  it  transparent; 
neither  have  fermentable  bodies  any  taste,  except  thai  of 
sweetness.  These  particles  are  composed  of  salt,  oil  and 
earth,  intimately  mixed  in  an  actual  cohesion,  connexion  and 
union  ;  and  therefoie,  when  any  one  of  these  principles  too 
much  abounds  in  any  subject,  so  that  an  intimate  union  is  pre- 
vented, the  wliole  efficacy  of  the  fermentation  is  either  stopped 
or  impaired,  or  at  least  limited  to  one  certain  species.  This 
equal  connexion  of  salt,  oil  and  earth,  into  a  single  compound 
particle,  ibrras  a  corpuscle,  soluble  in  water  ;  or  to  speak 
more  philosophically,  this  compound  corpuscle  is,  b}^  means 
of  its  saline  particles,  connected  with  the  aqueous  corpuscles, 
and  moved  tip  and  down  with  them.  But  when  these  corpus- 
cles are  not  thus  connected  with  the  water,  a  number  of  them 
join  together,  and  form  either  a  gross  or  a  loose  chaflTy  and 
spungy  matter.  When  these  compound  particles  are  diluted 
with  a  small  quantity  of  aqueous  fluid,  they  feel  slippery, 
clammy,  and  unctuous  to  the  touch,  and  effect  the  taste  with 
9.  kind  of  rosy  sweeiness,  and  when  a  pr  oper  quantity  of  the 


212  THE    ARTIST    AffD 

jQuid  is  added,  a  commotion  is  presently  excited,  and  after- 
wards a  subti'e  separation  first  begins  in  the  wliule  substance, 
for  before  the  addition  of  water,  the  subject  m.iy  remain  in 
dry,  solid,  and  large  pieces,  as  in  mujt,  sugar,  &,c.  which  be- 
ing reduced  to  p.iwder,  each  grain  thereof  is  an  agreement  of 
many  compound  corpuscles;  then  being  put  into  water,  dis- 
solve and  separately  float  therein,  tiJl  at  iengtii  they  become 
so  small  as  to  be  invisible,  and  only  thicken  the  consistence 
of  the  liquor. 

These  corpuscles  being  thus  separated  frwm  one  another, 
there  next  ensues  a  sepaiation  of  their  component  particles  ; 
that  is,  the  salt,  the  oil  and  the  earth  are  divided  by  the  in- 
terposition of  aqueous  panicles.  The  first  commotion  is  no 
more  than  a  bare  solution  ;  for  the  saline  particles  being 
easily  dissolvable  in  v  ater,  they  are  immediately  laid  hold  of 
by  the  aqueous  particles,  and  catried  about  uiih  them.  Bui 
the  succeeding  separation  or  fermentative  motion  is  a  veiy 
difilerent  thing;  for  by  this,  the  saline  particles  are  divided 
from  those  of  oil  and  earth,  parti;/  by  the  impulse  of  the  others 
in  their  motion,  and  partly  by  the  force  of  the  aqueous  parti- 
cles, which  are  now  continuall}'  meeting  and  dashing  against 
them.  This  motion  is  performed  by  the  water,  as  a  fluid  or 
aggregate  of' an  infinite  jiumber  of  particles  in  actual  and  per- 
petual motion,  their  smallness  being  |)roporiionable  to  that  of 
the  fermenting  corpuscles,  and  their  niotion,  or  constant  sus- 
ceptibility of  motion,  by  the  warmth  and  motion  of  the  air, 
disposing  them  to  move  other  subtile  moveable  corpuscles 
also.  The  certain  agreement  of  figure  or  size,  between  the 
aqueous  particles,  and  those  of  the  salt  in  the  fermentable 
subject,  tends  greatly  to  increase  this  commotion  :  for  by  this, 
means  they  arc  readily  and  very  closeW  connected  together; 
and  move  almost  like  one  and  the  same  compound  corpuscle, 
while  the  water  is  not  at  all  disj)osed  to  cohere  immediately 
with  either  the  oil  or  earth  ;  and  thus  an  equal  concussion  is 
excited  in  the  compound  corpuscles  of  the  fermentable  subject 
which  concussion  at  length  strikes  out  the  saline  particles, 
loosens  the  others,  and  final!}'  produces  a  separation  of  the 
original  connexion  of  the  subject. 

An  aqueous  fluid,  therefore,  is  the  true,  and  indeed  the 
only  instrument  for  procuring  a  fermentable  motion  in  iwse 
compound  corpuscles  of  the  subject,  for  were  an  oil;  fluid 
poured  upon  r,ny  faiir.Gntablc  subject,  no  vinous  fermer  iation 


TRADESMAm'«    G¥IDE.  213 

woukl  ensue  ;  as  the  oil  could  neither  give  a  sufficient  impulse 
on  the  compound  corpuscles  which  are  grosser  than  its  own 
constituent  particles,  nor  divide  the  oily  or  saline  particles  of 
the  subject,  from  their  connexion  with  the  others,  which  de- 
tain, and  as  it  were,  envelope  or  defend  them  from  its  action. 
T.'ie  compound  corpuscles   of  the  fermentable  subject   being 

'  affected  by  the  perpetual  motion  of  the  particles  of  the  aque- 
ous fluid,  a  proper  degree  of  motion  is  necessary,  or  that  the 
particles  move  with  a  proper  degree  of  velocity,  which  de- 
pends on  external  heat.  A  considerable  degiee  of  cold,  in- 
deed, will  not  absolutely  prevent  fermentation,  though  it  will 
retard  it  ;  and  a  boiling  heat  will  prevent  it  still  more.  A 
;  tepid  or  middle  degree  of  heat,  between  freezing  and  boiling 
is  therefore  the  most  proper  for  promoting  and  quickening  the 
operatiop.  The  admission  of  air,  also,  though  not  of  abso- 
lute necessity,  3-et  greatly  promotes  and  quickens  the  action, 
as  being  a  capital  instrument  in  putting  in  a  proper  degre«  of 
motion  the  oily  particles  of  the  subject";  but  whilst  the  air 
thus  contributes  to  hasten  the  eflect,  it  causes  at  the  same 
time  by  its  activity,   some   remarkable   alterations  in  the  oily 

-particles;  for  it  not  only  moves  but  absolutely  dissolves  and 
displaces  thein  from  their  original  connexions  ;  and  thus  car- 
ries them  off  itself  from  the  whole  mass.  And,  therefore, 
t'lough  the  consideration  of  the  .air  does  not  so  properly 
belong  to  fermentation  in  general,  yet.it  does  in  particuhr 
cases  ;  as  having  an  accidental  power  to  alter  every  species 
of  this  operation,  consequently  its  agency  ought  to  be  well 
understood,  either  to  procivre  alterations  at  pleasure,  in  the 
fermenting  mass,  or  to^p. event  or  correct  impeading  dangers. 
The  oily  particles  tlms  separated  and  dissolved  by  the  air,  are 
also  elastic,  though  they  probably  derive  that  property  from 
their  intercourse  with  (he  air  itself,  and  these  beiijg  rendered 
extremely  minute.  Wlten,  tht-ref>re,  an  aqueous  fluid  is  ad- 
ded to  a  fermentable  subject,  exposed  to  a  temperate  heat,  a 
fejmontative  struirale  immediately  arises,  the  saline  p^rt  of 
the  compound  particles- beinfj  disscdved  by  the  continual  in- 
testine motion  of  the  W'lter,  and  carried  up  and  down   with  it 

•  in  all  directions,  amidst  an  infinite  number  of  other  particles, 
as  well  fermentable  as  aqueous  ones,  whence  by  this  collision 
and  attrition,  the  saline  particles  are  dissolved  and  separated 
from  their  connexion  with  the  oily   and  earthy.      And  as  the 

'  oily  narticles  are  the  most  subtiU  and  elastic,  thev  would   by 


214  THE    ARTIST    ANI> 

tliis  means,  bo  thrown  up  to  the  stirface  of  the  liquor,  and 
carried  olf  by  the  air,  were  they  not  closely  connectod  with 
the  earthy  ones,  wiiose  gravity  prevents  their  evyporaiion, 
and  bv  coming  in  coiitiict  wit'i  oihcrs  rf  ihe  same  kind,  iorni 
aggregations,  and  sink  down  wiili  tiie  oily  panicles  to  the  bot- 
tom. 

But  before  these  can  form  a  bulk  t-oo  large  to  be  supported 
b}'  the  water,  many  of  the  oily  particles  are,  by  their  Irequent 
collisions  with  the  aqueuus  tidiil,  separated  from  the  eanhy 
ones,  and  by  degrees  more  strt)ngly  connected  again  with  the 
saline  ones  ;  whilst  on  the  oilier  hand,  the  same  saline  pdrii- 
cles  imbibe  some  of  the  eaiiliy  ones,  which  being  left  single 
upon  their  separation  from  ihe  oily  panicles,  float  about  sej)- 
arately  in  the  fluid.  And  hence  proceed  ihe  several  different 
consequences  of  fermentation  ;  namely,  1.  Fiom  the  separa- 
tion of  the  saline  particles  of  the  fernn  ntable  subject,  pro- 
ceeds the  tart,  saline  or  acid  taste  of  the  liquor  which  is  more 
sensible  at  first,  before  the  liquor  is  duly  composed  and  set- 
tled, or  the  due  arrangement  and  connexio.i  of  the  saline  par- 
ticles with  those  of  the  oily  and  earthy  kinds,  completed  ; 
after  which  the  liquor  becomes  milder,  softer  or  less  pungent. 
2.  From  the  oily  particles  being  set  at  liberty,  proceeds  the 
strong  sme.l  of  the  liquor,  and  the  head  or  shining  skin  upon 
the  surface.  3.  The  earthy  particles  colleciing  together  in 
clusters,  cause  the  fluid  to  appear  turbid,  and  afterwards  a 
visible,  earthy  or  clay  like  matter,  to  be  precipitated ;  and 
some  of  the  earthy  parts  in  their  motion, -arriving  at  the  head 
or  oily  skin  on  the  surface  cause  it  to  thicken,  and  afterwards 
taking  it  down  along  with  it,-'«thus  consi-ilute  the  lees  waich 
abound  in  oil.  4.  From  this  new  snuggle  or  collision,  whi>h 
is  productive  both  of  solution  and  a  new  connexion  in  the  sa- 
line and  earthly  corpuscles,  proceeds  the  ebullition  in  fermen- 
tation ;  and  lastly,  by  tiie  same  repe;^tod  co.d.tion  of  ihe  o;ly 
with  the  aqueous  and  s  din«  j)articles,  the  inflammable  spirit 
is  produced. 

Having  thus  laid  down  a  consise  theory  of  fermentation, 
we  sliall  now  proceed  to  ihe  practice.  The  wash  bemg 
brought  to  a  tepid  or  hike- warm  state  in  the  backs,  a  proper 
quaiiiity  of  a  good  conditioned  ferment  is  added  ;  but  if  the 
ferment  be  soiled,  it  should  be  pre  ionsly  broke  into  small 
pieces,  and  gently  thinned,  eiiher  wlih  the  h.ind,  wisp,  &t.  in 
9  little  of  th«  tepi<l  liquo;.     A  complete  and  uniform  solution,, 


tradesman's    ttUIDE.  215 

should  not  be  nttrmpted,  because  that  would  greatly  weaken 
the  jiower  of  ihe  feimrnr,  or  destroy  its  fiiinro  efficHcy.  The 
vvht)l('  intended  qiuuitiiy  being  thus  loi^seiy  mixed  wiih  a  mod- 
eraie  portion  of  the  liquor,  and  kept  in  a  tepid  stale,  eiiher  by 
settintT  it  near  ;he  fiie  or  oiherwise,  and  free  from  the  loo  rude 
commerce  of  the  external  air,  m<  re  of  the  insensibly  warm 
Ikjuo'  oiiiihi  U>  be  added  at  profier  isitorvals,  till  at  leiigih  the 
whole  quiiutiiy  is  properly  set  to  working  t'ge.her,  and  thus  by 
dividing  the  business  into  parts,  it  may  much  more  speedily  and 
eiTecmallv  bo  performed,  than  by  attempting  it  all  at  once. — - 
The  whule  quantity  of  liquor  being  thus  set  at  work,  secured 
in  a  proper  degree  of  warmth,  and  defended  from  a  too  fre,; 
intercourse  of  the  external  air,  nature  itself,  as  it  were,  finish* 
es  the  process,  and  renders  the  liquor  fit  for  the  still.  By 
ferments  is  meant  any  substance,  which  being  added  to  any 
rightly  disposed  lermentable  liquor,  will  cause  it  to  ferment 
much  soi).ier  and  faster,  than  it  would  of  it^^elf,  and  conse- 
quenily  render  the  operation  shorter,  in  contradiction  to  those 
abusively  called  so,  which  only  corrects  some  fault  in  the  li- 
quor, or  giv<  s  it  some  tiavour.  Hence,  we  see,  that  the  prin- 
ciple use  of  ferments  is  to  save  time,  and  mi'.ke  Iesj)atch  in 
business,  whilst  they  onl5'  occasion  dly,-  and  as  it  were  by  ac- 
cident give  a  flavour  a'ld  increase  tne  quantity  of  spirits. — 
And  accordingly,  every  fermentable  spiiit  may  without  the 
addition  of  any  fprment,  by  a  proper  management  of  heat 
alone,  be  brought  to  fermetir,  and  even  more  pcrfectly%  th-ough 
much  slower  thr.n  with  their  assistance.  These  ferments  are 
in  general  the  flowers  and  faeces  >f  all  ferment  ble  1  quors, 
generated  atid  thrown  to  ;he  sitrface,  or  deposited  at  the  hot: 
torn,  either  during  the  act  of  fermentation  or  ifter  the  opera- 
tion is  finished.  Two  (if  these  are  procurable  in  large  quan- 
tities, and  at  a  snmll  expense:  beer  yeast  and  wine  lees;  a 
prudent  and  artificial  management,  or  use  of  which  might  ren- 
der the  business  of  distillatitm,  much  more  certain  and  ad- 
vantageous. It  has  been  esteem"d  very  ditficult  and  a  great 
discouragement  in  the  business  of  distillaiiori,  to  procure  a 
sufficient  stock  of  these  materials,  and  preserve  them  af  ah 
times  ready  for  use.  The  \vhole  secret  consists  ifi  dexterous- 
Iv  freeing  the  matter  from  its  superfluous  moisture  ;  because 
in  its  fluid  state,  it  is  subject  to  a  further  fermentation,  which 
is  productive  of  corruption,  in  which  state  it  becomes  intol- 
erably foetid  and  cadaverous.     The  method  of  exposing  it  to 


216  -  TMK    ARTIST  AXi) 

the  air  till  it  has  acquired  a  proper  consistence,  is  subject  id 
great  incouvenieiices  :  and  so  peculiar  and  careful  manage- 
ment is  necessary,  that  it  rarely  succeeds.  The  best  way 
therefore,  is  to  press  it  very  slowly  and  gradually,  in  a  thick, 
close  and  strong  canvas  bag,  after  the  manner  of  wine  lees, 
by  the  toil  press,  till  it  becomes  a  kind  of  cake,  which  though 
solt,  will  easily  snap,  or  bretdv  between  the  fingers.  Being 
reduced  to  that  consistence,  and  closely  packed  up  in  a  tight 
cask,  it  will  remain  a  long  lime  uncorrupted,  preserve  its  fra- 
grancy,  and  consequently  fit  to  be  used  for  fermenting  the  fin- 
est liquor. 

The  same  method  is  also  practicable  and  to  the  simc  ad- 
Vantage,  in  the  flowers  of  yeast  or  wi:.e,  which  may  be  thus 
commodiously  imported  from  abroad  ;  or  if  these  cannot  be 
procured,  others  of  equal  efficacy  maN'  be  procured  from  fresh 
wine  lees,  by  barely  mixing  and  stirring  tiiem  into  a  p»roper 
warm  liquor,  when  th.e  lighter  and  more  volatile  and  active 
parts  of  the  lees  w^ill  be  thrown  to  the  surface^  and  may  easily 
be  taken  off  and  preserved  by  the  above  mentioned  method^ 
in  any  desired  quantity.  And  hence,  by  a  verj*  easy  process 
an  inexhaustible  supply  of  the  most  useful  ferments  may  bo 
readily  and  successively  procuredj  so  as  to  prevent  for  ihe  fu- 
ture, ail  occasion  of  complaint  for  the  v/ant  of  tiiem,  in  the 
distiller's  business.  Experience  has  demonstrated,  that  all 
ferments  abound  much  more  in  essentials,  than  the  liquor 
which  produced  them  ;  and  consequently,  they  retain  in  a 
very  high  degree,  the  smell  and  llitvour  of  the  subject.  It  is 
therefore  requisite,  before  the  ferment  is  applied,  to  consider 
what  flavour  is  introduced,  or  wliat  species  of  ferment  is  most 
proper  for  the  liquor.  The  alteration  thus  caused  by  fer- 
inenis,  is  so  considerable  as  to  render  any  neutral  fermentable 
liquor  of  the  same  flavou^  of  that  which  yields  the  ferment; 
This  observation  is  of  niuch  greater  moment  than  will  readily 
be  conceived,  for  a  new  scene  is  hereby  opened,  both  in  the 
business  of  distillation,  anji  others  depending  upon  fermenta- 
tion. It  must,  however,  be  observed,  that  its  benefit  does 
not  extend  to  malt  treated  in  tiie  common  method  ;  nor  to 
any  other  subject  but  what  atTords  a  spirit  tolerably  pure  and 
tasteless.  For  otliei  wise,  instead  of  producing  a  simple,  pure 
and  uniform  flavour,  It  causes  a  compound,  mixed  and  unnat- 
ural one.  How  far  the  line  distiller  may  profit  by  it,  well  de- 
serves his  attention,  and  whether  our  native  cider  spirit,  crab 


Tl^\DiiSMAN^S    GlIDfe.  Si? 

•jjint,  &.C.  which  have  very  little  flavour  of  their  ow»,  may 
not  hy  this  artiljcc,  he  brought  nearly,  if  not  entirclj'-,  int© 
?liO  state  of  some  foreign  hrundies,  so  highly  esieemed,  is  re* 
con) mended  to  experience.  It  is  common  witli  distillers,  in 
order  to  increase  the  quantity  of  spirit,  to  give  it  a  particular 
flavour,  to  inajnove  its  vinosit}^  to  add  several  things  to  the 
liquor  euriug  the  time  it  is  in  a  state  of  fermentation^  and 
tlrjse  a-ddilions  may  pioperly  be  reduced  to  salts,  acids,  aro- 
Fuatics,  and  oils. 

All  rich  vegetable  juices,  as  treacle,  hone}^  <S:,c.  which 
either  want  a  natural  acid,  liave  been  deprived  of  it,  or  con-' 
fain  it  in  too  small  a  quantity,  will  be  greatly  improved  by 
adding  at  the  beginning  of  the  operation,  a  small  quantity  of 
'the  vegetable  or  fine  nsincrai  acid:-,  as  oil  of  sulphur,  gloubers, 
spirit  of  salt,  juice  of  lemon,  or  an  aqueous  solution  of  tartar. 
These  additions  will  eii{)er  give  or  greatly  improve  the  vin- 
ous acidjt3'  of  the  subject,  but  not  ijjcrease  the  quantity  of  the 
s|>irits  ;  tliat  intention  being  pcrfermed  by  aroniatics  and  oils. 
All  pungent  aromatics  have  a  surprising  quality  of  increasing 
th(!  quantity  of  the  spirits,  as  well  as  in  altering  or  improving 
the  flavour;  but  their  u^e  requiies  that  the  fermentation 
should  be  performed  in  close  vessels,  and  if  a  large  quantity 
be  intended  to  be  added,  care  must  be  taken  not  to  do  it  all 
at  once,  lest  the  oiliness  of  tiie  ingredients  sliould  check  the 
opcrat^oii.  But  if  tlie  llavour  be  the  principal  intention,  they 
5:iiould  not  be  added  till  tjje  operation  is  nearly  hnished.  Af- 
jer  the  snnu'  manner  a  very  considerable  quantity  of  any  es- 
sentinl  vegetable  oil  may  be  converted  into  a  surprisingly  large' 
quantit}'  of  inflammable  spirits  5  but  great  caution  is  here 
also  necessary,  not  to  drop  it  too  fast,  or  add  too  larger  a 
quantity  at  a  time,  which  would  damp  tiie  fermentation,  it 
being  the  surest  method  of  checkinjr,  or  totally  stepping  this 
operation  at  any  point  of  time  required.  1'lie  best  method 
therefore,  of  adding  the  oilj  so  as  to  avoid  all  inconveniences, 
is  to  rub  the  oil  in  a  mortar  with  sugar,  which  the  chemists 
call  making  an  olaesaccharum,  by  which  means  the  tenacity 
of  the  oil  will  be  destroyed,  and  the  wiiole  readily  mix  with 
tiie  liquor,  and  immediately  ferment  with  it.  The  distiller 
would  do  weii  to  consider  these  observations  attentivcl}',  as 
be  may  thence  form  an  advantageous  method  of  increasing 
the  quantity  of  spirits,  and  at  the  same  time  greatly  improve 
their  qualitv  and  llavour.     But  in  order  to  put  these  observa- 

19 


2ii  Tll£    AHTIST    AKS 

tions  in  practice,  particular  regard  must  be  liiid  to  the  con- 
taining vessel  in  which  the  fermentation  is  performed,  the  ex- 
elusion  of  the  air,  and  the  degree  of  the  external  heat  or 
cold.  With  regard  to  the  containing  vessel,  its  purity,  and 
the  provision  for  rendering  it  occasionally  close,  are  chiefly 
to  be  considered.  In  cleansing  it,  no  soap  or  other  unctuous 
body  should  be  used,  for  fear  of  checking  the  fermentation  ; 
and  for  the  same  reason,  all  strong  alkaline  lixivium  should 
be  avoided.  Limewater,  or  a  turbid  solution  of  quicklime 
may  be  employed  for  this  purpose,  without  producing  any  ill 
effect  i  it  will  also  be  of  great  service  in  destroying  a  prevail* 
ing  acetous  salt,  which  is  apt  to  generate  in  the  vessels  when 
the  warm  air  has  free  access  to  them ;  and  fends  to  prevent 
the  order  of  fermentation,  and  instead  of  a  wine  or  wash, 
produce  a  vinegar.  Special  care  must  also  be  had  that  no 
remains  of  yeast,  or  cadaverous  remains  of  former  fermentexl 
matters  hang  about  the  vessels;  which  would  infect  whatever 
should  be  afterwards  put  into  them,  and  cannot,  without  the 
utmost  difficulty,  be  perfectly,  sweetened  and  cuied.  The 
occasional  closeness  of  the  vessels  ina}'^,  in  the  Targe  way,  be 
provided  for  by  covers  properly  adapted  ;  and  in  the  small 
way,  by  valves  placed  in  light  casks.  These  valves  will  oc- 
casionally give  the  necessary  vent  to  preserve  the  vessel,  dur- 
ing the  height  of  the  fermentation  ;  the  vessel  otherwise  re- 
maining perfectly  close,  and  impervious  to  the  air.  It  is  a 
mistake  of  a  very  prejudicial  nature  in  the  business  of  fer- 
mentation, to  suppt3se  that  there  is  an  absolute  necessity  for 
a  free  admission  of  the  external  air:  the  express  contrary  is 
the  truth,  and  very  great  advantages  will  be  found  by  practis- 
ing according  to  this  sujjposition.  A  constant-  influx  of  the 
external  air,  if  it  does  not  carry  off  some  part  of  tlie  spirit 
already  generated,  yet  certainly  catches  up  and  dissipates  the 
fine  subtile  or  oleaginous  and  saline  particles,  whereof  the 
spirit  is  made,  and  thus  considerabiy  lessens  the  quantity.  By 
a  close  fermentation,  this  inconveniance  is  avoided  ;  all  ailr 
except  that  included  in  the  vessel,  being  excluded.  The 
whole  secret  consists  in  leaving  a  moderate  space  for  the  air 
at  the  top  of  the  vessel  unpossessed  by  the  liquor  ;  when  the 
liquor  is  once  fairly  at  work,  to  bung  it  down  close,  and  thus 
suffered  to  finish  the  fermcntatton  without  opening  or  giving 
it  any  more  vent  than  that  afforded  it  by  a  proper  valve 
placed  in  the  cask,  which  however,  is  not  of  absolute  neccs- 


SJty,  when  the  empty  space,  or  rather  that  possessed  by  the 
air,  is  about  one  tenth  of  the  guage  ;  the  artificial  air,  gener- 
ated in  the  operation,  being  then  seldom  sufficient  to  open  a 
strong  valve,  or  at  most  not  to  endanger  the  cask.  This 
method  may  be  practised  to  great  advantage  by  those  whose 
business  is  not  very  large  ;  but  it  requires  too  much  time  to 
be  used  by  the  hirge  dealers,  who  are  in  a  manner  forced  to 
admit  the  free  air,  and  thus  sustain  a  considerable  loss  in 
their  quantity  of  spirits,  that  the  fermentation  may  be  finish- 
ed in  the  small  time  allowed  for  that  purpose.  It  may  how- 
ever be  said,  that  the  silent,  siov.%  and  almost  imperceptible 
vinous  fermentation,  is  universally  the  most  perfect  and  ad- 
vantageous. During  the  whole  course  of  this  operation, 
the  vessel  should  be  kept  from  all  external  cold,  or 
considerable  heat,  in  an  equal,  uniform,  and  moderate  tem- 
perature. In  the  winter,  stove  rooms,  such  as  are  common 
in  Germany  would  be  very  convenient  for  this  purpose,  the 
vessel  being  placed  at  a  proper  distance  from  the  stove  ;  but 
at  other  seasons  no  particular  apparatus  is  necessary  in  Eng- 
land, or  even  in  the  central  part  of  the  United  States,  if  the 
place  allowed  for  the  business  be  but  well  defended  from  the 
summer's  heat  and  the  ill  effects  of  cold,  bleak,  northern 
winds.  The  operation  is  known  to  be  perfect  when  the  his- 
sin-r,  or  small  bubbling  noise  can  be  no  longer  heard  upon  ap- 
plj^ing  the  ear  to  the  vessel;  and  also,  by  the  liquor  itself 
appearing  clear  to  the  eye,  and  having  a  pungent  sharpness 
on  the  tongue.  And  that  it  may  fully  obtain  these  proper- 
ties and  be  well  fitted  to  yield  a  pure  and  perfectly  vinous 
spirit  by  distillation,  it  should  be  suftored  to  stand  at  rest  in 
a  somewhat  cooler  place,  it  practicable,  than  that  in  which  it 
was  fermented,  till  it  has  thoroughly  deposited,  and  cleansed 
itself  of  the  gross  lee,  and  become  perfectly  transparent,  vin- 
ous and  fragrant,  in  which  state  it  should  be  committed  to  the 
still;  and  the  spirits  obtained  will  not  only  exceed  that  ob- 
t.ained  in  the  common  way  in  quantity,  but  also  in  fragrance, 
pungency  and  vinosit3^ 

Rectification.  The  principal  business  is  to  separate  th^ 
spirit  from  the  essential  oil  the  spirit  contains.  Care  should 
be  taken  in  the  first  distillation  ;  the  spirit,  especially  malt 
spirit  should  be  drawn  by  a  gentle  fire,  which  will  keep  a 
great  part  of  the  essential  oil  from  mixing  with  the  spirit,  as  \i 
ip  abundantly  proved  eesier  \q  keep  asunder  then  to  separate 


220  TJIE    ABTIST    AiVI? 

wten  mixed,  as  this  Js  ahnost  impossible.  To  draw  low  wUi^y 
the  hc»t  mctliod  of  separating  the  oil  from  the  spirit  is  by  rc- 
disiillitfon  and  percolation.  To  rectify  low  wiries,  they 
should  be  put  into  a  tail  body,  or  alembic,  and  gently  distillea 
in  balneum,  niariae  ;  by  this  means  both  the  oil  and  the  phtegui 
will  remain  in  the  body,  hut  if  the  spirit  should  he  Coui'.d  cvfier 
this  operjttion,  to  ronUiin  some  of  the  essential;  oil,,  it  yiust  ho 
let  down  with  fair  water  and'  i-e-dislilled  in  the  same  manner. 
And  thus  it  ia;iy  be  brought  to  any  degree  cf  purity,,  especi- 
ally if  ju  wo^:kins',  t ho  spirit  be  suffered  to  fill  iato  a  proper 
quantity  of  the  behioura  marlse.  But  it  must  be  remembered, 
that  it  is  mu^h  more  difficult  to  cleanse  alcohol  or  proof  spirit, 
than  how  wines,  because  the  oifls  more  intimately  mixed  with 
the  two  former  than  with  the  latter;  this  oil  may  however  be 
separated  jfrom  proof  spirit,  &,c.  by  the  method  abeady  pro- 
posed,, espccialFy  if  it  be  previou-sFy  filtrated  through  paper, 
thick  flannel,  sand,  stone,  &:c.  But  this  method,  though  is 
eflectually  answers  the  intention,  is  generally  rejected  by  dis- 
tillers, because  of  the  slowness  of  the  operation,,  and  others 
substituted  iii  its  stead;;  though  instead  of  freeing  the  spirit 
from  the  oil,,  they  only  abolish  the  natural  Sayotjr  of  the  spirit^ 
and  make  a  more  intimate  mixture  between  the  panticl.es  of 
the  spirit  and  those  of  the  essential  oiL  It  is  impossible  to 
enumerate  all  the  methods  practised  by  distiUers^  as  idraost 
«very  one  pretends  to  have  a  secret  nostrum  for  this  purpose^ 
The  principal  methods  In  use  for  rectifying  ijjail.t  spirits  are 
howe-vcr  rec'ucible  to  thiee,  nan.ic]y,  by  niixcd  alkaLine  salts, 
by  acid  spirits  mixed  with  alkaline  sahs,  and  by  sa?lne  bodies. 
and  flavouring  additi^ons..  The  method  of  rectiiyiug  by  alka- 
line salts  is  thus  pert'brmed.  To  every  pFec®  of  proof  spirit 
add  fourteen  pounds  dry  salt  of  tartar^  tix,ed  aitre,.  or  calcined 
tartar;  lute  on  the  head^  and  distU  by  a  gentle  heat,  but  bo^ 
careful  to  leave  out  the  faints.  By  this  m.etliod  a  large  pro- 
portion of  the  fotid  oil  will  be  left  in  the  still,  andwhat  comes, 
over  with  the  spirit  will  be  greatly  attenuated.  But  this  oper-. 
atjon  is  generally  performed  in  a  very  diflerent  manner  ;  for 
instead  of  flistifjing  the  spirit  in  a  gentle  and  equable  manner, 
the  still  is  worked  in  its  l^uU  force  ;  by  which  means  the  oil,, 
which  shouUl  have  remained  m  the  stiil,  is  driven  over  and, 
intimately  mixed  with  the  spirit,  and  consequently  iho  whole, 
operation  frastratod,  and  tha  spirit  rendered  much  harder  ta 
cic[\nse  than,  it  was  h.efore^     But  gven  when  the  anerati^o^u  i.% 


TRADESMAN  S    GUIDE.  $21 

performed  according  to  the  rules  of  art,  it  is  far  from  being 
perfect,  for  it  is  well  khown  that  part  of  the  fixed  salts  become 
volatile  in  the  operation,  j^asscs  over  the  helm,  and  intimately 
mixes  with  the  essential  oil  still  contained  in  the  spirits  ;  bv 
this  means  the  oil  becomes  more  perfectly  united  with  the 
spirits,  and  consequently  much  harder  to  be  separated  by 
repeated  distillations  :  nor  is  this  all  ;  for  the  still  being  worked 
in  its  full  force,  the  bitter  oil  of  the  malt  formed  into  a  kind 
of  liquid  soap  in  th(!  still,  by  means  of  the  afkaline  salt,  is 
brought  over  the  helm  with  the  faints  and  suffered  to  mix  with 
the  spirit,  whereby  it  is  rendered  almost  as  nauseous  and  ill 
tasted  as  before  the  operation.  Besides,  if  this  operation 
were  performed  in  its  utmost  perfection,  it  would  never 
answer  the  intention,  for  the  alkaline  salts  destroys  the  vino- 
sity  of  the  spirit,  and  consequently  depri\  es  it  of  one  of  its 
most  valuable  properties.  Our  distillers  are  well  acquainted 
with  this  defect  in  the  operation,  and  endeavour  to  supply  it 
by  an  addition  of  acids.  This  is  what  we  call  the  second 
xncthed  by  alkalies  and  acids. 

The  operation  of  rectifying  by  the  method  of  fjxed  alkalies 
and  acids  is  the  same  as  that  above  descrihed  :  the  spirit  is 
diawn  over  from  fixed  alkalies  as  before,  but  in  order  to  mor- 
tify the  alkali  in  the  spirit,  and  restore  its  vinosity,  a  proper 
quantity  of  some  acid  spirit  is  added.  Various  kind$  of  acids 
are  used  on  this  occasion,  but  principally  those  of  the  mineral 
kind,  because  of  their  cheapness  ;  as  the  oil  of  vitriol,  spirit  of 
nitre,  oil  of  sulphur,  &c.  We  woidd  however  caution  youn'^'- dis- 
tillers from  being  too  busy  with  these  corrosive  acids.  The 
sulphurous  spirit  of  vitriol,  dulcified  spirit  of  nitre,  or  Mr. 
Boyle's  acid  spirit  of  wine  will  rectified  well  much  better 
answer  their  purpose. 

The  third  method  of  rectification,  is  that  by  saline  bodies 
and  flavouring  ingredients.  There  is  no  diflerence  in  the 
operation,  between  this  and  the  two  foregoing  methods  :  fixed 
alkaline  salts,  common  salt  depreciated,  or  dried  calcined 
vitriol,  sandiver,  alum,  dec.  is  put  into  the  still  with  the  low 
wines  and  the  spirit  drawn  off  as  before.  When  the  quantit\'' 
is  drawn  off,  the  flavouring  ingredients  are  added  to  give  the 
spirit  the  flavour  intended.  But  as  the  spirit  is  not  by  this 
means  rendered  sufficiently  pure,  the  disagreeable  flavour  of 
the  spirit  generally  overpowers  that  of  the  ingredients,  where- 
by the  whole   intention  is  cither  dostroved,   or  a  compound 

*19 


22^  fnti  AiifisT  A^t^ 

flavour  produced,  very  different  from  that  intended,  .§om^ 
distillers,  instead  of  alkaline  salts,  use  quicklime  in  rectifying 
tlieir  malt  spirit:  this  ingredient  cleanses  and  dephlegroates 
the  spirit  considerably  ;  hut  like  that  rectified  from  all  alka- 
line salts,  it  requires  an  alkaline  disposition,  and  ako  a  nidor- 
ous  flavour.  Acids,  therefore,  are  as  necessary  to  be  mixed 
with  those  spirits  rectified  with  an  alkaline  salt.  If  chalk-, 
calcined  and  well  purified  bones  ol  animals,  &.c.  were  used 
instead  of  quicklime,  the  spirit  would  have  much  less  alklaliue 
or  nidorour  flavour  ;  and  consequently,  the  flavouring  ingred- 
ients might  be  added  to  it  with  more  success  than  can  be  ex- 
pected from  a  spirit  rectified  from  alkaline  salts.  But  perhaps 
if  neutral  salts  were  used  instead  of  the  alkaline  ones,  the 
spirit  might  be  rendered  pure  without  contracting  an  alkaline 
flavour.  Soluble  tartar  might  be  used  for  this  purpose,  though 
the  spirit  acquires  as  little  saponaceous  flavour. 

Dr.  Cox  has  mentioned  another  method  for  this  purpose, 
namely,  to  deprive  the  volatile  salts  of  their  oil,  by  rendering 
them  neutral  with  spirit  of  salt,  and  afterwards  subliming  them 
with  salts  of  tartar.  The  acid  may  be  varied  if  the  spirit  of 
salt  should  not  be  found  so  well  adapted  to  the  purpose  as 
could  be  wished  ;  but  fine  dr^^  sugar  seems  the  best  adapted 
to  the  purpose  of  rectifying  these  spirits;  as  it  readily  unites 
with  the  essential  oil,  detains  and  fixes  it,  without  imparting 
any  urinous,  alkaline  or  other  nauseous  flavour  to  the  spirits 
rectified  upon. 

We  shall  conclude  this  article  with  remarking  that  there  Is 
no  other  method  of  rectifying  to  perfection,  besides  what  is 
first  laid  down,  viz.  by  gentle  distillation  :  but  then  it  must  be 
remembered,  that  the  whole  process  must  be  of  a  piece,  viz. 
that  th(i  first  distillation  from  the  wash  must  be  preformed  in 
a  gentle  manner,  for  otherwise  the  essential  oil  will  be  so  in- 
timately blended  with  the  spirit  as  not  to  be  easily  separated 
by  re-distillation.  Another  good  property  attending  this  me- 
thod is  its  universality  ;  all  kind  of  spirits,  from  whatever  in- 
gredients extracted,  require  rectification  ;  and  this  is  adapted 
to  all  kinds. 

Of  Filtration.  Filtration  consists  in  passing  liquors  tlirough 
a  porous  substance  in  order  to  free  them  from  those  particles 
which  obscure  their  brightness.  Nothing  is  finer  than  a  li- 
quor newly  distilled,  but  the  syrup  and  colouring  par-tic/es, 
render  it  thick  and    opaque:  in   order  therefore    to   restore 


Tradesman's  cuint;*  220 

their  brightness  they  are  filtrated,  which  is  done  by  passing 
them  through  sand,  paper,  cloth,  &:.c.  Ail  the  attention  of 
ihe  distiller  in  ordinary  operations,  cannot  always  prevent 
some  aqueous  particles  from  rising  wilh  the  spirits,  either  in 
the  beginning  of  the  process,  in  those  conijjositions  where 
they  ascend  lirst,  or  at  the  conclusion  when  they  rise  last ;  as 
this  is  almost  unavoidable,  so  it  is  soinetinii^s  necessary. 

In  distilling  flowers,  n  aromatic  ph.nts,  fresh  gathered,  the 
phlegm  rises  first;  and  this  part  cannot  be  taken  out  of  the 
receivej,  \^iihout  depriving  the  spirits  of  a  considerable  part 
of  their  fragrancy. 

In  distilling  spices,  their  odour  being  more  entanirled,  will 
remain  in  the  alembic,  till  part  of  the  phlegm  is  diawn  oil. 
But  when  instcid  of  these  substances  their  quintessence  is 
used,  the  necessity  ceases.  But  ihe  phlegm  commonly  cau- 
sing a  cloudiness  in  the  liquor,  it  may  be  rendered  tolerably 
fine  by  pouring  it  gently  ofl'  by  inclination,  without  the  trou- 
ble of  filtration  ;  the  aqueous  particles,  by  their  gravity,  fal- 
ling to  the  bottom  ;  but  to  render  it  entirely  bright  and  fine, 
]iut  some  cotten  in  a  tunnel,  and  pour  the  liquor  through  it, 
by  which  means  the  aqueous  particles  will  be  retained  in  the 
cotton.  You  must  however  remember  to  cover  the  top  of 
t  lie  funnel,  to  preverjt  the' most  volatile  parts  of  the  spirits 
from  evaporating. 

CHAPTER  XXX. 

Colouring  Spirits — Imitation  Spirits — Areometer. 

Colouring  Brandy.-^— The  art  of  colouring  spirits  owes  its 
rise  to  observations  on  foreign  brandies.  A  piece  of  French 
brandy  that  has  acquired  by  age  a  great  degree  of  softness  and 
ripeness,  is  observed  at  the  same  time  (o  have  acquired  a  yel- 
lowish brown  colour;  and  bonce  our  distillers  have  endeav- 
oured to  in)itate  this  colour  in  such  spirits  as  are  intended  to 
pass  for  French  brandy.  A  great  variety  of  experiments 
liave  been  made  on  various  substances,  to  discover  a  direct 
and  sure  method  of  imitating  the  colour  to  perfection.  To 
do  this  it  is  necessary  to  know  from  whence  the  French  bran- 
dies themselves  acquire  their  colour,  for,  till  we  have  made 
this  discovery,  it  will  be  in  vain  to  attempt  an  imitation  ;  be- 
cause, if  we  should  be  able  to  imitate  exactly  the  colour, 
which  is  indeed  no  difficult  task,  the  spirit  will  not  stand  the 
test  of  dilferent  experiments,  unless  the  colour  in  both    ho 


224  THE    ARTfST    AND 

produced  from  the  same  ingredient.  Tiiis  being  undeniabiV 
the  case,  let  us  try  to  discover  this  mighty  secret,  the  ingredi- 
ent from  whence  the  French  brandy  acquires  its  colour.  We 
have  already  observed,  that  this  colour  is  only  found  in  such 
branuirs  as  have  acquired  a  mellow  ripeness  by  age  ;  it  is 
thereiore  ;>  n  given  i;  by  the  disliih?r,  but  has  gained  it  by  ly- 
ing long  in  li.e  cask  ;  consequenlly  the  ingredient  from  wiience 
this  colour  is  extracted,  is  no  other  than  the  wood  of  the  cask, 
and  the  brandy  in  reality  is  become  a  dilute  tincture  of  oak. 
The  common  experiment  used  to  prove  the  genuineness  of 
French  brandy  proves  that  this  opinion  is  well  founded.  Tlie 
experiment  is  this:  they  pour  into  a  glass  of  brandy  a  few 
drops  of  a  solution  of  calcined  vitriol  of  iron  in  a  diluted 
spirit  of  sulphur,  or  any  other  mineral  acid,  and  the  whole 
turns  of  a  blue  colour,  in  the  same  manner  as  we  make  ink 
of  a  tincture  of  galls  and  vitriol.  Since,  therefore,  the  colour 
of  French  brandies  is  acquired  from  the  oak  of  the  cask,  it  is 
not  difficult  to  imitate  it  to  perfection.  A  small  quantity  of 
the  extract  of  oak  or  the  shaving  of  that  wood,  properly  di- 
gested, will  furnish  us  v/ith  a  tincture  capable  of  giving  the 
spirit  any  degree  of  colour  required  ;  but  it  must  be  remem- 
bered, that  as  the  tincture  is  extracted  from  the  cask  by  the 
brand  V,  and  that  this  is  alcohol  and  water,  it  is  necessary  to  use 
both,  in  extracting  the  tincture,  for  each  of  these  msnstruums 
dissolve  different  parts  of  the  wood.  Let  therefore,  a  suffi- 
cient quantity  of  oak  shavings  be  digested  in  strong  spirits 
vine  and  also,  at  the  same  time,  other  oak  shavings  be  di- 
gested in  oak,  let  both  be  poured  off  from  the  shavings  into 
different  vessels,  and  both  placed  over  a  gentle  tire  till  re- 
duced to  the  consistence  of  treacle.  In  this  condition  let  tlie 
two  extracts  be  intimately  mixed  together:  which  may  be 
done  efiectually  by  adding  a  small  quantit}^  of  loaf  sugar,  in 
fine  powder,  and  well  rubbing  the  whole  together.  By  this 
means  a  liquid  essential  extract  of  oak  will  be  procured,  and 
always  ready  to  be  used  as  occasion  shall  require. 

There  arc  ather  methods  in  use  for  colouring  brandies  ;  but 
the  best  besides  the  extract  of  oak  above  mentioned,  is  burnt 
molasses  and  burnt  sugar.  The  molasses  gives  the  spirits  a 
fine  colour  nearly  resembling  that  of  French  brandies;  but 
as  its  colour  is  but  dilute,  a  large  quantity  must  be  used  ;  this 
is  not  however  attended  with  any  bad  consequences,  for  not- 
withstanding  the  spirit  is  really  ^veakened  by  this  addition, 


TliADESMAN  S    TiVIDE.  225 

tlioujrh  scarcely  perceivable  providecl  the  molasses  is  well 
pre|j;n-ccl,  yet  the  bubble  proof,  the  general  criterion  of  spirits, 
is  greatly  mended  by  the  tenacity  imparted  to. them  by  the 
treacle.  The  spirit  also  acquires  from  this  mixture,  a  sweet- 
ish or  luscious  taste  and  a  fulness  in  the  mouth,  both  of  which 
properties  rendev  it  very  agreeable  to  the  palates  of  the  com- 
mmi  people,  who  are  in  fact,  the  principal  consumers  of  these 
spirits.     A   much  smaller    quantity    of  burnt  sugar  than  of 

■  molasses  will  be  sufiicient  for  colouring  the  s;!me  quantity  of 
spirits:  the  taste  is  also  very  ditTereat  ;  for,  instead  of  the 
sAvcetness  imparted  by  the  treacle,  the  sj)irit  acquires  from  the 
burnt  sugar,  an  agreeable  bitterness,  and  by  that  means  re- 
commends itself  to  nicer  palates,  which  are  ofilended  wilh  a 
luscious  spirit.      The  burnt  sugar  is  prepared  by  dissolving    a 

.  proper  quantity  of  sugar  in  a  liitle  water,  and  scorchins:  it  over 
the  fire  till  it  acquires  a  blacly  colour^  Either  of  ihe  above 
ingredients,  molasses  or  burnt  sugar,  will  nearly  imitate  the 
genuine  colour  of  the  French  brandies,  but  ne^ither  of  them 
will  succeed  when  put  to  the  test  af  the  vitriolic  solution. 

To  procure  a  colouring  matter  from  molasses — place  tlio  vessel,  eitb-: 
^  er  of  tin,  copper,  or  iron  (an  iron  skeilet  will  aoswer)  conlainino-  the 
molasses,  over  coals,  when  it  should  be  kept  boiling  until  it  becomes 
reduced  by  evaporation  three  fourths  or  more — during  the  process  it 
should 'nnt  bestirred,  olliorwisc  it  will  not  become  sufficiently  scorched 
■r^H.  very  material  object. 

Imitation  Draadi/.      V/e    have    observed  in  the  article  on 
rectificaii on,  th:\\  the   common    method    of  rectifying    spirits 
from   alkaline  salts,   destroys  their  vinosit}',  and  in  its  stead 
introduces  a  lixivious  taste.      But  as  it  is  absolutely  recessary 
to  resjtore,  or  at  least  to  sustitute  in  their  room,  sonic  degree  of 
vinosit}',  several  methods    have  been    proposed,  and  a  multi- 
tude of  cxporiments  performed,  in  order  to  discover  this  great 
desideratum  :   but  none  have  succeeded  equal  to  the  spirits  of 
nitre  2  and  accordingly  this  spirit,  either    strong  or  dulcified, 
has  been  used  by  most  distillers,  to  give  an  agreeable  vinosity 
to   their    spirits.      Several  difficulties,  liOAvever,  occur    in  the 
niethod  of  using  it,  the  principal  of  which  is,  its  being  apt  to 
quit  the  liquor  in    a  short    time,  and    consequently   depriving 
the  liquor  of  that  vinosity    it  was  intended  to  give.      To  re- 
move this  difficulty,  and  prevent  the  vinosity  from  quittfng  the 
goods,  tho  dnlcified  sph^it  of  nitre,  which  is  much  better  than 
t}|9  Strong  spirits,  should  he  prepared  by  a  previous  digestioa^ 


22^  THE    ARTIST    AND 

continued  some  time  with  alcoliol;  the  longer  the  digestion  is, 
continued,  the  more  intimately  will  they  be  blended,  and  the 
compound  rendered  the  milder  and  softer.  After  a  pro)3er 
digestion,  the  dulcified  spirit  should  be  mixed  with  the  bran- 
dy, by  which  means  the  vinosity  will  be  intimately  blended 
wiiii  ihe  goods,  and  disposed  not  to  fly  off  for  a  ver^-  consid- 
erable time.  No  general  rule  can  be  given  for  ihe  quantity 
of  this  mineral  acid  requisite  to  be  employed,  because  differ- 
ent proportions  of  it  are  necessary  in  diiTerent  spirits^.  It 
should  however,  be  carefully  adverted  to,  that  tiio'  a  smdU 
quantity  of  it  will  undoubtedly  give  an  agreeable  vinosity  re- 
sembling that  naturajly  found  in  the  fine  subtile  spirits  drawn 
from  wines,  yet  an  over  large  dose  of  it,  will  not  onl}^  cause 
a  disagreeable  flavour,  but  also  render  the  whole  design  abor- 
tive, by  discovering  the  in>position.  Those  therefore,  who 
endeavor  to  cover  a  foul  taste  in  goods  by  large  doses  of  dul-. 
cified  spirit  of  nitre,  will  find  themselves  deceived. 

But  the  best,  and  indeed  the  only  method  of  imitating 
French  brandies  to  perfection,  is,  by  an  essential  oil  of  wine  ; 
lbi>  being  the  very  thing  that  gives  the  French  brandies  their 
flavour.  It  must  however,  be  remembered,  that  in  order  to 
use  this  ingredient  to  advantage,  a  pure  tasteless  spirit  must 
be  first  procured  ;  for  it  is  ridiculous  to  expect  that  this  es- 
sential oil  should  be  able  to  give  the  agreeable  flavour  of  the 
French  brandies,  to  our  fulsome  malt  spirit,  alriady  loaded 
with  its  own  nauseous  oil,  or  strongly  impregnated  with  a  lix- 
ivous  taste  from  the  alkaline  salts,  used  in  rectification.  How 
a  pure  insipid  spirit  may  be  obtained,  will  be  found  in  tiie 
chaptet  on  distillation.  It  onlv  therefore  remains  to  show 
the  n*eihod  of  procuring  the  essential  oil  of  wine,  which  is 
this.  Take  some  cakes  of  dry  wine  lees,  such  as  are  used 
by  hatters,  dissolve  them  in  six  or  eight  times  their  weight  of 
water,  distil  the  liquor  with  a  slow  fire,  and  separate  the  oil 
by  a  separating  glass  ;  reserving  for  the  nicest  uses,  that  only 
which  comes  over  first,  the  succeeding  oil  being  coarser  and- 
more  resinous. 

Having   procured   this   fine  oil  of  wine,  it   ma}-  be    mixed- 

into   a  quintessence  with   pure  alcohol  ;   by    which   means  it, 

"may  be  preserved  a  long  time  fully  possessed  «f  all  its  flavour 

and  virtues;  but  without  such  management,  it  will  soon  grow 

resinous  and  rancid. 

When  a  fine  essential  oil   of  wine  is  thus  procured,  and; 


also  a  pure  and  insipid  spirit,  French  brandies  may  be  imi- 
tated to  perfection  with  regard  to  the  flavor.  It  must,  how- 
ever, be  remembered,  and  carefully  adverted  to,  that  the  es- 
sential oil  be  drawn  fioni  the  same  sort  of  lees  as  the  brandy 
to  be  imitated  was  procured  from:  we  mean  in  order  to  imi* 
tate  cogniac  brandy,  it  will  be  necessary  to  distil  the  essential 
,oil  from  cogniac  lees  ;  and  the  same  for  any  other  kind  of 
brandy.  For  as  dilTerent  brandies,  have  different  flavours, 
and  these  flavours  are  oXving  entirely  to  the  essential  oil  of 
the  grape,  it  would  be  preposterous  to  endeavdr.  to  Itnitate 
the  flavour  of  cognhrc  brandy,  with  an  essential  oil  procured 
from  the  lees  of  Bordeaux  wine.  When  the  flavour  of  the 
brandy  is  well  imitated  by  a  proper  dose  of  the  essential  oil, 
and  the  whole  reduced  into  one  simple  and  honiegeneous 
'fluid,  other  difficulties  are  still  behind  ;  the  flavour,  tbough 
the  essential  part,  is  not  however  the  only  one;  the  colour, 
the  proof  and  the  softness  must  be  regarded,  before  a  spirit, 
'that  perfectl}'  resembles  Frencli  brandy  can  be  procured. 
With  regard  to  the  proof,  it  may  be  easily  hit,  b}'  using  a 
spirit  rectified  above  proof;  which  after  being  intinujtely 
'mixed  with  the  essential  oil  of  wine,  may  be  let  oown  lo  a 
proper  standard  by  fair  water.  The  softness  may  in  a 
great  mPiasure  be  obtained  by  distilling  and  rectifying  the 
spirit  with  a  gentle  fire;  and  what  is  wanting  of  this  crite- 
rion >n  the  liquor,  when  first  made,  will  be  supplied  by  time  ; 
for  it  must  be  remembered,  that  it  is  time  alone  that  gives  this 
property  to  the  French  brandies  ;  they  being  at  first  like  t)ur 
spirits,  acrid,  foul  and  fiery.  But  with  regard  to  the  colour-, 
B,  particular  colour  is  necessary  to  imitate  it  to  perfection  ; 
and  how  that  may  be  done  is  considered  in  ihe  article  oti 
colouring  spirits. 

Our  observations  respecting-  the  methods  of  imitating  spirit,  are  not 
made  with  a  view  to  favour  impositions,  by  palming  them  off  as  rt-al ; 
but  vvc  are  not  sensible  of  the  impropriety  of  selling  them  as  imitation 
Spirits. 

We  will  further  suggest  to  those,  who,  in  order  to  reduce 
the  price  of  spirits,  mix  some  of  the  pure  (the  spirit  which 
they  wish  to  imitate)  with  neutral  s[)irit,  that  quite  an  im- 
provement can  be  made  in  imitating  French  brandies,  by 
adding  a  small  quantity  of  rich  mountain  Mahiga  wine,  com- 
monly called  sweet  loine.  The  experiment  will  convince  us 
of  the  fact,  though  we  still   adhere  to    our  first   position,  that 


22§  Tlir:    AHTIST    A\T) 

the  essential  oil  obtained  from  the  Ices  of  wine  to  be  the  best  J 
but  to  those  who  do  not  deal  largely,  this  last  nictiicd  may  be 
substiuued  advantageonsl}'.  The  reader  is  also  referred  to 
remarks  on  apple  spirit. 

St.  Croiz  Rum.  For  imitations  that  which  is  high  scented, 
sweet  favoured  and  colourless  slioidd  he  selected.  This  \Vili 
workup  a  great  quantity  of  neutral  spirit  advantageously". 

St.  Croix  Rum  of  prime  quality  is  a  very  scarce  staple, 
and  when  obtained  it  is  generalh' apprized  ver}^  highly — par- 
ticularly by  most  of  tiie  city  dealers,  v/ho  aj-e  well  acquainted 
with  its  worth  for  the  purposes  before  mentioned. 

rsutralized  molasses  spirit  (commonly  called  neutralized 
N.  E.  Rum.)  uhdoubtedl^'  furnishes  lis  wiih  the  best  bod\-  for 
imitations.  Wq  are  convinced  that  grain  spirits  fail  to  produce 
good  imitations,  and  the  same  objections  arise  against  their 
use,  in  regard  to  rum,  which  we  have  already  inferred  respect- 
ing brand'es— ihougli  we  are  confident  a  great  improvement 
miglit  bo  niade  in  rendering  lliem  more  insipid-— aiid  ihal  it 
is  a  subject  of  great  importance  to  the  distiller. 

As  the  mo!;!sses  sj)iru  is  manr.fV.ctured  f:om  the  same  in- 
gredient tliat  produces  the  spirit  whic'i  we  wisli  to  imitate, 
and  enter  into  combination,  in  order  to  give  it  the  favour,  is 
obtained,  and  as  it  is  the  esscnti-d  oil,  v/nich  gives  the  flavour 
to  ail  3};>irifs,  the  difieretice  tlien,in  these  spirits  must  proceed 
from  tijo  difi'erent  j^rocesscs  of  maniifactiire  and  also  tiie 
quality  of  the  cane  must  be  taken  into  cons;der;ition,  even  as 
v.-Q  linvc  stated  respecting  the  grape. 

Enough  has  already  been  said,  to  convir-ce  the  reader  qijitc 
a  different  ilavoured  spirit  nuist  be  produced,  by  mixing  grain 
spirits,  with  that  obtained  from  cane,  than  they  are  intended 
to  represent,  when  tiicy  are  blended  togelher.  T4ie  best 
neutralized  molasses  spirit,  can  be  obtained  for  ten  cents  per 
jrallon  more  than  that  which  is  usually  put  np  for  the  trade. 
It  need  not  he  said  that  the  Boston  niarket  furnishes  the  best 
new  rum,  and  that  it  produces  also  the  best  neutralized,  of 
any  wliich  wo  liave  ever  seen.  It  can  easily  \^^  obtained  at 
Co  per  cent,  above  proof;  tiiere  are  considerable  quantities 
manufactir.-ed  of  a  very  ordinary  quality';  consequo^itl}'  much 
rare  is  rc^quired  in  selecting  it.  The  purch.aser  will  do  well 
to  observe,  tliat  the  best  is  colourh^ss,  and  free  from  a  burnt 
or  smoky  Ikvour,  which  in  either  case,  renders  the  spirit  unfit  - 
to  mix. 


tradesman's  guide.  229 

For  a  barrel  of  imitation^  from  one  to  ten  gallons  of  the 
pure,  spirits  mixed  with  the  neutralized;  and  of  the  latter  quan- 
:«iy,  hut  few  palates  can  detect,  provided  the  goods  aie  of 
me  hest  quality. 

When  neutralized  rum  cannot  easily  be  obtained,  neutral- 
ised whiskey  (or  pure  spirits)  are  substituted. 

The  lye  of  walnut,  (or  hickory)  ashes  is  insipid,  and  has 
Ikte  singular  property  of  neutralizing  spirits.  Spirits  render- 
ea  tasteless  by  this  piocess  are  not  in  the  least  injured,  but 
rather  acquire  a  degree  of  strength. 

Could  ti  discovery  be  made  to  deprive  spirits  of  their  intoxicating 
power,  how  much  of  the  worlds  wretchedness  would  be  alleviated! 

It  is  without  doubt  to  be  considered  as  the  most  wise  ex* 
periraent  which  can  be  made  to  abstain  entirely  from  using 
ardent  spirits  unless  for  medicinal  purposes.  Who  has  not 
seen,  by  its  too  frequent  use,  the  noblest  structure^  body, 
tiiind  and  all,  swept  by  tiieir  enticing  channels  over  a  fathom- 
less cataract  ■?  Who  can  be  so  insensible  to  the  calls  of  human* 
jt}',  amidst  the  scenes  of  misery  which  an  inordinate  love  of 
erdent  spirit  produces,  that  will  not  come  to  the  determina- 
lion  accompanied  with  a  rigid  adherance,  to  aid  in  paVing  the 
way  of  reform  ? 

St.  Vincents  is  next  in  quality  to  St.  Croix,  and  admits  of 
the  same  process  as  described  above,  in  order  to  reduce  the 
price.  However,  it  must  always,  be  considered  that  much 
dopends  on  the  quality  of  the  goods  which  you  bjend  with 
the  neutralized  spirit ;  much  care  and  experience  is  required 
to  select  that  which  is  high  scented  and  fine  flavoured  :  the 
difference  of  cargoes  in  this  respect,  is  more  than  we  are  gen- 
erally inclined  to  admit. 

Grenada  Rum,  can  be  imitated  very  well,  with  the  neu- 
tralized molasses  spirit,  and  a  small  quantity  of  very  high  fla- 
voured Jamaica  spirits. 

Jamaica  Sp'wits^  if  highly  scented,  are  ver3'imuch  improv- 
ed b\'  adding  the  neutralized  molasses  spii it ;  the  compound 
wo  lid  be  preferred  by  most  palates,  after  acquiring  a  suffi- 
cient ripeness. 

Neutralized  molasses  spirit  of  the  first  quality  vnW  pass  for  better 
inward  Island  rum,  than  any  rum  of  the  Islands  can,  v.ith  IJiC  least 
addition  ot  grain  spirit. 

Holland  Gin^  can  be  reduced  in  price,  and  a  very  fair  fla- 

20 


230  THE    AllTIST    AltD 

vour  retained,  by  mfxing  it  with  that  which  is  manufactared 
in  our  country  :  some  of  the  American  is  very  nearly  as  good 
as  imported  ;  and  would  be  quite,  if  the  manufacturers  were 
as  careful  as  the  Hollai'ders  in  manufacturing  it  :  age,  how- 
ever, is  a  very  necessary  qualification  to  recommend  all 
spirits. 

Netitralized  Mhiskcy  mixes  with  gin  better  than  any  other 
spirit-;  and  if  it  must  he  resorted  to,  in  order  to  reduce  the 
f)n'ce  of  the  Holland  gin,  we  would  recommend  a  very  small 
quantity  of  the  oil  of  juniper,  to  be  added,  (first  mixed  with 
high  wines,  and  then  added  to  a  small  quantity  of  gin,  when 
the  wholt!  may  be  put  into  the  cask,)  though  we  should  pre- 
fer a  few  fresh  juniper  berries,  when  they  can  be  easily  ob- 
tained :  mash  them  and  digest  in  alcohol  a  short  while,  then 
pour  the  tincture  into  the  cask. 

We  have  been  infoimed  that  huge  butts  have  been  contriv- 
ed so  as  to  contain  two  or  three  others,  for  the  purpose  of  hold- 
ing diflerent  qualities  of  spirits,  but  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
appear  to  be  drawn  from  only  one  cask.  \N e  may  therelore 
infer,  that  such  casks  are  soni^^fimes  intended  for  deception, 
an<l  that  it  is  j)robabJe  the  saniphs  will  not  always  correspond 
with  such  as  are  deliveicd.  From  this  deveh-pemer't,  we 
may  letirn  that  however  "sharp"  the  retailer  may  he,  res- 
pectinof  tile  qu.ility  and  prices  of  the  goods  which  he  pur- 
chases, it  is  no  less  for  his  interest,  ih.at  h(j  also,  becomes  fully 
satisfied  at  the  time  of  delivery  wiih  that  which  he  would 
naturally  anticipate,  when  rolled  into  his  own  warehouse. 

It  was  an  old  jtdage,  that  spirits  and  wines,  on  arriving  at 
their  place  of  destination,  *'  had  crossed  many  rivers  and 
bro<d\S,"  particularly  when  transported  into  the  country. 

Some  have  even  liiouglu  that  sjnri^s  would  nui  Lear  reduc- 
ing so  much,  with  soft  or  country,  as  wi:h  the  city  water — wh^ch 
they  were  inclined  to  believe  h;)d  some  peculiar  quiilific  aiions, 
wlilrh  countr}'  water  did  not  j)ossess. 

Tiiere  isanoher  singular  (operation  which  we  w'li  allude  to, 
though  it  w(»nld  «eem,  that  if  must  be  managed  with  great  ad- 
dress. It  is  said  thtt  samples  of  spiriis  exhibited  in  proof  glasses, 
appear  to  much  bettf^r  advantage  in  cold  Nieaiher,  after 
hivincT  held  them  sotnetime  in  tb*' hand — as  the  caloric  or  heat 
leaves  the  hand,  it  is  imparted  to  the  fluid,  producing  a  more 
lively  action — (see  also  remarks  on  the  expansion  of  liquids 
in  the  chapter  on  caloric.^  mkUt 


TRADESMAN'S    QUIDS.  '  281 

We  sliould  suoposo  the  winter  season  the  most  favourable  for  opera- 
tions of  this  kind,  as  the  fire  is  a.s  wonderful  atliaetoi  for  the  hands. 

Thf.  Arenmefp.rh  in  general  use,  which  is  made  of  glass  with  a 
roiMid  hollow  body  ending  in  a  long  slender  neck,  se;»led  hii- 
nietir,aHy  at  the  top,  iiito  which  ihere  is  first  put  as  much 
•quicUsilvcT  as  is  sufficient  to  keep  it  swimming  in  an  exact  po- 
sitVon:;  its  ncck  being  divided  into  degrees  the  quility  and 
lightness  of  the  liquor  is  judged  of  by  the  depth  of  the  ves- 
seTs  sinking-  .  - 

CHAPTER    XXXT 

To  make  Spirits  of  Wine — Su^ar  Spirits— Cherry  Brandy — 
Apple  and  Raisin  Spirits — Cordials — Wines — Metheglin 

— Mead Ratafias — Creams — Shrubs — Beers Rorttr 

Noyemzxs — Artificial  Waters. 

To  make  Spirits  of  Wine.  It  is  in  England  generally  ob-- 
tained  from  ground  meal,  either  of  wheat,  rye  or  barley,  witi* 
IVom  one-'enth  to  one-third  ^  f  ihe  same,  or  other  grain, 
malred  and  gronnd  and  then  called  malt  spirits;  or  from  trea- 
de,  and  then  called  molasses  spirits ;  some  is  made  from 
sjpples,  or  cider  wash.  7Mie  fermentation  is  carried  on  quicker 
and  farther^  than  in  brewing,,  or  making  cider  in  order  that 
all  fbe  sivgar  In  the  wasli  may  be  converted  into  spirit  and 
water.  The  infusio  t  of  the  milt  and  meal  is  ma<le  so  strong, 
that  its  specific  gravi  y  is  reduced  from  1.083  to  1.14,  where- 
as that  for  strong  ale,  is  genoinlly  1.06,  and  for  small  beer, 
1.015  to  1.04,  and  is  mixed  with  a  lirge  quantity  of  yeast,, 
add^d  by  successive  portions,  until  in  about  ten  days,  the 
specific  gravity  is  reduced  to  1.002,  whesi  it  is  fit  for  the  stilL 
In  general,  a  third  part  is  drawn  off  at  the  first  stiHin<r,  under 
the  nanriie  of  low  wines,  the  specific  gravity  being  about  0.975. 

On  re-distillinir  the  low  wines,  a  fiery  spirit,  ofa  milky 
rasf^  comes  over  first,  and  is  returned  into  the  still  ;  then  fol- 
lows the  clear  spirit  ;  when  it  begins  to  gn.vv  too  watery,  the 
rfmaitiino  spirit  that  comes  over,  as  long  as  it  will  take  fire^ 
is  kept  apart,  under  the  name  of  faints,  and  mix«>d  wiih  the 
next  parcel  of  low  wines.  Ijistead  of  these  trials,  the  head 
of  the  still  may  have  a  bulb  ofa  thermometer  inserted  into  it» 
and  by  observing  the  temperature  of  the  steam,  an  accurate 
judgment  may  be  formed  of  the  stretigth  of  the  spirit  that  dis« 
tils  over. 

It  is  eomputed  that  one  hundred    galloni  of  naalt,  or  cori» 


23i  tttB  ARTIST   AND 

wash,  will  produce  about  twenty  of  spirit,  containing  aliout 
half  its  weight  of  water  ;  molasses  wash  twenty-two  gallons,, 
cider  wash  fifreen  gallons.  The  best  French  wines  yield 
from  twenty  to  iwenly-five  gallons.  The  spirit  thus  obtained 
is  used  for  pharmaceutical  purposes,  mixed  with  water,  to 
separate  the  oil  it  contains,  and  re-distilled  several  times  in. 
tall  vesssels,  with  a  very  gentle  heat  until  its  specific  gravity 
is  reduced  to  0.82;  though  that  usually  sold  is  only  0.837,  at 
60^  Fahrenheit.  By  distilling  spirits  of  wine  with  purified 
pearlashes,  salts  of  tartar,  muriateof  lime,  or  common  salt,  all 
previously  heated  to  redness,  and  cooled,  its  specific  gravity 
may  be  reduced  still  lower,  even  as  low  as  0,r92,  at  68°  Fah* 
but  there  is  reason  to  think  that  it  not  only  parts  with  water, 
but  undergoes  some,  change,  or  acquires  some  impregnation, 
by  these  additions,  as  its  taste  is  altered.  The  spirits  of  wine 
from  which  every  particle  of  water  is  separated,  is  called  by 
the  Arabic  name  of  alcohol. 

Sugar  Spirits.  It  is  meant  by  sugar  spirits,  that  extracted 
from  the  washings,  scumming,  dross  and  waste  of  a  sugar 
baker's  house.  These  recrementitions  or  drossy  parts  of  the 
sugar  are  to  be  diluted  with  water,  in  the  same  manner  as 
molasses  or  wash,  and  then  distilled  in  the  common  method  ; 
and  if  the  operation  be  carefully  performed,  and  the  spirits 
well  rectified,  it  may  be  mixed  with  foreign  brandies  and  eveet 
arracd  in  a  large  proportion,  to  great  advantage  ;  for  these 
spirits  will  be  found  superior  to  that  extracted  from  treacle, 
and  consequently  more  proper  for  these  uses. 

Cherry  Brandy.  This  liquor  is  greatly  called  for  in  the  coun 
try,  and  is  made  in  dififerents  ways.  Some  press  out  the  juice  of 
the  cherries,  and  having  dulcified  it  with  sugar  and  water,  add 
as  much  spirits  to  it  as  the  goods  will  bear,  or  the  price  it  is  in**, 
tended  to  be  sold  for.  But  the  common  method  is  to  put  the 
cherries  clean  picked  into  a  cask,  with  a  proper  quantity  of 
proof  spirits,  and  after  standing  eighteen  or  twenty  days,  the 
goods  are  drawn  off  into  another  cask  for  sale  and  about  two-, 
thirds  of  the  first  quantity  of  spirit  poured  into  the  cask  upon 
the  cherries.  This  is  sufi'erecl  to  stand  about  a  month  to  ex- 
tract the  whole  virtue  from  the  cherries,  after  which  it  is  drawn 
oft' as  before  ;  and  the  cherries,  pressed  to  take  out  the  spirits 
they  had  absorbed,  The  proportion  of  cherries  is  not  very 
nicely  observed :  the  general  rule  is  to  let  the  cask  be  about 
h^lf  (iUed  with  cherries  and  then  filled  up  with  proof  spirits, 


tradesman's  guide.  233 

Some  add  to  every  twenty  gallons  of  spirits,  half  an  ounce  of 
,  cinn.iiiion,  an  o^.iice  of  cloves,  and  about  three  pounds  of 
su^jtr;  by  which  ibe  tlavour  of  the  goods  is  considerably  in- 
creased. But  iu.  order  to  save  expense,  not  n.ily  the  spices 
and  the  sugar  are  omitted,  bur  also  a  great  part  of  the  cherries, 
and  the  deliciency  supplied  by  the  juice  of  elder  berries, 
iouieiiuies  adding  molasses  to  sweeten  instead  of  sugar,  when 
the  elder  berries  are  not  made  use  of. 

Raisin  and  Apple  Spirits,  S^c.      By  raisin  spirits  are  to  be 
understood  ihate  xtracted  from  raisins  after  a  proper  fermen- 
tation.     In  order  to  extract  the  spirits,  the  raisins  must  be  in-» 
fused  in  a  proper  quantity  ':^^f  water  and  fermnted  in  the  man* 
ner   described    in    the    article   on  fermentation.       When  the 
iermcntation  is  completed,  the  whole  is  to  be  thrown  into  the 
still,  and  the  spirits  extracted  by  a  strong  fire.      The  reason 
why  a   strong    fire    is  directed,    is  because    by   that    means   a 
greater  quantity  of  tlie  essential  oil   will  come  over  the  helm 
with  the  spirits,  which   will  render   it  much  fitter  for  the  dis- 
tiller's  purpose  ;   for  these    spirits  aie   generally  used   to  mix 
with  common  malt  goods  :   and    it  is  surprising  how  far  it  will 
go  in   this  respe^-.t ;   ten  gallons  of  it  being  sufficient  to  give  a 
determining  flavour  and   agreeable  vinosity  to  a   whole  piece 
of  malt  spirits.       It  is  therefore  well  worth  the  distiller's  at« 
tentionto  endeavour  at  improving  the  common  method  of  ex- 
tracting spirits  from   raisins  ;   and    perhaps   the  following  hint 
merits  atttention.     When   the   fermentation  is  completed  and 
the  still  charged  with  fermented  liquor  as  before  directed,  lot 
the  whole   be  drawn  off  with   as  brisk  a  fire  as  possible;  but 
instead  of  the  cask  or  can,  generally    used  by  our  American 
distillers  for  a  receiver,  let  a  large  glass,  called  by  chemists, 
a  separating  glass,  be  placed  under  the  nose  of  the  worm,  and 
a  common  receiver  applied   to  the    spout   of  the   separating 
glass;   by  this  means  the  essential  oil  will  swim  upon  the  top 
of  the  spirits,    or  rather  low  wine,   in  the   separating   glasss, 
and  mny   easily  be   preserved   at  the  end  of  the  operation. 
The  use  of  this  limpid  is  well  known  to  distiller ■;,   who  have 
made  their  business  u  scientific  study;    for  in  this  resides  the 
whole  flavour,  and    consequently   may  be  used  to  the   great- 
est   advantage    in   giving   that   distinguishing   taste    and  true 
vinosity  to  the  common  malt  spirits.     After  the  oil  is  separa- 
ted from  the  low  wine,  the  liquor  may  be  rectified  in  balneum 
marise,  into  pure  and  almost  tasteless  spirits,  an(}  therefore 

*20 


334  IHIB    ARTIST    AND 

well  adapted  to  hkiI  c  the  finest  compound  cordials,  or  to 
imitate  or  mix  with  the  Hnest  French  hrandie-^,  ai  racks,  Alc. 
Ill  ihe  same  minnor,  spirits  may  he  ohtaincd  iVom  ci(!er. 
But  as  its  paslicular  (1  ivour  is  not  so  desirable  as  ihai  ohiained 
from  raisins,  it  should  be  distiibni  in  a  more  genile  way,  and 
carrfnlly  rectified  in  the  manner  shown  in  the  article  on  rec- 
lification,  by  which  means,  very  pure  and  almost  tasteless  nnd 
insipid  spirits  will  be  (d)tain«  d  which  may  be  used  lo  very 
great  advantage  in  imitatinn  the  best  lirandies  «f  Fr.nK  e,  or  i.t 
inakiii:;  the  fmfst  c.»rnpouiul  waters  or  cordials. 

Anise  Sf.cfl  Cordial.  Take  of  anise  s«'ed  bruisod  two 
pounds,  proof  >pirit  tweivr  niui  a  half  i^.illons,  u'a:er  one  gal- 
lon ;   draw  off  ten  jr  dions  wiih  a  moderate  heat. 

'I'his  water  should  never  be  re«luc»;d  belou  proof,  because 
the  large  quiiniity  of  oil  with  which  it  is  impregnated,  wdl 
render  the  goods  milky  and  foul,  when  brouglu  down  below 
proof.  But  if  lher<?  is  a  necessity  for  ibis,  their  trai.sparency 
may  be  restored  by  filtration. 

Peppermint  CordiaL  Oil  of  Peppermint  seventy-five 
drops,  sugar  one  ounce,  grind  together  ;  add  si)irits  of  wine 
rectified  one  pint  ;  dilute  with'  spirits  ef  wine  rectified  ten 
pints,  water  ten  gallons,  and  fine  w  th  alum  three  drachms. 
On  a  similar  principle,  most  cordials  can  be  made<  though 
with  a  little  variation  in  the  formula  in  some  cases.  Taste 
and  the  habits  of  the  place  are  to  be  consulted.  In  general, 
it  is  advi-;able  to  filter. 

\\\  dulcifying  or  sweetening  spirits,  v.eigh  the  sugar,  and 
dissolve  it  in  one  or  more  cans  of  the  water,  with  which  the 
compound  is  to  be  made  up  ;  bruise  the  sugar,  and  stir  it  well, 
till  all  is  dissolved  ;  then  <  mpty  it  into  the  cask  containing 
the  spirits;  mixing  all  together,  by  drawing  6fl'  sev<'ral  cans 
bv  the  cock,  and  emptying  them  into  the  Cdsk  by  the  bung 
bole.  Now  rummage  all  well  together,  till  they  are  per- 
fectly compounded.  Spirits  or  compoumls  ihat  are  strong, 
require  no  assistance  in  settling  and  becoming  clear,  but  those 
that  arc  we^k,  must  be  refin"d  by  the  arldition  of  some  other 
substance.  To  every  hogshead  »f  Geneva  or  okher  spirituous 
compound,  put  six  ounces  powdered  alum,  previously  diss(,Ived 
in  three  or  four  gallons  of  the  compounds,  and  stir  all  well  to- 
gether. In  the  course  of  twenty-four  hours,  the  whrde  will  be 
rendered  cotnpletely  clear.  It  is  a  good  p;iracticeto  leave  the 
bung  holes  of  the  casks(c(mtaining  spirits  or  compounds  new!/ 


235 

made,)  open  fvir  several  days  ;  this  improves  their  flavour, 
and  rcndors  ihom  clcur,  sooner  then  ihev  otiierwiso  would 
be. 

Table  salt  tlirown  into  the  still,  in  the  proportion  of  six 
ounces  to  ten  gallons  of  any  liquid  to  be  distilled,  will  greatly 
improve  the  flavour,  taste  and  strength  of  the  spirit.  The 
viscid  ni;itt(»r  will  be  fixed  by  the  salt,  whilst  the  volatile  mat- 
tei  ascends  in  a  state  of  great  purity.  The  flavour  of  malt 
spirits  ivS  hii>hly  ini|)roved  by  putting  three  and  a  half  ounces 
finely  ftowdormi  charcoal,  anci  four  and  a  half  ounces  gr«)und 
rice,  imn  h  quart  of  spirits,  and  letting  it  stand  fifteen  diys, 
fjHqnenfh'  stirring  it  ;  then  let  the  liquor  be  siiained,  and  it 
u  11  be  foim  I  ner.rlv  of  the  same  flavour  as  biandy. 

Clove  Cordial.  Cloves,  bruised,  four  pounds,  pimento 
li;ilf  a  pound,  proof  spirit  sixteen  gallons. 

Digest  the  mixture  twelve  hours  in  a  gentle  heat,  and  then 
*dryw  ofl"  fifioen   galh>ns  with  a  pretty  brisk    fire.      The   water 
n>ay  be  coloured  red  with  tincture  of  cochineal,  or  other  col- 
ouring matter. 

Raisin  Wine.  Raisins  one  hundred  weight,  water  sixteen 
gallons,  soak  for  a  fortnight,  stirring  every  day  ;  press,  put 
the  liquor  in  a  cask  with  the  bung  lo«.se,  till  it  has  done  his- 
sing ;  than  add  four  pounds  of  brandy  and  hung  up  close. 
Some  use  little  more  than  half,  or  two-thirds  o(  this  quantity 
of  raisins. 

Gooseberry  Wine.  Ripe  berties,  brusied,  ten  gallons, 
water  thirty  gallons,  soak  twenty-four  hours,  strain:  to  each 
gallon  add  two  pounds  of  sfigar  and  ferment. 

.  1.  Bruised  berries  eighty  pounds,  water  ten  gallons,  soak 
for  a  day,  strain  ;  to  each  gallon  add  six  pounds  of  loaf  sugar, 
and  ferment. 

3.  Juice  ten  gallons,  water  twenty  gallons,  sugar  seventy 
pounds,  ferment. 

4.  Berrios  f)ne  hun<lred  pounds,  brown  sugar  six  pounds 
water  a  suflirient  quantity  to  fill  a  fifteen  callou  cask  ;  yields 
9  good  3'ellowish  white,  and  very  tiansparent  wino. 

5.  Gooseberries  forty  p  »unds,  water  four  gjdlons,  bruise 
tojrether  ;  the  next  day  press  out  the  juice  :  to  every  gallon 
iQ^d  three  pounds  of  sugar;   ferment. 

Currant  Wive.  Red  currants  seventy  pounds,  bruised  and 
pressed,  brown  sugar  ten  pounds,  water  a  sufficient  quantity 
to  fill  up  a  fifteen  gallon  cask  ;  yields  a  ploasant  red  wine, 
rather  tart,  but  keeping  well. 


236  THE   ARTIST  ^ND 

2.  White  currants  one  sieve,  red  currants  one  gallon;  press. 
To  each  gallon  of  juice,  add  three  gallons  of  water;  to  ten 
gallons  of  liquor  add  thirty  pounds  of  sugar  and  ferment;  when 
you  bung  it  up,  add  two  pounds  of  brandy  to  each  ten  gallons 
of  wine. 

3.  Juice  eleven  quarts,  that  is,  the  produce  of  one  sieve, 
sugar  tw»^nty  pounds,  water  a  sufficiest  quantity  to  fill  up  a 
nine  gallon  case;  ferment — and  when  it  has  done  working,  add 
four  pounds  of  brandy  ;  for  a  half  hogshead  use  three  sieves 
of  currents,  sugar  three-fourths  of  a  hundred  weight,  brandy 
one  gallon. 

Black  Currant  Wine.  Berries  twenty  pounds,  brandy  two 
to  four  pounds,  water  tweK-e  to  fourteen  gallons,  yeast,  two 
spoonfuls,  fermented  for  eight'  days,  then  bottled  and  well 
corked  ;  yields  a  pleasant,  rather  vinous,  cooling  liquor  of  a 
purple  colour  ;  or  they  may  be  made  into  wine  like  the  cona- 
-mon  currants  ;  by  the  first  process  the  wine  is  dark  purple, 
rather  thick,  but  good, 

English  Sherry,  Loaf  Sugar  thirty-  two  pounds,  sugar 
candy  ten  pounds,  water  sixteen  gallons,  boil  ;  add  pale  alQ 
wort,  (as  fur  English  Madeira,)  six  gallons,  yeast,  one  pound}  - 
on  the  third  day  add  ten  pounds  of  stoned  raisins,  and  in  an^ 
other  two  or  threes  days  one  gallon  of  brandy  ;  bung  it  down 
for  four  months  ;  drawn  it  off  into  another  cask,  add  one  gaU 
ion  of  brandy,  and  in  three  months  bottle  it. — imitations  for 
foreign  wines,  f  »r  ihose  who  wish  to  make  a  show  above  , 
their  circumstances,  but  far  inferior  to  our  own  fruit  wines. 

Elder  Wine.  Juice  of  the  berries  eight  gallons,  water 
twelve  gallons,  brown  sugar  sixty  pounds,  dsssolve  b\'  boiling, 
add  yeast,  and  ferment  ;  then  add  four  pounds  of  brandy,  and 
bung  it  up  for  three  months:  disagreeable  when  cold,  but  is 
mulled  with  allspice  and  drank  wram  in  wintertime  as  a  stirai 
ulant. 

Ginger  Wine.      Bruised  ginger  twelve    pounds,  water  ten 
gallons  ;  boil  for  half  an  hour,  add  twenty-eight  pound  of  sugar, 
boil  till    dissolved,  then  cool,   and  put  the  liquor  along   with    . 
fourteen  lemons  sliced,  and  three  pounds  of  brandy  ;  add  a 
little  yeast  and  ferment. 

White   Spruce  Beer.       To  ten   gallons  of  water,  put  six 

pounds  of  sugar,  four  ounces  essence  of  spruce,  add  yeast, 

work  as  in  making  beer,  and  bottle  immediately  in  half  pints. 

Mixed  Fruit   Wine.      White    currants   three  sieves,  red 


tradesman's  guide,  237 

gooseberries  two  sieves :  these  should  yield  forty  pints  of 
juice;  ;  to  each  gallon  add  two  gallons  of  water,  sugar  three 
pounds  and  a  half;   ferments 

?.  White,  red,  and  black  currants,  cherries,  especially 
black  heart,  raspberries,  of  each,  pounded,  equal  quantities^ 
To  each  four  pounds  of  the  bruised  fruit  add  one  gallon  of 
wat'-r,  steep  for  three  days^  press,  and  to  each  gallon  of  liquor 
add  three  pounds  of  yellow  sugar;  ferment,  and  when  finished, 
add  to  each  nine  gallons  two  pints  of  brandy;  if  it  does  not 
find  soon  enough,  add  half  an  ounce  of  isinglass,  dissolved  in 
a  pint  of  water,  to  each  nine  gollons. 

Cherry  W^ine,  Cherries  thirty  pounds,  meist  sugar  five 
pounds,  water  a  sufficient  quantity  to  fill  a  seven  gallon  cask; 
ferment. 

Parsnip  Wine,  may  be  made  by  cutting  the  roots  iato 
small,  thin  slices, boiling  them  in  water,  pressing  out  the  liquor, 
and  fermenting  it.  This  wine,  when  made  strong,  is  of  a 
rich  and  excellent  quality  and  flavour. 

Orange  Wine,  Sugar  twenty  three  pounds  water  ten  gal-i 
Ions,  boil  ;  clarify  with  the  white  of  six  eggs,  pour  the  boiling 
liquor  upon  the  parings  of  one  hundred  oranges  and  the 
strained  juice  of  these  oranges,  and  six  ounees  of  yeast;  let  it 
votk  for  three  or  four  days  then  strain  it  into  into  a  barrel^ 
)t)ng  it  up  loosely  ;  in  a  nfonth  add  four  pounds  of  biandy; 
md  in  three   months  it  will  be  lit  to  drink. 

Wines^  may  also  be  made  of  blackberries  and  other  Eng-. 
lish  frnits  upon  the  same  principle.  Those  mentioned  are 
the  methods  generally  e.aployed,  but  most  persons  have  pecu- 
liar ways  of  proceeding,  which  may  indeed  be  varied  to  in- 
finity, and  so  as  to  produce  at  pleasure  a  s\s  eet  or  dry  wine  ; 
the  sweet  not  being  so  thoroughly  fermented  as  the  dry.  The 
addition  of  brandy  destroys  the  proper  flavour  of  the  wine, 
and  it  is  better-to  omit  it  entirely  (except  for    elder  and  port 

Kirine,  whose  flavour  is  so  strong  that  it  cannot  well  be  inju- 
ed)  and  to  increase  the  strength  by  augmenting  the  rasisn 
or  sugar.  In  general  the  must  for  wines  ought  to  be  made  of 
six  pounds  of  raisins,  or  four  pounds  of  sugar,  to  the  gallon, 
allowing  for  that  contained  in  the  fruit. 

Southampton  Port.      Cider  thirty    sfx  gallons,   elder  wine 
eleven  gallons,  biandy  five  gallons,  darason  wine  eleven  gal- 
lons, M. 
flngUsh  Madeira,     Pale  malt  gro  nd,  four  bushels,  boiling 


238  T«g  AK'Wsi'  /^m 

water  forty-four  gallons,  infuse,  strain  ;  of  this  wort,  whiid 
warm,  take  tweniy-four  gallons,  sugar  candy  fourteen  poundsj 
when  dissolved,  add  two  pounds  of  yeast  ;  lernient  ;  keep 
ski.nming  off  ;Iie  yeast;  when  the  fermentation  is  nearly  fin- 
ished, add  two  gallons  and  a  half  of  raisin  wine,  brandy,  port 
wine,  of  each  iwo  gallons  ;  bung  it  down  fur  six  or  nine  months. 
A  second   infusion  of  wort  may  be  brewed  for  beer. 

Sweet  Wine.  Sweet  cider  after  fermentation,  if  not  suf- 
ficient luscious,  qdd  mo'asaes,  s.  q.  a  few  pounds  malaga  rai- 
sins,  mashed  and  digested  in  some  of  the  Cider,  and  a  little  li- 
quoi  ice  root  to  give  it  a  flavour  ;  then,  reduce  with  soft  watet 
until  it  suits  the  palate.  It  may  be  necessary  to  put  in  a  little 
isinglass  to  render  it  clear.  This  method  of  imitation,  if 
managed  with  care  produces  an  excellent  drink,  equal  if  not 
superior  to  that  which  is  imported. 

English  Champaign.  Raw  sugar  ten  pounds,  loaf  sugar 
twelve  pounds,  water  nine  gallons,  concrete  acid  of  lemon, 
or  crystallized  acid  of  tartar  six  drachms  ;  dissolve  by  a  gen- 
tle boil  ;  before  it  grows  cold  add  about  one  pound  of  yeasf, 
gnd  ferment.  When  the  working  is  nearly  over,  add  perry 
one  gallon,  brandy  three  pounds,  and  bung  it  up  for  three 
months;  then  draw  out  two  pounds  of  the  wine,  dissolve  one 
ounce  of  isinglass  in  it,  pour  it  again  into  the  cask,  and  in  a 
fortnight  bottle  it  ;  it  may  be  coloured  pink  by  adding  one 
ounce  of  cochineal  when  first  bunged  up. 

English  Port.  Cider  twejuy-four  galhms,  juice  of  elc'er 
berries  six  gallons,  port  wine  four  gallons,  brandy  one  gallon 
and  a  half,  logwood  one  pound,  isinglass  twelve  ounces,  dis- 
solved ii;  a  gallon  of  the  cider  :  buiigi;  down  ;  in  tuo  m  wiihs 
it  ;yill  bo  fit  to  bottle,  but  should  not  be  drank  till  ;h<-  next 
year.  If  a  rough  flavour  is  required,  four  to  six  ounces  of 
alum  may  be  adfled. 

To  restore  Wine  farted  or  tasting  of  the  cask.  Dciw  -he 
wine  entirely  out  of  its  own  lee  and  put  it  in  anoihi:'r  r,isk- 
over  a  good  lee.  Then  through  the  bunj  h  d«»,  h mg  up  a  ij  ig 
with  four  ounces  of  laurel  berries  in  powdi-r  and  a  suffi.-ii'ut 
quantity  of  steel  filings  at  the  bottom  of  th<'  b;ig,  to  provi'nt 
i(s  swimming:  on  the  top  of  the  wine;  and  in  proportion  as  yon 
draw  a  «ert  lin  quantity  of  the  liquor,  let  down  the  b  »g. 

To  prevent  Wine  Jrom  Pricking,  Put  in  the  cask  half  a 
pound  spirits  of  tartar,  or  when  the  wine  is  new,  throw  in  twq 
ounces  of  eommon  alum  for  every  hogshead, 


TnyiDKSMAI^^JI    Gumic,  239 

To  clarify  Wine  easily.  Put  in  the  cask  ohe  pound  of 
fine  shot. 

To  correct  a  musty  taste  in  Wine.  Knead  a  dough  of  the 
best  wheal  tloiir,  and  make  it  in  the  form  of  a  roHing  pin,  or 
a  short  thick  stick.  Half  bake  it  in  the  oven  and  stick  it  all 
over  tvith  cloves;  rephice  ii  in  the  oven  and  bake  it  quite. 
Suspend  it  in  the  cask  ovei  the  wine  without  touching  it,  and 
let  it  remain  there,  or  else  plunge  it  in -the   wine. 

To  correct  a  bitter  or  sour  taste  in  Wine.  Boil  a  quart 
of  barley  in  four  quarts  of  water  to  the  reduction  of  two. 
Strain  .vhat  remains  through  a  cloih,  and  pour  it  in  the  cask  ; 
stirring  all  together  with  a  slick  without  touching  the  lev. 

To  restore  spoiled  Wine.  Chanj  e  the  wine  irorn  its  own 
lee  U[)on  that  of  good  wine.  Pulverize  three  or  four  nutmegs 
and  as  many  dry  orange  peals,  und  throw  them  in;  siop  well 
the  bung,  and  let  it  fernient  one  forlnigiit.  i>  tier  ihat  term 
is  over  you  will  find  it  better  than  ever.  This  melliod  has 
gone  through  manv  experiments. 

To  prevent    tartness    in     Wi3ie.      Take    in  the  month   of 
March  uvo  basins  full  of  river  sand,  and  afier  having  diied    it 
'     in  the  sun  or  in  the  oven  throw  it  in  the   <  ask. 

Methegiin.  Honey  one  hundred  pounds,  boiling  water  a 
se.tliritMii  quantity  to  lill  a  half  hogshead  or  thirty-lwo  gallon 
cask,  stir  i;  well  for  a  day  or  two  ;  add  yeast,  and  I'eiment. 
Some  boil  she  hon^-y  in  the  water  lor  an  hour  or  two,  but  this 
I'inders  it^  duo  termeiUatioii. 

Mead^  is  nride  Iro-n  the  honey-combs  from  which  honey 
lias  been  drajnod  out,  by  boiling  in  vvater,;!ud  then  iernient- 
ing,  ceiiemlly  confounded  with  raeihegliu. 

'Hattijia  rles  Crrisis.  BioreHo  cherries  with  their  kernels 
b.oi-o'i,  eirrht  ponuos,  proof  spiriis  eight  |)iuts ;  digest  for  a 
iiKui  h  ;  siiain  with  expression  ;  add  sugar  one  pound  eight 
ounce. 
♦-  Rofafin  de  Grenoble.  Small  wild  black  cherries  with 
their  kernels  bruised,  twelve  poiiuds,  proof  spirits  six  gallons  ; 
digest  for  a  month;  strain  ;  add  sugar  twelve  pounds;  a  little 
.    citr<  n  peel  may  be  added  at  pleasure. 

.„       Ratafia  de  Noyeaux.      Peach  or  apricot  kernels,  with  their 

i/.  shells  bruised,  in  numlier    .120,  proof  spirits  four  pints,  sugar 

ten  ounces.      Some  reduce  spirits  of  wine    rectified   to   proof, 

'  with  the  juice  of  a|iricots  or  peaches  to  make  this   liquor. 

;>        Chreme  de   Noyean — Enj^lisJ?.     Bitter  almonds  blanched 

four  ounces,  proof  spirits  two  pints,  sugar  one  pound. 


240  THE    ARTIST    AND 

Chreme  de  Orange — English.  Oranges  sliced  in  numlier 
thirty-six,  sjiirits  of  wine  rectified,  two  gallons,  srjzpr  eighteen 
pounds,  water  four  gallons  four  pints,  tincture  oi"  saffron  one 
ounce  four  drachuiSi  orange  flovvcn-  water  four  pints  ;  «iigest 
for  a  fortnight  ;   strain. 

All  the  aforementioned  liquors  are  siimulent  and  taken  ad 
iibitum  for  pleasure. 

Chreme  des  Barhadoes.  Orange  peels,  lemon  j.eels,  of 
each  three  in  number,  cinnamon  four  ounces,  mace  two 
drachms,  cloves  one  drachm,  rum  eighteen  pints  ;  distil  in 
ba'neum  mariae,  and  add  sugar  p.  ffeq. 

Chreme  des  Barbodoes — English.  Lemons  sliced  in  num- 
ber twenty-four,  citrons  sliced,  in  nmuber  six,  spirits  wine 
rectified  two  gallons  four  pints,  fiesh  balm  leaves  eight  oun- 
ces, water  three  gallons  four  pints;  digest  for  a  iornight  ; 
Strain. 

Brandy  Shrub.  Brandy  nine  pints,  lemon  juice,  orange 
juice,  of  eacli  one  pint,  orange  peels  four  in  number,  lemon 
peels  two  in  number,  sugar  two  pounds,  water  five  piats. 

The  same  formula  will  answer  for  making  rum  shrud,  using 
rum  instead   of  brandy. 

Hum  Shrub.  Concrete  acid  of  temons  eight  ounces,  wa- 
ter five  gallons,  raisin  wine  four  gallons,  rum  ten  gallons, 
Drange  flower  water  four  pints,  honey  six  pounds. 

Brown  Spruce  Bcer^  as  tiic  white,  using  molasses  in  lieu 
,of  the  sugar.  In  regard  to  the  white  and  brown  spruCe  and 
ginger  beer  and  the  wines,  it  is  said  the  purer  kinds  are  mix- 
tures of  spirits  of  wine,  water,  and  extractive  matter  :  the 
spirits  may  be  separated  by  careful  distillation,  or  if  the  ex- 
tractive matter  be  first  got  rid  of  by  the  addition  of  extrac- 
tum  saturni  and  filtration,  the  spirits  may  be  separated  by  ad- 
ding very  pure  kali  ppm.  when  it  will  swim  upon  the  liquor; 
the  spirit  constitutes  from  twelve  to  twenty-five  per  «  ent.  of 
the  proper  wines,  and  from  two  to  eight  per  cent,  of  me  malt 
liquors. 

The  fermentation  of  these  liquors  is  usually  hastened  by 
the  addition  of  yeast,  crude  tartar,  or  bruised  vine  leaves, 
but  this  is  seldom  necessar3'^  for  wines,  if  the  liquor  be  kept 
in  a  proper  warmth  ;   but  malt  liquors  are  more  sluggish. 

If  the  fermentation  is  in  danger  of  proceeding  too  far,  it 
may  be  stopped  by  drawing  ofi'  the  liquor  clear  into  another 
vessel  in  which  some  brimstone  has  been  newly  burned,  or  in 


^Vte  ca^fe  of  red  wine,  some  iiutQieg  powder  upon  a  hot  shovel, 
T)r  which  has  been  washed  with  brandy;  the  sediment  left  in 
the  old  cask,  may  be  strained  through  flannel  er  paper  till 
clear  and  added  to  the  otiior;  instead  of  this  a  part  only 
may  be  drawn  out  of  the  cask  and  some  rags  dipped  in  melted 
brimstone  and  lighted,  aiay  be  held  by  a  pair  of  tongs  in  the 
bung  hole  slightly  covered^  so  as  to  impregnate  the  liquor 
"vvith  the  fumes;  about  o!ie  ounce  of  brimstone  to  a  htigshead, 
tlren  nitwrning  what  had  been  drawn  out,  and  bunging  up 
very  close  ;  or  a  smal-i  quantity  of  oil  of  vitriol  may  be  pour- 
ed in:  lastly  the  addition  of  bhick  manganese  has  been  pro*' 
posed  O'Q  theoretical  gro-unds. 

If  the  ferm«titation  has  proceeded  too  far,  and  the  liquot 
sours,  the  fermentation  must  be  stopped  as  above,  and  some 
lumps  of  ciialk,  or  burned  oysier  shells  added,  to  saturate  the 
acid  already  generated; 

If  the  liquors  do  not  become  clear  soon  enough,  for  each 
thirty  gallons  dissolve  one  ounce  of  isinglass  in  two  poinds 
of  water;  Strain,  and  mix  this  with  part  of  the  liquor;  beat 
it  up  to  a  froth,  and  pour  it  into  the  liquor.  Stir  tiie  whole 
well  and  bung  it  up:  instead  of  isinglass  some  use  hartshorn 
shavings  in  ratlier  larger  quantities.  Red  wines  are  fined  with 
twelve  eggs  to  the  pipe,  beaten  up  to  a  froth,  and  well  stir- 
red and  mixed  in  with  the  wine. 

If  Jiie  liquor  has  acquired  a  bad  flavour,  the  best  way  is  to 
let  the  fermentation  go  on,  and  convert  it  at  once  into  vine- 
gar. 

To  make  treacle  Ihcr.  Boil  two  quarts  of  water,  put  it 
into  one  pound  of  treacle,  stir  them  together  till  they  are 
well  mixed  ;  then  put  six  v,x  eight  quarts  of  cold  water  to  it, 
and  about  a  tea  cup  full  of  3'east  or  balm  ;  put  it  in  a  clean 
cask  or  tub,  cover  if  over  with  a  coarse  cloth  two  or  three 
times  double  ;  it  will  be  fit  to  drink  in  two  or  three  days. 
The  second  or  third  time  o\'  making,  the  bottom  of  the  first 
beer  will  do  instead  of  yeast ;  if  you  make  a  large  quantity, 
or  intend  it  for  keeping,  you  must  put  in  a  handful  of  hops 
and  another  of  malt  for  it  to  iaeiX  oUj  and  when  done  work- 
ing, stop  it  up  ch)So. 

The  above  is  tlie  best  and  che;^pest  way  of  muking  treacle 
beer,  thougn  some  people  add  raisins,  bran,  wormwood, 
spices,  such  fruit,  &c.  as  arc  in  season  ;  but  that  is  just  as 
you  fancy.      Indeed,  many    pleasant,  cheap,  and    \rho!cst»mo 

21 


ii42  THE    ARTIST    ANP 

drinks  may  be  made  from  fruits,  &>c.  if  they  are  bruised  arid 
boiled  in  water  before  the  treacle  is  added. 

London  Porter.  For  five  bariels  :  malt  eight  busliels,  a 
sufficient  quantity  of  water,  mash  at  twice:  add  in  the  boiling, 
hops  eight  to  twelve  pounds,  treacle  six  pounds,  liquorice  root 
eight  pounds,  moist  sugar  sixteen  pounds,  one  half  of  which  is 
usually  made  into  essential  bina3  and  the  other  half  into  colourj 
capsicum  four  drachms,  Spanish  liquorice  two  ounces,  linseed 
one  ounce,  cinnamon  two  draclims,  heading  two  drachms; 
cool,  add  one  to  two  gallons  of  yeast  when  it  has  got  a  good 
head,  cleanse  if  with  three  ounces  of  ginger  ;  coculus  indicus 
one  ounce;  then  barrel  and  finish  the  working;  fine  with  isin- 
glass. The  public  brewers  use  a  mixture  of  pale  amber  alone, 
which  is  best  for  private  families. 

Six^ounds  of  sugar  is  esteemed  equal  in  strength,  and  one 
pound  coriander  seed  in  intoxicating  power,  to  a  bushel  of 
malt;  the  sugar  enployed  is  burnt  to  coloar  the  beer  instead 
of  drown  malt,  and  it  has  been  proposed  to  use  roasted  coffee 
for  the  purpose.  The  other  substances  are  merely  to  flavour 
the  liquor  and  may  be  varied  at  pleasure. 

The  desire  to  evade  the  duty  on  malt  in  England  produced 
the  discovery  of  its  being  necessary  to  malt  onl}'  one-third  of 
the  corn,  as  this  proportion  will  convert  the  other  into  its  own 
nature  during  the  process. 

Artificial  Spa  Water.  Prepared  natron  seven  grains, 
magnesia  alb»  one  scruple,  iron  filings  three  grains,  common 
salt  one  grain,  water  three  pounds,  and  impregnate  it  with  gas 
from  marble  powder  and  oil  of  vitriol,  of  each  ten  scruples, 
sufficiently  diluted  with  water. 

Artificial  Pyrmont  Water.  Epson  salts  fifteen  grains, 
common  salt  five  grains,  magnesia  alb.  three  grains,  iron  filings 
five  grains,  water  three  pounds,  and  impregnate  it  with  the 
gas  from  marble  powder  and  oil  of  vitriol,  of  each  seven 
drachms. 

Artificial  SJieltz  Water.  Common  salt  one  drachm,  mag- 
nesia alb.  one  scruple,  natron  ppm.  fifteen  grains,  chalk  seven 
grains,  water  three  pounds,  and  impregnate  with  the  gas  from 
marble  powder  and  oil  of  vitriol  of  each  six  drachms. 

Of  Cherry  tree  Bark.  The  bark  of  black  cherry  tree, 
has  been  used  instead  of  black  cherries  in  the  manufacture  of 
cherry  brandy,  steeped  in  water  with  elder  beriies,  sweetened 
with  molasses,  adding  a  proper  quantity  of  rum  but  on  account 


tradesman's  guide.  243 

of  the    following   communication    througli    a  very  respecta- 
ble source,   we  shall  omit  giving  a  particular  formula. 

A  medical  gentleman  says  the  hark  of  this  tree  is  poisonous. 
He  relates  the  case  of  a  young  lady,  to  whom  he  was  lately 
called,  and  who  in  consequence  of  drinking  about  half  a  pint 
of  cider,  taken  from  a  ciosel}'  stopped  hottle,  filled  the  even- 
ing previous  with  cherry  bark  fresh  Irom  the  tree,  was  seized 
with  vertigo,  stupor,  and  syncope,  followed  by  great  difficulty 
of  respiration  and  vomiting.  Similar  effects  were  produced 
in  a  slighter  degee  upon  another  person,  who  took  from  the 
same  bottle  a  small  draught  of  cider. 

The  French  chemists  have  recently  ascertained  that  the 
deleterious  principles  by  the  peach  is  analagous  to  prussic 
acid. 

This  acid  in  its  concentrated  state,  if  a  feather  be  dipped 
into  it  and  drawn  across  the  eye  of  an  animal  produces  in- 
stant death.  Two  drops,  have  been  known  to  kill  a  vigorous 
dog  in  a  very  few  minutes. 

Of  Adulterated  Wines,  The  Wines  of  Commerce  in  their 
purity,  cannot  be  found  at  the  corners  of  every  street.  Some 
are  in  the  practice  of  mixing  colmenar  with  Sicily  Madeira — • 
this  compound  makes  a  very  pleasant  wine.  If  Siciij'  Ma- 
deira is  put  upon  Maderira  lees,  it  becomes  greatly  improved 
i — age,  however,  is  a  requisite  qualification  to  all  wines. 

We  have  no  particular  formula  for  compounds,  nor  is  it 
necessary,  since  the  dealer  must  consult  the  taste  of  his  cus- 
tomers; nor  are  we^ableto  point  out  a  particular  methed  where- 
by spurious  wines  can  be  detected  as  a  certain  test,  but  we 
would  recommend  dealers  to  obtain  the  certificates  which 
should  accompany  the  casks,  which  may  perhaps  in  time  les- 
sen their  risk. 

We  arc  told  that  empty  Rum,  Wine,  Gin  or  Brandy 
cask,  with  the  original  certificates,  ar«  considered  very  valua- 
ble by  the  city  dealers — ^rum  hhds.  with  the  certificates  have 
frequently  been  sold  at  from  <^10  to  $12  each.  Wine  qr, 
casks,  $4  and  $5.  Brandy  pipes  $12  and  $15:  though 
there  is  a  penalty  incurred  by  the  transaction;  and  we  observ- 
ed a  notice  last  May,  issued  from  the  customs-house,  New- 
York,  that  thereafter  the  law  would  be  rigidly  enforced, 
[See  laws  restive  to  spirits^  wines,  teas  &.c.] 


:44 


TfIR    AnffST    ANP 


A    TABLE 

Presenting  a  comparative  view  of  the  properties  of  some 
of  the  most  celebrated  Minerals,  both  in  America  and 
Europe,  mimbered  from  1  to  27  in ehisiue  ;  sheioing  the 
number  and  quantity  of  articles  in  four  Pints,  or  ^15,5- 
Cubic  Inches,  rfihe  Water  of  each  Spring — the  quantities 
in  Grains  and  Decimal  Parts  oj  a  Grain,  from  the  latest 
Authorities. 


NAM^S  QF  SPRINGS.             No. 

Tem- 

Tncheg car- 

Inches 

pers.-. 

bonic  acid 

a^Ipte?' 

ture. 

ga». 

retted 
hydro- 

gen ga» 

f  Congress^ 

1 

50 

271.089 

1         " 

Columbian, 

2 

50 

118. 

Washington, 

3 

48 

123.5 

^ 

HamiltoR;,. 

'  4 

48 

142.     ^ 

Saratoga 

Flat  R.^ck, 

5 

48 

126.25 

Waters.   \  Higb  Rock^ 

6 

48 

121.36 

[  President, 

7 

51 

157.132 

1  Red  Springs 

8 

48 

75.25 

' 

i  Ellis^  Spring, 

9 

47 

1112.25 

l^  Taylor's  Wasli^too 

,10 

48   J125.5 

C  Balistoa  Spa^ 

11 

50 

105.. 

j  Low'^s  Springs 

12 

52 

iio. 

Ballston    J  Sulphur, 

13 

52 

72, 

3^ 

Waters.    (^  New  Sprin-g, 

14 

50 

159.5 

Saratoga  Sulphur^ 

15 

50 

2  J. 75 

5.5. 

^  Saline  Spa, 

16 

55 

15.18 

CffELTEN-   J  Chalybeate  Spa, 

17 

53 

12. 

HAM.        1  Moutp'r  Wells,  ], 

18 

53 

8.5 

Engjaud.     [.     .     .         No.  2. 

19 

52 

3.95 

5.& 

Spa,  in  Germany,  Pouhon  Spring 

.20 

51.16 

Germany- — Pyrmont^ 

21 

104. 

Harrogate — England, 

22 

4.          1 

9.5^ 

Aix-la-Chapelle,  or,  Aken  Watar 

2i 

143 

some. 

njAiqb^ 

Bristol  Hot  Well,  England, 

24 

74 

15. 

Bath — King's  Bath,  Englar«d, 

25 

116 

4. 

Bohemia — Carlsbad, 

26 
27 

165      20.          1 

Germany-— S 

altzcr  WateFj 

TO.        1 

THADMMAN^S    CVIDS. 


S4} 


NOTE.  Besides  thosejngredients  mentioned  in  the  table,  the  Salina 
Spa  contains  Carbonate  and  muriate  of  magnesia  lt.5  sulphate  ot  soda 
and  magnesia  240.  Chalybeate  Spa,  muriate  of  lime  1.275.  Montp'r 
Well,  No.  1.  muriate  of  lime  18.  muriate  of  magnesia  49.122  muriate  of 
magnesia  20.  No.2  muriate  of  lime  1206  sulphate  of3mag\iesia  24,06 
muriate  of  rangnesia  14.5  h3^drogen  sulphate  lime  16.375  Germany  Pyr- 
mont  sulphate  of  magnesia  22.28  Harrowgate,  Eng.  muriate  of  lime  6.5 
sulphate  of  magnesia  5.25  muriate  of  magnesia  45  5  Bristol  Hot  Well, 
Eng.  muriate  magnesia  3.625.  all  of  which  are  included  in  the  total 
quantity. 


No 

Muriate 

Carbon- 

Carbon- 

Carbon- 

Carbon-I 

Sul- 

Total quanti- 
1          ty. 

of 

ate   of     ate   of 

ate  of      ate   of 

phate  o: 

Soda. 

Soda.  1  Lime. 

1                ' 

Magne-i    I^-on. 
sia.     1 

Lime. 

r~ 

235.75 

8.25 

89.238 

1,678 

3.084 

338. 

2 

100.75 

11.25 

60.5 

0.75 

3.75 

117. 

3 

115.75 

'  8.25 

63.75 

1.25 

3. 

192. 

4 

134.75 

12.25 

73.75 

3.75 

1.5 

226. 

5 

97.4 

5.6 

53.5 

0.75 

3.75 

161. 

6 

105. 

9. 

57.5 

0.25 

2.25 

174. 

7 

67.5 

9.5 

53.75 

1.25 

3. 

135. 

8 

58.76 

12.24 

48.5 

1.5 

3. 

124/ 

9 

94. 

5. 

55.25 

3.75 

158. 

10 

156.77 

13.23 

70. 

2.75 

2.05 

249. 

11 

79.5 

4.5 

37.25 

1.25 

3.75 

126. 

12 

71. 

5. 

32.25 

0.75 

3. 

112. 

13 

32. 

3. 

15. 

2. 

52. 

14 

79.25 

6.5 

30.77 

4.25 

3.75 

124.5J 

15 

11.8 

0.7 

16.55 

0.95 

30. 

1( 

2.5 

2.5 

20. 

277.5 

17 

1.01 

0.68 

0365 

9.605 

18 

109.87 

3.575 

42505 

283,085 

19 

91.625 

9. 

■2.875 

33.25 

250.25 

20 

.688 

5.88 

5.88 

17.84 

J.25 

32.*28 

21 

6.24 

1 7.1)4 

40.12 

2.24 

34.32 

123.04 

22 

307.75 

19.25 

2.75 

377. 

23 

20. 

48. 

19. 

87. 

24 

2. 

6.75 

5.876 

23.875 

25 

26. 

11.25 

trace. 

15.75 

66. 

26 

22.12 

47.04 

16.60 

trace. 

251.8 

27 

70. 

16. 

12. 

20. 

108, 

240  THK    AATrhT    AMP 

CHAPTER.  XXXI 

Useful  Receipts. 

Lemon  Bicr.  Three  poui>d&  of  lump  sugar,  ten  oiiuces^ 
bruised  ghiger,  one  ounce  er8an>  tartar,  lemons  number  four 
pour  on  them  four  gallons  boiling  water,  add  eight  ounces  of 
yeast,  vrork  for  four  days,  then  boltle  in  half  pints,  and  tie 
the  corks  down. 

2*  Six  pounds  of  moist  sugar,  five  ounces  of  ginger,  tv/a 
ounces  of  cream  tartar,  lemons  number  four,  eiglit  ounces  of 
yeast,  seven  gallons  ol  watt;!-,  work  two  or  three  days»  siraiup 
add  one  pound  of  brandy,  btjng  very  close,  and  in  fourteen 
daj's  bottle  it;   a  cooling  effervescent  drink  in  summer. 

To  fine,  Spirits.  Mix  a  small  quantity  of  wheat  flour  in 
water,  as  if  far  making  paste,  and  pour  the  same  into  the  ves- 
sel. The  vrhole  is  then  to  he  well  roused,  and  in  a  short  time 
the  contents  will  become  bright. 

Ccdrai.  Lemon  peeks  in  number  twelve,  spiri???-  wine  rec- 
tified two  gallons;  distil  in  bahieum  mariae,  and  add  simple 
syruj^  p.  a?q- 

Parjait  Amour.  The  same  coloured  wi:h  a  little  cochi- 
neal. 

Wine  Test.  When  wine  becomes  partly  acetous,  called 
pricked  wine,  the  di&agr?eaLle  tasle  is  often  corrected  by  sugar 
of  lead ;  it  is  then  poisonous,  and  th^'  fraud  oiiglu  to  be  de- 
tected. This  may  be  done  by  dropping  it  into  a  little  water^ 
«harged  with  sulphuretted  hvdrogen  gas;  it  will  immediately 
become  a  dark  brown. 

To  turn  Wine  into  Vinegar  in  less  than  three  hours.  Put 
in  the  wine  a  red  beet,  atid  it  will  be  quite  sour  and  true  vine- 
gar in  less  then  three  hours. 

To  restore  such  JVine  to  its  first  taste.  Take  off  the  red 
bept  and  in  its  stead  |;ut  a  cabbage  root  into  that  wine,  a'nd 
it  will  return  to  its  pri.nary  taste  in  the  same  space  of  time. 

Escuhcs.  Usquebaugh.  SafiVou  one  ounce,  juniper  berries 
four  drachms,  dates  v.'ithout  iheir  kernels,  raisins,  of  each 
three  ounces,  jujebs  six  ounces,  anise  seed,  niace,  cloves,  corir 
ander  seed,  of  each  one  drachm,  cinnamon  two  drachms, 
proof  spirits  twelve  pints^  simple  syrup  six  j)oi;nds;  pocloral, 
emmenasfogne. 

Scotch  Hfcvrclade.  Juice  of  Seville  oranges  two  pints, 
yellow  honey  two  pounds,  boil  to  a  proper  consistence. 


TftADESMAN^S    GUIDE.  24? 

I^ssencc  of  Spruce  is  prepared  by  boiling  the  Iwigs  of 
K^cotch  fir  in  water,  ami  evaporating  the  decoction  till  it  grows 
thick;   used  to  flavour  treacle  beer  instead  of  hops, 

Essence  of  Malt  is  prepared  by  infusing  malt  in  water,  first 

boiled,  and  then  cooled  til!  it  reflects  the  image  of  a  person's 

I     face  in  it,  pouring   off  the  intusion,  and  evapora-ting  it  to   the 

consistence  of  new  honey  ;   used  in    sea  voyages    and    places 

where  mall  cannot  be  procured  to  make   beer. 

J}uver''s  Sudorific  Powder.  Take  of  ipecacuanha  in 
powder,  opium  puiified,  each  one  part,  snlphate-of  potash 
ei^ht  parts,  triturate  them  together  in  a  fine  powder. 
4^  The  sulptiate  of  potash  from  the  griitiness  of  its  crystals, 
is  perhaps  better  fitted  for  tearing  and  dividing  the  tenacious 
opium  than  ?ny  other  £;dt  ;  this  seems  to  be  its  only  use  in 
the  preparation.  The  operator  ought  to  be  careful  that  the 
opium  and  ipecacuanha  be  equally  diffused  through  the  whole 
mass  of  powder,  otherwise  different  portions  of  the  powder 
niusT  diiTer  in  degrees  of  strength. 

This  powder  is  one  of  the  most  certain  sudorifics,  and  as 
.  such,  was  recommended  by  Pr.  Dover  as  an  efi'ectual  rem- 
edy in  rhcum-uism.  Modern  practice  confirms  its  reputa- 
tion, not  only  in  rheumatism,  but  also  in  dropsy,  and  several 
other  diseases,  where  it  is  often  dificult  b}'  other  means,  tq 
^  procure  copious  perspiration.  The  dose  is  from  two  to  fivei 
grains,  repeated  according  to  the  ptitient's  stomach  and 
strength.  It  is  proper  to  avoid  drinking  immediately  after  ta- 
king it,  otherwise  it  is  apt  to  be  rejected,  before  any  other 
efl'ect  c/jn  be  produced.  Pers])iration  should  be  kept  up  b^^ 
diluents. 

Plummer''s  Pills.  These  pills  are  dijijihoretic,  alterative, 
purgative,  and  beneficial  in  cutaneous  eruprions. 

T^ike  of  calomel,  sulphate  of  aniiniony,  of  each  one 
drachm,  gum  gfiaiacum  two  drachms.  Mix  them  assiduously 
wiih  mucilage,  and  divide  into  si <ty  pills,  two  pills  forming 
the  dose.      To  be  taken  iit  night. 

Earl  Warwiclc's  Powders.  Scammonii  two  ounces,  anti- 
monii    daph.   one  ounce,  crem.    tart,   half  an  ounce. 

Siorey''s  Worm  Cakes.  Calomel,  jalap,  of  each  one 
draciim,  ginger  two  scruples,  sacch  one  ounce,  cinnabar 
anti.   a  sufficient  qu'intlty  to  make  into  cakes. 

Worm  Cahcs.  Scamm.  Allep.  two  ounces,  calomel  ppd. 
ihree  ounces,  res.  jalap  two  ounces,  crem.  tart,    four  ounces, 


248  THE    ARTIST    AND 

white  sugar  three  pounds,  mucil.  e.  trag.  a  sufficient  quantity. 

Worm  Pills.  C  ilomci  one  ounce,  -ug^r  vwo  ounces, 
starch  one  ounce,  miicil.  gum  traij.  a  sufBicent  quantity,  to 
make  two  hundred  and  fi»rty-eight  pill  ;  dose,  number  one 
night  and  morning,  for  children. 

Refined  Juice  or  Liquorice,  Spanish  liqorice  four  pounds, 
gum  Ara.  two  pounds,  water  a  sufficient  quantity  ;  dissolve, 
strain:  evaporate  genlly  to  a  soft  extract,  roll  in  cylinders, 
cut  into  lengths,  and  polish,  by  rubbing  them  in  a  box;  ex- 
pectorant in  coughs,  <fcc. 

Pate  de  lieglisse  Noire,  Refined  liquorice  eight  ounces, 
gum  Arabic  two  pounds,  sugar  one  pound,  water  a  sufficient 
quantity  ;  dissolve  and  evaporate,  till  it  forms  a  very  thick 
syrup,  add  rad.  enulse.  camp.  rad.  irid.  flor.  of  each  half  an 
ounce,  ess.  de  cedrat  a  few  drops,  put  into  tin  moulds,  and 
dry  in   a  stove. 

Young'' s  Purging  DrinTc.  Crystallized  natron  two  anu  a 
half  drachms,  ciystals  of  tartar  three  drachms,  water  eight 
ounces,  corked  up  immediately  in  stone  bottles  and  wired  :  a 
pleasant  cooling  laxative  in  summer, 

WarcTs  White  Drops^  Quicksilver  twelve  ounces,  spirits 
nitre  two  pounds  ;  dissolved  ;  add  ammonia,  ppa.  fourteen 
ounces,  evaporate  so  as  to  form  a  light  salt,  which  drain  and 
dissolve  in  rose  water,  three  pounds  and  a  half. 

Greek  Water,  is  prepared  and  used  in  the  same  manner 
for  turning  the  hair  black. 

Some  perhaps  might  give  a  preference  to  the  following 
preparation.  Quicksilver  four  ounces,  spirits  of  nitre  one 
pound  ;  dissolve  ;  add  ammonia  ppa.  seven  ounces:  evapo- 
rate  and  crystallize,  then  dissolve  each  pound  of  salt  in  three 
pints  and  a  half  of  rose  water. 

Godfrcy'^s  Cordial.  Dissolve  half  an  ounce  of  opium,  one 
drachm  of  sassafras  in  two  ounces  sp'rits  of  wine  :  now  mix 
four  pounds  of  treacle,  with  one  gallon  of  boiling  water  and 
when  cold,  mix  both  solutioris.  This  is  generally  used  to 
sooth  the  pains  of  children,  S^c. 

Lee'^s  Windham  Anti-Billious  Pills.  Pul.  gamb,  three 
pounds,  aloes  soc.  two  pounds,  sapon.  due.  one  pound,  sal. 
nitri  half  a  pound,  extra,  of  cow  parsnip  one  pound,  beat 
them  into  mass  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  spirts  of  wine 
rectified. 

Lee^s  New  London  Pills.     Pulv.  aloes  soc.  twelve  ou«c©«, 


tRADBfiMAN's    OUIDB.  249 

pulv.  scanimon,  A.  six  ounces,  pulv.  gamb.  four  ounces, 
pulv.  jalap  three  ounces,  calomel  pp.  five  ounces^  sapon.  cast, 
one  ounce,  syrup  buckthorn,  one  ounce,  muc.  gum.-  Arabic 
seven  ounces,  m.  ft.  mass  s.  a.  vvhen  incorporated,  divide  two 
drachms  of  the  mass,  into  twenty-four  pills. 

Smith's  British  Lavender.  Ol.  laveud.  Ang.  two  ounces, 
essence  ambergr.  one  ounce,  eau  de  luce  one  pint,  spirits  wine 
rect.  two  pints. 

Essence  of  Peppermint.  Spirits  wine  rectified  one  pint, 
put  into  it  kali  pp.  one  ounce,  previously  heated,  decant,  and 
add  ol.  minth.  pip.  half,  an  ounce,  mix. 

2.  Ol.  minth,  pip.  one  pound,  spirits  of  wine  rectified 
two  gallons,  colour  with  herb  minth.  pip.  sic.  eight  ounces, 
mix. 

3.  Ol.  minth.  pip.  three  ounces,  sp.  wine  rect.  coloured 
\iith  spinage  two  pints  ;  mix. 

Hiirs  lialsam  of  Honey.  Bals.  Tolu  one  pound  honey 
one  pound,  sp.  wine  rect.  one  gallon. 

2.  Balsam  Toiu  opt.  two  ounces,  gum  styrax  two  drachms 
opii  pur.  half  a  drachm,  mell.  op:,  eight  ounces,  sp.  wine  rect. 
two  pints,  pectoral  used  in  coughs  and  colds, 
,  Ford's  Balsam,  of  Hoarhound.  Uoarhound,  liquorice 
rpot,  of  each  three  pounds  eight  ounces,  water  a  sufficient 
quantity  to  strain  six  pints,  infuse  ;  to  the  infiision  add  proof 
spirits  or  brandy  twelve  pints,  camphor  one  ouuce  apd  twa 
drachms  opium  pur.,  Bonjamin  of  each  one  ounce,  dried  squills 
twp  ounces,  oil  of  anise  seed  one  ounce,  honey  three  pounds 
and  eight  ounces. 

Stoughtnn's  Elixer.  Rad.  gentian  two  pounds  four  ounces, 
rad.  serp,  verg,  one  pound,  cort.  aurant.  sic,  one  pound  and 
eight  ounces,  ca].  aromat.  four  ounces,  sp.  wine  rect.  water, 
of  each  six  gallons. 

2.  Rad.  gentian  four  pounds,  cort.  aurant.  two  pounds,  pis. 
aurant.  one  pound,  cocin.  two  drachms,  sem.  cardam.  min. 
one  ounce,  sp,  wine  recL   eight  gallons. 

Hooper's  Pills.  Vitriol,  virid.  aquae  of  each  eight  ounces  ; 
dissolve;  add  aloes  Barb,  two  pounds  eight  ounces,  canel- 
lae  alb.  six  ounces,  gum,  myrrhge  two  ounces^  soponacis  four 
drachms. 

2.  Sal,  martis  two  ounces  pulv.  aloes  c.  canellce  one  pound 
mucilag©  gum  tragacanthce,  tinct.  aloes,  of  each  a  sufficient 
quantity,  cut  each  drachm  into  eighteen  pills,  put  forty  in  h 


250  THE   ARTI!?T    APfO 

Matthew^  Pills — Starkey''s  Pills.  Rad.  helleb.  nigri.  rad 
helleb.  albi.  rad.  glycyrrh.  opii  of  each  two  ounces,  sapon. 
Starken  six  ounces,  ol.  terebinth,  a  sufficient  quantity. 

2.  Rad.  helleb.  nigri.  rad.  glycyrrh.  sapon.  castill.  rad.  cir- 
cumae,  opii  puriff.  syr.  croci.  of  each  four  ounces,  ol.  tere- 
binth, a  sufficient  quantity. 

Barclaifs  Anti-Billious  Pills.  Extract  colocynth.  two 
drachms,  resin,  jalap  one  drachm,  sapon.  amygdal.  one  drachm 
and  u  half,  guaiaci  three  drachms,  tart.  emet.  eight  grains,  oL 
junip.  ol.  carui,  ol.  rorismar.  of  each  four  gtt.  syr.  spin,  cerv* 
a  s.  q.  make  into  sixty-four  pills. 

Worm  pills.  Calomel  one  ounce,  sugar  two  ounces,  starch 
one  ounce,  mucil.  gum  traga.  a  s.  q.  to  make  tvro  hundred 
and  forty-eight  pills  ;  dose,  number  one,  night  and  morning 
for  children. 

Keyser's  Pills.  Hydrag.  acetat  four  ounces,  manna  thirty 
ounces,  starch  two  ounces,  mucil.  gum  traga.  s.  q.  make  into 
pills  of  six  grains  each;  dose,  number  two,  nocte  maneque, 
increasing  the  dose  to  number  twenty-five,  or  more  ;  a  box  of 
1000  or  1200  is  usually  sufficient. 

Dalby''s  Carminative.  Tinct.  opii  four  and  a  half  drachms 
tinct.  assa.  two  and  a  half  drachms,  ol.  carui  three  scruples, 
ol.  minth.  pip.  six  scruples,  tinct.  castor,  six  and  a  half 
drachms,  sp.  of  wine  rect.  six  drachms,  put  two  drachms  into 
each  bottle  with  magnesia  one  drachm,  and  fill  up  simple  sy- 
rup and  a  little  sp.  of  wine  rect. 

Botany  Bay  Cement.  Yellow  gum  and  brick  dust  of  each 
p.  aeq.  used  to  cement  china  ware. 

Admirable  wash  for  the  Hair  to  thicken  its  growth..  Take 
two  ounces  each  of  rosemary,  maiden  hair,  southernwood, 
myrtle  berries  and  hazle  bark,  and  burn  them  to  ashes  on  a 
clean  hearth,  or  in  an  oven  ;  with  these  ashes  make  a  strong 
lye,  with  which  wash  the  hair  at  the  roots  every  day,  and 
keep  it  cut  short.  This  lixivium,  it  is  said  will  destroy  that 
unsuspected  enemy  to  the  hair,  the  worm  at  the  root. 

Easy  and  efftctua  I  method  of  rendering  all  kinds  of  Paper 
fireproof.  This  surprising  effect  is  produced  by  a  simple 
cause.  ft  is  only  necessary  ihnt  the  paper,  whether  plain, 
coloured,  written  printed  or  staine-i,  should  be  immersed  in  a 
strong  solution  of  alum  water,  and  afterwards  thoroughly 
dried,  when  it  will  immediately  become  fire  proof.  Tha 
experiment  may  easily  be  made,  by  holding  a  piece  of  paper 


tradesman's  guide  351, 

thus  prepared  over  tlie  flame  of  a  candle.  Some  paper.  hoMr* 
ever,  will  require  to  irnbibe  more  of  tlie  solution  than  it  can 
do  by  ^  single  inmiersion^  in  which  case  the  dipping  and  dry- 
ing must  be  repealed  till  the  paper  becomes  fully  saturated. 
It  is  asserted  that  neither  the  colour  nor  quality  of  the  pa- 
per will  receive  the  least  injury  from  this  operation,  but  that 
t)n  the  contrary  they  will  be  improved. 

An  exellent  Paste  for  stopping  Holes  or  Craclcs  in  Iron 
XJulinary  Utensils,  so  as  to  render  them  perfectli/  tight.  To 
six  quarts  of  potter's  clay,  add  one  part  steel  filings,  and  of 
linseed  oil  a  sufficient  quantity  to  render  the  mixture  of  gla- 
zier's putty  and  fill  the  holes  with  it.  This  will  soon  become 
hard,  and  resist  the  action  both  of  Water  and  fire. 

JEow  de  Hasson.  Is  probably  a  mixed  tincture  or  wine  of 
henbane  and  colchicum.  A  tincture  of  colchicum  has  been 
proposed  for  it  by  Want  ;  a  tincture  of  hedge  hyssop  is  said 
to  be  sold  for  it  by  Reece  ;  and  a  wine  of  white  helleb.  pro- 
posed by  Moore,  but  neither  of  them  is  possessed  of  the  same 
characteristics  as  tiie  Parisian  medicine. 

J3ateman''s  Pectoral  Drops.  Sem.  foenic.  dulc.  two  pounds 
and  eight  ounces,  s<^m.  ani5>e  one  pound,  proof  spirits  four 
gallons,  water  a  sufficient  quantity,  distil  ten  gallons,  water  a 
sufficient  quantity,  distil  ten  gallons,  to  which  add  opium  seven 
ounces  and  four  drachms,  camphor  six  ounces,  kali  pp.  one 
ounce,  coral  rubr.  four  ounces. 

2.  Castor  N.  A.  two  ounces,  opium,  anisi,  of  each  one 
ounce  and  four  drachirs,  camph.  eight  ounces,  sem.  foen.  dulc. 
two  ounces,  tinct.  antim.  four  ounces^  proof  spir'ts  ten  pints 
add  rad.  valerian  and  cochineal  in   powder. 

3»  Castor,  camphor,  of  each  four  ounces,  coccin.  one 
ounce,  spirits  of  wine  rectified,  two  gallons,  water  one  gal- 
lon. 

4.  Opii  camph.  of  each  one  pound,  castor,  ol.  anisi,  santal. 
rubr.  of  each  four  ounces,  treacle  ten  pounds  spirits  of  wine 
rectified  five  gallons,  water  four  gallons. 

5.  Opii  camph.  of  each  ten  drachms,  coccin.  one  drachm, 
kali  ppt.  four  scruples,  ol.  foenic.  dulc.  one  drachm,  (or  seeds 
three  ounces,)  proof  spirits  fourteen  pints,  water  two  pints: 
produce  fifteen  pints. 

-  o.  Castor  one  ounce,  ol.  anisi  one  drachm,  camph.  five 
drachms,  coccin.  one  drachm  and  a  half,  opii  six  drachms, 
proof  spirits  one  gallon. 


252 


THK    ARTIST    AND 


Daffy''s  Elixir,  Elixir  Salutis,  FoL  sennae  four  ounces, 
ras.  lign.  sant.  rad.  enulae  sice,  setii.  anisij  seni;  carui^  sem. 
coriand.  rad.  glycyrrh.  of  each  two  ounces^  raisins  stoned 
eight  ounces,  proof  spirits  six  pounds.  This  is  now  sold  by 
the  name  of  Dicey 's  Daffy. 

2.  Tincture  Semice.  Tinct.  Senncd^  P.  L:  Foi;  sennae 
one  pound,  sem.  card.  min.  half  an  ounce,  raisins  sixteen 
ounces,  proof  spirits  one  gallon, 

3.  T.  Stjuioe,  P.  D.      The  same  but  omitting  the    raisins. 

4.  Sennet  Coniposita.  Foi:  sennae  two  ounces,  rad,  jalap 
one  ounce,  sem.  coriand.  half  an  ounce,  proof  spirits  tiiree 
pounds  and  a  half  by  w<Mght,  when  niadej  add  white  sugar 
four  ounces. 

5.  Foi.  sennae,  rad.  rhei;  sem.  anisi,  of  each  two  pounds, 
tad.  jalap,  sem.  carui,  of  each  one  pound;  sant.  rub.  eight 
ounces,  proof  spirits  ten  gallons,  brown  sugar  four  pounds. 

6.  Rhubarb,  East  India,  fi>rty  pounds,  sennae  fifteen  pounds, 
sant.  subr.  five  pounds,  sem.  carui,  sem.  anisi,  sem.  coriand. 
of  each  five  pounds,  cineres  Russici  eight  ounces,  spirits  of 
wine  lettified  ten  gallons  ;  iligest  three  days,  then  add  proof 
spirits  eighty  gallons,  treacle  forty-six  pounds. 

7.  Rad.  rhei  fourteen  pounds,  sem.  anis  ten  pounds,  sennse 
parvae  eight  pounds,  rad.  jalnp  four  pounds,  sant.  rubr.  three 
pounds  eight  ounces,  ciner.  Russ.  two  pounds,  spirits  of  wine 
rectified  thirty-ei'iht  gallons,  water  eighteen  gallons; 

8.  Swinton''s  Daffi/.  Rad.  jalap  three  pounds,  foi.  serinee 
twelve  ounces,  sem.  coriand.  sem.  anisi,  rad.  glj'cyrrh.  rad. 
enulae,  of  each  four  ounces,  spirits  of  winei  rectifiedj  water, 
of  each  one  gallon. 

9.  Rad.  enulae,  ras.  guaiaci,  sem.  coriand.  rad.  rhei,  rad. 
glycyrrh.  sem.  anisi.  of  each  three  ounces,  raisins  one  pound 
eight  ounces,  proof  spirits  ten  pints. 

10.  Rad.  jalap  three  pounds,  foi.  sennae  one  pound,  sem, 
anisi  six  ounces,  sem.  coriand.  four  ounces,  cort;  auratit  sice, 
two  ounces,  proof  spirits  two  gallons. 

1  1.  Foi.  sennae  seven  pounds,  rad;  jalap  five  pounds  sem. 
anisi  fourteen  pounds,  sem.  carui  four  pounds,  sem.  foenic. 
dulc.  four  pounds,  brandy  coloured  two  gallons,  spirits  of 
■wine  rectified  twenty-six  gallons,  water  tWent3^-four  gallons; 
let  it  stand  three  weeks,  strain  washing  out  the  last  oortions 
with  water  two  gallons,  then  add  treacle  twenty-eight  pjunds. 
A  comraon  remedy  in  flatulent  cholic,  and  used  as  s  purge  by 


j; 


¥kADESMA.\'s    QmoE,  253 

fhocG  accustomed  to  spirit  drinking;  do*:e  one,  tv/o  or  three 
table  spoonfuls. 

Anli'AUriiiGn,  Hog's  hird  ten  pounds,  camph.  four  oun- 
ces, black  Jead  a  sufficient  quantity  to  colour  it ;  used  to  rub 
on  iron  to  prevent  rust^  and  dinjinish  fricliom 

Issue  Peas.  CercC  fi.  on-e  pound,  rad,  circum.  eight  oun« 
ces,  rad.  irid.  flor^  four  ounces,  tereb.  Venit.  asufficient  quan- 
tity, make  into  peas. 

2.  Cerae  flav.  six  ounces,  rad'.  irid,  flor.  two  ounces^  ver'^ 
million  four  ounces,  (ereb.  Vcn,  a  siifRcicnt  quantity,  form 
int©  peas. 

3.  Corae  fl.  six  ounces,  asruf^.  aeris.  rad.  helleb,  albi,  of 
of  each  two  ounces,  cantharidr.m  one  ounce,  rad.  irid.  flor. 
one  ounce  and  a  half,  terebo,  Ven.  a  s\)fficient  quantity  ;  this 
last  is  caustic  and  will  open  issues  of  itself,  the  others  are 
used  to  put  into  issues  that  begin  to  close  up  to  keep  them 
open  longer. 

Issue  Plasters.  Cera?  fl.  half  a  pound,  minii,  tereb. 
Cliiae,  of  each  four  ounces,  cinnab.,  rad.  irid.  iior.  of  each 
^rie  ounce,  mosch.  four  grains;  melted,  spread  upon  linen, 
polished  with  a  moistened  calendering  glass  rubber,  and  lastly 
cut  into  small  squares. 

2.  Diachyl.  simpl.  one  pound,  rad.  iiid.  Hor.  one  ounce, 
-spread  and  polished. 

3.  Diachyl.  sinipl.  two  pounds,  pic.  Burg.  Sfwcocollse  of 
each  four  ounces,  tereb.  com.  one  ounce,  spread  and  polished- 

Cora  Plaster.  Cere  ^.  two  pounds,  pic.  Burg,  twelve 
ounces,  tereb.  comnio  six  ounces,  serug.  ppse.  three  ounces, 
spread  on  cloth,  cut  ard  polished. 

Almond  Paste.  Almonds  blanchc^d  four  ounces,  lemon 
juice  two  ounces,  oil  of  almonds  three  ounces,  water  one 
ounce,  proof  spirits  six  ounces. 

2.  Bitter  almonds  blanched,  one  pound,  white  of  four  eggi, 
rose  water,  spirits  of  wine  rectified,  of  each  a  sufficient  quan* 
tity. 

Broivn  Almond  Paste.  Bitter  almonds  blanched,  pulp  of 
raisins,  of  each  one  pound,  proof  spirits  a  sufficient  quantity; 
cosmetic,  softens  the  skin  and  prevents  chaps. 

Almond  Paste.  Amygd.  dulc.  decoct,  one  pound,  araygd, 
amar.  decoct,  half  aii  ounce,  sugar  one  pound,  aq.  flor.  aurant. 
a  suflicient  quantity  ;  beat  to  a  paste  sufficiently  thick  aot  to 
stiqk  to  ihc  fingers. 


254  THE    ARTIST  AKl^ 

Ready  made  Mustard.  Flour  of  black  mustai^d  seed  vrelj 
sifted  from  ihe  bran  liiree  pounds,  salt  oae  pound,  make  it  up 
with  currant  wine  and  add  three  or  four  spoonfuls  of  sugar  to 
each  pint. 

Blacking  Paste.  Rape  oil  three  ounces,  oil  vitriol  three 
ounces,  mix,  the  next  day  add  treacle,  ivory  black,  of  each 
three  j)ounds,  stone  blue  six  ounces,  vinegar  u  sufficient  quan- 
tity to  form  a  stiff  paste  ;  this  will  fill  one  dozen  tin  boxes. 

2.  Rape  oil  three  ounces,  treacle,  brown  sugar,  each  nine 
ouuces  ;  mix,  adding  ivory  black  three  pounds,  flour  paste- 
two  pouiids  ;  when  the  paste  is  quite  smooth  thin  it  to  the 
consilience  of  honey  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  vinger  :  used 
for  making  blacking  for  leather. 

Jcmts''  Ai^ahjAic  Pills.  Fil.  Rufi.  one  pound  calc.  anti- 
raonii  lota  eight  ounces,  gum  guaiaci  eight  ounces,  m.  and 
make  thirty-two  pills  from  each  draclmi. 

2.  Pill  Rufi.  p'-dy.  antimouialis,  gum  guaiaci,  of  each  one 
scruple  ;   make  iuio  twenty  pills. 

Andtrsoti's  ScoUh  Pills.  Aloes  Bbds.  one  pound,  rad, 
helleb.  nigr.  rad.  jalapi  kali  ppi.  of  each  one  ounce,  oil  anis© 
four  drachms,  syr.  simp,  a  sufficient  quantity. 

2.  Ah.'es  Bbds.  tW'O  pounds  eight  ounces,  water  eight  oun- 
ces  ;  sofceu,  add  jalap  sem.  anisi  pulv.  ebor.  ustri,  of  each 
eight  ounces,  oL  anisi  one  ounce. 

3.  Aloes^(Bermudas)  one  pound,  rad.  jalap,  flour  sulphur 
ebor,  usiri,  glycyrrh.  of  euch  two  ounces,  oil  anise  one  drachm, 
gamboge  two  drachms,  sap.  castil.  four  ounces,  syr.  sp.  cervin. 
a  sufacient  quantity. 

Ward's  Antimonial  Pills.  Glass  of  antimony  finely  levi^ 
gated,  fi)ur  ounces,  dragon's  blood  one  ounce,  mountain  wine  a 
sufijcient  quantity,  make  into  pills  of  one  and  a  half  grains 
each. 

Sfper^s  Opodeldoc.  Sapo  cast,  three  pounds,  spirits  wine 
rectified  three  gallons,  camph.  fourteen  ounces,  oil  rorisra* 
tiitee  ounces,  ol.  origani  six  ounces,  aquae  amnion,  pur.  two 
pounds. 

2.  Sap.  alb.  one  pound,  camphor  four  ounces,  oil  rorism. 
fo:ir  drachms,  spijits  wine  rectified  two  pints. 

3.  S-ip.  aib.  one  pound,  camphor  foui  ounces,  ol.  origan. 
ol.  roiism.  of  each  four  drachms,  spirits  wine  rectified  q.  v. 
is.  will  hear  near  six  pm^s. 

4.  Sap,  alb.  three  pounds,  caniph.  oil.  rorism.  of  each  sii 


TRADESMAN'S    Gl^lDE.  255 

tfe'uiace^,  spir.  am.  camp,  fourteen  ounces,  spirits  wine  rectified 
four  gallons  and  a  half. 

5.  Sap,  alb.  four  ounces,  caraph.  one  ounce,  ol.  rorism.  twd 
drachms,  oil  origani  thirty  drops,  spirits  wine  rectified  one 
pint, "water  halfa  pint. 

Squire's  Elixir,  Opium  four  ounce«5,  camphor  one  ounce, 
x:ocind,  one  ounce,  ol.  foeniculidulc.  two  drachms,  tinct,  serpt, 
one  pint,  spirits  anisi  two  gallons,  water  two  pints,  and  add 
aur.  musiv.  six  ounces. 

2.  Rad.  glycy.  one  pound,  kali  pp.  four  oviaces,  cochineal 
one  ounce,  water  twelve  pints;  boil  till  reduce'^  to  one  gal- 
ion,  then  add  tinct.  opii  twelve  ounces,  camphor  one  ouace, 
:?pirits  wine  rectified  four  pints,  aur.  musiv.  twelve  oaaces. 

3.  Opii  one  ounce  and  four,  drachms,  caniph.  oae  (.unce, 
coccin:  kali.  pp.  of  each  one  drachm,'barnt  sugar  two  ounces, 
tinct.  serpent,  oae  pint,  sp.  anisi  two  gallons,  aur.  musiv. 
eight  ounces. 

Ink  Powder.  Green  vitriol  one  pound  ,  galls  two  pounds, 
gum  Arab,  eight  ounces:  two  ounces  make  a  pint  «»f  iuk. 

Marking  Ink.  Lunar  caustic  two  drachms,  distilled  water 
six  ounces,  dissolve  and  add  guiu  water  two  drachms,  dissolve 
also  natron  ppm.  half  an  ounce  in  water,  four  ouhcos,  and 
add  gum  water  half  an  ounce;  wet  the  linen  on  which  you  in- 
tend to  write  with  this  last  solution,  dry  it,  and  then  writ© 
upon  it  with  the  first  liquor,  using  a  clean  pen. 

Red  Sealing  Wax,  Gum  lac  two  pounds,  vermilion  four 
«uuces,  oL  tereb.  oL  olive,  of  each  eight  ounces,  roll  in  cakes 
and  polish  with  a  lag  till  quite  cold, 

2.  Shell-lac  five  pounds,  resinse  fl.  three  pounds,  ol.  tereb 
one  pound,  vermUion  twelve  ounces,  chalk  ppd.  four  ounces. 

3.  Resinse  fl,  six  pounds,  shell-lac  two  pounds,  t  leb. 
Venit.  two  pounds,  vermilion  eight  ounces. 

4.  Shell-lac,  rasinae  fl.  of  each  four  pounds,  tereb.  Ven,  ohq 
pound  ;  add  vermilion  or  bole  Armen.  ppd.  q.  p. 

Black  BalL  Beeswax  eigiit  ounces,  tallow  one  ounce, 
gumArab.  one  ounce,  lampblack  q.  p. 

Court  Plaster^  or  Slicking  Plaster.  Black  silk  is  stained 
and  brushed  over  with  a  solution  of  one  ounce  of  isinglass  in 
twelve  ounces  of  proof  spirits,  to  whicli  two  ounces  of  tine. 
Ben?oini  is  added,  when  dry  this  is  repeated  five  ua-as  more, 
after  which  two  coats  are  given  it  of  a  solution  offou'-  ounces 
«f  tereb.  Chije.  in  six  ounces  of  tine.  Benzoini,  which  renders 


'2j6  YKlE    AilTIST   ANB- 

it  loss  liable  to  crack ;..  but  soii>o  finish  it  with  a   simpfe  finc- 
tuie  of  black  balsam  of  Peru. 

Lip  Salve,  Cer»  alb.  four  ounces  :  ol.  olive  five  oimces  ; 
spermaceti  four  djaclmis  j.  cl.  luvendo  tv/euty  drops,  rad.  an- 
chiisee  two  ounces^, 

2.  Ol.  olive  opt.  two  onnces,  cera  all  spr*^ina*-€ti.  eacf> 
three  oz.  rad.  anchusee  six  dracbnis;  iaelt»,  s-train  ;  sdd  oL 
Hgn.  rhod.  three  drops. 

3.  Ol.  aaiygd.  six  ounces^ >pereraaceti  three  onnces^.  cera- 
alb.  iwo  ounces;  rad.  aachusoa  ona  oimce  ;l^  baisan  Peruv, 
two  drachms.- 

4.  Ol.  amj'gd.  spreniaceti,  cer?i  alb.  sacch.  caimdi  albi,.  of 
«ach  p.  seq.  this  is  white— the  others  are  red.. 

OL  Succini  Rtductmn^  Q\,suozm,  oi»e  pound,  petrol bbd, 
two  pouads. 

British  Oil.  OL  tereb  eight  oimces^.petrol  bbd.  four  oun- 
ces, ol.  rorism.  four  draei»ms. 

€>t.  tereb.  £  e  pounds^  aspbiilt.  twelve-  oances^.  o}>  later-iti^ 
eight  ounces. 

Ol.  tereb.  five  pounds^  dl.  laterit_  ver.  eight  ounces. 

Huile  Antique,  a  la  Violette.  Oil  of  Ben.  olives,  or  almonds^ 
scented  with  ovia.  in  the  same  manner  as  in  tiiaking  sesent.© 
de  jasamirr,  and  then  pressed  out  o-f  ih^  wool  or  ctjltoifi, 

Ilmle  Antique  au  melle  jleurs.      Oil  of  Ben.  or  alnmnds, 
saixed  with  different  essences  to  the  fancy  of  t lie  perfumer. 
C  HAP  TEE  XXXI L 
Cotmrierce  end  Marrdfaetures. 

Commerce  is  the  tnterchaiige  cf  eoramodi:ics,  m  tbo  dis-' 
posal  of  produce  of  any  kind  for  ollmr  artisles^^or  for  some? 
represenJatiTe  of  value  for  which  other  articles  oan  be  pro-. 
cu-red,  with  a  view  of  making  a  profit  by  the  transaetion..  The^ 
Term  is  usually  restricted  to  the  mercantile  iatercmire  be- 
twen  diflferent  coL'.nlries,  The  internal  dealings  bet^veen  in- 
divickials  of  the  same  country,  either  for  the  supply  of  imme-. 
diate  consunipiion,  or  for  ca^rvying  on  n)anufaEtures,.  is  more 
commonly  denoiuii^ated  trade.  Those  -vvho  engage  their  cap- 
ital in  commerce  or  trade^  act  as  agents. between  tho  produc- 
ers and  the  consumers  of  tl>e  fruits  of  the  earth;-  t^'ey  pur- 
chase them  of  the  former,  and  sell  them  to  the  latter  ;  and  \% 
isbv  the  profits  on  the  salo  that  e;  pital  so  employed  yields  a 
revenue  or  irvcomec.    Cotpjiicrc©  oi:  trads  iacreasjes  tUo  wealXsi, 


01  a  nation  ;  not  by  raising  produce,  like  agriculture,  nor  by 
working  up  raw  materials,  like  manufactures;  but  it  gives  an 
additional  value  to  commodities  by  bringing  them  from  places 
where  they  are  pleniiful,  to  those  where  they  are  scarce  ; 
and  hy  providing  the  means  for  their  mere  extended  distribu- 
tion, both  the  agricultural  and  raanulacturing  classes  are 
incited  to  greater  industr}'. 

Agri(  ulture,  never  arrives  at  any  considerable,  much  loss 
at  its  highest  degree  of  perfection,  where  it  is  not  connected 
with  trade;  that  is,  where  the  demand  for  the  produce  is  not 
increased  by  the  consumption  of  trading  cities.  Though  it 
should  be  remembered  that  agriculture  is  the  immediate 
source  of  iiuman  provision  :  that  trade  conduces  to  the  pro- 
duction of  provision  only  as  it  prcrr^oles  agriculture  ;  cnd-tl.at 
the  whole  system  of  commerce,  vast  and  various  as  it  is,  has 
no  public  importance  but  its  subserviency  to  this  end. 

The  province  of  a  trader  is  not  so  contemptible  as  some 
would  ahect  to  make  it.  INiany  preler  to  educate  their  chil- 
dren fur  what  are  called  the  professions,  as  law,  divinity,  and 
])hysic,  rather  than  merchandise ;  but  if  such  preferment  is 
merely  given,  as  a  most  likely  means  o?  acquiring  cither  hon- 
our, prcfern)ent,  or  riches,  we  will  be  enabled  to  convince 
them  in  this  cha})ter,  their  estimation  is  miidc  by  a  wrong 
s!andr.rd. 

Solon,  a  philosoplier  and  ruler  of  A'hens  whoso  fortune 
Sisving  been  reduced  by  his  fathers,  asHermippus  informs  us, 
in  the  indulgence  of  his  great  and  munilicen:  S[)irit,  though 
he  might  have  been  supported  by  his  friends,  yet  as  he  was. 
of  a. family  that  hid  long  been  accustomed  to  assist  others,  he 
Vvas ashamed  to  accept  assistance  and  therefore  engaged  himself 
"n  merchandize.  Some  however  have  written  that  this  prefer- 
ment was  merely  to  gratify  his  curiosit}',  and  extend  his 
knovvledge  rather  than  to  make  a  fortune.  For  be  professed 
bis  love  of  wisdom,  a'nd  when  iar  advanced  in  years  made 
this  declaration,  "  I  grow  old  in  .  the  pursuit  of  learning.'* 
But  that  he  was  not  exc-ossively  attached  to  wealth  we  may 
gather  from  the  following  verses — and  Plutarch  writes, 
"the  truth  is,  that  Solon  v/as  never  rich;  it  may  be,  because 
hQ  was  always  honest." 

The  man  that  boasts  of  golden  stores, 
Of  grain  that  loads  his  bending  floors, 
Of  fields  with  freshening  herbag<?  grccH, 
*22 


2:>S  tns  Artist  iSNf- 

"Where  bound'mg  steeds  and  hcrc«j  are  see&^ 
.  ]  call  nut  happier  than  ll  e  gwain 
"V\'ii.,se  limbs  are  sound,  whose  food  is  pliiiu, 
V.  bo;58  joys  a  blooming  wife  endears, 
Whose  huu?3  ^vsLniling  off^sprirvg  cheers. 

Piutcirch  fivrlher  states;  *'It  is  evident  from  the  Vyriting^r- 
of  this  giecit  man  thai  lie  was  a  pev^on  not  only  of  exalted 
virtue,  hut  of  a  pleasant  ami  agreeahle  tesnper.  He  consid- 
ered men  as  men  ;  and  keeping  boih  their  capaciiy  for  virtue, 
and  their  proncness  to  evil  in  view,,  adapted  his  laws  so  as  to 
strengthen  the  one,  and  to  check  and  regulate  the  other/' 

But  that  Solon  desired  to  be  rieh  appears  from  the  follow-^ 
ing  lines,  found  in  some  of  his  works. 

The  flow  of  riches  I  desire, 

And  fain  would  life  s  true  goods  acquire  ? 

Bat  let  me  justly  Ihem  attain, 

Lest  vengeance  follow  in  their  train. 

A  good  man  ar.d  indeed  a  valuable  niembrr  of  society, 
should  neitlier  set  his  heart  upon  superlluiiies  nor  reject  what 
is  necessary  and  convenient.  And  in  the  times  of  Solon  as 
Hesiod  states,  no  business  was  regarded  as  a  disparagenjent,, 
Neither  did  any  trade  cause  a  disiidvantajjeous  distinction, 
Tiie  profession  of  ruerchandize  was  honoraFde,  as  it  brought 
home  the  produce  of  barbarous  climes,  engaged  the  friendshp,^ 
of  Kings,  and  opened  a  v-ide  tield  of  knowledge  and  experi^' 
ence.  Nay  some  merchants  have  been  founders  of  large 
eitles. 

Protus,  for  instance,  who  built  r\larseilles,  for  whom  the 
Gauls  about  the  Rhone  had  the  highest  esteem.  Thales  also 
and  Hip  pocrates  the  mathematician  are  said  to  have  applied 
themselves  to  commerce  ;  and  tiic  oil  which  Plato  sold  in 
Eg3q:)t  defrayed  the  expences  of  his  travels. 

it  is  related  that  the  interest  which  Thales  is  said  to  have 
taken  in  traffic,  was  to  show  tl;e  ease  with  which  riches  might 
be  acquired,  and  foreseeing  by  his  meteorological  skill,  an 
abundant  crop  of  olives,  he  bought  tke  whole  produce  hefora 
hand  and  made  an  immense  fortune  by  the  speculation. 

It  was  usual  to  trade  into  Egypt  with  the  oil  of  Grrece  and  Judea 
It  is  said  in  the  prophet  ITosea  (XII,  I.)  "  Ephraim  canieth  oil  into 
Egypt."'  This  indeed  was  t}»e  only  produce  of  Attica,  which  from  its 
abandance,  Solon  allowed  to  be  exported. 

The  celebrated  Mr.  Locke  observed,  that  trade  was  a  surer 
and  shorter  way  to  riches  than  any  other.     And  after  recom- 


-       1159 

ftienciing  pcojile  to  bring  up  their  children  to  some  trade,  sa_ys, 
if  the  niislaken  parent,  frightened    with    the    name  of  trade  J 
sh:ill  have  an  aversion  to  any  thing  of  this  kind  in  their  cl^il- 
dren,  he  recomnientis  teaching   theny  merchants'  accounts, as 
a  science  well  becoming  aiy   gentleman. 

Lotd  Bacon  has  observed,  "  that  trade  enables  the  subifct 
to  live  happily  and  |)len;ifal!y,  that  the  country  was  mch 
enr-cl'.ed  by  ihe  trade  of  merchandize,"  and  he  stiJed  lie 
me' ch  aits  "  I'ena  porta.,''''  and  said,  "if  they  flourish  nc,  a 
kingdom  ma\'  have  good  limbs,  but  will  have  empty  veins,  nd 
tionrish  litje. 

The  learned  Bishop  of  Gambray,  said  of  the  PhoenicinSy 
*'  Irade  which  ii>ey  carry  to  the  fartlicrest  quarters  of  he 
earih,  has  so  enriched  them  that  they  suii-.ass  the  most  fliar- 
ishing  j)eoplc   in  glory."  i 

And  again,  iristructing  Telemachus,  how  to  establiii  a 
flourishing  trade  in  Ithaca,'  '  do  as  those  people,  receive  Hth 
kindness  and  wiih  ease  all  strangers  ;  and  never  sufier  y  ur- 
self  at  any  time  to  be  overcome  wi-h  pride  and-  avapce. 
Make  yourself  beloved  by  all  strangers  ;  and  even  ear 
with  slight  inconveniences,  from  them;  keep  a  strict  iknd 
over  the  fraud,  negligence,  and  vain  glory  of  the  merchaits, 
wliich  ruins  commerce  in  ruining  the  traders  tliemselvls." 
The  mercantile  station  affords  as  large  a  prospect  for  opn^nt 
acquisitions,  and  estates  got  by  trade  have,  undoubtedly,  tpen 
far  more    numerous,  than   those  by  any  other  \vi\y  whate  er. 

The  relation  which  the  merchant  stands  in  to  commuijty, 
is  not  infsiior  to  any  in  point  of  importance.  Their  zeapus 
attachment  to  their  Gountr\'',  where  they  have  been  protected 
in  tlieir  commorce,  can  be  fully  maintained.  History  wr- 
nishes  remarkable  instances  of  this  fact.  We  sh^ll  only 
mention  a  few,  which  are  sufficient  to  endear  the  charaae? 
of  a  mercliant  to  every  nation. 

Charles  V.  Emperor  of  Germany  having  been  reduced  to 
great  distress  by  the  unhappy  expediiion  of  Tunis,  expe^'i 
enced  a  powerful  aid  in  cash  from  the  Fuggers,  a  single  family 
of  merchants  only,  but  at  the  same  time  the  most  opul'int 
and  distinguished  in  Augsburg.  To  give  a  demonstration  of 
their  zeal  to  the  interests  of  their  country,  and  their  inviola- 
ble attachment  to  his  majesty,  these  merchants  requested  the 
emperor,  one  day  as  he  was  taking  an  airing  by  their  house, 
to  do  them  the  honour  to  reirale  himself.     When  the  colla- 


5^Q.  Tim  Antisr  AN^a 

tion  was  over,  they  desired  his  permission,  to  burn  a  faggot  of 
einnanion  in  the  hall,  where  the  entertainment  was  made,  not 
only  with  intent  to  administer  all  they  could  to  his  delight, 
but  to  give  further  proof  of  their  affection  to  his  person  and 
gcvernmcnt,  bound  up  those  bonds  of  security,  which  they 
lifd  taken  for  their  raone\',  with  the  faggot,  and  set  fire  to 
thm  before  his  face. 

fames  Coeur,  a  merchant  of  Bourges,  by  the  wisdom  of  his 
causel,  and  ihe  certainty  of  his  cash,  humbled  the  house  of 
Brgundy,  secured  the  crown  of  France  to  the  lawful  heir, 
Ciarles  VII.  and  by  him  to  the  branches  of  Valois  and 
Bcjrbon,  who  succeeded.* 

The  merchants  of  St.  Malo,  being  highly  exasperated  at 
thi  demand  made  at  the  Congress  of  Gertruydensburg  lo 
Levis  XIV.  to  employ  his  troops  to  compel  his  grandson 
Phlip  V.  then  King  of  Spain,  to  abondon  the  crown,  united 
all  heir  profits  together,  which  they  had  made  in  the  Spanish 
Coonies  of  America,  and  produced  thirty-two  millions  of 
gol.  at  the  foot  of  the  throne  :  and  at  a  tim»3  when  the  finan> 
ces^f  France  were  totally  exhausted  by  a  series  of  unsuccess- 
ful events.  This  succour  being  timely  applied,  vigorously 
renewed  the  war,  and  answered  the  wishes  of  the  nation. 

^ir  Thomas  Gresham,  the  founder  of  a  college  in  London, 
for  the  promotion  of  the  liberal  arts,  and  of  the  Royal  Ex- 
chaigo,  for  the  convenience  of  the  traders  of  the  metropolis, 
is  mother  instance  of  the  ability  of  private  merchants  to  sup- 
port government  under  the  greatest  emergency.  This  worthy 
citken  of  London  lived  in  the  time  of  Edward  VJ.  who  was 
corsiderably  indebted  to  the  merchants  of  Antwerp,  for 
moiey  borrowed  to  supply  the  exigencies  of'the  state.  Tlie 
pa;ment  of  the  interest,  at  that  time,  being  considered  as 
most  likely  to  cmbaiass  the  country,  many  expedients  were 
pr(jected  by  the  king  and  council,  to  discharge  those  debts  : 
wKch  were,  either  to  transport  so  much  treasure  out  of  the 
country,  as  would  liquidate  them,  or  remit  tli«^  same  by  way 
of  exchange.  The  former  was  impracticable  wifhout  being 
runous  to  trade;  and  on  account  of  the  diflorence  of  ex- 
chinge,  the  latter  appeared  equally  perplexing.  Besides,  the 
creditors  insisted  on  their  money,  or  a  compliance  with  such 
usurious  terms,  as  would  have  brought  the  greatest  indignity 
upon  the  nation.  Under  these  circumstances,  Sir  Thomas 
undertook  the  affair,  and  by  his  great  knowledge  and  skill  in 


tradesman's  guide.  2G1 

tlie  exchanges,  exonerated  the  nation  from  the  incumbrance  ; 
and  by  Avliich  negotiaiions,  ihe  king  saved  not  less  than  an 
hundre<]  thousand  pounds.  By  raising  the  exchange  in  fa- 
vour of  England  at  this  critical  time,  the  price  of  all  foreign 
eonniicdities  fell  proportionably  ;  and  in  a  very  little  while 
between  three  and  four  hundred  thousand  pounds  steiling 
more  was  saved  to  the  nation.  With  Queen  Elizabeth,  he 
was  in  so  high  esteem,  that  she  knigiited  him,  and  honoured 
h'm  in  every  respect,  and  came  in  person  lO  the  Exchange, 
which  he  had  erected  for  the  convenience  of  merchants,  and 
the  honour  of  the  city  of  London,  and  caused  tiie  s<-me  to 
be  proclamied^by  heralds  and  a  trum{)et,  the  Royal  Exchange^ 
and  Sir  Thomas  was  afterwards  honoured  by  the  appellalioa 
of  royal  merchant. 

The  building  has  been  described  as  a  stately  pile,  which  was  burnt, 
^own  in  KJdG,  but  was  rebuilt,  aud  is  now  represented,  as  built  of  the 
most  beautiful  stone,  stupene'cus  and  ele*rant  arch  work,  all  ot  the  most 
curious  and  admirable  architecture,  tcgeiher  with  its  hiarh  lower  in 
which  are  hung  a  har»Joiuus  chimu  of  twelve  bells  rcnd'-ripg'  it  the 
liobiest  structure  for  a  meeting  place  for  i;ierclmnts  in  the  world. 

Thomas  Sutton,  Esq.  another  distinguised  English  mer- 
chant, and  founder  of  the  Charter  House  in  Eondcn,  did  an 
act  of  benevolencG  worthy  of  a  great  prince  a  few  years  after 
the  d  jath  of  Sir  Thomas  Gresham,  in  being  the  grand  instru- 
ment of  getting  tiie  Spanish  bills  protested  at  Genoa,  which 
retarded  for  a  whole  year  the  sailing  of  the  Spanish  Armada, 
designed  to  invade  England  ;  by  which  mepns  the  plan  was 
defeated.  Thus  we  learn  the  worth  of  some  private  mer- 
chants; an^  abhough  great  statesmen,  admirals,  ai-d  generals^ 
with  the  aid  of  the  public  purse,  and  ten  thousands  to  co^ 
\%:  operate  with  them,  majr  perform  great  achievements,  yet  we 
find  that  one  funily  of  me^rchants  has  been  the  support  of  an 
emperor +n  great  distress  ;  c';nother  single  merchant,  gave  the 
crown  to  the  house  of  Bourbon;  that  one  was  the  principal 
cauio  of  defeating  the  Spanisk  Armada;  and  acother,  the 
restorer  of  the  public  credit  of  England.  Nor  has  the  secu- 
rity of  states  and  empires  been  only  owing  to  the  occasionally 
zealous  exertions  of  the  wisdom  and  power  of  the  merchantSg 
but  they  are  ia  a  gveat  measure  the  daily  and  perpetual  sup« 
poll  of  all  trading  countries. 

For,  as  nations  are  a\  present  circumstanced,  those  which 
%X^  ?o  situated,  subslitin^  chiefly    within  themselves,  withoin 


S62  THE    ARTIST    ANB 

any  intercourse  or  commerce  with  others,  can  never  be  abl^ 
to  maintain  so  great  a  share  of  power,  as  those  which  carry 
on  an  extended  foreign  traffic.  Domestic  trade,  only  shifting 
property  from  hand  to  hand,  cannot  increase  the  riches  and 
power  of  a  nation  ;  whilst  foreign  trade  under  wise  laws  and 
regulations,  bringing  in  a  coiiStant  balance  of  treasure  in  fa- 
Tour  of  a  nation,  will  proportionably  augment  its  weight  of 
interest,  and  at  length  give  ii  the  balance  of  power. 

Our  own  country,  though  in  commercial  infancy  can  boast 
of  many  specimens  of  mercantile  worth.  Who  has  not  heard 
of  the  private.and  public  virtues  which  adorned  the  charac- 
ter of  a  Phillips,  a  Gray — and  thoU;;Ii  it  is  not  fashionable  to 
eulogize  the  living,  still  we  cannot  forbear  adding  a  Gerard. 
Yes,  many,  very  many  families,  many  widows  and  orphans, 
have  so  often  felt  thoir  charities,  that  exclusive  of  the  many 
great  and  important  services  which  they  have  rendered  their 
country,  tables  of  stone  are  not  needed  to  tell  the  passing 
stranger,  *  they  went  about  doing  good.'  Truly,  are  not  such 
men  to  be  estimated  as  the  goiJ  and  silver,  the  most  intrinsic  if 
not  appreciated  coin  of  a.ny  country — while  it  should  be  de- 
pricated  that  others  perhaps  of  equal  wealth,  like  the  Jew  in 
Shylock — live  only  to  count  their  encreased  gains,  and  throw 
a  deadly  blast,  throughout  every  region  which  becomes  sub- 
ject to  their  sweeping  avarice,  or  unhallowed  disposition — 
What  a  fit  subject  for  the  artist  pencil ! 

The  merit  of  persons  of  distinguished  character  in  trade, 
cannot,  in  gene  al,  be  measured  by  those  who  are  not  welt 
acquainted  with  trading  negotiations;  as  they  pass  through 
life  without  much  noise,  the  world  is  little  acquainted  with 
their  important  services  and  utility  to  th«  state. 

Whilst  the  histories  of  great  public  capacities  are  trans- 
mitted to  posterity  with  all  the  pomp  and  magnificence  of  rep- 
resentation :  yet  certainly  that  is  one  of  the  most  profitable 
admonitions,  which  is  drawn  from  the  eminent  virtues  of  men, 
who  move  in  a  sphere  nearer  levelled  to  the  common  reach, 
than  that  which  is  derived  from  the  splendid  portrait  of  the 
transactions  and  victories  of  great  statesman  and  comman- 
ders, which  serve  but  for  the  imitation  of  few,  and  aim  rath- 
er for  ostentation,  than  for  the  true  iasi ruction  of  human 
life.  It  was  from  the  practice  and  example  of  private  con- 
dition, that  we  are  more  naturally  taught  to  excel  in  our  pri- 
yats  capacities  ;  and,  bad  we  the  genuine  histories  of  mnny 


26S 

cmiueiJt  merchants,  giving  a  lively  idea  of  their  rise  and 
progress  in  business,  and  of  the  inaportant  service  they  haVe 
been  to  their  respective  communities,  they  would  naturally 
incite  the  trading  class  of  community  to  emulate  their  accom- 
plishments :  and  this  would  prove  a  more  effectual  means  to 
produce  a  race  of  skilful  traders,  than  romantic  narratives  of 
a  race  of  heroes. 

The  philosopher  may  arrive  to  a  high  pitch  of  improve- 
ment in  agriculture,  arts  and  sciences;  the  husbandman,  arti- 
san and  manufacturer,  may  reduce  this  speculative  knowledge 
to  practical  uses,  with  the  greatest  skill  and  dexterity  on 
their  parts  ;  governments  may  enact  the  wisest  laws,  and 
give  all  desirable  encouragement  to  commence,. yet  what 
will  these  avail  without  the  penetration  and  sagacity  of  the 
merchant,  to  propagate  the  produce  of  our  lands,  and  the 
labour  of  our  artists  and  manufacturers  into  foreign  coun* 
tries,  with  advantage  to  the  state  as  well  as  to  himself? 

Sir  F.  Brewsler,  an  eminent  English  merchant,  observed, 
*'  we  see  how  all  the  arts  and  science  have  improved  in  thi? 
country,  with  in  the  compass  of  one  century,  but  amongst  them 
all  the  merchant's  part  the  least."  And  further,  that  any 
countryman  but  our  own,  would  be  astonished  to  ob- 
serve more  heads  engaged  in  Westminster  hall,  to  divide  the 
gains  of  the  nation  than  there  are  heads  on  the  Exchange 
10  gather  it.  x\nd  further,  he  says,  '*  I  think  it  a  moral  dis- 
temper that  so  few  men  of  classical  learning  are  educated  to 
-practical  commerce:  for  there  is  scarcely  a  boy,  whom  a 
country  school  master  flatters,  because  he  learns  his  grammar 
"well,  whose  kindred  do  not  think  it  a  pity  so  hopeful  a  youth 
'should  be  lost  in  trade,  and  that  the  university  is  the  only  fit 
soil  for  him  to  be  planted  in." 

We  do  not  introduce  these  remarks  of  Sir  Francis  as  appli- 
cable to  this  country,  for  we  do  rejoice  in  the  belief  that  its 
mercantile  character  is  increasing  in  dignity,  that  young  men 
of  the  most  promising  talents,  are  embaiking  in  meichandize^ 
and  that  the  feeling  which  hitherto  was  so  unnaturally  excit- 
ed against  it,  has  nearly  subsided. 

We  believe  that  there  is  a  dignity  or  as  some  will  have  it 
a  respectability  of  character  to  be  sustained  in  all  professions; 
though — 

"  It  is  a  matter  of  curious  investigation,  to  examine  the  dis- 
tinctions which  society  has  made,  amongst  the  different  trades 


264  tHE    ARTIST    AND 

and  prnfessions.  '  A  saint  in  crape  is  twice  a  saint  in  lawn,* 
says  Pope  ;  and  yet  he  tells  us,  '  that  honor  atid  shame  from 
no  condition  rise  ,'  the  latter  is  true  by  the  laws  of  nature  ; 
the  former  by  the  usages  of  socioly. 

Whether  a  lawyer  is  more  respectable  than  a  doctor,  or  a 
merchant  than  a  farmer,  is  a  qilestion  that  has  not  yet  been 
settled  by  her  high  ui'ghtiness,  Fashion  ;  but  with  respect  to 
the  different  pursuits  of  trade,  she  has  drawn  the  distinction, 
having  consulted  neither  reason  or  rhyme,  and  governs  solely 
by  her  own  whims.  A  butcher,  for  instiince,  is  considered 
as  superior  to  a  baker  ;— and  why  I  Thoy  both  cater  for  the 
appetite  of  min:  one  furnishes  the  slaughtered  calf,  and 
the  other  the  generous  grain,  which  alike  support  life  ;  one 
deals  in  fire,  and  the  oilier  in  sword  ;  are  they  not  on  a  par? 
A  shoemaker  is  more  respectable  tliaii  a  cobbler  ; — why  ?  one 
nialies  your  shoes,  and  the  other  mends  them — they  Loth  use 
awls  and  waxed  ends;    where  is  the  diftorence  ? 

'Ms  a  hatler  more  exalted  than  a  tailor?  The  one  covers 
'  the  dome  of  thought,  the  palace  of  the  soul  !'  his  vocation  is 
certainly  of  the  head  ;  he  surmounts  the  crown  ;  bur  then  the- 
tailor  adorns  the  graceful  form  and  manly  chest  ;  the  waist- 
coat that  he  makes  covers  the  heart,  the  seat  of  sensation  and 
the  abode  of  pqssion.  He  makes  you  either  a  gentleman  or 
a  clown,  accoj-ding  to  his  will.  You  are  at  his  mercy  with 
regard  to  the  fir  of  your  habilimants  and  the  effect  of  your  ap- 
pearance in  Broadway.  Thus  extensive  is  his  power  ;  and 
is  not  power  respectability?  A  milliner  is  more  respected  in 
society  than  a  mantna-maker  ;  the  one  makes  hats  and  the 
olher  dresses.  Why  is  a  female  hatter  greater  than  a  female 
tailor?  Why  is  a  grocer  considered  inferior  to  a  seller  of  ^ry 
goods?  Is  not  a  bottle  of  mustard  as  respectable  as  a  yard  of 
tape  ?  Is  not  a  pound  of  cheese  as  honourable  as  a  paper  i>f 
pins?  A  bunch  of  onions  as  a  skein  of  thread  !  Is  not  su- 
gar equal  to  broadcloth,  and  molasses  to  ginghams  ?  Cer- 
tainly. 

"Again,  why  is  a  saddler  superior  to  a  shoemaker?  H© 
covers  the  backs  of  horses,  while  the  latter  covers  the  feet  of 
raen.  And  is  not  the  foot  of  lordly  man  and  lovely  woman, 
an  object  of  greater  moment  than  the  back  of  Eclipse  himself? 
How  and  why  then  are  these  distinctions  made  ?  It  is  easier 
to  ask  than  to  answer  the  question  ;  to  do  the  latter,  surpasses 
eur  wisdom.     Cut  ars  these  distinctions  r^asoQable  and  natu 


265 

fa]  t  No.  Honest  industry  is  alike  respectable  in  every  voca- 
tion. The  faithful  mason,  who  piles  one  brick  upon  another, 
is  the  equal  of  him  who  makes  the  bricks,  or  him  who  burns 
the  lime  which  is  used  in  njaking  the  mortar;  [and  we  may 
add,  or  him  for  whose  comfort  his  labour  is  destined  to  eflect.} 
The  industrious  mechanic  is  the  prop  of  society,  and  so  long 
as  he  labours  diligently  and  honestly  in  his  occupation,  he  is 
entitled  to  respectability  and  he  will  receive  it."  Neverthe- 
lesSj  it  must  be  acknowledged,  and  to  the  degradation  of  hu- 
man nature  be  it  said,  there  are  many  in  all  professions,  dis- 
honouring them  by  the  flattery  of  some,  and  their  own  Unnat- 
ural conceit. 

Channels  and  Progress  of  Trade,  England  possesses 
30,000  miles  of  roads,  nearly  4,000  milesof  canals,  and  about 
300  miles  of  railways.  France,  which  is  more  than  twice  as* 
extensive,  does  not  afford  above  45,000  miles  of  roads,  1500 
miles  of  canals,  114  miles  of  railways,  of  which  latter  78  are 
still  in  a  course  of  completion. 

The  amount  of  Tobacco  imported  into  Great  Britain  the 
last  year  was  33,0000,000,  tvveniy-two  of  which  was  from 
America,  and  almost  exclusively  in  American  shipping. 

WhaL  Ships.  The  ship  Pacific,  re'^entlv  from  the  Pacific^ 
'has  arrived  at  New  Bedford  with  about  3,000  barrels  of  whale 
oil,  which  is  considered  to  be  the  largest  quantity  of  sperma- 
ceti oil,  ever  obtained  in  a  twenty-six  mouths  voy^ige. 

Cftal.  Tiiirly-five  thousand  three  hundred  and  sixty-two 
tons  have  been  discharged  at  Philadelphia,  the  present  sea- 
son, brought  down  the  Schuylkill.  The  amount  of  coal  sent 
down  the  Lehigh  is  4,956  tons.  And  it  is  hoped  99,000  tons 
will  be  received  in  that  city  befoie  navigation  closes.  Oidy 
a  few  3'ears  since  we  were  cie[)endent  on  England  for  this  va- 
luable article. 

Tea.  The  first  order  of  the  East  India  Company  to  theii? 
agents  in  India,  for  the  importation  of  tea,  appears  lo  have 
been  made  1667,  and  is  in  these  woids: — "  To  send  home  by 
these  ere  ships,  100  lbs.  weiglit  of  the  best  Tea  you  can  ^.et.''' 
The  quantity  put  up  for  sale  by  the  Company  at  their  quar- 
terly sales  in  June,  1829,  was  7,800,000  lbs.  ;  and  at  the  pre- 
ceding sales  of  September,  December,  and  March,  7,900,000, 
800,000,000  and  900,000,000.  The  duty  to  gr  venmt  n'  the 
last  year  was  £3,283,202-  -considerably  more  iban  was  pro- 
duced by  any  other  article  of  consumption  in  Euglund, 

23 


266  THE    ARTIST    AKD 

Depression  of  Trade,  The  following  article  exiracted  from 
a  Boston  paper  is  worthy  of  being  read  with  attention  as  ap- 
plicable to  the  present  times. 

"  The  truth  unfortunately  is,  we  have  been  living  beyond 
our  circumstances.  The  laudable  economy  and  industrious 
habits  of  our  ancestors,  have  been  lost  sight  of,  and  we  havo 
yielded  up  to  the  pleasing,  but  dangerous  innovation  of  foreign 
luxuries,  and  their  attendant  habits.  We  must  measure  back 
our  ground.  There  is  no  other  course  which  we  can  now 
pursue  with  any  hope  of  success.  The  flame  must  again  be 
kindled  on  the  altar  of  patriotism  ;  and  self  denial  and  rigid 
economy  take  the  place  of  luxury  and  extravagance.  The 
Jierves  of  our  effeminate  young  men  must  be  strengthened  by 
toil,  and  our  females,  instead  of  reclining  on  the  sofa,  and 
humming  over  the  piano,  must  learn  to  direct  their  attention 
to  matters  of  more  importance.  They  must  shake  off,  an  un- 
worthy the  daughters  of  freemen,  the  tinsel  of  fashion,  and 
the  shackle  of  talse  refinement,  and  cherish  the  proud  and 
sterling  patriotism  of  their  grand  mothers." 

Manutacturcs  arc  tiie  arts  b}-  which  natural  productions  are 
brought  into  the  state  or  form  in  which  they  are  consumed 
or  used.  They  require  in  general  great  expenses  for  their 
tirst  establishment,  costly  machines  for  shortening  manual  la- 
bour, and  money  and  ciedit  for  purchasing  materials  from  dis- 
tant countries.  There  is  not  a  single  manufacture  in  Great 
Britain  which  does  not  require,  in  some  part  of  its  process, 
productions  from  different  parts  of  the  globe.  It  requires, 
therefore,  ships,  and  a  friendly  intercourse  with  foreign  nations, 
to  transport  commodities  and  exchange  productions.  They 
would  not  be  a  manufacturing,  unless  they  were  a  commercial 
nation.  The  two  sciences  which  most  assist  the  manufactuer, 
are  mechanics  and  chemistry;  the  one  for  building  mills, 
working  mines,  and  in  general  for  constructing  machines, 
either  to  shorten  the  labour  of  man  by  performing  it  in  less 
time,  or  to  perform  what  the  strength  of  man  alone  could  not 
accomplish  ;  the  other  for  fusing  and  working  ores,  dying, 
bleaching,  and  extracting  the  virtues  of  various  substances  for 
particular  occasions. 

It  must  be  observed  that  though  a  farmer  does  not  so  fre- 
qiientlv  and  rapidly  amass  wealth  as  a  merchant  or  manufac- 
turer, yet  neither  is  he  so  often  ruined.  The  risks  a  man  en- 
counters  in  trade  are  much   greater  than  iH  farming.     Th© 


267 

manufacturer  as  well  as  the  merchant  is  liable  to  severe  losses 
arising  from  GOiitingencies  in  trade ;  they  both  must  there- 
fore liave  a  chance  of  making  proportionably  greater  profits. 
The  chances  of  gain  must  balance  the  chance  of  loss.  If  he 
be  so  skilful  or  so  fortunate  as  to  make  more  than  his  arerage 
share  of  gain,  he  will  accumulate  wealth  with  greater  rapidity 
than  the  farmer  ;  but  should  either  a  deficiency  of  talents  or 
unfortunate  circumstances  occasion  an  uncommon  share  of 
losses,  he  may  become  a  bankrupt.  The  rate  of  profits,  there- 
fore, upon  any  employnient  of  capital,  is  proportioned  to  the 
risks  with  which  it  is  attended  ;  but  if  calculated  during  a  suf- 
ficient period  of  time,  and  upon  a  sufficient  number  of  instances 
to  aftbril  an  arerage,  these  different  modes  ol  employing  cap- 
ital, will  be  found  to  yield  similar  profits.  It  is  owing  to  this 
that  the  distribution  of  capital  to  the  several  branches  of 
agriculture,  commerce,  and  manufactures,  preserves  a  due 
equilibrium,  which,  though  it  may  be  accidentally  disturbed^ 
cannot  whilst  allowed  to  pursue  its  natural  course,  be  Perma- 
nently deranged. 

An  abundant  harvest  may  occasionally  raise  teh  rate  of 
agricultural  profits,  or  a  v»ry  bad  season  may  reduce  them 
below  thoir  lev^l. 

The  opening  a  trade  with  a  new  country,  or  the  breaking 
out  of  a  war,  which  impedes  foroign  commerce,  will  effect  the 
profits  of  the  merchant  and  manufacture  :  but  these  accidents 
disturb  the  equal  rate  of  profits,  as  the  wind  disturbs  the  sea  ; 
and  when  they  cease,  it  returns  to  its  natural  level. 

The  division  of  labour  has  tended  greatly  to  improve  every 
branch  of  manufactures.  Its  utility  is  exemplified  in  the  manu- 
factare  of  pins.  If  a  piece  of  metal  were  given  to  a  man  to  make 
a  pin,  he  could  scarcely  do  it  in  a  day.  In  pin  manufactories, 
however,  each  pin  passes  through  twenty-five  hands  i  one 
draws  out  the  wire,  another  straightens  it,  another  cuts,  an- 
other points  it,  three  or  four  prepare  the  head,  two  or  three 
puts  it  on,  &c.  Twenty-five  persons  thus  make  a  hundred  and 
twenty-five  thousand  pins  in  a  day,  or  five  thousand  to  each 
person.  Labour  likewise  divides  itself  numerously  in  every 
branch  of  the  elegant  and  useful  arts,  as  in  building,  the  arts 
connected  in  furnishing  a  house,  in  branches  connected  with 
the  clothing  of  a  man,  in  the  iron  and  metallic  trades,  and  in 
eonnexion  with  books  and  literature. 

A  pack  of  wool  weighing  240  pounds  employs  200  pt^rsona 


S6i  THE    ARTIST    AND 

before  it  is  ready  for  sale,  in  the  form  of  stuff?:,  cloths,  &,c. 
To  be  made  inio  ftockujgs,  it  wdl  occa;.<y  184  p(  rsoiis  for  a 
week;  as  .en  cuulber^^,  one  hundred  spinners,  winders,  &:-c. 
sixiy  weavei s  or  stocking  niukeiS,  besjue»  dyers,  pressers,  <fcc. 
A  sword  made  of  sjeel,  Uie  origin  il  aieial  i^f  which  was  not 
worth  a  shillini^,  is  s(»m^^t;mes  sold  for  300  guineas  ;  and  a 
watch  chain  h^is  produced  fifiv-guineas,  the  sneial  of  which 
before  it  was  wroughi,  wys  not  wur-h  mree  pence.  So  like- 
Wise,  a  painting,  not  iw  >  yards  square,  h  is  been  v  dued  at  25, 
000  pounds  sierkng;  and  a  sh  iwl,  which  coatained  but  a  few 
ouiices  ofwjoi,  has  been  said  to  bring  150  guineas.  As  it  is 
with  individuals,  s<>  it  is  wiih  nations.  VVna;  one  possesses  in 
suueifluiiv,  It  is  desirous  'o  exrhanj^a  for  some  article  it  wants, 
wiih  any  oiher  nation  which  possesses  ihar  sijperflui;y. 

The  Phceuicians,  or  Philistines  wei«  the  hrsi  people  on 
record,  who  empl(-yed  ships  to  carry  the  produce  nnd  raanu- 
fac.ures  of  one  nation  to  another.  They  were  followed  by 
the  Carthao-enians;  and  thesp  by  the  Venetians,  Genoese 
ai;d  Han>e  Towns.  The  Uiiired  Stages  of  America,  witli  che 
advantage  of  the  possession  of  raw  mateiiah  wf  every  kind, 
are  rapidly  advancjug  in  the  maoufucturing  system;  having 
numerous  fine  ports  and  ships,  and  a  trade  extended  to  ail 
pans  of  the  world,  with  lliose  advaniages  counected  with  the 
enterprise,  persoverance  iud  industry  of  our  merchants,  manu- 
facturers and  mechanics,  wh«»  can  doubt  the  time  is  not  far 
distant,  when  this  country  will  riv  ;1  every  other  on  the  whole 
face  of  the  globe  in  commerce  and  manufactures. 

Progress  of  Manufacturrs. — Late  discf^verips  S^c. 

Flint  Stone  Ware.  The  manufactu'-e  of  :;ks  *  tide  is  very 
extensively  carried  on,  by  Mr.  H-'n  '.••  *on  of  Jersey  City, 
opposite  New- York.  It  is  equal  to  the  best  English  and  Scotch 
stone  ware,  and  wdl  be  supplied  to  ihe  trade  at  S3  1-3  per. 
ct.  less,   than  like  foreign  .irricles,  whan  iin;jorted. 

China  JVare,  Btautifidly  painted  and  enammelle'd,  is 
now  extensively  manufactured  at  Pliil  idelphir*  by  Mr.  Tuc- 
ker, who  has  been  srrug^lin  r  wiih  many  difficulties  for  a  long 
time,  but  at  length  as  we  are  infuraed,  basso  far  overc<»me 
them  as  to  produce  very  superior  ar  ides  at  moderat*^  prices. 

Iron.  The  quantity  of  this  meial  manufactured  in  F-  mk- 
iin,  Venango  couwy,  Pa.  in  13;>8,  l600  tons,  of  bl-'om,  fOO 
fQfiSi  of  bar  iron  100  tons.     The  pig  metal  sold  at  Pittsburgh 


fRADESMAN^S    iiVWt*  %^ 

Wheeling  and  Steubeuville  at  from  35  to  40  dollars  pr.  ton. 
The  bio.ims  at  Piltsburg  $100  pr.  ton,  and  the  bar  iron  at  the 
the  works,  at  from  $125  to  $140  pr.  ton. 

Several  new  uirnaces  are  erecting   it  is  said  in  the  county' 
and  the  demand  rapidly   increasing. 

A  Furnace  with  proper  management  will  make  from  800 
to  1000  tons  per  annum,  at  an  expence  of  from  $22  to  $25 
per  ton,  according  to  the  price  of  provision  ;  and  with  the  ore, 
timber,  ifec.  convenient  and  good  at  about  from  13  to  20 
dollars. 

Under  proper  management  and  good  materials,  a  furnace 
will  clear  at  present  prices,  ten  thousand  dollars  per  annum. 

Lead  and  Silver  Mines,  A  lead,  or  rather  silver  mine  has 
recenib'  been  discovered  in  the  Town  of  Eaton  in  New 
Hampshire.  A  shaft  has  been  sunk  into  the  mine  50  feet  be- 
low the  surface,  and  a  horizontal  excavation  running  from  the 
bottom  about  50  feet  more,  has  been  made. 

Tno  ore  already  raised  amounts  to  several  hundred  tons, 
the  expence  of  obtaining  which,  does  not  exceed  3  or  $4000 
and  from  several  analyses  of  d'flferent  kinds  of  the  ore,  there 
were  found  to  be  from  90  to  120  ounces  of  pure  silver  to  the 
ton. 

It  is  understood  to  be  o^rned  principally  by  a  company  of 
genflomen  iii<(|Poston  and  Baltimore. 

Upper  3Iississijfpi  h^.ad  Mines.  Congress  seeing  that  im- 
mense quantities  of  lead  were  made  and  could  be  manufac- 
tured in  ihese  mines,  and  those  below,  sufficient  for  home' con- 
sumption, very  justly  r.dded  to  the  duties  which  hud  already 
been  iaiposed  on  ie^d,  a  per  centum  amply  sufficient  to  pro- 
hibit any  further  importation.  This  law  passed  in  the  win- 
ter of  1828,  but  took  effect  not  until  the  following  October. 
During  this  interim,  advantages  were  taken  by  the  British 
merchants  and  large  quantities  of  lead  were  imported  into  the 
United  States,  nearly  enough  for  one  year's  supply;  and 
since  the  Igw  took  effect,  about  eight  millions  pounds  of  lead 
in  the  ore  liave  been  imported  from  the  mines  of  Spain,  and 
f.nr,elted  in  the  United  States.  This,  added  to  the  unusual 
quantity  brought  between  the  time  of  the  passing  of  the  law 
above  mentioned,  and  its  taking  effect,  together  with  the  ira- 
iTjense  quantity  manufactured  in  our  mines  during  the  same 
period,  every  man  must  perceive  would  fill  our  markets  with 
a  surplus,  which  readily  accounts  for  the  sudden  depreciation 

23* 


in  the  price  of  lend.  Insuiiciions  have  been  given  to  the 
custom  hk)Us>e  oihcets  in  the  easiern  ciiies,  to  charge  <m  equi- 
valent diiiy  oa  imported  lead  o.e*  Hence,  :hal  nivj<ie  o!  im- 
porting h*  id  is  at  iui  end  ;  so  we  m\y  now  satViv  calcai  tie 
thai  we  can  suj>ply  our  own  coualry,  at  leas',  from  uur  owii 
mines.  Tiie  diniiniuion  in  our  manafociure  m  coubeqiiuace 
of  he  low  pfice  of  lead,  will  no  doubr  l:ef'>rc  anotlicr  year, 
render  thit  article  very  scarce  in  tiie  easiern  inaiive^s.  riicre 
will  not  during  che  }li•e.serl^  ye*r,  be  one  eighih  me  qua.uity 
ma'ie,  thai  there  was  du'ing  tiie  two  preceamg.  Then 
deduct  seven-eights  fro-n  the  qujutiiy  u,-.jdiy  mice  at  oar 
OTvn  mines,  and  all  that  has  b<'en  in  oar  markets  du'.ns,  -he 
last  year  or  tv.o,  and  w*  can  foiin  s.»irie  idea  ot  the  future 
state  of  the  market.  Tiie  co!)su.npii(»n  of  lead  in  the  Uniied 
States,  according  to  the  i>esi  data  which  has  come  under  our 
observation,  amounts  to  about  26,000,00J,  of  wnich  more 
than  half  (»f  that  quantity  for  the  las-  ye.ir  Ua>  been  miponed  ; 
and  dudng  the  same  period  there  were  abou'  10,090  aiiners 
in  the  Uoper  M;ss!ssipjii  actively  engaged  in  the  mnufaciuie 
of  If^a^d.  li  is  not  svrange  ihen,  that  such  extraordinary  »:xer- 
tiouj  of  our  (^wn  industrious  ciiizen^,  and  'he  strong  efforts  of 
foreigners  to  crowd  lead  inio  our  m  iikers,  should  produce  a 
temporary  stagnation  in  this  trade.  But  these  .wo  powe-ful 
causes  have  been  removed  ;  and  it  mus:  and  wdl  as  suddenly 
rise  as  it  has  fallen,  thf  expressed  o union  of  speculators  to 
the  contrary  notw  distanding. 

Penknife  Manufactnry,  Mr.  Moses  L.  M  >->e.  an  indent- 
ous  mech  inic,  -ind  tlie  inventer  of  several  valuab  e  m  ichines, 
has  commenced  the  manufacture  of  Penknives  in  Worres'er, 
M.;ss.  and  intends  t)  employ  50  hands,  'hey  are  well  made, 
wiih  a  hitrh  polish,  and  unless  ex  am  ned  very  closely,  it  wjuld 
be  difficult  to  distir»<rnish  them  from  the  English  kfiives 

Ingenious  Diacovpry.  \  M..  Ne^lsun  of  he  Gh.sgow  gas 
works,  has  recently  ob;ained  a  patent  for  an  apparatus,  which 
discharges  air  and  promotes  combustion  in  fire  furn  ices,  oy 
be:n:Z  heated  before  ii  is  thrown  into  them.  \  series  of  e\- 
pf'iiments  has  been  eoingon  for  sometime  m  founders  cupa- 
i;s,  and  in  the  blast  furnace  of  Clvde  iron  work^,  as  stati^d  in 
tht^  Baltimore  Gazette,  where  one  furnace  has  been  blown 
•widi  irreat  aava:ntage  by  means  r.f  h«^ated  aii,  and  wh^re  other 
two  bias*  furnace  are  re:<dy  ;o  be  blown  'n  the  "^nme  way. 

It  is  completely  ascertained    that  a  g  eat  saving  of  fuel    is 


^ftcompilsbea  ,besides,  sanguine  hopes  are  entertained,  that  the 
saie  work  will  be  done  with  a  less  quantity  of  air.  This  dis- 
cfcry  will  effect  a  great  revolution  in  the  theory,  as  well  as 
pictice  of  rombustion. 

Screw  Manufactory,  Mr.  Cobb  of  Albany,  has  recently 
mde  {^reai  improvements  in  the  machinery  for  the  rannufar  ture 
bfthis  important  article.  We  believe  this  gentleman  was  the 
fintwho  introduced  the  manufacture  of  wood  screws  into  this 
cantry ;  though  it  has  been  claimed  by  a  Mr.  Stowell  of 
Mssachusetts.  He  is  certainly  entitled  to  much  credit  not 
oily  as  a  scientific  but  practical  mechanic.  If  improvements 
eqjally  as  valuable  are  made  in  every  branch  in  this  country; 
ou  manuf.  ctured  goods  will  be  pieferred,  and  the  English 
maiufncturer  will  find  his  articles  no  longer  sought  for  in  this 
qn^rter  f*\'  the  globe. 

A  a  chine  ry  for  breaking  and  dressing  Flax  and  Hemp, 
Tiu  following  is  a  description  taken  from  the  Asylum  of  Arts 
in  France,  by  a  gentleman  friendly  to  the  agricultural  industry 
of  tlie  United  States. 

*  This  machine  was  invented  by  a  French  gentleman,  under 
the  offered  bounty  of  Napoleon  of  1,200,000  franks,  about 
th'^  year  1814,  description  as  follow  s  :  50  to  88  pairs  of  fluted 
rollers,  the  top  roller  hiding  them  of  the  bottom,  and  each 
pairlying  b3'' the  side  of  each  other,  so  closely  as  not  to  receive 
the  fl  ix  or  hemp  from  one  pair  to  the  other,  untill  it  passes 
througli  the  whole  range.  At  the  end  of  every  bottom  r(-ller, 
there  are  pini«>n  wheels,  and  wheels  at  right  angles  to  drive 
them,  an  I  the  latter  set  in  motion  by  the  former  given  at  the 
head  of  the  machine.  The  top  rollers  are  lever  weighted  on 
the  bottom  rollers,  and  the  latter  gives  motion  to  the  former, 
by  ihe  snid  motion  at  the  head  of  the  machine.  The  rollers 
lie  in  a  horizontal  position,  their  ends  leaning  or  resting  in 
stands,  and  their  whole  range  forming  a  level  flat  surface  up- 
on the  top,  as  well  as  the  bottom.  The  machine  has  two 
openin<rs,  one  for  feeding  and  the  other  for  recieving  the 
hemp  after  dressed,  &-c. 

It  is  said  that  the  machine  will  break  and  dress  2000  lbs. 
pr.  day  nnd  will  take  10  hands  to  tend  it  to  advantage." 

We  have  a  promise  from  the  same  source,  of  shortly  having 
a  description  of  the  Linen  spinning,  "  although  complicated 
with  needles  and  rollers,  yet  it  may  answer  on  small  scales." 
"  If  appears"  says  he,  "  has  never  been  effected  to  that  sin  - 


372  1?ttB  ARfiSt  Afih 

plicity,  and  fac'lity  of  oporaiiou,  as  tnai  of  cotton,  and  it  G\f 
found  oat  it  ui  ist  bo  by  ;-in  A.uericau,  as  ceruuiiea  hire  pt- 
seJ  away  in  Eurooe  \vi:iio:jt  the  discovfry."  I 

Perpetual  Motion.  A  Mr.  Biigh-t.u  has  recently  appeaid 
at  Ciiicinnati,  as  ^he  discoverer  of  the  porpeiuai  moiioii— 
which  is  *'  a  ppa.luiura  set  m  monon  'ly  a  m  iguet,  and  o- 
pears  admirably  calculated  for  clock  woik,  and  we  can  se 
nc  cause  wiiy  it  should  not  coniiiiae  .  j  go  so  long  as  the  m- 
terials  of  wh  ch  h  is  laade  shill  ld.->..  Ii  Is  w^il  worthy  ae 
atrention  of  the  curious,  parii(  uiaily  :hvSQ  skilled  in  mecha- 
ics." 

Turkey  Red.      The  use  of  Turkey  red    in    calico  printhg 
has   been    successfidly  introdiics^d   at    Lowell.      The    Fieich 
have  lon^  had  an  aavantage  of  th    ^   ^•'■'•'        "*  --'ploynunt  ■ 
of  this  cnloiir. 

We  should  notice  ranny  othpr  iuj^.oii-iiii  .i;id  useful  invm- 
tions,  if  our  limits  peraiated,  vvhich  we  desigu  to  do  at  sine 
fu;:ire  period  m  another  ed'tion  of  this  work,  not  only  noticng 
evef-y  recent  ia^provoment  in  this  country,  but  also,  in  Eur«.j>e, 
so  far  as  our  knowledge  vmy  extend. 

On  the  reported  distress  aj.ijug  the  ma»iufacturcrs,  we 
think  the  following  rem  »rk«  with  some  dight  alterations,  wor- 
thy of  insertion,  from  Nile's  Register: — 

Perhaps  ihere  is  no  cla  s  of  coniaiunliv  more  sinned  ag-Vmst 
th m  the  nfanufictureis.  They  are  represenred  as  miy  best 
suit  their  enemies — as  overgrown  capilnhsts,  living  on  the 
labour  of  the  poor,  as  needy  ad  venturers  who  may  involve 
the  while  couutiy  m  ruin. 

Whi^o  it  must  be  admiticd  th^t  m?^ny  branch?is  of  thoso 
manufactures  have  not  been  profited.)  fur  Sf)me  time  pis; — it 
appears  to  be  mdmfest  thai  the  uiiiic-alties  under  which  the 
eas^u'T  raanufactirrers  have  laboured  were  consuram :it-;d  by  a 
su.lden  and  ruinous  coniraction  of  the  circuloting  medium  m 
that  quarte;  ;  for  it  is  no  less  remirkable  than  tt  ae,  that  oth- 
ers, less  favournblv  ciicunistanced,  have,  wiih  appaient  ease, 
resisted  or  rep(dlpd  this  pressure,  and  mnintained  a  full  ana 
uninierruptod  operation,  in  the  midst  of  sacrifices  of  goods 
by  forced  sales.  Bir,  if  ihfty  can  *'  keep  steady**  a  liitle 
whih^  time  enough  to  peimit  the  business  to  settle  down  niot 
its  aiiural  state,  as  it  must,  nil  will  he  well,  and  an  enlivening 
eirciilatjon  so:>n  hp  felr   \\u\  eij   yed. 

No  one  thinks  ofproclaiming  through  the  land  the  misfor- 


27S- 

tunes  of  the  merchant,  when  arr«sted  in  his  business — unless 
influenced  with  a  spirit  of  deep  felt  sympathy  and  accommo- 
dation— and  this  is  as  it  should  be — but  on  the  other  hand 
when  the  manufacturer  fails,  all  sorts  of  dogs  of  British  breed 
are  let  loose  upon,  bark  at  him,  and  would  bite  his  heels  if 
thry  dared.  Their  noise,  however  adds  to  t're  difficulties  en- 
countered, and  hence  forced  sales  of  property,  and  the  neces- 
sity of  curtailing  the  progress  of  expenditure.  But  such  things 
haye  happened  before.  They  cannot  be  altogether  avoided 
even  by  the  most  prudent,  and  especially  so  long  as  our  com- 
mercial intercourse  is  so  intimate  with  the  old  world,  particu- 
larly Great  Britain  :  for  a  pressure  in  Laucastershire  or 
Yokshire  reaches  the  United  States  almost  as  soon,  and  with 
nearly  the  same  force,  as  it  reaches  the  southern  or  more  nor- 
thern countries  of  that  small  island  ;  and  our  market  is  made 
the  last  resort  of  desperate  speculatois,  insolvent  persons,  or 
for  closing  up  concerns  ;  which  it  is  desired  to  accomplish 
speedily,  though  atttnded  with  loss.  And  whenever  a  pres- 
sure comes  upon  us,  there  is  a  sudden  reduction  of  the  circu- 
lating medium — the  bank  of  the  United  States  gathers  in  its 
strength,  and  the  state  banks  reserve  their's  for  self  preser- 
vation, and  individuals  whose  credit  was  good  for  thousands 
yesterday,  may  be  unable  to  raise  a  few  hundred  dollars  to- 
morrow ;  and  the  failure  of  one  person  to  fulfil  his  engage- 
ments, proceeds  through  a  community  to  an  incalculable  ex- 
tent— -reaching  the  most  wealthy  as  well  as  the  poorest  of  the 
labouring  classes— though  some  districts  are  more  effected  by 
such  actions  and  reactions  than  others. 

All  manufacturers  at  the  present  time,  are  effected  in  some 
<3egree,  by  the  general  dullness  of  business.  We  believe  that 
the  cotton  business  will  very  soon  revive,  and  hope  that  all 
will  be  encouraged  to  hold  their  ground,  notwithstanding  we 
are  informed  many  "  respectable  establishments  have  ceased 
their  usual  business,"  neither  be  alarmed,  though  much  is  said 
"  of  reduced  prices"  and  "  pinching  times"  and  "  scarcity  of 
money" — for  such  things  have  been  said,  if  not  felt,  before — 
and  unless  it  be  in  the  growth  and  manufacture  of  wool, 
there  h  good  reason  to  believe  that  the  storm  will  speedily 
pass  over  ;  and  in  respect  to  those  important  branches,  anif 
change  in  the  present  condition  of  Europe  must  operate  ad- 
vantageously for  them  ;  for  "  when  things  get  to  their  worst, 
thoy  must  mend,"     The  long  continued  state  of  peace  amon^ 


^274  THE    AJITTST    ANtt 

the  nations  with  whom  we  have  ihe  most  intimate  connec- 
tions, after  such  a  long  period  of  war,  has  not. only  mattirially 
altered  iheir  rel.iti^^ns  one  wrih  lije  other,  bni  pl-iced  ihe  Uni- 
ted State--  under  new  circumstances,  to  which  wo  shall  not  be 
recunr.iled,  until  the  generations  «»f  men  who  eommencftd  bu- 
siness at  the  breaking  out  of  the  French  revolution  shall  have 
ceased  tn  inflitnce  il.e  public  mind. 

A  little  while  ago  we  were  the  m^rch  mts  and  carriers  for 
millions  of  persons,  whose  iwa  merclia.ns  i)o\v  (xu  their  own 
business,  in  their  own  shi'ps,  and  labour  hns  necessarily  sought 
new  occupations.  The.-.e  are  noi  adju».ied  and  se  tied  as  they 
will  be  in  due  lime  :  and  are  obstru».  ed  ioo,  by  a  constant  re- 
currence to  opinion*  and  rules  of  action  established,  when 
nearly  all  Europe  was  in  a  ssaie  of  war,  entirely  inaj-plicable 
when  Europe  is  m  h  s  ute  of  peace.  The  want  ot  sensibility 
as  to  these  things,  has  greatly  coiuribn  ed  lo  bring  about  thug© 
seasons  of  adve  sity  through  \\hich  w^    have  passed. 

The  manufacturers  are  component  parts  of  the  tr:iding  com- 
munity ;  and,  if  the  [iropoiiion  which  they  bear  to  the  whole 
of  that  community  wese  asctirtained,  it  would  not  be  found 
that  failures  among  ihem  are  more  fiequeni  than  to  o'her 
clisses  of  ihat  communiiy. — They  are  hable  to  the  various 
fortunes  of  all  deal.ng  men — at  one  period  depressed,  at  and 
anoiher,  prosperous. 

Scarcit}'  and  abundance  effect  them  like  others.  The  ma- 
kers ot  low  priced  cottons  are  emb.urassed  jus?  now,  but  their 
business  wdl  soon  regulate  itself  and  time  will  provide  a  rera- 
edv'.  The  wofdlen  ra;<nut'actures  are  reviviag.  I  do  not  think 
that  the  tariff  of  1828,  has  been  yet  fully  tes  ed,  and  the  stat© 
of  things  in  England  has  tended  to  distract  what  may  be  called 
its  regular  operation. 

We  have  not  yet  got  over  the  heavy  importation  of  1827- 
S  and  t!ie  very  lv>w  price  of  wool  at  piesem  in  Euiiland  influ- 
ences the  price   in  our  market. 

So  long  as  the  effects  of  bankrupts  in  Europe  are  sent  to 
this  country  for  forced  sah;s,  rh  ir  their  accouiits  may  be  clo- 
sed, our  markers  must  be  viriablo,  but  wi  h  increased  expe- 
ri-nce  've  shall  not  be  so  much  onibaras-.ed  by  thnt  variable- 
ness as  we  have  been. 

Let  not  the  f'*iends  of  Americ.-in  industry  he  dscour iged. - 
Let  them  carefully  investigate  the  fac  s  'hac  belong  to  their 
igvgrai    concerns,    and  prepare  for   ihe  approaching  contest, 


275 

(the  oppo?crs  of  the  tarifl.)  My  opinion  is,  that  no  change  of 
the  present  law,  should  yet  be  asked  for.  There  are  cer- 
tain things  which  must  '*  regulate  themselves"  among  them, 
thegro.vin^  as  we'l  as  the  spiksning  of  cotion. — The  planicrs 
will  severely  discover  this  a*  an  early  day.  Even  the  pre- 
sent low  prices  cannot  be  paid  on  the  present  price  of  goods 
manufactured  from  it. 

The  fact  that  s«»nie,  too  many  of  the  manufacturers,  were 
straightened  to  meet  their  obligations,  has  had  a  more  exten- 
ded and  ruinous  tendency  from  an  idea  that  the  protecting 
system  would  be  abandoned  at  the  next  sess'on  of  Congress 
— we  do  not  b<  lieve  in  such  a  result.  We  think  there  is 
force  enough  to  resist  the  rosolu'iion  *o  effect  the  destruction 
of  this  system— but  the  apprehension  of  it  has  been,  and  still 
is  rendering  incalculable  mischief  to  the  United  States. 

CHAPTER  XXXIV 

Laws  relative  to  Spirits^  Wines,  Teas,  £;•€* 

Extracted  from  Ingerso.^s  Digest. 

25.  Sec.  Xlil.  The  surveyor  or  chief  officer  of  inspec- 
tion, shall  give  the  proprietor,  or  consignee,  of  any  distilled 
spirits,  wines  or  teas, or  his  or  her  agent,  a  porticularcertificate, 
which  shall  accompany  each  cask,  chest,  vessel,  or  case,  of 
distilled  spirits,  wines,  or  teas,  wherever  the  same  may  be 
sent  wiiiiin  the  limits  of  the  United  States,  as  evidence  that 
the  same  has  been  lawfully  imported.     Form  as  follows: 

A'o.  District  of ,  Port  of . 

I  certify  that  there  was  imposed  in  this  district,  on  the 
[here  insert  the  date  of  importaiion]  by  [iiere  insert  the  name 
of  the  proprietor,  importer,  or  consigne(<]  in  the  [here  insert 
the  name  of  the  vessel,  the  surname  of  the  master,  and  wheth- 
er a  vessel  of  the  United  St^ites,  or  a  foreign  vessel]  from 
[here  insert  the  place  from  whic4i  imported]  onf*  !  here  insert 
-whether  cask,  chest,  vessel  or  case,  by  the  proper  name]  of 
[here  insert  whether  spirits,  wines,  or  teas  and  the  kinds  of 
each]  numbered  and  marked  as- per  margin  ;  the  marks  of 
the  inspector  to  be  inser'.ed  in  the  margin]  containing  [here 
insert  the  number  of  gallons,  and  rate  of  proof,  of  spirits,  or 
gallons,  if  winesj  or  number  of  pounds  weight  net,  if  teas.] 

A.  B.  Supervisor. 

Countersigned  by  C.  D.  Inspector, 


276  THE    ARTIST   A.VB 

26.  Sec.  XLIII.  The  proprietor,  importer,  or  coiisigned 
or  his  or  her  agent,  who  may  receive  said  certificate,  shall, 
upon  the  sale  and  delivery  of  any  of  the  said  spirits,  wines, 
or  teas,  deliver  to  the  purchaser  or  purchasers  thereof,  the 
certificate  or  certificates  which  ought  to  accompany  the  same 
oil  pain  of  forfeiting  the  sum  of  fifty  dollars  for  each  cask, 
chest,  vessel  or  case  with  which  such  certificate  shall  not  be 
delivered  :  and  if  any  casks,  chests,  vessels  or. cases  contain- 
ing distilled  spirits,  wines,  or  teas,  by  the  foregoing  provisions 
ought  to  be  marked  and  accompanied  with  certificates,  shall 
be  found  in  the  possession  of  any  person  unaccompanied  with 
such  marks  and  certificates,  it  shall  be  presumptive  evidence 
that  the  same  are  liable  to  forfeiture  ;  and  it  shall  be  lawful 
for  any  officer^of  the  customs  or  of  inspection  to  seize  them 
as  aforesaid  ;  and  if  upon  trial,  the  consequence  of  such  seiz- 
ure, the  owner  or  claimant  of  the  spirits,  wines,  or  teas,  seized 
shall  not  prove  that  the  same  were  imported  into  the  United 
States  according  to  law,  and  the  duties  thereupon  paid,  or  se- 
cured, they  shall  be  adjudged  to  be  forfeited. 

27.  Sec.  XLIV.  On  the  sale  of  any  cask,  chest,  vessel 
or  case  which  has  been,  or  shall  be  marked  pursuant  to  the 
provisions  aforesaid  as  containing  distilled  spirits,  wines,  or 
teas,  and  which  has  been  emptied  of  its  contents,  and  prior 
to  the  delivery  thereof  to  the  purchaser,  or  any  removal  thereof, 
the  marks  and  numbers  which  shall  have  been  set  thereon  by  or 
under  the  direction  of  any  officer  of  inspection,  shall  be  defaced 
ani^  obliterated  in  the  presence  of  some  ofiicer  of  inspection  or 
of  the  customs,  who  shall,  on  due  notice  being  given,  attend  for 
that  purpose,  ai  which  time  ihe  certificate,  which  ought  to  ac- 
company such  cask,  chest,  vessel,  or  case,  shall  also  be  re- 
turned and  cancelled;  and  every  person  who  shall  obliterate, 
counterfeit,  alter,  or  deface  any  mark  or  number,  placed  by 
an  officer  of  inspection  upon  any  cask,  vessel,  or  case,  con- 
taining distilled  spirits,  wines,  or  teas,  or  any  certificate  there- 
of; or  who  shall  sell,  or  in  any  way  alienate  or  remove  any 
cask,  chest,  vessel,  or  case,  which  has  been  emptied  of  its  con- 
tents, before  the  marks  and  numbers  set  thereon,  pursuant  to 
the  provisions  aforesaid,  shall  have  been  defaced  or  oblitera- 
ted, in  presence  of  an  offiecr  of  inspection  as  aforesaid;  or 
who  shall  neglect  or  refuse  to  deliver  the  certificate  issued  to 
accompany  the   cask,    chest,  vessel,  or  case,   of  which  th» 


I 


^TRADESMAN'S    GUIDE.  '27T 

fesy.vVis  and  numbers  shull  hove  brjcu  defaced  cr  obliterated,  in 
the  i:ia'.H)or  aforesaid,  on  being  thereto  required  by  nn  officer 
t>f  iuspecUon  or  of  the  custoais,  sli  ill  for  each  aad  ever}'- 
sJich  offence,  forfeit  and  .jiay  one  iiundred  dollars,  with  costs 
of  suit, 

124.  "Sec.  XIX.  W4ien  aiDV  ^oods,  wares  or  merchandize, 
shaH  be  adniiited  to  esiiry  upon  invoice,  the  collector  of  the 
port  in  which  the  same  are  entered,  sbaU  certify  such  invoice 
iuider  his  oflicial  seal ;  and  no  other  evidence  of  the  value  of 
<aicli  goods,  wares,  or  merchandise^  shall  be  admitted  on  the 
part  of  tlie  owners  thereof,  in  any  court  of  the  Ooited  States^ 
except  in  corroboration  of  such  invoice 

125.  Sec.  XX.  Any  person  or  persons,  who  shall  coun- 
terfeit any  certificate  or  attestation  niide  in  pursuance  of  this 
iicr^  or  Jiise  such  certificate  or  altestalior),  knowing  the  same 
to  he  -cou-nterfeit,  sh-dl  iipoii  co^ivictioJi  thereof,  before  any 
court  of  lire  United  States*  having  ceg^nizance  of  the  same,  be 
^adjudged  guilty  of  felony,  and  be  fir}ed  in  a  sum  not  exceed- 
ing ten  tboissaiui  dollars,  an^d  imprisoned  for  a  term  not  ex- 
^cecriing  three  years. 

127.  XXfl.  The  collector  of  the  customs  shall  be  re- 
quired to  cause  o«e  nack^ige  at  least  out  of  every  invoice,  and 
one  package  at  least  out  of  every  fifty  packages,  of  every  in^ 
voice  of  gO';ds,  wares,  or  merchandise,  imported  into  their 
respective  districts,  to  ije  opened  and  examined,  and  if  the 
same  be  found  not  to  correspond  with  the  invoice  thereof,  or 
t-o  be  falsely  charged  in  sucli  invoice,  a  full  inspection  of  all 
such  goods,  wares,  or  merchandise,  as  may  i>e  included  in 
the  same  entry,  shall  be  made  ;  and  if  any  package  is  found 
to  contain  any  article  net  described  in  the  invoice,  the  whole 
package  shall  be  forfoited  ;  and  in  case  such  goods,  wares,  or 
merciiandize,  shall  be  subject  to  an  ad  valorora  dut3%  ^'-^  same 
proceedings  shall  bo  had,  and  the  ssmo  penalties  shall  be  in-' 
curicd,  as  in  the  eleventh  section  of  tliis  act:  provided  that 
nothing  herein  contained  shiiii  save  from  forfeiture  any  pack- 
age, having  in  it  any  article  not  described  in  the  invoice* 

CHAPTER  XXXV. 

Credits, 

None  will  deny,  that  every  considerable   trader   ought  to 
have  some  stock,  or  cash  capital  of  his  own  :   the  most  judi- 
cious traders,  like   bankers,  are  always  careful  to  keep  their 
24 


278  THK  Ar:Ti5T  a.v» 

dealings  within  the  extent  of  their  capital,  that  no  disappoint- 
meu'  nvdy  incapacitate  them  to  support  their  credit.  Yet  tra- 
ders of  worth,  judgiiient  and  economy,  are  sometimes  under 
the  necessity  of  borrowing  nrioney,  to  carry  on  their  business 
to  the  best  advantage  ;  as  when  the  merchant  has  commodi- 
ties on  hand,  which  he  wishes  to  keep  for  a  rising  inarliot,  or 
on  account  of  monies  accruing  to  him,  which  he  is 'disappoin- 
ted in  receiving.  On  occasions  like  these,  taking  up  money 
at  interest,  is  not  disreputable,  but  a  great  convenience  ;  thus 
enabling  hini  to  carry  on  his  biisiness  more  successfully  ;  but 
the  boirowv-'.r  ought  to  be  well  assured,  that  he  has  sufficient 
eflects  wi/bin  his  power  to  liquidate  the  obligations  in  due 
time. 

But,  if  the  trader  borrows  money  to  the  extent,  of  his  cre- 
dit, and  launches  out  into  trade,  employing  it  as  his  own, 
such  mnnagemcnt  is  extremely  precarious,  and  is  generally  at- 
tended with  the  most  preposterous  conseq'ionces  :  for  trade  is 
subject  to  losses  and  disappointments;  and  when  once  a  tra- 
der brings  his  credit  into  doubt,  it  may  and  will  draw  all  his 
creditors,  at  the  same  time,  upon  him;  consequently  render- 
ing him  incapable  of  drawing  in  so  much  of  his  scattered  ef- 
fects as  will  discharge  Ids  debts,  and  thereby  ruin  his  credit, 
although  h(i  miaht  h;jve  believed  he  had  more  than  enough  to 
satisfy  the  whole  world. 

As,  therefore,  a  wise  man  will  trade  so  cautiously,  as  not  to 
hazard  the  loss  of  his  own  proper  estate  at  once,  much  more, 
should  an  honest  man  be  careful  not  U)  involve  tha  estates  of 
others,  in  his-personal  trading  adventures.  But  he  that  knows 
he  has  lost  his  own  fortune,  and  endeavours  to  recover  it  by 
trading  with  the  stock  of  other  men,  although  he  may  be  ac- 
tuated by  good  motives,  still  cannot  have  a  pretence  to  the 
character  of  being  judici  ais.  The  dealing  for  goods  on  a 
credit,  was,  probably,  at  first  introduced,  by  trusting  young 
men  commencing  in  trade,  whose  chief,  and  perhaps  only 
stock,  might  be  the  opinion  of  their  capacity,  industry,  and 
honesty:  and  as  this  U  continued  to  retailers,  and  those  who 
trade  on  a  small  stock,  it  may  be  reckoned  a  Qommendable, 
and  uset\d  practice;  but  whether  the  practice  of  this  liberal- 
ity should  be  extended  to  the  wholesale  trader,  in  so  unlimi- 
ted a  manner,  as  is  customary  in  most  of  our  trading  cities,  is 
a  consideration  which  admits  of  great  doubt.  This  maxim 
may,  however  be  advanced  with  some  conlidencc,  that  a  racr- 


thadesman's  guide.  579 

cliaiit  should  never  pvirchase  goods  on  short  credit,  with  in- 
tent to  meet  th(i  tiaie  of  payment  by  remittances  iiom  Cdsh 
sales  of  the  same  goods,  as  consequencf-s  might  follow,  not 
only  ruinous  to  those  who  try  the  experiment,  but  injurious  to 
trade  in  several  ways.  Under  sucii  circumstances,  ihe  tra- 
der finding  his  expectances  failing,  is  induced  to  oflcT  his  ar- 
ticles at  reduced  prices,  as  a  last  resource  from  impending 
ruin  ;  but  ten  to  one,  and  a  most  fortunate  occurrence,  if  he 
does  not  find  his  financial  system  on  the  debit  side  of  profit 
and  loss.  There  may  be,  and  certain!}^  are,  cases  when  a 
merchant  may  be  justified  in  forcing  sales,  though  it  has  ever 
been  found,  as  a  general  principle^  unwise  ;  it  disturbs  tl-e 
whole  current  of  trade,  and  dnves  it  out  of  its  natural  chaiinel ; 
hundreds  falling  into  the  stream,  in  this  way,  float  among 
breakers,  and  finally  split  on  rocks,  or  are  cast  on  quicksands, 
hardly  ever  to  be  recovered,  The  forcing  of  trade  produces 
a  general  introduction  of  goods  of  an  ordinary  quality.  Is  it 
not  a  fact,  that  when  one  among  a  number  of  traders,  intro- 
duces a  financial  tiade,  his  neighbours  are  induced  to  replen- 
ish their  stock  with  inferior  arfi^ies  (in  order  to  retain  their 
customers,)  which  will  afford  them  the  sunie  profit  at  lo.ss  pri- 
ces, as  when  accustomed  to  keep  prime  articles  ;  and  after 
obtaining  the  reputation  of  selling  goods  of  indifferent  quality, 
other  places  leceive  the  trade,  which  otherwise  migiit  not 
have  been  thus  imprudently  lost  ? 

*'  Cheap  Stores"  are  not  always  found  to  have  the  cheap- 
est goods,  if  we  reckon  hy  principles  of  profit  to  the  purcha- 
ser j  for  the  quaiiiies  of  most  goods  correspond  v/ith  the  pri- 
ces. \x  is  observable  thai  those  merchants  generally  succeed 
ihe  best,  who  have  the  reputation  of  keej/mg  prime  arti*:les, 
and  are  not  so  very  tenacious  of  acquiring  the  fjime  of  selling 
remarkably  cheap. 

It  is  no  doubt  to  be  considered  an  established  principle 
among  traders,  when  they  have  occasion  to  mal  e  use  of  their 
credit,  it  should  be  for  the  borrowing  of  money,  but  never  for 
fhe  buying  of  goods  ;  thus  enabling  th>3Ui  to  purchase  at  the 
best  possible  advantiige. 

Tnere  is  another  evil  in  trade,  v/hich  we  have  seen  and 
which  we  believe  deserves  some  consideration.  Some  traders 
exhibit  a  v/ondcrful  degree  of  diffidence  or  modesty,  fearing 
to  offend,  in  collecting  their  dues;  particularly^  vUien  they 
gre  agaiDsl  persons  of  acknowledged  responsibility,  who  cer» 


2^0  THE  AirrrsT  Ar?i> 

taiuly  oiTght  to  bs  the  most  prompt,  and  willing  as  thej  <Tf^ 
most  enabled  to  mnke  their  payments.  It  could  bs  said 
Hiany,  and  very  many  meicbaius  have  sutTered  on  this  ac- 
€oan(. 

But  is  it  often  the  case^  that  the  debtor  under  such  circum- 
stances is  luuviHing  to  avail  hiniseif  of  the  adv'an^age  thus  of- 
fcicd?  However  sirch  customers  raay  consider  the  subject, 
ceriainl}^  they  are  not  to  be^  estimated  aniorig  ibc'  number  in 
building  up  a  shopkeeper.  It  is  an  ackrro-vledged  fact,  ihit 
gfci)ile,uen  of  estates  generally  rei;uire-  those  articles  which 
ihe  traders  esteem.  9S  cas^k  goods-;  that  traders  who  reside  '^t 
some  distance  front  the  city,  could  have  sold  nil  sueh  goods^ 
wliich  thoy  dispose  of  on  a  credh  for  easily  before  they  can 
replenish  ?  We  speak  of  those  who  do  not  keep  heavy  stocks, 
though,  perhaps,  it  niight  be  applicable  in-  sontt^  cases  ;  but  is: 
it  not  a  matter  uarthy  oi  cxanwaation,  if  an  aiiforeed  an(J 
natural  business,  effected  with  cash,  or  short  ciedk,^  does  not 
produce,  ultimateh^  more  actual  gain,  than  that  which  is  nitire 
extended,  and  on  hong  and  unlimited  credits  T  Those  wh<^ 
have  been  in  trade  a  great  number  of  years,  ean,  perhaps^ 
answer  the  question  satisfactorily. 

"  Hinfs^  tv  Mechanics^ 
Avoid  giving  lt;ng  credits,  even  to  your  best  customers.  A 
man  who  can  p'ay  easily,  w?lt  not  thank  you  fiir  the  delay  ; 
and  a  slach\  douhtful  pnym:xster  is-  not  too  valuable  a  eastomer 
to  dim  sharply  and  seasonably,  A  rish  may  as  vi-ell  attempt 
to  live  without  water,  or  a  man  wiihout  air,  as  a  mechanic 
without  punctuality  and  promptness  in  collecting  and  paying 
his  debtSo  ft  is  a  mistaken  and  rui-nous  policy  to  ati*;mpt  ick 
keep  on  and  get  business  by  delaying  colleetions.  Wlien  yo\% 
lose  a  slack  paymaster  from  your  books,,  you  ©nl}'  lose  the 
chance  oilosing  your  money— and  there  U  no  man  who  pays, 
more  mxtnoy  to.  lawyers  thea  he  who  is  least  proiv»pt  in  col- 
lecting for  himstflf, 

"  Take  care  hovy  you.  agree  to  pay  morM3y  for  your  stock,, 
your  provisions,  your  rent,  or  your  tbe!,  and  take  dog  skin& 
for  your  work.  One  hand  must  wash  the  otl-u»r,  as  poof 
Richard  says,  or  both  will  go  to  jail  dirty.  Every  man*s  trade 
ought  to  bring  him  money  e-noucrh  to  pay  all  demands  against 
him  :  and  no  man  can  stand  it  long,  who  does  not  got  money 
enough  from  his  business  to  pay  the  cash  expenses  of  carry^ing 
it?  on,"     Fi4;?.Uy^  ch^iriictorls  ^-vcrv  t^ii>|  ia  re^p.^ct^Q  ^j:q4u-v 


■Tradesman's  guii>e.  2S1 

Suspicion  of  the  capaVuiiiy  of  a  person  to  fulfil  his  engage- 
teenis,  is  hardly  less  taial  ihan  ihat  of  female  chastity. 

Advantages  of  I'vomptntss.  A  merchant,  u-hose  policy 
cxpivtid  at  V2  o'clock,  calied  at  the  insurance  office,  at  half 
pase^ll,  and  ohtaincd  a  renewal  of  it.  At  2  o'clock  the  same 
day,  his  store  and  goods  were  reiJuced  to  ashes  !  This  cir- 
ciuiistances  occurred  at  the  late  destructive  fi*  e  in  Augusta, 
Geo.  What  would  hav<'  become  of  that  man's  fortune,  if  he 
had  thought  it  *'  would  do  as  well  after  dinner." 

A  gentleman  in  this  state,  n(  t  three  years  sinee,  was  in  the 
practice  of  renewing  his  policy,  as  soon  as  it  had  expired  ; 
but  at  leugth,  neglecting  it  for  a  few  days,  his  store  and  val- 
uable contents,  were  destroyed  by  fire.  From  this  circun^.- 
stance  we  are  taught  the  truth  of  the  old  proverb,  that  "  de- 
lays are  dangerous," 

We  shall  close  this  chapter  with  the  following  Rules,  from 
die  private  papers  of  Dr.  West,  which  were  according  to  his 
luemorandum,  thrf>wn  togetlier  as  general  ivay  marks  m  the 
Journey  of  life.  They  we»  o  advantageous  to  iiim,  and  while 
the}'  exhibited  an  honourable  testimony  to  his  moral  worth, 
may  be  useful  to  others. 

Never  to  ridicule  sacred  things,  or  what  others  may  es- 
teem such,  however  absurd  they  appear  to  me. 

Never  to  resent  a  supposed  injury  till  I  know  the  views  and 
motives  of  the  author  of  it.  Nor  on  any  occasion  to  retal- 
iate. 

Never  to  judge  a  persons  character  by  external  appearance. 

Always  to  take  the  place  of  an  absent  person  who  is  cen- 
sured in    company,  so  far  as  truth  and  propriety  will  allow. 

Never  to  think  the  ^'orse  of  another  on  account  of  his  dif- 
fering from  me  in  political  or  religion  opinions. 

Never  to  dispute  if  I  can  fairly  avoid  it. 

Not  to  dispute  with  a  man  more  than  seventy  years  ohd  ; 
nor  w\\\\  a  woman  ;   nor  with  an  enthusiast. 

Not  to  efiect  to  be  witty,  or  to  jest  so  as  to  wound  the  feel- 
ings of  another. 

To  s^y  as  little  as  possible  of  myself,  and  those  who  are 
near  to. me. 

To  aim  at  cheerfulness  without  levit)'. 

Not  to  obtrude  my  advice  unasked. 

Never  to  court  the  favor  of  the  rich,  by  flattering  titliOi 
their  vanity  or  their  vices. 

24* 


To  respect  virtue  though  dolhed  in  rags%f 

To  speak  with  calmness  and  deliberaiion  on  all  oCt^iHotiS^ 
especially  in  cirGimistaftces  which  tend  ta  iritate. 

Freqiienily  to  rc\iew  iv.y  conduct  and  note  n>y  f»!lii>gs. 

On  all  occasioi>s  to  iiG>pe  in  pruspeci  ih-c  eud  of  litb  and  s 
fuiure  state. 

Not  to  flatter  myself  I  eaa  aci  op  to  these  rude^  however 
honestly  I  may  aii«  at  it. 

CHAPTER  XXXW 

i^ugar-j  Tea,  t^'c 

On  iJie  qiialifi/  of  Sugars,  with  Practical  Remarks.  Nol 
having  aiiihonty.,  excepting  that  founded  on  our  own  experi- 
ence, we  enter  upon  the  subject  laid  oat  for  us  with  soin© 
diffidence,  as  ihtre  are  niany  whom  we  consider  our  suj)eri- 
ors  ;  however,  we  arre  willing  to  abide  the  test  on  close  in- 
vestigation. 

Sugars.  Havannas  arc  undoobterlly  prcferablG  to  any 
hrought  to  our  market,  and  arc  iiot  only  as  profitable  to  tlie 
retailer  but  moat  profitable  to  the  consumer.  Either  whit© 
lor  brown  is  from  ten  to  fifteen  per  cent,  sweeter  ;  besides  the 
ilavour  approximates  nearer  to  that  of  the  loai  sugar  of  the; 
shops:  they  are  imported  in  boxes,  vveighirrg  from  three  to 
four  hundred  pounds,  free  from  /V;^;/,  and  perfectly  dry.  Gen- 
erally every  pound,  throughout  the  chest,  will  corresjiond 
with  the  sansple.  Chests  weighing  four  hundred  pounds, 
have  been  known  to  gain  forty  pounds  ;  usually  twenfy-livo 
pounds  in  the  tare.  There  is  a  difference  in  the  quality  of 
these  sugars,  of  ten  per  cent,  perhaps  more.  Some  of  ihe 
Brazils  are  veiy  fair  and  profitable.  Kefiners  generally  g^ive 
these  sugars  a  preference. 

Of  the  biowns,  St.  Croix  lead  in  price  in  soine  of  our 
markets  ;  they  certainly  are  very  superior  sugars,  very  clean, 
richly  grained,  and  of  a  lively  colour,  hut  wanting  in  that  tine 
Ilavour  which  distinguishes  the  Havannas. 

The  Calcutta  sugars  are  mixed  advantageously  with  the 
ordinary  sugars  of  the  islands.  These  mixtures  require  some 
care,  or  the  improvement  miizht  be  called  a  deception.  Some 
of  these  sugars  have  a  very  had  flavour, and  should  be  avoid- 
ed by  the  purchaser  :  but  those  of  prime  quality  are  very  fair 
!nd  saleable  ;  they  are  imported  in  bags  weighing  from  one 
pounds.     There  are  many   other  kinds  we 


slioulJ  be  glad  to  notice,  if  our  limits  would  would  permit,  but 
we  Cbu  oiily  indulge  onrselves  in  a  iew  brief  remarks. 

The  islands  furnibb  sugars  of  various  qualities,  precisely  as 
tboy  do  of  spirits.  We  have  the  be^i  rum  from  Si.  Croix, 
(unless  Jamaica  may  be  piefered)  so  it  is  wiih  respect  to  su- 
gars ;  the  difierence  probably  aiisesina  great  measure  on 
account  of  the  sweetness  of  the  cane,  and  the  same  infer- 
ence can  be  drawn  in  regard  to  ihe  flavour  of  sugars,  as  will 
bo  found  in  the  article  on  flavouring  spirits  ;  though  much 
undoubtedly  may  be  attribuied  to  the  manufacturer.  Vast 
quaiitiiies  of  sugars  are  seni  into  comnjcrce,  uainerchnntable, 
or  rather  before  they  have  ripened^  or  been  properly  arained. 
Tliis  is  almost  un'versally  the  case  with  New-Orleans,  which 
on  opening  appear  SGvy  bright,  but  the  air  soon  decomposes 
it,  and  if  not  of  suiTicieat  ripeness  or  age,  the  retailer  of 
pounds  generally  finds  it  a  most  unprofitable  article. 

We  can  draw  a  very  fair  conclusi;)n  of  the  ripeness  of  a 
piece  of  goods,  particularly  when  it  has  lain  some  time  in  the 
warehouse.  If  we  discover  molasses  issuing  from  the  cre- 
vices, between  the  staves  and  about  the  heads,  and  it  is  evi- 
dent much  has  been  deposited  on  the  floor  about  the  cask, 
tiien,  it  is  also  evident  it  will  fall  short  of  the  c^ustom-house 
weight.  In  every  case  the  draining  head  or  side  should  al- 
ways be  uell  probed  indeed  every  part  should  bo  carefully 
examined,  or  we  shall  not  be  certa'n  of  its  average  quality. 
Much  exp!>rienco  and  care  are  required  in  selecting  sugars: 
perhaps  it  may  not  be  unprofitable  to  examine  when  purchas- 
ing, if  the  casks  may  not  be  overcharged  with  hoops,  thick 
heads,  staves  &c.  Those  casks  which  contain  the  largest 
quaiiiit}^  usually  produce  the  greatest  gain  in  the  tare.  The 
allowances  and  tares  on  si*igar  will  be  found  under  their  res- 
pective heads. 

Of  Teas.  Tea  is  distinguished  in  name,  as  it  diflers  in 
colour,  flavour  and  size  of  its  leaf;  though  its  quality  is  gen- 
erally reconrnized  under  the  title  of  choj). 

It  is  said  the  Chinese  neither  drink  it  in  the  manner  we  do, 
nor  so  strong,  but  use  it  only  as  their  common  drink.  It  is 
reckoned  among  them  a  singular  diluter  and  purifier  of  the 
blood  ;  a  great  /?trengthener  of  the  brain  and  stomach,  and 
promoter  of  digestion,  perspiration,  &.c.  They  drink  it  in 
great  quantities  in  hioh  fevers,  cholics,  &c.  think  it  a  sur^ 
though  slow  remedy  in  chronic  diseases. 


1S4  THE  ArttlsT  ANi> 

It  is  perhaps  unnecessary  to  remark,  that  there  are  few  ftf-* 
tides  ill  coranierc  i,  more  variable  in  quality  than  teas  ;  and 
in  regard  to  whicii  we  ^yill  only  observe,  that  every  cargo 
generally  contains  several  chops,  (qualities,)  and  that  we  have 
frequently  seen  You  ig  Hyson  Tea,  varying  to  40  per  cent  ; 
consequenily  no  article  should  be  selected  with  more  care  ; 
but  our  present  object  is  more  particularly  to  allude  to  the  sub- 
stitution of  tares  not  according  to  law.  We  have  been  furnish- 
ed wiih  abund.int  evidence  that  rhe  practice  of  reweighing  teas, 
after  they  hove  passed  through  the  custom  house,  is  incorrect, 
and  most  generally,  attended  with  great  loss  to  the  retailer  of 
pounds.  We  believe  that  we  are  perfectly  familliar  with  the 
arguments  adduced  in  favour  of  the  practice,  the  futility  of 
which  we  shall  now  attempt  to  show  : 

1st  Government  regulates  commerce;  by  its  officers  the 
duties  on  imj)orted  goods  are  secured,  and  at  the  time  of  en- 
try the  actual  or  lamful  tares  are  determined,  on  all  goods 
subject  to  be  v/eighed  and  marked. 

2.  That  the  custom-house  marks  are  the  only  correct  and 
proper  marks,  must  be  obvious  from  the  following  reasons, 
viz.  in  order  to  secure  the  full  amount  of  duties  ;  and  not- 
withstanding the  willingness  of  the  importer  to  have  his  teas 
marked  less  than  the  boxes  or  chests  contain  (which  we  do 
not  believe,)  none  will  pretend  that  the  custom  officers  do  ac- 
tually exempt  a  few  pounds,  on  every  box  from  duties,  under 
existing  commercial  regulations,  and  that  too,  as  may  be  sug- 
gested, to  favour  the  importer. 

Again,  we  are  nnt  led  to  understand  by  the  tarriff  that  a 
duty  of  40  cents,  (the  duty  on  Young  Hyson  tea,)shall  be  se- 
cured on  the  boxes  in  which  tea  is  imported  ;  but  that  in  con- 
sequence of  general  average,  (see  note  in  the  table  of  tares 
&c.  and  also,  laws  ^fcc.^i  some  chests  will  fall  short,  while 
otiiers  will  exceed  the  custom-house  mark  (or  black  mark,  as 
sometimes  called  by  dealers, )on  re  weight,  unless  tares  are  sub- 
stituted varying  from  those  estimated  according  to  law  ;  but 
when  teas  are  entered  according  to  invoice,  we  should  sup- 
pose this  variation  would  not  occur,  nor  have  we  reason  to 
believe  it  does,  particularly  when  the  inspector  takes  into  con-  - 
sideration,  the  difference  of  the  catty  pound,  (about  18  oz. 
avoirdupois)  and  our  weight ;  for  it  musr  be  understood  that 
boxes  or  chests,  independant  of  their  contents  vary  in  weight, 
frequently  from  1  to  8  pounds  ;  thus,  if  one  chest  v/eighs  IS 


285: 

aiiotljer  22  and  a  third  2G,  the  average  weight  is  twenlj'-two, 
and  uccordijig  to  the  principles    of  the  cusiom-huuse,  (uuless 
the  leas  a.e  entered  according  to    invoice)  each  chest  would 
be  marked,  exclusive  of  the  average  tare,  v/hich  is  deducted 
(sec  form  of  certificate  in  abstiact  of  Laws,  &c.j 

It  is  said  by  some  that  the  custom-house  tares  are  a  rough 
calculaiion;  but  is  the  systematic  tare,  of  19  lbs.  without  any 
allowance  for  draft,  after  the  box  or  chest  has  received  an 
addinon  weight  of  hoops  to  be  more  appreciated,  and  this  too, 
on  quarter  chests,  wiibout  distinction — jnd  10  lbs.  on  catty 
boxesi  ? 

And  would  it  not  be  surprising  to  one,  unacquainted  vvitli 
mercanille  transactions  to  learn  that  a'  dealer  liad  bought  a 
chest  of  tea,  and  fhat  in  the  same  market,  it  would  not  sell 
for  so  nnn}'  pounds,  if  thrown  into  the  commission  merchants 
hynds,  as  he  was  charged  l  The  facis  in  regard  lo  the  sales 
of  leas  are,  as  we  learn,  some  country  merchan;s  buy  their  teas 
at  ihr  black  mark,  or  custom-house  mark,  otheis,  black  teas 
at  the  black  mark,  and  green  teas,  by  having  one  pound  add- 
ed To  he  black  mark  ;  others,  wi:h  an  addition  of  one  pound 
on  both  J,neea  and  black  teas — others,  by  rewe^ght  and  a  de- 
duct :(jn  oi'20  lbs.  on  qr.  chests  and  10  lbs.  on  catt}' boxes  oth- 
ers by  reweighr,  (vvhich  by  some  is  si;id  to  be  custo'^ary)  19 
lbs.  on  qr.  chesis  without  distinction.  By  this  last  substicii- 
tion,  in  some  very  few  instances  the  vendee  will  gain  perhaps 
one  or  two  pounds,  bui  will  generally  loose  from  one  to  10, 
most  frequency,  four  and  five— but,  we  will  ask,  do  these  de- 
viations occur  when  teas  are  sold  in  lots,  by  the  importer:, 
either  at  private  or  auction  sale '?  a  merchant  in  Boston,  who 
has  been  in  the  tea  trade  for  more  than  30  years,  writes— 
■  '  the  trade  have  always  ob  ain«d  their  teas  at  the  blrick  mark, 
and  I  have  not  any  knowledge  of  a  deviation  in  other  markets, 
and  indeed,  ther*^  can  be  none,  unless  by  stipulation." 

There  would  be  many  difficuliios  unavoidably  arising,  pro- 
vided taiesare  substituted,  in  every  case  when  sales  are  ef- 
fected, varying  from  those  established  by  law,  besides  the 
prt>bability  that  a  substituiion  would  not  be  as  likely  to  be  so 
correct,  unless  the  goods  are  emptied  from  every  package  in 
order  to  prevent  a  general  average,  which  in  regard  to  teas,  is. 
not  desirable,  if  practicable,  some  of  which  we  conceive  ip 
feie  as  follows  : 

I,  Suppose  w§  should  re-ship  t?as  to  any  port  withing  tho J^ 


286  THE    ARTIST     AN» 

risdiction  of  the  United  States,  and  either  on  her  passage,  or 
at  her  port  of  eniry,  the  vessel's  papers  are  demanded  by  the 
revenue  officer,  (lor  it  musi  be  renienrjbe^ed  the  law  is  expli- 
cit, requiring  the  supercargo  oi  masier,  not  only  lo  produce 
the  certificate  of  his  clearance,  but  a  certificate  of  each  chest 
of  tea,  which  on  failure,  boiii  the  vessel  and  cargo  are  liable 
at  least  to  be  deiamed,  if  not  forfeited  ;)  wc  are  already  ap- 
prised of  the  difiiculties  which  mighl  arise,  if  not  the  probable 
result,  (proViUcd  Jie  certiliciite  oi  her  clearance  only  can  be 
procured,)  if  it  could  not  be  proved  the  teas  had  been  regu- 
larly entered  at  a  custom-house.  Is  it  not  reasonable  then,*^ 
that  every -purchaser  of  a  chest  of  tea,  should  be  entitled  to  a 
certificate'? 

2  Provided  our  teas  are  insured,  in  case  of  damage  how 
do  we  prove  the  qu:'niny  sh.pped'?  We  answer,  if  our  invoice 
of  shipment  is  correct,  we  can  prove  the  quantity  b}^  the  cus- 
tom house  books,  if  in  no  other  way,  in  case  the  cerificatcs 
are  lost.  And  on  the  othei  hand,  if  our  invoice  show  teas 
of  a  number,  wiih  a  quantity  which  the  custom-house  books 
do  not  recognizP,  the  coJiscqutnces  which  follow,  might,  at 
least,  give  rise  to  much  litigation. 

All  those  diSiculties  are  however,  obviated,  by  a  demand 
made  for  the  certificates  at  the  time  cf  the  delivery  of  the 
goods. 

A  ceitificate  for  each  chest  is  made,  signed  by  thesnpervi- 
sor  of  ihe  port  where  it  was  landed,  which  corresponds  with 
the  custom-house  brand  on  the  chest,  viz.  the  number  of  pounds 
of  tea,  time  of  ontsy  &-c. 

The  number  of  pouiids  the  chest  contains  is  put  on  with  a 
pencil  brush;  though  sonieiimet.  wc  have  seen  printed  figures  : 
a  CRiMul  examinanon  will  discover  to  us  tliis  mark,  called  by 
dealers  iho  black  mark,  nidess  rubhed  out,  which  may  some- 
times be  done    hrough  motives  which  cannot  be  commended. 

From  what  has  been  said,  it  follows,  thni  the  substitution 
of  tares  varying  from  those  esiabliahed  by  law,  cannot  bo- 
practiced  wiih  impunity. 

Finally,  we  recommend  country  dealers  to  attend  cargo 
sales;  the  advantages  to  be  derive.!  by  atiendins  ihosc  sales 
are  unnecessary  lo  demoustraf^e  any  fur'her  ilian  that  others 
can  become  possessed  of  e\ery  desirable  informaiior.  respect- 
ing taios,  but  also  the  qualities  and  standard  uricer,  of  almost 
^very  staple  article, 


287 

We  have  good  authority  for  stating,  though  personally  unacquainted 
with  the  fact,  teas  of  a  rich  quaUty  are  sometimes  emptied  and  the 
chests,  filled  with  ordinary  kinds ;  and  so  nicely  done  that  few  are  able 
to  detect  the  deception.  However,  it  is  not  to  be  believeu  there  are 
many  so  destitute  of  every  good  principle  as  to  be  engaged  in  the  prac- 
tice. Those  who  feel  no  compnnclion  in  making  "  wooden  nutmegs 
and  horn  flints,"  perhaps,  might  not  think  it  amiss  to  make  a  little 
money  in  this  way. 

Of  Tobacco.  We  have  something  to  say  respecti  ng  this 
great  staple  article  ;  and  to  be  short,  we  advise  purchasers  to 
look  out. 

Our  ever  to  be  respected  master  used  frequently  to  say, 
that  "  goods  well  bought  were  half  sold,"  and  that  "  a  penny 
saved  was  as  good  as  a  penny  earned."  It  matters  not  to  our 
present  purpose  ;  whether  we  were,  or  otherwise,  attentive  to 
his  sage  advice;  though  we  have  no  doubt  if  we  had  attended 
to  it  strictly  and  systtmaticalhj^  we  should  at  least  have  saved 
so  much,  as  would  have  kept  our  teeth  free  from  expense,  in 
regard  to  this  article,  all  our  lives. 

The  grand  question  is  easily  «olved;  are  we  compelled  by 
the  laws  of  our  country  to  pay  for  staves  and  hoops,  when  we 
purchase  tobacco?  and  are  such  practices  to  be  suffered  with 
impunity  1  Thus  we  leave  the  article  for  every  one  to  make 
his  own  comments. 

Of  Flour.  We  will  not  be  too  prolix  on  this  article.  The 
old  and  lawful  rule,  which  we  have  never  he^rd  contradicted, 
is  196  pounds  of  flour  to  the  barrel.  Have  there  not  been 
hundreds  of  barrels,  after  inspection,  sold  in  the  United  States, 
when  the  barrel  and  contents  would  not  weigh  more  than  200 
pounds'? 

Of  Coiton.  This  article  is  susceptible  of  being  charged 
with  a  considerable  oer  r.cntum  of  moisture,  which  without 
close  ecamination  is  not  easily  delected.  It  seems  that  there 
should  be  a  general  test  for  detecting  impositions  of  this  kind, 
but  we  are  unalJle  to  point  it  out  at  the  present  moment. 

We  should  be  glad  to  extend  our  remarks  to  various  arti- 
cles in  merchandise,  which  require  much  sagacity  in  purcha- 
sing, besides  those  mentioned  above.  But  we  trust  enough 
har-  alre.idy  been  said  to  draw  the  conclusion,  that  for  the 
sake  of  money^  many  overleap  the  bounds  of  right,  and  it 
should  seem,  subject  themselves  to  the  loss  of  respect  and 
contidence,  notwithstanding  they  may  evade  the  laws  of  the 
country. 


TilE   AtlTtST    AKD 

CHAPTER  XXXVIT 
MENSURATION,-^!  OG   TABLE 

t)iainfter  10  ft.  in  11  ft.  in  t2ft.in  13  ft.  in  14  ft.  in  15  ft.  in 


\n  inches,  leng 

th.    length 

1.   leno-ih 

.  length 

lenath. 

length. 

15          90 

99 

108 

117 

126 

135 

16     .100 

110 

120 

130 

140 

150 

17        125 

137 

150 

162 

175 

187 

18        155 

170 

186 

202 

216 

232^ 

19        165 

179 

197 

214 

230 

247 

20       172' 

189 

206 

224 

246 

258 

21        184 

202 

220 

238 

256 

276 

22        194 

212 

232 

263 

294 

319 

23       219 

240 

278 

315 

332 

353 

24       250 

276 

300 

325 

350 

375 

25        280 

308 

23G 

364 

392 

420 

26       299 

S23 

346 

375 

404 

448 

27       327 

367 

392 

425 

457 

490 

28        360 

396 

432 

462 

504 

540 

29       376 

414 

451 

488 

526 

564 

30        412 

452 

504 

535 

576 

618 

31        428 

■  471 

513 

558 

602 

642 

32        451 

496 

541 

587 

631 

67  G 

33        490 

539 

588 

637 

686 

735 

34        532 

585 

638 

691 

744 

798 

35        582 

640 

698 

752 

805 

863 

36        593 

657 

717 

821 

836 

SS9 

This  Table  shows 

tlio  niimhpr  of  font  of  boa 

rds,  any 

log  will  malic 

when  the  diameter  is 

from   1 5 

to   36  inclios  at  the  sma 

Uesi  end,  and 

from  10  to  Mfp^t  in 

lenoth. 

SOIJD  MEASURE  OF  SQUARE 

TIMBER. 

By  tlie  following  table  the  solid  contents,  and  the  vahio  of 
an}'  piece  or  quantity  of  timber,  stone,  &c.  may  be  found  at 
sight,  irom  six  to  twent3'-five  and  a  li;df  inches,  the  side  of  the 
sq  lare,  ox  one  fourth  of  the  girth,  from  fourteen  to  eighty  feet 
in  length.  It  rises  from  six,  half  an  inch  at  a  time,  tu  twenty- 
five  and  a  half  inches,  and  from  fourteen,  one  foot  at  a  time, 
till  it  rises  to  eighty; 

The  number  of  inches  wiiich  the  side  of  each  stick  mea- 
sures, are  placed  at  tlie  top  commencing  next  to  the  left  hand 
column  on  tiie  first  of  each  page.  Th^se  columns  give  t!ie 
contents  of  earh  stick,  and  the  first  column  of  each  page 
which  runs  from  the  top  to  the  bottom,  the  length.  Half  feet 
are  not  reckoned  ;  that  is,  when  a  stick  mcasuj-es  thirty  cubic 


285 

fcot  and  five  Inclioa,  it  is  called  only  thirt}'  feet;  if  tUirty  feet 
ynd  7  inches,  it  is  reckoned  31  feet.  We  believe  ihis  ineihod 
is  practised  ia  all  tiie  cities  in  the  Cuiitd  States  and  Canada. 

4eet  side  side  side  side  side  side  side  side  side  sids  sitk'  side  side  side 
,  in      (>    6  1-2  7  7  1-2    S    81-2    i)    9  li>  10  .10  1-21111  1-2  12  12  l-.^i 
ieiigt.  in.  inch  inch  iacli  jncliinch  inch  iacjiiach  inch  inch  inch  inch  in 
^-1       3     4       .5     5       6     7     8       9       9   10     12   x3   14  15 


15 

4  4 

'J5  S 

^78 

9 

lb  1,1 

12  14  15  16 

16 

4  5 

^    6 

7  8  9 

10 

11  12 

13  14  16  17 

17 

4  5 

6  a 

.7  .8  9 

10 

12  13 

14  15  l7  18 

18 

4  5 

G     7 

:8  9  10 

11 

13  14 

15  16  18  19 

19 

5  6 

6  7 

.8  9  10 

12 

14  14 

16  17  19  21 

20 

5  () 

7  8 

9  10  11 

12 

14  15 

17  18  20  22 

2; 

5  6 

7  8 

9  10  12 

13 

15  16 

17  19  21  23 

22 

5  6 

7  8 

10  IL  12 

14 

16  17 

18  20  22  24 

23 

6  7 

■8  9 

10  11  13 

14 

16  17 

19  21  23  25 

34 

6  7 

B  9 

10  12  13 

15 

17  18 

20  22  24  26 

25 

6  7 

.  8  JO 

1,1  12  14 

15 

17  19< 

21  23  25  27 

26 

6  8 

9  10 

11  13  14 

16 

18  20 

22  24  26  28 

»»-r 

7  8 

9  10 

12  13  15 

17 

19  20 

22  25  27  29 

28 

7  8 

9  Jl 

12  14  16 

18 

20  21 

23  25  28  30 

29 

7  9 

10  11 

13  14  16 

18 

20  22 

24  26  29  31 

30 

7  9 

10  11 

13    15  17 

19 

21  :.^ 

25  27  30  33 

31 

8  9 

10  12 

14  15  17 

19 

21   23 

26  28-31  34 

32 

8  9 

11  12 

14  16  18 

20  .-^-2  24 

27  29  32  35 

S3 

8  10 

11  13 

14  16  18 

-y 

23  25 

27  30  33  36 

34 

8  10^  11  13 

15  17-19, 

22 

24  26 

28  31  34  37 

35 

9   10 

12  13 

15  17  10 

22 

2^.  27 

29  32  35  38 

36 

9  il 

12  14 

IG  1$   20 

^3 

25  27 

30  33   36  39 

37 

9   H 

12  14 

16  18  21 

£3 

26  25 

31  34  37   40 

38 

9  n 

73  0 

27  19  '^^ 

24 

27   29 

32  35  38  41 

39 

10  11 

13  15 

17  19   ^2 

24 

27  SO 

33   36  39   42 

40 

10  12 

13  15 

IS  ro  22 

25 

.28  30 

33   36   40  43 

41 

10  12 

.14  16 

)3   21  23 

25 

29  31 

34  37  41  44 

42 

to  1^ 

J.4  16 

■1,8  21  23 

26 

29  32 

35  3S   42  4? 

43 

11  13 

14  17 

19  21  24 

27 

SO  33 

36   39  43  46 

44 

11  13 

35  17 

19  22  25 

27 

30  34 

3  7  40  44  48 

45 

11  13 

15  17 

20  22  25 

28 

31  35 

38  41  45  49 

46 

11  13 

15  18 

20  23  20 

29 

32  35 

38   42  46  50 

47 

12  14 

16  18 

21  23  26 

29 

33  36 

39  43  47  51 

43 

12  14 

16  19 

21  24  27 

SO 

33   37 

40  44  48  52 

49 

12  14 

16  19 

22  24  27 

30 

34  38 

41  45  49  5S 

50 

12  15 

X7  19 

22  25  28 

31 

2-5 

34  38 

42  46  50  54 

290 

THE  ARTISl 

'  ANS 

5 

r 

s 

.S 

S3    —It 

.5 

c    2    .s 

i 

.9  ^ 

2  .5  .5  2 

t— t 

.s   1—1 

'"' 

o   o 

^        Z        Oi        Gi 

_c 

CO    «• 

i>   t^ 

CO   00   o 

o 

^^   ^H 

ri    ,_!    I-"    r-t 

c    « 

•    ;»    V 

o 

o   o 

O     «     OJ     » 

,•■ 

•c   'a 

-o   -c 

"1     :e     .'2 

ts 

'2   '2 

"H  "S  :h  ^ 

fa 

"S   "SS 

•5   -3 

"Z      'to   '3 

•s 

"w   ■» 

•S   S?   5   B 

51 

13  15 

17  20 

22  25  28 

32 

35  39 

43  47  51  55 

52 

13  15 

17  20 

23  26  29 

32 

36  40 

43  48  52  56 

53 

13  16 

18  20 

23  26  30 

33 

37  41 

44  49  53  p7 

54 

13  16 

18  21 

24  27  31 

34 

37  42 

45  50  54  58 

55 

14  16 

18  21 

24  27  31 

34 

38  42 

46  51  55  59 

56 

14  16 

19  22 

25  28  32 

35 

39  43 

47  52  56  60 

57 

14  17 

19  22 

25  28  32 

36 

39  44 

48  53  57  62 

58 

14  17 

19  22 

26  29  33 

36 

40  44 

49  54  58  63 

59 

15  17 

20  23 

26  2f  33 

37 

41  45 

49  55  59  64 

60 

15  18 

20  23 

26  30  34 

37 

4U  46 

50  56  60  65 

61 

15  18 

20  24 

27  30  34 

38 

42  47 

51  56  61  66 

62 

15  18 

21  24 

27  31  35 

39 

43  47 

52  58  62  67 

63 

16  18 

21  24 

28  31  35 

39 

44  48 

53  59  63   68 

64 

16  19 

21  25 

28  32  36 

40 

44  49 

54  59  64  t.9 

65 

16  19 

22  25 

29  32  36 

41 

45  50 

54  60  65  71 

66 

16  19 

22  26 

29  33  37 

41 

46  51 

55  61  66   72 

67 

17  20 

22  26 

30  33  37 

42 

46   52 

56  62  67  73 

68 

17  20 

23  2^ 

30  34  38 

42 

47  52 

57  62  68^74 

69 

17  20 

23  27 

SO  34  39 

43 

48  53 

58  63  69  75 

70 

17  21 

23  27 

3i  35  39 

44 

48  54 

59  64  70  76 

71 

18  21 

24  27 

31  3^  40 

44 

49  54 

59  65  71  77 

72 

18  21 

24  28 

32  36  40 

45 

50  55 

60  66   72  78 

73 

18  21 

25  28 

S2  36  41 

46 

50  56 

61  67  73  79 

74 

18  22 

25  29 

33  37  41 

46 

§1  57 

62  68  74  80 

75 

19  22 

25  29 

33  37  42 

47 

52"  57 

63  69   75  81 

76 

19  22 

26  29 

34  38  4i 

47 

53  5b 

64  70  76  82 

77 

19  23 

26  30 

34  38  44 

48 

53  r>9 

64  71  77  83 

78 

19  23 

26  30 

34  39  44 

49 

54  59 

65  71  78  84 

79 

20  23 

27  31 

35  39  45 

49 

-5  60 

66  72  79  86 

80 

20  23 

27  31 

35  40  4& 

50 

55  €i 

67  73  80  87 

^      S     .3            .2            .«             .3  .5  .5  .5 

Cc^'5'C'ii'  3_;;i  S_L  5_1 

•"'co'^'^^'^'^'^o  *^  ^^  ^  ^^  "^  <^ 

Ci^l— 't— I,— (t-H'— (t— l,_l  I— I  —  I— <  T^  l-^  1-^ 

""jjOjajtjQjOoa  a>  «  «  a.  o.o 

^•^TS-o'O'a'a'a'o  ts  ^  "O  "O  15^2 

&N      *«      *<«      'S      '«      'K      '»      *«      'w  sS  *w  'm  'w  '«  * 

14  16  17  19  20  22  23  25  25  28  30  31  33  35  37 

15  17  19  20  22  23  25  26  28  30  32  34  35  37  39 

16  19  20  22  23  25  26  28  SO  32  34  36  38  40  42 

17  20  21  23  25  26  28  30  32  34  S6  38  .40  42  45 
IS  21  23  24  26  28  30  32  34  3..  38  40  43  45  47 

19  22  24  26  27  29  Si   34  36  38  40  43  45  47  -0 

20  23  25  27  29  31  33  35  38  40  42  45  47  50  53 

21  25  ^6  18   30  33   35  37  39  42  44  47  50  dZ  55 

23  26  28  30  32  34  36  39  41  44  47  49  52  do  58 
25  27  29  31,  33  36   38  41  43  46  49  52  54  57  60 

24  28  30  32  35  37   40  42  45  48  51  54  5"^  60  63 

25  29  31  34  36  39  41  44  47  50  53  56  59  62  66 

26  30  33  35  38  40  43  46  49  52  55  58  62  65  68 

27  32  34  37  39  42  45  48  51  54  57  6l  64  67  70 

28  33  35.38  41  44  46  50  53  56  60  63  66  70  74 

29  34  36   39  42  45  48  51  55  5S  62  65  69  72  76 

30  35  38  41  44  47  50  53  56  60  64  67  71  75  79 

31  36  39  42  45  48  51  §5  58  62  66  70  73  77  ^^ 
S2  38  40  43  46  50  53  57  60  64  68  72  76  SO  84 
33  39  42  45  48  51  55  58  62  66  70'  74  78  82  87 
S4  40  43  46  49  53  56  60  64  68  72  76  81  85  90 
35  41  44  47  51  54  58  02  66  70  74  79  83  87  92 
S6  42  45  49  52  56  60  64  68  72  77  81  85  90  95 

37  43  47  50  54  58  61  66  70  74  78  83  88  93  97 

38  44  48  51  55  59  63  67   72  76  81  85  90  95  100 

39  46  49  53  57  61  65  69  73  78  S3  88  92  98  103 

40  47  50  54  58  62  66   71  75  SO  85  90  95  100  105 

41  48  52  j5  60  64  6S  73  77  82 .  87  92  97  103  108 
40  40  ^S   57  61  65  70  74  79  84  89  94  100  105  HI 

43  50  54  58  63  67  71  76  81  6«5  9i  97  102  108  113 

44  51  5i  60  64  ^^  "^-^  ^^  ^^  88  93  99  104  liO  ll6 
-x<^  ^^  ui   oi  65  70  75  80  85  90  95  101  107  113  119 

46  54  58  62  67  72  76  82  87  92  98  i03  109  1^5  P21 

47  55  59  64  68  73  78  83  89  94  100  106  111  118  124 

48  56  60  65  70  75  80  8".  91^  96  102  108  114  120  ^27 

49  57  62  66  71  76  82  87  92'  9S  104  110  116  123  129 

50  -iS  f^i^   6R  73  78  83  89  94  100  106  112  119  125  132 


-£C  Tnr;  artf^t  v^r* 


5      8       g      5?       o?      S?      gj      S5      SI 


Ci 


."S        .-H 


Sm  "m  'm  'ro  'i»  ■«  ■« 

14  39  41  45  45  47  49  51  53  56  5g  61  6S 

15  41  44  46  48  50  52  55  57  60  62  65  67 

16  44  46  49  51  54  56  j9  6l  64  f6  69  7^ 

17  47  49  52  54  57  60  62  65  68  71  74  77 

18  50  52  5^  58  60  63  66  69  72  75  78  81 

19  53  55  bS  61  64  67  70  73  76  79  82  86 

20  5^  58  61  64  67-    70  73  76  SO  83  87  90 

21  58  61  64  67  70  74  77  80  84  ST  91  9^ 

22  61  64  57  70  74  77  81   84  88  91  95  99 

23  64  67  70  74  77  $1  84  83     92,    96   lOO  104 

24  65  70  73  77  80  84  88  92  96  100  204  lOa 

25  69  73  76  80  84  S8  92  96  100  104  108  113 

26  72  76  79  83  87  91  95  9*9  104  108  115  117 

27  75  79  82  S6     91  9j^     99  103  308  112  117  122 

28  78  81  86  90     94  98  103  107  112  ll6  121  126 

29  80  84  89  93  97  102  106  111  ll6  121  126  131 
SO  83  87  92  96  101  405  llO  115  120  125  130  2  35- 
31  86  90  95  99  104  109  114  119  124  129  134  140 
S2  89  93  98  102  107  112  117  122  128  1^3  139  144 

33  91  96  100  106  111  116  121  126  132  137  143  149 

34  94  99  1G4  109  114  119  125  130  136  141  147  153^ 

35  97  10:2  107  112  117  123  128  134  140  M6  152  158 

36  100  105  110  115  121  126  132  138  144  150  156  l62- 

37  103  108  lis  119  124  130  136  142  148  154  160  l6v7 

38  105  til  116  122  127  133  139  145  152  158  l65  171 

39  108  114  119  123  131  137  143  149  156  1 62  169  176 

40  111  116  122  128  134  140  147  t53  l60  l66  173  ISO 

41  114  119  125  131  137  144  150  157  164  171  17S  185 

42  116  122  128  135  141  l47  154  l6l  1(38  175  1S2  189 

43  119  125  131  138  144  i^i  158  i65  172  179  186  194 

44  122  128  135  141  148  154  161  loo  ^^a   ik^  loj  igs 

45  125  131  138  144  151  158  l65  172  1.^0  187  195   X'as 

46  128  134  141  147  154  l6l  169  176  184  192  199  207 

47  130  137  144  150  158  165  172  180  188  196  204  21^ 

48  133  140  147  154  l6l  169  176  184  ^92   200  208  217 

49  136  143  150  157  164  172  180  188  196  204  212  221 
^O  139  i46  1^3  1^50  l6S  ITfy   1«3  1Q9  erOO  90P  917  99^ 


29$ 

■^  «  -H  -S  .5  .5  .5  B 

O          •-  ^         .„         i-H  —  1-  .-  r^         .-         r-1  •-  — 

•^         M         j^         ^         ^  O  O         CO  O         *>•         l^ 


"*  o  JiS      ^  ^      Ji;      ''^  °°  ^C  O  05 

»4L>c>v  a>  v«  uoa>  a>  <u  ^  a 

*jj2T3'T3'2  '2  rS'S  r2'°'2  'S  "^  '^  "o 

fa      '3       "5      'S      '5  '•  "S      ■£  'w      ■?      '3  'm  'So  -^  '3 

51  60  64  69  74  79  85  90  96  102  108  115  121  128  13, 

52  61  66  71  76  81  87  92  98  104  110  117  123  130  137 
63  62  67  72  77  82  88  94  100  106  112  J19  126  133  I40 

54  63  68  73  79  84  90  96  102  108  115  121  128  135  14.^ 

55  64  69  75  80  86  92  98  104  110  117  ^^4  130  138  u^ 

56  66  71  76  82  87  93  99  106  112  119  126  133  140  148 

57  67  72  77  83  89  95  101  lOS  114  121  128  136  143  150 

58  68  73  79  84  90  97  103  109  116  123  130  138  145  I53 

59  69  74  80  86  92  98  105  111  118  125  133  140  148  156 

60  70  76  81  87  94  100  106  113  120  127  135  142  150  153 

61  71  77  83  89  95  102  108  115  122  129  137  145  152  161 

62  73  78  84  90  97  103  110  117  124  132  139  147  155  163 

63  74  79  86  92  98  105  112  119  126  135  142  150  158  166 

64  75  81  87  93  100  106  114  121  12S  136  144  152  169  160 

65  76  82  88  95  101  108  115  123  130  138  146  154  163  171 

66  77  83  90  96  103  110  117  125  132  140  148  157  165  I74 

67  78  85  91  98  105  112  119  126  134  142  151  159  168  I77 
_6S  80  86  92  99  106  113  121  128  136  144  153  161  170  179 

69  8l  87  94  101  108  115  122  130  138  146  155  164  173  182 

70  82  88  95  102  109  117  124  132  140  149  157  166  175  185 

This  table  is  extended  fo  sixty  instead  of  tiglity  feci  in 
Inigth,  as  Jirst  mentioned— a  further  confinuatioii  is  thought 
unnefcr.sary. 

Continued  from  najre  292. 

51  141  149  156  163  ITI  T79  187  196  204  2T2  221  230 

52  144  152  159  167  175  183  I&I  199  208  21/ 225  •^^55 

53  147  151  182  170  i;8  186  194  203  212  2<fl  2^30  'U9 

54  150  157  165  173  181  190  198  207  216  2^<io  234  >:i4 

55  153  160  168  176  I60  193  202  211  220  229  23b  ;,iS 

56  155  103  171  180  188  Ir)7  205  215  2-^4  233  243  2  ,-3 

57  158  160  174  183  191  200  2J9  219  528  237  247  267 

58  161  109  177  IS6  102  2;M:  213  222  232  242  252  262 

59  1(34  1V2  180  189  FJS  207  217  226  2^6  246  256  2b6 
6t)  \m    175  184  193  202  211  220  230  2i0  2^0  26o  271 


25* 


^4  'ilf£    AKTIST    Ai^ji- 

CHAPTER  XXXVflL 
GUNTER^S  RULE. 

This  Rule,  ti.e  invention  of  Edward  Gunter,  though  in  com- 
mon use,  sliii  thcr«  are  not  many  who  have  a  perfect  acijU  n- 
tance  with  it.  It  is,  indeed,  a  if  ady  rieckoner,  as  ihe  following 
illustrations  will  exenoplily.  It  requires  but  little  praciice  to 
render  the  rule  familiar  and  easy  ;  and  truly,  we  recom- 
mend it  as  a  useful  study,  particularly  to  those  who  are  en- 
gaged in  the  mechanic  arts.  It  is  confidenily  believed  noiie 
among  the  few  who  have  been  taiight  this  rule,  have  regret- 
ted the  time  which  has  been  devoted  for  the  purpose. 

Of  ike  Lims.  The  first  Line,  marked  S  R  corresponds 
to  the  Logarillims  of  natural  Sines  of  every  point  of  the 
maiinej-s  compass  and  is  numbered  from  the  left  hand  onward 
to  the  right  from  1  to  8  inclusive  where  a  brass  pin  is  fixed  ; 
this  line  can  be  divided  into  halves  and  quarters. 

The  second  line  T  R  corresponds  to  the  Lofrarithms  of 
the  tangents  of  every  point  of  the  compass  and  is  numbered 
at  the  right  hand  1.  2.  3.  4.  where  a  brass  pin  is  fixed  ;  thence, 
towards  the  left  hand  wi[h  5.  6.  7.  This  lii-c  is. divided  into 
halves  and  quaiters,  jike  tlie  preceding. 

The  third  line  N  U  M  corresponds  to  the  Logarithms  of 
numbers,  beginning  at  the  left  hand  wiih  1  ;  thence  onward 
to  the  ri?;ht  hand  are  2  to  9  inclusive;  and  in  the  middle,  1 ;  at 
which  point  a  brass  pin  is  fixed  ;  then  2.  3.  4.  5.  6.  7.  8.  9> 
and  iO.  at  the  end,  where  there  is  another  pin.  These  ntim- 
bers  and  the  intermediate  divisions,  depends  on  the  estimated 
values  of  the  extreme  numbers,  1  and  10.  Tiiis  line  is  un- 
'doubtedly  the  most  important,  and  therefore,  requires  a  m.oie 
particular  illustration. 

IJusfration  1.  The  first  one  niay  be  considered  1.  10. 
100.  or  1000: — 2  in  the  same  manner,  20,  200,  <fec. 

2.  The  first  l,may  be  called  one  tenth,  one  hundreth,  one 
thousandth  part,  ifcc.  ;  and  2.  two  tenths  or   two   hundreths. 

3.  Now  if  the  first  1  is  called  1 ,  the  middle  1  is  computed 
10  ;   and  2  at  its  right  hand  20,  3  is  30  and  10  at  the  end  100; 
the  next  2  is  20,  3  is  30  &c.  making  the  middle  1,  100;   the    - 
next  2,  200  ;  3,  300  and  10  at  the  end  1000. 

4.  If  the  first  1  is  estimated,  one  tenth  jiart,  the  next  2  is 
two  tenth  parts,  and  the  middle  1  is  one,  and  the  next  2  is 
tn'o,  and  10  at  the  end  is  ten. 


o.  H  the  first  1  is  counted  one  hundreth  part,  tho  next  2 
is  two  jiundreth  parts;  the  middle  1  is  teu  hundre  Ji  piiris  ;  the 
iiext  iw(rhuadredth  part,  in  which  case  ihe  middle  1  is  called 
ten  huudreih  part,  or  one  tenth  p'jrt,  aiid  the  next  2  two  tenth 
parts;  and  10  at  the  end  is  counted  1. 

6.  As  the  figures  increase  or  diminish  in  value,  thus  like- 
wise, must  the  intermedjute  strokes  or  subdivisions  ;  that  is, 
if  the  firsi  1  aT  the  left  hand  is  counted  1,  tlieu  2  n^vt  follow- 
ing is  2  and  each  subdivision  beiween  them  is  one  entli  p»rt, 
iand  in  like  manner  to  tho  middle  1,  which  in  this  cu;se  is  10, 
the  next  is  20  ;  ihc^.n  observe,  the  longer  strokes  between  1 
and  2  must  b^  counted  from  the  centre  1,  eleven,  nvtlve, 
where  there  is  a  brass  pin;  then  13.  14.  15,  sometimes  a  lon- 
ger stroke  than  the  lest  ;  thet?,  16.  17.  18.  19.  :^0,  at  the 
figure  2 ;  and  the  same  method  is  to  be  adopted  in  rej^ard  to 
the  short  strokes,  between  the  figures  2  and  3  and  4  and  5 
&c.  which  are  to  be  counted  as  uniies. 

7.  If  one  at  the  left  hand  is  10,  the  figures  between  it'and 
the  niiddle  1  are  common  tens;  tho  subdivisions  between 
each  figure,  unites:  from  the  middle  1  to  10  m  the  end,  each 
figure  is  hundreihs  ;  and  between  these  figu'  es  «ach  longer 
division  is  ten.  By  attendmg  to  these  directions  it  will  be 
easy  to  find  the  divisions  representing  a  given  number. 

Ezaviph  1.  Suppose  the  point  vepreseniing  the  number  l2 
is  required — take  the  division  at  the  figure  1  in  the  middle 
for  the  first  figure  of  12 ;  and  for  the  second  figure,  count  two 
-tenths  on  longer  strokes  to  the  right  hand,  and  the  last  is  the 
point  representing  l2  wliere  the  brass  pin  is  fixed. 

2.  Suppose  the  number  22  is  required  ;  the  first  figure 
begins  2.  1 — take  the  division  to  the  figu  ^  2  and  for  the 
second  figure  count  two  tenths  onward,  which  is  the  point 
representing  22. 

3.  Suppose  1728  is  required — take  the  middle  1  for  the 
first  figure  1  ;  for  7  count  onward  as  before  which  is  1700  ; 
and  as  the  remaining  figures  are  28  or  nenrly  30,  note  the 
point  which  is  8-l0  nearly,  for  the  distance  between  the  marks 
7  &.  8,  the  point  representing  1728. 

4.  Wiien  the  point  which  represents  435  is  required,  from 
the  4  in  the  second  interval  count  towards  5  on  the  right ; 
three  of  the  larfrer,  and  one  of  the  smaller  divisions,  the 
smaller  being  halfway  between  the  marks  3  and  4,  which  is 
the  division  denoting  435;  and  thus  with  other  numbers, 
which  is  easily  eftected  with  a  little  practice. 


2#6  TUE    ARTIST    ANS 

The    fratlons  found  in  this  line  must  bf  called  decirnalt,  or  if  otbor*- 
wise,  they    are  not,  must  be   reduced  to  decunals  which  is  readily  done 
by  extunding   the   compasses  from  the    denominator,  to  the  numerator, 
the    extent  of  which,  if  laid  in  the  same  way  from  1  in  the  middle   or 
right  haud,  will  reach  to  the  decimal  required. 

Example.  The  decimal  fraction  equal  to  3-4  is  rftquirad; 
extend  fr«.m  4  to  3,  which  exieut  will  reach  Jrum  1  on  the 
middle  to  75  towards  the  left  hand;  thus,  in  like  manner  of 
any  other  vul^r  fraction. 

The  method  of  pei  forming  Multiplication  on  this  line, 
is  by  extending  from  1  to  the  multiplier,  the  extent  oi  which 
will  reach  from  the  multiplicand  to  the  product. 

Example.     Find  the  product  of  l6  multiplied  by  4;  extend  _ 
from  1    to  4;  the  exttnt  will  reacli  from  l6  to  64  the  required 
product,   ' 

For  Division  extend   from  the  divisor  to    unity;  the  extent^ 
will  reach  from  the  dividend  to  the  quotient. 

Example.  Required  to  divide  b4  by  4;  extend  from  4  to  1 
which  extent  will  reach  from  64  to  l6  the  qnotieai:. 

B}'^  thn  Rule  of  Three,  questions  are  solved  on  this  line. 

Example.  Extend  from  the  first  to  the  second  line,  which 
extent  will   reach  from  the  third  to  the  fourth  or  answer. 

It  should  be  noticed  that  by  extending  to  the  left  from  the  first  num- 
lier  or  term  to  the  second,  you  must  p.Iso  extend  to  the  left  from  the 
third  to  the  lourtli,  and  thus  contrawise. 

Example.  If  7  inches^are  the  diameter  cf  a  circle,  and  22 
in  circumference,  what  is  the  circumference  of  another  circle 
14  inches  in  diameter  1  Extend  from  7  to  22,  which  extent 
will  reach  from  14  to  44  the  same  way. 

The  superficial  contents  of  any  Parallelogram  ie  found  by  extending 
from  1  to  the  breadth  ;  wJiich  extent  will  reacli  from  the  lengtli  to  the 
superficial  contents. 

Example.  Suppose  a  hoard  15  inches  in  width  and  27  feel 
long,  extend  from  1  to  1  foot  3  inches,  or  1,25,  v.hich  extent 
will  reac!)  from  27  feet  to  33,75,  the  superficial  contents. 

The  solid  contents  of  a  Calc  or  Box  is  found  by  extending  from  1  fo  " 
file  breadth,  which  extent  will  reach  from  the  depth  to  a  fourth  number; 
•ind  tlie  extent  from  I  to  that  fourth  number,  will  reach  from  ilie  length 
to  the  solid  contents. 

Example  1.  The  solid  contents  of  a  square  pillar  is  re- 
quired, length,  21  ft.  9  m.  breadih  1  foot  3  inches. 

The  extent  from  1  to  1,25  reaches  from  1,25  the  depth,  to 
3:56   the  contents  of  one  foot  in  length. 


tradesman's  guide,  297 

2d,  The  extent  from  1  to  1,56,  reaches  from  the  length 
21,75,  to  33,9  or  nearly  34,  the  S(>lici  contents  in  feet. 

3.  To  find  the  solid  contents  of  a  piece  of  timber  1,25  feet 
wide,  and  0,5G  f^et  oe  p.  and  36  feet  long. 

Extend  from  I  to  7,  which  extent  will  reach  from  36  to 
25,2,  the  solid  contents. 

,..     Tho  tonnage  of  bales   may  bn   ascertained  by  this  method,  by  being 
•livided  by  50,  gives  the  answer. 

A  TABLE  OF  BOARD  MEASURE 

Extending   froii  4   to    lOO    foet  in    length    and  36  inches  in 

width. 
illustration. — Draw  out  the  slide  to  the  place  where  36 
coincides  v/ith  l2  on  the  fixed  part  : — count  the  first  1  on  the 
fixed  part  lO  ;  begin  at  4,  on  the  fixed  part  4,  so  on  to  lO  at 
the  center,  and  thus  to  100  on  the  right  h  ind  to  A — begin  on 
the  slide  at  4  and  reckon  at  diiTerent  lengths— 

Fixed  part  -^  vc  o  !»  oo  o  cj  o  o  ^o  o  co  o  o  uo  o  o  o  ».t)  o  o  o 
^  «  —  -—  !??  2^  CO  CO  -^  o  o  o  '^  t>.  i>  00  cr.  o 

Rlirta    CJiOCiO'^-^O^VOOLOQOOOl.OOOOVOOtrO 

oJiae,  ^_^oic^cocO'«rot^5iOO?ko;ocooi-e>'^t-o 

Miscellaneous  Examples. 

1.  There  are  42  feet  in  a  board  14  feet  long,  36  inches 
wide  ;  how  many  feet  in  27  hoards  of  the  s<  ine  dimensions? 
draw  the  slide  to  the  place  where  27  coincides  with  rhe  centre 
1  ;  opposite  42  on  the  fixed  part  is  the  answer  1 134,  on  the 
slide. 

2.  A  logT?  feet  long,  24  inches  in  diameter,  cuts  15  boards, 
20  inches  broad — draw  out  the  slide  to  the  place  where  20 
will  bo  oposite  12 — 20  is  the  answer  for  one  board — draw 
out  the  slide  lill  15  comes  against  the  center  1  on  the  fixed 
part,  and  against  20  on  the  fixed  part  is  300,  the  answer  in 
board  measure,  on  the  slide. 

3.  A  log  2  feet  in  diamctor  and  under — 2  inches  on  each  side 
allo^^'od  for  clali,  1-5  for  sawcfvlf,  1  hoaj'd  for  wauc — from  24  to 

36  inches  in  diameter,  3  inches  for  the   slab,  1-5  for  sawcalf, 
ana  two  Doards  for  wane. 

4.  A  losf  28   inches  at  the  small  end,  will  cut  \S  boards 
only   16  measured— draw  out  the  slide  till  22,  the    breadth  of 
the  board  comes  against    12— -and   against  14,   the  1  neth    on 
the  fixed  part,  is  ^ho  answer  25  3-4  for  one  borrd  rn  the  slide- 
Bovy  draw  out  the  slide  till  16,   the  number  of  boards,  com*^' 


298  THE    ARTIST    A^fD 

against  the  center  I  :   to  find  tlie  residue,  say  the  log  is  14  feet 
long,  the  an-wer  m  the  slide  is  414  feet. 

■5.  A  log  14  feet  long,  36  inches  at  the  small  end  slabed,  ■ 
leaves  the  board  30  inches  wide  ;  1-5  for  sawcslf,  leaves  ^4 
and  2  wane  leaves  22 — draw  out  the  slide  till  30  comes 
against  12  on  the  fixed  part,  and  under  14  on  the  fixed  part, 
is  found  35  on  the  slide;  then  draw  out  .he  slide  till  22 
comes  against  the  center  I  ;  and  against  35  will  be  found  770 
on  the  slide,  which  is  the  answer  for  a  log  36  inches  in  diam- 
eter and  14  feet  lotjg. 

6.  A  log  ^:0  inches  at  th^  small  end,  and  16  feet  long  cuts  13 
boards  which  are  l6  inches  wide,  and  only  12  measured — 
how  many  feet— answer — ^55. 

7-  A  log  16  inches  in  diameter  14  feet  long  cuts  nine  boards^ 
and  only  8  measured  ;  makes  1  12  feet  on  the  slide,  J 

Method  of  measuring  Square  timber  in  solid  feet. 
Illustration.  Draw  out  the  slide  to  ihe  letl  hand,  till  the 
length  of  the  timber  found  on  the  slide  coincides  with  12  on 
the  girt  line — then  opposite  the  inches,  the  stick  is  square  on 
the  girt  line,  and  the  number  of  cubic  feet  on  the  slide  is 
found. 

Example.  To  measure  a  stick  of  timber  60  feet  long  and 
from  5  to  40  inches  square — draw  the  slide  to  the  left  hand, 
till  6  on  the  slide  calling  it  C>0  ;  coincides  with  12  on  the  girt 
line,  and  against  5  on  the  slide,  is  10  42- 100th  on  the  girt  line, 
the  same  answer  is  found  by  drawing  the  slide  to  the  right, 
but  the  divisions  are  not  so  easily  distinguished  without  muck 
practice. 

By  letting  the  slide  remain  all  the  questions  proposed  above 
may  be  solved  in  a  short  time  ;  the  answers  are  as  follows^ 
gOmputiiig  the  timber  at  60  feet  in  length. 


tradesman's  guide.    .  299 

Inches.  Cubic  feet.  Inches.  Cubic  feet.  Inches.  Cubic  feet* 

square,  in  the^lick.  square,  in  the  stick,  square,  in  the  stick, 

5  10,42  13  70  1-2  23.  220 

6  15.  14         82  231-2.2313-4 

7  20.42  14  1-2   88  »  24.  242 

7  1-2  23  1-3  15  94  24  1-2    250 

8  262-3  15  1-2    100  1-2  25.  260 

8  1-2  30  1-10  16  106  1-2  26.  28"    -^ 

-    9         33  1-2  17  l^^O  1-3  27.  303 

9l-i37i-3  18  135  28.  327 

10  412-3  18  1-2    142  29.  352 
io  1.246  19          150  30.  375 

11  50.  42  19  1-2    158  31.  402 

11  1  -2  55  20  1 66  2-3  32.  4^6 

12  60  20  1-2  174  2-3  35.  510 
121-2  65  1-&        20  3-4.180                 38.          6o2 

21  184  2-3         40.  66^ 

23  202 

To  measure  TIeivn,  Timber  that    is  not  square. 

Example.  I.  The  solid  feet  in  a  stick  of  timber,  50  feet  in 
length,  and  7  by  lO  inches — is  required — draw  out  the  slide 
till  50  coincides  with  I2  on  the  the  girt  line,  and  against  the 
thickness  7  inches  found  on  the  girt  line,  17  is  found  on  the 
slide,  which  is  the  answer  at  7  inches  square— 3  times  7 — 21 
inches  will  remain,  and  50  feet  long  yet  to  find,  which  to  ob- 
tain draw  the  slide  to  the  right,  till  2l  on  the  slide  coincides 
with  I  -  on  the  line  marked  A;  then  against  50,  the  length  found 
on  i^ ,  is  87  1-2  on  the  slide — ibis  must  be  diviaed  by  I2and 
and  it  will  give  7  feet  3  1-2  inches  or  7  1-4  which  being  ad- 
ded to  the  17,  gives  ^^4  1-4  feet,  the  contentn  of  the  stick. 

2  To  find  the  solid  feet  in  a  stick  45  feet  long  27  inches 
wide,  22  inches  thick — draw  out  the  slide  till  45  on  the  slide- 
coincides  with  12  on  the  girt  line;  then  over  22  found  on  the 
girt  line  will  he  l5l  1-2  on  the  slide,  which  gives  the  dimen- 
sions of  a  stick  45  feet  long  and  22  inches  square — now  5X 
22,  remain=IlO,  which  find  on  the  slide,  and  let  it  coincide 
with  I^  on  '\  ;  then  opposile  45  on  A  is  413  on  the  slide, 
which  being  divided  by  12  gives  34  1-3  added  to  I5l  1-2  gives 
nearly  186  for  the  answer.  - 

5  To  find  the  solid  feet  in  a  stick  of  timber  60  feet  long 
30  inchos  wide  and  14  inches  thick — draw  out  the  slide  till  60 
on  the  slide,    coincides  with  I2  on  the   girt  line,    then     over 


300 


THE    AliTlST    AND 


14  on  the  girt  line  is  81  2-3  on  the  slide ;  by  doubling  this  it 
gives  the  con'enis,  equal  to  28  by  II  and  .he"^  ioi".  is  /by  II, 
which  is  1-7  or  14,  divide  81  2-3=11  -3— then  add  81  ;.-3, 
81  2-3,  II  J'3  =  I75  the  answer — ,)r  lind  iiie  ivern  ra  square 
=  '0,5.  Then  find  -iO.5  on  the  girt  line,  and  directly  ove.  i^  on 
the  slide  is  175;  observing  to  draw  oul  the  slide  till  the  length 
oCthe  stick  in  feet  coincides  wiih  I.'  on  the  gut  line. 

4  To  find  the  solid  feet  of  a  stick  of  timber,  55  feet  long 
25  inrhes  wide  and  20  thick. 

Draw  out  the  slide  tiil  55  coincides  with  l2  as  i>erorc,-then 
over  20  on  the  girt  line  is  nearly  153 — which  bei"g  divided 
by  4  and  the  quotient  added,  l9l  1-3  feet  is  tho  answer.  Or 
for  the  5  inches  left  say  5  times  20  is  1 00 — the  square  r^-ot  of 
which  is  10;  no«^  look  on  the  slide  over  lO — 33  1-3  is  found 
as  before— Or  cast  it  into  a  square — as  9  by  4  multiplif^d 
gives;  36 — -the  square  root  of  which  is  6  t'l^j  ojtswer-^or  (*ast 
the  log  into  board  inoasure,  by  dratvmg  the  slide  agniiist  30 
the  width,  on  the  slide  under  12  on  the  fixed  pait  A — then 
under  60,  the  length  on  the  Oxed  part,  is  150  on  the  slide,  ihc 
number  of  square  feet  in  one  board — then  lay  ]4,  the  width 
on  the  slide,  under  1  on  (he  fixed  part,  then  against  150  ou 
the  fixed  part,  which  gives  2l00  feet  boards  ou  the  slide — - 
now  divide  by  12  hy  drawuig  1  on  the  slide,  against  1  2  on  Jic 
fixed  part,  then  against  2j00  on  the  fixed  pait  will  be  found 
175  on  the  slide,  the  answer  in  cubic  feet. 

Method  of  Gauging  round  thilier. 

Illustration.  Let  the  gauge  puint,  on  *he  girt  line  be  13,54 
inches — to  find  the  contents  of  a  sii^k,  bruig  ilje  length  of  the 
timber  found  on  the  slide  to  coincide  with  tlie  gague  point — ■ 
then  the  diameter  in  inches  or  parts,  lound  on  ihe  girt  line, 
will  coincide  with  the  nnuibei  of  cubic  feet  on  tho  slide. 

Ex.  Su])pose  a  Slick  !2  feet  long  and  J5  incl^.es  in  diam» 
eter — how  nianv  cubic  fe^t  atran^t  15  inciies  is  15  feet  and 
in  lik-  manner  a'i^ainst  20,  26  1-2— 30,59— 35,80,S  f.>et. 

Some  rules  are  incorrect,  but  the  follcu'Jnjr  trial  wiil  prove  them. 
Pass  ihe  blide  to  iJie  right  hand  till  1  i.n  flie  slide  c.tincides  witli  2  uii 
the  fixed  part,  when  2.)n  iho  slide  sh<juld  coinc.de  with  4  on  the  hx^d 
part,  continue  lo  draw  the  slide  till  1  coincides  with  3  on  the  fixed  part 
thvii  2  on  the  nlide  should  ci^incide  wita  o  on  thf  lixed  part,  till  1  on 
thi.-  Jiide  coincides  w.^h.  4  on  the  tixed  part  iheti  2  on  the  slide  bhuild 
coia.;;Ja  with  8  on  the  fixed  part — tjij  \  coinci!»^8  with  •'>,  then  2  uill 
coinc...tt^  wit.h  the  eenter  1 — til!  1  CiiJnri Jus  with  5  1-2 — then  2  will  co- 
incide with  11 — till  i  coincides  with  ti — then  2  will  coincide  with  J2, 
and  j-,alifiu(>  to  do  the  same  till  yc  a  hav-  .jonci  tliroiijj'h  tht  line,  uiid 
if  the  rulo  is  correctly  graduated,  tiio  result  will  be  as  above  statod.. 


tradesman's    GUIDli.  301 

The  Hue  marked  SIN,  corresponds  to  the  Logarithmick 
sines  of  the  degrees  of  the  qiiadran*,  and  begins  at  the  left 
liand,aiid  s  numbered  onward  to  the  right,  thus,  1.  2.  3.  4.  53 
6.  7.  8.  9.  10.  then  20.  30.  &c.  ending  at  90o  at  a  brass 
centre  pin,  similar  as  at  the  right  hiad  of  the  lines. 

The  line  marked  V  S  corresponds  to  the  Log.  Versed 
Sines  of  the  degrees  of  the  quadrant,  and  begins  at  the  right 
hand  opposire  90*^  on  the  sine  ;  and  numbered  on-vard  to  the 
left,  thus,  10.  20.  30.  &c,  ending  at  the  left  hand,  at  about 
169°.  Each  of  the  subdivisions  from  10  to  30  is,  generally, 
two  degrees — from  thence  to  90,  are  single  degrees,  thence  to 
the    end,  each  «legree  is  divided  into  lo  minutes. 

The  line  marked  TANG  corresponds  to  the  Log.  Tangents 
of  the  degrees  of  the  quadrant  and  begins  at  the  left  hand, 
and  is  numbered  towards  the  right,  thus,  1.  2.  3.  4.  5.  to  10. 
20.  30.  40.  and  45.  at  a  fixed  brass  pin  under  90°  on  the  sines 
— from  thence,  it  is  numbered  l^ackwards  50.  GO.  70.  80.  to 
89  ending  at  the  left  hand  wiiere  it  begins  at  one  degree. 
The  subdivisions  are  much  like  those  of  the  sines. 

If  jou  have  an  extent  in  your  dividers  to  be  set  off  from  any  nnniber 
less  than  45  d eg.  on  the  line  of  tanoents  towards  the  right,  and  is 
found  to  reach  beyond  the  mark  45 dwfj.  observe  how  far  it  extends 
beyond  that  mark,  and  set  it  off  towards  the  left,  and  mark  the  degree 
it  ialls  upon,  the  number  sou2:ht,  which  must  exceed  45  deg.  On  the 
contrary,  if  yaw  are  to  set  off  a  distance  to  the  right,  from  a  number 
greater  than  45  deg.  you  must  proceed  as  before,  remembering  that  the 
cinawor  vv'ili  be  lessthan  45  dtg.  and  considerinir  the  degrees  always 
more  than  45  deg  precisely  as  if  they  were  marked  on  the  continuation 
of  the  line  to  the  right  hand  of  45  deg. 

The  line  marked  MER,  (meridional  parts)  begin  at  the 
right  hand  ;  is  numbered  10.  20.  30  to  tlic  left  hand,  ending 
at  87  deg,  which  with  the  line  marked  E  P  (equal  parts)  are 
used  together,  only  in  Mercator's  sailing.  The  upper  line 
shows  the  degrees  of  the  meridian,  or  latitude,  in  IMercators 
chart,  which  corresponds  to  the  degrees  of  longitude  on  the 
lower  line. 

Grindstones^  are  usually  sold  at  the  quart  ies  by  the  stone 
which  is  computed  at  24  inches  diameter  and  4  tliick.  Rule, 
multiply  the  square  of  the  diameter,  in  inches,  by  the  thick- 
ness in  inches,  and  divide  the  product  by  2304  which  gives 
the  answer. 

To  find  the  nmTtber  of  stone  in  one  of  36  in.  diameter  and 
i^  8  in.  Thick;  36  by  36—1296  square,  by  8,  10368,which  divided 
by  2304—4  l'%  ans.  ^'^ 


Bi/  the  Gunters  rulc^  by  means  of  the  line  of  numbers. 
Extend  from  48  to  the  diameter  ;  continue  that  extent  three 
times  its  length  from  the  thickness  and  it  wilF  reach  to  the 
number  of  stones  required  ;  so  in  the  foregoing  example,  extend 
from  48  to  36  the  diameter  ;  continue  that  extent  three  times  its 
length  from  the  thickness  which  is  8  incbesj  and  it  will  reach 
to  4.  5.  or  4  \-2  the  answer. 

"There  is  aline  marked  ML  on  the  Gunters  rule  which  is  joined  to  a 
line  of  cords  and  shows  how  many  miles  of  eastings  and  westings  cor- 
responds to  a  degree  of  longitude  in  every  degree  of  latitude  ;  and  as 
this  is  found  also  on  most  of  the  plain  scales,  it  is  not  deemed  necessary 
to  explain  its  uses,  or  the  common  problems  of  nautical  astronomy  par- 
ticularly as  they  arc  more  acurate  to  perform  by    Logarithms. 

Of  the  sliding  Rule. 

This  Rule  is  of  the  same  dimensions  of  the  common  Gun- 
ter's  Rule.  The  fixed  part,  has  similar  lines,  which  is  used 
with  dividers  in  the  same  manner,  as  has  been  described,  it 
being  sufficient  to  observe  there  are  two  lines  of  numbers,  viz, 
a  line  of  Logarithmick  sines,  and  a  line  of  logarithmick  tan- 
gents on  the  slide. 

The  slide  is  designed  to  be  shifted  so  as  to  fix  either  face,. 
of  it  on  either  side  of  liie  fixed  part  of  the  rule,  as  the  naturo 
of  the  question  required  to  be  solved  may  be,  which  if  questions 
in  arithmetic,  trigonometry,  ifec.  let  the  proportion  be  so  sta- 
ted, that  the  first  and  third  terms  are  alike,  and  of  course  ths 
second  and  fourth  terms  will  agree— then  bring  the  first  term 
of  the  analogy  on  the  fixed  part  opposite  the  second  term  on 
the  slide,  or,  the  first  and  third  term  may  be  found  on  the 
slide,    and    the    second    and    fourth  on  the  fixed  part. 

In  raultiplicatinn  and  division,  unity  should  be  considered  as  one  of 
the  terms  of  analogy. 

Multiplicaton. — By  multiplication,  set  1  on  the  line  of  num^ 
bers  of  the  fixed  part  opposite  one  of  the  factors  on  the  line 
of  nunjbers  on  the  slide — then  against   the  other  factor  on  tha 
fixed  part  will  be  found  the  product  on  the  slide. 
Miscellaneous  Examples. 

To  find  the  product  of  5  by  12— draw  the  slide  out  till  1 
©n  the  fixed  part  coincides  with  5  on  the  slide — then  opposite 
12  on  the  fixed  part  will  be  found  60=the  product  on  the 
slide. 

The  product  of  50  by  12  required — not  moving  the  slide, 


tradesman's    GUIIIE.  305 

count  5  to  be  50 — count  12  -as  before — -then  opposite  12  on 
the  fixea  part  will  be  found  600  on  the  slide. 

Place  the  slide  as  before;  estimate  5  for  500  and  12  at  1200, 
and  the  slide  gives  600,000  for  the  answer. 

The  product  of  17  by  25 — draw  out    the  slide  till  1  on  the 
fixed  part  coincides    with  l7  on   the  slid^ — then  opposite  25 
on  the  fixed  part  is  fourd  425  on  the  slide. 

17  by  17 — draw  out  the  slide  till  1  on  the  fixed  part  coin- 
cides with  17  on  the  slide — then  opposite  17  on  the  fixed 
part  is  289  on  the  slide. 

Place  tiie  slide  as  before- — opposite  50  on  the  fixed  part 
will  be  found  850  on  the  slide. 

Tiie  slide  laying  at  17  as  before,  reckon  50  or  5  to  be  op- 
posite 500  on  the  fixed  part,  and  8500  is  found  on  the    slide. 

Place  the  slide  as  before,  count  17  to  be  1700,  count  3  to 
be  300  on  the  fixed  part;  then,  opposite  300  on  the  fixe«l  part 
will  be  found  510,000  on  the  slide. 

211-2  by  20— draw  out  the  slide  till  the  center  1  on  the 
fixed  part  coincides  with  21  1-2  on  the  slide — then  opposite 
20  on  the  fixed  part  will  be  foufld  430  on  the  slide 

5  by  2  1-2 — reckon  the  first  1  on  the  fixed  part  to   be  1-10 
—the  center  1  count  1 — draw  out  the  slide  tiU  1  on  the  fixed 
part  coincides  with   5  on   the    slide — opposite   2  1-2  on  the 
fixed  part  will  be  found  12  1-2  on  the  slide. 
Division. 

Illustration. — Place  the  divisor  on  the  line  of  numbers  of 
the  fixed  part  opposite  1  on  the  slide,  then  against  the  divi- 
dend f  )und  on  the  fixed  part,  will  be  found  the  quotient  on 
the  slide. 

Ex.  1.  Required  to  divide  60  by  5.  Set  5  on  the  fixed 
part  against  1  on  the  slide  ;  then  against  60  on  the  fixed  part 
is  12  ==  the  quotient  on  the  slide. 

Ex.  2.  400  by  -7 — set  27  on  the  fixed  part  opposite  1  on 
the  slide;  then  against  400  on  the  fixed  part  will  be  found  l4 
22-'i7  or  about  14  4-5  on  ihe  slide. 

Not  moving  the  slide,  and  placed  as  in  example  2,  we  have 
the  follovv  ing  result  having  gone  the  length  of  the  fixed  part 
to  A,  on  the  statement  : 

Divisors  27 — dividend  400=;quotient  T4  4-5  or  22-27-:-500 
=  18  1-2  or  18  14-27-:-600=:22  2-9  or  22  l-4-:-700=25 
25-27  or  26.  nearlv-:-800=29  17-27  or  29  2-3-:-850=31 
13-27  or  31  l-2-:-900r=33  1-3-:- 1000=37  1-27  or  37, 

To  divide  any  number  from  700  to  6000,  that  is,  at  B    on 

2€* 


W4  THE  AtlTlST  ANO 

the  slide,  the  full  extent  of  the  slide.  From  the  stateriierjt 
difjvv  out  the  slide  ou  A,  tr)  the  left  hand  uf  the  cenlre  1, 
to  .ne  tigure  6,  representing  60  on  ihe  fixed  part,  over  1  on 
the  slide,  then  agahist  7  rep  resent  in;:  700  on  rhe  fixed  pair, 
will  be  found  11  --3  on  the  slide  ;  not  moving  the  slide  we 
will  find  the  following  answers: — 

Divisors  called  60 — ii.v:denJ  700.  quotient,  11  2-3-:-800 
=  '3  !-  '-:-9O0=.5-:-.0OO=:-6  :-3-:-'iOOO=331-3-:-30jO 
50-:-4000=oo  ^-3-:-5000— 33  l-3-:-b000— 1^0.  Ending 
at  B  on  the  right  hand  of  the  slide. 

Bi/  the  Rule  of  Three. 

3Iisscellaneous  Examples.  If  3  lbs.  beef  cost  21  cts.  what 
will  from  30  to  iOO  lbs.  ?— -bring  3  on  the  letter  A,  of  the 
fixed  pa  t,  on  the  line  of  numbers  against  21  on  thj  line 
marked  B  on  the  slide — .hen  cigamst  30  on  ihe  fixed  p  ri  on 
A,  will  be  found  on  the  slide,  $-.10 —  nd  oppos'ie  So  lbs. 
will  be  $2.15  40  —  2.80;  50—3.50;  60— i.^O ;  75—^.25; 
■90—5.30;   100—7.00. 

If  4  i-i  yds.  co6i  $23,  whit  wll  20  yds.  ?  Drnw  out  the 
slide,  t«li  23  coincides  wuu  4  1-2  on  thn  Ci\^<\  part — than  op- 
posi'-e  20  on  the  fixe  I  part  will  be  found  $10-,  on  the  slide 
— hy  not  moving  the  slide  a^  A,  on  Mie  fixed  part,  lOO  yds. 
wHl  be  found  to  tiie  answer  on  .he  slide=:$  j.ll. 

If  4  los.  of  sug-ir  coif  $A.53,  wiiai  wih  10  lbs.?  bring  4 
on  [he  line  of  n  jraiv^rs  oi  h'3  ixad  p  irt,  o;ip.>si.e  $l.jJ  un 
the  line  of  numhois  on  the  slide — -*'ien  ooposire  20  on  the 
line  of  numbers,  on  he  fixed  pnrt  will  be  fuuud  $7.50  on  'he 
slide — b}'  not  moving  the  slide  opposne  40,  on  A  is  found 
- — 15.00  on  the  slide,  and  against  80,  on  A  is  found  $30,  and 
at  A,  iOO  lbs.  on  ihe  shde,  oh  15  is  found  $37.50— A  BCD 
on  ;he  right  of  the  scale. 

To  find  iho  circamferance  of  a  circle  the  diameter  of  which 
is  iO. 

Draw  out  the  slide  till  22  on  the  slide  coincides  with  7  on 
the  ftxcA  pari,  then  against  20  on  ihf^  fixed  part  is  found 
6^6-7  or  6*  3-4  on  the  slide — let  the  sPde  remain,  and  against 
25  on  the  fixed  part,  is  78  4- T  on  the  slide — and  against  60 
on  the  fixed  part  iS  183  4-7  on  the  slide — and  against  100  at 
A,  on  the  fixed  part,  is  3'4  -'-7  on  the  slide. 

If  I  yd.  cost  $9.00  what  will  5  ^Q  cost? — draw  out  th« 
«lide,  till  9  on  'he  slide  coincides  with  16  <  n  the  fixed  part, 
then,  opposite  5  on  the  fixed  part  isfoundon  the  slide  $2.83 


i?RADESMAN^S    GViVjE  «^"^* 

JExamples. 

Board  Measure.  To  measure  a  board  or  plank  12  feet 
lonjj  and  12  inches  wide  : — 12  on  the  fixed  part  to  the  right  of 
the  centre  1  is  reckoned  12  feet  in  length — but  12  on  the 
slide  givis  12  to  I'i,  or    12  feet. 

12  feet  long  and  19  inches  wide — draw  out  the  slide  till  19 
coincides  with  12  on  the  fixed  part  ;  that  u.akes  the  board  19 
feet=the  answer  on  the  slide — 19  inches  the  answer  in  feet. 

14  feet  long — 20  inches  wide — draw  out  the  slide  till  20 
inches  coincides  with  12  on  the  fixed  part,  and  against  14  on 
the  fixed  part,  is  "zS  1-3  feet  the  answer. 

22  feet  long  20  inches  wide — draw  out  the  slide  till  20  in* 
ches  coincides  with  12  on  the  fixed    part,  and  against  22    oh 
the  fixed  part  is  36  3-4  feet  on  the  slide,  the  answer. 
GUAGING. 

Illustrations.  First,  find  the  number  of  cubic  inches  in 
the  body,  the  contents  can  be  determined  in  gallons,  bushels, 
&c.  by  dividing  the  number  of  cubic  inches  in  a  gallon,  bush- 
els, &-C.  respectively.  A  wine  gallon  by  which  mo  >t  liquors 
are  measured,  contains  331  cubic  inches.  A  beer,  ale,  or  milk 
gallon  contains  282  cubic  inches.  A  bushel  ot  corn,  malt,  &c, 
contains  2150,4  cubic  inches.  This  measure  is  subdivided 
into  8  gallons,  each  of  which  contains  268,8  cubic  inches. 

In  the  following  rules,  the  dimensions  of  a  cask  is  supposed  to  bo  given 
in  inches,  and  decimal  parte  of  an  inch. 

To  find  the  number  of  gallons  or  bushefs  in  a  vessel  of  a 
<?ubic  form,  divide  the  cube  of  one  of  the  sides  in  inches,  by 
23l,  and  it  gives  wine  gallons;  divide  the  same  cube  by  -82 
and  it  gives  beer  gallons;  and  divide  by  2150,4,  and  it  gives 
the  number  of  bushels  the  vessel  will  hold. 

Example.  To  require  the  number  of  winn  and  beer  gal- 
lons, also  the  bushels  contained  in  a  box,  the  sides  of  whi:*h 
is  50  inches.  Multioly  50  by  50=2500  by  50=125000 
dividedby  231=541  1-4 gallons,  wine  measure;  now,  1^^5,000 
by  282=443,26  gallons  beer  measure  ;  again,  125,000.0  by 
2150.4=58.1   bushels. 

To  find  the  number  of  gallons  or  husJtels  contained  In  a  body 
of  a  ci/lindrical  form. 
Illustration.   Multiply  the  square  of  the  diameter  of  either 
end  or  base  by  the  length  of  the  cylender,  and  divide  tie  pro- 
duct by  i04.12  and  the  quotient  will  be    the  number  of  wine 
gallonsj  divide  the  same  nuaiber  by  359,50,  which  will  give 


306 


THE    ARTIST    AND 


the  number  of  beer  or  ale  gallons  ;  and  divide  the  product  by 
2733,  and  the  quotient  will  be  the  number  of  bushels. 

The  above  numbers  for  divisors  are  found  by  dividu;g  231,  282, 
5150.4,  by  the  decimal,  7854 — two  cyphers  are  affixed  in  the  following 
example  to  the  product  to  equal  the  number  of  decimals  in  the  divisor, 
which  makes  the  quotient  the  number  of  gallons,  but  the  other  cyphers 
addi^d  to  the  remainder  gives  decimals. 

Example,  The  number  of  gallons  required  in  a  cylinder, 
the  dmm^ter  of  its  base  being  five  feet=60  inches,  and  the 
length  K3feet— 156  inches— 60  by  60— 3600  by  156=561600, 
the  dividend  divided  by  294.12=1909.42  answer. 
To  find  the  number  of  gallons  or  bushels  contained  in  a  body 
of  the  form  of  a  pyramid  or  cone. 

Illustration.  Mukiply  the  area  of  the  base  of  the  pyra- 
mid or  cone  by  one  third  of  its  perpemiicular  height — the 
product  divided  by  231  gives  the  answer  in  wine  gallons  ;  di- 
vide by  282  gives  the  answer  in  beer  measure;  by  2150.4 
the  answer  is  given  in  bushels. 

Example.  The  number  of  beer  gallons  required,  contained 
in  a  pyramid,  the  base  30  inches  square,  perpendicular 
height  60  inches. 

30  inches,  side  of  the  square  base  nnilciplied   by  30==pro- 
.  duct  900    multiplied    by   20  one  third    of  the  height=  18000 
divided  by  282  inches  in  a  beer  gallon — answer  63.8. 

The  area  of  a  basp,  whither  square,  triangular  or  circular,  or  any 
other  form — ^multiplied  by  one  third  the  perpendicular  heights  gives  ite 
Goiidity. 

To  find  the  number  of  gallons  or  bushels,  contained  in  a 
vessel  in  the  fol-m  of  a  frustum  of  a  cone. 

Illustration.  Multiply  the  top  and  bottom  diameters  to- 
getiier,  and  to  the  product  add  ona  third  of  the  square  of  the 
difference  of  the  same  diameters  ;  then  multiply  this  sum  by 
the  perpendicular  height,  and  divide  the  product  by  29'M2 
for  wine  gallons — 359-05  for  beer  gallons:   2738  for  bushels. 

Example.  To  find  the  contents  in  wine  gallons  of  a  cone, 
the  bottom  of  which  is  40  inches,  the  top  30  inches,  and  the 
perpendicular  height  60  inches. 

Forty,  bottom  diameter,  divided  by  30,  top  diameter  = 
difference  10,  multiplied  by  10=100  square  of  difference,  di- 
vided by  3=33.3,  one  third  the  square.  Again,  30,  top  di- 
ameter, multiplied  by  forty,  bottom  diameter=I200 ;  to 
•which  add  33.3,  the  square:  product  1233.3,  multiplied  by 
flixty,  perpendicular  h3ight=  73998.00  divided  by  294.12, 
product  251*59  gallons,  wiue  measure, 


tradesman's  cuide. 


^l>i 


To  Gauge,  a  Cask. — 'TUuitration.  Measure  the  hearJ  di- 
aaietcr,  <in;l  should  there  be  any  diiTorence  in  the  heads,  udd 
boili  togeriier  uud  divide,  by  2,  #!ijs  obtaining  an  average — 
measure  also  llie  diameter  at  the  bim^,  takin^  the  mcasiiri^ 
inside  A\  the  cask,  then  measure  the  length  of  the  cask  mak- 
ing proper  allowance  for  the  thick rjess  of  the  heads — havin;r 
theie  measjres— -now  take  the  diilei'once  between  the  head 
and  bung  diameters,  multiply  this  (lilference  by  G2  and  add 
the  product  to  the  head  diameter,  the  sum  will  be  tlic  mean 
diaaiefer — multiply  the  sqiiare  of  tiiis  by  the  length  of  the 
cisk,  and  divide  the  product  l)y  291.12  for  wine  V>:)9.05  for 
beer  and  by  2738  for  "bushels. 

The  dcciuiil,  (>2  is  oonnnonly  used  by  jraii^ors,  to  find  the  mean 
diameter;  but  if  the  st:i/e:i  'ire  trjirly  straia-!U,  it  would  bo  rnor;^  acci!>- 
rate  t<»  uats  53'ir  Icsj,  hatif  ou  ihn  oontrary  ili.-y  arc  very  curvious,  tvl, 
fi'i  or  more  should  be  uy.d,  b;U  \\\\rx\  the  staves  are  straight, the  deeimal 
51  may  be  most  pro!>er  la  QVtsry  case  great  atleatiou  ahouid  be  glvea 
to  the  iiiuke  of  the  eatsk. 

El  ample.  Suppose  the  bung  diamotei-of  a  cask  h  31.5 
flie  head  diameter  30.7,  after  avowing  for  the  thickness  of 
the  heads^ — 50.3  inches  the  length,  how  nian}'^  wine  ealions 
does  it  contain'?  C4.5  b-'ing  rliafneier,  substVacted  by '30.7  the 
head  t!l?ji!e[er— prcdncl  3.S  nuitipdied    by  the  rlecimal.  02— 

procliKt  2.35G 

30.7  he:id  diameler. 


C3  056  inG.?.;i  do. 
3J.05G 

These  figures  nmitlph^d  make  109:2.09D.I3f)        \  call  the  deciaia! 

59.03  lo!i!:;i!i  on  the  inside, 

327 SOI 
9S340CO 
54G335 

tiJ4.]2  [  0-?5U03.10t  '  :219.C  aas, 

-  Gaugers  use  callipers  lij  taking  di'.ncnsion?  of  ca-iks  but  a  comruDn 
rule  or  a  staiF  may  bo  used  :  but  a  n-jore  expeditious  way  is  hy  tlie  line 
-el  numthers  on  Gunter's  Scale,  or  the  Sliding  Rule. 

To  Gauge  casks  hy  the  line  of  nirmhers  on  the  Gunfer'^t  scale 
or  sUdiiig  rule. 
Illustration,      Make  marks  on  the   scale,  on  «he    G-r-lliners, 


5d^  THE    ARTIST    AN'* 

at  the  points  17.15  and  18.95  inches  and  at  52.33  inches, 
wliich  numbers  are  the  square  foots  of  294.12,  and  359.05, 
and  of  2738  respectively — grnorally  a  brass  pin  is  fjxed  od 
the  callipers  at  each  of  ihesc  points — having  youi  scale  thus 
prepared — extend  fiom  1  towards  ihe  loft  hand  to  62,  or  less, 
if  the  staves  be  nearly  straight — that  extent  will  reach  from 
the  difference  between  the  head  and  bung  diameters  to  a 
number  at  the  left  hand,  which  number  added  to  the  head 
diameter,  will  give  the  nican  diameter — then  put  one  foot  of 
the  compasses  on  tiie  guage  point-=  17.15,  for  wine  gallons. 
18.95,  for  beer  galh.ns,  and  52.33  for  bushels — and  extend 
the  other  foot  of  tiie  compasses  to  a  number  denoting  the 
mean  diameter — this  extf'nt  turned  over  twice  <he  same  v>ay 
from  the  length  of  the  cask,  will  give  the  number  of  gallcns 
or  bushels  respectively. 

In  the  preceding  illustration,  tiie  extent  from  1  to  62,  will  reach  froift 
3.8  to  2.4  nearly,  whlrh  ndd*-(i  to  o0.7  gives  thp  mean  diametcr=33.1, 
then  the  extent  fro^ii  tlie  <r<auge  point,  J7. 15  to  33.1  turned  over  tv.iec- 
frora  the  length  0.3  Vv-iil  reach  to  220.9  wine  gallons — to  use  theg'oage 
point  18.05,  the  iiaswcr  will  be  ia  heer  gallons,  or_C-2  33  the  answer  v,  ili 
be  in  but-hels. 

Giiaging  casks  by  ihe  sliding  rule- 
lilusiration.  On"  die  line  marked  D,  is  the  guage  point 
marked  W  G  where  are  17.15  inches,  a  little  to  the  riglit  of 
the  long  mark,  that  is  over  the  centre  of  G — also  over  A  G 
on  the  same  scale  i.s  18.95  or  18  19-20  very  near  the  Ion- 
rnark  over  the  centre  of  G;  here  is  \\\o  gauge  point  for  the 
ale  or  beergrdlons,  as  fl]o  other  wiss  for  wine  gaHons- — r,ov; 
set  the  lentjth  of  ilie  cask  found  on  the  slide  against  the 
gauge  point  on  D,  and  ngainst  xha  niesn  dinmeter  on  1)  the 
answer  will  be  found  on  the  slide — allow  for  the  thickness  of 
both  lieads  !.l  1-2  or  2  inches  in  measuring  the  length  of  a 
cask,  according  to  the  size  of  the  cask. 

Tiikn  the  head  diameter  close  to  tbe-outside,- and  for  small  casks  add 
3-10  of  p.n  inch— for  ca^ks  containing  30,  or  40.  or  50,  a'dd  4-10, inch; 
fcrlarg-^r.  add  -3  or  (3  te.ntbs,  and  the  same  will  be  very  nt-ar  the  head 
diameter,  within.  In  takino  ihe  bung  diameter,  observe  in  moving  tha 
rod  or  staff  b.ickv^.ard  and  forward,  if  there  is  anv  variation  as  to  the 
thiokno.ss  of  the  staves  opposite  the  ]>iing  whether  some  arc  tliinner  or 
thicker  than  they  ought  to  be,  in  wliich  case  make  the  necesiary  ailo^V"^ 
ance. 

^  Examph,  How  many  gallons  will  a  cask  contain  the  bung 
diameter  of  which  is  34.5  inche.^,  the  head  diameter  30.T. 


TSADESMAX'S    GUlDi:..  309 

V  .      34.5 

30.7 

2  1  65.2*' 

^    3-2.6 
5 

33.1  mean  diameter. 
~  Length  of  the  cask  within— 59.3 — now  draw  out  the  slide 
till  59.3   on  tlie  slide  coincides  with  the  j;auge    point" on    the 
girt  line,  for  wine  gallons,  and  against  33,1  on  the  girt  line  is 
found  on  the  slide  w20^9  wine  gallons. 

The  guage  point  for  bushels  is  placed  on  the  girt  Tin 0  at 
13  85-1000  inches,  as  it  would  run  off  the  rule  on  the  right. 
For  the  points  for  gallons,  reverse  it  back  to  the  left  of  those 
points. 

Illustration.  Draw  out  the  slide,  till  the  length  of  a  Sf|uare 
box  coincides  with  the  gauge  point  onMhe  girt  line,  opp*  site 
13  383-1000  inches  ;  then,  against  the  number  of  inches  the 
box  is  square,  found  on  the  girt  line  ;  and  oji  the  slide  the 
number  of  bushels. 

Example.   Suppose  a  box  7.75  inches  square  and  30  feet  in 
length,  also  begining  at  7.75  and  extending  to  40  inches  square, 
•srausnq      <^*  T  ^  T      ^^  ^      ^  ^  ^?  ^^^ 

VVili  be  found  S        c-  :o  ^  o  i^  x  o  -^  io  o  -^  —  o  o  od  t^ 

^  O  r-i  ,_,,-,  r_,  ,-H  CJ  G^^ 

If  the  box.  is  more  than  40  inches,  sny  GO  inches  and  20, 
feet  long,  draw  out  the  slide  to  the  left  hand  till  20  feet,  the 
-length  found  on  the  slide,  coir.cides  with  the  gauge  poi«t, 
found  on  the  girt  line,  viz.  13.385  inches — then  aguinsr  the 
width  of  the  box,  namely  60  inches,  found  on  the  g^.w  line, 
is  found  on  the  slide  399,  calling  the  figures  on  the  giit  iTne, 
tens,  and  those  on  the  slide  will  be  hundreds,  ^nd  thus  of  r.ny 
other  number. 

Sup})ose  a  box  30  feet  long  from  40  to  245   inches  squore, 
Against  40  will  be  found  267   bushels, 
60  598  1-2 

100  .    1675 

120  2500 

150  3790 

190  6000 

■15  9950 


•ilO  THE      ARTIST  A>^J 

To  find  the  number,  of  bushels  a  cylindrical  cdarw  c-jiifdicii- 
or  how  many  bushels  of  timber  a  log  will  make  providing  it 
be  a  perfect   cylinder.  . 

lliustratioit.  Draw  out  the  slide  until  the  gauge  pohitj 
15,G0l.  oruearer  15,000. 1 5,  found  on  the  girt  line,  shall  coin- 
cide wilh  the  length  of  the  cyliiidfir  in  feet,  found  on  the 
slice,  then  opposite  the  diainctor  of  the  cylinder,  found  on 
the  girt  line  in  inches,  are  the  number  of  bushels,,  foun^  on 
the  slide. 

Eiamjjle.  Suppose  ihe  cylinder  SCO  feet  is  laid  to  the 
j;uage  point — ihea  again-^t  7,  or  70  inches  for  a  diamclcr  is 
found  0411  bushels,  which  J!-  tiie  r.nS\ver  on  the  slide. 

rjeihcd  for  cutting  off  any  i.un^ber  of  cubic  fort  of  rny 
diameter,  of  round  titaber, 

}l]ui>l ration.,  Sujrpose  the  number  of  feet  to  be  cut  ofi'  is 
3  and  the  dian.oter  7  1-2  inches — draw  out  ihc  slide  until  3 
v«i!i  coincide  v^'iih  7  1-2  on  the  fixed  part,  then  against  the 
gauge  point  l3.51  inclios  K  found  the  length  to  bo  cut  off. 

E'xa?nple,  If  $?.  15  buy  1  foot  of  timber,  how  much  will 
$10  buy?  Ans.  LCy^  cubic' feet. 

Th.is  tinsber  is  4.3  inches  in  diamclor  ;  what  is  the  length 
of  t!ie  stick  ?-— lay  4.C5  feoi  on  the  slide,  opposite  4.3  inches 
»jn  the  girt  line  and  cpposiie  15.54  inches  on  the  girt  line 
\^  ill  be  found  46.5  feet,  die  lengih  of  the  stick  on  th,e  slide. 

For  sniiare  tiiiiliT  drav.-  out  the  slide  fo  that  \he  nnriibcr  of  inches 
UiH  stick  when  square,  found  on  liie  fixod  pari,  coincides  >vith  th»  nnin- 
l>f?r  of  feet  on  the  slide — Ihti)  iigainst  12  is  found  tlio  niiinler  of  f <  ♦  t 
in  length  to  be  cut  off. 

The  method  of  casling  interest  on  the  sliding  rule  fi.r  on>? 
year. 

llhistntfiov.  The  principle  or  nuiiiber  of  doliurs  is  found 
on  A — put  the  per  cent  on  the  slide  agaij'st  the  center  I--- 
llien  opposi'o  the  principal  is  found  the  interest,  estimating 
dollars  ascents.  To  ascertain  the  interest  for  days  find  the 
uiiUibcr,  of  dfsys  for  one  3"ear,  or  365,  on  ii»e  fixed  part  A, 
vv'lien  the  slide  must  be  drawn  so  far  that  the  interest  ior  one 
year  be  found  to  coincide  with  oQ,b  days — now  on  the  fixed 
part  A  observe  the  number  of  da3's  you  wish  to  get  (he  inter= 
est  for,  and  under  that  on  the  slide,  is  found  the  interest  for 
the  day  required. 

Exair.plc.s.  Wiiat  is  the  interest  of  333.33  for  one  year, 
and  twenty-five  days  at  6  per  cent.  1st.  For  one  year  by  fol- 


IRADESMAN  S    GUIDE. 


311 


lowifig  the  above  direction,  is  found  $20 — then  notiee  365 
days  on  A  and  draw  out  the  slide  till  $20  coincides  with  it, 
or  under  36j  days,  then  look  for  25  days  on  A,  and  on  B, 
under  25  will  b-e  $1,33  1-3,  the  answer  for  25  days. 

What  is  the  interest  of  f  lOOO  for  one  year  and  36  days 
at  7  percent. — draw  out  the  slide  till  Ton  the  slide  coincides 
with  the  centre  1  and  against  1000  on  the  right  hand  at  A 
will  be  found  70  oii  the  slide.  Then  lay  70  on  tho  slide 
against  365  days  on  the  fixed  part  and  against  S6  on  the 
slide  will  be  found  $0.S3,   Ans.  $,76.8S. 

S  ^   S   tx)  -  ^   §   =:  .-^  g  5    , 

S^o-^  t  ^'^^  ^  H  o  g 


-ir   «^   --,   o 


c  3  ^-5  ii  £  2 

(J    Qj    O    O    rn    eS    P- 


^   i-<  C5«  G^   CO  CO  ^ 


-  jK 


S2- 


C-i    -^   "^   Tf  Cs»  G^i  (is{ 


^  -,  -  K 
1^   o  P  r.  o   3 

O  -5  S  '^^^  ^  2,  „      ,      . .    ^        . 


"5 


"o  ^  ^   R-  ^    ^'  "5  "-^  '-^  ^•  00  C:>  O  .r>  o  o  O  o  o' 
OJ    "2    O         w     :3  5 . : ___ 

2 
7 


0J2  THE   ARTIST   A^D 

aOJAD  MEASURE   OF  ROf'ND  TIMBEti. 


s  ft. 

9  ft. 

10  ft 

.    11  ft. 

12  ft. 

13  ft 

14  ft. 

15  ft. 

16  ii- 

long 

long 

long 

long 

long 

long 

long 

long 

long 

diais.   O 

o 

9 

o 

9 

p 

2 

Cl 
2 

p 

ia.       1 
inch,    g 

3 
3 

1 

3 

a 

3 

3 
a 
S 

2 

3 

a 

1 

3 

3 

w 

(A 

w 

S" 

M 

ST 

w 

« 

w 

6     i.6 

1.8 

2.0 

2.1 

2.5 

2.5 

2.7 

2.9 

3.1 

7     2.1 

2.4 

2.7 

2.9 

3.2 

3.5 

3.7 

4.0 

4.2 

8     2.8 

3.1 

3.5 

3.8 

4.2 

4^.  a 

4.8 

5.2 

5.5 

9     3.5 

3.9 

4.4 

4.8 

5.3 

5.7 

6.1 

6.6 

7.0 

10     4.3 

4.9 

5.4 

6.0 

6.5 

7.1 

7.6 

8.1 

8.7 

11      5.3 

5.9 

6,6 

7.4 

7.9 

8.5 

9.3 

9.8 

10.5 

12     6.3 

7.1 

7.8 

8.6 

9.4 

10.2 

11.0 

11.8 

12.5 

13     7.3 

8.5 

9.4 

10.0 

n.i 

1 1 .9 

12. S 

13.8 

14.6 

14     8.5 

9.6 

10.6 

11.7 

12.8 

13.9 

14.9 

16.0 

17.0 

15     9.8 

11. 1 

12.4 

13.6 

14,9 

16.1 

17.2 

18.5 

19.7 

16  11.2 

12.6 

14.0 

15.3 

16.8 

18.2 

19.5 

20.8 

22.3 

17  12.6 

14.1 

15.7 

17.3 

18.9 

20.1 

21.8 

23.5 

25.0 

18   14.1 

15.9 

17.7 

19.4 

21.3 

22.8 

24.5 

26.4 

28.2 

19  15.7 

17.7 

19.7 

21.6 

23.5 

25.5 

27.3 

29.3 

31.3 

20  17.5 

19.6 

21.6 

23.9 

26. 2 

28.2 

30.3 

32.5 

34.6 

21   19.2 

21.5 

23.8 

26.3 

28.7 

31.0 

33.3 

35.8 

38.1 

22  21.0  23.6 

26.3 

28.8 

31.5 

34.0 

36.6 

39.2 

41.8 

23  22.9 

25.9 

28.8 

31. ;> 

34.5 

37.3 

40.2 

42.8 

45.7 

24  25.0 

28.4 

31.3 

35.3 

37.6 

40.6 

AZ,6 

46.7 

49.6 

25  27.2 

30.7 

34.0 

37.3 

40.7 

44.0 

AlA 

50.7 

53.9 

26  29.4 

32.1 

36.8 

40.4 

44.0 

47.7 

51.3 

54.8 

58.3 

27  31.6 

35.6 

39.7 

43.2 

47.4 

5  J. 3 

^5.0 

.^8.9 

63.0 

28   33.9 

38.4 

42.5 

46.6 

51.0 

55.2 

59.2 

63.7S 

67.6 

29  36.3 

41.0 

45.5 

50.0 

54.5 

5S.9 

63.4 

68.0 

72.4 

30  39.0 

43.9 

49.0 

53.5 

^.8.4 

63.4 

6S.0 

73.3 

77.7 

31   41.8 

47.0 

52.2 

57.2 

62.5 

67.7 

72.7 

78.2 

83.3 

32  44.5 

r»2.2 

55.6 

61.2 

66.7 

72.4 

77.5 

S3.5 

88.7 

33  47.2 

53.3 

59.1 

65,0 

71.0 

76.8 

82.5 

S8.6 

94.5 

34  50.3 

56.3 

62.9 

Gi^O 

75.3 

81.4 

87. 5 

94.3 

99.6 

35   53.0 

59.8 

66.5 

73.0 

79.8 

86.4 

92.8 

99.5 

106.8 

36  56.0 

63.2 

70.5 

79.0 

84.4 

91. S 

98.0 

105.5 

112.9 

37  59.4 

67.0 

74. f> 

81.S 

S9.5 

96.8 

\0A.1 

112.0 

119.5 

38   62.8 

70.6 

78,8 

86.3 

94.4 

102.5 

110.0 

117.7 

126.0 

39  66.3 

74.4 

83.3 

91.0 

99.3 

108. 3 

115.9 

124. T 

132.6 

40  69.6  78.3 

87.3 

95.7 

104.4 

113.4 

124.0 

ISO.S 

139.5 

TRADESMAN  S    GUIDE.  iJlg 

MEASURE  OF  ROUND  TIMBER.— Continued. 


17  ft. 

13  ft. 

19  ft. 

20  ft. 

21  ft. 

22  ft. 

23  ft, 

2i  ft. 

25  ft. 

26  U 

long 

Ions 

loniT 

long 

long 

long 

long 

long 

long 

long 

O 
2 

1 

O 
o 

3 
"? 
3 

ST 

O 

o 

3 

O 

3 

a 

o 

3 

et 

3 

O 

m 
3 

O 
o 

3 

c 

3 

9 

1 

CO 

3.. 3 

3.5 

3.7 

3.9 

4.1 

4.3 

4.5 

4.7 

4.9 

5.1 

4J) 

4.8 

5.1 

5.3 

5.7 

5.9 

6.1 

6.4 

6.7 

6.9 

.7.9 

6.3 

6.6 

7.0 

7.3 

7.7 

8.0 

8.4 

8.S 

9.1 

7.5 

8.0 

8.4 

9.0 

9.4 

9.7 

10.2 

10.3 

11. 1 

11.5 

9.3 

9.8 

10.4 

11.0 

11.5 

12.1 

12.6 

13.2 

13.7 

14.2 

1 1.2 

n.9 

12.6 

13.3 

13.9 

14.6 

15.3 

15.9 

16.6 

17.3 

13.4 

14.2 

15.0 

15.8 

16.6 

17.4 

18.2 

19.1 

19.8 

20.5 

16.7 

i/'.l 

17.6 

18.5 

19.5 

20.4 

21.3 

22.2 

23.0 

23.9 

18.3 

19.3 

20.7 

21.4 

22.5 

23.6 

24.5 

25.7 

26.7 

27.8 

21.1 

22.3 

23.6 

2-1.7 

26.2 

27.4 

28.6 

29.7 

31.0 

32.3 

23.8 

25.2 

26.7 

2S.2 

29.5 

31.0 

32.3 

33.7 

35.0 

36.5 

26-8 

28.3 

30.0 

31.6 

33.3 

34.9 

36.3 

38.0 

39.6 

41.0 

CO.l 

31.9 

33.0 

35.4 

37.2 

39.0 

40,7 

42.5 

44.S 

46.0 

53.5 

35.4 

37.5 

39.4 

41.5 

43.3 

45.2 

47.3 

49.4 

51.2 

37.2 

39.2 

41.5 

43.7 

46.0 

48.3 

50.3 

52.5 

54.7 

56.7 

4v0.9 

43.1 

45.6 

48.4 

50.4 

53.0 

j5.2 

57.7 

60.0 

62.5 

41.7 

47.4 

50.2 

52.7 

55.2 

58.1 

60.7 

63.5 

G6.0 

68.7 

49. 1 

51.8 

54.8 

57.7 

60.8 

63.7 

66.2 

69.5 

72.3 

75.2 

53  3 

56.1 

59.5 

62.9 

66.2 

69.4 

72.3 

75.4 

78.6 

81.9 

57.7 

61.4 

64.  S 

68.3 

71.8 

75.3 

78.5 

82.3 

85. 7 

88.5 

(2.6 

66.4 

70.2 

74.0 

77.6 

81.5 

85.3 

88.7 

93.5 

96.0 

67.5 

71.5 

75.4 

79.5 

83.5 

87.7 

91.5 

96.0 

99.2 

103.4 

72.6 

77.2 

81.3 

85,6 

90.0 

94.5 

98.5  103.2  ior.3 

111.3 

7i  .7 

82.4 

87.2 

91.5 

96.3  101.0  105.6  110.7  114.8  U9.5 

•83.5 

88.4 

93.5 

98.5 

103.4  108.8  113.5  118.6  123.3  128.0 

^9.4 

94.5 

99.5 

105.3 

111.0  116.0  121.4  126.8  131.5 

1S7.0 

<)5.5  101.0  106.8  112.4  118.0  124.0  129.5  135.5  140.6  145.5 
101.5  107.3  113.4  119.5  125.4  131.5  138.0  144.0  149.0  155.0 

107.5  113.8  120.0  126.7  133.0  139.4  145.7  152.5  158-6  164.0 
114.0  120.5  127.2  135.0  141.0  147.7  154.7  161.5  167.5  174.0 

120.6  127.5  135.1  142.2  149.0  156.5  163.5  171.0  178.0  185.0 
127.6  135.3  143.0  150.9  157.6  164.5  173.5  181.5  ISS.O  195.5 
134.8  142.6  150.8  159.0  166.5  174.5  183.0  191.0  198.0  206.0 
142.0  150.5  159.0  167-9  170.0  184.4  192.5  202.0^08.5  217.0 
149.5  158.0  167.0  1760  185.0  193.5  204.0  213.2  218.5  228.0 


314  tHE    ARUsT    AN& 

MEASUllE  OF  ROUND  TIMBER.— Continued. 

■37  ft.     28  ft.     29  ft.     30  ft.    31  ft.     32  ft.    33  ft.  34  ft.     35  ft.  36  ft 

long      long      \onrr      lonjj      long      long       long  long      long     long 

one       GO        o         o         000 

00000  o  o  coo 

acJ3D3  3  B  aat 


5.3  5.5      5.7     5.9      6.1      6.3     6.5     6.7     6,9      T-i 
7.2     7.5     7.8     8.0     8.3     8.6     8.8     9.1      9.4      9-6 

9.4  9.7    10.1    10.3    10.8    11.1    11.5    11.9    12.3    12-6 
11.9    12.4    12.8   13.1    13.7    14;2    14.6    15.1    15.5    15.q 

14.8  15.4    15.9    16.4    17.1    17.6    18.2    18.7    19.3    I9.7 

17.9  18.6  19.2  19.8  20  6  21.2  21.7  22.5  23.2  23-7 
21.3  22.1  23.0  23.0  21.1  25.4  26.1  26.7  27.7  28.4 
24.9  25.8  26.7  27.7  28.6  29.5  30.6  31.4  32.3  33.3 
28.9    30.1    3L2    32.1    33.3    34.3    35.4    36.5    37.6^  3S.7 

33.5  34.7  36.1  37.3  38.5  39.7  41.1  42.2  43.3  44.5 
37.9    39  3    40.7   42.0   43.4    45.0    46.3    47.7    49.2    50.  j 

42.6  44.2  45.6  47.2  48.6  50.5  52.0  53.4  55.2  56.5 
47.8  49.7  51.3  52.7  54.6  56.5  58.3  60,1  62.0  63.6 
53.3    55.1    57.0   5S.8   61.1    63.0    65.0   67.0    69.0    70.9 

59.2  61,3  63.5  65.5  67.2  702  72.2  74.4  76.7  79.0 
65.0  67.2  69.7  72.0  75.5  76.7  79.5  81.7  81.4  S6.5 
71.5  74.0  76.5  79.0  82.0  84.5  87.2  89.5  92.5  95.4 
78.5   81.0    83.7   86.5    89.5    92.4   95.5    98.3  101.2104.5 

86.3  83.0  91.2  94.2  97.5100.8104.0107.0  110.8  113.5 
92.5    95.6   99.0  102.7  106.0  109.5  113.0  115.7  119.5  123.0 

99.7  103.5  107.5  111.2  114.7  118.5  122.0  125.8  129.5  133.0 

107.7  111.7  115.5  119.4  123.3  127.5  131.5  135.2  139.5  112.5 

116.0  120.0  121.7  128.8  132.7  137.5  141.5  145.5  150.3  151.4 
124.2  12S.7  133.0  138.0  142.0  146.4  150.6  155.5  161.0  165.0 

133.2  136.0  143.1  148.0  152.4  157.0  162.6  167.0  172.5  177.5 

142.3  147.5  152.7  158.3  163.0  169.0  174.0  179.0  182.4  190.0 

152.1  157.3  163.0  169.0  174.0  180.0  185.5  191.0  197.0  202.0 

161.8  167.0  173.0  179.7  185.4  191.2  197.0  202.5  208.0  214.0 
171.5  178.0  184.0  190.5  196.0  202.5  20S.2  214.3  220.0  227.0 
182.0  188.7  194.7  202.5  208.2  214.0  220.5  227.0  2^34.0  210.0 
192.5  199.0  206.0  213.0  218.5  226.5  233.5  210.0  247.0  255.0 

206.0  211.0  217.5  225.0  232.5  240.0  247.5  254.3  262.5  269.5 

214.1  222.1  228.5  236.1  244.0  253.5  261.5  268.0  276.4  284.0 
226.3  234.6  242.0  251.0  258.0  267.0  275.0  233.2  292.5  313.0 
237.5  245.3  254.5  263.7  272.0  280.0  238.5  297.3  306,4  316.2 


liLVBESMAN  S    GJUIDE.  2x3 


IVIEA 

SURE 

OF  ROUND  TIMBER- 

-Continued. 

S7  t\ 

.  38  fi. 

39  ft 

40  ft. 

41ft. 

42  ft- 

43  ft. 

44  ft 

45  ft. 

46   ft 

long. 

long. 

long 

ieng 

long 

long 

long 

long 

long 

long 

■9 

5 

1 

§ 

2 

9 

o 

n 

o 

1 

3 

1 

s 

f 

O 

o 

s 

s 

1 

CI 
§ 

9 

7.3 

7.4 

7.7 

7.8 

8.0 

8.2 

8.4 

8.7 

8.8 

9.0 

9.9 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

11.3 

11.5 

11.7 

12.0 

12.3 

12.9 

13.3 

13.7 

14.0 

14.3 

14.7 

15A 

15.4 

15.7 

16.1 

16.3 

16.8 

17.3 

ir.7 

18.1 

19.0 

19.1 

19.4 

19.8 

20.4 

20.3 

20.7 

21.6 

21.7 

22.3 

22.9 

23.5 

24.0 

24.5 

25. § 

24.4 

25.2 

25.7 

26.4 

27'.7 

28.7 

29.0 

29.2 

29.6 

30.5 

29.2 

29.9 

30.8 

31.5 

32.2 

33.0 

33.9 

34.7 

35. 4 

36.4 

S4.0 

S5.0 

3G.1 

36.8 

37.7 

38.7 

39.7 

40.5 

41.4 

42.5 

39.6 

40.7 

41.7 

42.7 

43.5 

44.7 

45.9 

46.9 

48.0 

49.4 

45.8 

47.0 

48.4 

49.5 

50.6 

51.7 

52.3 

53.2 

55.5 

.^7.0 

51.7 

53.3 

54.5 

55.7 

57.0 

58.5 

60.3 

61.5 

62.8 

64.6 

58.2 

59.7 

62. 5 

62.9 

64.2 

66.0 

67.7 

69.4 

70.7 

72.7 

65.4 

67.0 

69.0 

70.5 

72.3 

74.2 

76.0 

77.6 

79.5 

81.5 

72.8 

74.7 

76.7 

78.7 

80.4 

82.5 

S4.6 

86.5 

88.4 

90.8 

81.0 

83.3 

85.5 

87.5 

89.0 

91.5 

94.5 

96.3 

98.5  100.5 

SB. 8 

91.3 

93.7 

96.0 

98.4  100.8  103.4  105.5 

108.3  110.5 

97.7  100.5  103.2  106.0  108.6  111.0  113.5  116.0  118.4  121.5 
307.3  110.0  113.0  115.5  119.5  121.3  124  5  127.3  129.5' 133.0 

116.6  1 19.5  123.0  126.0  129.0  132.0  135.0  138.7  141.5  144.5 
127.0  130.0  133.3  137.3  140.4  143.5  147.3  150.5  153.7  157.0 
137.5  141.5  144.4  148.0  151.5  155.0  159.0  162.7  166.5  170,5 
147.5  151.0  155.5  155,5  158.5  I6O.O  167.0  171.0  175.0  183.0 
159.0  163.0  167.0  172.0  175.2  180.2  184.7  188.5  393.0  197.0 

170.7  174.5  178.0  182.0  188.0  192.8  197.0  201.5  206.0  21  l.O 

183.0  187.5  192.5  197.0  202.0  206.5  211.5  215.0  221.0  225.0 

195.1  200.5  205.0  2110  214.5  220.0  225.2  231.0  237.0  242.0 
207  2  212.4  218.0  224.0  228.0  334.5  241.0  245.4  252.5  257.5 
221.0  226.5  232.5  238.2  243.5  249.0  256.1  262.0  267.5  273.0 
234.0  239.0  246.0  253.0  258.0  264.0  271.5  276.5  283.5  289.0 
247.0  254.0  262.0  268.0  274.0  282.1  287.0  294,0  301.5  307.5 
262.5  267.5  276.0  284.0  289.0  296.0  304.0  310.3  317.5  325.0 
276.5  280.0293.5  300.0  307.0  314.5  322.7  328.0  336.5  344.0 
292.5  300.0  309,0  316.5  324.0  332.1  337.5  345.0  355.0  363.2 
309.0  316.5  326.2  334.0  341.2  349.0  357.1  366.4  375.0  384.0 
325,0  333,0  341.4  349.5  359.0  367.3  377.0  385,2  394,0  403, ^ 


316-  THK    ARTIST    ANB 

By  the  foregoing  Table  the  solid  measure  of  any  stick  of  roiind  limber, 
can  be  found  at  sight  from  C  to  40  inches  in  diameter,  and  from  8  to  4b 
feet  in  length      It  rises  one  inch  in  diameter  and  one  foot  in  length  at 

a  time.       The  left  hand  column  on  the  first  page  gives  the  inches  in 
diameter;  and  the  other  columns  the  contents,  which  are  given  in  cubic 
feet   and  tenths  of  a  foot.     Over  the  top  of  the  columns  is  placf^d  the 
lengtli  at  the  top,  ttien  the  inches  in  diameter  at  the  left  hand  column 
and  against  it  under  the  length,  to  the  right  will  be  found  the  contents 

A  TABLE, 

Showing  the  rates  a  boat  weighing  witli  its  load  fifteen  tons, 

^and  a  Avagoii  of  the   same  weight,  is  impelled ^  the  one    on  a. 

canal  aed  the  other  on  a  railway,  whi^  is   stated  in    }30unds 

and   in    horse  power- — reckoning  one   horse    power  equal  to 

180  pounds. 

Boat  on  a  Canal.    .  Wagon  on  Railroad. 

Miles  per  hour,  power  in  ibs.  Horse  power,  power  in  pounds.  Horse  power 


2 

33 

1-5 

100 

1-2 

4 

133 

2-3 

102 

1-2 

6 

300 

1  3-4 

105 

1-2 

8 

533 

3 

109 

1-2 

12 

1200 

7 

120 

2-3 

16 

2133 

12 

137 

3-4 

20 

3325 

18 

156 

1 

Dr.  Armstrong  observes,  that  a  horse  travelh'ng  at  the  usual 
rate  that  wagons  move,  would  with  ease,  under  favourable 
circumstances,  draw  twenty  tons  ;  but  Mr.  Fulton  says,  that 
five  tons  to  a  horse  is  the  average  work  on  railways,  descend- 
ing at  tlje  rate  of  three  miles  per  hour,  and  one  ton  upwards 
with  the  same  speed. 

Mr.  Telford,  an  experienced  engineer,  observes,  that  on  a 
railway  well  constructed  and  laid  with  a  declivity  of  fifty  feet 
in  a  mile,  one  horse  will  readily  take  down  wagons  containing 
twelve  or  fifteen  tons,  and  bring  back  the  same  with  four  tons 
in  them. 


%  The  iollowing  is  a  list  of  tlie  average  weight  of  }3njcs  ol" 
different  diameters  in  the  clear,  witii  tiie  thickness  icqi.niP»i 
to  hear  a  pressure  of  300  feet  hegid  of  water. 

Diameter   ThickMess  of  pipe     Weight  per  running  yd 


in  inche'?. 

in  inchos 

cwt. 

qrs. 

lbs.' 

2 

4- Hi 

0 

I 

2 

3 

^i-l6 

0 

1 

iB 

4 

5-16 

0 

2 

4 

G 

■     6-16 

I 

0 

0 

8 

8-16 

r 

1 

'.li 

10 

9-16 

o 

0 

H 

12 

9-16 

'} 

2 

18 

16 

10- Ki 

3 

2 

0 

'iO 

10-16 

5 

0 

u 

ll2lbs. 

1  Ih 

2  GO 

CI 

300 

'  3 

1000 

4 

1800 

7 

9 

CHAPTER  XLI. 

Allowances  for  Drafts,  accnrding'to  Laic 
On  ::ny  quantity  <'f        •  100  lbs.  or 
Ahov^lOO  lbs.  and  not  exceeding 
200  do. 

300  do. 

'*      1000  do. 

"      ISOO  do. 

Usual  allowance  at  the  Custoni-iXouse,  wliich  is  consid- 
ered equal  to  that  of  the  law  : — Sugar,  Barrels,  2  lbs.  do. 
Tierces,  4  lbs\  do.  Hogsheads,  7  lbs.  iko.  Boxes,  4  lb.  do, 
cfjses,  1-2  per  cent.  All  other  goods  lialf  per  cent,  except 
teas,  which  huve  the  turn  of  the  beam. 

Ailoiccnice  for  Leakage  and  Breakage. 
Two  per  cent,  allowed  on  the  gauge  on  all  merchandise. 
Ten  per  cent,  on  all  Beer,  Ale,  and  Porter,  in  bottles. 
Five  per  cent,  on  all  other  liquors  in  bottles,  to  be  deduc- 
ted from  the  invoice  ;    or   it  shcdl  be  lawtul   to  compute  .he 
duties  by  tale,  at  the  option  of  the  importer,    nt  the  time  of 
entry. 

Tares  accordiag  to  Law^  and  Actual  Weight. 
(x[/^Those  tares  not  marked  actual  are  according  to  law. 

Almonds,  per  cent  actl. 

Alum,  casks,  12      do      do 

Bristles,  cronstadt,  12  per  cent  actl 
Buttor,  do 

Efccf,  do 

Cordage,  raatts,,       1  3-4  p.  c.  actual 


Camphor,  crude,  in 


tubs,              35 

do 

do 

do         refinded, 

do 

Candles,  boxes,          8 

do 

Cassia,  matt?.             8 

do 

do 

do  chests,  ICOlbs.  20 

do 

d« 

31& 


THE  AHTIST  ANO 


Cinnamon,  clioats,  actual 

do     mats,  do 

Cloves,  do 

Coooa.  bags,  1  per  cent, 

do     casks,  JO         do 

do     ccroons,         10         do     do 
Chocolate,  boxes,     10         do 
Coffee,  bags,  2         do 

do         do  double,    4  lb         do 
do         bales,.  3  per  cent   do 

do         casks,         12         do       do 
Cotton,  bales,  2         do  ) 

do    ceroons,  /»         do 

CurrantSj  casks,  12  do  do  | 
Cheese,  liamners  I 

or  baskets,      10         do 
do  boxes, "  20         do 

Copper,  casks,        12         do  ' 

Candy  Sugar    in  I 

baskets  5         do     do      I 

do  Sugar  in  boxes  10         do     do      } 
Corks,  sacks,    12  and  15  lbs.    do 
Figs,  boxes,       GO  lbs.  0  lbs.  actual 
do    half  do     3<>         5  1-4       do 
do     qr-     do     1.5  3  1-4        do 

do"  drum.s,       1;?  per   cent.       do 
do    frails,  5  do  do 

Flour,  Wiicat,  do 

Glue,  acfual. 

Ginger,  do 

Guunowder,  "  do 

Indigo^  bags  or  mats  3  per  ct.  nqi'I. 
do   cerooiis,  10      do       do 

do   barrels,  12      do       do 

do   other  casks,      !5     do        do 
do   cases,  2 J     do        do 

Looking-  Glasses, 

French,  SOpcr  ct.  nctucil. 

Lines,  do 

Lard,  do 

Mice,  cask:^  orkogs,33  per  ct.  act'l. 
Nutmegs,  liggers,  21  per  ct.  act'l. 
Nails,  casks,  8       do 

Ochre,  French,  12  per  ct.  act'l. 

Pepper,  bags,  2  per  cent, 

do     bales,  5         do 

do     casks,  12        do  j 

Pimento,  bags,  3        do  ! 

do     bales,  5        do  actual! 

do     casks,  16       do 

Prunes,         .  actual. 

Pork,  do 

Rairjias,  Malaga, 

boxes,  G  lbs.  7  lbs.  act'l. 


do      do     jars,     5  <do 

do     do    casks  12  do 

do  Smyrna,  do  12  per  c^nt     d« 

Sugar,  bags  or  niats,  .5  per  ctnt. 

do    casks, 

do    boxes, 

do     cannisters, 

Soap,  boxes, 

Salts,  Gkiuber;  in 

casks. 
Shot,  in  casks, 
Steel, 

Tea,  Bohea,  chegts, 
do  1  2  do 

do  1-4  do 

do  Hyson,  or  other  Green,  chest; 
70   </i'    (jjiwards,  gross,  20    lbs. 
do  Sr.nciiong,  che;5tri'dO  lbs.  20  '•'■ 
do    Souchong,  chests   80    lbs.  and 
upwaids,  grose,  22  lbs 

Every  box  of  other  lea,  not  less 
than  50  lbs.  nor  more  lhvift70  il's. 
gross,  18  lbs. 

On  all  other  boxes,  according   (u 
irivoice,  or  actual  vveiglit. 
Twitie  casks,  12  per  cent. 

do     bale.'':,     3     do 
Tallow,  ceroons,  10  per  ct.  acturJ 


12 

do 

15 

do 

35 

do  act 

10 

do 

8 

do 

3 

do 

d6 

70  ibs. 

3G  " 

20  " 

do 
do 
do 
do 

do 
do 


do         casks,      1' 
Vitriol,  blue  or  Pvoman, 
Venilian  P.ed, 
White,  Paris, 
!  Whiting, 
Wheal  of  all  kind.-, 

Ij5  son)c  instances  as  stated  in  the 
foregoing,  thi-  actual  lares  have 
been  determined  ;  but  the  packager; 
\ran.y  vary  as  to  their  make  and  size, 
jin  that  case  they  must  be  weighed 
again,  provided  always,  that 


he  ori^inaf  invoices  of  any  of  the 


|s:iid  articles  are  produced  at  the 
jiime  of.  ruaking  eutry  of  such  arti- 
icles,  and  the  tare,  or  tares  appear 
jtherein,  it  t^hnll  hf-  lav.-ful  for  thl 
icoUeclor  and  naral  otucer,  where 
(there  is  one,  if  they  see  fit,  with 
the  consent  of  the  importer,  con- 
signee, or  consignees,  to  esliwato 
the  said  tare  or  tares  accorriiiig  to 
such  invoice  ;  but  if  not  determined 
at  the  time  of  t  rtvy,  the  tare  or 
tares  as  above  shall  be  granted  or 
allowed. 


1 


tilADESMAN''S    GUIDE.  3i^ 

CHAPTER  XLII. 

Abstract  of  Tonnage^  Duties^   S^*c. 

On  American  vessels  six  cents  per  tou  ;  on  FreiiCii  tessel^ 
^UQ  dollar  per  ton  ;  and  on  British  vessels  from  other  places^ 
and  all  other  foreign  vessels,  tvvo  dollar^  per  ton  ;  fifty  cents 
per  ton,  light  money,  if  from  ports  to  which  vessels  of  the  U- 
nited  Stales  are  not  permitted  to  go  and  tr;jde  ;  hv\l  from  all 
other  por;s  fi^y  cents  timnagc  and  fifty  cents  ligiit  money. 

All  vessels  of  the  United  States  arriving  from  foreign  ports, 
are  subject  to  fifty  cents  per  ton,  unless  all  the  officers  and 
two-tliirds  of  the  crew  are  citizens  oftiie  United  States, 

TARIFF  OF    ARriCLES^ 
To  be  Weighed  and    Gauged.    (Excepting    Iron  or  articles 
C'f  Iron  and  Steel. ) 

(TJ^  All  articles  that  arc  subject  to  an  ad  valorem  duty,  are 
not  specified  in  this  Tariff. 

Ale,  beer,  snd  porter,  in  bottles  20  c  per  gallon,  do  in  casks 
15  c  do.  Alum,  $2,50  per  liSlbs.  Almonds^  3  c  per  lb. 
Brandy,  sec  spirits.  Baron,  3  c  per  lb.  Beef  ^  c  do.  Bristles, 
-•3  c  do.  Butter,  5  c  do.  Books-printed  in  Latin  or  Greek,  since 
the  year  i775,  when  bound,  15  c  do.  do  when  unbound,  3  3  c 
do.  <\o  printed  in  Englsh  since  17v5,  when  bonnd,  jO  c  do.  do 
j^vhen  in  sheets  or  boards,  26  c  do  Cables,  tarred,  4  c  per  lb. 
Cordnge,  do  4  c  do.  do  untarred,  5  cdo.  Camphor;  crude.  8  c 
do  refined,  12  c  dn.  Candles,  tallow,  5  c  do.  ^\0  uax,  G  c  do. 
dospeiinacet!,8  cdo.  Cassia,  Chinese,  G  c  do.  Cinnamon.  25  c 
Cloves,  25  c  do.  Cocoa,  2  c  do.  Chocolate,-!  c  do.  Coffet,  5  c 
pcrib.  Cotton,  3  cdo.  Currants,  3  c  do.  Cheese,  9  c  do.  Cop- 
peras, $2,00  per  112  lbs.  Candy,  Sugar,  12  c  per  lb.  Corks; 
12  c  do-  Coals,  6  c  per  bush.  Figs,  3"  c  per  lb.  Fish,  dried, 
foreign  caught,  $l,00per  112  lbs-.  Flour.  w^heat^SOc  do.  Gin, 
see  spirits.  Ginger,  2  c  per  lb.  Glass  ware  i.^i  cut,  not  speci- 
-fied,  3  c  do.  All  other  articles  of  glass,  2  c  do.  Glue,  5  c  do 
Gunpowder,  8  c  do.  Hemp,  $1  per,  ton.  Hams  and  other 
♦bacon,.  3  c  per  lb-  Herrings,  smoked,  $1,00  per.  112  lbs. 
-Indigo,  15  c  per  lb.  Iron,  pig,  62  1-2  per  112  lbs.  do  round 
•or  braziers^  rods,  of  3-lOto  8-I6  of  an  inch  diameter,  inclu- 
.sive,  3  1-2  c  per  lb.  do  nails  or  spike  rods,  s-lir,  3  1-2  c  do. 
•do  in  sheets,  3  1-2  cdo.  do  for  hoops,  3  1-2  c  do.  do  sl:=  or 
rolled,  for  band  iron,  scroll  iron,  or  casement  rods,  viz.  '  ne 
inch  by  1-4,  1  1-2  by  i-8,  1  1-8  by  1-8,3  1-2  c  do  L^rd, 
3  c  do»  Lead,  in  pigs,  bars,  or  siiests,  S  c  do.  do  red  or  wiiitcv 


S2d  t'HB   ARTIST    ANJ? 

<lry  or  ground  in  oil,  5  c  do.  Looking-Glasses,  2  c  do.  Lines 
5  c  do,  Molasses,  tO  c  per  gallon.  Mace,  lOO  c  per  lb.  Oil, 
castor,  40  c  per  gallon,  do  linseed,  hemp,  and  rapeseed,  25  c  do 
Oil,  olive,  in  casks,  25  c.  per  gallon,  do.  spermaceti,  foreign, 
25  c.  do.  do  whale  and  other,  15  c.  do.  do  of  vitriol  3  c.  per 
pound.  OchVe,  yellow,  dry,  I  c.  do.  do  in  oil,  1  1-2  c.  do. 
Oats,  10  c.  per  bushel,  potatoes,  10  c.  do.  Paper,  folio 
and  quarto  post,  all  kinds,  20  c.  per  pound,  do.  do.  foolscap, 
and  all  drawing  and  writing,  17  c.  do.  do  printing,  copper- 
plate, and  stainer's,  10  c.  do.  Sheathing,  binder's,  boxboards 
and  wrapping  paper,  3  c.  do.  A.11  other  kinds,  15  c.  do. 
Packthread,  untarred,  5  c.  do.  Pepper,  8  c.  do.  do  Cay- 
enne, 15  c.  do.  Pimento,  6  c.  do.  Plums,  4  c.  do.  Prunes  4 
c.  do.  Pork,  2  c.  do.  Rum,  see  spirits.  Raisins,  Mus.  4  c, 
do.  do  in  jars  and  boxes,  4  c.  do.  All  others,  3  c.  do.  Rope, 
ciar  or  coiar,  grass,  5  c.  do.  Spirits,  from  grain,  1st  proof 
42  c,  per  gallon.  2d  do  45  c.  do.  3d  do  48  c,  do.  4th  do  52 
c.  do.  5th  do  60  c.  do.  Above  5th  proof,  75  c.  do.  Spirits, 
from  other  materials  thaii  grain,  1st  and  2d  proof  3S  c.  do^ 
3cl  do  42  c.  do.  4th  do  48  c.  do.  5th  do  57  c.  do.  Above  5\U 
proof,  TO  c.  do.  Sugars,  brown,  3  c.  per  pound,  do  white, 
i'layed,  4  c.  do.  do  do  powdered,  4  c.  do.  do  lump,  lO  c.  dti 
do  loaf,  12  c,  do.  do  candy,  12  c.  do.  Soap,  4  c.  do.  Saufi". 
12  c.  do.  Salt  Petre,  refined,  l3  c.  do.  Salts,  Glauber,  3  c. 
do.  do  Epsom,  4  c.  do.  Seines,  5  c.  do.  Shot,  3  1-3  c  do 
Steel,  $  I  50  per  112  lbs.  Sheet  iron,  3  1-2  c.  per  poiuid. 
Salt,  20  c  per  5G  lbs.  Teas,//o?«  China,  viz  :  Bobea,  12  r, 
do.  Souchong  and  other  black,  25  c.  do.  Imperial,  G^jnpo-.v- 
der,  and  Gomee,  50  c.  d©.  Hyson  and  Young  Hysoii,  40  c. 
do.  Hyson  Skin  and  other  green,  28  c.  do.  Teas,  from  any 
other  place^  viz  :  Bohea,  l7  c.  do.  Soucliong,  and  r.;.her  black; 
34  c.  do.  Imperial,  Gunpowder,  and  Gomee,  63  c.  do.  Hj  - 
5on  and  Young  Hyson,  56  c.  do.  Hyson  Skin- and  oiher  green 
38  c.  do.  Tallow,  1  c.  do.  Vinegar  8  c.  perg'illon.  Vitriol^ 
\)\\.\e  or  Roman  4  c.  per  pound.  Venetian  red,  (Ochro)  dry\ 
1.  c.  do.  do  ground  in  oil,  1  1-2  c.  co.  Whiskey,  see  spirits. 
Wine,  Madeira,  Burgundy,  Champaign,  Bhonish  ana  Tokay, 
100  c.  per  gallon,  do  Sherry  and  St.  Lr.car,  6u  c.  do.  .  da. 
Lisbon,  Oporto  and  other  wines  of  Poitugal,  50  c.  do.  do 
Sicily,  50  c.  do.  do  Tcnefiffc,  Fayall,  and  other  wines  oC 
the  westeripi  islss,  40  c.  do,  do  aot  enumerated,  whea  impor'^ 


S2i 

ted  in  bottles  or  cases,.  oO  c.  do.  All  other  wlieu  imported 
otherwise  than  in  bottles  or  cases,  15  c.  do.  Wares  of  cut 
glass,  not  specitied,  3  c.  per  pound.  White,  Paris,  1  c.  do. 
Whiting,  1  c.  do.  Wheat  olall  kinds,  25  c.  per  bush.  Wheat 
Flour,  50  c.  per  112  lbs.  Yarns,  untarred,  5  c.  per  pound. 

Note.  The  exporter  or  exporters  of  any  goods,  wares  or 
merchandise,  shall  give  twenty-four  hours  notice  of  their  in- 
tention to  export;  and  six  hours  for  distilled  spirits. 

The  above  duties  rc»;;te  to  importations  in  American  ves- 
sels. An  addition  of  ten  per  cent,  is  imposed,  if  brought  in 
foreign  bottoms,  excepting  P^nglish,  from  the  British  United 
kingdoms,  Sweden,  H-.mburg,  Bremen  and  Lubec.  Olden- 
burgh  and  Norwegian  vessels,  which,  by  treaty  enjoy  the 
same  privilege  as  our  own  ships.  Teas  however,  pay  an  ex- 
tra duty,  as  will  be  found  in  the  tariff. 

All  articles  subject  to  duty,  imported  into  the  United 
States,  not  having  been  landed  more  than  one  year,  are  al- 
lowed a  drawback  of  the  duties  (with  the  exception  of  salted 
and  pickled  Fish  and  Provisions,  Fish  Oil,  Butter  and  Play- 
ing Cards)  subject  to  a  deduction  of  two  and  a  half  per  cent, 
except  spirits,  whicli  is  two  ceiits  per  gallon,  and  three  per 
per  cent,  on  the  amount  of  duties. 


By  an  Assay  of  parts  of  a  dollar  made  at  the  Slint  it  ap- 
peares  that  lOO  dollars  in  quarters  of  the  ordinary  circulation 
are  worth  only  -  -  -  -       $94,  44 

100  dollars'in  eights    -  -  -  -  90,  52 

lO  dollars  in  s'xieenths     -  _  -  8.  94 

Making  the  value  of  quarters  about  23  1-2  cents, 

Ninepenny  bits   11  ceuts. 

Sovereign  fourpenny  bits  5  cents. 

The  United  States  quarters  (an  Eagle  on  them)  are  worth 
25  ceuts,  all  otlicr  quarters  as  they  have  been  called,  nine- 
penny  and  fjurepeniiy  bitls  as  above  stated — old  pisteerens 
sixteen  cents,  half  pisteerens  eight  cents. 

It  will  be  perceived  by  the  above  article  that,  tlie  United 
States  Bank  has  struck  down  our  Spanish  small  change,  and 
thdt  probably  all  foreign  coins  will  ultimately  becomo  sup- 
planted with  AnicricaR. 


INDEX. 


€HAPTER. 

PAGE. 

I. 

lulroductioi), 

•5 

II. 

General  Piiuciples  of  Chemistry, 

5 

III. 

Caloric, 

7 

Thermometer, 

8 

IV. 

Wa.er. 

10 

V. 

Earths  and  Alkalies 

11 

vr. 

Acids  and  Salts. 

12 

VII. 

Simple   CcmbMstibles, 

14 

Vllf. 

Oxides  and  Combustion, 

17 

XI. 

Of  the  Gases. 

19 

X. 

Elecfricify, 

29 

Galvanism, 

32 

XI. 

Light, 

33 

XII. 

Miscelhneons  Matter, 

35 

Xil!. 

Soaps  and    Pomades, 

42 

XIV. 

A.-tist  and  Mechanic, 

44 

Intluence  of  Premiums, 

46 

Balance  of  Trade, 

47 

XV. 

Mineralogy, 

48 

Classification  of  Minerals, 

30 

XVI. 

The  irt  of  Assaying  Ores, 

Method  of  ascertaining  the  Specific  Gravity  of  Bodies  70 

XVII.  The  Art  of  Working  Metals,  72 

XVIII.  Glass, 

Art  of  Manufacturing,  87 

Art  of  Giiding,  Silvering,  Plating  and  Glazing,  89 

Art  of  Manufacturing  Foils,  lOl 

XIX.  Art  of  Engraving  and  Etching,  103 

XX.  Art  of  Sculpture,  111 
Ait  of  Prinfiag,  113 

XXI.  Art  of  Painting,  118 

XX I I.  Of  Paints,  122 
XXIil.  Art  of  making  Varnishes  135 

Of  Japans,  Oils,  Bronzing  &c.  135 

XXIV.  Art  of  makwig  Glues,  Pastes,  Starch  &c.  l65 

XXV.  Artol  Dying,  l69 

XXVI.  Art  of  Calico  Prinnn^,  189 

XXVII.  Art  of  Bleaching,      ^  19() 

XXVIII.  Art  of  Distillation,  202 
Of  Brewing  to  produce  inflammable  spirits,  203 


INDEX, 


Of  Malt. 

i6G 

Of  Hops 

207 

Water  for  Brewing, 

207 

Brewing  Vessels, 

207 

Of  what  is  procured  by  Distillation, 

207 

Bodies  proper  for  distillation. 

209 

XXIX.     Fermentation, 

211 

Rectification, 

219 

Filtration, 

222 

XXX.       Colouring  SpirivS; 

223 

ImitatioTi  Spirits, 

225 

Neutralized  Spirit^^ 

228 

Areometer, 

231 

XXXT.     To  make  Spirits  of  ^Vinei 

2S1 

Sugar  Spirits, 

232 

Cherry  Brandy, 

232 

Rasin  and  Apple  Spi.iis,- 

233 

Cordials, 

234 

;_               Of  Wines, 

-2:34 

'"             Miscellaneous  Articles, 

239 

Table  of  the  most  celebrated  mineral  Waters, 

£44 

XXXII.  Useful  Receipts, 

246 

XXX 1 11.  Commerce 

256 

Channels  and  Fvgress  of  Trade, 

265 

Manufactures, 

£66 

Depression  cf  Trade, 

26G 

j                         Progress  of  Manufactures,  late  discoveiirSj  &c 

.268 

Repotted  distress  among  Manufacturers 

27:^ 

XXXIV.  Laws  relative  to  Spirits,  Wines,  Teas,  d:c. 

XXXV.  On  Credits. 

275 

277 

Hints  to  Mechanics, 

^80 

Advantages  of  Promptness, 

28  X 

Excellent  Rules, 

281 

"  XXXVI.  Sugcu', 

282 

Teas, 

283 

Tobacco, 

2sr 

Flour, 

2S7 

j                      Cotton, 

287 

XXXVII.  Mensuration, 

288 

Log  Table, 

288 

Solid  measure  of  Square  Timber^ 

288 

XXXYIIL  Gunters  Rule, 

194 

Index. 

Sliding -Rule,  ^- 

Gauging,  "'^^ 

XXXTX.  Admcasuromcnt  of  rownd  Timber,         .  3l2 

XL.  A  Table  Siiovviiig  the  Power  of  Steam,  311 

Horse  Power  on  Can'jl  and  Railroad,  3lG 

Diameter  of  Pipes  and  pressure   of  Water,  317 

XLl.         Allowance,  tor  Drafts,  317 

Tares,  317 

Tonnace.  319 

Duties,^  319 

In  the  article  on  chlorine,  the  following  article  was  inad- 
vertently omitted. 

Chlorine  has  recently  been  used  with  great  success  in  re- 
moving animal  effluvia. 

A  French  Surgeon  of  great  eminence  has  lately  discovered 
that  chlorine  h.as  the  wonderful  power  of  decomposing  and 
destroyiNg  several  of  tlie  most  deadly  poisons,  and  among 
others  the  saline  of  the  mad  dog. 

Tlie  mode  of  r.ppljing  it  is  to  make  a  strong  wash,  by  dis- 
solving two  table  spocmfuls  of  the  chlorulet  of  iimo,  in  half  a 
pint  of  water,  and  instantly  and  repeatedly  bathing  the  parts 
bitten.  It  has  proved  successful  within  si?:  hours  after  the 
animal  has  been  bitten. 

ERRATA. 

Page  l6,  17  line  from  top  for    compound  read  compGunds. 
do.  72.  8  line  from  lop  for  temporary  read  iernpering. 
do.  129,  14  line  from  top  for  lead  coionr  read  lead  colour. 
do.  2G2  3  line  from  butoni  for  It  was  read  It  is. 
do.  271  14  line  from  top,  after  longer  iQiol  particularly. 
do.  286,  22  line  for  all  those  difficulties  art  kowev^ir  read  the 
difficulties  procediiig  from  errors  tchich  occur  in   consequence 
ef  a  substitution  nf  tares  are^ 


GETTY  CENTER  LIBRARY 


3  3125  00140  7952 


